SMSC 52 Command Reference Manual PDF
Uploaded by
TomSMSC 52 Command Reference Manual PDF
Uploaded by
TomSMSC Command Reference Manual
Command Line Interface
Order Number: SMSC -CRM52-0000
January 2007
This manual provides detailed reference information and examples of the commands for operation and
maintenance of the Short Message Service Centre (SMSC) Version 5.2 for Alpha and Itanium systems
running OpenVMS.
Product Version: SMSC Version 5.2
March 13, 2007
Copyright © 2007 LogicaCMG
All rights reserved. This document is protected by international copyright law and may not be reprinted,
reproduced, copied or utilised in whole or in part by any means including electronic, mechanical, or other
means without the prior written consent of LogicaCMG.
Whilst reasonable care has been taken by LogicaCMG to ensure the information contained herein is
reasonably accurate, LogicaCMG shall not, under any circumstances be liable for any loss or damage (direct
or consequential) suffered by any party as a result of the contents of this publication or the reliance of any
party thereon or any inaccuracy or omission therein. The information in this document is therefore provided
on an "as is" basis without warranty and is subject to change without further notice and cannot be construed
as a commitment by LogicaCMG.
The products mentioned in this document are identified by the names, trademarks, service marks and logos
of their respective companies or organisations and may not be used in any advertising or publicity or in any
other way whatsoever without the prior written consent of those companies or organisations and LogicaCMG.
Copyright ©2007 LogicaCMG
Contents
PREFACE xi
CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION 1–1
1.1 SMSC COMMANDS 1–1
1.2 SMSC COMMAND SYNTAX 1–1
1.2.1 Entity Class 1–2
1.2.2 Entity Instance 1–2
1.2.3 Qualifier 1–5
1.3 PM COMMAND LINE USE 1–6
1.3.1 Wildcard Operation 1–6
CHAPTER 2 SMSC COMMANDS 2–1
ADD CLASS AD 2–2
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON 2–6
ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON 2–10
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON 2–11
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON 2–13
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON 2–15
ADD CLASS MD 2–18
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON 2–22
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON 2–28
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON 2–30
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON 2–36
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON 2–40
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON 2–42
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON 2–44
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON 2–49
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON 2–53
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON 2–57
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON 2–59
CANCEL 2–61
CONNECT 2–63
CREATE 2–64
DELETE 2–67
DISABLE EVENT 2–69
DISCONNECT 2–71
ENABLE EVENT 2–72
HELP 2–74
REMOVE CLASS AD 2–76
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON 2–79
REMOVE CLASS GHLR_COMMON 2–82
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON 2–83
REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON 2–85
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON 2–86
REMOVE CLASS ISDN 2–88
REMOVE CLASS MD 2–90
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON 2–93
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON 2–95
iii
Contents
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON 2–97
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON 2–99
REMOVE CLASS PSTNA 2–101
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON 2–103
REMOVE CLASS SERVER_COMMON 2–105
REMOVE CLASS SIWPC 2–106
REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP 2–108
REMOVE CLASS SMH 2–110
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON 2–113
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON 2–115
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON 2–118
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON 2–120
REMOVE CLASS TCP 2–122
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON 2–124
REMOVE CLASS X25 2–126
REMOVE CLASS X29 2–128
RESET 2–130
RESET ANY CLASS 2–132
RESET CLASS AD 2–138
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON 2–140
RESET CLASS CMLOG 2–147
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON 2–156
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON 2–160
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA 2–163
RESET CLASS DIWERMES 2–166
RESET CLASS DIWFAX 2–168
RESET CLASS DIWMENU 2–170
RESET CLASS DIWOIS 2–173
RESET CLASS DIWPC 2–177
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN 2–182
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP 2–185
RESET CLASS DIWTAP 2–188
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA 2–193
RESET CLASS DLH 2–195
RESET CLASS ERMES 2–197
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON 2–200
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV 2–202
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON 2–205
RESET CLASS FRH 2–208
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON 2–210
RESET CLASS GHLR 2–213
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON 2–226
RESET CLASS GIW 2–228
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON 2–249
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON 2–257
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON 2–262
RESET CLASS IP7 2–264
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON 2–277
RESET CLASS ISDN 2–283
RESET CLASS IS41 2–286
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON 2–309
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON 2–316
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP 2–318
iv
Contents
RESET CLASS LA_UCP 2–320
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON 2–322
RESET CLASS LIW 2–325
RESET CLASS LOGSRV 2–327
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON 2–339
RESET CLASS MD 2–348
RESET CLASS MENU 2–350
RESET CLASS NMT 2–353
RESET CLASS OIS 2–356
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON 2–359
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 2–361
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON 2–377
RESET CLASS PBB 2–386
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON 2–389
RESET CLASS PBR 2–392
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON 2–396
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON 2–401
RESET CLASS PHLR 2–410
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON 2–426
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON 2–429
RESET CLASS PRH 2–434
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON 2–436
RESET CLASS PSTNA 2–443
RESET CLASS RAS 2–446
RESET CLASS RTR 2–449
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON 2–450
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON 2–452
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA 2–454
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT 2–457
RESET CLASS SIWIVR 2–459
RESET CLASS SIWMENU 2–461
RESET CLASS SIWOIS 2–466
RESET CLASS SIWPC 2–470
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN 2–479
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP 2–482
RESET CLASS SIWTAP 2–488
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA 2–492
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP 2–495
RESET CLASS SIWVMS 2–498
RESET CLASS SMH 2–501
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON 2–509
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON 2–532
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON 2–539
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON 2–554
RESET CLASS SSD 2–560
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON 2–562
RESET CLASS STORE 2–569
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON 2–570
RESET CLASS TCP 2–575
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON 2–578
RESET CLASS TRCSRV 2–582
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON 2–584
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON 2–586
v
Contents
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON 2–590
RESET CLASS X25 2–593
RESET CLASS X29 2–596
RESUME 2–599
SET 2–601
SET ANY CLASS 2–603
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON 2–606
SET CLASS CMLOG 2–612
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON 2–614
SET CLASS COS_COMMON 2–618
SET CLASS DIWERMES 2–622
SET CLASS DIWFAX 2–623
SET CLASS DIWMENU 2–624
SET CLASS DIWOIS 2–625
SET CLASS DIWPC 2–626
SET CLASS DIWPLMN 2–627
SET CLASS DIWTAP 2–628
SET CLASS ERMES 2–629
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON 2–632
SET CLASS FAX3SRV 2–634
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON 2–635
SET CLASS FRH 2–638
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON 2–639
SET CLASS GHLR 2–642
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON 2–643
SET CLASS GIW 2–645
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON 2–647
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON 2–657
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON 2–662
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON 2–664
SET CLASS ISDN 2–671
SET CLASS IS41 2–672
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON 2–673
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON 2–681
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON 2–683
SET CLASS LOGSRV 2–686
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON 2–693
SET CLASS MD 2–703
SET CLASS MENU 2–705
SET CLASS NMT 2–708
SET CLASS OIS 2–711
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON 2–714
SET CLASS OTAIS41 2–716
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON 2–717
SET CLASS PBB 2–726
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON 2–727
SET CLASS PBR 2–730
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON 2–731
SET CLASS PC_COMMON 2–737
SET CLASS PHLR 2–745
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON 2–746
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON 2–749
SET CLASS PRH 2–755
vi
Contents
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON 2–756
SET CLASS PSTNA 2–763
SET CLASS RTR 2–764
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON 2–765
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON 2–767
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT 2–769
SET CLASS SIWIVR 2–771
SET CLASS SIWMENU 2–772
SET CLASS SIWOIS 2–773
SET CLASS SIWPC 2–774
SET CLASS SIWPLMN 2–775
SET CLASS SIWSMPP 2–776
SET CLASS SIWTAP 2–777
SET CLASS SIWVMS 2–778
SET CLASS SIWVSMPP 2–779
SET CLASS SMH 2–780
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON 2–781
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON 2–812
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON 2–820
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON 2–855
SET CLASS SSD 2–861
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON 2–862
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON 2–871
SET CLASS TCP 2–877
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON 2–878
SET CLASS TRCSRV 2–882
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON 2–883
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON 2–885
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON 2–889
SET CLASS X25 2–892
SET CLASS X29 2–893
SHOW 2–894
SHOW ANY CLASS 2–896
SHOW CLASS AD 2–904
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON 2–907
SHOW CLASS CMLOG 2–913
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON 2–921
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON 2–924
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA 2–927
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES 2–930
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX 2–932
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU 2–934
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS 2–937
SHOW CLASS DIWPC 2–940
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN 2–944
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP 2–947
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP 2–950
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA 2–954
SHOW CLASS DLH 2–957
SHOW CLASS ERMES 2–959
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON 2–961
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV 2–963
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON 2–965
vii
Contents
SHOW CLASS FRH 2–967
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON 2–969
SHOW CLASS GHLR 2–971
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON 2–982
SHOW CLASS GIW 2–984
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON 2–1002
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON 2–1011
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON 2–1016
SHOW CLASS IP7 2–1018
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON 2–1044
SHOW CLASS ISDN 2–1051
SHOW CLASS IS41 2–1054
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON 2–1073
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON 2–1079
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP 2–1081
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP 2–1083
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON 2–1085
SHOW CLASS LIW 2–1087
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV 2–1089
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON 2–1097
SHOW CLASS MENU 2–1104
SHOW CLASS NMT 2–1106
SHOW CLASS MD 2–1109
SHOW CLASS OIS 2–1114
SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON 2–1116
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 2–1118
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON 2–1132
SHOW CLASS PBB 2–1139
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON 2–1142
SHOW CLASS PBR 2–1145
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON 2–1149
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON 2–1154
SHOW CLASS PHLR 2–1161
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON 2–1175
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON 2–1177
SHOW CLASS PRH 2–1182
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON 2–1184
SHOW CLASS PSTNA 2–1190
SHOW CLASS RAS 2–1193
SHOW CLASS RTR 2–1196
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON 2–1199
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON 2–1201
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON 2–1203
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA 2–1205
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT 2–1208
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR 2–1210
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU 2–1212
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS 2–1216
SHOW CLASS SIWPC 2–1220
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN 2–1228
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP 2–1231
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP 2–1237
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA 2–1240
viii
Contents
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS 2–1243
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP 2–1246
SHOW CLASS SMH 2–1248
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON 2–1260
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON 2–1284
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON 2–1291
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON 2–1321
SHOW CLASS SSD 2–1326
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON 2–1328
SHOW CLASS STORE 2–1334
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON 2–1335
SHOW CLASS TCP 2–1340
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON 2–1343
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV 2–1347
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON 2–1349
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON 2–1351
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON 2–1354
SHOW CLASS X25 2–1356
SHOW CLASS X29 2–1359
STOP 2–1362
SUBSCRIBE 2–1364
SUSPEND 2–1366
TEST EVENT 2–1368
TRACE 2–1370
CHAPTER 3 VMS COMMANDS FOR SMSC 3–1
DB_DELETE 3–2
CCA 3–4
CCADIF 3–9
DCL_DATA 3–11
DCLSIG 3–14
HCB 3–18
LOG_CONVERT 3–22
PML 3–25
PMMCP 3–29
PMS 3–30
SMH_CONVERT 3–38
TRCANL 3–40
CHAPTER 4 PM COMMANDS 4–1
@ 4–2
DEBUG 4–3
DISABLE 4–5
DO 4–7
ENABLE 4–9
EXIT 4–11
QUALIFIER 4–12
START 4–14
STOP 4–16
TIMESTAMP 4–17
WAIT 4–18
ix
Contents
APPENDIX A O&M SAMPLE CONFIGURATION FILE A–1
INDEX
EXAMPLES
A–1 Sample Configuration File A–2
TABLES
1–1 Command Syntax Example 1–2
1–2 Entity Classes 1–2
1–3 Qualifier Value Types 1–5
1–4 Qualifier Types 1–5
1–5 Command Line Function Keys 1–6
2–1 Entity Types /ENTBLL Qualifier 2–3
2–2 FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT 2–7
2–3 FILTER_PARAMS_VMN 2–7
2–4 FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT 2–8
2–5 FILTER_PARAMS_WMT 2–8
2–6 FILTER_PARAMS_WPT 2–9
2–7 /RELATION Qualifier Entity Types 2–20
2–8 NMT scan functions 2–24
2–9 International scan string set 2–26
2–10 PLMN Scan Functions 2–31
2–11 International Scan String Set 2–34
2–12 Gateway LA Attributes 2–38
2–12 Address Types 2–45
2–13 GENR_ORIG_ADDR parameter description 2–46
2–14 Attributes for NRT_RANGES table 2–54
2–15 Number range type descriptions 2–54
2–16 FILTER_PARAMS_CMT 2–60
2–17 CANCEL alarm classes 2–62
2–18 Entity types for the /ENTBLL qualifier 2–77
2–19 /RELATION Qualifier Entity Types 2–91
2–20 Gateway LA Attributes 2–100
2–20 GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR parameter description 2–114
2–21 PSTNA/ISDN Session Management Values 2–406
2–22 TCP Session Management Values 2–407
2–23 X25 Session Management Values 2–407
2–24 MM_ACK_GENERATION 2–431
2–25 MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION 2–431
2–24 Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers 2–437
x
Contents
2–25 Gateway LA Attributes 2–439
2–26 GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT 2–519
2–27 Gateway LA Attributes 2–519
2–28 Gateway LA Attributes 2–520
2–29 Gateway LA Attributes 2–521
2–30 Gateway LA Attributes 2–522
2–31 PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID 2–546
2–32 PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID 2–547
2–33 PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER 2–549
2–34 PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS 2–549
2–35 UMF_SERVICE_MASK 2–558
2–36 Relevant Prepaid Attributes 2–566
2–25 DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY 2–608
2–26 Default notification values 2–709
2–27 MM_ACK_GENERATION 2–751
2–28 MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION 2–752
2–27 Default Notification Values 2–753
2–28 Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers 2–757
2–29 FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF Message Variables 2–790
2–30 FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D Message Variables 2–792
2–31 GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT 2–795
2–32 Gateway LA Attributes 2–795
2–33 Gateway LA Attributes 2–796
2–34 Gateway LA Attributes 2–797
2–35 Gateway LA Attributes 2–798
2–31 Retry-Scheme Bitmask 2–806
2–32 Interworking Bitmask 2–807
2–33 Allowed Values REPLACE_TYPE 2–817
2–34 PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID 2–842
2–35 PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID 2–843
2–36 PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER 2–845
2–37 PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS 2–845
2–38 SMSC_LOGGING_MASK 2–849
2–39 UMF_SERVICE_MASK 2–859
2–34 Catchall Routing Originator Interface Mask 2–864
2–35 Relevant Prepaid Attributes 2–867
2–35 RARR Originator Interface Mask 2–868
2–36 Allowed values for the REPLACE_TYPE 2–888
2–37 Allowed values for the REPLACE_TYPE 2–891
2–38 Autorestart List Element 2–1110
2–38 Autorestart list element 2–1110
2–39 Entity List Components 2–1111
xi
Contents
2–39 Entity list components 2–1111
2–40 MM_ACK_GENERATION 2–1179
2–41 MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION 2–1179
2–40 Description of parameters used in the qualifiers 2–1185
2–41 Gateway LA Attributes 2–1187
2–41 Connections: 2–1197
2–42 SME session specific: 2–1197
2–43 SMSC and availability session specific: 2–1197
2–44 Detailed information: 2–1198
2–45 GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT 2–1270
2–46 Gateway LA Attributes 2–1270
2–47 Gateway LA Attributes 2–1271
2–48 Gateway LA Attributes 2–1272
2–49 Gateway LA Attributes 2–1272
2–45 Retry-scheme Bitmask 2–1279
2–46 Retry-scheme Bitmask 2–1280
2–47 PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID 2–1310
2–48 PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID 2–1310
2–49 PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER 2–1312
2–50 PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS 2–1312
2–51 SMSC_LOGGING_MASK 2–1315
2–52 UMF_SERVICE_MASK 2–1325
2–53 Relevant Prepaid Attributes 2–1332
2–47 SUBSCRIBE alarm classes 2–1365
2–48 Values of EVENT and generated test event name 2–1369
2–49 Possible values of ENTTRCIN 2–1371
2–50 Possible values of ENTTRCOUT 2–1372
2–51 Possible values of TRCLEVEL 2–1373
3–1 DCL_DATA [CCA] Parameters 3–5
3–2 Description Possible Options 3–18
3–3 Description of MAIN Parameters 3–32
3–4 Description of FILE Parameters 3–33
3–5 Counter Information generated by PMS_STAT_TEMPLATE.CNF 3–35
3–6 Counter Information generated by PMS_SMSC_TEMPLATE.CNF 3–36
3–7 TRACE ANALYSER IDI Message Types 3–42
3–8 TRACE ANALYSER IOS Message Types 3–43
3–9 TRACE ANALYSER LOG Message Types 3–43
3–10 Trace Levels 3–44
xii
Preface
Purpose
This document provides a reference for the format and syntax of the SMSC commands.
Intended Audience
This manual is intended for SMSC Operators who operate and monitor the SMSC.
Scope
If a command has any restrictions they are noted in the reference information for that com-
mand. It is assumed that the reader has a good understanding of Alpha or Itanium systems
running OpenVMS.
Document Structure
This command reference manual is structured as follows:
• Introduction (see Chapter 1)
• SMSC Commands (see Chapter 2)
• VMS Commands for SMSC (see Chapter 3)
• PM Commands (see Chapter 4) .
Related Manuals
Before using the SMSC commands, the reader should be familiar with the basic SMSC con-
cepts described in SMSC Operator Manual. This manual forms part of the SMSC documenta-
tion set. The documents in the set, besides this document are:
• SMSC Operator Manual, LogicaCMG
• SMSC PMX User Guide, LogicaCMG
• SMSC PRL User Guide, LogicaCMG
• SMSC PrX User Guide, LogicaCMG
• SMSC SOG User Guide, LogicaCMG
The VMS manuals referenced in this manual are:
• VMS System Services Reference Manual, Digital.
• VMS, Guide to Using SQL, Digital
xi
Preface
Manuals specific to VIQ (VMS Interprocess Queue):
• VMS Interprocess Queue System Overview, LogicaCMG
• VMS Interprocess Queue Control Program, LogicaCMG
Conventions
In examples, an implied carriage return occurs at the end of each line, unless otherwise noted.
Press [Return] at the end of a line of input. Often in examples the prompts are not shown.
Generally, they are shown where it is important to depict an interactive sequence exactly;
otherwise, they are omitted to focus full attention on the statements or commands themselves.
In this manual, OpenVMS means the OpenVMS operating system.
The following conventions are used in this manual:
Ctrl/x Press [Ctrl] (control) and hold it down while pressing the specified letter
key.
Return Press [Return].
Tab Press [Tab].
Vertical ellipsis mean that information not directly related to the example
. has been omitted.
.
.
... Horizontal ellipsis in statements or commands mean that parts of the
statement or command not directly related to the example have been
omitted.
e, f, t Index entries in the printed manual may have a lowercase e, f, or t
following the page number; the e, f, or t is a reference to the example,
figure, or table, respectively, on that page.
<> Angle brackets enclose user-supplied names.
[] Brackets enclose optional clauses from which you can choose one or none.
$ The dollar sign represents the operating system prompt.
PML> The defaults O&M prompt of the SMSC.
/ (slash) This symbol is used to indicate that a qualifier will appear as the next
item of a command.
UPPERCASE WORDS Uppercase words and letters in command sequences mean type them
exactly as shown.
xii
Chapter 1
Introduction
The Command Reference Manual deals with the commands that are used by system managers
and operators to configure, control and monitor the Short Message Service Centre (SMSC) .
This manual presents the command format, used to perform these tasks. The SMSC Operator
Manual describes the SMSC from an operators point of view. It contains an overview of the
concepts and a description of the entities that make up the SMSC . After reading a specific
section of the SMSC Operator Manual and knowing which SMSC command (or series of
commands) to use, this manual can be used to find the exact format of the command(s).
1.1 SMSC Commands
For the SMSC system, several levels for entering commands are available. The system is
started from an OpenVMS command line and some tools are available at the OpenVMS
Command Line level. The applicable commands are described in the VMS Commands for
SMSC (see Chapter 3) . When using a Presentation Manager (PM), the Command Line
Interface is available. The commands executed by the PM are described in the PM Commands
(see Chapter 4) . The commands executed by the O&M subsystem or the entities are described
in the SMSC Commands (see Chapter 2) .
1.2 SMSC Command Syntax
The SMSC command syntax complies to the DCL syntax standards. The command format has
the following three parts:
1. Command Verb
2. Parameter
3. One or More Mandatory/Optional Qualifiers or None.
The layout of the parameter is as follows:
CLASS CLASS ENTITY ENTITY_NAME
The CLASS part of the parameter specifies the required entity class. Through the ENTITY_
NAME, a specific instance of the entity class is selected; if omitted all entities of the class
will be selected (Wildcard Operation (see Section 1.3.1) ). Two examples are shown in the
Command Syntax Example (see Table 1–1) .
Introduction 1–1
Table 1–1: Command Syntax Example
Command Verb Parameter Qualifier
SHOW CLASS ISDN ENTITY ISDN01 /CONNECTIONS
DELETE CLASS DIWMENU ENTITY DIWMENU01
1.2.1 Entity Class
The entity classes can be represented by the tree hierarchy. An entity class name is an ASCII
character string that specifies the type of entity. The name is indicative for the type of entity.
In the tree representing the SMSC logical management structure, an entity class name reflects
the place in the hierarchy.
1.2.2 Entity Instance
Instances of an entity class must have a system-wide unique name. This instance name is an
ASCII character string with a maximum length of 15 characters. It can be freely chosen, but
it is advisable to choose a name that reflects the type of entity. For entities of the class SMH
the name is bound to certain conventions. The last two characters of the entity name must
be digits. The entity name of the first instance of the class SMH must end with 00, the entity
name of the second instance must end with 01 and so on.
From the classes in the hierarchy, only the "leaves" can have an instance. Each instance is
uniquely addressed by its name and class identification. Some of the branches in the tree can
be addressed as well. They represent the common attributes of the branch below. Branches,
however, do not have instances, therefore they cannot have an instance name.
The Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) shows the entity classes that are defined within the SMSC
. The second column of this table indicates whether instances of this class can be created.
Table 1–2: Entity Classes
Class Instance Description
AD Yes Associate Director attributes.
CDMA_COMMON No CDMA Interworking common attributes.
CMLOG Yes Concatenated Message LOG server attributes.
CMLOG_COMMON No Concatenated Message LOG server common attributes.
DIWERMES Yes ERMES Delivery Interworking attributes.
DIWFAX Yes FAX Delivery Interworking attributes.
DIWMENU Yes Menu Delivery Interworking attributes.
DIWPC Yes Computer Delivery Interworking attributes.
DIWPLMN Yes PLMN Delivery Interworking attributes.
DIWSMTP Yes SMTP Delivery Interworking attributes.
1–2 Introduction
Table 1–2 (Cont.): Entity Classes
Class Instance Description
DIWTAP Yes TAP Delivery Interworking attributes.
DLH Yes Distribution List Handler attributes.
ERMES No ERMES Interworking common attributes.
FAX No FAX Interworking common attributes.
FAX3SRV Yes FAX3 Server attributes.
FAX3_COMMON No FAX3 Server common attributes.
FRH Yes Fax Report Handler attributes.
FRH_COMMON No Fax Report Handler common attributes.
GIW Yes Gateway Interworking attributes.
GSM_COMMON No GSM Interworking common attributes.
IMPORT_COMMON No Import Interworking common attributes.
IP7 Yes SS7 over IP Frontend attributes.
IP7_COMMON No SS7 over IP Frontend common attributes.
ISDN Yes ISDN Server attributes.
IS41 Yes IS-41 Server attributes.
IS41_COMMON No IS41 Server common attributes.
IVR No IVR Interworking common attributes.
IW No Interworking (not addressable).
LA_SMPP No SMPP Large Account attributes.
LA_UCP No UCP Large Account attributes.
LDAP_COMMON No LDAP Interworking common attributes.
LIW Yes LDAP Interworking attributes.
LOGSRV Yes Log Server attributes.
LOGSRV_COMMON No LOG Server common attributes.
MD No Managing Director attributes.
MENU No Menu Interworking common attributes.
PC No Computer Interworking common attributes.
PLMN No PLMN Interworking common attributes.
PRH Yes Provisioning Handler attributes.
PRH_COMMON No Provisioning Handler common attributes.
PSTNA Yes PSTN Server for analogue lines attributes.
RAS Yes RAS Server attributes.
RTR Yes RTR routing entity attributes.
RTR_COMMON No RTR routing entity common attributes.
SERVERS No Network access servers (not addressable).
Introduction 1–3
Table 1–2 (Cont.): Entity Classes
Class Instance Description
SDB_COMMON No Subscriber database common attributes.
SIWIMPORT Yes Import Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWIVR Yes IVR Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWMENU Yes Menu Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWPC Yes Computer Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWPLMN Yes PLMN Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWSMPP Yes Short Message Peer-to-Peer Interworking attributes.
SIWTAP Yes TAP Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWVMS Yes VMS Submission Interworking attributes.
SIWVSMPP Yes Short Message Peer-to-Peer Interworking attributes
for Voicemail systems.
SMH Yes Short Message Handler attributes.
SMH_COMMON No Short Message Handler common attributes.
SMPP No Short Message Peer to Peer Interworking common
attributes.
SMTP_COMMON No Simple Mail Transfer Protocol Interworking common
attributes.
SMSC No Short Message Service Centre common attributes.
SSD Yes Subscription Services Director attributes.
SSD_COMMON No Subscription Services Director common attributes.
STORE Yes Counter Store attributes.
TAP No TAP interworking common attributes.
TCP Yes TCP Server attributes.
TDMA_COMMON No TDMA Interworking common attributes.
TRCSRV Yes Trace Server attributes.
TRCSRV_COMMON No Trace Server common attributes.
VMS No VMS Interworking common attributes.
VSMPP No Short Message Peer-to-Peer Interworking common
attributes for Voicemail systems.
X25 Yes X25 Server attributes.
X29 Yes X29 Server attributes.
NOTE
Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more information on DIWERMES,
DIWFAX, DIWMENU,DIWPC, DIWPLMN, DIWSMTP, DIWTAP, DLH, FAX3SRV,
FRH, GIW, ISDN, LOGSRV, PRH, PSTNA, SIWIVR, SIWMENU, SIWPC,
1–4 Introduction
SIWPLMN, SIWSMPP, SIWTAP, SIWVMS, SIWVSMPP, SMH, SSD, TAP, TCP,
X25 and X29.
1.2.3 Qualifier
Each command has its specific qualifier(s). Each qualifier consists of a "/" and the name of the
qualifier. The name part of the qualifier contains only the name of the qualifier or the name of
the qualifier and an assignment. When an assignment is applicable the type of parameter for
the assignment will be given in the description of the command.
The Qualifier Value Types (see Table 1–3) shows the value types used in the specifications
of the assignments. Also a description of the way the various value types are used in the
command descriptions is specified.
Table 1–3: Qualifier Value Types
Type In text Description
c ’c’ Single Character
hex nnn (hex) Hexadecimal Value
str "sss" String of Alphanumerical Characters
n nnn Numerical Value
elm Element of Set of Values. The possible values are specified in the descrip-
tion of the specific qualifier.
Qualifiers can be of different types. The Qualifier Types (see Table 1–4) shows the qualifier
types used in the specifications of the assignments.
Table 1–4: Qualifier Types
Name Description
Parameter Scalar with a value that can be set within a specified range or a string of
human readable characters with a defined maximum length.
Flag Scalar attribute with a value that can have one of two distinct settings
(ON/OFF, Enabled/Disabled etc.).
Indicating Counter Scalar with a value determined by the entity, identifying an actual status.
The value can not be modified by the operator.
Cumulative Counter Scalar with a value determined by the entity, counting from the moment it
has been reset.
Statistical Counter Set of scalars with a value determined by the entity, each counting during
one minute.
List Set of values.
Introduction 1–5
1.3 PM Command Line Use
The PM command line is used to enter PM commands and O&M system commands. The
Command Line Function Keys (see Table 1–5) shows the function keys that are available in
entering commands.
Table 1–5: Command Line Function Keys
Key Description
<Left Arrow> Move cursor one character to the left.
<Right Arrow> Move cursor one character to the right.
<Up Arrow> Show previous command in the recall buffer.
<Down Arrow> Show next command in the recall buffer.
DELETE Delete one character to the left of the cursor.
CTRL/A Toggle between ’insert’ and ’overwrite’ mode.
CTRL/C Abort the execution of a command file or tracing on the screen.
CTRL/E Move the cursor to the end of the line.
CTRL/H Move cursor to the begin of the line.
CTRL/J Delete the word to the left of the cursor.
CTRL/R Repeat the current command line (refresh).
CTRL/U Delete the part of the line to the left of the cursor.
CTRL/Z Exit PM.
The default prompt for the Presentation Manager is: PML>
1.3.1 Wildcard Operation
The command line PM starts a wildcard operation whenever there is no ENTITY_ITEM
specified on the command line. This implies that the currently within the system active
command will be issued to all instanced entities, when only a class is specified. So, for
example, assuming that there are two SIWPC entities active called SIWPC00 and SIWPC01,
the following command is used:
PML> SHOW CLASS SIWPC /STATE
This will present the following output:
Response from SIWPC00
Entity state: Active
Response from SIWPC01
Entity state: Active
Specifying a wildcard operation with no instanced entities in the class will show a message
stating "No Entity Matches in Wildcard Selection".
1–6 Introduction
Chapter 2
SMSC Commands
This chapter gives a full description of the commands available with O&M. In each case,
examples are provided. In the examples, the default prompt PML> is used, which may not
necessarily be identical to the prompt shown on the screen.
The commands are listed in alphabetical order and describe how to perform the following
actions on O&M entities.
ADD
CANCEL (see CANCEL)
CONNECT (see CONNECT)
CREATE (see CREATE)
DELETE (see DELETE)
DISABLE EVENT (see DISABLE EVENT)
DISCONNECT (see DISCONNECT)
ENABLE EVENT (see ENABLE EVENT)
HELP (see HELP)
REMOVE
RESET (see RESET)
RESUME (see RESUME)
SET (see SET)
SHOW (see SHOW)
STOP (see STOP)
SUBSCRIBE (see SUBSCRIBE)
SUSPEND (see SUSPEND)
TEST EVENT (see TEST EVENT)
TRACE (see TRACE)
The general layout of the commands is described in section SMSC Command Syntax (see
Section 1.2) . The format of each individual command is specified in the following sections.
SMSC Commands 2–1
ADD CLASS AD
ADD CLASS AD
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with an entity of class AD.
Syntax
ADD CLASS AD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ENTBLL=def
/LOG /NOLOG
/QUOTA=(class, quota_id=...)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Please refer
to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ENTBLL=def
The /ENTBLL qualifier adds an entry to the list of entities in the current blacklist of a node.
An entity of a class on this list is not allowed to be started on that node.
The class, def, indicates the entity class to be added to the list. The class must be one of the
classes specified in the Entity Types /ENTBLL Qualifier (see Table 2–1) .
2–2 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS AD
ADD CLASS AD
Table 2–1: Entity Types /ENTBLL Qualifier
Entity Type Description
DIWERMES ERMES Delivery Interworking
DIWFAX FAX Delivery Interworking
DIWMENU Menu Delivery Interworking
DIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking
DIWPC UCP Delivery Interworking
DIWPLMN PLMN Delivery Interworking
DIWTAP TAP Delivery Interworking
DLH Distribution List Handler
FAX3SRV FAX3 Server
FRH Fax Report Handler
GIW Gateway Interworking
ISDN ISDN Server
IS41 IS41 Server entity
LOGSRV Log Server
PRH Provisioning Handler
PSTNA PSTN Analogue line
RTR Distributed SMSC routing entity
SIWIVR IVR Submission Interworking
SIWMENU Menu Submission Interworking
SIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking
SIWPC UCP Submission Interworking
SIWPLMN PLMN Submission Interworking
SIWSMPP SMPP Submission Interworking
SIWTAP TAP Submission Interworking
SIWVMS VMS Submission Interworking
SIWVSMPP Voice mail SMPP Submission Interworking
SMH Short Message Handler
SSD Subscription Services Director
TCP TCP Server
TRCSRV Trace Server entity
X25 X.25 Server
X29 X.29 Server
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
ADD CLASS AD SMSC Commands 2–3
ADD CLASS AD
/QUOTA=(class, quota=...)
The /QUOTA qualifier adds a quota parameters to the list of start-up parameters for a process.
These parameters are used when a CREATE (see CREATE) command is executed by an AD.
This command is added to the start-up file of the specified AD and, therefore, the /QUOTA
qualifier must be preceded by ENTITY <AD instance name>, as exemplified bythe following
command:
PML> ADD CLASS AD ENTITY CMG1 /QUOTA=...
The CLASS parameter indicates the entity class for which the quota needs to be modified.
The QUOTA parameters indicate which quota needs to be modified, where QUOTA is one of
the following:
• ASTLM (AST Limit)
• BIOLM (Buffered I/O Limit)
• BYTLM (Buffered I/O Byte Count Quota)
• CPULM (CPU usage Time Limit, Units of 10 Millisecond)
• DIOLM (Direct I/O limit)
• ENQLM (Lock Request Quota)
• FILLM (Number of Open Files Quota)
• JTQUOTA (Job Table Quota)
• PGFLQUOTA (Paging File Quota)
• PRCLM (Subprocess Quota)
• TQELM (Timer Queue Entry Quota)
• WSDEFAULT (Default Working Set Size)
• WSEXTENT (Working Set Expansion Quota)
• WSQUOTA (Working Set Size Quota)
If the same quota is ADDed more than once, only the last entered value will be applied.
You can verify the current settings with the SHOW (see SHOW) /QUOTA command. A more
elaborate description of these quotas can be found in VMS System Services Reference Manual
at the description of the $CREPRC system service. In that manual the quotas are called
PQL$_QUOTA.
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes and should be handled with great care. The actual values
that will be assigned to a process also depend on system parameters and user
privileges. The actual assigned values can be shown with the DCL command SHOW
PROC PROCNAME /QUOTA. Where PROCMANE is identical to the used entity
INSTANCE_NAME of the corresponding CREATE (see CREATE) command.
Every time a quota is ADDed, a line is inserted into the start-up file of the AD.
These lines cannot be removed, so the start-up file will grow with the number of
issued quota commands. The process will always be started with the last ADDed
value.
2–4 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS AD
ADD CLASS AD
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS AD ENTITY CMG1/QUOTA=(SMH,WSQUOTA=5000) /LOG
PML> List of entity quotas:
PML> SMH WSQUOTA=5000
%OMI-S-NORMAL, Normal successful completion
PML>
The ADD command adds the specified quota value to the list of start-up parameters for
all the SMH processes that run on node CMG1. The /LOG qualifier displays additional
information on the success of the ADD CLASS AD command.
ADD CLASS AD SMSC Commands 2–5
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class CDMA.
Syntax
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID=(teleservice-id, service_type, permitted-routing)
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT=optional_parameter_tag
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Please refer
to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID=(teleservice-id, service-type, permitted-routing)
The /CARRIER_SPEC_TSID qualifier specifies the list of entries mapping carrier-specific
Teleservice IDs and SMPP Service Types, and their permitted routing. SMPP Originated
Messages containing one of these Service Types are delivered to the CDMA network with
the mapped carrier-specific Teleservice ID. CDMA Originated Messages with one of these
mapped carrier-specific Teleservice IDs will only be accepted if MO is allowed, i.e. if the
permitted routing configuration in the matched entry does not indicate MT-only. Carrier-
specific Teleservice messages that are delivered to SMPP will contain the mapped Service
Type.
2–6 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
With this command, one entry of format (<teleservice-id>, <service-type>, <permitted-routing>)
can be added to the list. The Teleservice ID can be in the carrier-specific range 49152...65535.
The <service-type> parameter either is a string up to 5 characters, which must be unique
in this table, or is omitted (in case no SMPP service type needs to be associated with the
Teleservice ID). Permitted routing values can be DEFAULT for all message flows, MT for
Mobile Terminated only (MO not allowed), NOFWD to disable forwarding services and the
MT_NOFWD combination.
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the SCPT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in an SCPT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT (see Table 2–2) can be added to this list at-
tribute.
Table 2–2: FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT
Tag Optional Parameter
TMS Message Center Time Stamp
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_VMN qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with VMN Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a VMN message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_VMN (see Table 2–3) can be added to this list at-
tribute.
Table 2–3: FILTER_PARAMS_VMN
Tag Optional Parameter
TMS Message Center Time Stamp
PRIO Priority Indicator
PRIV Privacy Indicator
AMD Alert on Message Delivery
CBN Call-Back Number
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the WEMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WEMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT (see Table 2–4) can be added to this list attribute.
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–7
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Table 2–4: FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT
Tag Optional Parameter
TMS Message Center Time Stamp
VP Validity Period
PRIO Priority Indicator
PRIV Privacy Indicator
ROPT Reply Option
NMSG Number of Messages
AMD Alert on Message Delivery
LANG Language Indicator
CBN Call-Back Number
MDM Message Display Mode
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_WMT (see Table 2–5) can be added to this list at-
tribute.
Table 2–5: FILTER_PARAMS_WMT
Tag Optional Parameter
TMS Message Center Time Stamp
VP Validity Period
PRIO Priority Indicator
PRIV Privacy Indicator
ROPT Reply Option
NMSG Number of Messages
AMD Alert on Message Delivery
LANG Language Indicator
CBN Call-Back Number
MDM Message Display Mode
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WPT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a WPT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
2–8 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_WPT (see Table 2–6) can be added to this list attribute.
Table 2–6: FILTER_PARAMS_WPT
Tag Optional Parameter
TMS Message Center Time Stamp
PRIO Priority Indicator
PRIV Privacy Indicator
ROPT Reply Option
NMSG Number of Messages
CBN Call-Back Number
MDM Message Display Mode
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=TMS
PML>
The ADD command adds the optional parameter TMS to the list of optional parameters
that will be filtered from the WMT messages that are delivered to the CDMA network.
ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–9
ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON
ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON
Modify an entry in the list attribute associated with the class GHLR_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE=(tt,network node number)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON command adds entries to list attributes associated with
an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the
same attribute. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE=(tt, network node number)
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE specifies the list of the TT-MSC network node number
mapping entries, that are used by GHLR to map the Translation Type (TT) from the SCCP
Called Party Address related to the SendRoutingInfoForSM indication to a specific MSC net-
work node number. This MSC network node number is inserted in the SendRoutingInfoForSM
response that is sent back to the originating SMSC. The originating SMSC uses this network
node number to determine the destination MSC (SMSC) of the MT-ForwardSM request in
question. With this command, one entry of format (<tt>, <network node number>) can be
added to the list. Please note that the <tt> value must be unique in the table. The maximum
number of entries is 10.
2–10 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS GHLR_COMMON
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON
Modify an entry in the list attribute associated with the class GIW_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(imsi, prefix)
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=prefix
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON command adds entries to list attributes associated with an
entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the
same attribute. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=prefix
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST qualifier is used to add an entry to the MSC/SGSN Global Title
prefix list used by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality. The table contains up to 100 entries.
A prefix cannot start with a zero and contains at least 1 and up to 3 decimal digits.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier is related to SMSC_COMMON /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED. The
MSC/SGSN GT prefix list is only used when this option is switched ON.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier is related to GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE. The
MSC/SGSN GT prefix list can be used as blacklist or whitelist.
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–11
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(imsi, prefix)
The /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB attribute is used to add an entry to the IMSI prefix table used in
MNP (Mobile Number Portability) networks to address the HLR directly when the recipient
IMSI is known. The prefix is inserted after the Country Code of the Global Title in the SCCP
Called Party Address/SUA destination address. The table contains up to 100 entries. A prefix
contains at least 1 and up to 8 hexadecimal characters.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED, which
is a licensed option. The IMSI prefix table is only used when this option is switched
ON.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(26201, D078)
PML> ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(26202, D079)
In this example 2 entries are added to the IMSI prefix table. Note that ’D’ represent a
hexadecimal value (13 decimal).
2. PML> ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=31
In this example 1 entry is added to the MO SMS Anti Fraud MSC/SGSN GT prefix list.
2–12 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class GSM_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be added to the RTNG_PID_LIST which is used by the routing
functionality.
The following PIDs can be added to the list:
• 22 FAX G3 protocol identifier
• 25 ERMES protocol identifier
• 26 National Paging System
• 39 PC protocol identifier SC specific
• 3A TAP protocol identifier SC specific
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–13
ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON /RTNG_PID_LIST=3A
PML>
The ADD command adds the value 3A to the RTNG_PID_LIST list.
2–14 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS GSM_COMMON
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the IP7_COMMON class.
Syntax
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SSRV_NETWORKS=(identifier, appearance, indicator, variant, local_pc, global_pc)
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS=(name, identifier)
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL=(type, sample, ct_weight, at_weight, low_wm, high_wm, max_wm)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Please refer
to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SSRV_NETWORKS=(identifier, appearance, indicator, variant, local_pc, global_pc)
The /SSRV_NETWORKS qualifier adds an entry to the list of SS7 network instance config-
urations, using the format (<identifier>, <appearance>, <indicator>, <variant>, <local PC>,
<global PC>).
• The <identifier> should have a unique value in the range [0,5].
• The <appearance> should have a unique value and match the related network appearance
value on the M3UA SG.
• The <indicator> should have value INT, SPARE, NAT or RES_NAT.
• The <variant> should have value ITU, ANSI, CHINA or TTC.
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–15
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON
• The <local PC> and <global PC> should have a value in 14 bit range [0, 16383] when
<variant> is ITU, CHINA or TTC, or in 24 bit range [0, 16777215] when <variant> is
ANSI.
• The <local PC> should have a different value than the <global PC>.
• The <global PC> is optional and only used for distributed systems (e.g. DSMSC).
This is the case when a system identifier 0 is defined (please refer to attribute IP7_
COMMON/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID).
The maximum number of entries is 6.
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON/SSRV_NETWORKS for more information on the
meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS=(name, identifier)
The /SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS qualifier adds an entry to the list of subsystem to SS7 network
instance assignments, using the format (<name>, <identifier>).
The <name> should have a unique value EIR, GIW, IS41, GHLR, PHLR or IS41OTA. The
<identifier> should have an existing network identifier configured in IP7_COMMON/SSRV_
NETWORKS. The maximum number of entries is 6.
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS for more information on
the meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL=(type, sample, ct_weight, at_weight, low_wm, high_wm, max_wm)
The /SSRV_FLOW_CTRL qualifier adds an entry to the list of flow control mechanisms, using
the format (<type>, <sample>, <ct_weight>, <at_weight>, <low_wm>, <high_wm>, <max_
wm>).
• The <type> should have a unique value OVERLOAD_PROTECTION.
• The <sample> should have a value between 1 and 600 seconds.
• The <ct_weight> should have a value between 1 and 255.
• The <at_weight> should have a value between 0 and 255.
• The <low_wm> should be zero when <type> is OVERLOAD_PROTECTION.
• The <high_wm> should be zero when <type> is OVERLOAD_PROTECTION.
• The <max_wm> should have a value between 0 and 2147483647 messages when <type> is
OVERLOAD_PROTECTION.
The maximum number of entries is 1 (only OVERLOAD_PROTECTION is currently sup-
ported).
2–16 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL for more information about
the meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped and
when the licensed attribute IP7_COMMON/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING is enabled.
ADD CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–17
ADD CLASS MD
ADD CLASS MD
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class MD.
Syntax
ADD CLASS MD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/RELATION=(def1, def2)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/RELATION=(def1, def2)
The /RELATION qualifier adds an entry to the list of possible relations. This list is used
by the MD to provide internal SMSC routing information to entities. It defines relations
of a certain class of entities (def1, the source class) with another class of entities (def2, the
destination class).
The /RELATION qualifier is only applicable to class MD.
2–18 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS MD
ADD CLASS MD
The parameters def1 and def2 must be one of the types listed in table /RELATION Qualifier
Entity Types (see Table 2–7) .
ADD CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–19
ADD CLASS MD
Table 2–7: /RELATION Qualifier Entity Types
Entity Type Description
DIWERMES ERMES Delivery Interworking entity
DIWFAX FAX Delivery Interworking entity
DIWMENU Menu Delivery Interworking entity
DIWOIS OIS Delivery Interworking entity
DIWPC PC Delivery Interworking entity
DIWPLMN PLMN Delivery Interworking entity
DIWTAP TAP Delivery Interworking entity
DLH Distribution List Handler
FAX3SRV FAX3 Server entity
FRH Fax Report Handler
GIW Gateway Interworking entity
ISDN ISDN Server entity
IS41 IS41 Server entity
LOGSRV Log Server entity
PBB Prepaid Billing Blocker
PBR Prepaid Billing Router
PRH Provisioning Handler
PSTNA PSTN analogue line entity
RAS Remote Access Server entity
RTR Distributed SMSC routing entity
SIWIVR IVR Submission Interworking entity
SIWMENU Menu Submission Interworking entity
SIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking entity
SIWPC PC Submission Interworking entity
SIWPLMN PLMN Submission Interworking entity
SIWSMPP SMPP Short Message Peer- to- Peer Submission Interworking entity
SIWTAP TAP Submission Interworking entity
SIWVMS Voice Mail Submission Interworking entity
SIWVSMPP Voice Mail Submission Interworking Entity using SMPP
SMH Short Message Handler entity
SSD Subscription Services Director
TCP TCP Server entity
TRCSRV Trace Server entity
X25 X.25 Server entity
X29 X.29 Server entity
2–20 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS MD
ADD CLASS MD
RESTRICTIONS
Adding relations for running entities is possible. A prerequisite for this is that
entities are running for only one or none of the specified classes.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS MD ENTITY MD /RELATION=(SMH,SIWPC)
PML>
The ADD command adds the relation with class SMH to the class SIWPC.
ADD CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–21
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
Add a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class NMT_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, service_type)
/LOG /NOLOG
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, service_type)
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier adds an entry to the list that specifies the relation between
an address and the PID. This attribute can only be used when /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED is
set.
The parameter address_prefix can have any numeric value, up to 20 digits. This address
should be in national or international format with the exception of a TCP address.
Groups of addresses can be defined by specifying the first digits they have in common. The
remaining part (the digits that are not specified) will be handled as wildcard.
2–22 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
The parameter service_type represents the PID and the required network access that should
be used for the related address. The parameter service_type can be one of the following:
• MS (a mobile address)
• FAXG3 (a FAXG3 address)
• ERMES (an ERMES address)
• TAP (a TAP address)
• IMENU (a MENU address through ISDN network access)
• MENU (a MENU address through PSTNA network access)
• PC (a PC address through PSTNA network access)
• DPC (a PC address through X.25 network access)
• IPC (a PC address through ISDN network access)
• TPC (a PC address through TCP/IP network access)
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be added to the RTNG_PID_LIST which is used by the routing
functionality.
The following PIDs can be added to the list:
• 22 FAX G3 protocol identifier
• 25 ERMES protocol identifier
• 26 National Paging System
• 39 PC protocol identifier SC specific
• 3A TAP protocol identifier SC specific
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier adds an entry to the list of scan commands.
The parameter scan_string represents the text string that should be contained in the mobile
originated message to activate the required scan action routine. The parameter scan_string
may be up to 20 characters.
The parameter scan_function represents the action routine to be associated with the scan_
string. The possible values of the parameter scan_function is listed in table NMT scan func-
tions (see Table 2–8) .
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–23
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
Table 2–8: NMT scan functions
Scan_function Description
ALPHANUM_ADDRESS Allows the mobile user to address a Large Account by a symbolic al-
phanumeric name rather then by an address. This service requires
a symbolic alphanumeric name as argument.
DEFERRED_DELIVERY Sets the message deferred delivery period to the specified number
of hours (interval time). This service requires the number of hours
as argument.
DELETE Deletes the messages, originating from this mobile. This service
requires the recipient address and one or more timestamps as
argument.
DISTR_LIST_ADD Add a recipient number to a distribution list owned by this mobile
subscriber. This service requires a distribution list number and one
or more addresses as argument.
DISTR_LIST_REMOVE Remove a recipient number from a distribution list owned by this
mobile subscriber. This service requires a distribution list number
and one or more addresses as argument.
DISTR_LIST_SHOW Shows address(es) on a distribution list. A distribution list number
and/or fax address may be supplied as optional arguments to this
service. If a distribution list number is omitted, all distribution
lists are shown. If a fax address is passed as argument, a fax with
the requested overview is sent to the specified address.
FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE Activates fax reporting. This service requires the time and a fax
address as argument.
FAX_REPORT_DEACTIVATE Deactivates fax reporting.
FAX_REPORT_SHOW Shows fax reporting status.
HIDE_CLI Requests the CLI to be hidden for the the recipient.
INQUIRY Requests the timestamps of the messages, originating from this
mobile, identified by the specified recipient address, that are still
buffered in the SMSC. This service requires the recipient address
as argument.
LAST_MESSAGE Indicates that this MO/SM is the last segment of a long message.
LONG_MESSAGE Indicates that this MO/SM is a segment of a long message.
LRAD_TO_FAX3 Sets the message based last resort address PID to FAXG3. This
service requires a last resort address as argument. The last resort
address PID is only set to FAXG3 for the message that contains the
scan command.
LRAD_TO_PC Sets the message based last resort address PID to PC(UCP). This
service requires a last resort address as argument. The last resort
address PID is only set to PC for the message that contains the
scan command.
MOD_PID_TO_ERMES Modifies the recipient address PID to ERMES.
MOD_PID_TO_FAX Modifies the recipient address PID to FAXG3.
2–24 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
Table 2–8 (Cont.): NMT scan functions
Scan_function Description
MOD_PID_TO_MENU Modifies the recipient address PID to MENU.
MOD_PID_TO_PC Modifies the recipient address PID to PC (UCP).
MOD_PID_TO_TAP Modifies the recipient address PID to TAP.
MOD_PID_TO_X25PC Modifies the recipient address PID to X.25(UCP). A secondary
address is an optional argument.
NOTIF_TO_FAX3 Sets the notification address to FAXG3. This service requires a
notification address as argument.
NOTIF_TO_MOBILE Sets the notification address PID to Mobile A notification address
may be supplied as optional argument. If no notification address is
supplied the originator address will be used as notification address.
NONOTIF_TO_MOBILE Cancels a notification requested by the NOTIF_ALWAYS attribute.
PRIORITY Sets delivery priority to ’high’.
SET_LRAD_TO_FAX3 Sets the subscriber based last resort address PID to FAXG3. This
service requires a last resort address as argument.This will update
the subscriber based last resort address in the Subscriber Database.
RESTRICTIONS
1. The usage of the attribute SCAN_TAGS table is a licensed option.
2. The functions ALPHANUM_ADDRESS, DELETE, DISTR_LIST_ADD, DISTR_
LIST_REMOVE, DISTR_LIST_SHOW, FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE, FAX_
REPORT_DEACTIVATE, FAX_REPORT_SHOW, HIDE_CLI, INQUIRY, LONG_
MESSAGE, LRAD_TO_FAX3, LRAD_TO_PC, MOD_PID_TO_ERMES, MOD_
PID_TO_FAX, MOD_PID_TO_TAP, PRIORITY and SET_LRAD_TO_LFAX3 are
licensed options.
The combination of the SCAN_STRING and SCAN_FUNCTIONS must be unique.
IMPORTANT
Entries can only be added when all NMT entities of the system are stopped. That
is, when all SIWPLMNs and DIWPLMNs are stopped.
International Scan String Set
A proposel has been made for the international (with CMGUG members) scan string set. This
international characterset is useful when a mobile phone user roams in another network and
wants to submit a short message.
He/she can now use the international scan string set commands, which will be accepted by the
SMSC.
IMPORTANT
The international scan string set have to be defined beforehand.
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–25
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
Basic principles:
1. Numerical digit scan strings are used in order to leave alphanumerical ones for national
use. The number of characters varies from 1 to 2, depending on the scan string usage.
2. Scan strings have been categorized into two groups.
a. the most often used (by the mobile user) scan strings and
b. those which are most often used by application software only.
The scan strings have been specified so that they are easy to remember and easy (and
quick) to use from the keypad. So, for mobile phone user the main advantage is that they
can be seen as short cuts instead of sometimes long alphanumeric notational scan strings.
The international scan string set is listed in table International scan string set (see Table 2–9)
.
Table 2–9: International scan string set
Scan_function Scan_string
Group a. scan strings
NOTIF_TO_MOBILE 0
NONOTIF_TO_MOBILE 1
MOD_PID_TO_FAX 34
Group b. scan strings
ALPHANUM_ADDRESS 80
DEFERRED_DELIVERY 22
DELETE 36
DISTR_LIST_ADD 50
DISTR_LIST_REMOVE 51
DISTR_LIST_SHOW 52
FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE 30
FAX_REPORT_DEACTIVATE 31
FAX_REPORT_SHOW 32
INQUIRY 46
LRAD_TO_FAX3 83
LRAD_TO_PC 84
MOD_PID_TO_MENU 26
MOD_PID_TO_PC 45
MOD_PID_TO_X25PC 25
2–26 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON
Table 2–9 (Cont.): International scan string set
Scan_function Scan_string
Group b. scan strings
MOD_PID_TO_ERMES 37
NOTIF_TO_FAX3 73
PRIORITY 77
SET_LRAD_TO_FAX3 75
LAST_MESSAGE LAST
LONG_MESSAGE LONG
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS NMT /ADDRESS_TABLE=(0653123453, MS)
PML>
The ADD command adds defines the relation between the address 0653123453 and the
PID MS. The address 0653123453 is associated with a mobile station.
2. PML> ADD CLASS NMT /SCAN_TAGS=(DL+, DISTR_LIST_ADD)
PML>
The DL+ scan string is associated with the action routine DISTR_LIST_ADD.
ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–27
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class PC.
Syntax
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval )
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier adds or updates an entry in the session table. The session table
is used to specify the default session management characteristics for class PC for a specific
server.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
2–28 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PC_COMMON
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
• X25
• X29
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. After this
period the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the duration,
that is, infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages, that is, infinite.
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 60 seconds. This is
the time between two short message submissions, that is, when a short message has been
submitted one has to wait the time specified by wait_interval before another short message
may be submitted. The value 0 means no restriction, that is, no wait time.
Use the command SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON (see SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON) /SESS_
TABLE to display the session management defaults per server.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS PC_COMMON /SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 10)
PML>
The ADD command defines the session management characteristics for an X.25 server.
The maximum connection duration is set to 60 seconds, and there are no restrictions
on the number of messages that can be submitted during the session. Finally, the time
between two short message submissions is set to 10 seconds.
ADD CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–29
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Add a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class PLMN.
Syntax
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, service_type)
/LOG /NOLOG
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Please refer
to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, service_type)
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier adds an entry to the list that specifies the relation between
an address and the PID. This attribute can only be used when /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED is
set.
The parameter address_prefix can have any numeric value, up to 20 digits. This address
should be in national or international format with the exception of a TCP address.
Groups of addresses can be defined by specifying the first digits they have in common. The
remaining part (the digits that are not specified) will be handled as a wildcard.
2–30 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
The parameter service_type represents the PID and the required network access that should
be used for the related address. The parameter service_type can be one of the following:
• MS - Mobile Address,
• FAXG3 - FAXG3 Address,
• ERMES - ERMES Address,
• TAP - TAP Address,
• IMENU - MENU Address through ISDN Network Access,
• MENU - MENU Address through PSTNA Network Access,
• PC - PC Address through PSTNA Network Access,
• DPC - PC Address through X25 Network Access,
• IPC - PC Address through ISDN Network Access,
• TPC - PC Address through TCP/IP Network Access,
• DSMPP - PC Address through X25 Network Access,
• TSMPP - PC Address through TCP/IP Network Access.
/LOG
/NOLOG (Default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier adds an entry to the list of scan commands.
The parameter scan_string represents the text string that should be included in the Mobile
Originated (MO) message to activate the required scan action routine. The parameter scan_
string may be up to 20 characters.
The parameter scan_function represents the action routine to be associated with the scan_
string. The possible values of the parameter scan_function are listed in the PLMN Scan
Functions (see Table 2–10) .
Table 2–10: PLMN Scan Functions
Scan_function Description
ALPHANUM_ADDRESS Allows the mobile user to address a Large Account (LA) by a
symbolic alphanumeric name rather than by an address. This
service requires a symbolic alphanumeric name as argument.
DEFERRED_DELIVERY Sets the message Deferred Delivery period to the specified number
of hours (interval time). This service requires the number of hours
as argument.
DELETE Deletes the messages, originating from this mobile. This service
requires the recipient address and one or more timestamps as
argument.
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–31
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–10 (Cont.): PLMN Scan Functions
Scan_function Description
DISABLE_FORWARDING Disables the forwarding of Short Messages (SMs). SMs will be sent
to the original subscriber address again after sending this scan
command.
DISTR_LIST_ADD Add a recipient number to a distribution list owned by this mobile
subscriber. This service requires a distribution list number and one
or more addresses as argument.
DISTR_LIST_REMOVE Remove a recipient number from a distribution list owned by this
mobile subscriber. This service requires a distribution list number
and one or more addresses as argument.
DISTR_LIST_SHOW Shows address(es) on a distribution list. A distribution list number
and/or fax address may be supplied as optional arguments to this
service. If a distribution list number is omitted, all distribution
lists are shown. If a fax address is passed as argument, a fax with
the requested overview is sent to the specified address.
EMERGENCY Requests for priority delivery with an associated urgency of Very
Urgent (TDMA) or Emergency (CDMA). On PLMN interfaces other
than TDMA or CDMA, this request results in rejection of the SM.
ENABLE_FORWARDING Re-enables forwarding of SMs to a previously defined address.
FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE Activates fax reporting. This service requires the time and a fax
address as an argument.
FAX_REPORT_DEACTIVATE Deactivates fax reporting.
FAX_REPORT_SHOW Shows the fax reporting status.
HIDE_CLI Requests the CLI to be hidden for the recipient.
INQUIRY Requests the timestamps of the messages, originating from this
mobile, identified by the specified recipient address, that are still
buffered in the SMSC. This service requires the recipient address
as argument.
LAST_MESSAGE Indicates that this MO/SM is the last segment of a Long Message.
LONG_MESSAGE Indicates that this MO/SM is a segment of a Long Message.
LRAD_TO_FAX3 Sets the Message Based Last Resort Address (LRAD) PID to
FAXG3. This service requires an LRAD as argument. The LRAD
PID is only set to FAXG3 for the message that contains the scan
command.
LRAD_TO_PC Sets the Message Based LRAD PID to PC (UCP). This service
requires an LRAD as argument. The LRAD PID is only set to PC
for the message that contains the scan command.
MOD_PID_TO_ERMES Modifies the recipient address PID to ERMES.
MOD_PID_TO_FAX Modifies the recipient address PID to FAXG3.
MOD_PID_TO_MENU Modifies the recipient address PID to MENU.
MOD_PID_TO_PC Modifies the recipient address PID to PC (UCP).
2–32 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–10 (Cont.): PLMN Scan Functions
Scan_function Description
MOD_PID_TO_SMPP Modifies the recipient address PID to SMPP.
MOD_PID_TO_TAP Modifies the recipient address PID to TAP.
MOD_PID_TO_X25PC Modifies the recipient address PID to X25 (UCP). A secondary
address is an optional argument.
NOTIF_ON_RETRY Request for a text notification to be returned to the MO address,
on retry or delivery error. The notification is suppressed when the
message is delivered on first attempt. No notification address is
accepted with this scan command.
NOTIF_ORIG Request for a text notification to be returned to the MO address.
No notification address is accepted with this scan command.
NOTIF_TO_FAX3 Sets the notification address to FAXG3. This service requires a
notification address as argument.
NOTIF_TO_MOBILE Sets the notification address PID to mobile. A notification address
may be supplied as optional argument. If no notification address is
supplied the originator address will be used as notification address.
NONOTIF_TO_MOBILE Cancels a notification requested by the NOTIF_ALWAYS attribute.
ON_DISPLAY Enable MO subscribers to send direct-on-display SMS.
PRIORITY Requests for priority delivery with an associated urgency of Urgent
(TDMA, CDMA) or Priority (GSM, NMT, GAIT/GHOST).
RETRIEVE_FORWARDING Retrieves the forwarding status (forwarding address, conditional/
unconditional, enabled/disabled).
SET_FORWARDING Defines the forwarding address and address type and whether
forwarding should be conditional or unconditional. This command
also implicitly enables forwarding. This service requires a con-
ditional/unconditional switch, an address and an address type as
parameters.
SET_LRAD_TO_FAX3 Sets the Subscriber Based Last Resort Address (LRAD) PID to
FAXG3. This service requires a LRAD as an argument. This will
update the Subscriber Based LRAD in the Subscriber Database.
RESTRICTIONS
1. The usage of the attribute SCAN_TAGS table is a licensed option.
2. The functions ALPHANUM_ADDRESS, DELETE, DISABLE_FORWARDING,
DISTR_LIST_ADD, DISTR_LIST_REMOVE, DISTR_LIST_SHOW, ENABLE_
FORWARDING, FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE, FAX_REPORT_DEACTIVATE,
FAX_REPORT_SHOW, HIDE_CLI, INQUIRY, LONG_MESSAGE, LRAD_TO_
FAX3, LRAD_TO_PC, MOD_PID_TO_ERMES, MOD_PID_TO_FAX, MOD_PID_
TO_TAP, PRIORITY, RETRIEVE_FORWARDING, SET_FORWARDING and
SET_LRAD_TO_LFAX3 are licensed options.
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–33
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
The combination of the SCAN_STRING and SCAN_FUNCTIONS must be unique.
IMPORTANT
Entries can only be added when all PLMN entities of the system are stopped. That
is, when all SIWPLMNs and DIWPLMNs are stopped.
International Scan String Set
A proposal has been made for the international scan string set (with CMGUG members). This
international character set can be used when a mobile phone user roams in another network
and wants to submit an SM. Now, they can use the international scan string set commands
which will be accepted by the SMSC.
IMPORTANT
The international scan string set has to be defined before use.
The basic principles are as follows:
1. Numerical digit scan strings are used to allow alphanumerical digit scan strings for
national use. The number of characters varies from 1 to 2, depending on the scan string
usage.
2. Scan strings have been categorised in two groups:
a. Those which are most frequently used by the mobile user and
b. Those which are mostly used by application software only.
The scan strings have been specified so that they are easy to remember and easy (and
quick) to use from the keypad. For mobile phone users the main advantage is that they
can be seen as short cuts.
The international scan string set is listed in the International scan string set (see
Table 2–9) .
Table 2–11: International Scan String Set
Scan_function Scan_string
Group A. Scan Strings
NOTIF_TO_MOBILE 0
NONOTIF_TO_MOBILE 1
MOD_PID_TO_FAX 34
Group B. Scan Strings
ALPHANUM_ADDRESS 80
DEFERRED_DELIVERY 22
DELETE 36
DISTR_LIST_ADD 50
DISTR_LIST_REMOVE 51
2–34 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–11 (Cont.): International Scan String Set
Scan_function Scan_string
Group B. Scan Strings
DISTR_LIST_SHOW 52
FAX_REPORT_ACTIVATE 30
FAX_REPORT_DEACTIVATE 31
FAX_REPORT_SHOW 32
INQUIRY 46
LRAD_TO_FAX3 83
LRAD_TO_PC 84
MOD_PID_TO_MENU 26
MOD_PID_TO_PC 45
MOD_PID_TO_X25PC 25
MOD_PID_TO_ERMES 37
NOTIF_TO_FAX3 73
PRIORITY 77
SET_LRAD_TO_FAX3 75
LAST_MESSAGE LAST
LONG_MESSAGE LONG
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADDRESS_TABLE=(0653123453, MS)
PML>
The ADD command adds defines the relation between the address 0653123453 and the
PID MS. The address 0653123453 is associated with a mobile station.
2. PML> ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON /SCAN_TAGS=(DL+, DISTR_LIST_ADD)
PML>
The DL+ scan string is associated with the action routine DISTR_LIST_ADD.
ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–35
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class PRH_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_REQ=(....)
/LOG /NOLOG
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST=(....)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_REQ=(pid,
START_DIGITS=mandatory digits the address begins with,
MIN_DIGITS=minimum number of digits in address,
MAX_DIGITS=maximum number of digits in address,
ADJUST=adjust PID indicator)
The /ADDRESS_REQ qualifier adds an entry in the address requirements table. The address
requirements are used in mobile-originated scan commands to modify a distribution list. An
address to be added or removed from a distribution list must adhere to the requirements
defined in an entry in the table.
The parameter pid can have one of the following values:
• FAXG3
2–36 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
• MENU (PSTNA access only)
• MS
• PC (PSTNA access only)
To allow a subscriber to add a specific address type to a distribution list, the address require-
ments table must have an entry for that address type. Currently, MENU and PC addresses
are considered to be accessed via a PSTNA network.
The parameter START_DIGITS represents a text string of the first digits in the member
address.
When no check has to take place on the start digits in the member address, a "*" must be
entered. In this case, only the length of the subscriber address is checked according to the
value of the parameters MAX_DIGITS and MIN_DIGITS.
The parameter MAX_DIGITS is the maximum number of digits in the subscriber address.
Allowed range: 3-20.
The parameter MIN_DIGITS is the minimum number of digits in the subscriber address.
Allowed range: 3-20.
The parameter ADJUST indicates whether a PID value can be changed if the subscriber has
entered an invalid PID - start digits combination. The parameter ADJUST can have one of
the following values:
• OFF
• ON
A mobile-originated command to modify a distribution list is handled by the PRH entity as
follows:
1. The PID of the address will be looked up in the address requirements table.
2. If there is no match, the address will be rejected.
3. If there is a match, the start digits of the address are compared.
4. If the start digits do not match then
• if ADJUST is set to ON,
the start digits of other entries are compared.
If there is a match, the address PID is replaced with the PID of the entry. If there is
no match, the address will be rejected.
• if ADJUST is set to OFF,
the command will be rejected.
5. If the start digits match then the length of the address is compared to the minimum and
maximum values.
6. If the length is out of range the address is rejected, otherwise accepted.
Use the command SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON (see SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON)
/ADDRESS_REQ to display all start digits, maximum digits, minimum digits, adjust PID
indicators.
RESTRICTIONS
The usage of the Subscriber Database is a licensed option.
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–37
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
Using this qualifier, an LA short-number (LASN) can be added to the GATEWAY_LA_LIST
used by the Gateway-LA functionality.
The /GATEWAY_LA_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of Gateway LA’s.
A Gateway LA is a special Large Account (LA), for which the messages that cannot be deliv-
ered due to a non-persistent error will be deferred for a configurable period, and the SMSC
will proceed with the delivery of the remaining messages for that Gateway LA.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–12: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a list.
RESTRICTIONS
The GATEWAY_LA_LIST attribute can contain a maximum of 100 LASN’s.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON /ADDRESS_REQ=(MS, START_DIGITS=0604,
MIN_DIGITS=5, MAX_DIGITS=15, ADJUST=OFF)
PML>
The ADD command defines an entry in the address requirements table for the PID MS,
modification of the distribution list for a mobile station address is only accepted, caused by
ADJUST=OFF, when the following holds:
1. the first four digits of the mobile station address equal 0604.
2. the mobile station address consists of at least 5 digits and not more than 15 digits
(including the start digits 0604).
2–38 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON
2. PML> ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON/GATEWAY_LA_LIST=100
PML>
The Large Account with LASN 100 is added to the Gateway-LA list.
ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–39
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class SDB_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/PID_TABLE=(pid, address_type, pid_text )
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON command adds entries to list attributes associated with an
entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the
same attribute. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/PID_TABLE=(pid, address_type, pid_text )
The /PID_TABLE qualifier adds or updates an entry in the PID table. The PID table is used
for handling mobile-originated provision requests. The parameter pid_text represents the text
string that should be used in the mobile-originated provision requests to set the address PID
(of the address related to the provision request) to the specified PID value in the PID table.
The mobile user must specify all of the characters.
2–40 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON
The PID text that corresponds to the PID value in the PID table is used in the response text
in the output messages.
NOTE
All PID values that are to be supported must be added to the PID table.
The parameter pid can have one of the following values:
• FAXG3
• MENU
• MS
• PC
The parameter address_type must have the value:
• TELEPHONE : Address type for E.164 networks.
• DATA : Address type for X.121 networks.
• ISDN : Address type for ISDN networks.
• TCPIP : Address type for TCP/IP networks.
• IMSI : Address type for E.212 networks.
The parameter pid_text represents the text string. The length of pid_text must be 8 characters
at most and cannot start with a digit.
Use the command SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON (see SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON) /PID_
TABLE to display all PIDs, ADDRESS_TYPEs, and PID_TEXTs.
IMPORTANT
The usage of the SUBSCRIBER DATABASE is a licensed option.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON /PID_TABLE=(MS, TELEPHONE, MOBILE)
PML>
The ADD command adds an entry in the list.
ADD CLASS SDB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–41
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON
Modify an entry in the list attribute associated with the class SERVER_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE=(msisdn, imsi)
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB=(tt,msisdn, imsi)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON command adds entries to list attributes associated with
an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the
same attribute. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE=(msisdn, imsi)
The qualifier /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE specifies the list of the MSISDN-IMSI prefix
mapping entries, which are used by the GHLR and the GIW for the support of the Foreign
Subscriber Gateway functionality. With this command, one entry of format (<msisdn>, <imsi>)
can be added to the list. Please note that an <msisdn> prefix is not allowed to be the starting
digits of another <msisdn> prefix. An <imsi> prefix is not allowed to be the starting digits
of another <imsi> prefix. It is possible to use the string ’any’ as <msisdn> or <imsi>, which
means any prefix. The string ’any’ is not allowed in combination with any other prefix (which
means that only one entry is allowed in case a string ’any’ is specified). The maximum number
of entries is 20.
2–42 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON
This attribute is related with /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE to guarantee the uniqueness
of the IMSI prefix over both tables.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related with /FSG_ENABLED (in SMSC), which is a Licensed
Option. This option has to be switched ON to have the prefix table applied.
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB=(tt, msisdn, imsi)
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB specifies the list of the TT/MSISDN-IMSI prefix
mapping entries that are used by GHLR and GIW for the support of the Foreign Subscriber
Gateway functionality in combination with Mobile Number Portability. With this command,
one entry of format (<tt>, <msisdn>, <imsi>) can be added to the list. Please note that an
<msisdn> prefix related to a certain TT value is not allowed to be the starting digits of
another <msisdn> prefix related to the same TT value. It is possible to use the string ’any’ as
<msisdn> related to a certain TT value, which means any prefix for that TT. The string ’any’
is not allowed in combination with any other <msisdn> prefix for that TT. This means that
only one entry is allowed per TT value in case the string ’any’ is specified. An <imsi> prefix
is not allowed to be the starting digits of another <imsi> prefix. This applies to both tables
(TT/MSISDN-IMSI table and the default MSISDN-IMSI table (refer to /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_
TABLE)). It is possible to use the string ’any’ as <imsi>, which means any prefix. The string
’any’ is not allowed in combination with any other <imsi> prefix. This means that only one
entry is allowed (one table stays empty) in case the string ’any’ is specified. The maximum
number of entries is 100.
This attribute is related with /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE to guarantee the uniqueness of
the IMSI prefix over both tables.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related with /FSG_ENABLED (in SMSC), which is a Licensed
Option. This option has to be switched ON to have the prefix table applied.
ADD CLASS SERVER_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–43
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
Modify an entry in the list attribute associated with the class SMH_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG=(pid, merr, msta, index)
/FIRST_PER_SMH=(smh_number, max_number_of_first_delivery_messages)
/FIRSTQ_MAX=(smh_number, max_queued_for_first_delivery)
/GENR_ORIG_ADDR=(address_type, ton, npi, address)
/LOG /NOLOG
/MSGS_PER_SMH=(smh_number, number_of_messages)
/RETRY_PROFILE=(profile_id, rcount_1, interval_1 through rcount_8, interval_8)
/TP_PID_LIST=pid
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same
attribute. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG=(pid, merr, msta, index)
Using this qualifier, a mapping from PID, MERR and MSTA to an INDEX in the RETRY_
PROFILE list attribute can be added to the set of available mappings. Valid values are one of
{PLMN, ERMES, FAX, MENU, PC, TAP, SMPP, OIS, SMTP} for PID, 0000-FFFE for MERR,
00-FF for MSTA and 1-255 for INDEX.
2–44 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license attribute SMSC_
COMMON/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED has been set to ON. Note that INDEX
must point to a configured retry profile.
/FIRST_PER_SMH=(smh_number, max_number_of_first_delivery_messages)
The parameter smh_number can have a numeric value in the range from 0 to 99. There can
be a maximum of 100 SMHs in the system.
The parameter max_number_of_first_delivery_messages indicates the maximum number of
deliveries of first delivery messages per second.
The number of entries in the list equals the number of SMHs specified in attribute /NR_
SMH in class SMSC_COMMON. A summation of all max_number_of_first_delivery_messages
entries should be lower than or equal to /FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX.
/FIRSTQ_MAX=(smh_number, max_queued_for_first_delivery)
The parameter smh_number can have a numeric value in the range from 0 to 99. There can
be a maximum of 100 SMHs in the system.
The parameter max_queued_for_first_delivery indicates the maximum number of messages
and notifications queued for first delivery. This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
/GENR_ORIG_ADDR=(address_type, ton, npi, address)
Using this qualifier, one of the following addresses listed in the table can be configured.
Address Types (see Table 2–12)
Table 2–12: Address Types
address_type Description
ABN Originator address in the generated Account Balance Notification
NOTIF Originator address in the generated SMS notification message
CMD_RESP Originator address in the generated SMS command response
When one of the address types is not configured it is considered to be empty. The default
value of the current list attribute elements is empty. Table GENR_ORIG_ADDR parameter
description (see Table 2–13) describes the GENR_ORIG_ADDR list attribute parameters.
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–45
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–13: GENR_ORIG_ADDR parameter description
Parameter Description
address_type Address type as defined in the table above
ton Address Type Of Number in the range from 0 to 7
npi Numbering Plan Information in the range from 0 to 15
address Address characters, up to 20 digits, or up to 11 alphanummeric characters
Please also note that adding an address of the existing address types will replace existing
address type with the new value.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/MSGS_PER_SMH=(smh_number, number_of_messages)
The /MSGS_PER_SMH qualifier modifies an entry in the list that specifies the relation
between an SMH and the maximum number of short message deliveries per second. The
settings of this attribute depend on the values of the attributes /DELIVERY_MAX and /NR_
SMH in the SMSC_COMMON class.
The parameter smh_number can have a numeric value in the range from 0 to 99. There can
be a maximum of 100 SMHs in the system.
The parameter nr_of_messages indicates the maximum number of short message deliveries per
second.
The number of entries in the list equals the number of SMHs specified in attribute /NR_SMH
in class SMSC_COMMON. A summation of all nr_of_messages entries should be lower than or
equal to /DELIVERY_MAX.
NOTE
If messages are delivered at a rate about the throughput limit, delivery can take up
new submissions due to message buffering. The number of messages buffered will
grow until a threshold is reached, and if so, the SMSC will reject new submissions.
Due to the delivery of buffered messages and retries, the maximum submission rate
is typically lower than the delivery attempt rate.
/RETRY_PROFILE=( retry-profile, rcount_1, interval_1, rcount_2, interval_2, rcount_3, inter-
val_3, rcount_4, interval_4, rcount_5, interval_5, rcount_6, interval_6, rcount_7, interval_7,
rcount_8, interval_8)
Using this qualifier a retry profile can be added to the set of available retry profiles. Valid
values are 1-255 for retry profile, 1 - 100 for rcount_1, 0 - 100 for rcount_2 - rcount_8 and 10 -
86400 seconds (= 24 hours) for interval_1 - interval_8.
2–46 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
NOTE
The specified interval values may not be lower than the values for INTER_MSG_
DELAY (SMH_COMMON).
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license attribute(s) LA_RETRY_
ENABLED (SMSC) and/or ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED (SMSC) have been set to
ON.
/TP_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be added to the TP_PID_LIST used by the Transparent PID
functionality.
The parameter pid can have a hexadecimal value in the range 00 to FF.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON /MSGS_PER_SMH=(0,5)
PML>
The ADD command modifies the maximum number of short messages per second which
can be delivered by SMH00 to 5 messages.
2. PML> ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON /TP_PID_LIST=7E
PML>
The ADD command adds the value 0x7E to the TP_PID_LIST. If the Transparent PID
functionality is enabled the SMSC will interpret PID 0x7E. If the SMSC can handle PID
0x7E, the message is accepted. Otherwise, the message is rejected.
3. PML> ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON /ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG=(PC, 12EF, 6, 5)
A new mapping from PID=PC (UCP), MERR=0x12EF and MSTA=0x06 with index 5 is
added to the retry profile.
4. PML> ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON /RETRY_PROFILE=(5, 100,30, 50,60,
20,300, 10,600, 5,900, 2,1800, 1,3600, 0,0)
A new retry profile with index 5 is added.
During the 1st phase a maximum number of 100 delivery attempts is made. The time
interval between 2 consecutive delivery attempst in the 1st phase is 30 seconds.
During the 2nd phase a maximum number of 50 delivery attempts is made. The time in-
terval between 2 consecutive delivery attempts in the 2nd phase is 60 seconds (1 minute).
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–47
ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
During the 3rd phase a maximum number of 20 delivery attempts is made. The time
interval between 2 consecutive delivery attempts in the 3rd phase is 300 seconds (5
minutes).
During the 7th phase only 1 delivery attempt is made at 3600 seconds (1 hour) after the
last delivery attemp of phase 6 was made. No delivery attemps are made in phase 8.
2–48 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class SMPP_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST=(dest_network_type, PLMN Type)
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG=($trigger, "value")
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=(service_type_name, repl_store_ind)
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE=(service_type, teleservice)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST=(dest_network_type, PLMN Type)
The /DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST qualifier is used to provide the SMSC with a mapping
between the Large Account originated SMPP Provisioning DEST_NETWORK_TYPE and a
PLMN type.
The parameter dest_network_type is a hexadecimal number in the range [0x0-0xFF].
The parameter PLMN Type can have one of the following values:
• CDMA
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–49
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
• GHOST
• GSM
• TDMA
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG=($trigger, "value")
The /PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG qualifier specifies a list of entries that identifies the SMSC
system wide values, which are related to Predefined Messages. With this command, one entry
of format ($<trigger>,"<value>") can be added to the list.
The parameter trigger must be unique in the table and consists of 2 digits. The range of the
triggers is from 00 through 49 and from 60 through 99. Trigger $98 is a ’reserved’ trigger and
allows the operator to configure the time. Trigger $99 is a ’reserved’ trigger and allows the
operator to configure the date. If the triggers $98 and/or $99 are not defined, the SMSC will
read the time and/or date from the system itself.
The parameter value is a random sequence of characters with a maximum length of 12.
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=(service_type_name, repl_store_ind)
The /REPL_IF_PRES_LIST qualifier adds an entry to the Replace If Present List (up to 100
entries).
The parameter service_type_name is a name of a Service Type that is being added to the
Replace If Present List. It is a string up to 5 characters (case sensitive).
The parameter repl_store_ind can have one of the following values:
• REPLACE
If the repl_store_ind parameter is set to REPLACE, a stored SM from an SMPP LA will be
replaced with a new message, when the recipient address, the originator address and the
Service Type of the stored and the new messages match.
• STORE
If the repl_store_ind is set to STORE, the processing of an SM with this Service Type is
not affected.
See also the REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON)
command.
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE=(service_type, teleservice)
The qualifier /SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE specifies a list of entries mapping SMPP Service
Types to the IS41 Teleservice IDs. For SMPP originated messages containing a Service Type,
the SMSC uses this list to look up the associated Teleservice ID to be included in the message
that is being delivered to the IS41 network. For SMPP terminated messages, the SMSC looks
up the Service Type to be included. Note that in case no matching entry is found in the table,
the existing default mapping is used. This attribute is a parameter.
With this command, one entry of format (<service_type>, <teleservice>) can be added to the
list. Note that the <service_type> value must be unique in the table, and that the allowed
values for the Teleservice are:
{"WMT", "WPT", "OATS", "OPTS", "GUTS", "VMN", "WAP", "WEMT", "SCPT", CATPT"}.
2–50 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
The maximum number of entries is 30 and the parameter service_type is a string up to 5
characters.
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval )
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier adds or updates an entry in the session table. The session table is
used to specify the default session management characteristics for the class SMPP_COMMON
for a specific server.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
• X25
• X29
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. This is the
time after which the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the
duration i.e. infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages i.e. infinite.
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 60 seconds. This is the
time between two short message submissions, i.e. when a short message has been submitted
one has to wait the time specified by wait_interval before another short message may be
submitted. The value 0 means no restriction i.e. no wait time.
Use the command SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON (see SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON)
/SESS_TABLE to display the session management defaults per server.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON /SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 10)
PML>
The ADD command defines the session management characteristics for a X.25 server. The
maximum connection duration is set to 60 seconds, there are no restrictions on the number
of messages that can be submitted during the session. Finally, the time between two short
message submissions is set to 10 seconds.
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–51
ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
2. PML> ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=("stype1", REPLACE)
PML>
The ADD command defines Service Type "stype1" in the Replace If Present List with the
REPLACE option. This means that a stored SM from an SMPP LA with the Service Type
"stype1" will be replaced with a new message with the same Service Type, if the originator
and the recipient addresses match.
2–52 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class SMSC_COMMON.
Syntax
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/MNP_CC_LIST=(country code)
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST=(imsi)
/NRT_RANGES=(first, last, significant digits, address type)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON command adds entries to list attributes associated with
an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the
same attribute. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/NRT_RANGES=(first, last, significant digits, address type)
Table Attributes for NRT_RANGES table (see Table 2–14) defines the SMSC interpretation for
a specific number range.
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–53
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Table 2–14: Attributes for NRT_RANGES table
Attribute Explanation
First The first address in the range
.
Last The last address in the range. The number of digits of the LAST parameter should be equal
to the number of digits of the parameter
.
Significant The number of significant digits of an address in this range. For example: First=1001,
digits Last=2000, Address Type=Distribution List, Significant digits=2. This means that address
1001 to 1099, 1101 to 1199, 1201 to 1299 etc. are treated as Distribution list numbers 1
to 99.
Address type The SMSC interpretation of address. The types currently supported are listed in the table
Number range type descriptions (see Table 2–15) .
Table Number range type descriptions (see Table 2–15) lists the descriptions of number range
types.
Table 2–15: Number range type descriptions
Significant License attribute
NRT type First Last digits needed Description
DISTRIBUTION_ No restriction No restriction 1 or 2 DL_ENABLED + See option 080
LIST SDB_ENABLED in the Operator
in class SMSC_ Manual
COMMON
LARGE_ No restriction No restriction 1 - 16 LA_SHORT_ See option 061
ACCOUNT NUMBER_ENABLED in the Operator
in class SMSC_ Manual
COMMON
TRUNK_ No restriction No restriction No restric- PREFIXLESS_TRUNK See chapter
PREFIXLESS tion in class SMSC_ "Operational
COMMON Environment"
paragraph
"Trunk
Prefixless
Dialing
Support" in
the Operator
Manual
LOCAL_ No restriction No restriction 6 - 13 LOCAL_NUM_ See option 017
ADDRESS RECOGNITION in the Operator
in class SMSC_ Manual
COMMON
2–54 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
NOTE
An NRT definition can only be added to the table if the corresponding license as
listed in the column ’License attribute needed’ is switched ON.
IMPORTANT
The following numbers should be excluded from the range:
Numbers that start with the E.164 international prefix - when the E.164 trunk prefix is added.
If these numbers are not excluded, the SMSC interprets these numbers as national numbers.
As a result, an incorrect recipient will be addressed.
Example:
Assume that the E.164 internal prefix (/E164_INT_PREFIX common class SMSC_COMMON)
has been defined as ’11’ and the E.164 trunk prefx (/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX common class
SMSC_COMMON) as ’1’. Than all numbers starting with the digit ’1’ should be excluded from
the range. For 8 digit numbers, the following ranges should be defined: 00000000 ... 09999999
and 20000000 ... 99999999.
/MNP_CC_LIST=(country code)
The /MNP_CC_LIST qualifier provides the SMSC with a list of Country Codes that use MNP
(Mobile Number Portability).
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, SMSC_
COMMON/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED, SMSC_COMMON/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_
ENABLED and SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED, which are all licensed
options. The Country Code list is only used when one of the above-described options
is switched ON.
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST=(imsi)
The /MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST attribute provides the SMSC with a list of all IMSI ranges in the
own network. The list is used to validate the recipients of messages from Large Accounts only
allowed to be sent within their own network. The list contains up to 25 entries.
NOTE
This attribute is related with SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED, which is a
licensed option. The own IMSI list is only used when this option is switched ON.
Examples
1.
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–55
ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
PML> ADD CL SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES=(1, 9, 1, DISTRIBUTION_LIST)
PML> ADD CL SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES=(10, 50, 2, DISTRIBUTION_LIST)
PML> ADD CL SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES=(100, 999, 3, LARGE_ACCOUNT)
PML> ADD CL SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES=(1000, 2000, 4, LARGE_ACCOUNT)
PML> ADD CL SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES=(1000000000, 9999999999, 10, TRUNK_PREFIXLESS)
PML>
In this example addresses in the range 1 - 9 and 10 - 50 are recognized as Distribution List
short numbers and addresses in the range 100 - 2000 are recognized as Large Accounts.
2–56 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class TAP.
Syntax
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Refer to the
SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval )
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier adds or updates an entry in the session table. The session table
is used to specify the default session management characteristics for the class TAP_COMMON
for a specific server.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
• X25
• X29
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–57
ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. This is the
time after which the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the
duration, that is, infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages, that is, infinite.
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 9 seconds. This is
the time between two short message submissions, that is, when a short message has been
submitted one has to wait the time specified by wait_interval before another short message
may be submitted. The value 0 means no restriction, that is, no wait time.
Use the command SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON (see SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON)
/SESS_TABLE to display the session management defaults per server.
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON /SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 9)
PML>
The ADD command defines the session management characteristics for an X.25 server.
The maximum connection duration is set to 60 seconds; there are no restrictions on the
number of messages that can be submitted during the session. Finally, the time between
two short message submissions is set to 9 seconds.
2–58 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Adds a new entry to the list attribute associated with the class TDMA.
Syntax
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=optional_parameter_tag
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be added. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The ADD command adds entries to list attributes associated with an entity. A list attribute is
an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute. Please refer
to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT qualifier specifies the list of TDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from TDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with CMT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a CMT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
The tags listed in FILTER_PARAMS_CMT (see Table 2–16) can be added to this list attribute.
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–59
ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Table 2–16: FILTER_PARAMS_CMT
Tag TDMA Optional Parameter
MCTS Message Centre Time Stamp
CBN Call-Back Number
CBNPI Call-Back Number Presentation Indicator
CBNAT Call-Back Number Alpha Tag
LANG Language Identifier
SMSSIG SMS Signal
Examples
1. PML> ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=MCTS
PML>
The ADD command adds the optional parameter MCTS to the list of optional parameters
that will be filtered from the CMT messages delivered to the TDMA network.
2–60 SMSC Commands ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON
CANCEL
CANCEL
Cancels a subscription to a specific alarm class of an entity or all entities.
Syntax
CANCEL class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALARM_CLASS=elm
/ENTITY=str ALL
/LOG /NOLOG
Restrictions
The subscription can only be cancelled by the MD; so the class and entity specified in the
parameters have to be MD.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity that can cancel a subscription. This is always the MD. This is entered
as follows:
CLASS MD
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that can cancel a subscription. The entity_name has to be MD
and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY MD
Description
The CANCEL command cancels a subscription to a specific alarm class or all alarm classes of
a specific entity or all entities. This implies that the operator will not be notified about alarms
in the alarm classes specified.
Use the SUBSCRIBE (see SUBSCRIBE) command to subscribe to an alarm class.
CANCEL SMSC Commands 2–61
CANCEL
Qualifiers
/ALARM_CLASS=elm
The /ALARM qualifier is used to specify the alarm class for which the subscription should be
cancelled. The parameter elm must be one of the alarm classes specified in table CANCEL
alarm classes (see Table 2–17) .
Table 2–17: CANCEL alarm classes
Alarm class Description
ALL Cancel subscription to all possible alarm classes. See the rest of this
list for a description of the possible alarm classes.
SUCCESS Cancels the subscription to the "SUCCESS" class.
INFORMATIONAL Cancels the subscription to the "INFORMATIONAL" class.
WARNING Cancels the subscription to the "WARNING" class.
ERROR Cancels the subscription to the "ERROR" class.
SEVERE Cancels the subscription to the "SEVERE" class.
The SUCCESS and INFORMATIONAL alarms inform you that the system has performed a
request. In some cases, the processing continues after issuing a success message. In other
cases, the message indicates that the processing is completed.
The WARNING alarms indicate that some, but not all, of the processing has been performed.
You may have to verify the command or the program.
The ERROR and the SEVERE alarms indicate an error that causes the processing to be
stopped.
/ENTITY=str
All entities (default)
The /ENTITY qualifier is used to specify the entity name for which the subscription has to be
cancelled. If this qualifier is omitted, the subscription for all entities is cancelled.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> CANCEL CLASS MD ENTITY MD/ALARM_CLASS=INFORMATIONAL/ENTITY=SMH01
PML>
The subscription to the alarm class INFORMATIONAL from the entity SMH01 is can-
celled. From now on the operator will not be notified about informational events by the
SMH01.
2–62 SMSC Commands CANCEL
CONNECT
CONNECT
Connect the Presentation Manager to the MD.
Syntax
CONNECT
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Description
The CONNECT command sends a connect request to the MD. If the MD responds with a
positive acknowledge, the Presentation Manager assumes that it is connected. Before this
connection is made, no other commands that require the MD are allowed.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> CONNECT
PML>
The Presentation Manager will be connected to the MD.
CONNECT SMSC Commands 2–63
CREATE
CREATE
Create a new entity instance.
Syntax
CREATE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALTERNATE_NODE=str
/AUTORESTART
/LOG /NOLOG
/NODE=str
Restrictions
As a rule, an AD on a node can only create entities in a limited range of classes. This depends
on the hard- and software installed on the node.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which an entry should be created. This item is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) , with the exception of an AD.
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be created. The entity name has to be unique
system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
See also section Entity Instance (see Section 1.2.2) .
2–64 SMSC Commands CREATE
CREATE
Description
The CREATE command creates a new entity instance on a specified node. The command
only creates the entity. The success of this command does not give any information about
the successful continuation (initialization etc.) of that entity. Problems during the rest of the
lifetime of an entity are reported with events.
Qualifiers
/ALTERNATE_NODE=str
The /ALTERNATE_NODE qualifier defines an alternate node to restart an entity on. When
this qualifier is specified, the /AUTORESTART is automatic set (see /AUTORESTART quali-
fier). The alternate node is used when the entity is stopped unexpectedly AND the primary
node (see /NODE qualifier) is not available. In that situation an attempt will be made to
restart the entity on the node specified as alternate node (this situation may occur when a
node completely stops). With this option failover can be configured.
When an entity is restarted on the alternate node, it will not be restarted automatically on the
primary node when the primary node is available again. This can be planned by the operator
and executed manually. If, however, the process while running on the alternate node fails,
the process will be restarted on the primary node. More general, when a process needs to be
restarted first the primary node will be considered. If that node is unavailable the alternate
node, if available, will be used to host the process.
/AUTORESTART
When the /AUTORESTART qualifier is used, the entity will be restarted if it stops unexpect-
edly. This qualifier is automatically set when the alternate node is specified. The number of
restarts is limited to 3. Each restart will decrement this limit. Every 5 minutes, this limit
will be incremented to a maximum of 3. This mechanism will avoid that an entity restarts an
unlimited number of times within a short time and entities that stop with long intervals will
be restarted an unlimited number of times. The information on restarts can be shown with
the command:
SHOW CLASS MD (see SHOW CLASS MD) /AUTORESTART
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/NODE=str
The /NODE qualifier is used to specify the primary node in the system on which you want the
entity instance to be created. The string str specifies the node name. It depends on the hard-
and software on that node whether it is possible to create an entity on that node. See the
SMSC Operator Manual for more information, for example, on naming conventions and entity
configuration files.
This qualifier is always required.
CREATE SMSC Commands 2–65
CREATE
Examples
1. PML> CREATE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /NODE=CMG1 /LOG
%AD_S_NORMAL, Normal successful completion
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:28:27.88 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-INITIALIZED, Entity is now in initializing state
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:28:29.28 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-ACTIVE, Entity is now active
The CREATE command creates the entity instance SMH01 of entity class SMH on the
node CMG1.
2. PML> CREATE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /NODE=CMG1 /ALTERNATE_NODE=CMG2 /AUTORESTART
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:28:27.88 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-INITIALIZED, Entity is now in initializing state
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:28:29.28 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-ACTIVE, Entity is now active
The CREATE command creates the entity instance SMH01 of entity class SMH on the
node CMG1. The entity is created with the qualifier /AUTORESTART to make sure that
the entity is restarted when the entity stops unexpectedly. When the entity stops and the
node CMG1 is not available the entity will be restarted on node CMG2 (failover).
2–66 SMSC Commands CREATE
DELETE
DELETE
Requests a controlled shut-down of an entity.
Syntax
DELETE class_item entity_item
Qualifier Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Restrictions
Only specific instances of entities can be deleted.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) that must be deleted. This is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be deleted. This is entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
The DELETE command requests the graceful shut-down of an entity. The success of this
command means that the entity accepted the request to shut-down. It gives no information
about the real shut-down of an entity. That kind of information will be given via events.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
DELETE SMSC Commands 2–67
DELETE
Examples
1. PML> DELETE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /LOG
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:12:44.17 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-SHUTDOWN, Entity is shutting down
%OMI-S-NORMAL, Normal successful completion
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 11:12:44.56 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-STOPPED, SMH01: has stopped
PML>
The DELETE command requests the entity instance SMH01 to shut down gracefully.
2–68 SMSC Commands DELETE
DISABLE EVENT
DISABLE EVENT
Changes the event delivery characteristics of an entity.
Syntax
DISABLE EVENT class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/EVENT=str
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the event delivery characteristics have to be
changed. This is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that has to change its event delivery characteristics. It is
entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
After the DISABLE EVENT command an active entity instance stops sending any occurrence
of the specified event. Only if an event is enabled in the entity, the entity will send event
information.
IMPORTANT
When an event is disabled, that event will never be sent to the MD (fault manager),
so neither an operator can be notified nor the event can be logged in the system log
file. Any (disabled or enabled) event, however, can always be found in the log file of
the node on which the entity is executing.
State change events cannot be disabled. These events will always be sent to the MD
and the operator.
DISABLE EVENT SMSC Commands 2–69
DISABLE EVENT
Qualifiers
/EVENT=str
The /EVENT qualifier is used to specify the event code of the event to be discarded. The string
str specifies the event code. The event code is a symbolic representation of the event. Note
that the severity class in the name shall be omitted (for example, OMI_INVSTATE instead of
OMI_W_INVSTATE).
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> DISABLE EVENT CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /EVENT=SMH_IO_FAILED /LOG
%PMM_S_EVTDISAB, Event SMH_IO_FAILED disabled
%OMI-S-NORMAL, Normal successful completion
PML>
The DISABLE EVENT command instructs the entity SMH01 from the class SMH to stop
sending occurrences of the event SMH_E_IO_FAILED.
The /LOG qualifier displays additional information on the success of the DISABLE EVENT
command.
2–70 SMSC Commands DISABLE EVENT
DISCONNECT
DISCONNECT
Disconnects the Presentation Manager from the MD.
Syntax
DISCONNECT
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Description
The DISCONNECT command sends a disconnect request to the MD. If the MD responds with
a positive acknowledge, the Presentation Manager assumes that it is not connected anymore.
After the disconnection is made, no other commands that require the MD can be given.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> DISCONNECT
PML>
The Presentation Manager will be disconnected from the MD.
DISCONNECT SMSC Commands 2–71
ENABLE EVENT
ENABLE EVENT
Changes the event delivery characteristics of an entity.
Syntax
ENABLE EVENT class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/EVENT=str
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the event delivery characteristics have to be
changed. This is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that has to change its event delivery characteristics. This is
entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
After the ENABLE EVENT command an active entity instance sends any occurrence of
the specified event. Only if an event is enabled in the entity, the entity will send event
information.
Qualifiers
/EVENT=str
the /EVENT qualifier specifies the event code of the event to be enabled. The string str
specifies the event code. The event code is a symbol representing the event. Note that the
severity class in the name shall be omitted (for example, OMI_INVSTATE instead of OMI_W_
INVSTATE).
2–72 SMSC Commands ENABLE EVENT
ENABLE EVENT
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> ENABLE EVENT CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /EVENT=SMH_IO_FAILED /LOG
%PMM_S_EVTENAB, Event SMH_IO_FAILED enabled
%OMI-S-NORMAL, Normal successful completion
PML>
The ENABLE EVENT command instructs the entity SMH01 from the class SMH to send
occurrences of the event SMH_E_IO_FAILED.
The /LOG qualifier displays additional information on the success of the ENABLE EVENT
command.
ENABLE EVENT SMSC Commands 2–73
HELP
HELP
Invoke HELP for the SMSC .
Syntax
HELP [keyword ...]
Restrictions
None.
Parameters
keyword ...
Specifies one or more keywords that refer to the topic or subtopic on which you want informa-
tion from the HELP library.
To use the HELP facility in its simplest form, enter the HELP command from your termi-
nal. The HELP facility displays a list of topics at terminal and the prompt ’Topic?’. To see
information on one of the topics, type the topic name after the prompt. The system displays
information on that topic.
If the topic has subtopics, the HELP command lists the subtopics and displays the ’Subtopic?’
prompt. To get information on one of the subtopics, type the name after the prompt. To see
information on another topic, press RETURN. You can now ask for information on another
topic when HELP displays the ’Topic?’ prompt.
Press RETURN to exit the HELP facility and return to the PML command level. When nested
on a deeper help level, enter CTRL/Z to exit the HELP facility.
To select another help library, use the @libname... parameter at the "Topic?" prompt or use:
PML> HELP @libname...
The help command will try to open the given help library and display its information.
By default, the SMSC help library is displayed. When entering @SMSCMSG, for instance, the
SMSC message help library will be displayed.
Description
The HELP command displays information concerning the use of the system, including formats
and explanations of commands, parameters and qualifiers.
2–74 SMSC Commands HELP
HELP
Examples
1. PML> HELP
HELP
.
. (HELP message text and list of topics)
.
Topic? ADD
ADD
.
. (HELP message text and list of subtopics)
.
ADD Subtopic? /QUOTA
ADD
QUOTA
.
. (HELP message text)
.
ADD Subtopic? Return
PML>
HELP SMSC Commands 2–75
REMOVE CLASS AD
REMOVE CLASS AD
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity of class AD.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS AD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ENTBLL=def
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ENTBLL=def
The /ENTBLL qualifier removes an entry from the list of entities in the current blacklist of a
node. An entity class on this list is not allowed to be started on that node.
The class, def, indicates the entity class to be removed from the list. The class must be one of
the classes specified in table Entity types for the /ENTBLL qualifier (see Table 2–18) .
2–76 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS AD
REMOVE CLASS AD
Table 2–18: Entity types for the /ENTBLL qualifier
Entity Type Description
DIWERMES ERMES Delivery Interworking
DIWFAX FAX Delivery Interworking
DIWMENU Menu Delivery Interworking
DIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking
DIWPC UCP Delivery Interworking
DIWPLMN PLMN Delivery Interworking
DIWTAP TAP Delivery Interworking
DLH Distribution List Handler
FAX3SRV FAX3 Server
FRH Fax Report Handler
GIW Gateway Interworking
ISDN ISDN Server
IS41 IS41 Server entity
LOGSRV Log Server
PRH Provisioning Handler
PSTNA PSTN Analogue line
RTR Distributed SMSC routing entity
SIWIVR IVR Submission Interworking
SIWMENU Menu Submission Interworking
SIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking
SIWPC UCP Submission Interworking
SIWPLMN PLMN Submission Interworking
SIWSMPP SMPP Submission Interworking
SIWTAP TAP Submission Interworking
SIWVMS VMS Submission Interworking
SIWVSMPP Voice mail SMPP Submission Interworking
SMH Short Message Handler
SSD Subscription Services Director
TCP TCP Server
TRCSRV Trace Server entity
X25 X.25 Server
X29 X.29 Server
/LOG
REMOVE CLASS AD SMSC Commands 2–77
REMOVE CLASS AD
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS AD ENTITY CMG1 /ENTBLL=(DIWFAX)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the specified entity class from the list of entities in the
current blacklist of a node.
2–78 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS AD
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class CDMA.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID=(teleservice-id, service_type, permitted-routing)
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT=optional_parameter_tag
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT=optional_parameter_tag
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID=(teleservice-id, service-type, permitted-routing)
The /CARRIER_SPEC_TSID qualifier specifies the list of entries mapping carrier-specific
Teleservice IDs and SMPP Service Types, and their permitted routing. SMPP Originated
Messages containing one of these Service Types are delivered to the CDMA network with
the mapped carrier-specific Teleservice ID. CDMA Originated Messages with one of these
mapped carrier-specific Teleservice IDs will only be accepted if MO is allowed, i.e. if the
permitted routing configuration in the matched entry does not indicate MT-only. Carrier-
specific Teleservice messages that are delivered to SMPP will contain the mapped Service
Type.
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–79
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON
With this command, one entry of format (<teleservice-id>, <service-type>, <permitted-routing>)
can be removed from the list. Note that all three parameters must exactly match the values
in the entry to be removed.
Permitted routing values can be DEFAULT for all message flows, MT for Mobile Terminated
only (MO not allowed), NOFWD to disable forwarding services and the MT_NOFWD combina-
tion.
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the SCPT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in an SCPT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON)
command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_VMN qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with VMN Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a VMN message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON)
command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the WEMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WEMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON)
command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON)
command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WPT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a WPT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON)
command.
2–80 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT=TMS
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the optional parameter TMS from the list of optional
parameters that will be filtered from the WMT messages that are delivered to the CDMA
network.
REMOVE CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–81
REMOVE CLASS GHLR_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS GHLR_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class GHLR_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS GHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE=(tt, network node number)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes
associated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE=(tt, network node number)
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE specifies the list of the TT-MSC network node number
mapping entries, that are used by GHLR to map the Translation Type (TT) from the SCCP
Called Party Address related to the SendRoutingInfoForSM indication to a specific MSC net-
work node number. This MSC network node number is inserted in the SendRoutingInfoForSM
response that is sent back to the originating SMSC. The originating SMSC uses this network
node number to determine the destination MSC (SMSC) of the MT-ForwardSM request in
question. With this command, one entry of format (<tt>, <network node number>) can be
removed from the list.
2–82 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS GHLR_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class GIW_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=prefix
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(imsi, prefix)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes asso-
ciated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=prefix
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST qualifier removes an entry from the MSC/SGSN Global Title
prefix list used by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality. Please refer to documentation for
ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST.
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(imsi, prefix)
The /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB attribute removes an entry from the IMSI prefix table. Refer to
documentation for ADD CLASS GIW_COMMON/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB.
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–83
REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB=(123, 12345)
PML>
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST=31
PML>
2–84 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS GIW_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the GSM_COMMON class.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entry. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual from more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be removed from the RTNG_PID_LIST which is used by the
routing functionality.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON/RTNG_PID_LIST=3A
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the value 3A from the RTNG_PID_LIST list.
REMOVE CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–85
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the IP7_COMMON class.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SSRV_NETWORKS=(identifier, appearance, indicator, variant, local_pc, global_pc)
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS=(name, identifier)
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL=(type, sample, ct_weight, at_weight, low_wm, high_wm, max_wm)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes asso-
ciated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more
details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SSRV_NETWORKS=(identifier, appearance, indicator, variant, local_pc, global_pc)
The /SSRV_NETWORKS qualifier removes an entry from the list of SS7 network instance
configurations having the format (<identifier>, <appearance>, <indicator>, <variant>, <local
PC>, <global PC>). The entry is not removed when there are still subsystems assigned to it
(please refer to IP7_COMMON/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS).
2–86 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON /SSRV_NETWORKS for more information about
the meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS=(name, identifier)
The /SSRV_SUBSYSTEM qualifier removes an entry from the list of subsystem to SS7 network
instance assignments having the format (<name>, <identifier>).
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS for more information
about the meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL=(type, sample, ct_weight, at_weight, low_wm, high_wm, max_wm)
The /SSRV_FLOW_CTRL qualifier removes an entry from the list of flow control mechanisms
having the format (<type>, <sample>, <ct_weight>, <at_weight>, <low_wm>, <high_wm>,
<max_wm>).
Please refer to SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL for more information about
the meaning of these values.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all IP7 entities have been stopped and
when the licensed attribute IP7_COMMON/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING is enabled.
REMOVE CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–87
REMOVE CLASS ISDN
REMOVE CLASS ISDN
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID=number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID=number)
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active connections list.
The parameter CON_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the connection to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
connections identification of the currently active connections list.
2–88 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS ISDN
REMOVE CLASS ISDN
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS ISDN ENTITY ISDN01 /CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID=0)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes connection_id "0" from the connection list of ISDN01. As
a result, the connection is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–89
REMOVE CLASS MD
REMOVE CLASS MD
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class MD.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS MD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/RELATION=(def1, def2)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/RELATION=(def1, def2)
The /RELATION qualifier removes an entry from the list of possible relations. This list is
used internally by the MD to provide internal SMSC routing information to entities. It shows
relations that a certain class of entities (def1, the source class), has with other classes of
entities (def2, the destination class).
The source class, def1, indicates the entity class from which to remove a relation. The source
class must be one of the types specified in table /RELATION Qualifier Entity Types (see
Table 2–19) .
2–90 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS MD
REMOVE CLASS MD
The destination class, def2, indicates the entity class which relation is to be removed. The
destination class must be one of the types specified in table /RELATION Qualifier Entity
Types (see Table 2–19) .
Table 2–19: /RELATION Qualifier Entity Types
Entity Type Description
DIWERMES ERMES Delivery Interworking entity
DIWFAX FAX Delivery Interworking entity
DIWMENU Menu Delivery Interworking entity
DIWOIS OIS Delivery Interworking entity
DIWPC PC Delivery Interworking entity
DIWPLMN PLMN Delivery Interworking entity
DIWTAP TAP Delivery Interworking entity
DLH Distribution List Handler
FAX3SRV FAX3 Server entity
FRH Fax Report Handler
GIW Gateway Interworking entity
ISDN ISDN Server entity
LOGSRV Log Server entity
PBB Prepaid Billing Blocker
PBR Prepaid Billing Router
PRH Provisioning Handler
PSTNA PSTN analogue line entity
RAS Remote Access Server entity
RTR Distributed SMSC routing entity
SIWIVR IVR Submission Interworking entity
SIWMENU Menu Submission Interworking entity
SIWOIS OIS Submission Interworking entity
SIWPC PC Submission Interworking entity
SIWPLMN PLMN Submission Interworking entity
SIWSMPP Short Message Peer-to-Peer entity
SIWTAP TAP Submission Interworking entity
SIWVMS VMS Submission Interworking entity
SIWVSMPP Short Message Peer-to-Peer entity
SMH Short Message Handler entity
SSD Subscription Services Director
TCP TCP Server entity
X25 X.25 Server entity
X29 X.29 Server entity
REMOVE CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–91
REMOVE CLASS MD
RESTRICTIONS
The attribute RELATION can only be modified when all entities of the associated
classes, which should be removed, are stopped.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS MD ENTITY MD /RELATION=(SMH,SMH)/LOG
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the relation with class SMH to the class SMH. Because
of the /LOG qualifier, additional information is displayed on the REMOVE command.
2–92 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS MD
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class NMT_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, PID)
/LOG /NOLOG
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, pid)
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the list that specifies the relation
between an address and PID. The parameter address_prefix can have any numeric value, up to
20 digits. The parameter pid represents the PID that should be used for the related address.
See also the ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON (see ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON) command.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–93
REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON
/RTNG_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be removed from the RTNG_PID_LIST which is used by the
routing functionality.
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier removes an entry to the list of scan tags.
The parameter scan_string represents the text string that should be contained in the mobile
originated message to activate the required scan action routine. The parameter scan_string
may be up to 20 characters.
The parameter scan_function represents the action routine to be associated with the scan_
string.
IMPORTANT
Entries can only be removed when all NMT entities of the system are stopped.
See also the ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON (see ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON) command.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS NMT /ADDRESS_TABLE=(0653123453, MS)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the association between the address 0653123453 and
PID MS.
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS NMT /SCAN_TAGS=(DL+, DISTR_LIST_ADD)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the association between the scan string DL+ and the
action routine DISTR_LIST_ADD.
2–94 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS NMT_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class PC.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the session table.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–95
REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON
• X25
• X29
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. This is the
time after which the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the
duration, that is, infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages, that is, infinite.
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 60 seconds. This is the
time between two short message submissions. The value 0 means no restriction, that is, no
wait time.
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON/SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 10)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the session management characteristics definition for
the X.25 server.
2–96 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS PC_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class PLMN.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, PID)
/LOG /NOLOG
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_TABLE=(address_prefix, pid)
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the list that specifies the relation
between an address and PID. The parameter address_prefix can have any numeric value, up to
20 digits. The parameter pid represents the PID that should be used for the related address.
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–97
REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON
/SCAN_TAGS=(scan_string, scan_function)
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier removes an entry to the list of scan tags.
The parameter scan_string represents the text string that should be contained in the mobile-
originated message to activate the required scan action routine. The parameter scan_string
may be up to 20 characters.
The parameter scan_function represents the action routine to be associated with the scan_
string.
IMPORTANT
Entries can only be removed when all PLMN entities of the system are stopped.
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADDRESS_TABLE=(0653123453, MS)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the association between the address 0653123453 and
PID MS.
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON /SCAN_TAGS=(DL+, DISTR_LIST_ADD)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the association between the scan string DL+ and the
action routine DISTR_LIST_ADD.
2–98 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS PLMN_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class PRH_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_REQ=(....)
/LOG /NOLOG
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST=(....)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_REQ=(PID,
START_DIGITS=mandatory digits the address begins with,
MIN_DIGITS=minimum number of digits in address,
MAX_DIGITS=maximum number of digits in address,
ADJUST=adjust PID indicator)
The /ADDRESS_REQ qualifier removes an entry from the address requirements table. The
address requirements are used in mobile-originated commands to modify a distribution list.
An address to be added or removed from a distribution list must adhere to the requirements
defined in an entry in the table.
See the ADD CLASS ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON) com-
mand for detailed information.
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–99
REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
Using this qualifier a Large Account short-number (LASN) can be removed from the
GATEWAY_LA_LIST used by the Gateway-LA functionality.
The /GATEWAY_LA_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of Gateway LA’s.
A Gateway LA is a special Large Account (LA), for which the messages that cannot be deliv-
ered due to a non-persistent error will be deferred for a configurable period, and the SMSC
will proceed with the delivery of the remaining messages for that Gateway LA.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–20: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a list.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON /ADDRESS_REQ=(MS, START_DIGITS=0604,
MIN_DIGITS=5, MAX_DIGITS=15, ADJUST=OFF)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the entry for PID MS from the address requirements
table.
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON/GATEWAY_LA_LIST=100
PML>
The Large Account with LASN 100 is removed from the Gateway-LA list.
2–100 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS PRH_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS PSTNA
REMOVE CLASS PSTNA
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active connections list.
The parameter CON_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the connection to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
connections identification of the currently active connections list.
REMOVE CLASS PSTNA SMSC Commands 2–101
REMOVE CLASS PSTNA
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS PSTNA ENTITY PSTNA01 /CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = 0)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes connection_id "0" from the connection list of PSTNA01.
As a result, the connection is terminated.
2–102 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS PSTNA
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SDB_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/PID_TABLE=(pid, address_type, pid_text )
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes asso-
ciated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/PID_TABLE=(pid, address_type, pid_text )
The PID_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the PID table. The PID table is used for
handling mobile-originated provision requests. The parameter pid_text represents the text
string that should be used in the mobile-originated provision requests to set the address PID
(of the address related to the provision request) to the specified PID value in the PID table.
The mobile user must specify all of the characters.
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–103
REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON
The PID text that corresponds to the PID value in the PID table is used in the response text
in the output messages.
NOTE
All PID values that are to be supported must be added to the PID table.
The parameter pid can have one of the following values:
• FAXG3
• MENU
• MS
• PC
The parameter address_type must have the value:
• TELEPHONE
The parameter pid_text represents the text string. The length of pid_text must be 8 characters
at most and cannot start with a digit.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON /PID_TABLE=(MS, TELEPHONE, MOBILE)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes an entry from the address table.
2–104 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SDB_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SERVER_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SERVER_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SERVER_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SERVER_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE=(msisdn, imsi)
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TABL=(tt, msisdn, imsi)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes
associated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE=(msisdn, imsi)
The qualifier /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE specifies the list of the MSISDN-IMSI prefix
mapping entries, which are used by the GHLR and the GIW for the support of the Foreign
Subscriber Gateway functionality. With this command, one entry of format (<msisdn>, <imsi>)
can be removed from the list.
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB=(tt, msisdn, imsi)
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB specifies the list of the TT/MSISDN-IMSI prefix
mapping entries, that are used by the GHLR and the GIW for the support of the Foreign
Subscriber Gateway functionality in combination with Mobile Number Portability. With this
command, one entry of format (<tt>, <msisdn>, <imsi>) can be removed from the list.
REMOVE CLASS SERVER_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–105
REMOVE CLASS SIWPC
REMOVE CLASS SIWPC
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
The /SESSIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active sessions list. The
parameter SESS_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the session to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
session identifiers of the currently active sessions list.
2–106 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SIWPC
REMOVE CLASS SIWPC
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01 /SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = 12)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes session_id "12" from the session list of SIWPC01. As a
result, the session is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–107
REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP
REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
The /SESSIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active sessions list. The
parameter SESS_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the session to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
session identifiers of the currently active sessions list.
2–108 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP
REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = 13)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes session_id "13" from the session list of SIWSMPP01. As
a result, the session is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–109
REMOVE CLASS SMH
REMOVE CLASS SMH
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SMH.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SMH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION=(...)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SMH command removes entries from list attributes associated with
an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to
the same attribute class. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list
attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION=(...)
The ADDRESS_INFORMATION qualifier allows the operator to remove messages that are
queued for a given recipient, from the SMH.
Additional parameters are:
• ADDRESS = <address> in local, national or international format.
The recipient address for which messages need to be removed. This is a mandatory
parameter.
2–110 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SMH
REMOVE CLASS SMH
• ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, VSMPP, DVMS, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR, IMENU, IPC, IVSMPP,
IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TPC, TVSMPP, TVMS, VMS].
Specifies the format of the recipient address, where the various access types are defined as
follows:
DIVR, an IVR address over X25,
DPC, a UCP address over X25,
DVMS, a Voice Mail address over X25,
ERMES, an ERMES address,
FAXG3, a FAXG Group3 address,
IIVR, an IVR address over ISDN,
IMENU, a MENU address over ISDN,
IPC, a UCP address over ISDN,
IVMS, a Voice Mail address over ISDN,
IVR, an IVR address through PSTNA access,
IVSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address over ISDN,
MENU, a MENU address through PSTNA access,
MS, a mobile station address,
PC, a UCP address through PSTNA access,
TAP, a TAP address through PSTNA access,
TIVR, an IVR address over TCP/IP,
TPC, a UCP address over TCP/IP,
TVMS, a Voice Mail address over TCP/IP,
TVSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address over TCP/IP,
VMS, a Voice Mail address through PSTNA access,
VSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address through PSTNA access. Optional parameter,
defaults to MS.
• ORIGINATOR = <address> in local, national or international format. This is the originator
address.
This is an extra optional specifier that limits the messages to be removed, to those that
originate from the given address.
• ORIG_ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, VSMPP, DVMS, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR, IMENU, IPC,
IVSMPP, IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TPC, TVSMPP, TVMS, VMS].
Specifies the format of the originator address. Please refer to the ACCESS parameter for
an explanation on the various formats. It defaults to MS.
• ACTUAL = <address> in local, national or international format.
The originally specified recipient address before Address Routing took place. This is
an extra optional specifier that limits the messages to be removed, to those that were
originally send to the given actual address.
• ACT_ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, VSMPP, DVMS, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR, IMENU, IPC,
IVSMPP, IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TPC, TVSMPP, TVMS, VMS].
Specifies the format of the actual address. Please refer to the ACCESS parameter for an
explanation on the various formats. Defaults to MS.
• TIMESTAMP = <yymmddhhmmss>. Identifies exactly one message. This is an optional
parameter.
• ALL = Remove all messages for the specified recipient. This is an optional parameter.
REMOVE CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–111
REMOVE CLASS SMH
• CACHED_INFO = Remove the cached delivery information for the subscriber address.
This qualifier can only be used when the recipient address is in the Recipient Delivery
Information Cache, i.e. when there are no messages waiting to be delivered to this sub-
scriber address. See also the description of SMH_COMMON/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_
CACHE.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMH /ADDRESS_INFORMATION=(address=06987654321,access=MS,tim=970505144938)
%PMM-I-MSGDELETED, The specified message was deleted.
PML>
A message is deleted by the operator.
2–112 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SMH
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SMH_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/TP_PID_LIST=pid
/RETRY_PROFILE=(profile_id)
/LOG /NOLOG
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG=(pid, merr, msta, index)
/GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR=address_type
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes as-
sociated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/TP_PID_LIST=pid
Using this qualifier a PID can be removed from the TP_PID_LIST used by the Transparent
PID functionality.
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–113
REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON
The parameter pid can have a hexadecimal value in the range 00 to FF.
/RETRY_PROFILE=(retry-profile)
Use this qualifier to remove retry profiles from the list. Messages referring to a removed retry
profile will use the default retry profile. Retry profiles that are referred to from ERR_DEP_
SCHEME_CONFIG (SMH_COMMON) cannot be removed.
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG=(pid, merr, msta, index)
Use this qualifier to remove a mapping from PID, MERR and MSTA to an INDEX in the
RETRY_PROFILE list attribute. Messages referring to a removed retry profile will use the
default retry profile.
/GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR=(address_type, ton, npi, address)
Using this qualifier the configured address of one of the following types can be removed:
ABN, NOTIF, or CMD_RESP.
Table GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR parameter description (see Table 2–20) describes the list
attribute parameters.
Table 2–20: GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR parameter description
Parameter Description
address_type Address type as defined above
ton Address Type Of Number
npi Numbering Plan Information
address Address characters, up to 20 digits, or up to 11 alphanumeric characters
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RETRY_PROFILE=(112)
PML>
The retry profile with index 112 is deleted.
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON /TP_PID_LIST=5F
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the value 0x5F from the TP_PID_LIST. If the
Transparent PID functionality is enabled the SMSC will reject every message containing
PID 0x5F.
2–114 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SMH_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SMPP_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST=(dest_network_type, PLMN Type)
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG=($trigger, "value")
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=(service_type_name, repl_store_ind)
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE=(service_type, teleservice)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG=($trigger, "value")
The /PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG qualifier specifies a list of entries that identifies the SMSC
system wide values, which are related to Predefined Messages. With this command, one entry
of format ($<trigger>, "<value>") can be removed from the list.
The parameter trigger consists of 2 digits and ranges from 00 through 49 and from 60 through
99. Trigger $98 is a ’reserved’ trigger and allows the operator to configure the time. Trigger
$99 is a ’reserved’ trigger and allows the operator to configure the date. If triggers $98 and/or
$99 are not defined, the SMSC will read the time and/or date from the system itself.
The parameter value is a random sequence of characters with a maximum length of 12.
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–115
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=(service_type_name, repl_store_ind)
The /REPL_IF_PRES_LIST qualifier removes an entry from the Replace If Present List.
The parameter service_type_name is a name of a Service Type, that is removed from the
Replace If Present List. It is a string up to 5 characters (case sensitive).
The parameter repl_store_ind can have one of the following values:
• STORE
• REPLACE
See also the ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON (see ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON) command.
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE=(service_type, teleservice)
The qualifier /SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE specifies a list of entries mapping SMPP Service
Types to the IS41 Teleservice IDs. For SMPP originated messages containing a Service Type,
the SMSC uses this list to look up the associated Teleservice ID to be included in the message
that is being delivered to the IS41 network. For SMPP terminated messages, the SMSC looks
up the Service Type to be included. Note that in case no matching entry is found in the table,
the existing default mapping is used. This attribute is a parameter.
With this command, one entry of format (<service_type>, <teleservice>) can be removed from
the list.
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST=(dest_network_type, PLMN Type)
The /DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST qualifier removes an entry from the DEST_NET_
MAPPING_LIST table.
See also the ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON (see ADD CLASS SMPP_COMMON) command.
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the session table.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
• X25
• X29
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. This is the
time after which the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the
duration i.e. infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages i.e. infinite.
2–116 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 60 seconds. This is the
time between two short message submissions. The value 0 means no restriction i.e. no wait
time.
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON/SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 10)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the session management characteristics definition for
the X.25 server.
2. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST=("stype1", STORE)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the definition of Service Type "stype1" from the Replace
If Present List.
REMOVE CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–117
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class SMSC_COMMON.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
/MNP_CC_LIST=(country code)
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST=(imsi)
/NRT_RANGES=(first, last, significant digits, address type)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON command removes entries from list attributes
associated with an entity. A list attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries
belonging to the same attribute class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details
on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/NRT_RANGES=(first, last, significant digits, address type)
The NRT_RANGES qualifier removes an entry from the NRT_RANGES table. See also
documentation for ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON/NRT_RANGES.
2–118 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/MNP_CC_LIST=(country code)
The MNP_CC_LIST attribute removes an entry from the MNP_CC_LIST table. Refer to
documentation for ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST.
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST=(imsi)
The MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST attribute removes an entry from the MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST list.
Refer to documentation for ADD CLASS SMSC_COMMON/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON /NRT_RANGES=(1, 9, 1, DISTRIBUTION_LIST)
PML>
In this example addresses ’1’ to ’9’ will no longer be interpreted as distribution list num-
bers.
REMOVE CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–119
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class TAP.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/SESS_TABLE=(server, duration, msg_count, wait_interval)
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier removes an entry from the session table.
The parameter server can have one of the following values:
• ISDN
• PSTNA
• TCPIP
• X25
• X29
2–120 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON
The parameter duration can have a value in the range from 0 to 86400 seconds. This is the
time after which the connection will be terminated. The value 0 means no restriction on the
duration, that is, infinite.
The parameter msg_count can have a value in the range from 0 to 2147483647 messages. This
is the maximum number of short messages that can be submitted during the session. The
value 0 means no restriction on the number of messages, that is, infinite.
The parameter wait_interval can have a value in the range from 0 to 9 seconds. This is the
time between two short message submissions. The value 0 means no restriction, that is, no
wait time.
See also the ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON (see ADD CLASS TAP_COMMON) command.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON/SESS_TABLE=(X25, 60, 0, 5)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the session management characteristics definition for
the X.25 server.
REMOVE CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–121
REMOVE CLASS TCP
REMOVE CLASS TCP
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active connections list.
The parameter CON_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the connection to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
connections identification of the currently active connections list.
2–122 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS TCP
REMOVE CLASS TCP
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS TCP ENTITY TCP01 /CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = 0)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes connection_id "0" from the connection list of TCP01. As
a result, the connection is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS TCP SMSC Commands 2–123
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Removes an entry from the list attribute associated with the class TDMA.
Syntax
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=optional_parameter_tag
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT qualifier specifies the list of TDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from TDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with CMT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a CMT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON (see REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON)
command.
2–124 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=MCTS
PML>
The REMOVE command removes the optional parameter MCTS from the list of optional
parameters that will be filtered from the CMT messages delivered to the TDMA network.
REMOVE CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–125
REMOVE CLASS X25
REMOVE CLASS X25
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active connections list.
The parameter CON_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the connection to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
connections identification of the currently active connections list.
2–126 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS X25
REMOVE CLASS X25
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS X25 ENTITY X2501 /CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = 0)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes connection_id "0" from the connection list of X2501. As a
result, the connection is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS X25 SMSC Commands 2–127
REMOVE CLASS X29
REMOVE CLASS X29
Remove an entry from a list attribute associated with an entity.
Syntax
REMOVE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity instances from which an entry should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which an element should be removed. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The REMOVE command removes entries from list attributes associated with an entity. A list
attribute is an entity attribute which allows multiple entries belonging to the same attribute
class. Refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on list attributes.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = number)
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier removes an entry from the currently active connections list.
The parameter CON_ID indicates that the value specified by the parameter number represents
the identification of the connection to be removed. The parameter number can be any of the
connections identification of the currently active connections list.
2–128 SMSC Commands REMOVE CLASS X29
REMOVE CLASS X29
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> REMOVE CLASS X29 ENTITY X2901 /CONNECTIONS=(CON_ID = 0)
PML>
The REMOVE command removes connection_id "0" from the connection list of X2901. As a
result, the connection is terminated.
REMOVE CLASS X29 SMSC Commands 2–129
RESET
RESET
Resets attribute(s) to default value(s).
Syntax
RESET class_item entity_item
Restrictions
The use of qualifiers depends on the type of attribute you want to operate on.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the attribute value(s) has to be reset. This is
entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance of which the attribute value(s) has to be reset. The entity_
name has to be unique system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET command can be used to reset the attributes associated with an entity to their
default values. Only attributes with default values will be reset. If no entity instance is
mentioned, the command pertains to the entity class, that is to all entity instances of that
class.
Each of the items and the qualifiers are described in the specific RESET descriptions in this
manual. The items that can be reset can be divided in two groups:
• General items. These items are available for all classes and a reset can be requested
for every type of entity. The qualifiers in this group are described with the command
description of RESET any class.
2–130 SMSC Commands RESET
RESET
• Class specific items. These items are available for one or more classes but not for all
classes. A reset of these items can only be requested for entities that are member of one
of these classes. Each of these items and qualifiers are described in the specific RESET
descriptions in this manual. These RESET commands are ordered by the class name they
work on.
The default values will be given for each qualifier. The possible values for each qualifier are
explained in the description of the SET command.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE
This RESET command is specific for the class SMH and can be found in the description of
RESET CLASS SMH.
RESET SMSC Commands 2–131
RESET any class
RESET any class
Resets attribute values, counters etc. of entities from all classes.
Syntax
RESET class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BLOCKINGQELEM 65
/CHARACTERISTICS
/COUNTERS
/ENTTRCIN SUPPRESS
/ENTTRCOUT SUPPRESS
/HIGHQELEM 60
/LOG /NOLOG
/MAXQELEM 150
/MAX_TIMERS 100
/TESTTRACE 0
/TRCLEVEL 0
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED
/TRCDGT_DIGITS
/TRCDPC
/TRCOGT_DIGITS
/TRCOPC
Restrictions
The qualifiers mentioned are general for all entities of all classes. If there are exceptions to
this rule, they are described with that specific qualifier.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the attributes should be reset. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
2–132 SMSC Commands RESET any class
RESET any class
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the attributes should be reset. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET command resets attributes associated with an entity.
Qualifiers
/BLOCKINGQELEM
The /BLOCKINGQELEM qualifier defines the minimum level of free queue elements on which
an entity reads from its IDI- and IOS-queue. The default value is 65%. If this threshold is
reached, the entity protects itself against overload.
BLOCKINGQELEM is reset to 65.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/CHARACTERISTICS
The /CHARACTERISTICS qualifier specifies all the characteristic attributes of the specified
entity or class of entities.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes. Note that some characteristics are not reset-
table.
/COUNTERS
The /COUNTERS qualifier is used to either indicate all non-statistical counters of the specified
entity or class of entities or, in combination with the INTERVAL or CONTENTS qualifier, all
statistical counters.
All cumulative counters are reset to 0. Indicating counters cannot be reset.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/ENTTRCIN
The /ENTTRCIN qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of incoming messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
ENTTRCIN is reset to SUPPRESS. No trace information will be provided on incoming mes-
sages.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
RESET any class SMSC Commands 2–133
RESET any class
/ENTTRCOUT
The /ENTTRCOUT qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of outgoing messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
ENTTRCOUT is reset to SUPPRESS. No trace information will be provided on outgoing
messages.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/HIGHQELEM
The /HIGHQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum percentage of the number of
queue elements that can be allocated for a proper operation of the entity (high watermark).
HIGHQELEM is a percentage of MAXQELEM. If more than this number of queue elements is
in use, the entity will enter the state BLOCKED, in which the use of available queue elements
is minimized. When 10% of the defined queue elements have been freed again, the entity will
enter the ACTIVE state again. If the use of queue elements is above 90%, the entity will enter
the SHUTTING_DOWN state in which all activities of the entity will be ended.
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. In general, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
HIGHQELEM is reset to 60.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/MAXQELEM
The /MAXQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queue elements that
can be used by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. Generally, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
MAXQELEM is reset to 150.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/MAX_TIMERS
The /MAX_TIMERS qualifier specifies the maximum number of timers, both internal and VMS
system timers, that can be used simultaneously by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–134 SMSC Commands RESET any class
RESET any class
NOTE
The attributes /MAX_TIMERS, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING and /NR_SYSTEM_
TIMERS are related to each other.
MAX_TIMERS is reset to 100.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TESTTRACE
The /TESTTRACE qualifier is used to specify the level of test trace information to be generated
by an entity. This qualifier is for development purposes only. The value should always be 0.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The usage of this qualifier is restricted to LogicaCMG personnel only.
TESTTRACE is reset to 0.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCLEVEL
The /TRCLEVEL qualifier is used to specify the level of trace information that an entity has
to send to the trace collector. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The use of values other than 0 will seriously degrade the performance of the SMSC.
TRCLEVEL is reset to 0. This will result in the end of the generation of trace information.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS
The /TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
originator. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO
is set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with
the country code. This attribute is a parameter.
TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS is reset to an empty string.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS
The /TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
recipient. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO is
set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with the
country code. This attribute is a parameter.
TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS is reset to an empty string.
RESET any class SMSC Commands 2–135
RESET any class
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED
The /TRCREQ_DISCARDED qualifier specifies the number of trace requests that are discarded
by the entity. This attribute is a counter.
TRCREQ_DISCARDED is reset to 0.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCDGT_DIGITS
The /TRCDGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of the
destination MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI
and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter.
TRCDGT_DIGITS is reset to an empty string.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCDPC
The /TRCDPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the destination
MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter.
TRCDPC is reset to an empty string.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCOGT_DIGITS
The /TRCOGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of
the originating MSC (calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s)
/ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter.
TRCOGT_DIGITS is reset to an empty string.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCOPC
The /TRCOPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the originating MSC
(calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter.
TRCOPC is reset to an empty string.
See also the description of the TRACE (see TRACE) command.
2–136 SMSC Commands RESET any class
RESET any class
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /COUNTERS
The RESET command instructs the entity SMH01 from the class SMH to reset all its
cumulative counter attributes.
RESET any class SMSC Commands 2–137
RESET CLASS AD
RESET CLASS AD
Resets attribute values of entities from the class AD.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS AD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AD_RECEIVED 0
/AD_RESPONDED 0
/ENT_RECEIVED 0
/ENT_RESPONDED 0
/LOGFILE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS AD command resets attributes associated with an AD.
Qualifiers
/AD_RECEIVED
The /AD_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands received for this
AD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
AD_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/AD_RESPONDED
The /AD_RESPONDED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands to which this AD
responded. This attribute is a statistical counter.
AD_RESPONDED is reset to 0.
2–138 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS AD
RESET CLASS AD
/ENT_RECEIVED
The /ENT_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands that this AD
routed to entities on the node of this AD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ENT_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/ENT_RESPONDED
The /ENT_RESPONDED qualifier is used to specify the number of responses from entities on
this node that the AD routed back to the MD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ENT_RESPONDED is reset to 0.
/LOGFILE
The /LOGFILE qualifier is used to specify the name of the log file for this entity.
The logfile is closed and a new one with the same name is opened.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS AD ENTITY CMG1 /ENT_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute ENT_RECEIVED of the AD entity CMG1.
RESET CLASS AD SMSC Commands 2–139
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Resets the common attribute values of the class CDMA_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 0xFFFF
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 0xFF
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY NONE
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ OFF
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ OFF
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN NEVER
/CBN_FORMATTING OFF
/UCS2_CONV NONE
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
/WEMT_ENABLED OFF
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK ON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–140 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON command resets the common attributes associated
with CDMA_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be reset to 4096.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
AVG_LEN_SGMS is reset to 160.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is reset to 16-bit.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX is reset to 65535.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–141
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX is reset to 255.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /CDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWCDMA.
CSP_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY
The /DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY qualifier is applicable when the Alert On Message
Delivery is requested, but no Alert Priority is provided on submission. If the attribute value is
set to NONE, no priority is added. Otherwise, the Alert Priority is set to the specified default
value.
The alert priority was introduced in CDMA version TIA/EIA-637-A (extension on ’Alert on
Message Delivery’). The value NONE is provided for compatibility reasons. The operator can
use it for messages that were submitted without an alert priority, to force the ’old’ CDMA
version. This attribute is a parameter.
DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY is reset to NONE.
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_READACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the Read Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the Read Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the Read Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
DISCARD_READACK_REQ is reset to OFF.
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_USERACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the User Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the User Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the User Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
DISCARD_USERACK_REQ is reset to OFF.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_WMT list.
2–142 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WPT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a WPT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_WPT list.
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN
The /FILTER_PARAMS_VMN qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with VMN Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a VMN message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_VMN list.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the WEMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WEMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT list.
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the SCPT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in an SCPT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT list.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
NR_CC_SGMS is reset to 1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 140.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT is reset to 140.
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–143
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT
For the CATPT and SCPT Teleservices, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the same as
DELETE.
For binary messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted the same
as DELETE. For binary messages that are neither Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) or
Wireless Enhanced Messaging Teleservice (WEMT), SEGMENT is interpreted the same as
DELETE.
For messages with an unknown Teleservice, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE.
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN
The /USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN qualifier specifies whether the Originator Address should be
used in the Call-Back Number (CBN) field for the WMT/WPT/WEMT messages on delivery.
The possible values are:
• NEVER - Never use the Originator Address in the CBN,
• IF_NOT_PRESENT - Use the Originator Address in the CBN if the CBN was not specified,
• ALWAYS - Always use the Originator Address in the CBN.
USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN is reset to NEVER.
/CBN_FORMATTING
The /CBN_FORMATTING qualifier specifies whether the Call-Back Number (CBN) should be
formatted with a trunk prefix whenever possible. This attribute is a flag.
CBN_FORMATTING is reset to OFF.
/UCS2_CONV
The /CDMA_UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
UCS2 formatted messages over the CDMA network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
This attribute is a parameter.
UCS2_CONV is reset to NONE.
2–144 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that
is used for CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages. The value DEFAULT causes Mobile
Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to ANSI
X3.4 ASCII, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value IRA causes Mobile Terminated text
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to International Reference
Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes the Mobile Terminated
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-
bit encoding scheme with many common European language symbols. The value GSM causes
Mobile Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to
the GSM 7-bit default alphabet.
NOTE
For Mobile Terminated CDMA messages with WEMT Teleservice, this parameter is
not checked. Instead, the User Data Encoding Scheme is set to GSM 7-bit default
alphabet.
This attribute can have one of the following values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
GSM
This attribute is a parameter.
USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME is reset to DEFAULT.
/WEMT_ENABLED
The /WEMT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether delivery of CDMA Mobile Terminated
messages with Teleservice WEMT is supported by the SMSC. When set to OFF, WEMT
messages are delivered to the CDMA network as WMT messages, without WEMT message
content. This attribute is a flag.
WEMT_ENABLED is reset to ON.
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK
The /WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK qualifier specifies whether WEMT messages, for which the
delivery has failed because of unsupported Teleservice, are retried with Teleservice WMT,
without the WEMT message content. When set to OFF, no retry to the CDMA network will be
attempted for these messages. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when /WEMT_ENABLED is set to ON.
WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK is reset to ON.
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–145
RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON /WEMT_ENABLED
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute WEMT_ENABLED of the CDMA
entities.
2–146 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS CMLOG
RESET CLASS CMLOG
Resets attribute values of entities from the class CMLOG.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS CMLOG entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDR_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_1_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_2_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_3_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_4_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_5_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_6_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_7_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_8_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_9_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_10_BLOCKED 0
/DELIV_CM_COMPL 0
/DELIV_CM_INCOMPL 0
/DELIV_SEGM_DISC 0
/DELIV_SEGM_OK 0
/EXT_OBJ_OK 0
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN 0
/LOG_BLOCKED 0
/SEGM_UDH_NOK 0
/SUM_CDR_TIME 3600
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME 3600
/SUM_LOG_TIME 60
RESET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–147
RESET CLASS CMLOG
/SUBM_SEGM_DISC 0
/SUBM_SEGM_OK 0
/SUBM_CM_COMPL 0
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL 0
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN 0
/TOT_LOGGED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS CMLOG command resets attributes associated with a CMLOG.
Qualifiers
/SUM_CDR_TIME
The /SUM_CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary CDR file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUM_CDR_TIME is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
SUM_CDR_TIME should be greater than or equal to SUM_FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_CDR_TIME is changed, the CMLOG closes the current
summary CDR file. The standby summary CDR file is used as the new current
summary CDR file and a new standby summary CDR file will be created in the
same way when SUM_CDR_TIME seconds have expired.
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME
The /SUM_FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the
buffered summary records (LOG and CDR) are flushed to the corresponding summary file,
that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is a parameter.
2–148 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG
RESET CLASS CMLOG
SUM_FLUSH_TIME is reset to 60.
IMPORTANT
SUM_FLUSH_TIME should be less than or equal to SUM_CDR_TIME and SUM_
LOG_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_FLUSH_TIME is changed, the buffered summary records
currently stored in CMLOG will be flushed to the summary file, in the same way
when SUM_FLUSH_TIME seconds have expired.
/SUM_LOG_TIME
The /SUM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary LOG file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUM_LOG_TIME is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
SUM_LOG_TIME should be greater than or equal to SUM_FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_LOG_TIME is changed, the CMLOG closes the current
summary LOG file. The standby summary LOG file is used as the new current
summary LOG file and a new standby summary LOG file will be created, in the
same way when SUM_LOG_TIME seconds have expired.
/SUBM_SEGM_OK
The /SUBM_SEGM_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted submitted seg-
ments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUBM_SEGM_OK is reset to 0.
/SUBM_SEGM_DISK
The /SUBM_SEGM_DISC qualifier is used to specify the number of discarded submitted
segments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUBM_SEGM_DISC is reset to 0.
/DELIV_SEGM_OK
The /DELIV_SEGM_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted delivered segments.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIV_SEGM_OK is reset to 0.
/DELIV_SEGM_DISC
The /DELIV_SEGM_DISC qualifier is used to specify the number of discarded delivered
segments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIV_SEGM_DISC is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–149
RESET CLASS CMLOG
/SUBM_CM_COMPL
The /SUBM_CM_OK qualifier is used to display the number of submission CMs for which all
segments were handled correctly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUBM_CM_COMPL is reset to 0.
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL
The /SUBM_CM_INCOML attribute is used to display the number of timed out submission
CMs. This is the number of CMs that did not receive all segments within the time out inter-
val. The time out interval is specified by the CMLOG_COMMON CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL
attribute. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUBM_CM_INCOMPL is reset to 0.
/DELIV_CM_COMPL
The /DELIV_CM_COMPL qualifier is used to display the number of delivery CMs for which all
segments were handled correctly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIV_CM_COMPL is reset to 0.
/DELIV_CM_INCOMPL
The /DELIV_CM_INCOMPL attribute is used to display the number of timed out delivery
CMs. This is the number of CMs that did not receive all segments within the time out
interval. The time out interval is specified by the CMLOG_COMMON CM_DELIVERY_
INTERVAL attribute. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIV_CM_INCOMPL is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI ASN.1 CDR messages, that
are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. If the LOGSRV_COMMON attribute
CDR_FORMAT is set to TT, this attribute counts the messages in TT format. This attribute is
a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_1 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_2 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
2–150 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG
RESET CLASS CMLOG
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_3 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_4 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_5 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_6 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_7 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_8 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_9 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
RESET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–151
RESET CLASS CMLOG
IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_10 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/TOT_LOGGED
The /TOT_LOGGED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are successfully
logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
TOT_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
The /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests that are written to
disk. This counter enumerates all types of CDRs: (/IDI_CDR_x_WRITTEN). This attribute is
a statistical counter.
TOT_CDR_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/CDR_BLOCKED
The /CDR_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter. The blocked CDR requests are not written to the CDR output file.
This filter is configured in the LOGSRV_CDR_FILTER.CNF CDR configuration file. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
The /CDR_1_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_1 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_1 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_01_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_1_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
The /CDR_2_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_2 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_2 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_02_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_2_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
2–152 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG
RESET CLASS CMLOG
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
The /CDR_3_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_3 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_3 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_03_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_3_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
The /CDR_4_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_4 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_4 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_04_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_4_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
The /CDR_5_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_5 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_5 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_05_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_5_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
The /CDR_6_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_6 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_6 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_06_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_6_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
The /CDR_7_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_7 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_7 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_07_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_7_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–153
RESET CLASS CMLOG
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
The /CDR_8_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_8 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_8 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_08_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_8_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
The /CDR_9_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_9 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_9 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_09_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_9_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
The /CDR_10_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that
are blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_10 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_10 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_10_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_10_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/LOG_BLOCKED
The /LOG_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are blocked by
the LOG filter. The blocked LOG requests are not written to the traffic LOG output file. This
filter is configured in the LOG configuration file LOGSRV_LOG_FILTER.CNF. This attribute
is a statistical counter.
LOG_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /SUM_LOG_TIME
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SUM_LOG_TIME of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01.
2. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /TOT_LOGGED
PML>
The RESET command resets the statistical counter TOT_LOGGED of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01.
2–154 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG
RESET CLASS CMLOG
3. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
PML>
The RESET command resets the statistical counter IDI_CDR_WRITTEN of the CMLOG
entity CMLOG01.
4. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
PML>
The RESET command resets the statistical counter TOT_CDR_WRITTEN of the CMLOG
entity CMLOG01.
5. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /CDR_BLOCKED
PML>
The RESET command resets the statistical counter CDR_BLOCKED of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01.
6. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /LOG_BLOCKED
PML>
The RESET command resets the statistical counter LOG_BLOCKED of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01.
RESET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–155
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class CMLOG_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BACKUP YES
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL 1
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL 1
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG 10000
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS 1000
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS 1000
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD 30
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ 100
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ 100
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD 5
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
CMLOG entities.
Qualifiers
/BACKUP
The /BACKUP qualifier is used to switch on or off backup functionality. When the backup is
2–156 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
enabled, the Concatenated Message (CM) summary cache is written to disk regularly. The CM
summary cache contains all the current incomplete CM summary data. This attribute is a
parameter.
BACKUP is reset to YES.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all CMLOG entities are stopped.
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the delivery time interval in
minutes. This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message
(CM) gives the maximum interval after which a CM delivery summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, regardless of whether or not all segments are received by CMLOG. This attribute
is a parameter.
CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL is reset to 1.
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the submit time interval in minutes.
This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message (CM)
gives the maximum interval after which a CM submission summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, independently of whether or not all segments have been received by CMLOG. This
attribute is a parameter.
CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL is reset to 1.
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG=n
The /MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concate-
nated messages (CMs) a CMLOG entity can handle at the same time. Each CMLOG entity
keeps track of the status of a CM until all requested summaries are created for that CM.
When a CMLOG entity receives a request to handle a CM above the maximum, the request
will be neglected. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all CMLOG entities are stopped.
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
CDRs that can be stored in a single summary CDR file. This value is used to calculate the
maximum summary CDR file size.
The actual number of summary CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–157
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ
When this attribute is reset, the new value will be used when a new cdr summary
file is created. Resetting this attribute has no effect on the currently opened cdr
summary file(s).
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
LOG records that can be stored in a single summary LOG file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum summary LOG file size.
The actual number of summary LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ
When this attribute is reset, the new value will be used when a new log summary
file is created. Resetting this attribute has no effect on the currently opened log
summary file(s).
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /READ_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for which
the CMLOG entity sleeps in case no LOG_CM file is found in the directory for CMLOG.
After this period, CMLOG checks for new files in the directory again. The files are put in the
directory by LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a parameter.
READ_SLEEP_PERIOD is reset to 30.
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
CDR files in relation to the amount of summary CDRs in the CMLOG flush buffer. If SUM_
FLUSH_CDR_REQ summary CDRs are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the
summary CDR file.
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ
2–158 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
LOG files in relation to the amount of summary LOG records in the CMLOG flush buffer. If
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ summary LOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically
flushed to the summary LOG file.
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for
which the CMLOG entity postpones the creation of a new current Concatenated Message
(CM) summary file. The CMLOG entity always tries to open two summary files: the current
summary file in which the summary records are actually written and a backup or hot standby
summary file. When the current summary file is full, the backup will become the current
summary file and a new backup summary file will be created. When the CMLOG entity runs
out of disk space and the CMLOG entity is unable to write summary records to disk, it will
sleep for WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new
current summary file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current summary file can be
created it will try to create a new backup summary file. This attribute is a parameter.
WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD is reset to 5.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON /MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS of the
CMLOG entities.
RESET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–159
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class COS_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDMA_COS_ID 0
/GAIT_COS_ID 0
/GSM_COS_ID 0
/OCOS_DEFAULT 0
/OCOS_PP_MASK 5
/OIS_COS_ID 0
/RCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/RCOS_OVERRIDE NO
/SMPP_COS_ID 0
/TAP_COS_ID 0
/TCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/TCOS_PP_MASK 5
/TDMA_COS_ID 0
/UCP_COS_ID 0
Description
The RESET CLASS COS_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
COS_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/GSM_COS_ID
The /GSM_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GSM SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
GSM_COS_ID is reset to 0.
2–160 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
/GAIT_COS_ID
The /GAIT_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GAIT/ GHOST SMSC
interface. The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute
is a parameter.
GAIT_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/CDMA_COS_ID
The /CDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the CDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
CDMA_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/OCOS_PP_MASK
The /OCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s OCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
OCOS_PP_MASK is reset to 5.
/TCOS_PP_MASK
The /TCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s TCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
TCOS_PP_MASK is reset to 5.
/TDMA_COS_ID
The /TDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
TDMA_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/SMPP_COS_ID
The /SMPP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the SMPP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The SMPP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the SMPP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
SMPP_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/UCP_COS_ID
The /UCP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the UCP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The UCP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the UCP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
UCP_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/OIS_COS_ID
The /OIS_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the OIS SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The OIS_COS_ID attribute
value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the OIS LA when defined. This
attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–161
RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
OIS_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/TAP_COS_ID
The /TAP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TAP SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a parameter.
TAP_COS_ID is reset to 0.
/OCOS_DEFAULT
The /OCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the OCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the OCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
OCOS_DEFAULT is reset to 0.
/TCOS_DEFAULT
The /TCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the TCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the TCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
TCOS_DEFAULT is reset to FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF.
/RCOS_DEFAULT
The /RCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the RCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the RCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOS_DEFAULT is reset to FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF.
/RCOS_OVERRIDE
The /RCOS_OVERRIDE qualifier enables RCOS verification priority. When this attribute is
set to ON, the SMSC will ignore OCOS and TCOS verifications for an address, if the RCOS
verification results in the message acceptance. This attribute is a flag.
RCOS_OVERRIDE is reset to NO.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS COS_COMMON /RCOS_DEFAULT
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute RCOS_DEFAULT to it’s default value.
2–162 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS COS_COMMON
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA
This command is used to RESET attribute values of entities from the class DIWCDMA.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
/SMS_DELACK_OK
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
/SMS_MANACK_OK
/SMS_READACK_FAIL
/SMS_READACK_OK
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWCDMA command resets attributes associated with a DIWCDMA.
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–163
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the total length of Short Messages,
transmitted to the CDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing notifications and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt failed). This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
The /SMS_DELACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_OK
The /SMS_DELACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
The /SMS_DELIVER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
The /SMS_DELIVER_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
The /SMS_MANACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_OK
The /SMS_MANACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_READACK_FAIL
The /SMS_READACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ ACK
messages (Mobile Terminated SMS read acknowledgements) that could not be delivered by the
SMSC. The total number of Short Messages (SMs) that could not be delivered is counted by
the SM_FAILED counter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–164 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWCDMA
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA
/SMS_READACK_OK
The /SMS_READACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ ACK mes-
sages (Mobile Terminated SMS read acknowledgements) that have successfully been delivered
by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing Short Messages (SMs) and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID
The /WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID qualifier is used to specify the number of failed messages
with unsupported Wireless Enhanced Messaging Teleservice (WEMT). This attribute is a
counter.
RESET CLASS DIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–165
RESET CLASS DIWERMES
RESET CLASS DIWERMES
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWERMES.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWERMES entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWERMES command resets attributes associated with a DIWERMES.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–166 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWERMES
RESET CLASS DIWERMES
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWERMES ENTITY DIWERMES01 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWERMES entity
DIWERMES01.
RESET CLASS DIWERMES SMSC Commands 2–167
RESET CLASS DIWFAX
RESET CLASS DIWFAX
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWFAX.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWFAX entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWFAX command resets attributes associated with a DIWFAX.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–168 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWFAX
RESET CLASS DIWFAX
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWFAX ENTITY DIWFAX02 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWFAX entity
DIWFAX02.
RESET CLASS DIWFAX SMSC Commands 2–169
RESET CLASS DIWMENU
RESET CLASS DIWMENU
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWMENU.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWMENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED 0
/SESS_REF_PSTN 0
/SM_PSTN_FAILED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWMENU command resets attributes associated with a DIWMENU.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
2–170 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWMENU
RESET CLASS DIWMENU
LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_PSTN is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–171
RESET CLASS DIWMENU
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWMENU ENTITY DIWMENU01 /SM_VP_FAILED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_VP_FAILED of the DIWMENU entity
DIWMENU01.
2–172 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWMENU
RESET CLASS DIWOIS
RESET CLASS DIWOIS
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWOIS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWOIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVE 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS 0
/RESOURCE_ERRORS 0
/SESSION_PENDING 0
/SM_TCP_FAILED 0
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_X25_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWOIS command resets attributes associated with a DIWOIS.
RESET CLASS DIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–173
RESET CLASS DIWOIS
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
2–174 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWOIS
RESET CLASS DIWOIS
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
The /PROTOCOL_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors detected by the interwork-
ing regarding protocol errors, unrecognised/unsupported PDU types, fields and field values.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PROTOCOL_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
The /RESOURCE_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors because the interworking
experienced a shortage of resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESOURCE_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
SESSIONS_PENDING is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
The /TIMEOUT_ERRORS qualifier specifies the total number of times the SME did not
respond in time on a request from the interworking. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_TIMEOUT_ERRORS is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–175
RESET CLASS DIWOIS
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWOIS ENTITY DIWOIS01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the DIWOIS entity
DIWOIS01.
2–176 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWOIS
RESET CLASS DIWPC
RESET CLASS DIWPC
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWPC.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWPC entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
/DPCIW_INFO 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/SESS_REF_PSTN 0
/SESS_REF_X25 0
/SM_PSTN_FAILED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
RESET CLASS DIWPC SMSC Commands 2–177
RESET CLASS DIWPC
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWPC command resets attributes associated with a DIWPC.
Qualifiers
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
The /DETACH_FROM_STORE qualifier is used to specify that the entity must detach from the
Counter Store. This is needed when the Counter Store must be recreated with a mimimum
of system outage. Please refer to the Operator Manual on how to recreate the Counter Store.
This attribute is a parameter.
/DPCIW_INFO=(...)
The /DPCIW_INFO qualifier is used to reset the number of operations received and sent by
the DIWPC interworking. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations can be reset.
Additional parameters are:
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter is mandatory. It may be given multiple times. The specified <Operation>
can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_
RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX,
UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX, UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, ALL.
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
• RESULT = [OK, REJECTED, TIMEOUT].
This parameter specifies the specific counter (number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations respectively) to reset for each specified operation. It may be given multiple
times. If not specified in the command, all the counters for the applicable operations are
taken.
This attribute is a list.
The specified counters are reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the
accumulated length of content of Short Messages transmitted to PSTN. This is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN is reset to 0.
2–178 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWPC
RESET CLASS DIWPC
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the ac-
cumulated length of content of Short Messages transmitted to X25. This is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWPC SMSC Commands 2–179
RESET CLASS DIWPC
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_PSTN is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_X25 is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
2–180 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWPC
RESET CLASS DIWPC
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWPC ENTITY DIWPC01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the DIWPC entity
DIWPC01.
2. PML> RESET CL DIWPC /DPCIW_INFO=(ucp=UCP51_RX,ucp=UCP52_TX,res=OK)
PML>
The RESET command resets the number of UCP51 operations accepted (by the SMSC)
and the number of UCP52 operations accepted (by tge LA) for all DIWPC entities in the
system.
RESET CLASS DIWPC SMSC Commands 2–181
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWPLMN.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWPLMN command resets attributes associated with a DIWPLMN.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the
accumulated length of content of Short Messages submitted to PLMN. This is a statistical
counter.
2–182 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_FAILED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–183
RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWPLMN ENTITY DIWPLMN01 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWPLMN entity
DIWPLMN01.
2–184 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWPLMN
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWSMTP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWSMTP command resets attributes associated with a DIWSMTP.
Qualifiers
/NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT
The /NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP SMSC Commands 2–185
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP
/NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT
The /NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
/NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT
The /NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /INITIAL_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
/NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT
The /NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to expira-
tion of the timer indicated by the /MAIL_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
/NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT
The /NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to expira-
tion of the timer indicated by the /RCPT_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
/NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /SESSION_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT is reset to 0.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of successful delivery at-
tempts. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of failed delivery attempts. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_FAILED is reset to 0.
2–186 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWSMTP
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWSMTP ENTITY DIWSMTP00 /NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT
PML>
This RESET command resets the attribute NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT of the DIWSMTP
entity DIWSMTP00.
RESET CLASS DIWSMTP SMSC Commands 2–187
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DIWTAP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWTAP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/SESS_REF_PSTN 0
/SESS_REF_TCP 0
/SESS_REF_X25 0
/SM_PSTN_FAILED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_TCP_FAILED 0
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–188 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWTAP
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWTAP command resets attributes associated with a DIWTAP.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the
accumulated length of content of short messages transmitted to PSTN. This is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the accu-
mulated length of content of short messages transmitted to TCP. This is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to reset the attribute that specifies the ac-
cumulated length of content of short messages transmitted to X.25. This is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–189
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via TCP that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_PSTN is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_TCP
The /SESS_REF_TCP qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_TCP is reset to 0.
2–190 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWTAP
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_X25 is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via TCP/IP that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–191
RESET CLASS DIWTAP
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DIWTAP ENTITY DIWTAP01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the DIWTAP entity
DIWTAP01.
2–192 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWTAP
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA
This command is used to RESET attribute values of entities from the class DIWTDMA.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
/SMS_DELACK_OK
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
/SMS_MANACK_OK
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DIWTDMA command resets attributes associated with a DIWTDMA.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the total length of Short Messages,
transmitted to the TDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA SMSC Commands 2–193
RESET CLASS DIWTDMA
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt failed).
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
The /SMS_DELACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_OK
The /SMS_DELACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
The /SMS_DELIVER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
The /SMS_DELIVER_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
The /SMS_MANACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_OK
The /SMS_MANACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of failing
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing Short Messages (SMs) and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–194 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DIWTDMA
RESET CLASS DLH
RESET CLASS DLH
Resets attribute values of entities from the class DLH.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS DLH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS DLH command resets attributes associated with the DLH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS DLH SMSC Commands 2–195
RESET CLASS DLH
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS DLH ENTITY DLH01 /MSG_FAILED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_FAILED of the DLH entity DLH01.
2–196 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS DLH
RESET CLASS ERMES
RESET CLASS ERMES
Resets common attribute values of class ERMES.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS ERMES entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/EMPTY_OADC NO
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH 160
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED 10
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW 70
/TO_DELIVERY 60
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH can only be reset when all
entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS ERMES command resets attributes associated with an ERMES.
RESET CLASS ERMES SMSC Commands 2–197
RESET CLASS ERMES
Qualifiers
/EMPTY_OADC
The /EMPTY_OADC qualifier is used to specify whether the originating address should be
included in the UCP message in a delivery attempt or that the OAdC field will be left empty.
This attribute is a parameter.
EMPTY_OADC is reset to NO.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 8.
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH
The /MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum message length of
the ERMES message. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH is reset to 160.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. When this maximum is reached, the entity will be
in the blocked state. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MSGS_QUEUED is reset to 10 queue element.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWERMES entities are stopped.
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW
The /MSGS_QUEUED_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark (percentage times
MAX_MSGS_QUEUED) at which the entity state will change from blocked state to active
state. In active state new messages from the SMH are accepted. This attribute is a parameter.
MSGS_QUEUED_LOW is reset to 70.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWERMES entities are stopped.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 seconds.
2–198 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS ERMES
RESET CLASS ERMES
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS ERMES /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the ERMES entities.
RESET CLASS ERMES SMSC Commands 2–199
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class FAX_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXACTIONS 100
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/TO_RESPONSE 300
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAXACTIONS can only be reset when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON command resets attributes associated with FAX entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXACTIONS
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–200 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON
MAXACTIONS is reset to 100.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 8.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value between delivery of the
message and receiving the notification from the fax delivery device.
The notification represents the actual (non-)delivery of the message to the recipient address.
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 seconds.
/TO_RESPONSE
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value between delivery of the
message and receiving the acknowledgment from the fax delivery device.
The acknowledgment represents the acceptance/rejection of the message by the fax delivery
device.
TO_RESPONSE is reset to 300 seconds.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the FAX_COMMON
entities.
RESET CLASS FAX_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–201
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
Resets attribute values of entities from the class FAX3SRV.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/FAX_FAILED 0
/FAX_SENT 0
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX 0
/POS_NOTIF_FREP 0
/NEG_NOTIF_DFAX 0
/NEG_NOTIF_FREP 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS FAX3SRV command resets attributes associated with an FAX3SRV.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
2–202 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/FAX_FAILED
The /FAX_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of faxes that could not be
submitted to the fax device. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FAX_FAILED is reset to 0.
/FAX_SENT
The /FAX_SENT qualifier is used to specify the total number of faxes that were accepted by
the fax device. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FAX_SENT is reset to 0.
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX
The /POS_NOTIF_DFAX qualifier is used to specify the total number of positive notifications
sent to a DIWFAX entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
POS_NOTIF_DFAX is reset to 0.
/POS_NOTIF_FREP
The /POS_NOTIF_FREP qualifier is used to specify the total number of positive notifications
sent to an FRH entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
POS_NOTIF_FREP is reset to 0.
/NEG_NOTIF_DFAX
The /NEG_NOTIF_DFAX qualifier is used to specify the total number of negative notifications
sent to a DIWFAX entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NEG_NOTIF_DFAX is reset to 0.
/NEG_NOTIF_FREP
The /NEG_NOTIF_FREP qualifier is used to specify the total number of negative notifications
sent to an FRH entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NEG_NOTIF_FREP is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV SMSC Commands 2–203
RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS FAX3SRV ENTITY FAXSRV01 /NEG_NOTIF_FREP
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute NEG_NOTIF_FREP of the FAX3SRV entity
FAXSRV01.
2–204 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FAX3SRV
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class FAX3_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BCKGR_DIRECT "DIRECT"
/BCKGR_DIST "DIST"
/BCKGR_FREP "FREP"
/BCKGR_LRAD "LRAD"
/MAXFAXES 50
/TEMPLATE "FAX3_FORM.FAX3"
Restrictions
The attributes MAXFAXES can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with the
FAX3_COMMON.
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–205
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
Qualifiers
/MAXFAXES
The /MAXFAXES qualifier is used to specify the total number of outstanding faxes, that is,
faxes that have not received a notification from the fax device, the fax server can keep in
memory. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXFAXES is reset to 50.
/BCKGR_DIRECT
The /BCKGR_DIRECT qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
used to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are directly sent to a fax device. Also notifications
that are sent to a fax device make use of this background form. The background form needs to
be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
BCKGR_DIRECT is reset to "DIRECT".
/BCKGR_LRAD
The /BCKGR_LRAD qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are sent to a fax device as a last resort. The background
form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
BCKGR_LRAD is reset to "LRAD".
/BCKGR_FREP
The /BCKGR_FREP qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver fax reports created by the Fax Report Handler. The background form needs to be
stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
BCKGR_FREP is reset to "FREP".
/BCKGR_DIST
The /BCKGR_DIST qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
used to deliver distribution lists overviews created by the Distribution List Handler (DLH).
The background form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a
parameter.
BCKGR_DIST is reset to "DIST".
/TEMPLATE
The /TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify which template file should be used to convert
Short Messages (SMs) to a fax. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for an explanation
on how to make a template file. This attribute is a parameter.
TEMPLATE is reset to "FAX3_FORM.FAX3".
2–206 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON /TEMPLATE
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TEMPLATE of the FAX3_COMMON
entities.
RESET CLASS FAX3_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–207
RESET CLASS FRH
RESET CLASS FRH
Resets attribute values of entities from the class FRH.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS FRH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/REPORT_FAILED 0
/REPORT_FIRST 0
/REPORT_RETRY 0
/REPORTS_SENT 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS FRH command resets attributes associated with an FRH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–208 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FRH
RESET CLASS FRH
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/REPORT_FAILED
The /REPORT_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of failed reports, that is, the
reports that could not be delivered. This attribute is a statistical counter.
REPORT_FAILED is reset to 0.
/REPORT_FIRST
The /REPORT_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were delivered in
the first delivery attempt. This attribute is a statistical counter.
REPORT_FAILED is reset to 0.
/REPORT_RETRY
The /REPORT_RETRY qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were delivered
after retries. This attribute is a statistical counter.
REPORT_RETRY is reset to 0.
/REPORTS_SENT
The /REPORTS_SENT qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were successfully
delivered. /REPORTS_SENT is the total of /REPORT_RETRY and /REPORT_FIRST. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
REPORTS_SENT is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS FRH ENTITY FRH01 /REPORTS_SENT
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute REPORTS_SENT of the FRH entity FRH01.
RESET CLASS FRH SMSC Commands 2–209
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class FRH_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXACTIONS 100
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/MAX_SUBS 10000
/NR_ATTEMPTS 3
/RETRY_INT 10
/SCAN_INT 5
/TEMPLATE "FRH_FORM.FRH"
/TO_DELIVERY 300
/TO_RESPONSE 60
Restrictions
The attributes MAX_SUBS, MAXSESSIONS and MAXACTIONS can only be reset when all
entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON command resets attributes associated with FRH_
COMMON entities.
2–210 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
Qualifiers
/MAXACTIONS
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXACTIONS is reset to 100.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 8.
/MAX_SUBS
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of subscribers this entity
can handle. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SUBS is reset to 10000.
/NR_ATTEMPTS
The /NR_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to deliver
a Fax Report. This attribute is a parameter.
NR_ATTEMPTS is reset to 3.
/RETRY_INT
The /RETRY_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the
delivery attempts. This attribute is a parameter.
RETRY_INT is reset to 10.
/SCAN_INT
The /SCAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the subse-
quent reading of the SMH message log files. This attribute is a parameter.
SCAN_INT is reset to 5.
/TEMPLATE
The /FRH_TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify the name of the template file that is
used to define the layout of the Fax Report. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for
instructions on how to set up a template file. This attribute is a parameter.
TEMPLATE is reset to "FRH_FORM.FRH".
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 300 seconds.
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–211
RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
/TO_RESPONSE
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, in which
the SMH needs to respond on an internal message from another entity. This attribute is a
parameter.
TO_RESPONSE is reset to 60 seconds.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the FRH_COMMON
entities.
2–212 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS FRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
Resets attribute values of entities from the class GHLR.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS GHLR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DATA_MISSING 0
/DEL_STAT_FAIL 0
/DEL_STAT_OK 0
/DIALOGUES 0
/DIALOGUES_PENDING 0
/MAP_ABORT 0
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM 0
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR 0
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT 0
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR 0
/MAP_OPEN_REJ 0
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR 0
/MAP_PROTO_ERR 0
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR 0
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL 0
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL 0
/ROUT_INFO_OK 0
/SESSIONS_PENDING 0
/SYSTEM_FAILURE 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–213
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_INITIALTED_DIALOG 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_SNT 0
2–214 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE 0
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS GHLR command resets attributes associated with a GHLR.
Qualifiers
/DATA_MISSING
The /DATA_MISSING qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
and MSC/SGSN for operations with error dataMissing (35). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
DATA_MISSING is reset to 0.
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
The /DEL_STAT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
DEL_STAT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/DEL_STAT_OK
The /DEL_STAT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DEL_STAT_OK is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
DIALOGUES is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–215
RESET CLASS GHLR
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues
(currently) pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
DIALOGUES_PENDING is reset to 0.
/MAP_ABORT
The /MAP_ABORT qualifier is used to specify the total number of received MAP-ABORT
indications. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_ABORT is reset to 0.
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
The /MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM qualifier is used to specify the number of non-matching MAP
application contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM is reset to 0.
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffer
allocation failures. A MAP buffer allocation fails when no MAP buffers are available anymore.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogue al-
location failures. A MAP dialogue allocation fails when no more MAP dialogues are available.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
The /MAP_INVOKE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP invoke IDs
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_INVOKE_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
The /MAP_INV_APP_CTXT qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP application
contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_INV_APP_CTXT is reset to 0.
/MAP_NODE
The /MAP_NODE qualifier is used to specify the node name of the (preferred) MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
MAP_NODE is reset to "", an empty string.
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
The /MAP_OPCODE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP operation
codes received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPCODE_ERR is reset to 0.
2–216 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
The /MAP_OPEN_REJ qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MAP-OPEN
requests. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPEN_REJ is reset to 0.
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operation
allocation failures. A MAP operation allocation fails when no more MAP operations are
available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP PDU decode errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
The /MAP_PROTO_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP protocol errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PROTO_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP provider decode
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR is reset to 0.
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
The /MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the reportSM-DeliveryStatus operation with the error messageWaitingList-
Full (33). The SC address could not be stored in the HLR message waiting list; there will be
no SC-Alert. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL is reset to 0.
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
The /ROUT_INFO_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
ROUT_INFO_FAIL is reset to 0.
/ROUT_INFO_OK
The /ROUT_INFO_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ROUT_INFO_OK is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–217
RESET CLASS GHLR
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of sessions (currently)
pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
SESSIONS_PENDING is reset to 0.
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
The /SYSTEM_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of system failure errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SYSTEM_FAILURE is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason abnormal dialogue sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT is reset to 0.
2–218 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dia-
logues. This attribute is an indicative counter.
TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–219
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
The /TCAP_CONT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue requests
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_FAILED_SENT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DIALOG
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DIALOG qualifier specifies the number of TCAP dialogues that are
currently initiated. This attribute is an indicative counter.
TCAP_INITIATED_DIALOG is reset to 0.
2–220 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_MSG_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Initiating Release received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–221
RESET CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject com-
ponents with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Response received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RCVD qualifier specifies the total number of TCAP Reject components that
have been received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_SNT qualifier specifies the total number of TCAP Reject components that
have been sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–222 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Mistyped Component received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–223
RESET CLASS GHLR
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_TRANS_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
The /TCAP_UABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
The /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for operations with error unexpectedDataValue (36). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE is reset to 0.
2–224 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR
RESET CLASS GHLR
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error unknownSubscriber (1).
The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because an IMSI or a directory number for the
mobile subscriber in the HLR has not been allocated. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS GHLR ENTITY GHLR01 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
PML>
The RESET command resets the UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER attribute of the GHLR entity
GHLR01.
RESET CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–225
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class GHLR_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS 1
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with an
GHLR_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER
The /FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER qualifier specifies the network node number to use in the
SendRoutingInfoForSM response back to the originating SMSC. This network node number
is used by the originating SMSC to determine the destination MSC (SMSC) for the MT-
ForwardSM request in question. Please note that the TT dependent MSC table (refer to /FSG_
TT_MSC_TABLE) has precedence over this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER is reset to an empty string.
2–226 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR=n
The /GHLR_PLMN_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the GHLR address in the PLMN domain,
which is included in the Global Title of the calling address in GHLR responses to the PLMN
network. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
GHLR_PLMN_ADDR is reset to an empty string.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the GHLR entity is stopped.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR is reset to ON.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS is reset to 1.
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS is reset to OFF.
/TT_DEFAULT=n
The /TT_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default translation type value for Global
Titles present in GHLR responses returned to the PLMN network. The possible values of this
attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_DEFAULT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–227
RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
Resets attribute values of entities from the class GIW.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS GIW entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR 0
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST 0
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND 0
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST 0
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND 0
/ALERT_FAIL 0
/ALERT_OK 0
/CALL_BARRED 0
/DATA_MISSING 0
/DEL_STAT_FAIL 0
/DEL_STAT_OK 0
/DIALOGUES 0
/DIALOGUES_PENDING 0
/FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED 0
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM 0
/FSG_MTSM_FAIL 0
/FSG_MTSM_OK 0
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT 0
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER 0
/INFORM_FAIL 0
/INFORM_OK 0
/INSTANCE_ID 1
/MAP_ABORT 0
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM 0
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT 0
/MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS 0
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR 0
/MAP_NODE ""
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR 0
2–228 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/MAP_OPEN_REJ 0
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED 0
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR 0
/MAP_PROTO_ERR 0
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR 0
/MAP_SC_CONGESTION 0
/MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER 0
/MAP_UNKNOWN_SC
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL 0
/MOSM_FAIL 0
/MOSM_OK 0
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT 0
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR 0
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI 0
/MTSM_FAIL 0
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST 0
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND 0
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST 0
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND 0
/MTSM_OK 0
/MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST 0
/MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND 0
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST 0
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND 0
/NO_RESP_FROM_PEER 0
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL 0
/ROUT_INFO_OK 0
/SESSIONS_PENDING 0
/SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE 0
/MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED 0
/MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR 0
/MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED 0
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS 0
/SYSTEM_FAILURE 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–229
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_ABT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
2–230 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_UABT_SNT 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV 0
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE 0
/UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER 0
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS GIW command resets attributes associated with a GIW.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation and MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM
operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6).
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR
The /ABSENT_SUBS_HLR qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the
HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27)
and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS IMSI record is marked ’detached’ in the HLR;
the MS is subject to roaming restrictions; the HLR does not have an MSC number stored for
the target MS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBS_HLR is reset to 0.
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST
The /ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC in single or first delivery attempts for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors
MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS does not
respond to paging from the MSC/SGSN or the MS record is purged due to periodic cache
garbage collection (Super-Charged network). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–231
RESET CLASS GIW
ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST is reset to 0.
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND
The /ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27)
and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6), after delivery via the SGSN has failed. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND is reset to 0.
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST
The /ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the SGSN in single or first delivery attempts for the MT-forwardSM operation with
errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS does
not respond to paging from the MSC/SGSN or the MS record is purged due to periodic cache
garbage collection (Super-Charged network). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST is reset to 0.
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND
The /ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of re-
sponses from the SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSub-
scriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6), after delivery via the MSC has failed. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND is reset to 0.
/ALERT_FAIL
The /ALERT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected alertServiceCentre
operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/ALERT_OK
The /ALERT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted alertServiceCentre
operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_OK is reset to 0.
/CALL_BARRED
The /CALL_BARRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error callBarred (13). The PLMN rejects the
Short Message (SM) TPDU due to barring of the MS (Barring supplementary service, Call
barred due to Unauthorised Message Originator, and Operator Determined Barring). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CALL_BARRED is reset to 0.
/DATA_MISSING
The /DATA_MISSING qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
and MSC/SGSN for operations with error dataMissing (35). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
DATA_MISSING is reset to 0.
2–232 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
The /DEL_STAT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
DEL_STAT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/DEL_STAT_OK
The /DEL_STAT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DEL_STAT_OK is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
DIALOGUES is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues
(currently) pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
DIALOGUES_PENDING is reset to 0.
/FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED
The /FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for the sendRoutingInfoForSM and MT-forwardSM operation
with the error facilityNotSupported (21). The Visited PLMN rejects the SM due to no provision
of the SMS in the Visited PLMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED is reset to 0.
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM
The /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM qualifier specifies the number of FSG loop prevented
Short Messages. Refer to attribute FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION in class GIW_COMMON. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_LOOP_
PREVENTED_SM counter is not shown is the GIW class.
FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM is reset to 0.
/FSG_MTSM_FAIL
The /FSG_MTSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify, by the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG),
the total number of rejected Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SM). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_
MTSM_FAIL counter is not shown is the GIW class.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–233
RESET CLASS GIW
FSG_MTSM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/FSG_MTSM_OK
The /FSG_MTSM_OK qualifier is used to specify, by the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG),
the total number of accepted Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_
MTSM_OK counter is not shown in the GIW class.
FSG_MTSM_OK is reset to 0.
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT
The /ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with the error illegalEquipment (12). The
IMEI of the MS was blacklisted or not white-listed in the EIR. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT is reset to 0.
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER
The /ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC/SGSN for the EMPHASIS>(MT-forwardSM) operation with the error ille-
galSubscriber (9). The MS failed authentication. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/INFORM_FAIL
The /INFORM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected informServiceCen-
ter operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
INFORM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/INFORM_OK
The /INFORM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted informServiceCen-
ter operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
INFORM_OK is reset to 0.
/INSTANCE_ID
The /INSTANCE_ID qualifier is used to specify the instance ID to be supplied to MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
INSTANCE_ID is reset to 1.
/MAP_ABORT
The /MAP_ABORT qualifier is used to specify the total number of received MAP-ABORT
indications. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_ABORT is reset to 0.
2–234 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
The /MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM qualifier is used to specify the number of non-matching MAP
application contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM is reset to 0.
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffer
allocation failures. A MAP buffer allocation fails when no MAP buffers are available anymore.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogue al-
location failures. A MAP dialogue allocation fails when no more MAP dialogues are available.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
The /MAP_INV_APP_CTXT qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP application
contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_INV_APP_CTXT is reset to 0.
/MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS
The /MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-
ForwardSM operations rejected with the MAP Invalid SME Address Error. Possible causes
are:
• Recipient address barred due to Blacklist/Whitelist,
• Non-existing recipient LA address,
• Invalid TON/NPI/PID value of the recipient address,
• Recipient address translation barring.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS is reset to 0.
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
The /MAP_INVOKE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP invoke IDs
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_INVOKE_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_NODE
The /MAP_NODE qualifier is used to specify the node name of the (preferred) MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
MAP_NODE is reset to "", an empty string.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–235
RESET CLASS GIW
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
The /MAP_OPCODE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP operation
codes received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPCODE_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
The /MAP_OPEN_REJ qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MAP-OPEN
requests. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPEN_REJ is reset to 0.
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operation
allocation failures. A MAP operation allocation fails when no more MAP operations are
available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP PDU decode errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
The /MAP_PROTO_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP protocol errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PROTO_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP provider decode
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR is reset to 0.
/MAP_SC_CONGESTION
The /MAP_SC_CONGESTION qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-ForwardSM
operations rejected with the MAP Service Centre Congestion Error. Possible causes are:
• Recipient address block messages threshold reached,
• No active SMH and/or SSD entities,
• Mobile network SIW interworkings blocked due to configured SIW sessions limit reached.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_SC_CONGESTION is reset to 0.
/MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER
The /MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-
ForwardSM operations rejected with the MAP Subscriber Not Service Centre Subscriber Error.
Possible causes are:
2–236 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
• Originator address barred due to Blacklist/Whitelist,
• Originator IMSI not available/retrievable for Mobile Number Portability (MNP) screening,
• Originator address translation barring.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/MAP_UNKNOWN_SC
The /MAP_UNKNOWN_SC qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-ForwardSM opera-
tions rejected with the MAP Unknown Service Centre Error. Possible causes are:
• Non-existing Virtual SMSC number,
• Used SC address does not match with the configured SMSC presentation address.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MAP_UNKNOWN_SC is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
The /MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the reportSM-DeliveryStatus operation with the error messageWaitingList-
Full (33). The SC address could not be stored in the HLR message waiting list; there will be
no SC-Alert. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–237
RESET CLASS GIW
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that
are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case there is a mismatch between
the SCCP Calling Party Address (SUA Source Address) GT address digits related to the MO-
ForwardSM indication and the MSC/SGSN ISDN address digits in the SendRoutingInfoForSM
confirmation received for the A-MSISDN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT is reset to 0.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that
are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case the SendRoutingInfoForSM
request sent for the A-MSISDN fails. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR is reset to 0.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI qualifier is used to specify the number of messages
that are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case there is a mismatch
between the IMSI in the received MO-ForwardSM indication (if available) and the IMSI
in the SendRoutingInfoForSM confirmation received for the A-MSISDN. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI is reset to 0.
/MOSM_FAIL
The /MOSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MO-forwardSM
operations from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MOSM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MOSM_OK
The /MOSM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted MO-forwardSM
operations from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MOSM_OK is reset to 0.
/MTSM_FAIL
The /MTSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-forwardSM operation
responses received from the MSC/SGSN with an error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST
The /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that failed delivery via the MSC in single or first
attempt. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST is reset to 0.
2–238 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND
The /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that also failed delivery via the MSC after delivery via
the SGSN has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND is reset to 0.
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST
The /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that failed delivery via the SGSN in single or first
attempt. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST is reset to 0.
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND
The /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that also failed delivery via the SGSN after delivery via
the MSC has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND is reset to 0.
/MTSM_OK
The /MTSM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-forwardSM successful
operation responses received from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_OK is reset to 0.
/MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST
The /MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the MSC in single or first attempt. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST is reset to 0.
/MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND
The /MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the MSC after delivery via the SGSN
has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND is reset to 0.
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST
The /MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the SGSN in single or first attempt.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST is reset to 0.
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND
The /MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the SGSN after delivery via the MSC has
failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–239
RESET CLASS GIW
/NO_RESP_FROM_PEER
The /NO_RESPONSE_FROM_PEER qualifier is used to specify the total number of no re-
sponse from peer errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NO_RESP_FROM_PEER is reset to 0.
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
The /ROUT_INFO_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
ROUT_INFO_FAIL is reset to 0.
/ROUT_INFO_OK
The /ROUT_INFO_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ROUT_INFO_OK is reset to 0.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of sessions (currently)
pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
SESSIONS_PENDING is reset to 0.
/SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE
The /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error sm-DeliveryFailure (32). It is the
sum of MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED, MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED and MT_MS_PROTOCOL_
ERR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE is reset to 0.
/MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED
The /MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-
ForwardSM operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’Memory Capacity
Exceeded’. The MS rejects the SM since it has no memory capacity available to store the
message. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED is reset to 0.
/MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR
The /MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-
ForwardSM operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’MS protocol
error’. A protocol error occurred at the MS. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE
qualifier. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR is reset to 0.
2–240 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED
The /MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-ForwardSM
operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’MS not equipped’. The MS
does not support the SMS service. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED is reset to 0.
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS
The /SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS qualifier is used to specify the total num-
ber of responses from the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error
subscriberBusyForMT-SMS (31). The congestion encountered at the visited MSC or the SGSN
is as follows:
• Short Message (SM) delivery from another SC,
• IMSI or GPRS detach,
• Location Update or Inter SGSN Routing Area Update,
• Paging,
• Emergency call,
• Call setup.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS is reset to 0.
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
The /SYSTEM_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of system failure errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SYSTEM_FAILURE is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason abnormal dialogue sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–241
RESET CLASS GIW
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–242 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
The /TCAP_CONT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue requests
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–243
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_FAILED_SENT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_MSG_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Initiating Release received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–244 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject com-
ponents with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Response received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–245
RESET CLASS GIW
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Mistyped Component received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–246 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_TRANS_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
The /TCAP_UABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–247
RESET CLASS GIW
/TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV
The /TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error teleserviceNotProvisioned
(11). The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because the recipient MS has no SMS
subscription. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV is reset to 0.
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
The /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for operations with error unexpectedDataValue (36). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE is reset to 0.
/UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error unidentifiedSubscriber (5).
The subscriber is not contained in the VLR database and it has not or cannot be established
whether or not a subscription exists. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error unknownSubscriber (1).
The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because an IMSI or a directory number for the
mobile subscriber in the HLR has not been allocated. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS GIW ENTITY GIW01 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
PML>
The RESET command resets the UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER attribute of the GIW entity
GIW01.
2–248 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class GIW_COMMON.
Please also refer to RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS 0
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE WHITE
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION YES
/FWSM_TO 60
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL ON
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED OFF
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER 0
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER 0
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP NO
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED OFF
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT NO
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD 1
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/PREFERRED_NETWORK GSM
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL NO
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/RSMDS_TO 10
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS 1
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE 157
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN ON
/SRI_TO 30
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED OFF
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK OFF
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT 0
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT 0
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–249
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with the
GIW_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS
The /ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS qualifier is used to prevent mismatches for MSCs and/or
SGSNs that have multiple address, when performing the MO SMS Anti Fraud Check. This
qualifier specifies the number of digits at the end of the MSC/SGSN address that are discarded
when comparing the SCCP Calling Party (SUA Source Address) GT digits with the MSC/SGSN
GT digits in the HLR response of the SendRoutingInfoForSM of the A-MSISDN. This attribute
is a flag.
ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS is reset to 0.
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE qualifier is used to specify whether the MO SMS Anti
Fraud MSC/SGSN Global Title prefix list is a blacklist or a whitelist. Please refer to the list
qualifier GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST for more details. This attribute is a flag.
ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE is reset to WHITE.
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION
The /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION qualifier specifies the loop prevention of Short Messages
(SMs) that are looping due to misconfiguration of the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG) func-
tionality. Loop Prevention prevents Mobile Terminated (MT) messages from being repeatedly
delivered to the originating SMSC again (to itself). Whenever, the Gateway MSC functionality
in the GIW detects that the MSC network node number in the received SendRoutingInfoforSM
response (from a GHLR) is identical to its SMSC address (refer to attribute /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR and /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR in class SMSC_COMMON), the message is im-
mediately rejected. The number of occurrences of this situation is counted (refer to counter
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM in class GIW). This attribute is a flag.
2–250 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, FSG loop
prevention in class GIW_COMMON is not shown.
FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION is reset to ON.
/FWSM_TO
The /FWSM_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated (MT-)ForwardSM request to the MSC or SGSN. In case of a very slow network,
the request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
This results in multiple deliveries of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout
according to the network delay this can be prevented. The time specified in this attribute must
be equal or greater than the time specified in the attribute NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD.
This attribute is a parameter.
FWSM_TO is reset to 60.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
The GT_GTI_DEFAULT is reset to 4.
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL
The /HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL qualifier enables the SMSC to include the HLR Point Code and/or
Global Title (GT) into billing record of the message when no MSC GT and/or point code is
supplied by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL is reset to ON.
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED
The /LA_SCADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether to use LA-based configura-
tion of the SC address at the GSM MAP level. If the attribute is set to ON, the SC address is
set at the GSM MAP level according to the configuration in the GIW_LA_SCADDR.CNF file in
the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] directory.
LA_SCADDR_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the GIW entity is stopped.
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER
The /MAX_AC_ALERT_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used for
incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_ALERT. The following values can be set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–251
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
• 1-2
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V2.
This attribute is a parameter.
The maximum MAP version for incoming dialogs of application context SHORT_MSG_ALERT
is reset to 0.
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER
The /MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used
for incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_MO_RELAY. The following values
can be set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
• 1-3
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V3.
This attribute is a parameter.
The maximum MAP version for incoming dialogs of application context SHORT_MSG_MO_
RELAY is reset to 0.
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP
The /MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP qualifier specifies whether a No Paging Response diagnostics
for MAP V1/V2 AbsentSubscriber network error should be determined by measuring the
response time of the (MT-) ForwardSM request. For MAP V3 this is already diagnosed in
the AbsentSubscriberSM network error. However, the diagnostics is only optional. In cases
when no diagnostics is provided by the Mobile Switching Centre (MSC), this parameter is used
within the MAP V3 for the same purpose as in case of the MAP V1/V2. This attribute is a
flag.
MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP is reset to YES.
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED
This attribute determines whether the SMSC treats the absence of an originator ad-
dress match for a Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) in the GIW_HLR_ADDR_
MO.DAT routing file as an error. Please refer to the Operator Manual for the details
regarding the use of this routing file (chapter "PLMN interface options/Integrated G/IW
MSC/Configuration/Configuration file").
This attribute allows this file to configure the ranges of originator addresses for which the
SMSC sends an SRI request to the HLR to obtain the originator’s IMSI for an MO/SM.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when the SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY
and SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED attributes are enabled.
MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
2–252 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable or disable the national presen-
tation address feature.
NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT attribute specifies whether a Mobile Originated Short
Message (MO/SM) should be rejected if no IMSI is received. If set to YES, the MO/SM will
be rejected if, for any reason, the HLR does not return the IMSI. If set to NO, message
submission will proceed without IMSI checking. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, which is a
licensed option. This attribute can only be used when it is switched ON.
NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT is reset to NO.
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD
The /NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD qualifier specifies the threshold after which the SMSC
assumes that a MAP V1/V2 Absent Subscriber error is due to a paging failure. If the response
time is greater than the configured threshold then the SMSC assumes a paging error has
occurred and a special retry scheme is initiated. This qualifier does not apply to MAP V3
because MAP V3 already has a diagnostic that specifies a paging error. The time specified
in this attribute must be less or equal to the time specified in the FWSM_TO attribute. This
attribute is a parameter.
NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD is reset to 1 second.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE is reset to OFF.
/PREFERRED_NETWORK
The /PREFERRED_NETWORK qualifier is used to specify the network that is used for the
first Short Message (SM) delivery attempt, in case the HLR returns two numbers (an MSC
and an SGSN number). If the attribute is set to GSM, the SM is first forwarded to the MSC.
If it is set to GPRS, the SM is first forwarded to the SGSN. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid when GPRS functionality has been enabled.
PREFERRED_NETWORK is reset to GSM.
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL
The /RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC will send the MAP-
Report-SM-Delivery-Status request to the HLR on Absent Subscriber Error reception in order
to update the Message Waiting Data (MWD) flag. The qualifier is taken into account only
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–253
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
when the Absent Subscriber Error is evaluated as a No Paging Response via the MSC or via
the Serving GRPS Support Node (SGSN).
RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL is reset to NO.
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
The /REPLACEMENT_IMSI qualifier specifies the IMSI value that is replaced with the
recipient MSISDN E.164 international format address digits in forward SM messages, when
matched in the correspondent SRI response. When the length of the attribute value is greater
than 0 the IMSI replacement functionality is ENABLED.
The possible values of this attribute are digit strings of the length not greater than 15. This
attribute is read-only. This attribute is a parameter.
REPLACEMENT_IMSI is reset to an empty string.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR is reset to ON.
/RSMDS_TO
The /RSMDS_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated ReportSM-DeliveryStatus request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the
request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
The consequence is that an MSISDN alert in the response does not trigger the SMSC to
send more messages. By increasing the timeout according to the network delay this can be
prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
RSMDS_TO is reset to 10.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS is reset to 1.
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE
The /SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE qualifier is used for outgoing TCAP transactions in MAP
V2 and higher. When the TCAP component size exceeds the attribute value, segmentation is
performed by the GIW. This attribute is a parameter.
SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE is reset to 157.
2–254 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS is reset to OFF.
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN
The /SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Message
Entity Address (SMEA) and Message Type Indicator (MTI) of the Short Message (SM) are
sent to the HLR, so that the HLR can perform SM filtering. If the attribute is set to ON, the
SMEA and MTI are inserted in the routing info request to the HLR. When it is set to OFF, the
SMEA and the MTI are left empty in the routing info request to the HLR, thereby disabling
the filtering by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN is reset to ON.
/SRI_TO
The /SRI_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the SendRoutingInfoForSM
request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the request might timeout because the
acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires. This results in multiple delivery
attempts of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout according to the network
delay this can be prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
SRI_TO is reset to 30.
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED
The /SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED qualifier enables or disables the collection of specific
SCCP/SUA or MAP error details resulting from failed Mobile Terminated (MT) delivery
attempts. This extra information can, for example, be used for specific Error Dependent Retry
(EDR) profiles, or for Mobile Number Portability (MNP) through SMPP interconnect (option
16f). Please refer to the installed PPL_NERR.TXT file for the exact mapping of the SCCP/SUA
or MAP error details. This attribute is a flag.
SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK
The /TEMPORARY_FALLBACK qualifier is used to specify the fallback behaviour for a GIW
initiated MAP dialogue when the remote peer rejects the proposed MAP version. The proposed
MAP version is specified per routing entry in the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]GIW_DPC_MAP.DAT
routing file.
When the attribute is set to ON, the GIW falls back on a dialogue basis (temporary fallback)
and the dialogue is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues, however, are
initiated according to the initial routing file entry, which remains unmodified. Setting this
attribute to ON is useful when routing is based on Global Title to prevent permanent fallback.
When the attribute is set to OFF, the GIW falls back on a routing entry basis (permanent
fallback). The routing entry is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues
are initiated according to the updated routing entry. This attribute is a flag.
TEMPORARY_FALLBACK is reset to OFF.
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–255
RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT
The /TT_HLR_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the HLR. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from one of the HLR address files: GIW_HLR_ADDR.DAT,
GIW_HLR_ADDR_MO.DAT, GIW_HLR_ADDR_SEC.DAT, or GIW_HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_HLR_DEFAULT is reset to 0.
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT
The /TT_MSC_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the MSC. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from the GIW_MSC_SGSN_ADDR.DAT MSC address file. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_MSC_DEFAULT is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT
PML>
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT qualifier is used to specify the behaviour depending
on the availability of the IMSI in a message from the Home Location Register (HLR).
When the qualifier is set to ON, it is possible to reject a Mobile Originated Short Message
(MO/SM) in case the HLR does not return the IMSI for a reason. If the qualifier is set to
OFF, the message submission proceeds without IMSI checking.
2–256 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GIW_COMMON
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
Resets the common attribute values of the class GSM_COMMON.
Please also refer to RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_VALIDATION NO
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 OFF
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 OFF
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 OFF
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 255
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 65535
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED OFF
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM TAP
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/PRIORITY_DEF REPEATED
/USED_SERVER GIW
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF ON
Restrictions
The attribute USED_SERVER can only be reset when all entities of the DIWPLMN (GSM)
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–257
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
Description
The RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON command resets the common attributes associated with
the GSM network type.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_VALIDATION
The /ADDR_VALIDATION qualifier is used to specify whether address validation is done for
the recipient address. When this attribute is set to YES a recipient address is rejected if it is
not in international or national format. This attribute is a flag.
ADDR_VALIDATION is reset to NO.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command the average length of segmented messages is reset to 160.
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC
accepts the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ON_RETRY, to request
a text notification on retry or delivery error, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated
Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ON_RETRY scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 is reset to OFF.
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ORIG, to request a text notification
for the originator address only, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated Message (CM).
This attribute is a flag.
2–258 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ORIG scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 is reset to OFF.
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1
The /CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command that is configured for the scan function ON_DISPLAY. This scan function
is used to enable the MO subscriber to send a direct-on-display SMS, in the first segment of a
GSM Concatenated Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
SCAN command functionality license is required.
SCAN command functionality must be enabled.
ON_DISPLAY scan command must be configured.
SCAN command functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-
DELIVER message.
CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 is reset to OFF.
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is reset to 16-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX is reset to 255.
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX is reset to 65535.
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–259
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
/CSP_ENABLED
The /GSM_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWPLMN (GSM).
CSP_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED
The /DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch the display of the deferred
delivery time on the GSM mobile phone ON or OFF.
DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the GSM network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2
This attribute is a flag.
ISO_8859_8_CONV is reset to NONE.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than 140 octets.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT
For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted the same as
DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM is reset to TAP.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command the maximum number of concurrent segmented messages is reset to 1.
2–260 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON
/PRIORITY_DEF
The /PRIORITY_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default priority type to set the MAP SM_
RP_PRI indicator. Possible values are NONE (never set), ALL (always set), REPEATED (set
when the message is the first of a set of repeated messages). This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
Note that a SEND_ROUTING_INFO for the originator is always with priority indepen-
dent of the settings. This only applies when the Mobile Number Portability (MNP)
license is switched to ON.
PRIORITY_DEF is reset to REPEATED.
/USED_SERVER
The /USED_SERVER qualifier is used to specify which server for delivery to PLMN network is
used. This attribute is a parameter.
USED_SERVER is reset to GIW.
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF
The /VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF qualifier is used to specify the initial settings for the
(de)activation of scan tags. This attribute is a parameter.
VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF is reset to ON.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON /AVG_LEN_SGMS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute AVG_LEN_SGMS of the GSM entities.
RESET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–261
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Resets attribute values of entities from the class IMPORT_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT 1
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON command resets attributes associated with an
IMPORT_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
The /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
transmitted to each SMH by SIWIMPORT at once. Increasing the value of the attribute
speeds up the import. The attribute value, however, will be increased only if the desired
transmission rate, specified by the attribute /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE is not provided by the
system. The bigger the attribute value the more SMH resources are used to process imported
messages and, consequently, less resources to process messages from other SIWs.
MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT is reset to 1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IMPORT entity is stopped.
2–262 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT of the IMPORT entities.
s
RESET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–263
RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
Resets attribute values of entities from the class IP7.
Please also refer to RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IP7 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GTT_READ_CONFIG_FILE
/SCCP_LUDT_RCVD 0
/SCCP_LUDT_SENT 0
/SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD 0
/SCCP_LUDTS_SENT 0
/SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY 0
/SCCP_SSA_RCVD 0
/SCCP_SSA_SENT 0
/SCCP_SSC_RCVD 0
/SCCP_SSP_RCVD 0
/SCCP_SSP_SENT 0
/SCCP_SST_RCVD 0
/SCCP_SST_SENT 0
/SCCP_UDT_RCVD 0
/SCCP_UDT_SENT 0
/SCCP_UDTS_RCVD 0
/SCCP_UDTS_SENT 0
/SCCP_XUDT_RCVD 0
/SCCP_XUDT_SENT 0
/SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD 0
/SCCP_XUDTS_SENT 0
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED 0
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM 0
/SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED 0
/SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB 0
/SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB 0
/SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB 0
/SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS 0
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED 0
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM 0
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED 0
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM 0
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED 0
2–264 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED 0
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED 0
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM 0
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED 0
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM 0
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED 0
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM 0
/SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY 0
/SSRV_INVALID_MSG 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG 0
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL 0
/SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER 0
/SSRV_NO_USERS 0
/SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED 0
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL 0
/SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT 0
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED 0
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM 0
/SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE 0
/STATS 0
/SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY 0
/TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD 0
/XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED 0
/XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM 0
/XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED 0
/XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM 0
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–265
RESET CLASS IP7
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be reset. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS IP7 command resets attributes associated with an IP7 entity.
Qualifiers
/GTT_READ_CONFIG_FILE
The /GTT_READ_CONFIG_FILE qualifier initiates reading of the Global Title Translation
(GTT) configuration files, when GTT is enabled (see IP7_COMMON attribute/GTT_ENABLED.
When the attribute is reset, the files are read and validated. If successful, the new configura-
tion will be activated immediately. Otherwise, the existing active configuration is not affected.
This attribute is a flag.
The IP7 entity reads the GTT configuration files.
/SCCP_LUDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_LUDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP LUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_LUDT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY
The /SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of received seg-
ments of inbound SCCP messages, which have not been processed because of disabled SCCP
reassembly functionality, i.e. when the IP7_COMMON parameter /SCCP_REASSEMBLY has
been set to OFF. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY is reset to 0.
/SCCP_LUDT_SENT
The /SCCP_LUDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP LUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_LUDT_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
LUDTS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–266 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
/SCCP_LUDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_LUDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP LUDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_LUDTS_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SSA_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSA_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
Subsystem Allowed (SSA) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SSA_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SSA_SENT
The /SCCP_SSA_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Allowed (SSA) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SSA_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SSC_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSC_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
Subsystem Congested (SSC) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SSC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SSP_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSP_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP Subsystem
Prohibited (SSP) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SSP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SSP_SENT
The /SCCP_SSP_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Prohibited (SSP) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SSP_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SST_RCVD
The /SCCP_SST_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP Subsystem
Status Test (SST) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_SST_SENT
The /SCCP_SST_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Status Test (SST) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_SST_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_UDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_UDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP UDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_UDT_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–267
RESET CLASS IP7
/SCCP_UDT_SENT
The /SCCP_UDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP UDT mes-
sages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_UDT_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_UDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_UDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP UDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_UDTS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_UDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_UDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP UDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_UDTS_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_XUDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_XUDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP XUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_XUDT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_XUDT_SENT
The /SCCP_XUDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP XUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_XUDT_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
XUDTS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/SCCP_XUDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_XUDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP XUDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_XUDTS_SENT is reset to 0.
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of applica-
tion requests buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
application request buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
2–268 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
/SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED
The /SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of aborted associ-
ations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED is reset to 0.
/SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of active
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB is reset to 0.
/SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of established
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB is reset to 0.
/SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of passive
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB is reset to 0.
/SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS
The /SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS qualifier is used to specify the total number of association
shutdowns. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS is reset to 0.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of chunk
descriptors buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no
free chunk descriptor buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of data-
gram headers buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no
free datagram header buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–269
RESET CLASS IP7
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED
The /SCTP_T1_EXPIRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of expiries of timer 1.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_T1_EXPIRED is reset to 0.
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED
The /SCTP_T2_EXPIRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of expiries of timer 2.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SCTP_T2_EXPIRED is reset to 0.
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of DPC
entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no free
DPC entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of SSN state
entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no
free SSN state entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of DPC
state entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no
free DPC state entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY
The /SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
messages due to failed SUA/SCCP message reassembly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–270 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY is reset to 0.
/SSRV_INVALID_MSG
The /SSRV_INVALID_MSG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped SUA/SCCP
messages due to invalid message content. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_INVALID_MSG is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’MTP Failure’. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG
The /SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
outbound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Network Congestion’. The
counter will be incremented when insufficient transmit buffers are available to send the
outbound message. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped out-
bound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’SCCP Failure’. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped out-
bound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Segmentation Failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
outbound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Segmentation Unsupported’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP is reset to 0.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Subsystem Congestion’. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–271
RESET CLASS IP7
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Subsystem Failure’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER
The /SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to the absence of specific SUA/SCCP users (for existing dialogues). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NO_USERS
The /SSRV_NO_USERS qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages due
to unavailable SUA/SCCP users (for new incoming dialogues). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SSRV_NO_USERS is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE
The /SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
SUA/SCCP notices due to sending failures. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Hop counter violation’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Error in local processing’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Error in message trans-
port’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’MTP Failure’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL is reset to 0.
2–272 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’No translation for this
specific address’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’No translation for an
address of such nature’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Network Congestion’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Destination cannot
perform reassembly’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’SCCP Failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA
and SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Segmentation
Unsupported’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Segmentation Failure’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Subsystem congestion’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–273
RESET CLASS IP7
SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Subsystem failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Unequipped user’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED is reset to 0.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Unqualified’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL is reset to 0.
/SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT
The /SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
messages due to the overload protection mechanism. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT is reset to 0.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to show the highest peak of reassembly
buffers used for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM qualifier is used to show the number of times there were
no reassembly buffers available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE
The /SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to SUA/SCCP user transportation failures. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE is reset to 0.
/STATS
The /STATS qualifier can be used to reset the internal SCTP statistics. The following IP7
counters are related to these statistics, and they can only be reset all together, using this
qualifier.
• /SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT
2–274 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7
• /SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD
• /SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT
• /SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD
• /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS
• /SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT
• /SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD
• /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT
• /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY
• /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD
• /SCTP_IP_SENT
• /SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF
• /SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR
• /SCTP_IP_RCVD
• /SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR
The internal statistics and related IP7 counters are reset to 0.
/SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY
The /SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to disabled message reassembly functionality. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD qualifier is used to specify the number of unknown
SUA/SCCP primitives that are received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of signal
nodes buffered for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–275
RESET CLASS IP7
/XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
signal node buffer was available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
/XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED
The /XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of send buffers
in use for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED is reset to 0.
/XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM
The /XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
send buffer was available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IP7 ENTITY IP701 /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED
PML>
The RESET command resets the SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED attribute of the IP7
entity IP701.
2–276 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class IP7_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE XUDT
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY ON
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION ON
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 254
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE 10
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS 500
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS 1000
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS 500
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES 100
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS 500
/SSNM_SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER 5
/SSNM_SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER 60
/SUA_REASSEMBLY ON
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SUA_SEGMENTATION OFF
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 219
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES 20
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS 1000
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID 0
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be reset. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–277
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with the
IP7_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE
The /SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE qualifier specifies the default SCCP message type for out-
bound messages. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE is reset to XUDT.
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SCCP message reassembly.
This attribute is a flag.
SCCP_REASSEMBLY is reset to ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO=n
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier specifies the SCCP message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value,
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO is reset to 10.
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION
The /SCCP_SEGMENTATION qualifier is being used to enable or disable SCCP message
segmentation. This attribute is a flag.
SCCP_SEGMENTATION is reset to ON.
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE=n
The /SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier specifies the segmentation size in bytes. When
SCCP segmentation is enabled, any SCCP message with size equal or higher than the qualifier
value is segmented. When SCCP segmentation is disabled, any SCCP message with size equal
or higher than the qualifier value is transmitted as a Long Data message. Otherwise, the
message is transmitted with message type according to the configuration of /SCCP_DFLT_
MESG_TYPE. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE is reset to 254.
2–278 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE=n
The /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of unique SCCP SSP
messages being transmitted to the network per second. This cache is cleared once per second.
For every transmitted SSP message, the combination of destination PC and affected SSN is
stored in the cache. The transmission of an SSP message will be aborted, if the combination
of destination PC and affected SSN is identical to an entry in the cache, or when the cache
has reached the configured /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE number of entries. In case /SCCP_
SSP_CACHE_SIZE is set to 0, the SSP caching functionality is disabled. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE is reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP application requests. This attribute is a parameter.
SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS is reset to 500.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS
The /SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP chunk descriptors. This attribute is a parameter.
SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS
The /SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP datagram headers. This attribute is a parameter.
SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS is reset to 500.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used for maintaining the DPC state for destinations that are not
configured in the IP7_PC_MASK_PREFIX_SGG.DAT file, but do fall in the range of the
entries of this file. Note that the DPC dynamic entries are only allocated for DPCs for which
at least one route is not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–279
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the state of SSNs belonging to the maintained
DPCs as indicated by the SSNM messages from network. Worst case, maximum SSN entries
can be counted as a product of the number of maximum DPC entries (/SSNM_MAX_DPC_
ENTRIES) and maximum number of supported SSNs per DPC. Note that SSN entries are only
allocated for SSNs that are not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the DPC state for all DPC/DPC mask entries for
which at least one route is in a state different from available. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER qualifier specifies the time value of the SSNM SSN auditing
timer. This attribute determines the initial time value at which the destination SSN and
SCCP states registered different from available, will be audited (provided that the SSNM
functionality is enabled). The timer for auditing SSN and SCCP states is an adaptive timer,
meaning that the time period for doing the next auditing will be doubled compared to the
previous period, until the time period has been doubled 7 times. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER is reset to 5.
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER specifies the time value of the SSNM DPC auditing timer.
This attribute determines the period in which the destination DPC (route) states registered
different from available will be periodically audited (provided that the SSNM functionality is
enabled). This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER is reset to 60.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
2–280 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS
The /SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of available
reassembly buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS is reset to 500.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SUA_REASSEMBLY
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message reassembly. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUA_REASSEMBLY is reset to ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier is used to specify the SUA message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO is reset to 10.
/SUA_SEGMENTATION
The /SUA_SEGMENTATION qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message segmentation.
This attribute is a flag.
SUA_SEGMENTATION is reset to OFF.
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE
The /SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the minimum message size in
bytes to trigger SUA message segmentation. This attribute is a parameter.
SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE is reset to 219.
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES
The /XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
signals. This attribute is a parameter.
XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES is reset to 20.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS
The /XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
send buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–281
RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID
The /XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID qualifier is used to specify the routing context system identifier.
For single systems this attribute may be ignored (default=0). In that case, a SUA routing
context value is created for each type of SUA user (e.g., GIW) and is used by the Signalling
Gateway (SG) to determine the stream of traffic destined to that SUA user. The SUA routing
context value is identical to the SSN value related to the SUA user type. Besides, an M3UA
routing context value is created for each local PC representation of the system within each (via
SG) connected SS7 network and is used by the SG to determine the stream of traffic originated
from that SS7 network to that local PC.
For distributed systems (e.g. DSMSC) each system should have a unique routing context
system identifier, identifying unique SUA routing contexts per SUA user type and per system,
so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system based on that unique
routing context. For M3UA, each system’s unique routing context identifier identifies a unique
M3UA routing context per unique local PC representation of the system within each (via SG)
connected SS7 network, so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system
based on that unique routing context.
The format of the SUA and M3UA routing context value is <x><yy><zzz>. Where <x> is the
SS7 network identifier related to the local PC representation (<x> is 0 for SUA), <yy> is the
value of the unique routing context system identifier and <zzz> is the SSN of the SUA user
type (<zzz> is 000 for M3UA). Also routing context values with <yy> is 00 are created (just as
for single systems). These are used to distribute new traffic over the systems. Note that the
SG should be configured properly to recognise all these routing context values. This attribute
is a parameter.
XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS
The /XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS qualifier is used to enable or disable signalling of incoming
SUA and/or M3UA SSNM messages. This attribute is a flag.
XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS is reset to OFF.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS
PML>
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
buffered SCTP application requests. When this maximum of unprocessed application
requests is reached, the SCTP layer rejects new application requests.
2–282 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IP7_COMMON
RESET CLASS ISDN
RESET CLASS ISDN
Resets attribute values of entities from the class ISDN.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS ISDN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS ISDN command resets attributes associated with an ISDN.
RESET CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–283
RESET CLASS ISDN
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
2–284 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS ISDN
RESET CLASS ISDN
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS ISDN ENTITY ISDN01 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the ISDN entity ISDN01.
RESET CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–285
RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
Resets attribute values of entities from the class IS41.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IS41 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED 0
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK 0
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WPT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WAP_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WMT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_VMN_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES 0
2–286 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/GHOST_MO_REJECTED 0
/GHOST_MT_OK 0
/GHOST_MT_FAIL 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–287
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
2–288 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
/TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_CMT_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_VMN_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_OATS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–289
RESET CLASS IS41
Description
The RESET CLASS IS41 command resets attributes associated with an IS41.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted MO messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED
The /CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected MO messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK
The /CARR_SPEC_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered messages with CDMA
Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CARR_SPEC_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL
The /CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
2–290 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WPT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–291
RESET CLASS IS41
/CDMA_WAP_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WAP_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit messages
with Teleservice CDMA WAP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WAP_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WAP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WMT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WMT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_VMN_MT_OK
The /CDMA_VMN_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_VMN_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
2–292 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIVERY_POSTPONED is reset to 0.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DEST_LEFT_ADDR is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
DIALOGUES is reset to 0.
/GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED
The /GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit mes-
sages with Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/GHOST_MO_REJECTED
The /GHOST_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit mes-
sages with Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
GHOST_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/GHOST_MT_OK
The /GHOST_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages with
Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
GHOST_MT_OK is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–293
RESET CLASS IS41
/GHOST_MT_FAIL
The /GHOST_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages with
Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
GHOST_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_INVALID is reset to 0.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNAVAILABLE is reset to 0.
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNREACHABLE is reset to 0.
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_SMS_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–294 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
MT_SMS_OK is reset to 0.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NO_PAGE_RESPONSE is reset to 0.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_BUSY is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT is reset to 0.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–295
RESET CLASS IS41
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID is reset to 0.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER is reset to 0.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR is reset to 0.
2–296 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_OK is reset to 0.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_SVC_DENIED is reset to 0.
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERRORS is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–297
RESET CLASS IS41
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TIME_OUTS is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_FAILED_SENT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_TRANS_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_MSG_DISC is reset to 0.
2–298 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–299
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–300 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–301
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–302 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–303
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT is reset to 0.
2–304 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–305
RESET CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
2–306 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CPT_MT_OK
The /TDMA_CPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CPT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CMT_MT_OK
The /TDMA_CMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CMT_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/TDMA_VMN_MT_OK
The /TDMA_VMN_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_VMN_MT_OK is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–307
RESET CLASS IS41
/TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OATS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OATS_MT_OK is reset to 0.
/TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IS41 ENTITY IS4101 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The RESET command resets the MT_SMS_OK attribute of the IS41 entity IS4101.
2–308 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class IS41_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING ON
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS=n 0
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST ON
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–309
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with IS41
entities.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST is reset to YES.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG is reset to NO.
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE is reset to NO.
2–310 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_SUBADDR is reset to YES.
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
CHARGE_IND is reset to NONE.
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING
The /ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server supports indirect
routing. When the qualifier equals ON, the IS41 server searches the IS41_SMSC_ADDR.DAT
file in order to determine whether indirect routing should be performed for the specific re-
cipient’s Mobile Directory Number. Otherwise, the IS41 server immediately performs direct
routing, using the IS41_HLR_ADDR.DAT file. This attribute is a flag.
ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING is reset to ON.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
The GT_GTI_DEFAULT value is reset to 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all IS41 entities are stopped.
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–311
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should convert
the Original Destination Address (ODA) field in an SMSDeliveryP2P to an INTERNATIONAL
or NATIONAL format. Please note that the IS41 server can only do this when attribute IS41_
COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDEL is set to ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this
attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the country code and
the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the country code and will only
use the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will include the country code, and
use the National (Significant) Number if the MDN is INTERNATIONAL or the OOA is
INTERNATIONAL. If both the MDN and OOA are not INTERNATIONAL, the ODA will be in
the NATIONAL format. This attribute is a parameter.
MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE is reset to DEFAULT.
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE attribute specifies how the IS41 server formats the
Mobile Directory Number (MDN) field in an SMSRequest. Please note that the IS41 server
can only do this when the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST is set to
ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the SMSC E.164
country code and the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the E.164 country code and will
only use the National (Significant) Number, without the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) E.164
prefix.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will assemble the MDN without the
Country Code, but with the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) prefix and the National (Significant)
Number. However, if the SCCP Called Party Address/SUA destination address includes a
Global Title, and its National Use bit is cleared, then the SMSC will include the E.164 country
code and the National (Significant) Number. This attribute is a parameter.
MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE is reset to DEFAULT.
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
NON_REPLACEMENT is reset to OFF.
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS
The /OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS qualifier specifies the Type of Digits the IS41 server sets in
the OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint, in case of indirect
routing to a remote SMSC. When the type of number of the OriginalOriginatingAddress is
alphanumeric and the value of this attribute equals zero, the IS41 server sets the Type of
Digits to the Calling Party Number. In all other cases, the IS41 server sets the Type of Digits
2–312 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
in the OriginalOriginatingAddress as specified by this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS is reset to 0.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN is reset to DEFAULT.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE is reset to OFF.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND is reset DEFAULT.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO is reset to 45.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the IS41 entity is stopped.
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND is reset to DEFAULT.
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–313
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO is reset to 15.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the IS41 entity is stopped.
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN
The /SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should force the
numbering plan identifier of the MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSNotification and the
SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress in an inbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
When the attribute is set to ON, the IS41 server forces the Numbering Plan Identifier (NPI)
of the MobileDirectoryNumber field that was received in an SMSNotification and the SMS_
OriginalDestinationAddress that was received in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
Otherwise, the IS41 server keeps both fields as is. This attribute is a flag.
SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN is reset to OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER is reset to OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST is reset to OFF.
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set to ON,
the IS41 server will always include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest.
Otherwise, the IS41 server will include the MobileDirectoryNumber in the SMSRequest. This
attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST. It will
not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST is reset to ON.
2–314 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_MAP is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the IS41 entity is stopped.
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is
set to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field
in an SMSRequest. Otherwise, the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is only included in an
SMSRequest when the Teleservice Identifier is of type TDMA OATS, TDMA Interim OPTS,
TDMA Interim OOA, TDMA Interim OOA Plus or TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a flag.
USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST is reset to OFF.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This RESET command resets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 15 seconds for the
IS41 entities.
RESET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–315
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class IVR_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and WINDOWSIZE can only be reset when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON command resets attributes associated with IVR entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 8
2–316 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 sec.
/WINDOW_SIZE
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
WINDOW_SIZE is reset to 25.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the IVR entities.
RESET CLASS IVR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–317
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP
Resets attribute values of entities of the class LA_SMPP.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LA_INFO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the node from which the information should be reset. This is entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS LA_SMPP command resets attributes associated with a LA_SMPP. Note
that an instance of class STORE must be active on the node.
Qualifiers
/LA_INFO=(...)
The /LA_INFO qualifier is used to reset the number of operations exchanged between the
SMSC and a specific SMPP LA. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed
out operations can be reset.
Additional parameters are:
• LA_ID = Short Number
Specifies the Large Account for which the data are reset. This parameter is mandatory.
• SMPP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: SMPP_TOT_RX, SMPP_TOT_TX, SMPP_UNSUPP,
BIND_TRAN_RX, BIND_TRAN_TX, BIND_RECV_RX, BIND_RECV_TX, BIND_TRCV_
RX, BIND_TRCV_TX, OUTBIND, UNBIND_RX, UNBIND_TX, SUBMIT_RX, SUBMIT_
TX_ISR, SUB_MULTI, DATA_SM_RX, DATA_SM_TX, DELIVER_TX, DELIVER_RX_ISR,
QUERY, CANCEL, REPLACE, ENQ_LINK_RX, ENQ_LINK_TX, ALERT, ALL.
2–318 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LA_SMPP
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP
SMPP_TOT_RX and SMPP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent
operations respectively. SMPP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are
of an undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA. ALL can be used to specify all the
operations, including the totals.
• RESULT = [OK, REJECTED, TIMEOUT].
This parameter specifies the specific counter (number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations respectively) to reset for each specified operation. It may be given multiple
times. If not specified in the command, all the counters for the applicable operations are
taken.
This attribute is a list.
Examples
1. PML> RES CL LA_SMPP /LA_INFO=(LA=1929,smpp=DELIVER,smpp=SMPP_TOT_RX,res=OK)
PML>
The RESET command resets, for each node, the number of SMPP_DELIVER operations
accepted by the SMPP LASN 1929, and the total number of operations accepted by the
SMSC for this LA.
2. PML> RESET CLASS LA_SMPP ENTITY AD02 /LA_INFO=(LA_ID=1929,smpp_op=ALL)
PML>
The RESET command resets all counters for the messages exchanged by the AD02 node of
the SMSC with the SMPP LASN 1929.
RESET CLASS LA_SMPP SMSC Commands 2–319
RESET CLASS LA_UCP
RESET CLASS LA_UCP
Resets attribute values of entities of the class LA_UCP.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LA_UCP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LA_INFO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the node from which the information should be reset. This is entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS LA_UCP command resets attributes associated with a LA_UCP. Note that
an instance of class STORE must be active on the node.
Qualifiers
/LA_INFO=(...)
The /LA_INFO qualifier is used to reset the number of operations exchanged between the
SMSC and a specific UCP LA. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed
out operations can be reset.
Additional parameters are:
• LA_ID = Short Number
Specifies the Large Account for which the data are reset. LA_ID 1 is used for non-LA UCP
users. This parameter is mandatory.
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_
RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP32_RX, UCP33_RX,
UCP34_TX, UCP36_TX, UCP38_RX, UCP40_RX, UCP41_RX, UCP42_TX, UCP43_TX,
UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX, UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX,
UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, UCP93_RX, UCP93_TX, ALL.
2–320 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LA_UCP
RESET CLASS LA_UCP
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals. If no parameters are given (except for
the compulsary LA_ID), all the operations are handled, excluding UCP32_RX - UCP43_TX
and UCP93_RX/_TX.
• RESULT = [OK, REJECTED, TIMEOUT].
This parameter specifies the specific counter (number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations respectively) to reset for each specified operation. It may be given multiple
times. If not specified in the command, all the counters for the applicable operations are
taken.
This attribute is a list.
Examples
1. PML> RES CL LA_UCP /LA_INFO=(LA=1929,ucp=UCP52_TX,ucp=UCP_TOT_RX,res=OK)
PML>
The RESET command resets, for each node, the number of UCP52 operations accepted by
the UCP LASN 1929, and the total number of operations accepted by the SMSC for this
LA.
2. PML> RESET CLASS LA_UCP ENTITY AD02 /LA_INFO=(LA_ID=1929,ucp_op=ALL)
PML>
The RESET command resets all counters for the messages exchanged by the AD02 node of
the SMSC with the UCP LASN 1929.
RESET CLASS LA_UCP SMSC Commands 2–321
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class LDAP_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SESSIONS 5
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 10
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL 120
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT 3600
/COMMUNITY_CHECK OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with the
LDAP_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SESSIONS
The /MAX_SESSIONS attribute is the maximum number of simultaneous active sessions that
an LIW can support. This attribute is a parameter.
2–322 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
MAX_SESSIONS is reset to 5.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC attribute is the maximum number of transactions per second
that the LIW can perform on the SDB. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC is reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL
The /SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL attribute specifies the time interval that is used to regulate
the number of SDB errors in the LIW(s). The number of SDB errors that are allowed in
the interval is specified by the SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute. If the number of SDB
errors exceeds this value then an alarm is generated. It has a value of between 0 and 200
seconds. 120 seconds is the default. If the value is set to zero then no checking will be done.
This attribute is a parameter.
SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL is reset to 120.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD
The /SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute is the number of SDB errors that are allowed
during the SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL time interval. It has a value between 1 and 100. The
default is 20. This attribute is a parameter.
SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD is reset to 20.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL attribute is the interval in which the throughput of the
LIW is measured. The throughput is regulated by counting the number of transactions over
the THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL time and checking it against the MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
value. It has a value between 1 and 60 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. This attribute is a
parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL will be reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–323
RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT
The SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT attribute is the interval indicating how long the LIW keeps an
inactive session with the CDS open. It has a value between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default
is 3600 seconds. If the attribute is set to 0 inactive sessions are not removed by the LIW. This
attribute is a parameter.
SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT will be reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LIW entities are stopped.
/COMMUNITY_CHECK
The COMMUNITY_CHECK attribute determines whether the Community check should be
applied to the LDAP subscriber requests. If enabled, the Community ID should be defined in
the LIW_LOOKUP_TABLES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
COMMUNITY_CHECK will be reset to OFF.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
PML>
The RESET command resets the LDAP common attribute MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
2–324 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS LIW
RESET CLASS LIW
Resets attribute values of entities from the class LIW.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LIW entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADD_NOK 0
/ADD_OK 0
/INVALID_MESSAGE 0
/REMOVE_NOK 0
/REMOVE_OK 0
/TRANSACTION_RATE 0
/UPDATE_NOK 0
/UPDATE_OK 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS LIW command resets attributes associated with a LIW.
Qualifiers
/ADD_NOK
The /ADD_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful adds.
ADD_NOK is reset to 0.
/ADD_OK
The /ADD_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful adds.
RESET CLASS LIW SMSC Commands 2–325
RESET CLASS LIW
ADD_OK is reset to 0.
/INVALID_MESSAGE
The /INVALID_MESSAGE attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of invalid
SMSC-specific messages.
INVALID_MESSAGE is reset to 0.
/REMOVE_NOK
The /REMOVE_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful
removes.
REMOVE_NOK is reset to 0.
/REMOVE_OK
The /REMOVE_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful
removes.
REMOVE_OK is reset to 0.
/TRANSACTION_RATE
The /TRANSACTION_RATE attribute is a statistical counter to monitor the incoming rate of
transactions.
TRANSACTION_RATE is reset to 0.
/UPDATE_NOK
The /UPDATE_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful
updates.
UPDATE_NOK is reset to 0.
/UPDATE_OK
The /UPDATE_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful
updates.
UPDATE_OK is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS LIW ENTITY LIWSMC01 /UPDATE_OK
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute UPDATE_OK of the LIW entity.
2–326 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LIW
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
Resets attribute values of entities from the class LOGSRV.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LOGSRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDR_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_1_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_2_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_3_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_4_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_5_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_6_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_7_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_8_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_9_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_10_BLOCKED 0
/CDR_TIME 3600
/CDR_TIME_1 3600
/CDR_TIME_2 3600
/CDR_TIME_3 3600
/CDR_TIME_4 3600
/CDR_TIME_5 3600
/CDR_TIME_6 3600
/CDR_TIME_7 3600
/CDR_TIME_8 3600
/CDR_TIME_9 3600
/CDR_TIME_10 3600
/FLG_RECEIVED 0
/FLG_LOGGED 0
/FLUSH_TIME 60
/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN 0
/FRP_LOGGED 0
/FRP_RECEIVED 0
/FRP_TIME 3600
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN 0
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–327
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN 0
/IDI_RECEIVED 0
/IDI_LOGGED 0
/LOG_BLOCKED 0
/LOG_TIME 3600
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN 0
/TOT_RECEIVED 0
/TOT_LOGGED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS LOGSRV command resets attributes associated with a LOGSRV.
Qualifiers
/CDR_BLOCKED
The /CDR_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter. The blocked CDR requests are not written to the CDR output file.
This filter is configured in the LOGSRV_CDR_FILTER.CNF CDR configuration file. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
The /CDR_1_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_1 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_1 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_01_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_1_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
2–328 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
The /CDR_2_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_2 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_2 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_02_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_2_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
The /CDR_3_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_3 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_3 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_03_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_3_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
The /CDR_4_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_4 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_4 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_04_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_4_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
The /CDR_5_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_5 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_5 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_05_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_5_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
The /CDR_6_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_6 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_6 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_06_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_6_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–329
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
The /CDR_7_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_7 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_7 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_07_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_7_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
The /CDR_8_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_8 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_8 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_08_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_8_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
The /CDR_9_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_9 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_9 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_09_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_9_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
The /CDR_10_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that
are blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_10 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_10 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_10_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CDR_10_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/CDR_TIME
The /CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate CDR file is
kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_TIME seconds,
a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for usage by the post-processing
system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
2–330 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME is changed, the log server closes the current CDR
file. The standby CDR file is used as the new current CDR file and a new standby
CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_1
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_1 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_1 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_1 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 1. The standby CDR file for stream 1 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
1 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_2
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_2 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_2 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_2 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 2. The standby CDR file for stream 2 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
2 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_3
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_3 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_3 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–331
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_3 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 3. The standby CDR file for stream 3 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
3 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_4
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_4 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_4 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_4 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 4. The standby CDR file for stream 4 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
4 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_5
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_5 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_5 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_5 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 5. The standby CDR file for stream 5 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
5 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_6
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
2–332 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
CDR_TIME_6 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_6 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_6 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 6. The standby CDR file for stream 6 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
6 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_7
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_7 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_7 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_7 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 7. The standby CDR file for stream 7 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
7 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_8
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_8 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_8 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_8 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 8. The standby CDR file for stream 8 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
8 seconds have expired.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–333
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/CDR_TIME_9
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_9 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_9 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_9 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 9. The standby CDR file for stream 9 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
9 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_10
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_10 is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_10 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_10 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 10. The standby CDR file for stream 10 is used as the new current
CDR file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_
TIME_10 seconds have expired.
/FLG_RECEIVED
The /FLG_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log a failed
login. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FLG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/FLG_LOGGED
The /FLG_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for failed logins that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FLG_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
LOG requests are flushed to the LOG file, that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is
a parameter.
2–334 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
FLUSH_TIME is reset to 60 seconds.
NOTE
When the value of FLUSH_TIME is changed, the buffered log requests currently
stored in the log server will be flushed to the log file, in the same way when
FLUSH_TIME seconds have been expired.
/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN
The /FRP_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests for Fax Report
messages, that are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. This attribute is a
statistical counter.
FRP_CDR_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/FRP_LOGGED
The /FRP_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for Fax Reports that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FRP_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/FRP_RECEIVED
The /FRP_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log a Fax
Report. This attribute is a statistical counter.
FRP_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/FRP_TIME
The /FRP_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds in which the intermediate Fax
Report CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After
FRP_TIME seconds, a Fax Report CDR file is closed by the log server and will be available for
usage by the operator billing system. This attribute is a parameter.
FRP_TIME is reset to 3600.
IMPORTANT
FRP_TIME should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME. Fax Reporting is
a licensed option. Fax Report Call Detail Records are only produced for the Toll
Ticketing CDR format.
NOTE
When the value of FRP_TIME is changed, the log server closes the current Fax
Report CDR file. The standby Fax Report CDR file is used as the new current Fax
Report CDR file and a new standby Fax Report CDR file will be created, in the same
way when FRP_TIME seconds have expired.
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI ASN.1 CDR messages, that
are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. If the LOGSRV_COMMON attribute
CDR_FORMAT is set to TT, this attribute counts the messages in TT format. This attribute is
a statistical counter.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–335
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
IDI_CDR_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_1 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_2 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_3 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_4 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_5 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_6 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
2–336 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_7 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_8 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_9 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_10 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/IDI_RECEIVED
The /IDI_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log an IDI
message. This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/IDI_LOGGED
The /IDI_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for IDI messages that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
IDI_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/LOG_BLOCKED
The /LOG_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are blocked by
the LOG filter. The blocked LOG requests are not written to the traffic LOG output file. This
filter is configured in the LOG configuration file LOGSRV_LOG_FILTER.CNF. This attribute
is a statistical counter.
LOG_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–337
RESET CLASS LOGSRV
/LOG_TIME
The /LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate LOG file
is kept open by the LOG server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
LOG_TIME is reset to 3600 seconds.
NOTE
When the value of LOG_TIME is changed, the log server closes the current log file.
The backup log file is used as the new current log file and a new backup log file will
be created, in the same way when LOG_TIME seconds have been expired.
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
The /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests that are written
to disk. This counter counts all types of CDRs: ASN.1 (/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN), extra ASN.1
CDR files (/IDI_CDR_x_WRITTEN), Toll Ticketing IDI record (/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN) and Toll
Ticketing Fax report (/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN). This attribute is a statistical counter.
TOT_CDR_WRITTEN is reset to 0.
/TOT_LOGGED
The /TOT_LOGGED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are successfully
logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
TOT_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/TOT_RECEIVED
The /TOT_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total number of received LOG requests. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
TOT_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS LOGSRV ENTITY LOGSRV01 /LOG_TIME
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute LOG_TIME of the LOGSRV entity LOGSRV01.
2–338 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class LOGSRV_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BT_INTL_ADDR OFF
/CDR_FORMAT
/CM_LOG_TIME 60
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ 100
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ 100
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ 100
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ 100
/LOG_ENABLED ON
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD 5
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 10000
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS 1000
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS 1000
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS 1000
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED ON
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP OFF
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED OFF
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR OFF
/TT_CLI OFF
/TT_SC_ADDRESS EMPTY
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–339
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
LOGSRV entities.
Qualifiers
/BT_INTL_ADDR
The /BT_INTL_ADDR qualifier is used to present the addresses in the statistical interface in
International Format when it is set to ON. When it is set to OFF (Default), the addresses are
presented according to the SMSC attribute /LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED. This attribute is a
flag.
BT_INTL_ADDR is reset to OFF.
/CDR_FORMAT
The /CDR_FORMAT qualifier is used to set the Call Detail Record output format. This
attribute is a flag and the qualifier can have the following values:
NONE (No CDR output)
ASN1 (ASN.1 format)
TT (Ericsson Toll Ticketing format)
CDR_FORMAT is reset to ASN1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LOGSRV entities are stopped.
/CM_LOG_TIME=n
The /CM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate CMLOG
file is kept open by LOGSRV before it starts writing to a new file. The CMLOG file is used
by the CMLOG entity to create CM summary files. When a new value is specified for this
attribute, the value is used as soon as the timer expires and is restarted. This attribute is a
parameter.
CM_LOG_TIME is reset to 60.
2–340 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CDR files in
relation to the amount of CDR requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_CDR_REQ
CDR requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the CDR file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_CDR_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_CDR_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_CDR_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CM LOG
files in relation to the amount of CMLOG records in the LOGSRV flush buffer. If FLUSH_CM_
LOG_REQ CMLOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the CMLOG
file. This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_FRP_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the Fax Report
CDR files in relation to the amount of Fax Report CDR requests received by the LOGSRV
entity. If FLUSH_FRP_REQ Fax Report CDR requests have been received, the data is auto-
matically flushed to the Fax Report CDR (FRP) file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_FRP_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_FRP_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_FRP_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ
The /FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the LOG files in
relation to the amount of LOG requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_LOG_REQ
LOG requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the LOG file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–341
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_LOG_REQ is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_LOG_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_LOG_ITEMS.
/LOG_ENABLED
The /LOG_ENABLED qualifier determines whether traffic LOG files are written or not. These
traffic LOG files are used to store in the traffic LOG database. When this attribute is set to
ON the traffic LOG files are written. This attribute is a flag.
LOG_ENABLED is reset to ’On’.
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD
The /LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period in seconds, the LOG
server goes to sleep to postpone the creation of a new current LOG file. The LOG server
always tries to open two LOG files: the current LOG file in which the LOG request is actually
logged and a backup or hot standby LOG file.
When the current LOG file is full the backup will become the current LOG file and a new
backup LOG file will be created. When the LOG server runs out of disk space and there is
no current file, that is, the LOG server is unable to log a LOG request, it will go to sleep for
LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new current
LOG file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current LOG file can be created it will try
to create a new backup LOG file. This attribute is a parameter.
LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD is reset to 5.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
2–342 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–343
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
2–344 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 is reset to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CMLOG
records that can be stored in a single CMLOG file. This value is used to calculate the maxi-
mum CM LOG file size. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ.
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_FRP_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Fax Report CDR
requests that can be stored in a single Fax Report CDR file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum Fax Report CDR (FRP) file size.
The actual number of FRP items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_FRP_ITEMS is reset to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_FRP_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_FRP_REQ.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–345
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS
The /MAX_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of LOG requests
that can be stored in a single LOG file. This value is used to calculate the maximum LOG file
size.
The actual number of LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_LOG_ITEMS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
When this attribute is reset, the new value will be used when a new log file is
created. Resetting this attribute has no effect on the currently opened LOG file(s).
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in LOGSRV billing records. To change the value of this
attribute, please stop all LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a flag.
PRES_ADDR_ENABLED is reset to ON.
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP
The ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP qualifier determines whether the routed address should be
written into the Recipient Address (RECIPADDRESS) field of an ASN.1 billing record. If this
flag is ON and RARR applies to the message, the LOGSRV encodes the routed LA into the
RECIPADDRESS, leaving the alternative recipient address (RECIPALTADDRESS) empty.
This attribute is a flag.
ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the LOGSRV is stopped.
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED
The /SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Single Address Large
Accounts (SILAs) are identified by Short Number in billing files. This attribute is a flag.
SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the LOGSRV is stopped.
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR
The /TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR qualifier enables the SMSC to generate the translated address
format used for routing in the ASN.1 billing records. This attribute is a flag.
TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR is reset to OFF.
2–346 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/TT_CLI
The /TT_CLI qualifier determines whether an additional CLI field is added to the Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Record (CDR). When this attribute is set to ON, an additional
CLI field is added to the TT CDR. If this attribute is set to OFF, the default TT format is
written. The TT_CLI attribute is only applied when the CDR_FORMAT attribute is set to TT.
This attribute is a flag.
TT_CLI is reset to OFF.
/TT_SC_ADDRESS
The /TT_SC_ADDRESS qualifier is used to specify the Service Centre (SC) address for Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Records (CDRs). This attribute is a parameter.
TT_SC_ADDRESS is reset to EMPTY.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /MAX_LOG_ITEMS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAX_LOG_ITEMS of the LOGSRV
entities.
RESET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–347
RESET CLASS MD
RESET CLASS MD
Resets common attribute values of class MD.
Syntax
RESET CLASS MD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DELAY_1 0
/DELAY_2 0
/DELAY_3 0
Description
The RESET CLASS MD command resets common attributes, associated with the MD.
Qualifiers
/DELAY_1
The /DELAY_1 qualifier is used to specify the amount of seconds the MD should wait before
it attempts to restart a crashing entity that has the AUTORESTART attribute set. This
attribute is a parameter.
DELAY_1 is reset to 0.
/DELAY_2
The /DELAY_2 qualifier is used to specify the amount of seconds the MD should wait before
it attempts to re-restart a crashing entity that has the AUTORESTART attribute set. This
attribute is a parameter.
DELAY_2 is reset to 0.
/DELAY_3
The /DELAY_3 qualifier is used to specify the amount of seconds the MD should wait before it
attempts one last time to restart a crashing entity that has the AUTORESTART attribute set.
This attribute is a parameter.
DELAY_3 is reset to 0.
2–348 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS MD
RESET CLASS MD
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS MD /DELAY_2
PML>
The command resets the attribute DELAY_2 (no re-restart delay).
RESET CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–349
RESET CLASS MENU
RESET CLASS MENU
Resets common attribute values of class MENU.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS MENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/MAX_PORTS 100
/MSGS_PER_SES 10
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/TO_CONNECT 60
/TO_INACTIVE 600
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES 30
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and ALERT_ENABLED can only be reset when all entities of
this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS MENU command resets common attributes associated with MENU
entities.
2–350 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS MENU
RESET CLASS MENU
Qualifiers
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED is reset to ’ON’.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 10.
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_PORTS is reset to 100.
/MSGS_PER_SES
The /MSGS_PER_SES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that can be submitted per session. This attribute is a parameter.
MSGS_PER_SES is reset to 10.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0 (none).
/TO_CONNECT
The /TO_CONNECT qualifier is used to specify the connection setup time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_CONNECT is reset to 60 seconds.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 600 seconds.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES is reset to 30 seconds.
RESET CLASS MENU SMSC Commands 2–351
RESET CLASS MENU
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS MENU /TO_MORE_MESSAGES
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of the MENU
entities.
2–352 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS MENU
RESET CLASS NMT
RESET CLASS NMT
Resets common attribute values of class NMT.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS NMT entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 30
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM TAP
/NOTIF_ALWAYS No
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/NMT_SCAN OFF
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES 30
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS NMT command resets common attributes associated with NMT entities.
RESET CLASS NMT SMSC Commands 2–353
RESET CLASS NMT
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 30.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM is reset to ’TAP’.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
NOTIF_ALWAYS is reset to ’No’.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0 (no notifications).
/NMT_SCAN
The /NMT_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
The NMT_SCAN qualifier is used to enable scanning of MO short messages.
NMT_SCAN will be reset to "OFF".
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 seconds.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 60 seconds.
2–354 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS NMT
RESET CLASS NMT
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES is reset to 30 seconds.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS NMT /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the NMT entities.
RESET CLASS NMT SMSC Commands 2–355
RESET CLASS OIS
RESET CLASS OIS
Resets common attribute values of class OIS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS OIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE 1
/MAXSESSIONS 30
/RCV_DCS_IA5 f
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 OFF
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/TO_INACTIVE 60
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS OIS command resets common attributes associated with OIS entities.
2–356 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OIS
RESET CLASS OIS
Qualifiers
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT is reset to ’NO’.
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE
The /INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of SME requests in
process without being replied. This attribute is a parameter.
INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE is reset to 1.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier specifies the maximum number of simultaneous sessions, when
the default maximum number of sessions (30) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 30.
/RCV_DCS_IA5
The /RCV_DCS_IA5 qualifier specifies the specific data encoding scheme (DCS) value of the
received short message indicating the short message text that is encoded in IA5. This is
only valid if the DCS Interpretation of the Submission Options field indicates ’Backward
compatibility mode’. This attribute is a parameter.
RCV_DCS_IA5 is reset to f (hex).
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5
The /SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 qualifier specifies the encoding of the short message text sent to
the SME. The value ON indicates the short message text is encoded in IA5. The value OFF
indicates the short message text is encoded in GSM default alphabet. This attribute is a flag.
SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 is reset to ’OFF’.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier specifies the timeout value for delivery of a message in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier specifies the user’s inactivity timeout value in seconds. This
attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 60.
RESET CLASS OIS SMSC Commands 2–357
RESET CLASS OIS
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS OIS /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the OIS entities.
2–358 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OIS
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON
Resets common attributes associated with OTA entities.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION "SMSC"
/ACTIVATION_VERSION 0
/PROTOCOL 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with a
OTA entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 10.
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–359
RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 60 seconds.
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier specifies the bind system identification that the
SMSC will return to the Customer Service Centre (CSC). This attribute is a string.
SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION is reset to ’SMSC’.
/ACTIVATION_VERSION
The /ACTIVATION_VERSION qualifier specifies the Over The Air (OTA) Activation Version.
Possible values are ’DEFAULT’ (0) and ’INTERIM’ (1). This attribute is a parameter.
ACTIVATION_VERSION is reset to ’DEFAULT’ (0).
/PROTOCOL
The /PROTOCOL qualifier specifies the protocol for the communication between Customer
Service Centre (CSC) and the SMSC. Possible values are ’ARF’ (0) and ’MML’ (1). This
attribute is a parameter.
PROTOCOL is reset to ’ARF’ (0).
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the OTA entities.
2–360 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTA_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
Resets attribute values of entities from the class OTAIS41.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–361
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
2–362 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS OTAIS41 command resets attributes associated with an IS41.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–363
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIVERY_POSTPONED is reset to 0.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DEST_LEFT_ADDR is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
DIALOGUES is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_INVALID is reset to 0.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNAVAILABLE is reset to 0.
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNREACHABLE is reset to 0.
2–364 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_SMS_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_SMS_OK is reset to 0.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NO_PAGE_RESPONSE is reset to 0.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_BUSY is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT is reset to 0.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–365
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID is reset to 0.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER is reset to 0.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
2–366 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR is reset to 0.
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_OK is reset to 0.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_SVC_DENIED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–367
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TIME_OUTS is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_SNT is reset to 0.
2–368 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_FAILED_SENT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_TRANS_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_MSG_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–369
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–370 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–371
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–372 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–373
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT is reset to 0.
2–374 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–375
RESET CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS OTAIS41 ENTITY OTAIS4101 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The RESET command resets the MT_SMS_OK attribute of the OTAIS41 entity
OTAIS4101.
2–376 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class OTAIS41_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/IND_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE 12
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/MDN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE 14
/MIN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE 0
/MSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/SMSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–377
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB ON
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
OTAIS41 entities.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST is reset to YES.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG is reset to NO.
2–378 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE is reset to NO.
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_SUBADDR is reset to YES.
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
CHARGE_IND is reset to NONE.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
The GT_GTI_DEFAULT value is reset to 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/IND_GT_SELECT
The /IND_GT_SELECT qualifier is used to select the indirect Global Title (GT) routing trans-
lation. When this attribute is set to the values DEFAULT or AUTO, the IS41 server will read
the SS7 configuration to collect the Translation Type. When this attribute is set to CONFIG,
the IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute is used for the translation type settings.
IND_GT_SELECT is reset to DEFAULT.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–379
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type (TT) for Global Titles
(GTs) used for indirect routing. The default value of 12 specifies "MIN to MC". This attribute
is a parameter.
IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 12.
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE is reset to DEFAULT.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not to use MINs in the
international Global Titles (GTs) on the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN is reset to 1.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 3.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–380 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all OTAIS41 entities are stopped.
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies the Numbering Plan to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN is reset to 1.
/MDN_GT_SELECT
By default, the MIN is used in Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing to the HLR. However,
it is possible to configure the system to use the MDN for GTs to the HLR with the MDN_
GT_SELECT attribute. Set to DEFAULT, there is no MDN-based GT to the HLR. Set to
AUTO, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The Global Title Translation (GTT)
Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the SS7 configuration. Set to
CONFIG, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The GTT Type and Numbering
Plan are set according to the MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE and MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
MDN_GT_SELECT is reset to DEFAULT.
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 14.
/MIN_GT_SELECT
It is possible to configure the system to use the MIN for Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing
to the HLR with the MIN_GT_SELECT attribute:
• Set to DEFAULT, no MIN-based GT to the HLR.
• Set to AUTO, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set
according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The GTT Type is set, according to the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute.
MIN_GT_SELECT is reset to DEFAULT.
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier Global Title Translation (GTT) on the Mobile
Identification Number (MIN) can be used to communicate with the HLR on the ANSI SS7
network. The default value of 3 means "Nationwide Roaming Service". If the MIN_GT_
SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE is used to route to the HLR on MIN,
using ANSI SCCP GT. This attribute is a parameter.
MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 3.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–381
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE
The /MSC_ADDR_NATURE qualifier is used to specify whether the SCCP address of the
Serving MSC should be national or international for a Mobile Terminated Short Messages
(MT/SMs). If the attribute is set to 0, the routing address of the Serving MSC will always
be made national. If the attribute is set to 1, the address of the Serving MSC will always be
made international. If the attribute is set to 2, the address of the Serving MSC will be set
according to the Nature of Number returned in the SMSRequest response from the HLR. This
attribute is a parameter.
MSC_ADDR_NATURE is reset to 0.
/MSC_GT_SELECT
The possible configuration for the /MSC_GT_SELECT qualifier are as follows:
• Set to DEFAULT
The Global Title Translation (GTT) is automatically set according to the SS7 configura-
tion.
• Set to AUTO
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point Code
address for the MSC. The GTT is automatically set according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point
Code address for the MSC. The GTT is set according to the MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
attribute.
MSC_GT_SELECT is reset to DEFAULT.
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for Global Titles (GTs)
used for MSC routing. If the MSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MSC_GT_TRANS_
TYPE is used to set the MSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter. A value of 3
means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to MC".
MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 3.
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
NON_REPLACEMENT is reset to OFF.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN is reset to DEFAULT.
2–382 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE is reset to OFF.
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the numbering plan for SMSC Global Titles
(GT) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set
to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN is used to set the SMSC numbering plan. This
attribute is a parameter.
SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN is reset to 1.
/SMSC_GT_SELECT
This attribute is used to configure the behaviour of the SMSC Global Titles (GTs):
• Set to DEFAULT
The SMSC Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically
set to the correct values according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is not
automatically sent as a GT if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to AUTO
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set to the correct values
according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is automatically sent as a GT
if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to CONFIG
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the
configuration of the SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE and SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
SMSC_GT_SELECT is reset to DEFAULT.
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for SMSC Global Titles
(GTs) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. The default value of 3 means "MIN
to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_
TRANS_TYPE is used to set the SMSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter.
SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 3.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND is reset DEFAULT.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–383
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO is reset to 45.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND is reset to DEFAULT.
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO is reset to 15.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB
The /USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB qualifier is used to specify whether or not the HLR Routing
Database of the SMSC will be consulted to obtain the address of the HLR serving the recipient
MIN. If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSRequest operation is routed using the MIN as a
Global Title address. This attribute is a flag.
USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB is reset to OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER is reset to OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
2–384 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST is reset to OFF.
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_MAP is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This RESET command resets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 15 seconds for the
OTAIS41 entities.
RESET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–385
RESET CLASS PBB
RESET CLASS PBB
Resets attribute values of entities from the class PBB.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PBB entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADD_NOK 0
/ADD_OK 0
/ADD_RECEIVED 0
/BLOCK_NOK 0
/BLOCK_OK 0
/BLOCK_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/REMOVE_NOK 0
/REMOVE_OK 0
/REMOVE_RECEIVED 0
/UNBLOCK_NOK 0
/UNBLOCK_OK 0
/UNBLOCK_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS PBB command resets attributes associated with a PBB.
2–386 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBB
RESET CLASS PBB
Qualifiers
/ADD_NOK
The /ADD_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed ADD transactions. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ADD_NOK is reset to 0.
/ADD_OK
The /ADD_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed ADD transac-
tions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ADD_OK is reset to 0.
/ADD_RECEIVED
The /ADD_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received ADD transactions.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADD_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/BLOCK_NOK
The /BLOCK_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed BLOCK transactions. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
BLOCK_NOK is reset to 0.
/BLOCK_OK
The /BLOCK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed BLOCK
transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
BLOCK_OK is reset to 0.
/BLOCK_RECEIVED
The /BLOCK_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received BLOCK transac-
tions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
BLOCK_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
RESET CLASS PBB SMSC Commands 2–387
RESET CLASS PBB
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/REMOVE_NOK
The /REMOVE_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed REMOVE
transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
REMOVE_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/REMOVE_OK
The /REMOVE_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed REMOVE
transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
REMOVE_OK is reset to 0.
/REMOVE_RECEIVED
The /REMOVE_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received REMOVE
transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
REMOVE_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/UNBLOCK_NOK
The /UNBLOCK_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed UNBLOCK transac-
tions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNBLOCK_NOK is reset to 0.
/UNBLOCK_OK
The /UNBLOCK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed
UNBLOCK transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
UNBLOCK_OK is reset to 0.
/UNBLOCK_RECEIVED
The /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received UNBLOCK
transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
UNBLOCK_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PBB ENTITY PBB01 /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the UNBLOCK_RECEIVED attribute of the PBB entity
PBB01.
2–388 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBB
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class PBB_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE 10
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER 100
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with a
PBB_COMMON.
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–389
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON
Qualifiers
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
CLOSE_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
that the PBB transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is,
when setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means
that no heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL is reset to 100.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBB expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CONNECTIONS is reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PBB entities are stopped.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBB will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBB will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS is reset to 2.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of transactions
that each PBB entity will process per second. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC is reset to 1000.
2–390 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE
The /OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
HEARTBEAT ( HALT ) requests that are transmitted in an overflow situation before a session
is terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE is reset to 10.
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
READY_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER
The /TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the time after which buffered
SPBP transactions are processed, regardless of the fact whether less than /TRANS_PER_DB_
OPER ones were buffered. This attribute is a parameter.
TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER is reset to 100.
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
The /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the number of SPBP transactions
that are processed within one COMMITed database operation. This attribute is a parameter.
TRANS_PER_DB_OPER is reset to 20.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL is reset to 10.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TRANS_PER_DB_OPER of the PBB
entities.
RESET CLASS PBB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–391
RESET CLASS PBR
RESET CLASS PBR
Resets attribute values of entities from the class PBR.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PBR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDACK_BLOCKED 0
/ADDACK_POSTPAID 0
/ADDACK_UNBLOCKED 0
/ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT 0
/ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT 0
/ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT 0
/ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/PRIMACK_BLOCKED 0
/PRIMACK_POSTPAID 0
/PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED 0
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT 0
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT 0
/PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT 0
/PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT 0
/SUB_TRIGGERS 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–392 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBR
RESET CLASS PBR
Description
The RESET CLASS PBR command resets attributes associated with a PBR.
Qualifiers
/ADDACK_BLOCKED
The /ADDACK_BLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transactions
with a BLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDACK_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/ADDACK_UNBLOCKED
The /ADDACK_UNBLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transac-
tions with an UNBLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDACK_UNBLOCKED is reset to 0.
/ADDACK_POSTPAID
The /ADDACK_POSTPAID qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transactions
with a POSTPAID result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDACK_POSTPAID is reset to 0.
/ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT
The /ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(credit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT is reset to 0.
/ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT
The /ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(debit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT is reset to 0.
/ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT
The /ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(credit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT is reset to 0.
/ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT
The /ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE (debit,
free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PBR SMSC Commands 2–393
RESET CLASS PBR
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/PRIMACK_BLOCKED
The /PRIMACK_BLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transactions
with a BLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMACK_BLOCKED is reset to 0.
/PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED
The /PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transac-
tions with an UNBLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED is reset to 0.
/PRIMACK_POSTPAID
The /PRIMACK_POSTPAID qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transactions
with a POSTPAID result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMACK_POSTPAID is reset to 0.
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT
The /PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_
SERVICE (credit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT is reset to 0.
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT
The /PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(debit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT is reset to 0.
/PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT
The /PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(credit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT is reset to 0.
2–394 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBR
RESET CLASS PBR
/PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT
The /PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(debit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT is reset to 0.
/SUB_TRIGGERS
The /SUB_TRIGGERS qualifier is used to specify the number of SUB_TRIGGER transactions.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SUB_TRIGGERS is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PBR ENTITY PBR01 /SUB_TRIGGERS
PML>
The RESET command resets the SUB_TRIGGERS attribute of the PBR entity PBR01.
RESET CLASS PBR SMSC Commands 2–395
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class PBR_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CACHE_SIZE 10000000
/CACHE_TO_FILE YES
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS 10
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/PP_APA_INCLUDED YES
/PP_CM_INCLUDED YES
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED YES
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK 0x0
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/USE_CACHE NO
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED YES
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED NO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
2–396 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
Description
The RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with an
PBR_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/CACHE_SIZE
The /CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the cache.
Changing this parameter will cause an inconsistency in the current cache file administra-
tion. Therefore the cache file in the PBR_CACHE_DIR must be deleted. This attribute is a
parameter.
CACHE_SIZE is reset to 10000000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PBR entities are stopped.
/CACHE_TO_FILE
The /CACHE_TO_FILE qualifier is used to specify whether the cache is mapped to a file. This
attribute is a parameter.
CACHE_TO_FILE is reset to YES.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PBR entities are stopped.
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
CLOSE_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
the PBR transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when
setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that no
heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL is reset to 100.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBR expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–397
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CONNECTIONS is reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PBR entities are stopped.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBR will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBR will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS is reset to 2.
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS
The /MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of re-
queue attempts for an undeliverable debit or credit record. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS is reset to 10.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
Each PBR entity will process a maximum of (MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC * THROUGHPUT_
INTERVAL) transactions per THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL seconds long intervals. This at-
tribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC is reset to 1000.
/PP_APA_INCLUDED
The /PP_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
PP_APA_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
/PP_CM_INCLUDED
The /PP_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This attribute
is a flag.
PP_CM_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED
The /PP_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Message Service
(EMS) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
PP_EMS_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
2–398 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
READY_TIMEOUT is reset to 100.
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK
The /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which SPBP
optional fields are enabled. The bits of this field correspond to the following optional fields
(where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Bit
Number Optional Field
0 sessionErrorTxt
1 transErrorTxt
2 otherLAShortNumber
3 singleShot
4 billingField
5 primServiceTime
6 chargedGlobalTitle
7 messageOrigAddress
8 originalRecipient
9 teleserviceIdentifier
10 otherGlobalTitle
11 otherPointCode
12 otherIMSI
13 chargedPointCode
14 chargedIMSI
15 chargedAddrGroup
16 otherAddrGroup
17 chargedNetwType
18 servicePrice
19 localRegistration
20 smppBillingIdentifier
21 origMsgID
This attribute is a parameter.
SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK is reset to 0x0.
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–399
RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL is reset to 10.
/USE_CACHE
The /USE_CACHE qualifier specifies whether or not a local cache is used when there is no
active session with the Prepaid Billing System. This attribute is a flag.
USE_CACHE is reset to NO.
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies
when it is set to ON (Default). When it is set to OFF, a translated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF, and an untranslated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
PRES_ADDR_ENABLED is reset to YES.
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED
The /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether an untranslated address
should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies when it is set to
ON. When it is set to OFF, a translated address will be used. This qualifier applies when the
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF. This attribute is a flag.
UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED is reset to NO.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK of the
PBR entities.
2–400 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PBR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class PC.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX No
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME "SIWPC_ADT.CNF"
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS 4096
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/DEST_MAX 2
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT NPFIX_NN
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT NPFIX_NN
/ERROR04 "Too many addresses"
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 No
/IMPLICIT_ALERT No
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP OFF
/LA_VALIDATED CONFIGURABLE
/MAXSESSIONS 30
/MAX_PORTS 100
/MMS_ALLOWED OFF
/MSG_LIMIT_IN 140
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS 8
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS 8
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA OFF
/SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP OFF
/SUBMIT_CHECK_X25 OFF
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA 60
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP 60
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25 60
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES 30
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–401
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED Yes
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP No
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME 1
Restrictions
The attributes ALERT_ENABLED, DELV_ADC_FORMAT, DELV_OADC_FORMAT, MAX_
PORTS and MAXSESSIONS can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS PC_COMMON command resets the common attributes associated with
PC entities.
Qualifiers
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX
The /ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX qualifier is used to specify whether to accept the first message
without the STX or not. This attribute is a flag.
ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX is reset to NO.
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
With this command the filename for SIWPC can be reset to SIWPC_ADT.CNF.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
2–402 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
With this command the number of blocks can be reset to 4096.
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED is reset to ON.
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT
The /DELV_ADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the AdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number".
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number" (Default).
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded This is a read-only attribute. To change
this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This attribute is a
parameter.
DELV_ADC_FORMAT is reset to NPFIX_NN.
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT
The /DELV_OADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the OAdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number" (Default).
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number".
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded. This is a read-only attribute. To
change this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This
attribute is a parameter.
DELV_OADC_FORMAT is reset to NPFIX_NN.
/DEST_MAX
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
DEST_MAX is reset to 2.
/ERROR04
The /ERROR04 qualifier is used to specify the text for the ERROR04 negative result system
message. This attribute is a parameter.
ERROR04 is reset to "Too many addresses".
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–403
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52
The /HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 qualifier is used to specify if the HPLMN field of the UCP52
message for a Large Account (LA) must be set to the E.164 ISDN of the visited MSC (VMSC).
If it is set to YES the Global Title (GT) digits of the SCCP Calling Party Address/SUA source
address of the Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) will be put into the HPLMN field.
The GT is present when the subscriber is roaming or when the HPLMN routes messages
towards the SMSC on GT. The contents of the field is the VMSC address starting with the
country code. When the qualifier is set to NO the HPLMN field will not be filled in. This
attribute is a flag.
HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 is reset to NO.
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT is reset to NO.
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP
The LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Number from
the Large Account is placed into the AdC field for the UCP 52, 53, 57 and 58 messages. When
the qualifier is set to ON the Short Number is put into the AdC field. If the qualifier is set to
OFF the physical address is put in. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to
ON before this attribute works. Note that the attribute LA_SHORT_NUMBER_
ENABLED is a licensed option.
LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP is reset to OFF.
/LA_VALIDATED
In a MO message, the User Data Header (UDH) is part of the same message field as the user
data itself. When such a message is sent to a validated UCP Large Account (LA), the UDH
is separated from the short message and sent to the LA in the Extra Services (XSer) field of
the UCP52 message. For non-validated UCP LAs, the UDH is not separated from the Short
Message (SM). The /LA_VALIDATED qualifier is used to specify the validation of LAs: All
UCP LAs can be non-validated, all UCP LAs can be validated or it can be configured for each
individual LA whether or not it is validated. This attribute can have the following values:
NONE
ALL
CONFIGURABLE This attribute is a flag.
LA_VALIDATED is reset to CONFIGURABLE.
2–404 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 30.
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_PORTS is reset to 100.
/MMS_ALLOWED
The /MMS_ALLOWED qualifier specifies whether the use of the MMS field in UCP messages
from Large Accounts is allowed. If the attribute is set to ON the radio path for the mobile
will be kept open as long as MMS is set in the UCP messages for the recipient. Note that this
connection is timed out when no more messages are received from the Large Account. If the
attribute is set to OFF the MMS field is always ignored and the radio path will be closed after
each message.
MMS_ALLOWED is reset to OFF.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit
in characters. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
characters. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–405
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted
the same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0 (none).
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of input buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS is reset to 8.
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of output buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS is reset to 8.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SES_MAN_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA
The /SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA qualifier specifies how session management is done for PSTNA
and ISDN, the valid values are listed in table This attribute is a parameter.
Table 2–21: PSTNA/ISDN Session Management Values
Value Meaning
OFF No session management
TIME Time session management: Restrict the duration of a session
MESSAGE Message session management: Restrict the number of Short Messages that can be
submitted in a session
SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA is reset to OFF.
2–406 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP
The /SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP qualifier specifies how session management is done for TCP. This
attribute is a parameter.
Table 2–22: TCP Session Management Values
Value Meaning
OFF No session management
TIME Time session management: Restrict the duration of a session
MESSAGE Message session management: Restrict the number of Short Messages that can be
submitted in a session
SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP is reset to OFF.
/SUBMIT_CHECK_X25
The /SUBMIT_CHECK_X25 qualifier specifies how session management is done for X25 and
X29. This attribute is a parameter.
Table 2–23: X25 Session Management Values
Value Meaning
OFF No session management
TIME Time session management: Restrict the duration of a session
MESSAGE Message session management: Restrict the number of Short Messages that can be
submitted in a session
SUBMIT_CHECK_X25 is reset to OFF.
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA
The /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA qualifier specifies the default session management value
for PSTNA and ISDN. This value will be used when a call comes in via a port for which no
specific value has been specified.
When time session management is enabled, this value reflects the maximum session duration,
expressed in number of seconds. When message session management is enabled, this value
reflects the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) that can be submitted in a session.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA is reset to 60.
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP
The /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP qualifier specifies the default session management value for
TCP. This value will be used when a call comes in via a port for which no specific value has
been specified.
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–407
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
When time session management is enabled, this value reflects the maximum session duration,
expressed in number of seconds. When message session management is enabled, this value
reflects the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) can be submitted in a session. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP is reset to 60.
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25
The /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25 qualifier specifies the default session management value for
X25 and X29. This value will be used when a call comes in via a sub-address for which no
specific value has been specified.
When time session management is enabled, this value reflects the maximum session duration,
expressed in number of seconds. When message session management is enabled, this value
reflects the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) that can be submitted in a session.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25 is reset to 60.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 seconds.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 60 seconds.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES is reset to 30 seconds.
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED
When the /UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, the delivery behaviour will
be according to that of SMSC release 2.1. When the attribute is set to NO, the UCP5* series
will be used with the possibility of falling back to UCP01. Fallback is only possible if the UCP
user responds by sending a negative response with error code 03.
If the message is destined towards a Large Account (LA) via a private Virtual SMSC, no
fallback will take place. The SMSC will always send the UCP 52 Delivery Short Message (SM)
operation towards the LA to enable transparent passing of the Protocol Identifier (the GSM
03.40 TP-PID field in the Mobile Originated SMS-SUBMIT PDU) in the UCP RPID field. This
attribute is a flag.
UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED is reset to YES.
2–408 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP
The /UCP31_ZERO_RESP qualifier is used to specify if the number of messages pending at
the SMH is reported in the response after a UCP31 (SMT alert). If the qualifier is set to NO,
the number of messages is reported. If it is set to YES, the response will be zero no matter
how many messages are waiting. This attribute is a flag.
UCP31_ZERO_RESP is reset to NO.
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
The /UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the UCP60 (logon) is sent after the specified delay.
UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME is reset to 1.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_ADC_FORMAT
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute DELV_ADC_FORMAT of the PC
entities.
2. PML> RESET CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_OADC_FORMAT
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute DELV_OADC_FORMAT of the PC
entities.
3. PML> RESET CLASS PC_COMMON /TO_MORE_MESSAGES
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of the PC
entities.
RESET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–409
RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
Resets attribute values of entities from the class PHLR.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PHLR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
2–410 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–411
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS PHLR command resets attributes associated with an PHLR.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–412 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER is reset to 0.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DELIVERY_POSTPONED is reset to 0.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
DEST_LEFT_ADDR is reset to 0.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
DIALOGUES is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MO_SMS_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_INVALID is reset to 0.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNAVAILABLE is reset to 0.
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MS_UNREACHABLE is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–413
RESET CLASS PHLR
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_SMS_FAIL is reset to 0.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MT_SMS_OK is reset to 0.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NO_PAGE_RESPONSE is reset to 0.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_BUSY is reset to 0.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT is reset to 0.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
2–414 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID is reset to 0.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER is reset to 0.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–415
RESET CLASS PHLR
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR is reset to 0.
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_FAIL is reset to 0.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_REQUEST_OK is reset to 0.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SMS_SVC_DENIED is reset to 0.
2–416 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TIME_OUTS is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_CONT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_BEGIN_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_END_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–417
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_FAILED_SENT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_TRANS_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_MSG_DISC is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–418 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UABT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_INVK_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–419
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ERROR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_REJECT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
2–420 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–421
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD is reset to 0.
2–422 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–423
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT is reset to 0.
2–424 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR
RESET CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT is reset to 0.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD is reset to 0.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PHLR ENTITY PHLR01 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The RESET command resets the MT_SMS_OK attribute of the PHLR entity PHLR01.
RESET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–425
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class PHLR_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with the
PHLR_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
2–426 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
The GT_GTI_DEFAULT value is reset to 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE is reset to DEFAULT.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the PHLR entity is stopped.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN is reset to 1.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE is reset to 3.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PHLR entities are stopped.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–427
RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO is reset to 45.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the PHLR entity is stopped.
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO is reset to 15.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when the PHLR entity is stopped.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This RESET command resets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 15 seconds for the
PHLR entities.
2–428 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class PLMN.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON entity_item
Important Note
All GSM-specific, CDMA-specific, and TDMA-specific configuration items are now configured in
the GSM_COMMON, CDMA_COMMON, and TDMA_COMMON classes.
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH 7
/DIW_MAXACTIONS 100
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED OFF
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME NONE
/NOTIF_ALWAYS No
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/PLMN_SCAN OFF
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF Yes
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR No
/SIW_MAXACTIONS 100
/TO_DELIVERY 60
Restrictions
The attributes SIW_MAXACTIONS and DIW_MAXACTIONS can only be reset when all
affected entities are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–429
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
PLMN entities.
Qualifiers
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be reset to 4096.
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH
The /CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the minimum length of an
address before CSP replacement is applied.
CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH is reset to 7.
/DIW_MAXACTIONS
The /DIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the DIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
DIW_MAXACTIONS is reset to 100.
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED
The /LONG_SEQNR_ENABLE qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Long
Message Sequence Number functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
When this attribute is set to ON and a Long Message is delivered, a sequence number will
be included in the scan command and all segments are maximally filled, possibly breaking
in the middle of the word. This means that instead of the scan command ’*LLLL#’, the
scan command ’*LLLn#’ will be put in the segment, where n is the sequence number of this
segment.
LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
Resets the /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier to the default value: NONE
2–430 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
The /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier is used to configure the acknowledgements that will
be generated by the SMSC on successful delivery of the messages, when the recipient network
does not support these acknowledgement types.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–24: MM_ACK_GENERATION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgements
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgements
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgements
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgements
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgements
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgements
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgements
This attribute is a parameter.
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Resets the /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier to the default value: NONE
The /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier is used to configure the TDMA/CDMA acknowl-
edgement requests that will be suppressed by the SMSC, before they are delivered to the
recipient.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–25: MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgement
requests
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgement requests
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgement requests
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgement
requests
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–431
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–25 (Cont.): MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Value Description
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgement requests
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME
The /MSG_DISPLAY_TIME qualifier specifies the value of the Display Time parameter in
Mobile Terminated TDMA and CDMA Short Messages (SMs). For certain mobiles, this
parameter affects whether each SM is displayed in the main window or stored in the Inbox.
The possible values of this parameter are NONE, IMMEDIATE, DEFAULT, and INVOKE. The
default value of NONE omits this parameter for CDMA mobiles and sets this parameter to
Invoke for TDMA mobiles. Certain mobiles require the INVOKE value to store the message in
the Inbox. This attribute is a flag. This attribute is used for CDMA/TDMA only.
MSG_DISPLAY_TIME is reset to NONE.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
NOTIF_ALWAYS is reset to NO.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0 (no notifications).
/PLMN_SCAN
The /PLMN_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
The PLMN_SCAN qualifier is used to enable scanning of Mobile Originated Short Messages
(MO/SM).
PLMN_SCAN will be reset to OFF.
/SIW_MAXACTIONS
The /SIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the SIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
SIW_MAXACTIONS is reset to 100.
2–432 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF
The /SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF qualifier specifies whether the SMSC address should be speci-
fied when sending notifications to mobile. This attribute is a flag.
SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF is reset to YES.
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR
The /SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR qualifier specifies whether special VMS notification error han-
dling should be performed. In combination with a special value of the MSTA field in the PPL_
NERR.TXT file (see the SMSC Operator Manual, description of DIWPLMN) this functionality
determines if the message should be deleted, after an attempt has been made to deliver a
Voice Mail notification to the mobile and the received response indicates non-delivery. This
attribute is a flag.
SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR is reset to NO.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 seconds.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PLMN /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the PLMN entities.
RESET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–433
RESET CLASS PRH
RESET CLASS PRH
Resets attribute values of entities from the class PRH.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PRH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/SAPP_CACHE_HITS
/SAPP_CACHE_MISSES
/SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS PRH command resets attributes associated with a PRH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–434 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PRH
RESET CLASS PRH
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SAPP_CACHE_HITS
The /SAPP_CACHE_HITS qualifier is used to specify the number of hits in the SAPP cache.
The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling Address
lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
SAPP_CACHE_HITS is reset to 0.
/SAPP_CACHE_MISSES
The /SAPP_CACHE_MISSES qualifier is used to specify the number of misses in the SAPP
cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
SAPP_CACHE_MISSES is reset to 0.
/SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES
The /SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES qualifier is used to specify the current number of entries in the
SAPP cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES is reset to 0. The SAPP cache entries are flushed.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PRH ENTITY PRH01 /MSG_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_TRANSMITTED of the PRH entity
PRH01.
RESET CLASS PRH SMSC Commands 2–435
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class PRH_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV OFF
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV OFF
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP=str
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP=str
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP=str
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
/INVALID_ADDRESS
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST
/INVADDR_ON_LIST
/INVALID_TIME
/INVLISTNR
/LIST_CREATED
/LIST_FULL
/LIST_NOT_EXIST
/LIST_REMOVED
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED
/MAX_LA 100
/MAXSESSIONS 30
/MEMBERS_ADDED
/MEMBERS_REMOVED
/NO_LIST_AVAIL
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME
/SERVICE_FAIL
/SHOW_SM
2–436 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/TEMPLATE
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAX_LA can only be reset when all entities of this class
are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with PRH
entities. The qualifiers that are a string of text are the messages submitted by the PRH to the
originating mobile station as a response to a provisioning message. The parameters used in
the qualifiers which start with a ’@’ will be replaced by its value. A list of the used parameters
is shown in table Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers (see Table 2–24) .
Table 2–24: Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers
Parameter Description
@DLNR Distribution list number
@FRAD Fax address
@FTIM Time fax report delivery is requested
@MRAD Member address
@RCNT Number of entries
@RTOT Total number of entries
Qualifiers
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the SMPP
provisioning of subscribers. This attribute is a flag.
ALLOW_SUB_PROV is reset to OFF.
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–437
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the provi-
sioning of a subscriber’s prepaid status. This attribute is only used when the /ALLOW_SUB_
PROV qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV is reset to OFF.
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS
The /FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to specify the fax reporting active status. The
attribute FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This string can
contain the parameters @FRAD and @FTIM. This attribute is a parameter.
FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS is reset to "Fax report active for @FRAD at @FTIM".
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL
The /FAX_DEACT_FAIL qualifier is used to report a fax deactivation failure. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_FAIL contains a string of 160 at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FAX_DEACT_FAIL is reset to "Fax report is not active".
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS
The /FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS qualifier is used to report a deactivation success. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a
parameter.
FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS is reset to "Fax report deactivated".
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS
The /FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to report a fax reporting not active status.
The attribute FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This
attribute is a parameter.
FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS is reset to "Fax report not active".
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_SET_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’set for-
warding address’ command. The attribute FWD_SET_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_SET_POS_RESP is reset to "Set forwarding address to @FWAD for @FWPD".
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP=str
The /FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP qualifier is used to report a negative response on any forwarding
related command. The attribute FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP is reset to "Forwarding command failed".
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’enable for-
warding’ command. The attribute FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP is reset to "Messages forwarded to @FWAD for @FWPD".
2–438 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’dis-
able forwarding’ command. The attribute FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP is reset to "Disable forwarding succeeded".
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is enabled and to which address and whether this is
conditionally or unconditionally. The attribute FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP is reset to "Messages forwarded to @FWAD for @FWPD,
@FWCO".
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is disabled. The attribute FWD_STATUS_DISAB_
RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP is reset to "Forwarding disabled".
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
The GATEWAY_LA_LIST is cleared (all entries are removed).
The /GATEWAY_LA_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of Gateway LA’s.
A Gateway LA is a special Large Account (LA), for which the messages that cannot be deliv-
ered due to a non-persistent error will be deferred for a configurable period, and the SMSC
will proceed with the delivery of the remaining messages for that Gateway LA.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–25: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a list.
/INVALID_ADDRESS
The /INVALID_ADDRESS qualifier is sent when an invalid address is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_ADDRESS contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
INVALID_ADDRESS is reset to "Invalid address".
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–439
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST
The /INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format
when:
1. A request to remove an invalid address from a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to remove a not existing address. This attribute is a parameter.
INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST is reset to "Address @MRAD invalid or not found on list @DLNR.".
/INVADDR_ON_LIST
The /INVADDR_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when:
1. A request to add an invalid address to a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to add an address that is already on the list. This attribute is a
parameter.
INVADDR_ON_LIST is reset to "Address @MRAD invalid or already on list @DLNR".
/INVALID_TIME
The /INVALID_TIME qualifier is sent when an invalid fax time is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_TIME contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
INVALID_TIME is reset to "Invalid fax time".
/INVLISTNR
The /INVLISTNR qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an op-
eration is requested on an invalid distribution list number. This attribute is a parameter.
INVLISTNR is reset to "Invalid list number".
/LIST_CREATED
The /LIST_CREATED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
create distribution request is received and the list is created. This attribute is a parameter.
LIST_CREATED is reset to "List @DLNR created with @RCNT entries".
/LIST_FULL
The /LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a request
is received to add an address to the distribution list and the list is full. This attribute is a
parameter.
LIST_FULL is reset to "List @DLNR is full".
/LIST_NOT_EXIST
The /LIST_NOT_EXIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an
operation is requested on a non-existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
LIST_NOT_EXIST is reset to "List @DLNR does not exist".
/LIST_REMOVED
The /LIST_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
remove distribution list operation is requested and the list is removed. This attribute is a
parameter.
2–440 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
LIST_REMOVED is reset to "List @DLNR deleted".
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED
The /LRAD_SUCCEEDED qualifier is used to report that the last resort address setting has
been succeeded. This attribute is a parameter.
LRAD_SUCCEEDED is reset to "Last resort address set".
/MAX_LA
The /MAX_LA qualifier specifies the maximum number of Large Accounts that can be kept in
the LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_LA is reset to 100.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 30.
/MEMBERS_ADDED
The /MEMBERS_ADDED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
new addresses have been added to an existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
MEMBERS_ADDED is reset to "@RCNT entries added to list @DLNR, total @RTOT entries".
/MEMBERS_REMOVED
The /MEMBERS_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
addresses have been removed from a distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
MEMBERS_REMOVED is reset to "@RCNT entries removed from list @DLNR, remaining
@RTOT entries".
/NO_LIST_AVAIL
The /NO_LIST_AVAIL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
creation of a new distribution list is requested and the maximum number of distribution lists
has already been created. This attribute is a parameter.
NO_LIST_AVAIL is reset to "List @DLNR can not be created, all lists are in use".
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE
The /SAPP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the
SAPP cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
SAPP_CACHE_SIZE is reset to 1024.
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME
The /SAPP_CACHE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity time of a SAPP
cache entry. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
SAPP_CACHE_TIME is reset to 600.
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–441
RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/SERVICE_FAIL
The /SERVICE_FAIL qualifier is used to indicate that a Class Of Service (COS) failure oc-
curred. This means that a service is requested to which the subscriber has no subscription.
The attribute SERVICE_FAIL contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This attribute
is a parameter.
SERVICE_FAIL is reset to "Service not available (No subscription)".
/SHOW_SM
The /SHOW_SM qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when showing a
distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW_SM is reset to "List @DLNR contains @MRAD".
/TEMPLATE
The qualifier /TEMPLATE is used to specify the filename of the template file to be used for the
faxed overview of the distribution list.
TEMPLATE is reset to "SHOW_DL_FORM.PRH".
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON /NO_LIST_AVAIL
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute NO_LIST_AVAIL of the PRH entities.
2. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
PML>
All entries in the Gateway-LA list are removed.
2–442 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PRH_COMMON
RESET CLASS PSTNA
RESET CLASS PSTNA
Resets attribute values of entities from the class PSTNA.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS PSTNA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS PSTNA command resets attributes associated with an PSTNA.
RESET CLASS PSTNA SMSC Commands 2–443
RESET CLASS PSTNA
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
2–444 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS PSTNA
RESET CLASS PSTNA
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS PSTNA ENTITY PSTNA01 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the PSTNA entity
PSTNA01.
RESET CLASS PSTNA SMSC Commands 2–445
RESET CLASS RAS
RESET CLASS RAS
Resets attribute values of entities from the class RAS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS RAS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS RAS command resets attributes associated with an RAS.
2–446 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS RAS
RESET CLASS RAS
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS RAS SMSC Commands 2–447
RESET CLASS RAS
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS RAS ENTITY RAS01 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the RAS entity RAS01.
2–448 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS RAS
RESET CLASS RTR
RESET CLASS RTR
Resets attribute values of entities from the class RTR.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS RTR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/READ_CONFIG_FILE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS RTR command resets attributes associated with an RTR.
Qualifiers
/READ_CONFIG_FILE
The qualifier /READ_CONFIG_FILE specifies to reprocess the RTR class specific configuration
file (RTR.CNF). This attribute is a flag.
The RTR entity will read its configuration file.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS RTR ENTITY RTR01 /READ_CONFIG_FILE
PML>
The RESET command will trigger the RTR entity RTR01 to read its configuration file.
RESET CLASS RTR SMSC Commands 2–449
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class RTR_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/INT_CHECK_CONN 10
Restrictions
The attribute RTR_ENABLED can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
RTR_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/INT_CHECK_CONN
The /INT_CHECK_CONN qualifier specifies the interval in minutes for all RTR entities to
retry non-available SMSC addresses. This attribute is a parameter.
INT_CHECK_CONN is reset to 10.
2–450 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON /INT_CHECK_CONN
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute INT_CHECK_CONN of the RTR_
COMMON entities.
RESET CLASS RTR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–451
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class SDB_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FWD_COND_TYPE
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
SDB_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/FWD_COND_TYPE
The /FWD_COND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as conditional type. The attribute FWD_COND_TYPE contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
FWD_COND_TYPE is reset to: "C"
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
The /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as unconditional type. The attribute FWD_UNCOND_TYPE contains a
string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
2–452 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON
FWD_UNCOND_TYPE is reset to: "U"
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute FWD_UNCOND_TYPE of the SDB_
COMMON class.
RESET CLASS SDB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–453
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWCDMA.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
/SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_READACK_REJECTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWCDMA command resets attributes associated with a SIWCDMA.
2–454 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of Short
Messages, received from the CDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’buffered message’
notifications requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’delivery’ notifications
requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’non-delivery’ notifica-
tions requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
The /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE qualifier is used to re-read the address translation configu-
ration file.
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS CANCELLATION
messages (Mobile Originated SMS Cancellations) that have been received and accepted by the
SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED
The /SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS CANCELLATION
messages (Mobile Originated SMS Cancellations) that have been received and rejected by the
SMSC. If the message was invalid, this has also been counted by the SM_INVALID counter.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_DELACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted
SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_MANACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–455
RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
/SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ
ACK messages (Mobile Originated SMS read acknowledgements) that have been received and
accepted by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_READACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_READACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ
ACK messages (Mobile Originated SMS read acknowledgements) that have been received and
rejected by the SMSC. If the message itself was invalid, this has also been counted by the
SM_INVALID counter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages.
This attribute is a counter.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–456 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWCDMA
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWIMPORT.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DUPLICATE_RISK 1
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE 1
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT command resets attributes associated with a SIWIMPORT.
Qualifiers
/DUPLICATE_RISK
The /DUPLICATE_RISK qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages, which
will be retransmitted in case the SIWIMPORT is stopped. Increasing the parameter value will
increase the import rate. The number of duplicate messages, received by the recipients, shall
not exceed the attribute value. This attribute is a parameter.
DUPLICATE_RISK is reset to 1.
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE
The /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages,
transmitted by the SIWIMPORT to each SMH per second. This qualifier is used for controlling
of the importing rate. The higher the attribute value, the more SMH resources are used for
the processing of the imported messages. If the SIW cannot provide specified maximum rate,
the value of the /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT must be increased. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE is reset to 1.
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT SMSC Commands 2–457
RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT ENTITY SIWIMPORT01 /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE of the SIWIMPORT
entity SIWIMPORT01.
2–458 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWIMPORT
RESET CLASS SIWIVR
RESET CLASS SIWIVR
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWIVR.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWIVR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_INVALID 0
/SM_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWIVR command resets attributes associated with a SIWIVR.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESET CLASS SIWIVR SMSC Commands 2–459
RESET CLASS SIWIVR
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_INVALID is reset to 0
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_RECEIVED is reset to 0
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWIVR ENTITY SIWIVR01 /SM_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_RECEIVED of the SIWIVR entity
SIWIVR01.
2–460 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWIVR
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWMENU.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWMENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED 0
/SESS_REF_PSTN 0
/SESS_REF_X25 0
/SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE
/SM_PSTN_FAILED 0
/SM_PSTN_INVALID 0
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_INVALID 0
/SM_X25_RECEIVED 0
RESET CLASS SIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–461
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWMENU command resets attributes associated with a SIWMENU.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
2–462 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWMENU
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "deliv-
ery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via PSTN.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via X25. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–463
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_PSTN is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_X25 is reset to 0.
/SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE
The qualifier /SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE specifies whether the configuration file
should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger SIWMENU to read the configuration file
again. This attribute is a flag.
The SIWMENU entity will read its configuration file.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_PSTN_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–464 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWMENU
RESET CLASS SIWMENU
SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWMENU ENTITY SIWMENU01 /SM_X25_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_X25_RECEIVED of the SIWMENU entity
SIWMENU01.
RESET CLASS SIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–465
RESET CLASS SIWOIS
RESET CLASS SIWOIS
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWOIS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWOIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_TCP_REF 0
/CON_X25_REF 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS 0
/RESOURCE_ERRORS 0
/SESSION_PENDING 0
/SM_TCP_FAILED 0
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED 0
/SM_X25_RECEIVED 0
/SM_TCP_REJECTED 0
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_X25_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_REJECTED 0
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–466 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWOIS
RESET CLASS SIWOIS
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWOIS command resets attributes associated with a SIWOIS.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–467
RESET CLASS SIWOIS
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
The /PROTOCOL_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors detected by the interwork-
ing regarding protocol errors, unrecognised/unsupported PDU types, fields and field values.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PROTOCOL_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
The /RESOURCE_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors because the interworking
experienced a shortage of resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
RESOURCE_ERRORS is reset to 0.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
SESSIONS_PENDING is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
The /SM_TCP_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total of Short Messages (SMs) received via
TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_REJECTED
The /SM_TCP_ REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) requests
received via TCP which are refused by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_TCP_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
2–468 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWOIS
RESET CLASS SIWOIS
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total of Short Messages (SMs) received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_REJECTED
The /SM_X25_ REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) requests
received via X25 which are refused by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_X25_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
The /TIMEOUT_ERRORS qualifier specifies the total number of times the SME did not
respond in time on a request from the interworking. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_TIMEOUT_ERRORS is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWOIS ENTITY SIWOIS01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the SIWOIS entity
SIWOIS01.
RESET CLASS SIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–469
RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPC
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWPC.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWPC entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT 0
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ 0
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES 0
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 0
/MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED 0
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED 0
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT 0
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES 0
/SESS_REF_PSTN 0
/SESS_REF_X25 0
2–470 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPC
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
/SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE
/SM_PSTN_FAILED 0
/SM_PSTN_INVALID 0
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VP_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_FAILED 0
/SM_X25_INVALID 0
/SM_X25_RECEIVED 0
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED 0
/SPCIW_INFO 0
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF 0
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF 0
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWPC command resets attributes associated with a SIWPC.
Qualifiers
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of connection setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT is reset to 0.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ is reset to 0.
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected because of
a shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_REJ_RES is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–471
RESET CLASS SIWPC
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
The /DETACH_FROM_STORE qualifier is used to specify that the entity must detach from the
Counter Store. This is needed when the Counter Store must be recreated with a mimimum
of system outage. Please refer to the Operator Manual on how to recreate the Counter Store.
This attribute is a parameter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the X25 network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 is reset to 0.
/MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED
This counter indicates the maximum number of input buffers used during the period SIWPC
is active. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED is reset to 0.
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED
This counter indicates the maximum number of output buffers used during the period SIWPC
is active. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–472 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPC
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–473
RESET CLASS SIWPC
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "deliv-
ery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via PSTN.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via X25. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = number)
The /SESSIONS qualifier resets the counters of a session. These counters are the number
of received operations and responses and the number of sent operations and responses. The
parameter SESS_ID specifies the session of which data is reset. The value number can be any
of the session identifiers of the current list of active sessions.
The session counters are reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_PSTN is reset to 0.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SESS_REF_X25 is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of session setup attempts. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT is reset to 0.
2–474 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPC
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of a
shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_RES is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
incorrect password. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
unregistered Large Account (LA) address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
invalid connect address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because the maxi-
mum number of sessions is exceeded. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES is reset to 0.
/SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE
The qualifier /SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE specifies whether the configuration file should
be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger SIWPC to read the configuration file again. This
attribute is a flag.
The SIWPC entity will read its configuration file.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_PSTN_INVALID is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–475
RESET CLASS SIWPC
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_VP_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SPCIW_INFO=(...)
The /SPCIW_INFO qualifier is used to reset the number of operations received and sent by
the SIWPC interworking. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations can be reset.
Additional parameters are as follows:
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter is mandatory. It may be given multiple times. The specified <Operation>
can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_
RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX,
UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX, UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, ALL.
2–476 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPC
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
• RESULT = [OK, REJECTED, TIMEOUT].
This parameter specifies the specific counter (number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations respectively) to reset for each specified operation. It may be given multiple
times. If not specified in the command, all the counters for the applicable operations are
taken.
This attribute is a list.
The specified counters are reset to 0.
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF
This counter indicates the number of times SIWPC rejected a connection because it had not
enough input buffers available. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF is reset to 0.
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF
This counter indicates the number of times SIWPC rejected a connection because it had not
enough output buffers available. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF is reset to 0.
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
The /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE qualifier specifies whether the Address Translation
Configuration files should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger the appropriate entity
to read the configuration file again. This attribute is a flag.
The SIWPC entity will read its address translation configuration file.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the SIWPC entity
SIWPC01.
2. PML> RESET CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01 /SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = 12)
PML>
The RESET command resets the counters of the session with id "12" of entity SIWPC01.
RESET CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–477
RESET CLASS SIWPC
3. PML> RESET CL SIWPC /SPCIW_INFO=(ucp=UCP51_RX,ucp=UCP52_TX,res=OK)
PML>
The RESET command resets the number of UCP51 operations accepted (by the SMSC)
and the number of UCP52 operations accepted (by the LA) for all SIWPC entities in the
system.
2–478 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPC
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWPLMN.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED 0
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED 0
/SM_INVALID 0
/SM_RECEIVED 0
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWPLMN command resets attributes associated with a SIWPLMN.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PLMN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–479
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered mes-
sage" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical
counter.
NOTIFB_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFD_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIFND_REQUESTED is reset to 0.
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
The /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE qualifier specifies whether the Address Translation Configuration
files should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger the appropriate entity to read the configu-
ration file again. This attribute is a flag.
The SIWPLMN entity will read its address translation configuration file.
2–480 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWPLMN
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWPLMN ENTITY SIWPLMN01 /SM_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_RECEIVED of the SIWPLMN entity
SIWPLMN01.
RESET CLASS SIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–481
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWSMPP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT 0
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ 0
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES 0
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
/ERR_ADD_SUB 0
/ERR_DEL_SUB 0
/ERR_ENQ_SUB 0
/ERR_MOD_SUB 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/OK_ADD_SUB 0
/OK_DEL_SUB 0
/OK_ENQ_SUB 0
/OK_MOD_SUB 0
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
/READ_TLVPROF_CONFIG
/RCV_ADD_SUB 0
/RCV_DEL_SUB 0
/RCV_ENQ_SUB 0
/RCV_MOD_SUB 0
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT 0
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR 0
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES 0
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = Number)
/SMPPIW_INFO 0
/TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG
2–482 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWSMPP command resets attributes associated with a SIWSMPP.
Qualifiers
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of connection setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT is reset to 0.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ is reset to 0.
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected because of
a shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_SETUP_REJ_RES is reset to 0.
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
The /DETACH_FROM_STORE qualifier is used to specify that the entity must detach from the
Counter Store. This is needed when the Counter Store must be recreated with a mimimum
of system outage. Please refer to the Operator Manual on how to recreate the Counter Store.
This attribute is a parameter.
/ERR_ADD_SUB
The /ERR_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ERR_ADD_SUB is reset to 0.
/ERR_DEL_SUB
The /ERR_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ERR_DEL_SUB is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–483
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
/ERR_ENQ_SUB
The /ERR_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ERR_ENQ_SUB is reset to 0.
/ERR_MOD_SUB
The /ERR_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
ERR_MOD_SUB is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/OK_ADD_SUB
The /OK_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
OK_ADD_SUB is reset to 0.
/OK_DEL_SUB
The /OK_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
OK_DEL_SUB is reset to 0.
/OK_ENQ_SUB
The /OK_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
OK_ENQ_SUB is reset to 0.
2–484 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
/OK_MOD_SUB
The /OK_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
OK_MOD_SUB is reset to 0.
/RCV_ADD_SUB
The /RCV_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
RCV_ADD_SUB is reset to 0.
/RCV_DEL_SUB
The /RCV_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
RCV_DEL_SUB is reset to 0.
/RCV_ENQ_SUB
The /RCV_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
RCV_ENQ_SUB is reset to 0.
/RCV_MOD_SUB
The /RCV_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
RCV_MOD_SUB is reset to 0.
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
The /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE qualifier specifies whether the Address Translation
Configuration files should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger the appropriate entity
to read the configuration file again. This attribute is a flag.
The SIWSMPP entity will read its address translation configuration file.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of session setup attempts. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of a
shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_RES is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–485
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
incorrect password. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
unregistered Large Account (LA) address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
invalid connect address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR is reset to 0.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because the maxi-
mum number of sessions is exceeded. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES is reset to 0.
/SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = Number)
The /SESSIONS qualifier resets the counters of a session. These counters are the number
of received operations and responses and the number of sent operations and responses. The
parameter SESS_ID specifies the session of which data is reset. The value number can be any
of the session identifiers of the current list of active sessions.
The session counters are reset to 0.
/READ_TLVPROF_CONFIG
The /READ_TLVPROF_CONFIG qualifier specifies whether the TLV-Profiles configuration file
(SIWSMPP_TLV_PROFILES.CNF) should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger the
entity to read the configuration file again. This attribute is a flag.
The SIWSMPP entity will read its TLV-Profile configuration file.
/SMPPIW_INFO=(...)
The /SMPPIW_INFO qualifier is used to reset the number of operations received and sent by
the SMPP interworking. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations can be reset.
Additional parameters are:
• SMPP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: SMPP_TOT_RX, SMPP_TOT_TX, SMPP_UNSUPP,
BIND_TRAN_RX, BIND_TRAN_TX, BIND_RECV_RX, BIND_RECV_TX, BIND_TRCV_
RX, BIND_TRCV_TX, OUTBIND, UNBIND_RX, UNBIND_TX, SUBMIT_RX, SUBMIT_
TX_ISR, SUB_MULTI, DATA_SM_RX, DATA_SM_TX, DELIVER_TX, DELIVER_RX_ISR,
QUERY, CANCEL, REPLACE, ENQ_LINK_RX, ENQ_LINK_TX, ALERT, ALL.
2–486 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP
SMPP_TOT_RX and SMPP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent
operations respectively. SMPP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are
of an undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA. ALL can be used to specify all the
operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
• RESULT = [OK, REJECTED, TIMEOUT].
This parameter specifies the specific counter (number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations respectively) to reset for each specified operation. It may be given multiple
times. If not specified in the command, all the counters for the applicable operations are
taken.
This attribute is a list.
The specified counters are reset to 0.
/TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG
The /TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG qualifier specifies the total number of SMPP operations that are
rejected, due to TLVs that are not allowed according to the TLV-Profile settings of the Large
Accounts (LA) by which the messages were submitted. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /MSG_FAILED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_FAILED of the SIWSMPP entity
SIWSMPP01.
2. PML> RESET CLASS SIWSMPP ENT SIWSMPP01 /SESSIONS=(SESS_ID = 12)
PML>
The RESET command resets the counters of the session with ID 12 of entity SIWSMPP01.
3. PML> RESET CL SIWPC /SMPPIW_INFO=(smpp=SUBMIT,smpp=DELIVER,res=OK)
PML>
The RESET command resets the number of SUBMIT operations accepted (by the SMSC)
and the number of SMPP_DELIVER operations accepted (by the LA) for all SIWSMPP
entities in the system.
RESET CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–487
RESET CLASS SIWTAP
RESET CLASS SIWTAP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWTAP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWTAP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN 0
/LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP 0
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_PSTN_INVALID 0
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED 0
/SM_TCP_INVALID 0
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED 0
/SM_X25_INVALID 0
/SM_X25_RECEIVED 0
/SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED 0
/SM_TCP_TRUNCATED 0
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWTAP command resets attributes associated with a SIWTAP.
2–488 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWTAP
RESET CLASS SIWTAP
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP is reset to 0.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_PSTN_INVALID is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–489
RESET CLASS SIWTAP
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_PSTN_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_INVALID
The /SM_TCP_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
The /SM_TCP_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TCP_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_X25_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED
The /SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via PSTNA, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED is reset to 0.
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED
The /SM_X25_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via X25, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_X25_TRUNCATED is reset to 0.
/SM_TCP_TRUNCATED
The /SM_TCP_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via TCP, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_TCP_TRUNCATED is reset to 0.
2–490 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWTAP
RESET CLASS SIWTAP
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWTAP ENTITY SIWTAP01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute Received Messages of the SIWTAP entity
SIWTAP01.
RESET CLASS SIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–491
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWTDMA.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWTDMA command resets attributes associated with a SIWTDMA.
2–492 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of Short
Messages, received from the TDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’buffered message’
notifications requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’delivery’ notifications
requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’non-delivery’ notifica-
tions requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE
The /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE qualifier is used to re-read the address translation configu-
ration file.
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_DELACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted
SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_MANACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages.
This attribute is a counter.
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA SMSC Commands 2–493
RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–494 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWTDMA
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWVSMPP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_MS_INVALID 0
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED 0
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED 0
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_DELETED_INVALID 0
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP command resets attributes associated with a SIWVSMPP.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
The /ALERT_MS_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid ALERT_
MS messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ALERT_MS_INVALID is reset to 0
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP SMSC Commands 2–495
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
The /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of ALERT_MS
messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ALERT_MS_RECEIVED is reset to 0
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
The /ALERT_VMS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of the
ALERT_VMS messages that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_VMS_FAILED is reset to 0
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
The /ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
transmitted ALERT_VMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
The /SM_DELETED_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DELETED_INVALID is reset to 0
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
The /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DELETED_RECEIVED is reset to 0
2–496 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP ENTITY SIWVSMPP01 /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_DELETED_RECEIVED of the SIWVSMPP
entity SIWVSMPP01.
RESET CLASS SIWVSMPP SMSC Commands 2–497
RESET CLASS SIWVMS
RESET CLASS SIWVMS
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SIWVMS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SIWVMS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_MS_INVALID 0
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED 0
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED 0
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_DELETED_INVALID 0
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SIWVMS command resets attributes associated with an SIWVMS.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
The /ALERT_MS_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid ALERT_
MS messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–498 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWVMS
RESET CLASS SIWVMS
ALERT_MS_INVALID is reset to 0
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
The /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of ALERT_MS
messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ALERT_MS_RECEIVED is reset to 0
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
The /ALERT_VMS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of the
ALERT_VMS messages that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_VMS_FAILED is reset to 0
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
The /ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
transmitted ALERT_VMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0
RESET CLASS SIWVMS SMSC Commands 2–499
RESET CLASS SIWVMS
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
The /SM_DELETED_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DELETED_INVALID is reset to 0
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
The /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DELETED_RECEIVED is reset to 0
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SIWVMS ENTITY SIWVMS01 /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_DELETED_RECEIVED of the SIWVMS
entity SIWVMS01.
2–500 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SIWVMS
RESET CLASS SMH
RESET CLASS SMH
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SMH.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SMH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABN_DELIVERED 0
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE 0
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED 0
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
/NOTIF_FAILED 0
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED 0
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_TIME_JAMMED
/SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED 0
/SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED 0
/SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED 0
/SM_DISMISSED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
/SM_INVALID 0
/SM_RECEIVED 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
/SINGLE_RECEIVED 0
RESET CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–501
RESET CLASS SMH
/SINGLE_TRANSMITTED 0
/MULTI_RECEIVED 0
/MULTI_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_VALID 0
/UMF_MSGS_OK 0
/UMF_MSGS_FAILED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SMH command resets attributes associated with an SMH.
Qualifiers
/ABN_DELIVERED
The /ABN_DELIVERED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully delivered
Account Balance Notification (ABN) messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
ABN_DELIVERED is reset to 0.
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated time in seconds
that messages were buffered within the SMH entity. The value is calculated over all messages
that were either delivered or could not be delivered (persistent reason or validity period
exceeded) during the specified period. This attribute is a statistical counter.
BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
/DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL
The /DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the total number of messages
trashbinned (i.e. acknowledged to the submitter and then discarded) by this SMH because the
first delivery buffer capacity has been reached. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL is reset to 0.
2–502 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH
RESET CLASS SMH
/LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE
The /LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of
contents of all Short Messages (SMs) accepted by the SMH. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY
This statistical counter registers the maximum delay due to the license limit of the messages
delivered in the current minute. Use the /INTERVAL attribute to see the average values over
the last 60 minutes.
LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY is reset to 0.
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED
The /LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED qualifier is an internal cumulative counter. This counter
has become obsolete because of the way the license limit is calculated now (it is not calculated
on a per second basis but more often). The qualifier /LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY should be
checked if looking for an indication of the license limit effect on the system.
IMPORTANT
This attribute should be ignored if the DMR functionality is enabled.
LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED
The /MSG_TO_REC_CACHED qualifier indicates the number of valid Short Messages for
which the SMH still had recipient delivery information cached. This attribute is an indicator
of the effectiveness of the Recipient Delivery Information Cache. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
MSG_TO_REC_CACHED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–503
RESET CLASS SMH
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED
The /MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED qualifier indicates the total number of valid Short Messages
that were submitted when there were still undelivered Short Messages for the recipient. This
attribute is an indicator of the effectiveness of the Recipient Delivery Information Cache.
The SMSC already has delivery information for these Short Messages, so it does not need to
request it from the PLMN or use cached delivery information. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
NOTIF_FAILED is reset to 0.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
NOTIF_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS
The /PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS qualifier is used to display the total number of Additional Services
that timed out. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS is reset to 0.
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of Additional
Services in a JAMMED state that are associated to a Primary Service with a BLOCKED
charged party. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of blocked
Primary Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of charged
Additional Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM is reset to 0.
2–504 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH
RESET CLASS SMH
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of charged
Primary Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of free Additional
Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of free Primary
Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected
Primary Services in a JAMMED state due to a blocked charged party. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM is reset to 0.
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS
The /PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS qualifier is used to display the total number of Primary Services
that timed out. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS is reset to 0.
/PP_TIME_JAMMED
The /PP_TIME_JAMMED qualifier is used to specify the total time that the Payment System
interface has spent in a JAMMED state so far. This attribute is a cumulative counter and is
only increased when prepaid traffic is processed at all.
PP_TIME_JAMMED is reset to 0.
/QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL
The /QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the number of messages cur-
rently queued for first delivery by this SMH. This attribute is an indicating counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL is reset to 0.
/QUEUED_FOR_RETRY
The /QUEUED_FOR_RETRY qualifier is used to specify the number of messages currently
queued for retry by this SMH. This attribute is an indicating counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
RESET CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–505
RESET CLASS SMH
QUEUED_FOR_RETRY is reset to 0.
/REJECTED_FIRST_DEL
The /REJECTED_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the total number of messages re-
jected by this SMH because the first delivery buffer capacity has been reached. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
REJECTED_FIRST_DEL is reset to 0.
/SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted Single
Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED is reset to 0.
/SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
delivered Single Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED is reset to 0.
/SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of rejected Single
Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/SM_DISMISSED
The /SM_DISMISSED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received valid Short
Messages (SMs) that are rejected. These messages are rejected due to an internal reason.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_DISMISSED is reset to 0.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_FAILED is reset to 0.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_INVALID is reset to 0.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
2–506 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH
RESET CLASS SMH
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SM_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SINGLE_RECEIVED
The /SINGLE_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received single IDI packet
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SINGLE_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/SINGLE_TRANSMITTED
The /SINGLE_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of
single IDI packet Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SINGLE_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/MULTI_RECEIVED
The /MULTI_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received messages that
extend over multiple IDI packets. This attribute is a statistical counter.
MULTI_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MULTI_TRANSMITTED
The /MULTI_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of
messages that extend over multiple IDI packets. This attribute is a statistical counter.
MULTI_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
/SM_VALID
The /SM_VALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of received valid Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SM_VALID is reset to 0.
/UMF_MSGS_OK
The /UMF_MSGS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that have been
forwarded successfully to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
UMF_MSGS_OK is reset to 0.
/UMF_MSGS_FAILED
The /UMF_MSGS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that have been
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox and failed permanently. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
UMF_MSGS_FAILED is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–507
RESET CLASS SMH
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /SM_VALID
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute SM_VALID of the SMH entity SMH01.
2–508 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class SMH_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABN_ENABLED OFF
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY ON
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE ON
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX 15
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX 30
/ADDR_HIGH 95
/ADDR_LOW 70
/ADDR_MAX 10000
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS 1
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES 90
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME NO
/ALT_ERR_DELAY
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT
/DDP_MAX 168
/F_DEL_RESP
/F_INQ_RESP
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF
/FORM_PIDERMES ERMES
/FORM_PIDFAXG3 FAXG3
/FORM_PIDIVR IVR
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–509
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDMENU MENU
/FORM_PIDMS MS
/FORM_PIDOIS OIS
/FORM_PIDSMPP PC
/FORM_PIDTAP TAP
/FORM_PIDVMS VMS
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT ON
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n 75
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n 50
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n 60
/IMP_HIGH
/IMP_LOW
/INTER_MSG_DELAY
/INTERVAL_1 300
/INTERVAL_2 1800
/INTERVAL_3 7200
/INTERVAL_4 86400
/INTERVAL_5 86400
/INTERVAL_6 86400
/INTERVAL_7 86400
/INTERVAL_8 86400
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX
/LLA_NORMAL_THR
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME
/LLA_THR
/LLA_TIME
/NOTIF_LA_MAX
/NOTIF_USER_MAX
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX
/MSGS_PER_SMH
/FIRST_PER_SMH
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED OFF
/PP_FIXED_BILLING POSTPAID_ONLY
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT 1
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK 1
/RCOUNT_1 3
/RCOUNT_2 3
/RCOUNT_3 3
/RCOUNT_4 0
/RCOUNT_5 0
/RCOUNT_6 0
/RCOUNT_7 0
/RCOUNT_8 0
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT 60
2–510 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT NO
/RETQ_HIGH 95
/RETQ_LOW 70
/RETQ_MAX 25000
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES 90
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK 3
/S_DEL_RESP
/S_INQ_RESP
/SC_ALERT_DELAY 0
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED OFF
/SMH_IW_MASK FFFF
/SMSC_REPORT_USE_TPMR NO
/T_DEL_RESP
/VP_CONST_NOTIF 10
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT 1
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT 72
/VP_NOTIF_MAX 168
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF 0
Restrictions
The attributes ADDR_MAX, DDP_MAX and RETQ_MAX can only be reset when all entities of
this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
SMH entities.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–511
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Qualifiers
/ABN_ENABLED
The /ABN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN) mes-
sages are generated by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute is reset to OFF.
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY
The /ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN)
messages are generated for only the first segment of a Concatenated Message. This attribute
is a flag.
This attribute is reset to ON.
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE
The /ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification
(ABN) messages are sent to the mobile user using a replace message. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute is reset to ON.
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates
that the prepaid user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system
can be included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal
comma) placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "Your prepaid account has expired. One or
more SMS messages were not delivered."
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
The /ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates a system
error. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "Your account could not be charged. One or
more SMS messages were not delivered."
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates that the
credit of the user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "Your prepaid credit has expired. One or
more SMS messages were not delivered."
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
The /ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indi-
cates a low balance for the prepaid user. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
2–512 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "Warning: your remaining prepaid credit is
@BALAC and is approaching its minimum."
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
The /ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates an
insufficient credit balance. The balance received from the prepaid system can be included in
the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma) placeholder.
This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "Your prepaid account is not sufficient.
Current credit: @BALAC."
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
The /ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) to be sent to the Mobile Originator in case the SMSC
rejects a message because the prepaid charging system is not accessible or is not responding.
This situation can arise only when the SMSC_COMMON attribute PP_JAMMED_SETTING is
set to SMS_REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is reset to the following text string: "No connection to the prepaid billing
system. One or mode SMS messages were not delivered."
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX
The /ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) for a certain recipient address block. This
qualifier should be less than or equal to the /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_
ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX is reset to 15.
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX
The /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that will be buffered by the system for the same recipient address. Above this value the
system will refuse incoming SMs for this recipient address. This qualifier should be less than
or equal to RETQ_MAX and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_ELEM_MAX is reset to 30.
/ADDR_HIGH
The /ADDR_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Above this value
the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs) for which a new address block is
needed. The value of /ADDR_HIGH should be larger than the value of /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_HIGH is reset to 95.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–513
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ADDR_LOW
The /ADDR_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Below this value
the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs) again, for which a new address
block is needed, if ADDR_HIGH for this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a
parameter.
ADDR_LOW is reset to 70.
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS
The /ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS qualifier is used to specify the number of different address
blocks per SMTP session. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS is reset to 1.
/ADDR_MAX
The /ADDR_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of recipient address blocks.
The system needs a recipient address block for every different recipient address for which a
message is buffered in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_MAX is reset to 10000.
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES
The /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /ADDR_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of recipient address blocks that are available. This per-
centage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation, the
recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /ADDR_MAX that exceeds /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /ADDR_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /ADDR_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES is reset to 90.
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME
The /ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME qualifier specifies whether an Alert for a certain recipient
restarts the retry scheme for that recipient. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME is reset to NO.
/ALT_ERR_DELAY
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the delay in seconds between the failed delivery attempt and the Rapid
Retry.
ALT_ERR_DELAY is reset to 60.
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the maximum number of Rapid Retries in a series. The counter is reset
when another message error status is received.
ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT is reset to 1.
2–514 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/DDP_MAX
The /DDP_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum deferred delivery period for Short
Messages (SMs). If a message has been submitted with a higher deferred delivery period, it
will be refused by the SMH. This attribute is a parameter.
DDP_MAX is reset to 168 hours.
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications per second for which a
delivery attempt will be made from any cluster node in the system.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of retry SMs and notifications per second for which a delivery attempt
will be made from any cluster node in the system.
This attribute is meant to protect the system stability during node crash when SMH entities
are migrated automatically to the remaining nodes. If necessary, each SMH entity will scale
down its delivery limit, as configured in /MSGS_PER_SMH, so that the node limit is not
exceeded on any node in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
DELV_PER_NODE_MAX is reset to 10000.
/F_DEL_RESP
The /F_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
F_DEL_RESP is reset to DESTINATION.
/F_INQ_RESP
The /F_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the re-
sponse of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
F_INQ_RESP is reset to DESTINATION.
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
The /FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK qualifier specifies the number of records the SMH updates
in the message file in one I/O operation.
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK is reset to 63.
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE
The /FILE_RECORD_SIZE qualifier specifies the size of a message in the SMH message file
(in bytes).
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–515
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
FILE_RECORD_SIZE is reset to 1024.
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY
The /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY qualifier is used to specify the first delivery buffer capacity.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
The value of this attribute is related to license SMSC_FIRST_DELIV_BUF_MAX.
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY is reset to 1.
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
The /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
first delivery attempts per second on a cluster node.
If necessary, all SMH entities running on the same node will scale down their first delivery
limit, as configured in /FIRST_PER_SMH, so that the value of /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_
MAX is not exceeded. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX is reset to 10000.
/FIRSTQ_MAX
The /FIRSTQ_MAX qualifier is used to specify the list of SMHs and the related maximum
number of messages and notifications queued for first delivery per SMH. A summation of
all /FIRSTQ_MAX entries should be lower than or equal to /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY.
This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier. This attribute is a parameter.
Each element in the list has the following components:
smh_number
max_queued_for_first_delivery
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FIRSTQ_MAX is reset according to the number of SMHs and the related attribute /FIRST_
DEL_BUF_CAPACITY.
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF
The /FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the buffered notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–516 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF is reset to the string "Message for @MRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been buffered."
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF
The /FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format,
in case a cancellation (delete) message was received for a message which has already been
delivered. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF is reset to the string "Message for @MRAD has already been deliv-
ered."
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF
The /FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF is reset to the string "Message for @MRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been delivered on @MADD4 at @MADT2."
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format
for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more
detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D is reset to the string "Message for @LRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been delivered on @MADD4 at @MADT2."
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification text
format for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a
more detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND is reset to the string "Message for @LRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 could not be delivered, because @MERS (code @MERR)."
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF
The /FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification
text format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF is reset to the string "Message for @MRAD, with identifica-
tion @MASD1@MAST1 could not be delivered, because @MERS (code @MERR)."
/FORM_PIDERMES
The /FORM_PIDERMES qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a ERMES (Pager) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is
substituted for the @MRAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDERMES is reset to ERMES.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–517
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDFAXG3
The /FORM_PIDFAXG3 qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a FAXG3 entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDFAXG3 is reset to FAXG3.
/FORM_PIDIVR
The /FORM_PIDIVR qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Interactive Voice Response (IVR) System entity is to be indicated in a notification
text. This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification
text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDIVR is reset to IVR.
/FORM_PIDTAP
The /FORM_PIDTAP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol (TAP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDTAP is reset to TAP.
/FORM_PIDMENU
The /FORM_PIDMENU qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a MENU entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDMENU is reset to MENU.
/FORM_PIDMS
The /FORM_PIDMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a mobile station is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDMS is reset to MS.
/FORM_PIDPC
The /FORM_PIDPC qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format when
a PC (UCP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDPC is reset to PC.
/FORM_PIDOIS
The /FORM_PIDOIS qualifier specifies whether the PID (language dependent) text format
when an OIS entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the "@MRAP" or "@MOAP" parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDOIS is reset to OIS.
2–518 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDSMPP
The /FORM_PIDSMPP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Short Message Peer-to-Peer (SMPP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDSMPP is reset to SMPP.
/FORM_PIDVMS
The /FORM_PIDVMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Voice Messaging System (VMS) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This
text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This
attribute is a parameter.
FORM_PIDVMS is reset to VMS.
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF
The /FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF qualifier is used to define the text in the Short Message
(SM) that is sent to the subscriber when the system failed to update a subscribers Last Resort
Address as a result of the SETLFAX3 command. This attribute is a parameter.
FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF is reset to "Specified Subscriber Last Resort Address could not
be set."
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify whether the number of mes-
sages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway LA will be limited. When turned
on, the /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH and /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifiers deter-
mine the limits that will be applied.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–26: GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
Value
ON Limited
OFF Not limited
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–27: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–519
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–27 (Cont.): Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
The default value for GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT is ON.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH qualifier is used to configure the high-watermark for
the messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its
value specifies the maximum amount of messages in the DDQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of
a percentage of the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an
LA. When the high-watermark is reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages
for that (address block of the) Gateway LA are no longer deferred and non-persistent errors
are treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark
specified by the /GATEWAY_DEFER_LOW qualifier. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–28: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
2–520 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESTRICTIONS
1. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH must be greater than or equal to
the value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW.
2. The GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH attribute cannot be modified when the
GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT attribute is set to OFF.
NOTE
The default value for GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH is 75%.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifier is used to configure the low-watermark for the
messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its value
specifies the amount of messages in the DFQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of a percentage of
the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA. If the high-
watermark has previously been reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages for
that (address block of the) Gateway LA will not be deferred and non-persistent errors will be
treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark. This
attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of a LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–29: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–521
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
RESTRICTIONS
1. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW must be less than or equal to the
value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH.
2. The GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW attribute cannot be modified when the
GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT attribute is set to OFF.
NOTE
The default value for GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW is 50%.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_IIME qualifier is used to configure the period of time (in sec-
onds), for which the messages for a Gateway LA that cannot be delivered due to a non-
permanent error will be deferred.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–30: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The default value for GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME is 3600 seconds (1 hour).
/IMP_HIGH
The /IMP_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Above this percentage the SMH starts rejecting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–522 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
IMP_HIGH is reset to 90.
NOTE
IMP_HIGH must be greater than or equal to IMP_LOW.
/IMP_LOW
The /IMP_LOW qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Below this percentage the SMH starts accepting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
IMP_LOW is reset to 80.
NOTE
IMP_LOW must be less than or equal to IMP_HIGH.
/INTERVAL_1
The /INTERVAL_1 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 1 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_1 is reset to 300 seconds (5 minutes).
/INTERVAL_2
The /INTERVAL_2 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 2 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_2 is reset to 1800 seconds (30 minutes).
/INTERVAL_3
The /INTERVAL_3 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 3 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_3 is reset to 7200 seconds (2 hours).
/INTERVAL_4
The /INTERVAL_4 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 4 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_4 is reset to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
/INTERVAL_5
The /INTERVAL_5 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 5 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_5 is reset to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–523
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/INTERVAL_6
The /INTERVAL_6 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 6 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_6 is reset to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
/INTERVAL_7
The /INTERVAL_7 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 7 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_7 is reset to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
/INTERVAL_8
The /INTERVAL_8 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 8 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
INTERVAL_8 is reset to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n
The /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of messages buffered
for a Large Account (LA) recipient. This qualifier should be less than or equal to RETQ_MAX
and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX.
LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX is reset to 30.
/LLA_NORMAL_THR=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual
delay is less than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_NORMAL_TIME,
a license-limit-normal signal is given.
LLA_NORMAL_THR is reset to 1.
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between subsiding the
license limit threshold and the generation of the license-limit-normal signal.
LLA_NORMAL_TIME is reset to 1.
/LLA_THR=n
The /LLA_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual delay is larger
than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_TIME, a license-limit-reached
signal is given.
LLA_THR is reset to 60.
/LLA_TIME=n
The /LLA_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between surpassing the licence limit
threshold and the generation of the license-limit-reached signal.
LLA_TIME is reset to 60.
2–524 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/MSGS_PER_SMH
The /MSGS_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list of SMHs and the related maximum
number of Short Message deliveries per second. Each element in the list has the following
components:
smh_number
number_of_messages
MSGS_PER_SMH is reset according to the number of SMHs and the related maximum num-
ber of Short Message deliveries per second.
/FIRST_PER_SMH
The /FIRST_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list of SMHs and the related maximum
number of first delivery messages per second. Each element in the list has the following
components:
smh_number
number_of_first_delivery_messages
FIRST_PER_SMH is reset according to the number of SMHs and the related maximum num-
ber of short message deliveries per second.
/NOTIF_LA_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_LA_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a Large Account (LA) recipient address. When the number of messages (Short
Messages and notifications) stored in the SMSC for this LA recipient address reaches the
value indicated by this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this LA recipient
address. Notifications that cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of
this qualifier equals the value of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will
only be discarded when the maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
A Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), however, can store (NOTIF_LA_MAX * number of
aliases) notifications. The number of aliases is the product of the output window size and the
maximum number of sessions.
NOTIF_LA_MAX is reset to 500.
/NOTIF_USER_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_USER_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number
of notifications for a user recipient address. This qualifier is used for all users not being a
Large Account (LA) or a VMS system. When the number of messages (Short Messages and
notifications) stored in the SMSC for this recipient address reaches the value indicated by
this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this recipient address. Notifications that
cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value
of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the
maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
NOTIF_USER_MAX is reset to 100.
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_VMS_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a VMS recipient address. When the number of notifications stored in the
SMSC for this VMS recipient address reaches the value indicated by this qualifier, no new
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–525
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
notifications will be stored for this VMS recipient address. Notifications that cannot be stored
in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value of the SMH com-
mon attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the maximum number of
queued (stored) messages has been reached.
NOTIF_VMS_MAX is reset to 500.
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED
The /PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED qualifier is used to switch sending a positive acknowledgement
for the Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs), when the prepaid charged party is
blocked. This attribute is a flag. Please note that this attribute affects the SMSC blocked
prepaid SMS rejection behaviour only in REAL_TIME and BULK modes.
PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED is reset to OFF.
/PP_FIXED_BILLING
The /PP_FIXED_BILLING qualifier is used to specify the logging behaviour of the SMH
towards the LOGSRV: pre- and postpaid messages, only prepaid messages or only postpaid
messages. This attribute can assume the following values:
PRE_AND_POSTPAID
POSTPAID_ONLY
PREPAID_ONLY This attribute is a flag.
PP_FIXED_BILLING is reset to POSTPAID_ONLY.
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the Payment System
response to an earlier Primary or Additional Service debit transaction. A value of 0 means
that the SMH will wait infinitely for the response to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
PP_PB_TIMEOUT is reset to 1.
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK qualifier is used to specify how often the SMH checks whether
messages waiting for an Payment System response have timed out. This attribute is a param-
eter.
PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK is reset to 1.
/RCOUNT_1
The /RCOUNT_1 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 1 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_1 is reset to 3.
/RCOUNT_2
The /RCOUNT_2 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 2 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_2 is reset to 3.
2–526 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RCOUNT_3
The /RCOUNT_3 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 3 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_3 is reset to 3.
/RCOUNT_4
The /RCOUNT_4 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 4 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_4 is reset to 0.
/RCOUNT_5
The /RCOUNT_5 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 5 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_5 is reset to 0.
/RCOUNT_6
The /RCOUNT_6 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 6 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_6 is reset to 0.
/RCOUNT_7
The /RCOUNT_7 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 7 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_7 is reset to 0.
/RCOUNT_8
The /RCOUNT_8 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 8 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOUNT_8 is reset to 0.
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT
The /REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the reply path timeout in minutes.
When in an Mobile Originated message the reply path has been set, the recipient of this mes-
sage should respond within the time determined by the attribute REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT
The /RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT qualifier is used to specify whether Single Shot messag-
ing will be restricted. If this qualifier is set to YES, Single Shot Messages will be rejected if
the recipient is not a Large Account (LA) or mobile user. If the qualifier is set to NO, Single
Shot messages are handled as non-single shot if the recipient is not a LA or mobile user. This
attribute is a flag.
RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT is reset to NO.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–527
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RETQ_HIGH
The /RETQ_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Above
this value the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs). The value of /RETQ_HIGH
should be larger than the value of /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
RETQ_HIGH is reset to 95.
/RETQ_LOW
The /RETQ_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Below
this value the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs), if RETQ_HIGH for
this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a parameter.
RETQ_LOW is reset to 70.
/RETQ_MAX
The /RETQ_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queued messages (Short
Messages and notifications) per SMH. This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
RETQ_MAX is reset to 25000.
IMPORTANT
When its value is changed to a greater value than the one used when creating the
message files, the current message files cannot be used anymore. The files smh-
name_OWN_FILE.DAT and smhname_FOREIGN_FILE.DAT need to be converted,
in order to enlarge these files to be able to store the required number of messages.
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES
The /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /RETQ_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of messages allowed to be queued in the next delivery queue.
This percentage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation
the recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /RETQ_MAX that exceeds /RETQ_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /RETQ_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /RETQ_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter.
RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES is reset to 90.
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK
The /RETRY_SCHEME_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit specifies
whether delivery attempts will be made for that specific network access or not. In this
qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit.
IMPORTANT
RETRY_SCHEME_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
This attribute is a parameter.
2–528 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RETRY_SCHEME_MASK is reset to 3 (retries for PLMN and PC), see table Interworking
Bitmask (see Table 2–32) .
/SC_ALERT_DELAY
The /SC_ALERT_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the delay that the SMH inserts between
the receipt of an alert from a mobile user and the delivery of the first Short Message (SM) to
the same mobile user. This is only used when DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED is set. This attribute
is a parameter.
SC_ALERT_DELAY is reset to 0.
/SMH_IW_MASK
The /SMH_IW_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating whether
message submission is allowed (1) or not (0). This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
SMH_IW_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
SMH_IW_MASK is reset to FFFF.
/S_DEL_RESP
The /S_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
S_DEL_RESP is reset to IDENTIFICATION.
/S_INQ_RESP
The /S_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
S_INQ_RESP is reset to IDENTIFICATION.
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR
When setting the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR to "NO" the behaviour of GSM
SMS-COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to GSM 23.040. In case
the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR is set to "YES" the behaviour of GSM SMS-
COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to Sanyo_status_report_format;
"Where the SMS-STATUS-REPORT is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and the TP-
Command-Type is an Enquiry, the TPMR returned in the SMS-STATUS-REPORT shall be
the TP-MR (instead of the TP-MN) which was sent in the SMS-COMMAND".
WARNING
When the SMSC is configured to use the Sanyo_status_report_format, any GSM sta-
tus report which is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and where the TP-Command-
Type was an enquiry is likely to fail if the handset is compliant with [GSM 23.040]
STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR is reset to NO.
/T_DEL_RESP
The /T_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the third text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–529
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
T_DEL_RESP is reset to "has been deleted".
/VP_CONST_NOTIF
The /VP_CONST_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the function constant by which the Short
Message (SM) validity period is multiplied in order to calculate the notification validity period.
This calculation is applied when the attribute /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 1. The value
of this parameter is divided by 10 by the system. This attribute is a parameter. The system
calculates the notification validity period according to the following formula:
V P (notification) =
VP 0 CONST 0 NOT IF 3 V P (Short Message)
10
VP_CONST_NOTIF is reset to 10 (VP_notification = VP_shortmessage).
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT
The /VP_LRAD_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period (in hours) of a
Short Message (SM) in Last Resort delivery. Only used (and of interest) when the Last Resort
functionality is active. This attribute is a parameter.
VP_LRAD_DEFAULT is reset to 1.
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT
The /VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for noti-
fications. The value of this attribute indicates the number of hours that a notification can
be buffered in the system if it cannot be delivered immediately. This value is applied when
VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 0. This attribute is a parameter.
VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT is reset to 72.
IMPORTANT
VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT must be less than or equal to VP_NOTIF_MAX.
/VP_NOTIF_MAX
The /VP_NOTIF_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for notifi-
cations. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a notification was
generated with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_NOTIF_MAX. This attribute is a
parameter.
VP_NOTIF_MAX is reset to 168.
IMPORTANT
VP_NOTIF_MAX must be greater than or equal to VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT.
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF
The /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the scheme to be applied for calculating
the validity period for a notification. The attribute VP_SCHEME_NOTIF can have the follow-
ing values: 0 (apply constant as specified by VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT) or 1 (apply the function
with VP_CONST_NOTIF). This attribute is a parameter.
VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is reset to 0 (constant).
2–530 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED
The /SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED qualifier is used to configure whether or not the
SMSC skips the final delivery attempt for messages originating from a Large Account (LA).
This attribute is a flag.
SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON /RETQ_MAX
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute RETQ_MAX of the SMH entities.
2. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME of the
SMH entities.
3. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT of the
SMH entities.
4. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH of the
SMH entities.
5. PML> RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW of the
SMH entities.
RESET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–531
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class SMPP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/DEST_MAX 2
/DETACH_INTERVAL 0
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL 0x100
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MAX_COMMANDS 100
/MAX_PORTS 100
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/MSG_LIMIT_IN 160
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF SAR
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR ON
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT ON
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED ON
/REPLACE_TYPE 0x00
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME 1
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION "SMSC"
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES 30
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD NO
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED YES
/NODE_ID 000000
/NETWORK_ID 000000
2–532 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
SMPP entities.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED is reset to ON.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be reset to 4096.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
that is to be segmented in order to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery
segments. When the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command the average length is reset to 160.
/DEST_MAX
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–533
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
DEST_MAX is reset to 2.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/DETACH_INTERVAL
The /DETACH_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the time (seconds) that an SMPP link is
allowed to be detached. The value 0 is interpreted by the SMSC as infinite, that is, no timing
will take place. This attribute is a parameter.
DETACH_INTERVAL is reset to 0.
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL
The GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL qualifier defines the value to be identified as GAIT/GHOST in the
optional DEST_NETWORK_TYPE field in submitted SMPP messages. Values in the range of
[0x0..0x100] indicates the value to be interpreted. The value 0x100 indicates the feature is
switched OFF. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The functionality provided by this attribute is dependent on the /HONOUR_DEST_
NETW_TYPE functionality configurable in SSD_COMMON.
GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL is reset to 0x100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SIWSMPP entities have been stopped.
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the SMPP network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2 This attribute is a flag.
ISO_8859_8_CONV is reset to NONE.
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT is reset to NO.
/MAX_COMMANDS
The /MAX_COMMANDS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of commands that
the SMPP interworking can handle simultaneously (total number for all ESMEs using the
SMPP interworking). This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_COMMANDS is reset to 100.
2–534 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 10.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 1. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is 160.
MSG_LIMIT_IN is reset to 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit
in octets. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted, segmented or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is
160.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT is reset to 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT_SAR
SEGMENT_UDH8
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–535
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SEGMENT_UDH16 For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is
interpreted the same as DELETE. For segmentation into segments of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT,
there is the option for segments using SMPP optional parameters (SAR) or UDH with a
8-bit (UDH8) or 16 bit (UDH16) reference number. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF
The /CM_DELIVERY_PREF qualifier is used to specify the format of a Concatenated Message
(CM). This attribute can have one of the following values:
• STRIP
UDH is stripped.
• UDH_UNCHANGED
UDH is unchanged.
• SAR
Deliver CMs using the SAR optional parameters.
• UDH8
8-bit UDH is used.
• UDH16
16-bit UDH is used.
This attribute is a parameter.
CM_DELIVERY_PREF is reset to SAR.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command the maximum number of concurrent segmented messages is reset to 1.
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR
The /ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR qualifier is used to switch Original Originator ON or OFF.
When original originator is switched on the SMSC will put an exact copy of the source address
of the messages into the destination address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR is reset to ON.
2–536 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT
The /ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT qualifier is used to switch Original Recipient ON or OFF. When
original recipient is switched on, the SMSC will put an exact copy of the destination address
of the messages into the source address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT is reset to ON.
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED
The /REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED qualifier specifies if the Replace If Present List functionality
is enabled or not. This attribute is a flag.
REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED is reset to ON.
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
REPLACE_TYPE is reset to 0x00.
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
The /SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the bind is sent after the specified delay.
SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME is reset to 1.
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier is used to specify the system identification that
the SMSC will return in an SMPP Bind operation. This attribute is a string.
SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION is reset to SMSC.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
This value will be used when the response timeout setting of a Large Account is set to 0.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE is reset to 60.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES is reset to 30.
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–537
RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD
The /UD_IN_SM_FIELD qualifier is used to determine where to put the User Data of a
DELIVER_SM or SUBMIT_SM. When it is set to YES, the User Data will be put in the
short_message field (if its content is no longer than 254 octets). Otherwise, it will be put in
the optional parameter message_payload. Note that this applies to SMPP interface versions
3.4 and higher. For interface versions 3.3 and lower, the User Data is always provided in the
short_message field. This attribute is a flag.
UD_IN_SM_FIELD is reset to NO.
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED
When the /UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, it enables the unconditional
forwarding of SMPP originated messages.
UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED is reset to YES.
/NODE_ID
The /NODE_ID qualifier specifies the Node Identifier that will be used to fill in the SMPP
source_node_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
NODE_ID is reset to 000000.
/NETWORK_ID
The /NETWORK_ID qualifier specifies the Network Identifier that will be used to fill in the
SMPP source_network_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
NETWORK_ID is reset to 000000.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the SMPP entities.
2–538 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class SMSC_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN 9
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED YES
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED YES
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED YES
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY ON
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK 0
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY ON
/E164_CC 31
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX EMPTY
/E164_INT_PREFIX 00
/E164_TRUNK_CODE EMPTY
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX EMPTY
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL 10
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT 300
/MSG_LENGTH 160
/MSG_TRUNC_IND #
/SMSC_ID
/NR_CMLOG 1
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS 0
/NR_SMH 1
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS ON
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT ON
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS ON
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE ON
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES ON
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH ON
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT ON
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT ON
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE EMPTY
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING ORIGINATOR
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID 0x0
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID 0x0
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–539
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED
/PP_MODE REAL_TIME
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING CHARGED
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER 0xFFFFFFF
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS 0xFFFFFFF
/PP_UMF_CHARGING FREE
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ NO
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES 60
/SMSC_ID SMSC
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR EMPTY
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR EMPTY
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR EMPTY
/SMSC_X25_ADDR EMPTY
/TCAP_SRC_AID 43
/TCAP_SRC_PC 080000
/TCAP_SRC_SSN 0C
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE CCITT
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK ON
/VP_SM_DEFAULT 72
/VP_SM_MAX 168
/VP_XM_DEFAULT 2
/VP_XM_MAX 12
/X121_CC 204
/X121_INT_PREFIX 0
Restrictions
The attribute NR_SMH can only be reset when all entities of the system are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
2–540 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Description
The RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with an
SMSC.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN
The /ADDR_CHECK_LEN qualifier is used to specify the minimal required notification ad-
dress length. This will be used to check whether a user specifies a correct notification address.
The notification address length will only be checked if the attribute TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
of the common class SMSC has been set to ON.
ADDR_CHECK_LEN is reset to 9.
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED
The /BLACKLIST_ENABLED qualifier specifies if an address must be checked for presence on
the General Blacklist.
BLACKLIST_ENABLED is reset to NO.
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED
The /CDR_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs.
CDR_APA_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED
The /CDR_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This attribute is a
flag.
CDR_CM_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED
The /CDR_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Messaging Service
(EMS) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This
attribute is a flag.
CDR_EMS_INCLUDED is reset to YES.
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK
The /CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK qualifier is a bit-mask that is used to specify the type
of the additional ASN.1 CDR streams. An additional ASN.1 CDR stream can be configured
as billing stream (set to 0) or statistical stream (set to 1). The bit positions correspond to
the stream numbers (1..10) of the additional streams (bit 0 is the least significant bit and
corresponds to additional stream number 1).
Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for more information on additional ASN.1 CDR
streams and the effect of configuring an additional ASN.1 CDR stream as billing stream or
statistical stream.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–541
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
Any change to this attribute is only effectuated after a restart of the entity. This
applies to LOGSRV and CMLOG.
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY
The /CM_CDR_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary Call Detail Records (CDRs) must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have
the following values:
• OFF
No CM summary CDRs are generated, only CDRs per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary CDRs and CDRs per CM segment are generated.
• ONLY
Only CM summary CDRs are generated, no CDR per CM segment. This attribute is a
flag.
CM_CDR_SUMMARY is reset to ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities of the
system are stopped.
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY
The /CM_LOG_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary LOG records must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have the following
values:
• OFF
No CM summary LOG records are generated, only LOG records per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary LOG records and LOG records per CM segment are generated.
• ONLY
Only CM summary LOG records are generated, no LOG record per CM segment. This
attribute is a flag.
CM_LOG_SUMMARY is reset to ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities of the
system are stopped.
/E164_CC
The /E164_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for E.164 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_CC is reset to 31 (country code for The Netherlands).
2–542 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
The /E164_LOCAL_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the local prefix to be used for outgoing
connections in the E.164 domain (for example, when a PABX is used). This attribute can have
an empty value. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX is reset to EMPTY.
/E164_INT_PREFIX
The /E164_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the E.164
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_INT_PREFIX is reset to 00.
/E164_TRUNK_CODE
The /E164_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the trunk code in the E.164 address
domain, identifying the city or area in which the SMSC is situated. This code is used for
outgoing calls via the PSTNA server, to identify whether the destination is in the same area.
If this attribute has an empty value, the E164_TRUNK_PREFIX must also be set to the empty
value. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_TRUNK_CODE is reset to EMPTY.
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
The /E164_TRUNK_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the trunk prefix (also called national
prefix) in the E.164 address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX is reset to EMPTY.
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL
The /LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL qualifier is used to specify the interval (in minutes) after
which a Large Account is checked for a full message queue. When the queue has reached
its maximum number of messages, an informational message is sent to the operator. This
attribute is a parameter.
LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL is reset to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SMH entities are stopped.
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT
The /LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for
receiving the *LAST command terminating the long message. LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT is only
used when LMSG_ENABLED is set. This attribute is a parameter.
LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT is reset to 300.
/MSG_LENGTH
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of septets (in case of
seven-bits alphabet) or octets (in all other cases) that can be carried and/or stored in an IDI
message.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–543
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
NOTE
Decreasing this qualifier might decrease the interworking specific attributes
PC_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH and TAP_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH.
MSG_LENGTH is reset to 160.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SMH, SIWOTA, SIWPLMN, DIWPLMN,
DIWTDMA and SIWSMPP entities have been stopped.
/MSG_TRUNC_IND
The /MSG_TRUNC_IND attribute is the text at the end of the SMS indicating that the SMS
was truncated. An empty string results in no truncation text. The truncation text replaces
SMS contents at the end of the SMS for only the length of the configured truncation indication.
This attribute is a parameter. Minimum length is 0. Maximum length is 3.
MSG_TRUNC_IND is reset to #.
/NR_CMLOG
The /NR_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the number of CMLOG entities for which the
system is currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
NR_CMLOG is reset to 1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities of the
system are stopped.
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS
The /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS qualifier is used to specify the number of additional ASN.1
CDR streams. Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for more information on configuring
additional ASN.1 CDR streams.
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities of the
system are stopped.
/NR_SMH
The /NR_SMH qualifier is used to specify the number of SMHs for which the system is
currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
NR_SMH is reset to 1.
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS
The /PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS is reset to ON.
2–544 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT
The /PHASE2_IW_SELECT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_IW_SELECT is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS
The /PHASE2_MSG_CLASS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_MSG_CLASS is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE
The /PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES
The /PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH
The /PHASE2_REPLY_PATH qualifier is used to toggle GSM phase 2 Reply Path functionality.
If the attribute is set to OFF, no Reply Path will be stored in the SMSC when the originator
of a message requests for a Reply Path. If the parameter is set to ON, a Reply Path will be
stored if requested. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
PHASE2_REPLY_PATH is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT
The /PHASE2_STAT_REPORT qualifier is used to specify the delivery of a GSM status report
message when a mobile phone requests for a status report. If the attribute is set to OFF, no
status report is delivered. If the attribute is set to ON, a status report is sent on request. This
attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
PHASE2_STAT_REPORT is reset to ON.
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT
The /PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT is reset to ON.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–545
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE
The /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the PLMN trunk code, which will be
used to assemble a full address out of an abbreviated address. This trunk code is applied if
a local recipient address has been given and the international formatted recipient address
cannot be built out of the originator address. The trunk code is specified in E.164. This
attribute is a parameter.
EXAMPLE
Imagine a Large Account as originator with short number 123 and a mobile recip-
ient with the international formatted number 00491721111111. The 0049 contains
the international prefix and country code. The local address is 1111111 and the
PLMN trunk code is 172. If the local number is used as recipient address, the trunk
code cannot be recovered from the originator (including the international prefix and
the country code) because of the type of number. The trunk code, as specified in the
attribute, is used to recover the physical recipient address (mobile) in international
format. PLMN_TRUNK_CODE is set to 172 and the message is delivered to the
recipient in the international format.
PLMN_TRUNK_CODE is reset to EMPTY.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all entities of the system are stopped.
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING
The /PP_FIXMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid FIXED-MT traffic. In the latter case, it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_FIXMT_CHARGING is reset to ORIGINATOR.
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which fixed
PIDs may not submit messages destined to prepaid users. The bits of this field correspond to
the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–31: PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Originator PID
0 IVR
1 MENU
2 PC
3 TAP
2–546 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Table 2–31 (Cont.): PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Originator PID
4 SMPP
5 WAP
6 VMS
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID is reset to 0x0.
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify to which fixed
PIDs prepaid users may not submit messages. The bits of this field correspond to the following
optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–32: PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Recipient PID
0 FAXG3 (Removed)
1 ERMES
2 MENU
3 PC
4 TAP
5 SMPP
6 WAP
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID is reset to 0x0.
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING
The /PP_JAMMED_SETTING qualifier is used to specify the behaviour of the SMSC when the
Payment System interface is JAMMED. This behaviour can be either: all prepaid messages
are rejected; all prepaid messages are free but the last known blocking status is used to accept
or reject them; or all prepaid messages are free regardless of the last known blocking status.
This attribute can assume the following values:
SMS_REJECT
SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED
SMS_FREE This attribute is a flag.
PP_JAMMED_SETTING is reset to SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–547
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_MODE
The /PP_MODE qualifier is used to specify the operational mode of the SMSC for prepaid
traffic. This attribute can assume the following values:
HOT_BILLING
BULK
REAL_TIME This attribute is a flag.
PP_MODE is reset to REAL_TIME.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all PBB, PBR, PRH, SIWPC, SMH and SSD
entities are stopped.
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
The /PP_MOFIX_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-FIXED traffic. In the former case it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT This attribute is a flag.
PP_MOFIX_CHARGING is reset to ORIGINATOR_CHARGED.
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING
The /PP_MOMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-MT traffic and whether this Primary Service is free or
not. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED
BOTH_FREE
BOTH_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_MOMT_CHARGING is reset to ORIGINATOR_CHARGED.
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING
The /PP_NOTIF_SETTING qualifier is used to specify whether Notifications or Status Reports
are free, ignored or charged if they are requested by prepaid users. This attribute can assume
the following values:
FREE
CHARGED
IGNORED This attribute is a flag.
PP_NOTIF_SETTING is reset to CHARGED.
2–548 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
The /PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
Additional Services of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond
to the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–33: PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
Bit Number Supported Additional Service
0 Notifications
1 Forwarding
2 Last Resort Addressing
3 Provisioning
4 Reply-Path
5 SMS Commands
6 Forwarding to a Unified Mailbox
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER is reset to 0xFFFFFFF.
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
The /PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
messages of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond to the
following optional fields (bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–34: PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
Bit Number Supported SPBP Message
0 Credit for Primary Services
1 Statistical Triggers for Primary Services
2 Subscriber Triggers for Primary Services
3 Credit for Notifications
4 Statistical Triggers for Notifications
5 Credit for other Additional Services
6 Statistical Triggers for other Additional Services
7 Delivery for Charged Primary Services
8 Delivery for Free Primary Services
9 Delivery for Charged Additional Services
10 Delivery for Charged Notifications
11 Delivery for Free Additional Services
12 Delivery for Free Notifications
Statistical Triggers are triggers for FREE messages. This attribute is a parameter.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–549
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS is reset to 0xFFFFFFF.
/PP_UMF_CHARGING
The /PP_UMF_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the Unified Mailbox
Forwarding Prepaid Additional service for Mobile Subscribers is free or charged. This at-
tribute can assume the following values:
FREE
CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_UMF_CHARGING is reset to FREE.
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ
The /RESTRICTED_RP_REQ qualifier is used to specify whether reply paths will be restricted.
If this qualifier is set to YES, a reply path request is rejected if the message is NOT submitted
from mobile to mobile, mobile to Large Account (LA) or LA to mobile (for example, Mobile to
ERMES pager). If it is set to NO, messages are accepted and delivered in all cases (non-mobile
to LA and reverse, mobile to mobile). This attribute is a flag.
RESTRICTED_RP_REQ is reset to NO.
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES
The /SEGM_WORDB_THRES qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the message buffer
size to be scanned for word boundaries when generating segmented messages. This attribute
is a parameter.
SEGM_WORDB_THRES is reset to 60.
/SMSC_ID
The /SMSC_ID qualifier is used to specify the SMSC identifier. The SMSC identifier is a string
that is from 1 to 8 characters long and unambiguously identifies the individual service centre.
It forms the last part of the extended SMPP message identifier. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Any change of the SMSC identifier will immediately affect the extended SMPP
message identifiers of all the messages which are processed or buffered in the SMSC
at the given moment as well as any extended message identifiers which will be
sent to the external charging interfaces. Particularly, the SMSC will expect that an
extended SMPP message identifier for any query, cancel or replace command will
contain the new value of the SMSC identifier.
SMSC_ID is reset to SMSC.
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR
The /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PLMN
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
2–550 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
domain. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
For distributed SMSC, multiple SMSCs can have this address, so Short Messages
(SMs) sent from a Short Message Entity (SME) to this address are routed by the
PLMN to one of the SMSCs configured with that address. It is the responsibility
of the PLMN network to ensure a proper execution of this routing. In this case
also a unique SMSC address has to be defined for each SMSC in the distributed
environment. The unique SMSC address can be set with the attribute /SMSC_
UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR. For Mobile Originated messages, only the /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR in the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is accepted by the SMSC. For alert Service
Centre indications, only the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR in the PDU is accepted. For the
Mobile Terminated case, the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR is the address that is presented
to the SME.
SMSC_PLMN_ADDR is reset to EMPTY.
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR
The /SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PSTNA
domain (modems). This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR is reset to EMPTY.
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR
The /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the unique SMSC-address in
the PLMN domain for distributed SMSCs. When the distributed SMSC is not applying, this
attribute is empty. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Two SMSCs within the PLMN network cannot have the same unique SMSC PLMN
address, as it is not guaranteed that alert Service Centre indications and responses
related to requests will reach the correct SMSC. For alert Service Centre initiations,
only the /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR from the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is
accepted.
SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR is reset to EMPTY.
/SMSC_X25_ADDR
The /SMSC_X25_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the X25 domain.
This is an X.121 address. This attribute is a parameter.
E121_INT_PREFIX
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
E121_INT_PREFIX
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–551
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SMSC_X25_ADDR is reset to EMPTY.
/TCAP_SRC_AID
The /TCAP_SRC_AID qualifier is used to specify the SS7 address indicator. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. If a string with more than two digits is entered, then the last two digits
are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_AID is reset to 43.
/TCAP_SRC_PC
The /TCAP_SRC_PC qualifier is used to specify the SS7 source Point Code. This is a 6 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_PC is reset to 080000.
/TCAP_SRC_SSN
The /TCAP_SRC_SSN qualifier is used to specify the SS7 subsystem number. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_SSN is reset to 0C.
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE
The /TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE qualifier is used to specify the SS7 stack type. This attribute
can be set to either ANSI or CCITT. This attribute is a flag.
TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE is reset to CCITT.
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
The /TRUNK_CODE_CHECK qualifier is used to specify whether the trunk code in the
notification address must be checked or not. This attribute is a flag.
TRUNK_CODE_CHECK is reset to ON.
/VP_SM_DEFAULT
The /VP_SM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the validity period for Short Messages
(SMs) in hours. This attribute is a parameter.
VP_SM_DEFAULT is reset to 72 hours.
/VP_SM_MAX
The /VP_SM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for Short Messages
(SMs). The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If an SM was submitted
with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_SM_MAX. This attribute is a parameter.
VP_SM_MAX is reset to 168 hours.
/VP_XM_DEFAULT
The /VP_XM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for Extended
Messages. This attribute is specified in number of hours. This validity period will be used
if a submitted message did not provide a validity period. This attribute is a parameter. The
Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default value is 2.
VP_XM_DEFAULT is reset to 2 hours.
2–552 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/VP_XM_MAX
The /VP_XM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum allowed validity period for
Extended Messages. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a Short
Message was submitted with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_XM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter. The Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default
value is 12.
VP_XM_MAX is reset to 12 hours.
/X121_CC
The /X121_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for X.121 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
X121_CC is reset to 204 (country code for The Netherlands).
/X121_INT_PREFIX
The /X121_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the X.121
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
X121_INT_PREFIX is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
If the value of this qualifier is empty, all specified X.121 addresses will be inter-
preted as internationally significant.
/SMSC_ID
The /SMSC_ID qualifier is used to specify the SMSC identifier. The SMSC identifier is a string
that is from 1 to 8 characters long and unambiguously identifies the individual service centre.
It forms the last part of the extended SMPP message identifier. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Any change of the SMSC identifier will immediately affect the extended SMPP
message identifiers of all the messages which are processed or buffered in the SMSC
at the given moment as well as any extended message identifiers which will be
sent to the external charging interfaces. Particularly, the SMSC will expect that an
extended SMPP message identifier for any query, cancel or replace command will
contain the new value of the SMSC identifier.
SMSC_ID is reset to SMSC.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMSC /SMSC_X25_ADDR
PML>
The RESET command resets the SMSC_X25_ADDR attribute of the SMSC.
RESET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–553
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class SMTP_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_LEN_XM 160
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT 60
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT 60
/HELO_TIMEOUT 60
/HOST_DOMAIN "smsc"
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT 60
/MAIL_TIMEOUT 60
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS 25
/MAX_SESSIONS 25
/NR_CC_XM 1
/RCPT_TIMEOUT 60
/SESSION_TIMEOUT 0
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT CC_NN (Country Code + National Number)
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG ON
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE "sms"
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Acknowledgement"
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR "non-mail-user"
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER ON
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Manual Acknowledgement"
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Notification"
/UMF_RECIPIENT_PREFIX ""
/UMF_RECIPIENT_SUFFIX ""
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK 0x7F
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS"
/UMF_SMTP_LA 11235
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
2–554 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
class SMTP_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/AVG_LEN_XM
The /AVG_LEN_XM qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete Extended
Message that is to be delivered. This qualifier is used to calculate the resources that are
required for the storage of these messages during delivery.
AVG_LEN_XM is reset to 160.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWSMTP entities have been stopped.
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a DATA initiation. This is while awaiting the "354 Start Input" reply
to a DATA command. This attribute is a parameter.
DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for
the SMTP server response to a DATA command containing the message terminator. This is
while awaiting the "250 OK" reply. This attribute is a parameter.
DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/HELO_TIMEOUT
The /HELO_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a HELO command. This qualifier is also used to specify the timeout
interval for the response to a RSET and QUIT command. This attribute is a parameter.
HELO_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–555
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/HOST_DOMAIN
The /HOST_DOMAIN qualifier is used to specify the SMTP Host Domain name. The SMTP
Host Domain name is used in the SMTP HELO command and in the email ’From’ field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
HOST_DOMAIN is reset to SMSC.
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT
The /INITIAL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a (TCP) connection request. SMTP servers may accept the connection
but delay the delivery of the initial 220 greeting message. This attribute is a parameter.
INITIAL_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/MAIL_TIMEOUT
The /MAIL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a MAIL command. This attribute is a parameter.
MAIL_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS
The /MAX_SESSION_MSGS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
messages per session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SESSION_MSGS is reset to 25.
/MAX_SESSIONS
The /MAX_SESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SMTP sessions a
DIWSMTP entity can maintain. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SESSIONS is reset to 25.
/NR_CC_XM
The /NR_CC_XM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent Extended
Messages in delivery, and to calculate the resources that are required for the storage of these
messages during delivery.
NR_CC_XM is reset to 1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWSMTP entities have been stopped.
/RCPT_TIMEOUT
The /RCPT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a RCPT command. This attribute is a parameter.
RCPT_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value in seconds of a
session. If there is no session activity during the specified timeout value, the session will be
terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
2–556 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SESSION_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT
The /UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT qualifier is used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in
the "To" field of a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This
attribute is also used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in the "From" field of a Mobile
Originated message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
CC_NN : "Country Code" + "National Number"
IPFIX_CC_NN: "International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
PFIX_CC_NN : "+" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
NPFIX_NN : "National Prefix" + "National Number"
NN : "National Number" This attribute is a flag.
UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT is reset to CC_NN.
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG
The /UMF_CONTENT_LANG qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Content-Language
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_CONTENT_LANG is reset to ON.
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE
The /UMF_CONTENT_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for message text data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_CONTENT_TYPE is reset to SMS.
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an
SMS Delivery Acknowledgement (TDMA Delivery Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a
Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT is reset to "SMS Delivery Acknowledgement".
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type pa-
rameter type for GSM UDH message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE is reset to UDH.
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR
The /UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the local part of the email ’From’
field of an anonymous message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified mailbox.
An anonymous message is a message that is originated by a user that hid his Calling Line
Identification (CLI). This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR is reset to "non-mail-user".
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–557
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER
The /UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver
that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Importance
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER is reset to ON.
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field
of an SMS User Acknowledgement (TDMA Manual Acknowledgement or CDMA User
Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
is a parameter.
UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT is reset to "SMS Manual Acknowledgement".
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Delivery Notification (GSM SMS Status Report, GSM SMS-DELIVER with Text Notification,
CDMA Delivery Acknowledgement or TDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is forwarded to a Mobile
Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT is reset to "SMS Delivery Notification".
/UMF_RECIP_PREFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the prefix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
UMF_RECIP_PREFIX is reset to "".
/UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX qualifier is used to specify the suffix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX is reset to "".
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK
The /UMF_SERVICE_MASK qualifier is a bitmask which is used to specify which message
types and message data types may be forwarded to the Unified Mailbox. The bits of this field
correspond to the following message types and message data types (where bit 0 is the least
significant bit). The following table shows the service mask:
Table 2–35: UMF_SERVICE_MASK
Bit Number UMF Message Type or Message Data Type
0 SMS Delivery Notification
1 SMS Delivery Acknowledgement
2 SMS User Acknowledgement
2–558 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Table 2–35 (Cont.): UMF_SERVICE_MASK
Bit Number UMF Message Type or Message Data Type
3 Binary Message Data
4 GSM UDH Message Data
5 TDMA TSAR Message Data
6 Account Balance Notification Message
This attribute enables the individual UMF subscriber settings; forwarding of message types and
message data types to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox can only take place if the correspond-
ing bit in the UMF_SERVICE_MASK is enabled. Note that text data in an SMS Deliver is always
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox (assuming this subscriber has activated the
UMF service). This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SERVICE_MASK is reset to 0x7F.
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Deliver (GSM SMS-DELIVER, TDMA SMS-DELIVER or CDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT is reset to SMS.
/UMF_SMTP_LA
The /UMF_SMTP_LA qualifier is used to specify the SMTP LA that identifies the Unified
Mailbox Gateway. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SMTP_LA is reset to 11235.
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for TDMA TSAR message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers
Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE is reset to UDH.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON /MAIL_TIMEOUT
PML>
This RESET command resets the attribute MAIL_TIMEOUT of the class SMTP_
COMMON.
RESET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–559
RESET CLASS SSD
RESET CLASS SSD
Resets attribute values of entities from the class SSD.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SSD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_RULES_READ_CNF
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS SSD command resets attributes associated with the SSD.
Qualifiers
/DETACH_FROM_STORE
The /DETACH_FROM_STORE qualifier is used to specify that the entity must detach from the
Counter Store. This is needed when the Counter Store must be recreated with a mimimum
of system outage. Please refer to the Operator Manual on how to recreate the Counter Store.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–560 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SSD
RESET CLASS SSD
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RULES_READ_CNF
The /MSG_RULES_READ_CNF qualifier triggers the SSD entity to re-read the decision rule
configuration in the SSD_MSG_RULES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SSD ENTITY SSD01 /MSG_FAILED
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute MSG_FAILED of the SSD entity SSD01.
RESET CLASS SSD SMSC Commands 2–561
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class SSD_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_MSG_RULES 32
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES=n 1
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED OFF
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN 0
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE 0
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE 150
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION ORIGINATOR
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS 0
/MAX_PP_USERS=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX=n 0
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS 1500
/MAX_SUBS=n 0
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE 0
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE NOT_USED
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR NO
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR NO
/SAC_ENABLED OFF
/SAC_SETUP None
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED OFF
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC ON
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS 90
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME 5
/WL_SKIP_BL YES
Restrictions
The attributes LALA_CONSOLIDATION, MAX_PP_USERS, MAX_SUBS, MAX_RANGE_
ENTRIES, MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM, MAX_RANGE_PREFIX, MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS,
2–562 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE and PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE can only be reset when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with SSD
entities.
Qualifiers
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES
The /BLL_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of addresses that can be kept in the
blacklist cache. This qualifier determines the size of the General Blacklist cache.
BLL_MAX_ENTRIES is reset to 1.
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED
The /CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch Catchall Routing ON or
OFF. This attribute is a flag.
CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN
The /CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN qualifier specifies the default gateway for Catchall
Routing. This attribute is an integer parameter. The value 0 means that no default gateway
is configured.
CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN is reset to 0.
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK
The /CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is
indicating whether Catchall Routing is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In
this qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK is reset to 1F.
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–563
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE
The /HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE qualifier is used to switch the destination network type
feature ON or OFF. When this feature is switched on the SMSC will use the destination
network type set in submitted messages by SMPP LAs for routing the message. This attribute
is a flag.
HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE is reset to OFF.
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE
The /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier specifies the size of a temporary queue that stores sub-
scriber database updates whilst the SSD initialises. The updates are processed as soon as the
SSD initialisation is complete. This attribute controls the initial size of the temporary queue.
If additional space is required, the SSD will extend in units of INIT_UPD_QUEUE. When
initialisation is complete, the allocated memory is released.
INIT_UPD_QUEUE is reset to 150.
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the address group prefix storage. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_MSG_RULES
The /MAX_MSG_RULES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of rules that can be
stored in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
If not all configured decision rules fit in memory, the Rule Based Decision Logic
functionality is disabled.
MAX_MSG_RULES is reset to 32.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_PP_USERS
The /MAX_PP_USERS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid users that
the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_PP_USERS is reset to 0 (memory caching is bypassed completely).
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
2–564 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
/MAX_SUBS
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier are the maximum number of addresses that can be stored in
the subscriber data cache. Both subscribers and non-subscribers are stored in the cache for
performance reasons. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SUBS is reset to 0 (memory caching is bypassed completely).
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE
The /PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid Global
Titles (GTs) that the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE
For the prepaid billing purposes, all Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) are subject
to a check on the originator Global Title (GT) list. The originator GT list is searched, prior
to the SMSC Prepaid User Database (if configured that the list is to be used by the prepaid
operational mode). The list is used to exclude an originator from prepaid checks, determining
the originating network. The /PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE qualifier specifies the type of the list
in view of the SMSC. If the originating network is the home Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN), the charging has already been done. Then, any other prepaid checks will be skipped.
Otherwise, if the originating network is outside the home PLMN, the SMSC will perform
prepaid checks in order to determine whether a prepaid user is involved in the traffic, and
whether there are sufficient funds to enable message delivery to the recipient. The scope of
the prepaid checks (including search in the SMSC Prepaid User Database) is defined by the
prepaid operational mode. That is, it will differ for every prepaid operational mode. This
attribute is a flag. It can have the following values:
BLACK
MATCH_ALL
WHITE
NOT_USED
When this attribute is set to BLACK, all blacklisted originator GTs are excluded from the pre-
paid checks as blacklisted originators are seen to be in the home PLMN. When this attribute
is set to WHITE, all whitelisted originator GTs are subject to the prepaid checks as whitelisted
originators are seen to be outside the home PLMN. If the attribute is set to MATCH_ALL,
all originator GTs match the WHITE list. Then, the SMSC will always perform the prepaid
checks in the MO traffic. If the attribute is set to NOT_USED, the list is not searched and
the originating network is unknown. In the BULK prepaid operational mode, due to the
NOT_USED value the prepaid checks are not performed for the mobile originator. In the other
modes, the prepaid checks are performed based on the SMSC Prepaid User Database.
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–565
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–36: Relevant Prepaid Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMSC_COMMON PP_MODE
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOMT_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE is reset to NOT_USED.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES
The /MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the maximum number of recipient address
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM
The /MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Number
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX
The /MAX_RANGE_PREFIX qualifier specifies the maximum number of address prefix ranges
that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_PREFIX is reset to 0.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK
The /RARR_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating
whether RARR is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In this qualifier bit 0
indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
2–566 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RARR_INTERFACE_MASK is reset to 1F.
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the reply path request indication in a
Mobile Originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is a flag.
RPATH_MO_CLEAR is reset to NO.
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the Reply Path request indication
in a Mobile-over-Fixed originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is
a flag.
RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR is reset to NO.
/SAC_ENABLED
The /SAC_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the subscriber
authorisation check or not. This attribute is a flag.
SAC_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/SAC_SETUP
The /SAC_SETUP qualifier is used to check subscriber authorisation check on originator
and/or recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
SAC_SETUP is reset to NONE.
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED
The /SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the routing of forwarding. If
it is set to OFF, a message that could not be delivered to the original recipient will be routed
to the forward destination at all attempts in the retry scheme. If the parameter is set to ON
the message will first be sent to the forward destination. If the message could not be delivered
to the forward destination it will be sent to the original destination using the retry scheme.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid for conditional forwarding.
SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC
The /TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC qualifier is used to switch ON or OFF the PID translation for
the translated recipient address. This attribute is a flag.
TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC is reset to ON.
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS
The /UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS qualifier specifies the reprocess threshold for the SSD cache updates
queue. The value is the percentage of messages in the queue. The maximum number of
messages in the queue is specified by the /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS is reset to 90.
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–567
RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME
The /UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME qualifier specifies the time after the first message and the time
the queue is reprocessed for the first time, and the subsequent reprocessing. This attribute is
a parameter.
UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME is reset to 5.
/WL_SKIP_BL
The /WL_SKIP_BL parameter specifies whether the General Blacklist can be overruled. If
this parameter is set to NO, prefix addresses on the General Blacklist (such as the country
code) will still be overruled by a whitelist entry starting with the same prefix, but complete
addresses cannot be overruled by a whitelist entry (or in any other way). This is useful when
the General Blacklist is used to list subscribers who do not pay their subscription fee.
WL_SKIP_BL is reset to YES.
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the SAV_EXPRESSION_LIST_LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS is reset to 1,500. This is approximately 10,000 expressions.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION
The /LALA_CONSOLIDATION qualifier specifies whether the consolidation value of either
the LA originator or the LA recipient is used in logging billing and statistic records for LA-LA
traffic. This attribute is a parameter.
LALA_CONSOLIDATION is reset to ORIGINATOR.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all SSD entities are stopped.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON /SAC_SETUP
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute SAC_SETUP of the SSD entities.
2–568 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS SSD_COMMON
RESET CLASS STORE
RESET CLASS STORE
Resets attribute values of entities from the class STORE.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
RESET CLASS STORE entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS STORE command resets attributes associated with a STORE.
RESET CLASS STORE SMSC Commands 2–569
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class TAP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT 2
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT 3
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT 4
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT 10
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT 1
/MAX_LOGON_ATT 3
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE 160
/MAX_MSGS_CONN 10
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED 20
/MAX_REQID_ATT 3
/MAXSESSIONS 50
/MSG_LENGTH 140
/RECONN_TIM_INT 30
/REQAUT_RSP_INT 8
/RSP_TIME_OUT 15
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT 2
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT 3
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT 4
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT 10
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT 1
/TAP_MAX_PORTS 100
/TAP_PREFIX ’’
/TRUNCATE_SM OFF
Restrictions
All attributes can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
2–570 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON command resets the common attributes associated with
TAP entities.
Qualifiers
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT
The /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between
two successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The
value should be greater than DIW_REQID_RSP_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This
attribute is a parameter.
DIW_LOGON_RET_INT is reset to 2.
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
The /DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT is reset to 3.
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
The /DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT is reset to 4.
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
The /DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT is reset to 10.
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–571
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT
The /DIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
DIW_REQID_RSP_INT is reset to 1.
/MAX_LOGON_ATT
The /MAX_LOGON_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to try
to login on a remote device. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n1. This attribute
is a parameter.
MAX_LOGON_ATT is reset to 3.
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE
The /MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of characters
which can be stored in the message part of a TAP message. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE is reset to 160.
/MAX_MSGS_CONN
The /MAX_MSGS_CONN qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages which
can be sent on a single connection. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MSGS_CONN is reset to 10.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MSGS_QUEUED is reset to 20.
/MAX_REQID_ATT
The /MAX_REQID_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts the
request_for_ID is done. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as n3. This attribute is a
parameter.
MAX_REQID_ATT is reset to 3.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 50.
/MSG_LENGTH
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum size of the Short Message (SM)
content that the SMSC will accept and handle as a single, regular SM for this protocol. The
value can be set to 140 (default) or between 160 and 256.
The default value (140) has a special meaning: the SM will be accepted only if it could be
delivered to the GSM network as a single SM.
It can never exceed the value of the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_LENGTH parameter.
2–572 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
To ensure this limitation, the value is, therefore, also changed when the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_
LENGTH parameter is modified. This value will be set to the new value of the SMSC_
COMMON/MSG_LENGTH if it exceeds the new value of the SMSC_COMMON attribute.
/RECONN_TIM_INT
The /RECONN_TIM_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between disconnecting
and setting up a new connection when messages are queued. This attribute is a parameter.
RECONN_TIM_INT is reset to 30.
/REQAUT_RSP_INT
The /REQAUT_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a re-
quest_for_ID and receiving an automatic_session_request. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t5. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
REQAUT_RSP_INT is reset to 8.
/RSP_TIME_OUT
The /RSP_TIME_OUT qualifier is used to specify the time interval in which the interworking
should receive a TAP message. If no TAP message is received, the interworking will discon-
nect. This qualifier should be greater than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT, DIW_REQID_RSP_INT,
DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT, DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT and REQAT_RSP_INT. This attribute is a
parameter.
RSP_TIME_OUT is reset to 15.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SES_MAN_ENABLED is reset to ’OFF’.
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT
The /SIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between two
successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The value
should be greater than SIW_REQID_RSP_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
SIW_LOGON_RET_INT is reset to 2.
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
The /SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT is reset to 3.
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
The /SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT is reset to 4.
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–573
RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
The /SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT is reset to 10.
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT
The /SIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than SIW_LOGON_RET_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
SIW_REQID_RSP_INT is reset to 1.
/TAP_MAX_PORTS
The /TAP_MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the number of TAP ports within a session,
when the default amount of TCP ports (100) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
TAP_MAX_PORTS is reset to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all siwtap and diwtap entities are stopped.
/TAP_PREFIX
The /TAP_PREFIX qualifier is used to strip the prefix from the pager address which is used to
route a short message to DIWTAP. When the prefix is set, DIWTAP will try to strip the prefix
from the pager address. When the prefix is specified in the ’address to pid’ table, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be specified without trunk prefix. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier should only be used when TAP is routed via the ’address to PID’ table.
When TAP is used via a scan command or via automatic PID conversion, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be empty.
TAP_PREFIX is reset to ’’.
/TRUNCATE_SM
The /TRUNCATE_SM qualifier is used to specify whether a submitted Short Message (SM)
that exceeds the maximum message length will be truncated (ON) or rejected (OFF). This
attribute is a parameter.
TRUNCATE_SM is reset to OFF.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute DIW_LOGON_RET_INT of the TAP
entities.
2–574 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TAP_COMMON
RESET CLASS TCP
RESET CLASS TCP
Resets attribute values of entities from the class TCP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS TCP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS TCP command resets attributes associated with a TCP.
RESET CLASS TCP SMSC Commands 2–575
RESET CLASS TCP
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
2–576 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TCP
RESET CLASS TCP
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS TCP ENTITY TCP01 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the TCP entity TCP01.
RESET CLASS TCP SMSC Commands 2–577
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Resets the common attribute values of the class TDMA_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED OFF
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID 31
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE 1
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION NONE
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH 0
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
/UCS2_CONV NONE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON command resets the common attributes associated with
the TDMA network type.
2–578 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Qualifiers
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be reset to 4096.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
AVG_LEN_SGMS is reset to 160.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWTDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /TDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWTDMA.
CSP_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT qualifier specifies the list of TDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from TDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with CMT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a CMT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
With this command, all entries are removed from the FILTER_PARAMS_CMT list.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 160.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT is reset to 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For non-text messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is inter-
preted the same as DELETE.
For non CMT and CPT messages, segmentation is not applied and SEGMENT is interpreted
the same as DELETE.
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–579
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION is reset to TRUNCATE.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
NR_CC_SGMS is reset to 1.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be reset when all DIWTDMA entities have been stopped.
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED
The /SILENT_SMS_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable the Silent SMS. The user is not
alerted on message receipt. This sets the Encoding Identifier field to the value stored in the
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier in the message delivery Protocol Data Unit (PDU). This
attribute is a flag.
SILENT_SMS_ENABLED is reset to OFF.
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID
The /SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier is used to specify the replacement encoding ID used for
Silent SMS. This attribute is a parameter.
SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID is reset to 31.
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE
The /SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE qualifier specifies the value of cadence. This attribute is a
parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE is reset to 1.
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION
The /SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION qualifier is used to specify the number of cycles of cadence.
The default value of NONE omits the default SMS-SIGNAL for TDMA messages. A dura-
tion value of 1 means one (1) cycle of cadence. A duration value of CONTINUOUS means
continuous repeating cycles of cadence. This attribute is a parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION is reset to NONE.
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH
The /SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH qualifier specifies the value of pitch. This attribute is a parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH is reset to 0.
2–580 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
/UCS2_CONV
The /UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending UCS2
formatted messages over the TDMA network. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
ISO-8859-8 (Hebrew) This attribute is a parameter.
UCS2_CONV is reset to NONE.
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that is
used for TDMA Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The values IRA and DEFAULT
cause MT/SMs to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to the International
Reference Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes MT/SMs to
be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-bit encoding
scheme with many common European symbols. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1 This attribute is a parameter.
USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME is reset to DEFAULT.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON /CSP_ENABLED
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute CSP_ENABLED of the TDMA entities.
RESET CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–581
RESET CLASS TRCSRV
RESET CLASS TRCSRV
Resets attribute values of entities from the class TRCSRV.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS TRCSRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/TRC_DISCARDED 0
/TRC_LOGGED 0
/TRC_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS TRCSRV command resets attributes associated with a TRCSRV.
Qualifiers
/TRC_DISCARDED
The /TRC_DISCARDED qualifier specifies the number of trace messages discarded. This
attribute is a counter.
TRC_DISCARDED is reset to 0.
/TRC_LOGGED
The /TRC_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of trace requests that are successfully
written to file. This attribute is a counter.
TRC_LOGGED is reset to 0.
/TRC_RECEIVED
The /TRC_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of trace messages received. This at-
tribute is a counter.
2–582 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TRCSRV
RESET CLASS TRCSRV
TRC_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS TRCSRV ENTITY TRCSRV01 /TRC_RECEIVED
PML>
The RESET command resets the TRC_RECEIVED attribute of the TRCSRV entity
TRCSRV01.
RESET CLASS TRCSRV SMSC Commands 2–583
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of the class TRCSRV_COMMON.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILE_TIME 3600
/FLUSH_TIME 300
/MAX_TRC_FILES 100
/TRC_FILE_SIZE 10000
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD 10
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
a TRCSRV_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FILE_TIME
The /FILE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the current trace file
is kept open by the trace server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
FILE_TIME is reset to 3600.
2–584 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
trace messages are flushed to file. This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_TIME is reset to 300.
/MAX_TRC_FILES
The /MAX_TRC_FILES qualifier specifies the maximum number of files that are maintained
in a trace directory. When this limit is exceeded, older trace files are deleted. This attribute is
a parameter.
MAX_TRC_FILES is reset to 100.
/TRC_FILE_SIZE
The /TRC_FILE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the trace file size in VMS blocks. The file size
is rounded up to the nearest trace file record size (127 blocks). This attribute is a parameter.
TRC_FILE_SIZE is reset to 10000.
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD
The /TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the trace
server delays the creation of a new current trace file. The trace server always tries to have
two trace files open at the same time, the current file in which traces are stored and a standby
trace file. When the current trace file is full the standby file becomes the current file and
a new standby file is created. When the trace server runs out of disk space and there is no
current trace file (the trace server is unable to store trace messages), the server sleeps for
TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. After this timer expires, the trace server tries to create a new
current trace file. If this is successful, it will try to create a new standby file. This attribute is
a parameter.
TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD is reset to 10.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON /TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD
PML>
The RESET command resets the attribute TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD of the TRCSRV_
COMMON.
RESET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–585
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class VMS.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE 10
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT 10
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF No
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE No
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED OFF
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/REPLACE_TYPE 0
/SESSION_PASSWORD ’’
/SESSION_TIMEOUT 60
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and WINDOWSIZE can only be reset when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
2–586 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
Description
The RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON command resets attributes associated with VMS entities.
Qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE
The /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE qualifier specifies the number of elements used to calculate
the mean response time for alerts and notifications. When this mean time exceeds the value of
attribute /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_
TIMEOUT another signal is generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, the values
of both the qualifiers /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT will have to be
increased. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE is reset to 10.
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT
The /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the maximum average response time
(in seconds) for alerts and/or notifications. If the average response time (which is calculated
over /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE elements) exceeds the value of /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT,
a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT another signal is
generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, then the values of both the qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT and /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE will have to be increased. When
a (new) connection with the voice mail system is set up the calculation is reset and a good
response is assumed. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT is reset to 10.
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF
The /INT_ADDR_NOTIF qualifier is used to indicate whether the international address should
be stored in the voice mail notification. When this attribute is set to YES, the originator
address in the Mobile Terminated message is formatted in the international format. This
attribute is a flag.
INT_ADDR_NOTIF is reset to ’No’.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 8.
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–587
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE
The /MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to indicate whether message based
replace type is being used or not. When this attribute is set to YES the replace type (MT field)
from the Voice Mail message is used in the Mobile Terminated message. When this attribute
is set to YES, this attribute overrules the setting of REPLACE_TYPE. This attribute is a flag.
MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE is reset to ’No’.
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED
The /MSG_CL_0_ENABLED specifies whether the Data Coding Scheme (DCS) in the Mobile
Terminated message should be set to message class 0 or not. If this attribute is set to YES
then the DCS in the Mobile Terminated message is set to message class 0 (display only on
mobile). This attribute is a flag.
MSG_CL_0_ENABLED is reset to ’OFF’.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF is reset to 0.
/SESSION_PASSWORD
The /SESSION_PASSWORD qualifier is used to specify the session password for connecting to
VMS systems. This attribute is a parameter.
SESSION_PASSWORD is reset to an empty string.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the session timeout that is used by the
SIW. SIWVMS can set a session with a remote system in two ways. A connection can be set up
with the remote system and thereafter an open session message is sent or only a connection
is set up without an open session message. The first method is used first. If no response is
received after the session timeout, the second method is tried. This attribute is a parameter.
SESSION_TIMEOUT is reset to 60.
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
REPLACE_TYPE is reset to 0.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60 sec.
2–588 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON
/WINDOW_SIZE
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
WINDOW_SIZE is reset to 25.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the VMS entities.
RESET CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–589
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Resets common attribute values of class VSMPP.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV OFF
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/REPLACE_TYPE 0
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be reset when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON command resets common attributes associated with
VSMPP entities.
2–590 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Qualifiers
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV qualifier specifies whether buffered messages for the same
recipient will be replaced. If the attribute is set to ON, no replacement of buffered messages
for the same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set to OFF, replacement for the
same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set ON, then the NOREPL_SRV_NAME
attribute must exactly contain the name of the service type specified in the new message.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV is reset to OFF
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS is reset to 10
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
The /NOREPL_SRV_NAME qualifier specifies the service type for which "no replacement of
buffered messages" for the same recipient can be set. Note that the service name is case-
sensitive. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
NOREPL_SRV_NAME is reset to ’empty’.
/NOTIF_DEF=n
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
REPLACE_TYPE is reset to 0x00.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY is reset to 60.
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–591
RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
/WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
WINDOW_SIZE is reset to 25.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The RESET command resets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the VSMPP enti-
ties.
2–592 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
RESET CLASS X25
RESET CLASS X25
Resets attribute values of entities from the class X25.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS X25 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS X25 command resets attributes associated with a X25.
RESET CLASS X25 SMSC Commands 2–593
RESET CLASS X25
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
2–594 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS X25
RESET CLASS X25
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS X25 ENTITY X2501 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the X25 entity X2501.
RESET CLASS X25 SMSC Commands 2–595
RESET CLASS X29
RESET CLASS X29
Resets attribute values of entities from the class X29.
See also RESET any class (see RESET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
reset.
Syntax
RESET CLASS X29 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_IN 0
/CON_IN_ACC 0
/CON_OUT 0
/CON_OUT_ACC 0
/CON_OUT_BUSY 0
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER 0
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL 0
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE 0
/CON_TOT 0
/MSG_FAILED 0
/MSG_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_REJECTED 0
/MSG_TRANSMITTED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be reset. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The RESET CLASS X29 command resets attributes associated with an X29.
2–596 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS X29
RESET CLASS X29
Qualifiers
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_IN is reset to 0.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_IN_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_OUT_ACC is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_BUSY is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER is reset to 0.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL is reset to 0.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE is reset to 0.
RESET CLASS X29 SMSC Commands 2–597
RESET CLASS X29
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
CON_TOT is reset to 0.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_FAILED is reset to 0.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_RECEIVED is reset to 0.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
MSG_REJECTED is reset to 0.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
MSG_TRANSMITTED is reset to 0.
Examples
1. PML> RESET CLASS X29 ENTITY X2901 /CON_OUT_BUSY
PML>
The RESET command resets the CON_OUT_BUSY attribute of the X29 entity X2901.
2–598 SMSC Commands RESET CLASS X29
RESUME
RESUME
Resumes a previously suspended entity.
Syntax
RESUME class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
class_item
The class of entities of which one of the instances shall be resumed. This is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be resumed. The entity_name has to be unique
system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
The RESUME command resumes an entity instance that previously had been suspended (by
the SUSPEND command). A suspended instance will not accept new connections or messages.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
RESUME SMSC Commands 2–599
RESUME
Examples
1. PML> RESUME CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 13:11:16.82 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-ACTIVE, Entity is now active
PML>
The RESUME command resumes the entity instance SMH01.
2–600 SMSC Commands RESUME
SET
SET
Sets attribute(s) of specific value(s).
Syntax
SET class_item entity_item
Restrictions
The use of qualifier depends on the type of attribute to operate on.
Parameters
class_item
The class of entity (instances) of which the attribute value(s) must be set. This item is entered
as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance of which the attribute value must be set. The entity name
has to be unique system-wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET command can be used to set the attributes associated with an entity. If no entity
instance is mentioned, the command pertains to the entity class.
Each of the items and qualifiers are described in the specific SET descriptions in this manual.
The items that can be set can be divided in two groups:
• General items. These items are available for all classes and a set can be requested
for every type of entity. The qualifiers in this group are described with the command
description of SET any class.
• Class-specific items. These items are available for one or more classes but not for all
classes. A set of these items can only be requested for entities that are part of one of these
classes. Each of these items and qualifiers are described in the specific SET descriptions
in this manual. These SET commands are ordered by the class name they work on.
The minimum and maximum values for each qualifier will be given. The description used to
specify the type of these values can be found in table Qualifier Types (see Table 1–4) .
SET SMSC Commands 2–601
SET
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS LOGSRV ENTITY LOGSRV01 /LOG_TIME=01:00:00
This SET command is specific for the class SMH and can be found in the description of
SET CLASS SMH.
2–602 SMSC Commands SET
SET any class
SET any class
Sets attribute values, counters etc. of entities from all classes.
Syntax
SET class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BLOCKINGQELEM=n 65
/HIGHQELEM=n 60
/LOG /NOLOG
/MAXQELEM=n 150
/MAX_TIMERS=n 100
Restrictions
The qualifiers are general for all entities of all classes. If there are exceptions to this rule,
these are described with their specific qualifier.
Parameters
class_item
The class of entity (instance) of which the information should be shown. This is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET command updates the values of attributes associated with an entity.
SET any class SMSC Commands 2–603
SET any class
Qualifiers
/BLOCKINGQELEM=n
The /BLOCKINGQELEM qualifier defines the minimum level of free queue elements on which
an entity reads from its IDI- and IOS-queue. The default value is 65%. If this threshold is
reached, the entity protects itself against overload.
The value of BLOCKINGQELEM can be set in a range from 0 to 100.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
IMPORTANT
BLOCKINGQELEM must be larger than or equal to HIGHQELEM.
/HIGHQELEM=n
The /HIGHQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum percentage of the number of
queue elements that can be allocated for a proper operation of the entity (high watermark).
HIGHQELEM is a percentage of MAXQELEM. If more than this number of queue elements is
in use, the entity will enter the state BLOCKED, in which the use of available queue elements
is minimized. When 10% of the defined queue elements have been freed again, the entity will
enter the ACTIVE state again. If the use of queue elements is above 90%, the entity will enter
the SHUTTING_DOWN state in which all activities of the entity will be ended.
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. In general, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
The value of HIGHQELEM can be set in a range from 0 to 100. The minimum value must be
higher than the percentage of free queue elements as defined above. This means that it is in
fact not possible to set the value lower than 11 or higher than 89.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
IMPORTANT
HIGHQELEM must be less than or equal to BLOCKINGQELEM.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
This qualifier specifies whether informational results of the SET command are to be displayed
or not.
/MAXQELEM=n
The /MAXQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queue elements that
can be used by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–604 SMSC Commands SET any class
SET any class
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. Generally, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
The value of MAXQELEM can be set in the range from 150 to 5000. It is not possible to set
the lower value correctly, if the queue contains already more elements then the desired value.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/MAX_TIMERS=n
The /MAX_TIMERS qualifier specifies the maximum number of timers, both internal and VMS
system timers, that can be used simultaneously by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The attributes /MAX_TIMERS, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING and /NR_SYSTEM_
TIMERS are related to each other.
The value of MAX_TIMERS can be set in the range from 3 to 100000.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
SET any class SMSC Commands 2–605
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Sets the common attribute values of the class CDMA_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED ON
/CBN_FORMATTING OFF
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 0xFFFF
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 0xFF
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY NONE
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ OFF
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ OFF
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/UCS2_CONV NONE
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN NEVER
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
/WEMT_ENABLED OFF
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK ON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
2–606 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Description
The SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON command sets the common attributes associated with
CDMA_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be set. When changing this attribute,
also a change of the available quota may be necessary. ADT_MAX_BLOCKS can be set from 0
to 524288.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
AVG_LEN_SGMS can be set from 140 to 4096.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED
The /CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED qualifier specifies whether an alphanumeric Call-Back Number
(CBN) should be used in the delivered message. This attribute is a flag. CBN_ALPHA_
ALLOWED can be set to ON or OFF.
/CBN_FORMATTING
The /CBN_FORMATTING qualifier specifies whether the Call-Back Number (CBN) should be
formatted with a trunk prefix whenever possible. This attribute is a flag.
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–607
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /CDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWCDMA.
CSP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY
The /DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY qualifier is applicable when the Alert On Message
Delivery is requested, but no Alert Priority is provided on submission. If the attribute value is
set to NONE, no priority is added. Otherwise, the Alert Priority is set to the specified default
value.
The alert priority was introduced in CDMA version TIA/EIA-637-A (extension on ’Alert on
Message Delivery’). The value NONE is provided for compatibility reasons. The operator can
use it for messages that were submitted without an alert priority, to force the ’old’ CDMA
version. This attribute is a parameter.
The DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY can be set to one of the values listed in DEFAULT_
ALERT_PRIORITY (see Table 2–25) .
Table 2–25: DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY
Value Description
DEFAULT (0) Mobile station default alert priority
LOW (1) Low alert priority
MEDIUM (2) Medium alert priority
HIGH (3) High alert priority
NONE No priority specified
2–608 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
NR_CC_SGMS can be set from 1 to 32000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWCDMA entities have been stopped.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 140.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For the CATPT and SCPT Teleservices, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are
interpreted the same as DELETE.
For binary messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted the same
as DELETE. For binary messages that are neither Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) or
Wireless Enhanced Messaging Teleservice (WEMT), SEGMENT is interpreted the same as
DELETE.
For messages with an unknown Teleservice, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE.
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_READACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the Read Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the Read Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the Read Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
DISCARD_READACK_REQ can be set to OFF or ON.
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_USERACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the User Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the User Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the User Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
DISCARD_USERACK_REQ can be set to OFF or ON.
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–609
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/UCS2_CONV
The /CDMA_UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
UCS2 formatted messages over the CDMA network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1 This attribute is a parameter.
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that
is used for CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages. The value DEFAULT causes Mobile
Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to ANSI
X3.4 ASCII, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value IRA causes Mobile Terminated text
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to International Reference
Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes the Mobile Terminated
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-
bit encoding scheme with many common European language symbols. The value GSM causes
Mobile Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to
the GSM 7-bit default alphabet.
NOTE
For Mobile Terminated CDMA messages with WEMT Teleservice, this parameter is
not checked. Instead, the User Data Encoding Scheme is set to GSM 7-bit default
alphabet.
This attribute can have one of the following values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
GSM This attribute is a parameter.
USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME can be set to DEFAULT, IRA, LATIN1 or GSM.
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN
The /USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN qualifier specifies whether the Originator Address should be
used in the Call-Back Number (CBN) field for the WMT/WPT/WEMT messages on delivery.
The possible values are:
• NEVER - Never use the Originator Address in the CBN,
• IF_NOT_PRESENT - Use the Originator Address in the CBN if the CBN was not specified,
• ALWAYS - Always use the Originator Address in the CBN.
/WEMT_ENABLED
The /WEMT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether delivery of CDMA Mobile Terminated
messages with Teleservice WEMT is supported by the SMSC. When set to OFF, WEMT
messages are delivered to the CDMA network as WMT messages, without WEMT message
content. This attribute is a flag.
WEMT_ENABLED can be set to OFF or ON.
2–610 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK
The /WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK qualifier specifies whether WEMT messages, for which the
delivery has failed because of unsupported Teleservice, are retried with Teleservice WMT,
without the WEMT message content. When set to OFF, no retry to the CDMA network will be
attempted for these messages. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when /WEMT_ENABLED is set to ON.
WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK can be set to OFF or ON.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON /WEMT_ENABLED=ON
PML>
The SET command assigns the value ON to the common attribute WEMT_ENABLED of
the CDMA entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=100
PML>
The memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWCDMA is set to 100 blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME="SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF"
PML>
The ADT configuration file to be used by SIWCDMA is set to "SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF".
SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–611
SET CLASS CMLOG
SET CLASS CMLOG
Sets attribute values of the class CMLOG.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS CMLOG entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/SUM_CDR_TIME 3600
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME 3600
/SUM_JAMMED_CDR_TIME 3600
/SUM_LOG_TIME 60
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS CMLOG command sets attributes associated with an CMLOG.
Qualifiers
/SUM_CDR_TIME
The /SUM_CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary CDR file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUM_CDR_TIME can be set from 60 to 86400.
IMPORTANT
SUM_CDR_TIME should be greater than or equal to SUM_FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_CDR_TIME is changed, the CMLOG closes the current
summary CDR file. The standby summary CDR file is used as the new current
2–612 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CMLOG
SET CLASS CMLOG
summary CDR file and a new standby summary CDR file will be created, in the
same way when SUM_CDR_TIME seconds have expired.
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME
The /SUM_FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the
buffered summary records (LOG and CDR) are flushed to the corresponding summary file,
that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is a parameter.
SUM_FLUSH_TIME can be set from 30 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
SUM_FLUSH_TIME should be less than or equal to SUM_CDR_TIME and SUM_
LOG_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_FLUSH_TIME is changed, the buffered summary records
currently stored in CMLOG will be flushed to the summary file, in the same way
when SUM_FLUSH_TIME seconds have expired.
/SUM_LOG_TIME
The /SUM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary LOG file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
SUM_LOG_TIME can be set from 60 to 86400.
IMPORTANT
SUM_LOG_TIME should be greater than or equal to SUM_FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of SUM_LOG_TIME is changed, the CMLOG closes the current
summary LOG file. The standby summary LOG file is used as the new current
summary LOG file and a new standby summary LOG file will be created, in the
same way when SUM_LOG_TIME seconds have expired.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /SUM_LOG_TIME=3600
PML>
The SET command puts the attribute SUM_LOG_TIME of the CMLOG entity CMLOG01
to 3600 seconds.
SET CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–613
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class CMLOG_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Default
/BACKUP YES
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL 1
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL 1
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG 10000
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS 1000
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS 1000
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD 30
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ 100
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ 100
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD 5
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with
CMLOG entities.
Qualifiers
/BACKUP
The /BACKUP qualifier is used to switch on or off backup functionality. When the backup is
enabled, the Concatenated Message (CM) summary cache is written to disk regularly. The CM
2–614 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
summary cache contains all the current incomplete CM summary data. This attribute is a
parameter.
BACKUP can be set to YES or NO.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all CMLOG entities are stopped.
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the delivery time interval in
minutes. This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message
(CM) gives the maximum interval after which a CM delivery summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, regardless of whether or not all segments are received by CMLOG. This attribute
is a parameter.
CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL can be set from 1 to 30240.
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the submit time interval in minutes.
This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message (CM)
gives the maximum interval after which a CM submission summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, independently of whether or not all segments have been received by CMLOG. This
attribute is a parameter.
CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL can be set from 1 to 60.
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG=n
The /MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concate-
nated messages (CMs) a CMLOG entity can handle at the same time. Each CMLOG entity
keeps track of the status of a CM until all requested summaries are created for that CM.
When a CMLOG entity receives a request to handle a CM above the maximum, the request
will be neglected. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG can be set from 1000 to 100000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all CMLOG entities are stopped.
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
CDRs that can be stored in a single summary CDR file. This value is used to calculate the
maximum summary CDR file size.
The actual number of summary CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–615
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
LOG records that can be stored in a single summary LOG file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum summary LOG file size.
The actual number of summary LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /READ_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for which
the CMLOG entity sleeps in case no LOG_CM file is found in the directory for CMLOG.
After this period, CMLOG checks for new files in the directory again. The files are put in the
directory by LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a parameter.
READ_SLEEP_PERIOD can be set from 5 to 60.
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
CDR files in relation to the amount of summary CDRs in the CMLOG flush buffer. If SUM_
FLUSH_CDR_REQ summary CDRs are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the
summary CDR file.
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS.
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
LOG files in relation to the amount of summary LOG records in the CMLOG flush buffer. If
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ summary LOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically
flushed to the summary LOG file.
2–616 SMSC Commands SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS.
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for
which the CMLOG entity postpones the creation of a new current Concatenated Message
(CM) summary file. The CMLOG entity always tries to open two summary files: the current
summary file in which the summary records are actually written and a backup or hot standby
summary file. When the current summary file is full, the backup will become the current
summary file and a new backup summary file will be created. When the CMLOG entity runs
out of disk space and the CMLOG entity is unable to write summary records to disk, it will
sleep for WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new
current summary file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current summary file can be
created it will try to create a new backup summary file. This attribute is a parameter.
WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD can be set from 1 to 60.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON /WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD=10
PML>
The SET command sets the common attribute WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD of the CMLOG
entities to 10 seconds.
SET CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–617
SET CLASS COS_COMMON
SET CLASS COS_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class COS_COMMON.
Syntax
SET CLASS COS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDMA_COS_ID 0
/COS_ENABLED OFF
/GAIT_COS_ID 0
/GSM_COS_ID 0
/OCOS_DEFAULT 0
/OCOS_PP_MASK 5
/OIS_COS_ID 0
/RCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/RCOS_OVERRIDE NO
/SMPP_COS_ID 0
/TAP_COS_ID 0
/TCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/TCOS_PP_MASK 5
/TDMA_COS_ID 0
/UCP_COS_ID 0
Description
The SET CLASS COS_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with COS
access control functionality.
Qualifiers
/COS_ENABLED
The /COS_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the Originating, Terminating and Receiving
Class of Service functionality is enabled. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
2–618 SMSC Commands SET CLASS COS_COMMON
SET CLASS COS_COMMON
COS_ENABLED can be set to "ON" or "OFF".
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate licence is active.
/GSM_COS_ID
The /GSM_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GSM SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
GSM_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/GAIT_COS_ID
The /GAIT_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GAIT/ GHOST SMSC
interface. The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute
is a parameter.
GAIT_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/CDMA_COS_ID
The /CDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the CDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
CDMA_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/OCOS_PP_MASK
The /OCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s OCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
OCOS_PP_MASK can be defined as a 32 bit bitmask.
/TCOS_PP_MASK
The /TCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s TCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
TCOS_PP_MASK can be defined as a 32 bit bitmask.
/TDMA_COS_ID
The /TDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
TDMA_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
SET CLASS COS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–619
SET CLASS COS_COMMON
/SMPP_COS_ID
The /SMPP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the SMPP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The SMPP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the SMPP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
SMPP_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/UCP_COS_ID
The /UCP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the UCP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The UCP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the UCP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
UCP_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/OIS_COS_ID
The /OIS_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the OIS SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The OIS_COS_ID attribute
value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the OIS LA when defined. This
attribute is a parameter.
OIS_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/TAP_COS_ID
The /TAP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TAP SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a parameter.
TAP_COS_ID can be defined in a valid range.
/OCOS_DEFAULT
The /OCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the OCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the OCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
OCOS_DEFAULT can be defined as a 64 bitmask.
/TCOS_DEFAULT
The /TCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the TCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the TCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
TCOS_DEFAULT can be defined as a 64 bitmask.
2–620 SMSC Commands SET CLASS COS_COMMON
SET CLASS COS_COMMON
/RCOS_DEFAULT
The /RCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the RCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the RCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
RCOS_DEFAULT can be defined as a 64 bitmask.
/RCOS_OVERRIDE
The /RCOS_OVERRIDE qualifier enables RCOS verification priority. When this attribute is
set to ON, the SMSC will ignore OCOS and TCOS verifications for an address, if the RCOS
verification results in the message acceptance. This attribute is a flag.
RCOS_OVERRIDE can be set to ON or OFF.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS COS_COMMON /OCOS_DEFAULT=FF0AB32
PML>
The SET command sets the default OCOS bitmask value to FF0AB32.
SET CLASS COS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–621
SET CLASS DIWERMES
SET CLASS DIWERMES
Sets attribute values of the class DIWERMES.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWERMES entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWERMES command sets attributes associated with DIWERMES.
2–622 SMSC Commands SET CLASS DIWERMES
SET CLASS DIWFAX
SET CLASS DIWFAX
Sets attribute values of the class DIWFAX.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWFAX entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWFAX command sets attributes associated with DIWFAX.
SET CLASS DIWFAX SMSC Commands 2–623
SET CLASS DIWMENU
SET CLASS DIWMENU
Sets attribute values of the class DIWMENU.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWMENU entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWMENU command sets attributes associated with DIWMENU.
2–624 SMSC Commands SET CLASS DIWMENU
SET CLASS DIWOIS
SET CLASS DIWOIS
Sets attribute values of the class DIWOIS.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWOIS entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWOIS command sets attributes associated with DIWOIS.
SET CLASS DIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–625
SET CLASS DIWPC
SET CLASS DIWPC
Sets attribute values of the class DIWPC.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWPC entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWPC command sets attributes associated with DIWPC.
2–626 SMSC Commands SET CLASS DIWPC
SET CLASS DIWPLMN
SET CLASS DIWPLMN
Sets attribute values of the class DIWPLMN.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWPLMN entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWPLMN command sets attributes associated with DIWPLMN.
SET CLASS DIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–627
SET CLASS DIWTAP
SET CLASS DIWTAP
Sets attribute values of the class DIWTAP.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS DIWTAP entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS DIWTAP command sets attributes associated with DIWTAP.
2–628 SMSC Commands SET CLASS DIWTAP
SET CLASS ERMES
SET CLASS ERMES
Sets common attribute values of class ERMES.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS ERMES entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/EMPTY_OADC OFF
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH=n 160
/MAXSESSIONS=n 8
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED=n 10
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW=n 10
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH can only be set when all
entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS ERMES command sets the value of common attributes associated with
ERMES entities.
SET CLASS ERMES SMSC Commands 2–629
SET CLASS ERMES
Qualifiers
/EMPTY_OADC
The /EMPTY_OADC qualifier is used to specify whether the originating address should be
included in the UCP message in a delivery attempt or that the OAdC field will be left empty.
This attribute is a parameter.
EMPTY_OADC can be set to ’ON’ or ’OFF’.
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH=n
The /MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum message length of
the ERMES message. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH are in the range from 1 to 640.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 20.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED=n
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. When this maximum is reached, the entity will be
in the blocked state. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_MSGS_QUEUED are in the range from 3 to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all diwermes entities are stopped.
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW=n
The /MSGS_QUEUED_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark (percentage times
MAX_MSGS_QUEUED) at which the entity state will change from blocked state to active
state. In active state new messages from the SMH are accepted. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MSGS_QUEUED_LOW are in the range from 0 to 90.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all diwermes entities are stopped.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
2–630 SMSC Commands SET CLASS ERMES
SET CLASS ERMES
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS ERMES /MAXSESSIONS=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the
ERMES entities.
SET CLASS ERMES SMSC Commands 2–631
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class FAX_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXACTIONS=n 100
/MAXSESSIONS=n 8
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
/TO_RESPONSE=n 300
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAXACTIONS can only be set when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS FAX_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with FAX_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXACTIONS=n
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–632 SMSC Commands SET CLASS FAX_COMMON
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON
The possible values for MAXACTIONS are in the range from 1 to 1000.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 20.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_RESPONSE=n
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, in which
the SMH needs to respond on an internal message from another entity. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values for TO_RESPONSE are in the range from 1 to 3600.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS FAX_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the FAX_
COMMON entities.
SET CLASS FAX_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–633
SET CLASS FAX3SRV
SET CLASS FAX3SRV
Sets attribute values of the class FAX3SRV.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS FAX3SRV entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS FAX3SRV command sets attributes associated with FAX3SRV.
2–634 SMSC Commands SET CLASS FAX3SRV
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class FAX3_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BCKGR_FREP=str
/BCKGR_DIRECT=str
/BCKGR_DIST=str
/BCKGR_LRAD=str
/MAXFAXES=n 50
/TEMPLATE=str "FAX3_FORM.FAX3"
Restrictions
The attribute MAXFAXES can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with FAX3_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/BCKGR_DIRECT=str
The /BCKGR_DIRECT qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–635
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
used to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are directly sent to a fax device. Also notifications
that are sent to a fax device make use of this background form. The background form needs to
be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of BCKGR_DIRECT are strings with lengths in the range of 0 to 6
characters. It is used by the fax device as a background form for short messages whose PID is
directly set to FAXG3.
The default string is set to: "DIRECT".
/BCKGR_DIST=str
The /BCKGR_DIST qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
used to deliver distribution lists overviews created by the Distribution List Handler (DLH).
The background form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values of BCKGR_DIST are strings with lengths in the range of 0 to 6 characters.
It is used by the fax device as a background form for distribution list overviews created by
DLH.
The default string is set to: "DIST".
/BCKGR_FREP=str
The /BCKGR_FREP qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver fax reports created by the Fax Report Handler. The background form needs to be
stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of BCKGR_FREP are strings with lengths in the range of 0 to 6 char-
acters. It is used by the fax device as a background form for fax reports created by FRH
entities.
The default string is set to: "FREP".
/BCKGR_LRAD=str
The /BCKGR_LRAD qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are sent to a fax device as a last resort. The background
form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of BCKGR_LRAD are strings with lengths in the range of 0 to 6 charac-
ters. It is used by the fax device as a background form for short messages that are delivered
on a fax group 3 device as a last resort.
The default string is set to: "LRAD".
/MAXFAXES=n
The /MAXFAXES qualifier is used to specify the total number of outstanding faxes, that is,
faxes that have not received a notification from the fax device, the fax server can keep in
memory. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXFAXES are in the range from 1 to 1000. This attribute de-
fines how many faxes can be stored in the internal queue of the FAX3SRV entity between
submission to the fax device and the receival of a notification from the fax device.
2–636 SMSC Commands SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON
/TEMPLATE=str
The /TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify which template file should be used to convert
Short Messages (SMs) to a fax. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for an explanation
on how to make a template file. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of TEMPLATE are strings with lengths in the range of 0 to 256 characters.
It is used by the FAX3SRV entities as a template for direct and last resort short message
delivery. See the operator manual for an explanation on how to use the template file.
The default string is set to: "FAX3_FORM.FAX3".
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON /MAXFAXES=20
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 20 to common attribute MAXFAXES of the FAX3_
COMMON entities.
SET CLASS FAX3_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–637
SET CLASS FRH
SET CLASS FRH
Sets attribute values of the class FRH.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS FRH entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS FRH command sets attributes associated with FRH.
2–638 SMSC Commands SET CLASS FRH
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class FRH_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SUBS 10000
/MAXACTIONS 100
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/NR_ATTEMPTS 3
/RETRY_INT 10
/SCAN_INT 5
/TEMPLATE=str FRH_FORM.FRH
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/TO_RESPONSE 300
Restrictions
The attributes MAX_SUBS, MAXSESSIONS and MAXACTIONS can only be set when all
entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS FRH_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with FRH entities.
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–639
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON
Qualifiers
/MAX_SUBS=n
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of subscribers this entity
can handle. This attribute is a parameter. The possible values for MAX_SUBS are in the
range from 100 to 1000000.
/MAXACTIONS=n
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXACTIONS are in the range from 1 to 1000.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 20.
/NR_ATTEMPTS=n
The /NR_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to deliver
a Fax Report. This attribute is a parameter. The possible values for NR_ATTEMPTS are in
the range from 1 to 255.
IMPORTANT
The qualifiers /NR_ATTEMPTS and /RETRY_INT are related to each other. The
higher the number of delivery attempts, the lower the possible retry interval time.
The NR_ATTEMPTS multiplied by the RETRY_INT should always be less than 23
hours.
/RETRY_INT=n
The /RETRY_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the
delivery attempts. This attribute is a parameter. The possible values for RETRY_INT are in
the range from 1 to 255.
IMPORTANT
The qualifiers /NR_ATTEMPTS and /RETRY_INT are related to each other. The
higher the number of delivery attempts, the lower the possible retry interval time.
The NR_ATTEMPTS multiplied by the RETRY_INT should always be less than 23
hours.
/SCAN_INT=n
The /SCAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the sub-
sequent reading of the SMH message log files. This attribute is a parameter. The possible
values for SCAN_INT are in the range from 3 to 255.
/TEMPLATE=str
The /FRH_TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify the name of the template file that is
used to define the layout of the Fax Report. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for
2–640 SMSC Commands SET CLASS FRH_COMMON
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON
instructions on how to set up a template file. This attribute is a parameter. The possible
length of the TEMPLATE-name is in the range from 0 to 160 characters.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_RESPONSE=n
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, in which
the SMH needs to respond on an internal message from another entity. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values for TO_RESPONSE are in the range from 1 to 3600.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS FRH_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the FRH_
COMMON entities.
SET CLASS FRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–641
SET CLASS GHLR
SET CLASS GHLR
Sets attribute values of the class GHLR.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS GHLR entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS GHLR command sets attributes associated with a GHLR.
2–642 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GHLR
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class GHLR_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER=n
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR=n
/MAXSESSIONS=n 1000
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS=n 1
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
/TT_DEFAULT=n 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with an
GHLR_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER=n
The /FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER qualifier specifies the network node number to use in the
SendRoutingInfoForSM response back to the originating SMSC. This network node number
is used by the originating SMSC to determine the destination MSC (SMSC) for the MT-
ForwardSM request in question. Please note that the TT dependent MSC table (refer to /FSG_
TT_MSC_TABLE) has precedence over this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–643
SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER can be set to an MSC number with a minimum length of one digit
and a maximum length of 15 digits; the RESET command can be used to empty the value of
this attribute.
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR=n
The /GHLR_PLMN_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the GHLR address in the PLMN domain,
which is included in the Global Title of the calling address in GHLR responses to the PLMN
network. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
The value of this attribute is a string containing 38 decimal digits at most.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the GHLR entity is stopped.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR can be set to ’ON’ or ’OFF’.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS=n
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS can be set from 0 to 1.
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS can be set to ’ON’ or ’OFF’.
/TT_DEFAULT=n
The /TT_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default translation type value for Global
Titles present in GHLR responses returned to the PLMN network. The possible values of this
attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_DEFAULT can be set from 0 to 255.
2–644 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GHLR_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW
SET CLASS GIW
Sets attribute values of the class GIW.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS GIW entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/INSTANCE_ID=n 1
/MAP_NODE=str ""
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS GIW command sets attributes associated with a GIW.
Qualifiers
/INSTANCE_ID=n
The /INSTANCE_ID qualifier is used to specify the instance ID to be supplied to MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
INSTANCE_ID can be set from 1 through 2.
/MAP_NODE=str
The /MAP_NODE qualifier is used to specify the node name of the (preferred) MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
The value of this attribute is a string containing at most 15 characters.
SET CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–645
SET CLASS GIW
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS GIW /INSTANCE_ID=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to the attribute INSTANCE_ID of the GIW.
2–646 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class GIW_COMMON.
Please also refer to SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that
can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS 0
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE WHITE
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET OFF
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION YES
/FWSM_TO=n 60
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL ON
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED OFF
/LANA_IMSI_CHECK OFF
/MAXSESSIONS=n 1000
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER 0
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER 0
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP NO
/MNP_2SRI_ERR 1
/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR 1
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR 1
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED/OFF
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT NO
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD 1
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/PREFERRED_NETWORK GSM
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL NO
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/RSMDS_TO=n 10
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS=n 1
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE=n 157
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN ON
/SRI_TO=n 30
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED/OFF
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK OFF
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–647
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT 0
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS GIW_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with the GIW_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS
The /ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS qualifier is used to prevent mismatches for MSCs and/or
SGSNs that have multiple address, when performing the MO SMS Anti Fraud Check. This
qualifier specifies the number of digits at the end of the MSC/SGSN address that are discarded
when comparing the SCCP Calling Party (SUA Source Address) GT digits with the MSC/SGSN
GT digits in the HLR response of the SendRoutingInfoForSM of the A-MSISDN. This attribute
is a flag.
ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS can be set from 0 to 8.
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE qualifier is used to specify whether the MO SMS Anti
Fraud MSC/SGSN Global Title prefix list is a blacklist or a whitelist. Please refer to the list
qualifier GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST for more details. This attribute is a flag.
ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE can be set to BLACK or WHITE.
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET
The /EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET qualifier allows the definition of Error Dependent Retry
(EDR) schemes for non-persistent network errors for which the Message Waiting Data (MWD)
list in the HLR could not be updated. When this attribute is set to ON, the desired EDR
scheme for these errors can be selected in PPL_NERR.TXT. This attribute is a flag.
EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET can be set to ON or OFF.
2–648 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION
The /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION qualifier specifies the loop prevention of Short Messages
(SMs) that are looping due to misconfiguration of the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG) func-
tionality. Loop Prevention prevents Mobile Terminated (MT) messages from being repeatedly
delivered to the originating SMSC again (to itself). Whenever, the Gateway MSC functionality
in the GIW detects that the MSC network node number in the received SendRoutingInfoforSM
response (from a GHLR) is identical to its SMSC address (refer to attribute /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR and /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR in class SMSC_COMMON), the message is im-
mediately rejected. The number of occurrences of this situation is counted (refer to counter
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM in class GIW). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, FSG loop
prevention in class GIW_COMMON is not shown.
FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION can be set to ON or OFF. This attribute can only be changed when
the GIW entity is stopped.
/FWSM_TO=n
The /FWSM_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated (MT-)ForwardSM request to the MSC or SGSN. In case of a very slow network,
the request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
This results in multiple deliveries of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout
according to the network delay this can be prevented. The time specified in this attribute must
be equal or greater than the time specified in the attribute NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD.
This attribute is a parameter.
FWSM_TO can be set from 1 to 604800.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
GT_GTI_DEFAULT can be set from 0 up to and include 4.
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL
The /HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL qualifier enables the SMSC to include the HLR Point Code and/or
Global Title (GT) into billing record of the message when no MSC GT and/or point code is
supplied by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL can be set to ON or OFF.
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED
The /LA_SCADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether to use LA-based configura-
tion of the SC address at the GSM MAP level. If the attribute is set to ON, the SC address is
set at the GSM MAP level according to the configuration in the GIW_LA_SCADDR.CNF file in
the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] directory.
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–649
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
LA_SCADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the GIW entity is stopped.
/LANA_IMSI_CHECK
The /LANA_IMSI_CHECK qualifier is used to enable or disable GIW IMSI check for Large
Accounts (LAs) that are not allowed to deliver messages to subscribers of the other networks
(LANA). This qualifier can only be set to ON when SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED
is set to ON.
When the GIW_COMMON class attribute LANA_IMSI_CHECK is set to ON, the GIW_
HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT configuration file is ignored on a GIW entity start-up. The MAP_
Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests for messages from LAs are send to the whole network.
The subscriber IMSI received in the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM response from the
HLR is verified against the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST attribute. When the
IMSI is matched the Short Message (SM) is forwarded to the recipient mobile, otherwise the
message is discarded together with all messages that are sent from the same LA to the current
subscriber address.
LANA_IMSI_CHECK can be set to ON or OFF.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the GIW entity is stopped.
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER
The /MAX_AC_ALERT_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used for
incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_ALERT. The following values can be
set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
• 1-2
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V2. This attribute is a parameter.
The maximum MAP version for incoming dialogs of application context SHORT_MSG_ALERT
can be set from 0 to 2.
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER
The /MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used
for incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_MO_RELAY. The following values
can be set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
2–650 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
• 1-3
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V3. This attribute is a parameter.
The maximum MAP version for incoming dialogs of application context SHORT_MSG_MO_
RELAY can be set from 0 to 3.
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP
The /MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP qualifier specifies whether a No Paging Response diagnostics
for MAP V1/V2 AbsentSubscriber network error should be determined by measuring the
response time of the (MT-) ForwardSM request. For MAP V3 this is already diagnosed in
the AbsentSubscriberSM network error. However, the diagnostics is only optional. In cases
when no diagnostics is provided by the Mobile Switching Centre (MSC), this parameter is used
within the MAP V3 for the same purpose as in case of the MAP V1/V2. This attribute is a
flag.
MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP can be set to YES or NO.
/MNP_2SRI_ERR=n
The /MNP_2SRI_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to the MAP_
Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request that triggers a 2nd MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM
request using a different addressing table. Please refer to class SMSC_COMMON/MNP_2SRI_
ENABLED
MNP_2SRI_ERR can be set from 0 to FF (hex).
/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR=n
The /MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to
the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests indicating that a recipient is not within
the HPLMN (refer to SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED). The default value is 1
(UnknownSubscriber). This attribute is a parameter. This attribute is related to SMSC_
COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED, which is a licensed option. This option can only be used
when it is switched ON.
MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR can be set from 0 to FF (hex).
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED
This attribute determines whether the SMSC treats the absence of an originator ad-
dress match for a Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) in the GIW_HLR_ADDR_
MO.DAT routing file as an error. Please refer to the Operator Manual for the details
regarding the use of this routing file (chapter "PLMN interface options/Integrated G/IW
MSC/Configuration/Configuration file").
This attribute allows this file to configure the ranges of originator addresses for which the
SMSC sends an SRI request to the HLR to obtain the originator’s IMSI for an MO/SM.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when the SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY
and SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED attributes are enabled.
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–651
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR=n
The /MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to
the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request that causes an unconditional rejection of the
Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) (refer to class SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_
SRI_ENABLED). The default value is 1 (UnknownSubscriber). This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED, which
is a licensed option. The unconditional rejection response is only used when this
option is switched ON.
MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR can be set from 0 to FF (hex).
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable or disable the national presen-
tation address feature.
NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT attribute specifies whether a Mobile Originated Short
Message (MO/SM) should be rejected if no IMSI is received. If set to YES, the MO/SM will
be rejected if, for any reason, the HLR does not return the IMSI. If set to NO, message
submission will proceed without IMSI checking. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, which is a
licensed option. This attribute can only be used when it is switched ON.
NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT can be set to YES or NO.
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD
The /NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD qualifier specifies the threshold after which the SMSC
assumes that a MAP V1/V2 Absent Subscriber error is due to a paging failure. If the response
time is greater than the configured threshold then the SMSC assumes a paging error has
occurred and a special retry scheme is initiated. This qualifier does not apply to MAP V3
because MAP V3 already has a diagnostic that specifies a paging error. The time specified
in this attribute must be less or equal to the time specified in the FWSM_TO attribute. This
attribute is a parameter.
NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD can be set from 1 to 604800.
2–652 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE can be set to ON or OFF.
/PREFERRED_NETWORK
The /PREFERRED_NETWORK qualifier is used to specify the network that is used for the
first Short Message (SM) delivery attempt, in case the HLR returns two numbers (an MSC
and an SGSN number). If the attribute is set to GSM, the SM is first forwarded to the MSC.
If it is set to GPRS, the SM is first forwarded to the SGSN. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid when GPRS functionality has been enabled.
PREFERRED_NETWORK can be set to GSM or GPRS.
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL
The /RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC will send the MAP-
Report-SM-Delivery-Status request to the HLR on Absent Subscriber Error reception in order
to update the Message Waiting Data (MWD) flag. The qualifier is taken into account only
when the Absent Subscriber Error is evaluated as a No Paging Response via the MSC or via
the Serving GRPS Support Node (SGSN).
RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL can be set to NO or YES.
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
The /REPLACEMENT_IMSI qualifier specifies the IMSI value that is replaced with the
recipient MSISDN E.164 international format address digits in forward SM messages, when
matched in the correspondent SRI response. When the length of the attribute value is greater
than 0 the IMSI replacement functionality is ENABLED.
The possible values of this attribute are digit strings of the length not greater than 15. This
attribute is read-only. This attribute is a parameter.
REPLACEMENT_IMSI can be set to a digit string of a length not greater than 15.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR can be set to ON or OFF.
/RSMDS_TO
The /RSMDS_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated ReportSM-DeliveryStatus request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the
request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–653
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
The consequence is that an MSISDN alert in the response does not trigger the SMSC to
send more messages. By increasing the timeout according to the network delay this can be
prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
RSMDS_TO can be set from 1 to 604800.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS=n
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS can be set from 0 to 1.
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE=n
The /SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE qualifier is used for outgoing TCAP transactions in MAP
V2 and higher. When the TCAP component size exceeds the attribute value, segmentation is
performed by the GIW. This attribute is a parameter.
SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE can be set from 0 to 4096.
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS can be set to ON or OFF.
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN
The /SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Message
Entity Address (SMEA) and Message Type Indicator (MTI) of the Short Message (SM) are
sent to the HLR, so that the HLR can perform SM filtering. If the attribute is set to ON, the
SMEA and MTI are inserted in the routing info request to the HLR. When it is set to OFF, the
SMEA and the MTI are left empty in the routing info request to the HLR, thereby disabling
the filtering by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN can be set to ON or OFF.
/SRI_TO
The /SRI_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the SendRoutingInfoForSM
request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the request might timeout because the
acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires. This results in multiple delivery
attempts of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout according to the network
delay this can be prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
SRI_TO can be set from 1 to 604800.
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED
The /SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED qualifier enables or disables the collection of specific
SCCP/SUA or MAP error details resulting from failed Mobile Terminated (MT) delivery
attempts. This extra information can, for example, be used for specific Error Dependent Retry
(EDR) profiles, or for Mobile Number Portability (MNP) through SMPP interconnect (option
2–654 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
16f). Please refer to the installed PPL_NERR.TXT file for the exact mapping of the SCCP/SUA
or MAP error details. This attribute is a flag.
SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK
The /TEMPORARY_FALLBACK qualifier is used to specify the fallback behaviour for a GIW
initiated MAP dialogue when the remote peer rejects the proposed MAP version. The proposed
MAP version is specified per routing entry in the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]GIW_DPC_MAP.DAT
routing file.
When the attribute is set to ON, the GIW falls back on a dialogue basis (temporary fallback)
and the dialogue is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues, however, are
initiated according to the initial routing file entry, which remains unmodified. Setting this
attribute to ON is useful when routing is based on Global Title to prevent permanent fallback.
When the attribute is set to OFF, the GIW falls back on a routing entry basis (permanent
fallback). The routing entry is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues
are initiated according to the updated routing entry. This attribute is a flag.
TEMPORARY_FALLBACK can be set to ON or OFF.
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT
The /TT_HLR_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the HLR. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from one of the HLR address files: GIW_HLR_ADDR.DAT,
GIW_HLR_ADDR_MO.DAT, GIW_HLR_ADDR_SEC.DAT, or GIW_HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_HLR_DEFAULT can be set from 0 up to and include 255.
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT
The /TT_MSC_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the MSC. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from the GIW_MSC_SGSN_ADDR.DAT MSC address file. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
TT_MSC_DEFAULT can be set from 0 up to and include 255.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS GIW_COMMON /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT=OFF
PML>
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT qualifier is used to specify the behaviour depending
on the availability of the IMSI in a message from the Home Location Register (HLR).
When the qualifier is set to ON, it is possible to reject a Mobile Originated Short Message
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–655
SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
(MO/SM) in case the HLR does not return the IMSI for a reason. If the qualifier is set to
OFF, the message submission proceeds without IMSI checking.
2–656 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GIW_COMMON
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
Sets the common attribute values of the class GSM_COMMON.
Please also to SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
set.
Syntax
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_VALIDATION NO
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 OFF
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 OFF
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 OFF
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 255
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 65535
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED OFF
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM TAP
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/PRIORITY_DEF REPEATED
/USED_SERVER GIW
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF ON
Restrictions
The attribute USED_SERVER can only be set when all entities of the DIWPLMN (GSM) class
are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–657
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
Description
The SET CLASS GSM_COMMON command sets the common attributes associated with the
PLMN network type GSM.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_VALIDATION
The /ADDR_VALIDATION qualifier is used to specify whether address validation is done for
the recipient address. When this attribute is set to YES a recipient address is rejected if it is
not in international or national format. This attribute is a flag.
ADDR_VALIDATION can be set to YES or NO.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command AVG_LEN_SGMS can be set between 140 and 5000.
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC
accepts the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ON_RETRY, to request
a text notification on retry or delivery error, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated
Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ON_RETRY scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 can be set to ON or OFF.
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ORIG, to request a text notification
for the originator address only, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated Message (CM).
This attribute is a flag.
2–658 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ORIG scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 can be set to ON or OFF.
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1
The /CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command that is configured for the scan function ON_DISPLAY. This scan function
is used to enable the MO subscriber to send a direct-on-display SMS, in the first segment of a
GSM Concatenated Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
SCAN command functionality license is required.
SCAN command functionality must be enabled.
ON_DISPLAY scan command must be configured.
SCAN command functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-
DELIVER message.
CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 can be set to ON or OFF.
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX can be set between 0 and 255.
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX can be set between 0 and 65535.
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–659
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
/CSP_ENABLED
The /GSM_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWPLMN (GSM).
CSP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED
The /DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch the display of the deferred
delivery time on the GSM mobile phone ON or OFF.
DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the GSM network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2 This attribute is a flag.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than 140 octets.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is inter-
preted the same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM can be set to TAP or ERMES.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
With this command NR_CC_SGMS can be set between 1 and 32,000.
/PRIORITY_DEF
The /PRIORITY_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default priority type to set the MAP SM_
RP_PRI indicator. Possible values are NONE (never set), ALL (always set), REPEATED (set
when the message is the first of a set of repeated messages). This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
Note that a SEND_ROUTING_INFO for the originator is always with priority indepen-
dent of the settings. This only applies when the Mobile Number Portability (MNP)
license is switched to ON.
2–660 SMSC Commands SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON
/USED_SERVER
The /USED_SERVER qualifier is used to specify which server for delivery to PLMN network is
used. This attribute is a parameter.
USED_SERVER can be set to GIW only.
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF
The /VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF qualifier is used to specify the initial settings for the
(de)activation of scan tags. This attribute is a parameter.
VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF can be set to ON or OFF.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS GSM_COMMON /AVG_LEN_SGMS=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to the common attribute AVG_LEN_SGMS of the
GSM entities.
SET CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–661
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Sets attribute values of the class IMPORT_COMMON.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT=n 1
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON command sets attributes associated with IMPORT_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT=n
The /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
transmitted to each SMH by SIWIMPORT at once. Increasing the value of the attribute
speeds up the import. The attribute value, however, will be increased only if the desired
transmission rate, specified by the attribute /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE is not provided by the
system. The bigger the attribute value the more SMH resources are used to process imported
messages and, consequently, less resources to process messages from other SIWs.
MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT can be set from 1 to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IMPORT entity is stopped.
2–662 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to the common attribute MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
of the IMPORT entities.
SET CLASS IMPORT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–663
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class IP7_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GTT_ENABLED
/MULTI_SGG_ENABLED
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE XUDT
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY ON
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION ON
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 254
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE 10
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS 10
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS 1000
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS 500
/SSNM_ENABLED
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER 5
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER 60
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS 500
/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING
/SUA_REASSEMBLY ON
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SUA_SEGMENTATION OFF
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 219
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES 20
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS 1000
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID 0
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
2–664 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS IP7_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with a IP7_
COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/GTT_ENABLED
The /GTT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Global Title Translation (GTT) functionality
is enabled for SUA and SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a flag.
GTT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/MULTI_SGG_ENABLED
The /MULTI_SGG_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SUA and/or
SCCP/M3UA over SCTP/IP functionality supports multiple Signalling Gateway Groups
(SGGs). It can only be set if the associated licence is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
MULTI_SGG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
After modifying this attribute, the IP7 entities should be restarted one by one.
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE
The /SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE qualifier specifies the default SCCP message type for out-
bound messages. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE can be set to UDT or XUDT.
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SCCP message reassembly.
This attribute is a flag.
SCCP_REASSEMBLY can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–665
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO=n
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier specifies the SCCP message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value,
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO can be set from 5 to 20.
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION
The /SCCP_SEGMENTATION qualifier is being used to enable or disable SCCP message
segmentation. This attribute is a flag.
SCCP_SEGMENTATION can be set to ON or OFF.
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE=n
The /SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier specifies the segmentation size in bytes. When
SCCP segmentation is enabled, any SCCP message with size equal or higher than the qualifier
value is segmented. When SCCP segmentation is disabled, any SCCP message with size equal
or higher than the qualifier value is transmitted as a Long Data message. Otherwise, the
message is transmitted with message type according to the configuration of /SCCP_DFLT_
MESG_TYPE. This attribute is a parameter.
SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE can be set from 160 to 254.
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE=n
The /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of unique SCCP SSP
messages being transmitted to the network per second. This cache is cleared once per second.
For every transmitted SSP message, the combination of destination PC and affected SSN is
stored in the cache. The transmission of an SSP message will be aborted, if the combination
of destination PC and affected SSN is identical to an entry in the cache, or when the cache
has reached the configured /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE number of entries. In case /SCCP_
SSP_CACHE_SIZE is set to 0, the SSP caching functionality is disabled. This attribute is a
parameter.
SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE can be set from 0 to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities have been stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS=n
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP application requests. This attribute is a parameter.
SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS can be set from 1 to 5,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS=n
The /SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP chunk descriptors. This attribute is a parameter.
2–666 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS can be set from 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS=n
The /SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP datagram headers. This attribute is a parameter.
SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS can be set from 1 to 1,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SSNM_ENABLED
The /SSNM_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether SS7 Signalling Network Management
functionality for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA is enabled. This attribute is a flag.
SSNM_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
After modifying this attribute, the IP7 entities should be restarted one by one.
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used for maintaining the DPC state for destinations that are not
configured in the IP7_PC_MASK_PREFIX_SGG.DAT file, but do fall in the range of the
entries of this file. Note that the DPC dynamic entries are only allocated for DPCs for which
at least one route is not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES can be set from 100 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the state of SSNs belonging to the maintained
DPCs as indicated by the SSNM messages from network. Worst case, maximum SSN entries
can be counted as a product of the number of maximum DPC entries (/SSNM_MAX_DPC_
ENTRIES) and maximum number of supported SSNs per DPC. Note that SSN entries are only
allocated for SSNs that are not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES can be set from 100 to 30,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–667
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the DPC state for all DPC/DPC mask entries for
which at least one route is in a state different from available. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES can be set from 100 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER qualifier specifies the time value of the SSNM SSN auditing
timer. This attribute determines the initial time value at which the destination SSN and
SCCP states registered different from available, will be audited (provided that the SSNM
functionality is enabled). The timer for auditing SSN and SCCP states is an adaptive timer,
meaning that the time period for doing the next auditing will be doubled compared to the
previous period, until the time period has been doubled 7 times. This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER can be set from 5 to 10 seconds.
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER specifies the time value of the SSNM DPC auditing timer.
This attribute determines the period in which the destination DPC (route) states registered
different from available will be periodically audited (provided that the SSNM functionality is
enabled). This attribute is a parameter.
SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER can be set from 0 to 600 seconds.
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS=n
The /SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of available
reassembly buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS can be set from 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING
The /SSRV_MO_THROTTLING qualifier is used to specify whether MO-SMS throttling (flow
control mechanisms) in the IP7 entity is supported. It can only be set if the associated license
is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
SSRV_MO_THROTTLING can be set to ON or OFF.
/SUA_REASSEMBLY
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message reassembly. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–668 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SUA_REASSEMBLY can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO=n
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier is used to specify the SUA message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO can be set from 5 to 20.
/SUA_SEGMENTATION
The /SUA_SEGMENTATION qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message segmentation.
This attribute is a flag.
SUA_SEGMENTATION can be set to ON or OFF.
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE=n
The /SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the minimum message size in
bytes to trigger SUA message segmentation. This attribute is a parameter.
SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE can be set from 160 to 254.
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES=n
The /XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
signals. This attribute is a parameter.
XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES can be set from 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS=n
The /XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
send buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS can be set from 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID=n
The /XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID qualifier is used to specify the routing context system identifier.
For single systems this attribute may be ignored (default=0). In that case, a SUA routing
context value is created for each type of SUA user (e.g., GIW) and is used by the Signalling
Gateway (SG) to determine the stream of traffic destined to that SUA user. The SUA routing
context value is identical to the SSN value related to the SUA user type. Besides, an M3UA
routing context value is created for each local PC representation of the system within each (via
SG) connected SS7 network and is used by the SG to determine the stream of traffic originated
from that SS7 network to that local PC.
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–669
SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
For distributed systems (e.g. DSMSC) each system should have a unique routing context
system identifier, identifying unique SUA routing contexts per SUA user type and per system,
so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system based on that unique
routing context. For M3UA, each system’s unique routing context identifier identifies a unique
M3UA routing context per unique local PC representation of the system within each (via SG)
connected SS7 network, so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system
based on that unique routing context.
The format of the SUA and M3UA routing context value is <x><yy><zzz>. Where <x> is the
SS7 network identifier related to the local PC representation (<x> is 0 for SUA), <yy> is the
value of the unique routing context system identifier and <zzz> is the SSN of the SUA user
type (<zzz> is 000 for M3UA). Also routing context values with <yy> is 00 are created (just as
for single systems). These are used to distribute new traffic over the systems. Note that the
SG should be configured properly to recognise all these routing context values. This attribute
is a parameter.
XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID can be set from 0 to 99.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IP7 entities are stopped.
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS
The /XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS qualifier is used to enable or disable signalling of incoming
SUA and/or M3UA SSNM messages. This attribute is a flag.
XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS can be set to ON or OFF.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS IP7_COMMON /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS=1000
PML>
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
buffered SCTP application requests. When this maximum of unprocessed application
requests is reached, the SCTP layer rejects new application requests.
2–670 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IP7_COMMON
SET CLASS ISDN
SET CLASS ISDN
Sets attribute values of the class ISDN.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS ISDN entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS ISDN command sets attributes associated with ISDN.
SET CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–671
SET CLASS IS41
SET CLASS IS41
Sets attribute values of the class IS41.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS IS41 entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS IS41 command sets attributes associated with an IS41.
2–672 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IS41
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class IS41_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING ON
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/MAXSESSIONS=n 1000
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS=n 0
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n 15
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST ON
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–673
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS IS41_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with IS41
entities.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST can be set to YES or NO.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG can be set to YES or NO.
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE can be set to YES or NO.
2–674 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_SUBADDR can be set to YES or NO.
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
CHARGE_IND can be set to NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG or CHARGE_DEST.
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING
The /ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server supports indirect
routing. When the qualifier equals ON, the IS41 server searches the IS41_SMSC_ADDR.DAT
file in order to determine whether indirect routing should be performed for the specific re-
cipient’s Mobile Directory Number. Otherwise, the IS41 server immediately performs direct
routing, using the IS41_HLR_ADDR.DAT file. This attribute is a flag.
ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING can be set to ON or OFF.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
GT_GTI_DEFAULT can be set from 0 up to and including 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IS41 entities are stopped.
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–675
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should convert
the Original Destination Address (ODA) field in an SMSDeliveryP2P to an INTERNATIONAL
or NATIONAL format. Please note that the IS41 server can only do this when attribute IS41_
COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDEL is set to ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this
attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the country code and
the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the country code and will only
use the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will include the country code, and
use the National (Significant) Number if the MDN is INTERNATIONAL or the OOA is
INTERNATIONAL. If both the MDN and OOA are not INTERNATIONAL, the ODA will be in
the NATIONAL format. This attribute is a parameter.
MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE can be set to DEFAULT, NATIONAL, INTERNATIONAL.
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE attribute specifies how the IS41 server formats the
Mobile Directory Number (MDN) field in an SMSRequest. Please note that the IS41 server
can only do this when the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST is set to
ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the SMSC E.164
country code and the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the E.164 country code and will
only use the National (Significant) Number, without the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) E.164
prefix.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will assemble the MDN without the
Country Code, but with the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) prefix and the National (Significant)
Number. However, if the SCCP Called Party Address/SUA destination address includes a
Global Title, and its National Use bit is cleared, then the SMSC will include the E.164 country
code and the National (Significant) Number. This attribute is a parameter.
MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE can be set to DEFAULT, NATIONAL, INTERNATIONAL.
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
NON_REPLACEMENT can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IS41 entity is stopped.
2–676 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS
The /OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS qualifier specifies the Type of Digits the IS41 server sets in
the OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint, in case of indirect
routing to a remote SMSC. When the type of number of the OriginalOriginatingAddress is
alphanumeric and the value of this attribute equals zero, the IS41 server sets the Type of
Digits to the Calling Party Number. In all other cases, the IS41 server sets the Type of Digits
in the OriginalOriginatingAddress as specified by this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS can be set from 0 to 255.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN can be set to DEFAULT or REPEATED.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE can be set to ON or OFF.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND can be set DEFAULT, NOTIFY, DO_NOT_NOTIFY.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IS41 entity is stopped.
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–677
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND can be set to DEFAULT, NOTIFY, DO_NOT_NOTIFY.
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IS41 entity is stopped.
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN
The /SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should force the
numbering plan identifier of the MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSNotification and the
SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress in an inbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
When the attribute is set to ON, the IS41 server forces the Numbering Plan Identifier (NPI)
of the MobileDirectoryNumber field that was received in an SMSNotification and the SMS_
OriginalDestinationAddress that was received in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
Otherwise, the IS41 server keeps both fields as is. This attribute is a flag.
SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN can be set to ON or OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER can be set to ON or OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
2–678 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set to OFF if the attribute USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST
is set to ON.
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set to ON,
the IS41 server will always include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest.
Otherwise, the IS41 server will include the MobileDirectoryNumber in the SMSRequest. This
attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST. It will
not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set to OFF if the attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
is set to ON.
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_MAP can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the IS41 entity is stopped.
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is
set to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field
in an SMSRequest. Otherwise, the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is only included in an
SMSRequest when the Teleservice Identifier is of type TDMA OATS, TDMA Interim OPTS,
TDMA Interim OOA, TDMA Interim OOA Plus or TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a flag.
USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST can be set to ON or OFF.
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–679
SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS IS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO=30
PML>
This SET command sets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 30 seconds for the IS41
entities.
2–680 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IS41_COMMON
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class IVR_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and WINDOWSIZE can only be set when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS IVR_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with IVR entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set in the range from 1 to 20.
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–681
SET CLASS IVR_COMMON
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
WINDOW_SIZE can be set to a value between 1 and 100.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS IVR_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the IVR
entities.
2–682 SMSC Commands SET CLASS IVR_COMMON
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class LDAP_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SESSIONS 5
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 10
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL 120
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT 3600
/COMMUNITY_CHECK OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with the
LDAP_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SESSIONS=n
The /MAX_SESSIONS attribute is the maximum number of simultaneous active sessions that
an LIW can support. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–683
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
MAX_SESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC=n
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC attribute is the maximum number of transactions per second
that the LIW can perform on the SDB. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC can be set from 1 to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL=n
The /SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL attribute specifies the time interval that is used to regulate
the number of SDB errors in the LIW(s). The number of SDB errors that are allowed in
the interval is specified by the SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute. If the number of SDB
errors exceeds this value then an alarm is generated. It has a value of between 0 and 200
seconds. 120 seconds is the default. If the value is set to zero then no checking will be done.
This attribute is a parameter.
SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL can be set from 0 to 200.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD=n
The /SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute is the number of SDB errors that are allowed
during the SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL time interval. It has a value between 1 and 100. The
default is 20. This attribute is a parameter.
SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD can be set from 1 to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL=n
The THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL attribute is the interval in which the throughput of the
LIW is measured. The throughput is regulated by counting the number of transactions over
the THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL time and checking it against the MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
value. It has a value between 1 and 60 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. This attribute is a
parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL can be set from 1 to 60.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
2–684 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT=n
The SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT attribute is the interval indicating how long the LIW keeps an
inactive session with the CDS open. It has a value between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default
is 3600 seconds. If the attribute is set to 0 inactive sessions are not removed by the LIW. This
attribute is a parameter.
SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LIW entities are stopped.
/COMMUNITY_CHECK=n
The COMMUNITY_CHECK attribute determines whether the Community check should be
applied to the LDAP subscriber requests. If enabled, the Community ID should be defined in
the LIW_LOOKUP_TABLES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
COMMUNITY_CHECK can be set to ON or OFF.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL=40
PML>
The SET command sets the LDAP common attribute THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL entities.
SET CLASS LDAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–685
SET CLASS LOGSRV
SET CLASS LOGSRV
Sets attribute values of the class LOGSRV.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS LOGSRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDR_TIME 3600
/CDR_TIME_1 3600
/CDR_TIME_2 3600
/CDR_TIME_3 3600
/CDR_TIME_4 3600
/CDR_TIME_5 3600
/CDR_TIME_6 3600
/CDR_TIME_7 3600
/CDR_TIME_8 3600
/CDR_TIME_9 3600
/CDR_TIME_10 3600
/FLUSH_TIME 60
/FRP_TIME 3600
/LOG_TIME 3600
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS LOGSRV command sets attributes associated with an LOGSRV.
Qualifiers
/CDR_TIME
The /CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate CDR file is
kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_TIME seconds,
2–686 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV
SET CLASS LOGSRV
a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for usage by the post-processing
system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME is changed, the log server closes the current CDR
file. The standby CDR file is used as the new current CDR file and a new standby
CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_1
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_1 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_1 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_1 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 1. The standby CDR file for stream 1 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
1 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_2
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_2 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_2 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_2 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 2. The standby CDR file for stream 2 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
2 seconds have expired.
SET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–687
SET CLASS LOGSRV
/CDR_TIME_3
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_3 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_3 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_3 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 3. The standby CDR file for stream 3 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
3 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_4
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_4 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_4 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_4 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 4. The standby CDR file for stream 4 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
4 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_5
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_5 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_5 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_5 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 5. The standby CDR file for stream 5 is used as the new current CDR
2–688 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV
SET CLASS LOGSRV
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
5 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_6
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_6 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_6 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_6 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 6. The standby CDR file for stream 6 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
6 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_7
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_7 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_7 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_7 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 7. The standby CDR file for stream 7 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
7 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_8
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_8 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_8 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
SET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–689
SET CLASS LOGSRV
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_8 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 8. The standby CDR file for stream 8 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
8 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_9
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_9 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_9 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_9 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 9. The standby CDR file for stream 9 is used as the new current CDR
file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_TIME_
9 seconds have expired.
/CDR_TIME_10
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
CDR_TIME_10 can be set from 30 to 86.400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
CDR_TIME_10 should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of CDR_TIME_10 is changed, the LOGSRV closes the current CDR
file for stream 10. The standby CDR file for stream 10 is used as the new current
CDR file and a new standby CDR file will be created, in the same way when CDR_
TIME_10 seconds have expired.
/FRP_TIME
The /FRP_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds in which the intermediate Fax
Report CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After
FRP_TIME seconds, a Fax Report CDR file is closed by the log server and will be available for
usage by the operator billing system. This attribute is a parameter.
2–690 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV
SET CLASS LOGSRV
FRP_TIME can be set from 30 to 86400 seconds.
IMPORTANT
FRP_TIME should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME. Fax Reporting is
a licensed option. Fax Report Call Detail Records are only produced for the Toll
Ticketing CDR format.
NOTE
When the value of FRP_TIME is changed, the LOG server closes the current Fax
Report CDR file. The standby Fax Report CDR file is used as the new current Fax
Report CDR file and a new standby Fax Report CDR file will be created, in the same
way when FRP_TIME seconds have expired.
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
LOG requests are flushed to the LOG file, that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is
a parameter.
FLUSH_TIME can be set from 30 to 3600 seconds.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_TIME should be less than or equal to LOG_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of FLUSH_TIME is changed, the buffered log requests currently
stored in the log server will be flushed to the log file, in the same way when
FLUSH_TIME seconds have been expired.
/LOG_TIME
The /LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate LOG file
is kept open by the LOG server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
LOG_TIME can be set from 60 to 86400.
IMPORTANT
LOG_TIME should be greater than or equal to FLUSH_TIME.
NOTE
When the value of LOG_TIME is changed, the LOG server closes the current LOG
file. The backup log file is used as the new current LOG file and a new backup LOG
file will be created, in the same way when LOG_TIME seconds have been expired.
SET CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–691
SET CLASS LOGSRV
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS LOGSRV ENTITY LOGSRV01 /LOG_TIME=3600
PML>
The SET command puts the attribute LOG_TIME of the LOGSRV entity LOGSRV01 to
3600 seconds.
2–692 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class LOGSRV_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Default
/BT_INTL_ADDR OFF
/CDR_FORMAT
/CM_LOG_TIME 60
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ 100
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ 100
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ 100
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ 100
/LOG_ENABLED ON
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD 5
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS 10000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 10.000
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 10.000
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS 1.000
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS 1.000
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS 1.000
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED YES
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP OFF
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED OFF
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED OFF
/SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED OFF
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR OFF
/TT_CLI OFF
/TT_SC_ADDRESS EMPTY
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–693
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with
LOGSRV entities.
Qualifiers
/BT_INTL_ADDR
The /BT_INTL_ADDR qualifier is used to present the addresses in the statistical interface in
International Format when it is set to ON. When it is set to OFF (Default), the addresses are
presented according to the SMSC attribute /LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED. This attribute is a
flag.
BT_INTL_ADDR can be set to ON or OFF.
/CDR_FORMAT
The /CDR_FORMAT qualifier is used to set the Call Detail Record output format. This
attribute is a flag and the qualifier can have the following values:
NONE (No CDR output)
ASN1 (ASN.1 format)
TT (Ericsson Toll Ticketing format)
CDR_FORMAT can be set to NONE, ASN1 or TT.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV entities are stopped.
/CM_LOG_TIME=n
The /CM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate CMLOG
file is kept open by LOGSRV before it starts writing to a new file. The CMLOG file is used
by the CMLOG entity to create CM summary files. When a new value is specified for this
attribute, the value is used as soon as the timer expires and is restarted. This attribute is a
parameter.
CM_LOG_TIME can be set from 60 to 600.
2–694 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CDR files in
relation to the amount of CDR requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_CDR_REQ
CDR requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the CDR file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_CDR_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_CDR_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_CDR_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CM LOG
files in relation to the amount of CMLOG records in the LOGSRV flush buffer. If FLUSH_CM_
LOG_REQ CMLOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the CMLOG
file. This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_FRP_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the Fax Report
CDR files in relation to the amount of Fax Report CDR requests received by the LOGSRV
entity. If FLUSH_FRP_REQ Fax Report CDR requests have been received, the data is auto-
matically flushed to the Fax Report CDR (FRP) file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_FRP_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_FRP_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_FRP_ITEMS.
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ=n
The /FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the LOG files in
relation to the amount of LOG requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_LOG_REQ
LOG requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the LOG file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–695
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_LOG_REQ can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
FLUSH_LOG_REQ must be less than or equal to MAX_LOG_ITEMS.
/LOG_ENABLED
The /LOG_ENABLED qualifier determines whether traffic LOG files are written or not. These
traffic LOG files are used to store in the traffic LOG database. When this attribute is set to
ON the traffic LOG files are written. This attribute is a flag.
LOG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period in seconds, the LOG
server goes to sleep to postpone the creation of a new current LOG file. The LOG server
always tries to open two LOG files: the current LOG file in which the LOG request is actually
logged and a backup or hot standby LOG file.
When the current LOG file is full the backup will become the current LOG file and a new
backup LOG file will be created. When the LOG server runs out of disk space and there is
no current file, that is, the LOG server is unable to log a LOG request, it will go to sleep for
LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new current
LOG file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current LOG file can be created it will try
to create a new backup LOG file. This attribute is a parameter.
LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD can be set from 1 to 60.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
2–696 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–697
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
2–698 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10=n
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 can be set from 1 to 1000000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10 must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CDR_REQ.
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CMLOG
records that can be stored in a single CMLOG file. This value is used to calculate the maxi-
mum CM LOG file size. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ.
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_FRP_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Fax Report CDR
requests that can be stored in a single Fax Report CDR file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum Fax Report CDR (FRP) file size.
The actual number of FRP items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_FRP_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 100000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_FRP_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_FRP_REQ.
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–699
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of LOG requests
that can be stored in a single LOG file. This value is used to calculate the maximum LOG file
size.
The actual number of LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_LOG_ITEMS can be set from 1 to 100000.
IMPORTANT
MAX_LOG_ITEMS must be greater than or equal to FLUSH_LOG_REQ.
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in LOGSRV billing records. To change the value of this
attribute, please stop all LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a flag.
PRES_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP
The ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP qualifier determines whether the routed address should be
written into the Recipient Address (RECIPADDRESS) field of an ASN.1 billing record. If this
flag is ON and RARR applies to the message, the LOGSRV encodes the routed LA into the
RECIPADDRESS, leaving the alternative recipient address (RECIPALTADDRESS) empty.
This attribute is a flag.
ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP can be set to ON or OFF.
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED
The /SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Single Address Large
Accounts (SILAs) are identified by Short Number in billing files. This attribute is a flag.
SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the LOGSRV is stopped.
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED
The /SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED qualifier determines whether the SMS contents are writ-
ten to the statistical files of ASN.1 Billing files. This attribute is used to represent the
SMSC_SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED license in the license file. When this attribute is set to
ON, the SMS content can be logged in the statistics files by setting the /SMS_LOGGING_
ENABLED attribute to ON. It can be logged in CDR billing files by setting the following
fields in the FCDR_FIELDS.CNF file: callDetailRecord.smsContent=ON and callDetail-
Record.smsContentDcs=ON. This attribute is a flag.
2–700 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
It is only possible to change this attribute when there are no LOGSRV entities
running.
/SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED
The /SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED qualifier determines whether the SMS contents are written
to the statistical files. When this attribute is set to ON, SMS content will be logged in the
statistics files. This attribute cannot be set to ON unless the /SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED
attribute is also ON. This attribute is a flag.
SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED can only be set to ON when SMS_CONTENT_
ENABLED is also set to ON.
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR
The /TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR qualifier enables the SMSC to generate the translated address
format used for routing in the ASN.1 billing records. This attribute is a flag.
TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR can be set to ON or OFF.
/TT_CLI
The /TT_CLI qualifier determines whether an additional CLI field is added to the Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Record (CDR). When this attribute is set to ON, an additional
CLI field is added to the TT CDR. If this attribute is set to OFF, the default TT format is
written. The TT_CLI attribute is only applied when the CDR_FORMAT attribute is set to TT.
This attribute is a flag.
TT_CLI can be set to ON or OFF.
/TT_SC_ADDRESS
The /TT_SC_ADDRESS qualifier is used to specify the Service Centre (SC) address for Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Records (CDRs). This attribute is a parameter.
TT_SC_ADDRESS can be set from ’empty’ to a number of 13 digits.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD=60
PML>
The SET command sets the common attribute LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD of the LOGSRV
entities to 60 seconds.
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–701
SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
2. PML> SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED=NO
PML>
If the /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED is set to NO, the presentation address will not be used in
the LOGSRV billing records.
2–702 SMSC Commands SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS MD
SET CLASS MD
Sets attribute values of class MD.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS MD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AUDIT No
/EVENT_ACTION No
/LICENSE_FILE No
Description
The SET CLASS MD command sets the value of attributes associated with MD entities.
Qualifiers
/AUDIT
The /AUDIT qualifier is used to check the MD entity list against the AD entity list. Any
inconsistencies will be repaired in the MD. This attribute is a flag.
The AUDIT qualifier can be set to YES or NO.
/EVENT_ACTION
The /EVENT_ACTION qualifier is used to force the MD to read in the event action table.
IMPORTANT
For the event action table, the SMSC_EVENT_ACTION logical should be set. This logical
defines the filename in which the event-action table is defined. This attribute is a
flag.
The EVENT_ACTION qualifier can be set to YES or NO.
/LICENSE_FILE
The /LICENSE_FILE qualifier is used to force the MD to read in the license file. This attribute
is a flag.
The LICENSE_FILE qualifier can be set to YES or NO.
SET CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–703
SET CLASS MD
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS MD /LICENSE_FILE=Yes
PML>
This SET command forces the MD to re-initialize the system licenses.
2–704 SMSC Commands SET CLASS MD
SET CLASS MENU
SET CLASS MENU
Sets common attribute values class MENU.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS MENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/MAXSESSIONS=n 10
/MAX_PORTS=n 100
/MSGS_PER_SES=n 10
/NOTIF_DEF=hex 0
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/TO_CONNECT=n 60
/TO_INACTIVE=n 600
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n 30
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and ALERT_ENABLED can only be set when all entities of
this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS MENU command sets common attributes associated with MENU entities.
SET CLASS MENU SMSC Commands 2–705
SET CLASS MENU
Qualifiers
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 100.
/MAX_PORTS=n
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_PORTS are in the range from 1 to 1000.
/MSGS_PER_SES=n
The /MSGS_PER_SES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that can be submitted per session. This attribute is a parameter.
The value of MSGS_PER_SES is in the range from 1 to 100.
/NOTIF_DEF=hex
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SES_MAN_ENABLED can have the value ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/TO_CONNECT=n
The /TO_CONNECT qualifier is used to specify the connection setup time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_CONNECT can be set in the range from 1 to 3600 seconds.
2–706 SMSC Commands SET CLASS MENU
SET CLASS MENU
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE can be set in the range from 1 to 3600 seconds.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES can be set in the range from 1 to 3600 seconds.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS MENU /TO_MORE_MESSAGES=100
PML>
The SET command assigns 100 to the common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of the
MENU entities.
SET CLASS MENU SMSC Commands 2–707
SET CLASS NMT
SET CLASS NMT
Sets common attribute values of class NMT.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS NMT entity_item
Qualifiers Default
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED OFF
/MAXSESSIONS=n 30
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM=str TAP
/NOTIF_ALWAYS No
/NOTIF_DEF=hex 0
/NMT_SCAN OFF
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
/TO_INACTIVE=n 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n 30
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS NMT command sets common attributes associated with NMT entities.
2–708 SMSC Commands SET CLASS NMT
SET CLASS NMT
Qualifiers
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED
The /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
’address to PID’ table functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED can be set to "ON" or "OFF".
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 100.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM can be set to ’TAP’ or ’ERMES’.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
Indicates whether a notification should always be given. NOTIF_ALWAYS can be set to ’Yes’
or ’No’.
/NOTIF_DEF=hex
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
Table 2–26: Default notification values
Value Type of notifications
1 delivery notification
2 non-delivery notification
3 delivery notification and non-delivery notification
4 buffered message notification
5 delivery notification and buffered message notification
SET CLASS NMT SMSC Commands 2–709
SET CLASS NMT
Table 2–26 (Cont.): Default notification values
Value Type of notifications
6 non-delivery notification and buffered message notification
7 delivery notification, non-delivery notification and
buffered message notification
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 and 7.
/NMT_SCAN
The /NMT_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
The NMT_SCAN qualifier is used to enable scanning of MO short messages. Thus making
recognition possible, of commands embedded in the short message.
NMT_SCAN can be set to "ON" or "OFF".
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY can be set in the range of 1 to 3600 seconds.
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_INACTIVE are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_MORE_MESSAGES are in the range from 1 to 3600.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS NMT /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns 100 to the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the NMT
entities.
2–710 SMSC Commands SET CLASS NMT
SET CLASS OIS
SET CLASS OIS
Sets common attribute values of class OIS.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS OIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE=n 1
/MAXSESSIONS=n 30
/RCV_DCS_IA5=hex f
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 OFF
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
/TO_INACTIVE=n 60
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS OIS command sets the value of common attributes associated with OIS
entities.
SET CLASS OIS SMSC Commands 2–711
SET CLASS OIS
Qualifiers
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT can be set to YES or NO.
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of SME requests in
process without being replied. This attribute is a parameter.
INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE can be set from 1 to 65535.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier specifies the maximum number of simultaneous sessions, when
the default maximum number of sessions (30) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 100.
/RCV_DCS_IA5
The /RCV_DCS_IA5 qualifier specifies the specific data encoding scheme (DCS) value of the
received short message indicating the short message text that is encoded in IA5. This is
only valid if the DCS Interpretation of the Submission Options field indicates ’Backward
compatibility mode’. This attribute is a parameter.
RCV_DCS_IA5 can be set from 0 to ff.
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5
The /SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 qualifier specifies the encoding of the short message text sent to
the SME. The value ON indicates the short message text is encoded in IA5. The value OFF
indicates the short message text is encoded in GSM default alphabet. This attribute is a flag.
SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 can be set to ON or OFF.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier specifies the timeout value for delivery of a message in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_DELIVERY can be set from 1 to 3600.
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier specifies the user’s inactivity timeout value in seconds. This
attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE can be set from 1 to 3600.
2–712 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OIS
SET CLASS OIS
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS OIS /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the
SMPP entities.
SET CLASS OIS SMSC Commands 2–713
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON
Sets common attributes associated with OTA entities.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION "SMSC"
/ACTIVATION_VERSION 0
/PROTOCOL 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS OTA_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with OTA
entities.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set in the range from 1 to 100.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
2–714 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTA_COMMON
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON
TO_INACTIVE can be set from 1 to 3600.
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier specifies the bind system identification that the
SMSC will return to the Customer Service Centre (CSC). This attribute is a string.
SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION can be set from ’empty’ to a string of 15 characters.
/ACTIVATION_VERSION
The /ACTIVATION_VERSION qualifier specifies the Over The Air (OTA) Activation Version.
Possible values are ’DEFAULT’ (0) and ’INTERIM’ (1). This attribute is a parameter.
ACTIVATION_VERSION can be set from 0 to 1.
/PROTOCOL
The /PROTOCOL qualifier specifies the protocol for the communication between Customer
Service Centre (CSC) and the SMSC. Possible values are ’ARF’ (0) and ’MML’ (1). This
attribute is a parameter.
PROTOCOL can be set from 0 to 1.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS OTA_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS=50
PML>
The SET command sets the common attribute MAXSESSIONS to 50 for the OTA entities.
SET CLASS OTA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–715
SET CLASS OTAIS41
SET CLASS OTAIS41
Sets attribute values of the class OTAIS41.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS OTAIS41 entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS OTAIS41 command sets attributes associated with an OTAIS41.
2–716 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTAIS41
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class OTAIS41_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/IND_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE 12
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS=n 1000
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/MDN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE 14
/MIN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n 3
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE=n 0
/MSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n 3
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN=n 1
/SMSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n 3
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n 15
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB ON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–717
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with
OTAIS41 entities.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST can be set to YES or NO.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG can be set to YES or NO.
2–718 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE can be set to YES or NO.
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
ACCEPT_SUBADDR can be set to YES or NO.
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
CHARGE_IND can be set to NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG or CHARGE_DEST.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
GT_GTI_DEFAULT can be set from 0 to 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/IND_GT_SELECT
The /IND_GT_SELECT qualifier is used to select the indirect Global Title (GT) routing trans-
lation. When this attribute is set to the values DEFAULT or AUTO, the IS41 server will read
the SS7 configuration to collect the Translation Type. When this attribute is set to CONFIG,
the IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute is used for the translation type settings.
IND_GT_SELECT can be set to AUTO, CONFIG or DEFAULT.
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–719
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type (TT) for Global Titles
(GTs) used for indirect routing. The default value of 12 specifies "MIN to MC". This attribute
is a parameter.
IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE can be set to DEFAULT, NATIONAL or INTERNATIONAL.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not to use MINs in the
international Global Titles (GTs) on the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN can be set from 0 to 15.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–720 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all OTAIS41 entities are stopped.
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies the Numbering Plan to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN can be set from 0 to 15.
/MDN_GT_SELECT
By default, the MIN is used in Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing to the HLR. However,
it is possible to configure the system to use the MDN for GTs to the HLR with the MDN_
GT_SELECT attribute. Set to DEFAULT, there is no MDN-based GT to the HLR. Set to
AUTO, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The Global Title Translation (GTT)
Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the SS7 configuration. Set to
CONFIG, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The GTT Type and Numbering
Plan are set according to the MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE and MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
MDN_GT_SELECT can be set to DEFAULT, AUTO or CONFIG.
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/MIN_GT_SELECT=n
It is possible to configure the system to use the MIN for Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing
to the HLR with the MIN_GT_SELECT attribute:
• Set to DEFAULT, no MIN-based GT to the HLR.
• Set to AUTO, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set
according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The GTT Type is set, according to the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute.
MIN_GT_SELECT can be set to DEFAULT, AUTO or CONFIG.
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n
The /MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier Global Title Translation (GTT) on the Mobile
Identification Number (MIN) can be used to communicate with the HLR on the ANSI SS7
network. The default value of 3 means "Nationwide Roaming Service". If the MIN_GT_
SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE is used to route to the HLR on MIN,
using ANSI SCCP GT. This attribute is a parameter.
MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–721
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE=n
The /MSC_ADDR_NATURE qualifier is used to specify whether the SCCP address of the
Serving MSC should be national or international for a Mobile Terminated Short Messages
(MT/SMs). If the attribute is set to 0, the routing address of the Serving MSC will always
be made national. If the attribute is set to 1, the address of the Serving MSC will always be
made international. If the attribute is set to 2, the address of the Serving MSC will be set
according to the Nature of Number returned in the SMSRequest response from the HLR. This
attribute is a parameter.
MSC_ADDR_NATURE can be set from 0 to 2.
/MSC_GT_SELECT=n
The possible configuration for the /MSC_GT_SELECT qualifier are as follows:
• Set to DEFAULT
The Global Title Translation (GTT) is automatically set according to the SS7 configura-
tion.
• Set to AUTO
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point Code
address for the MSC. The GTT is automatically set according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point
Code address for the MSC. The GTT is set according to the MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
attribute.
MSC_GT_SELECT can be set to DEFAULT, AUTO or CONFIG.
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n
The /MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for Global Titles (GTs)
used for MSC routing. If the MSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MSC_GT_TRANS_
TYPE is used to set the MSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter. A value of 3
means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to MC".
MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
NON_REPLACEMENT can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
2–722 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN can be set to DEFAULT or REPEATED.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
PC_INCLUDE can be set to ON or OFF.
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN=n
The /SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the numbering plan for SMSC Global Titles
(GT) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set
to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN is used to set the SMSC numbering plan. This
attribute is a parameter.
SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN can be set from 0 to 15.
/SMSC_GT_SELECT
This attribute is used to configure the behaviour of the SMSC Global Titles (GTs):
• Set to DEFAULT
The SMSC Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically
set to the correct values according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is not
automatically sent as a GT if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to AUTO
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set to the correct values
according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is automatically sent as a GT
if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to CONFIG
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the
configuration of the SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE and SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
SMSC_GT_SELECT can be set to DEFAULT, AUTO or CONFIG.
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE=n
The /SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for SMSC Global Titles
(GTs) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. The default value of 3 means "MIN
to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_
TRANS_TYPE is used to set the SMSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter.
SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND can be set to DEFAULT, NOTIFY or DO_NOT_NOTIFY.
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–723
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND can be set to DEFAULT, NOTIFY or DO_NOT_NOTIFY.
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB
The /USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB qualifier is used to specify whether or not the HLR Routing
Database of the SMSC will be consulted to obtain the address of the HLR serving the recipient
MIN. If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSRequest operation is routed using the MIN as a
Global Title address. This attribute is a flag.
USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB can be set to ON or OFF.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER can be set to ON or OFF.
2–724 SMSC Commands SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST can be set to ON or OFF.
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
USE_MIN_MAP can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the OTAIS41 entity is stopped.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO=30
PML>
This SET command sets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 30 seconds for the OTAIS41
entities.
SET CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–725
SET CLASS PBB
SET CLASS PBB
Sets attribute values of the class PBB.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PBB entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS PBB command sets attributes associated with a PBB.
2–726 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBB
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class PBB_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE 10
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER 100
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS PBB_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with an PBB_
COMMON.
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–727
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON
Qualifiers
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
CLOSE_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
that the PBB transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is,
when setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means
that no heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL can be set from 0 to 360000.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBB expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CONNECTIONS can be set from 1 to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PBB entities are stopped.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBB will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBB will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS can be set from 0 to 10.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of transactions
that each PBB entity will process per second. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC can be set from 0 to 1000000.
2–728 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBB_COMMON
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE
The /OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
HEARTBEAT ( HALT ) requests that are transmitted in an overflow situation before a session
is terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE can be set from 1 to 100.
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
READY_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER
The /TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the time after which buffered
SPBP transactions are processed, regardless of the fact whether less than /TRANS_PER_DB_
OPER ones were buffered. This attribute is a parameter.
TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER can be set from 1 to 1000.
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
The /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the number of SPBP transactions
that are processed within one COMMITed database operation. This attribute is a parameter.
TRANS_PER_DB_OPER can be set from 1 to 1000.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL can be set from 1 to 60.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PBB_COMMON /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER=10
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 10 to the common attribute TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
of the PBB entities.
SET CLASS PBB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–729
SET CLASS PBR
SET CLASS PBR
Sets attribute values of the class PBR.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PBR entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS PBR command sets attributes associated with a PBR.
2–730 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBR
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class PBR_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CACHE_SIZE 10000000
/CACHE_TO_FILE YES
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS 10
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/PP_APA_INCLUDED YES
/PP_CM_INCLUDED YES
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED YES
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED YES
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED NO
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK 0x0
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/USE_CACHE NO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–731
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
Description
The SET CLASS PBR_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with an PBR_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/CACHE_SIZE
The /CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the cache.
Changing this parameter will cause an inconsistency in the current cache file administra-
tion. Therefore the cache file in the PBR_CACHE_DIR must be deleted. This attribute is a
parameter.
CACHE_SIZE can be set from 100 to 20000000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PBR entities are stopped.
/CACHE_TO_FILE
The /CACHE_TO_FILE qualifier is used to specify whether the cache is mapped to a file. This
attribute is a parameter.
CACHE_TO_FILE can be set to YES or NO.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PBR entities are stopped.
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
CLOSE_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
the PBR transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when
setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that no
heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL can be set from 0 to 360000.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBR expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–732 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_CONNECTIONS can be set from 1 to 100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PBR entities are stopped.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBR will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBR will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS can be set from 0 to 10.
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS
The /MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of re-
queue attempts for an undeliverable debit or credit record. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS can be set from 1 to 100.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
Each PBR entity will process a maximum of (MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC * THROUGHPUT_
INTERVAL) transactions per THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL seconds long intervals. This at-
tribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC can be set from 0 to 1000000.
/PP_APA_INCLUDED
The /PP_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
PP_APA_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
/PP_CM_INCLUDED
The /PP_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This attribute
is a flag.
PP_CM_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED
The /PP_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Message Service
(EMS) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
PP_EMS_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–733
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies
when it is set to ON (Default). When it is set to OFF, a translated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF, and an untranslated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
PRES_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED
The /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether an untranslated address
should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies when it is set to
ON. When it is set to OFF, a translated address will be used. This qualifier applies when the
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF. This attribute is a flag.
UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
READY_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 360000.
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK
The /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which SPBP
optional fields are enabled. The bits of this field correspond to the following optional fields
(where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Bit
Number Optional Field
0 sessionErrorTxt
1 transErrorTxt
2 otherLAShortNumber
3 singleShot
4 billingField
5 primServiceTime
6 chargedGlobalTitle
7 messageOrigAddress
8 originalRecipient
9 teleserviceIdentifier
10 otherGlobalTitle
11 otherPointCode
2–734 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
Bit
Number Optional Field
12 otherIMSI
13 chargedPointCode
14 chargedIMSI
15 chargedAddrGroup
16 otherAddrGroup
17 chargedNetwType
18 servicePrice
19 localRegistration
20 smppBillingIdentifier
21 origMsgID
This attribute is a parameter.
SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK can be set from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFF.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL can be set from 1 to 60.
/USE_CACHE
The /USE_CACHE qualifier specifies whether or not a local cache is used when there is no
active session with the Prepaid Billing System. This attribute is a flag.
USE_CACHE can be set to YES or NO.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PBR_COMMON /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED=ON
PML>
If the /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to ON, a presentation address will be used
in prepaid primary service charging requests. When it is set to OFF, a translated address
is used if the /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF, and an untranslated
address is used if the /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to ON.
2. PML> SET CLASS PBR_COMMON /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED=ON
PML>
This qualifier applies when the /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF. If the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF, a translated address will be used in
prepaid primary service charging requests. If the /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier
is set to ON, an untranslated address will be used in prepaid primary service charging
requests.
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–735
SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
3. PML> SET CLASS PBR_COMMON /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK=0
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 0 to the common attribute SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_
MASK of the PBR entities.
2–736 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PBR_COMMON
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class PC.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX NO
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME=str SIWPC_ADT.CNF
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=n 4096
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT=par IPFIX_CC_NN
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT=par NPFIX_NN
/DEST_MAX=n 2
/ERROR04=str
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 NO
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP ON
/LA_VALIDATED CONFIGURABLE
/MAX_PORTS=n 100
/MAXSESSIONS=n 30
/MMS_ALLOWED OFF
/MSG_LIMIT_IN 140
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NOTIF_DEF=hex 0
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS=n 8
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS=n 8
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
/TO_INACTIVE=n 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n 30
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME=n 1
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED YES
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP NO
SET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–737
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
Restrictions
The attributes ALERT_ENABLED, DELV_ADC_FORMAT, DELV_OADC_FORMAT, MAX_
PORTS and MAXSESSIONS can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one "instance" in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS PC_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated with
PC entities.
Qualifiers
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX
The /ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX qualifier is used to specify whether to accept the first message
without the STX or not. This attribute is a flag.
ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX can be set to YES or NO.
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME=str
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute
is a string and should be specified between double quotes (""). With this command the ADT
configuration file for SIWPC can be set.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=n
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be set. When changing this attribute, it may be
necessary to change the available quota as well. /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS can be set from 0 to
524288.
2–738 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PC_COMMON
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT=par
The /DELV_OADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the OAdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number" (Default).
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number".
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded. This is a read-only attribute. To
change this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This
attribute is a parameter.
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT=par
The /DELV_ADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the AdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number".
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number" (Default).
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded This is a read-only attribute. To change
this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This attribute is a
parameter.
/DEST_MAX=n
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DEST_MAX are in the range from 1 to 20.
/ERROR04=str
The /ERROR04 qualifier is used to specify the text for the ERROR04 negative result system
message. This attribute is a parameter.
The maximum length of the ERROR04 text is 39 characters. The default value of this string
is: "Too many addresses".
SET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–739
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52
The /HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 qualifier is used to specify if the HPLMN field of the UCP52
message for a Large Account (LA) must be set to the E.164 ISDN of the visited MSC (VMSC).
If it is set to YES the Global Title (GT) digits of the SCCP Calling Party Address/SUA source
address of the Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) will be put into the HPLMN field.
The GT is present when the subscriber is roaming or when the HPLMN routes messages
towards the SMSC on GT. The contents of the field is the VMSC address starting with the
country code. When the qualifier is set to NO the HPLMN field will not be filled in. This
attribute is a flag.
HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 can be set to YES or NO.
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT can be set to ON or OFF.
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP
The LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Number from
the Large Account is placed into the AdC field for the UCP 52, 53, 57 and 58 messages. When
the qualifier is set to ON the Short Number is put into the AdC field. If the qualifier is set to
OFF the physical address is put in. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to
ON before this attribute works. Note that the attribute LA_SHORT_NUMBER_
ENABLED is a licensed option.
LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP can be set to ON or OFF.
/LA_VALIDATED
In a MO message, the User Data Header (UDH) is part of the same message field as the user
data itself. When such a message is sent to a validated UCP Large Account (LA), the UDH
is separated from the short message and sent to the LA in the Extra Services (XSer) field of
the UCP52 message. For non-validated UCP LAs, the UDH is not separated from the Short
Message (SM). The /LA_VALIDATED qualifier is used to specify the validation of LAs: All
UCP LAs can be non-validated, all UCP LAs can be validated or it can be configured for each
individual LA whether or not it is validated. This attribute can have the following values:
NONE
ALL
CONFIGURABLE This attribute is a flag.
LA_VALIDATED can be set to NONE, ALL or CONFIGURABLE.
/MAX_PORTS=n
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_PORTS is in the range from 0 to 1000.
2–740 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PC_COMMON
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 200.
/MMS_ALLOWED
The /MMS_ALLOWED qualifier specifies whether the use of the MMS field in UCP messages
from Large Accounts is allowed. If the attribute is set to ON the radio path for the mobile
will be kept open as long as MMS is set in the UCP messages for the recipient. Note that this
connection is timed out when no more messages are received from the Large Account. If the
attribute is set to OFF the MMS field is always ignored and the radio path will be closed after
each message.
MMS_ALLOWED can be set to ON or OFF.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN=n
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit
in characters. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
MSG_LIMIT_IN can be set from 1 to 560.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION=str
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT=n
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
characters. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT can be set from 140 to 560.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION=str
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted
the same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–741
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
/NOTIF_DEF=hex
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of input buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS can be set between 1 and 2000000.
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of output buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS can be set between 1 and 2000000.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SES_MAN_ENABLED can have the value ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_INACTIVE are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_MORE_MESSAGES are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME=n
The /UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the UCP60 (logon) is sent after the specified delay.
2–742 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PC_COMMON
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
The possible values for UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME are in the range from 0 to 15.
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED
When the /UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, the delivery behaviour will
be according to that of SMSC release 2.1. When the attribute is set to NO, the UCP5* series
will be used with the possibility of falling back to UCP01. Fallback is only possible if the UCP
user responds by sending a negative response with error code 03.
If the message is destined towards a Large Account (LA) via a private Virtual SMSC, no
fallback will take place. The SMSC will always send the UCP 52 Delivery Short Message (SM)
operation towards the LA to enable transparent passing of the Protocol Identifier (the GSM
03.40 TP-PID field in the Mobile Originated SMS-SUBMIT PDU) in the UCP RPID field. This
attribute is a flag.
UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED can be set to YES or NO.
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP
The /UCP31_ZERO_RESP qualifier is used to specify if the number of messages pending at
the SMH is reported in the response after a UCP31 (SMT alert). If the qualifier is set to NO,
the number of messages is reported. If it is set to YES, the response will be zero no matter
how many messages are waiting. This attribute is a flag.
UCP31_ZERO_RESP can be set to YES or NO.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PC_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME="ADT.CNF"
PML>
The ADT configuration file to be used by SIWPC is set to ADT.CNF.
2. PML> SET CLASS PC_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=100
PML>
The memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWPC is set to 100 blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SET CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_OADC_FORMAT=IPFIX_CC_NN
PML>
The format of the OAdC addresses in the UPC messages delivered by the SMSC is set to
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number".
4. PML> SET CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_ADC_FORMAT=IPFIX_CC_NN
PML>
The format of the AdC addresses in the UPC messages delivered by the SMSC is set to
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number".
SET CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–743
SET CLASS PC_COMMON
5. PML> SET CLASS PC_COMMON /TO_MORE_MESSAGES=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of
the PC entities.
2–744 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PC_COMMON
SET CLASS PHLR
SET CLASS PHLR
Sets attribute values of the class PHLR.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PHLR entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS PHLR command sets attributes associated with an PHLR.
SET CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–745
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
Sets common attributes associated with PHLR entities.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS=n 1000
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n 45
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n 15
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with PHLR
entities.
Qualifiers
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
2–746 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
GT_GTI_DEFAULT can be set from 0 up to and including 4.
IMPORTANT
When SG does not support network flavour dependent GTI conversion, this attribute
should be set to 2 for ANSI network.
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE can be set to DEFAULT, NATIONAL or INTERNATIONAL.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
ITU_GT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the PHLR entity is stopped.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN can be set from 0 to 15.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE can be set from 0 to 255.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 10000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PHLR entities are stopped.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO=n
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–747
SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSDELIVERY_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the PHLR entity is stopped.
/SMSREQUEST_TO=n
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SMSREQUEST_TO can be set from 1 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the PHLR entity is stopped.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO=30
PML>
This SET command sets the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out to 30 seconds for the PHLR
entities.
2–748 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PHLR_COMMON
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class PLMN.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON entity_item
Important Note
All GSM-specific, CDMA-specific, and TDMA-specific configuration items are now configured in
the GSM_COMMON, CDMA_COMMON, and TDMA_COMMON classes.
Qualifiers Default
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED OFF
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH 7
/DIW_MAXACTIONS=n 100
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED OFF
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME=str NONE
/NOTIF_ALWAYS No
/NOTIF_DEF=hex 0
/PLMN_SCAN OFF
/SIW_MAXACTIONS=n 100
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF No
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR No
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
Restrictions
The attributes SIW_MAXACTIONS and DIW_MAXACTIONS can only be set when all affected
entities are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–749
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with the
PLMN entities.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED [moved]
The /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
’address to PID’ table functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be set. When changing this attribute, also a
change of the available quota may be necessary. /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS can be set from 0 to
524288.
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH
The /CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the minimum length of an
address before CSP replacement is applied.
CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH can be set between 1 and 22.
/DIW_MAXACTIONS=n
The /DIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the DIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–750 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
DIW_MAXACTIONS can be set between 50 and 32000.
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED
The /LONG_SEQNR_ENABLE qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Long
Message Sequence Number functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
When this attribute is set to ON and a Long Message is delivered, a sequence number will
be included in the scan command and all segments are maximally filled, possibly breaking
in the middle of the word. This means that instead of the scan command ’*LLLL#’, the
scan command ’*LLLn#’ will be put in the segment, where n is the sequence number of this
segment.
LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
Sets the value of the /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier.
The /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier is used to configure the acknowledgements that will
be generated by the SMSC on successful delivery of the messages, when the recipient network
does not support these acknowledgement types.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–27: MM_ACK_GENERATION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgements
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgements
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgements
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgements
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgements
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgements
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgements
This attribute is a parameter.
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Sets the value of the /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier.
The /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier is used to configure the TDMA/CDMA acknowl-
edgement requests that will be suppressed by the SMSC, before they are delivered to the
recipient.
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–751
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
The following values can be set:
Table 2–28: MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgement
requests
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgement requests
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgement requests
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgement
requests
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgement requests
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME
The /MSG_DISPLAY_TIME qualifier specifies the value of the Display Time parameter in
Mobile Terminated TDMA and CDMA Short Messages (SMs). For certain mobiles, this
parameter affects whether each SM is displayed in the main window or stored in the Inbox.
The possible values of this parameter are NONE, IMMEDIATE, DEFAULT, and INVOKE. The
default value of NONE omits this parameter for CDMA mobiles and sets this parameter to
Invoke for TDMA mobiles. Certain mobiles require the INVOKE value to store the message in
the Inbox. This attribute is a flag. This attribute is used for CDMA/TDMA only.
MSG_DISPLAY_TIME can be set to NONE, IMMEDIATE, DEFAULT or INVOKE.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
Indicates whether a notification should always be given. NOTIF_ALWAYS can be set to YES
or NO.
/NOTIF_DEF=hex
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
2–752 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–27: Default Notification Values
Value Type of Notifications
1 Delivery notification
2 Non-delivery notification
3 Delivery notification and non-delivery notification
4 Buffered message notification
5 Delivery notification and buffered message notification
6 Non-delivery notification and buffered message notification
7 Delivery notification, non-delivery notification and buffered message notification
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 and 7.
/PLMN_SCAN
The /PLMN_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
The PLMN_SCAN qualifier is used to enable scanning of Mobile Originated Short Messages
(MO/SM), thus making recognition possible, of commands embedded in the Short Message.
PLMN_SCAN can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/SIW_MAXACTIONS=n
The /SIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the SIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
SIW_MAXACTIONS can be set between 50 and 32000.
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF
The /SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF qualifier specifies whether the SMSC address should be speci-
fied when sending notifications to mobile. This attribute is a flag.
Indicates whether the SMSC address is given in the notification. This attribute can be set to
YES or NO.
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR
The /SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR qualifier specifies whether special VMS notification error han-
dling should be performed. In combination with a special value of the MSTA field in the PPL_
NERR.TXT file (see the SMSC Operator Manual, description of DIWPLMN) this functionality
determines if the message should be deleted, after an attempt has been made to deliver a
Voice Mail notification to the mobile and the received response indicates non-delivery. This
attribute is a flag.
SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR can be set to YES or NO.
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–753
SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns 100 to the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the PLMN
entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=100
PML>
The memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWPLMN is set to 100 blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME="SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF"
PML>
The ADT configuration file to be used by SIWPLMN is set to "SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF".
2–754 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SET CLASS PRH
SET CLASS PRH
Sets attribute values of the class PRH.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PRH entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS PRH command sets attributes associated with PRH.
SET CLASS PRH SMSC Commands 2–755
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class PRH_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV OFF
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV OFF
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL=str
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS=str
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP=str
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP=str
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP=str
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP=str
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST=str
/INVADDR_ON_LIST=str
/INVALID_TIME=str
/INVLISTNR=str
/LIST_CREATED=str
/LIST_FULL=str
/LIST_NOT_EXIST=str
/LIST_REMOVED=str
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED=str
/MAX_LA=n 100
/MAXSESSIONS=n 30
/MEMBERS_ADDED=str
/MEMBERS_REMOVED=str
/NO_LIST_AVAIL=str
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE=n 1024
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME=n 600
/SHOW_SM=str
/TEMPLATE=str "SHOW_DL_FORM.PRH"
2–756 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and MAX_LA can only be set when all entities of this class are
stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS PRH_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with PRH
entities. The parameters used in the qualifiers which start with a ’@’ will be replaced by
the actual value of the parameters at the time of generating the response. A list of the used
parameters is shown in table Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers (see Table 2–28) .
Table 2–28: Description of Parameters used in Qualifiers
Parameter Description
@DLNR Distribution list number
@FRAD Fax reporting address
@FTIM Fax time
@MRAD Member address
@RCNT Number of entries
@RTOT Total number of entries
NOTE
Each of the listed attributes uses a subset of the above mentioned qualifiers.
The qualifiers used in each attribute are contained in the default string of these
attributes.
Qualifiers
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the SMPP
provisioning of subscribers. This attribute is a flag.
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–757
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
ALLOW_SUB_PROV can be set to ON or OFF.
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the provi-
sioning of a subscriber’s prepaid status. This attribute is only used when the /ALLOW_SUB_
PROV qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV can be set to ON or OFF.
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
The /FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to specify the fax reporting active status. The
attribute FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This string can
contain the parameters @FRAD and @FTIM. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
of text FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS is "Fax report active for @FRAD at @FTIM".
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL=str
The /FAX_DEACT_FAIL qualifier is used to report a fax deactivation failure. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_FAIL contains a string of 160 at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FAX_DEACT_FAIL contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default of
text FAX_DEACT_FAIL is "Fax report is not active".
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS=str
The /FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS qualifier is used to report a deactivation success. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a
parameter.
The attribute FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS is "Fax report deactivated".
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
The /FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to report a fax reporting not active status.
The attribute FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This
attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS is "Fax report not active".
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_SET_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’set for-
warding address’ command. The attribute FWD_SET_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_SET_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of FWD_SET_POS_RESP is "Set forwarding address to @FWAD for @FWPD".
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP=str
The /FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP qualifier is used to report a negative response on any forwarding
related command. The attribute FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
2–758 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
The attribute FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP is "Forwarding command failed".
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’enable for-
warding’ command. The attribute FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP is "Messages forwarded to @FWAD for @FWPD".
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’dis-
able forwarding’ command. The attribute FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP is "Disable forwarding succeeded".
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is enabled and to which address and whether this is
conditionally or unconditionally. The attribute FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP is "Messages forwarded to @FWAD for @FWPD,
@FWCO".
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is disabled. The attribute FWD_STATUS_DISAB_
RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP is "Forwarding disabled".
/INVALID_ADDRESS=str
The /INVALID_ADDRESS qualifier is sent when an invalid address is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_ADDRESS contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute INVALID_ADDRESS contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of INVALID_ADDRESS is "Invalid address".
/INVALID_TIME=str
The /INVALID_TIME qualifier is sent when an invalid fax time is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_TIME contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute INVALID_TIME contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
INVALID_TIME is "Invalid fax time".
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–759
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED=str
The /LRAD_SUCCEEDED qualifier is used to report that the last resort address setting has
been succeeded. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute LRAD_SUCCEEDED contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of LRAD_SUCCEEDED is "Last resort address set".
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST=str
The /INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format
when:
1. A request to remove an invalid address from a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to remove a not existing address. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST contains a string of 160 characters at most. The
default text of INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST is "Address @MRAD invalid or not found on list
@DLNR".
/INVADDR_ON_LIST=str
The /INVADDR_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when:
1. A request to add an invalid address to a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to add an address that is already on the list. This attribute is a
parameter.
The attribute INVADDR_ON_LIST contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of INVADDR_ON_LIST is "Address @MRAD invalid or already on list @DLNR".
/INVLISTNR=str
The /INVLISTNR qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an op-
eration is requested on an invalid distribution list number. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute INVLISTNR contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
INVLISTNR is "Invalid list number".
/LIST_CREATED=str
The /LIST_CREATED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
create distribution request is received and the list is created. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute LIST_CREATED contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
LIST_CREATED is "List @DLNR created with @RCNT entries".
/LIST_FULL=str
The /LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a request
is received to add an address to the distribution list and the list is full. This attribute is a
parameter.
The attribute LIST_FULL contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
LIST_FULL is "List @DLNR is full".
/LIST_NOT_EXIST=str
The /LIST_NOT_EXIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an
operation is requested on a non-existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
2–760 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
The attribute LIST_NOT_EXIST contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text
of LIST_NOT_EXIST is "List @DLNR does not exist".
/LIST_REMOVED=str
The /LIST_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
remove distribution list operation is requested and the list is removed. This attribute is a
parameter.
The attribute LIST_REMOVED contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text
of LIST_REMOVED is "List @DLNR deleted".
/MAX_LA=n
The /MAX_LA qualifier specifies the maximum number of Large Accounts that can be kept in
the LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_LA are in the range from 0 to 10000.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range from 1 to 100.
/MEMBERS_ADDED=str
The /MEMBERS_ADDED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
new addresses have been added to an existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute MEMBERS_ADDED contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of MEMBERS_ADDED is "@RCNT entries added to list @DLNR, total @RTOT entries".
/MEMBERS_REMOVED=str
The /MEMBERS_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
addresses have been removed from a distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute MEMBERS_REMOVED contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default
text of MEMBERS_REMOVED is "@RCNT entries removed from list @DLNR, remaining
@RTOT entries".
/NO_LIST_AVAIL=str
The /NO_LIST_AVAIL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
creation of a new distribution list is requested and the maximum number of distribution lists
has already been created. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute NO_LIST_AVAIL contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
NO_LIST_AVAIL is "List @DLNR cannot be created, all lists are in use".
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE=n
The /SAPP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the
SAPP cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SAPP_CACHE_SIZE are in the range from 1 to 8192.
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–761
SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME=n
The /SAPP_CACHE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity time of a SAPP
cache entry. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SAPP_CACHE_TIME are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/SHOW_SM=str
The /SHOW_SM qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when showing a
distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute SHOW_SM contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
SHOW_SM is "List @DLNR contains @MRAD".
/SERVICE_FAIL=str
The /SERVICE_FAIL qualifier is used to indicate that a Class Of Service (COS) failure oc-
curred. This means that a service is requested to which the subscriber has no subscription.
The attribute SERVICE_FAIL contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This attribute
is a parameter.
The attribute SERVICE_FAIL contains a string of 160 characters at most. The default text of
SERVICE_FAIL is "Service not available (No subscription)".
/TEMPLATE=str
The /TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify the filename of the template file to be used for the
faxed overview of the distribution list.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PRH_COMMON /NO_LIST_AVAIL="List number @DLNR is not available."
PML>
The SET command assigns the string "List number @DLNR is not available" to the
common attribute NO_LIST_AVAIL of the PRH entities.
2–762 SMSC Commands SET CLASS PRH_COMMON
SET CLASS PSTNA
SET CLASS PSTNA
Sets attribute values of the class PSTNA.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS PSTNA entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS PSTNA command sets attributes associated with PSTNA.
SET CLASS PSTNA SMSC Commands 2–763
SET CLASS RTR
SET CLASS RTR
Sets attribute values of the class RTR.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS RTR entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS RTR command sets attributes associated with an RTR.
2–764 SMSC Commands SET CLASS RTR
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class RTR_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/INT_CHECK_CONN 10
/RTR_ENABLED OFF
Restrictions
The attribute RTR_ENABLED can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS RTR_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with RTR_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/INT_CHECK_CONN
The /INT_CHECK_CONN qualifier specifies the interval in minutes for all RTR entities to
retry non-available SMSC addresses. This attribute is a parameter.
INT_CHECK_CONN can be set from 1 to 180.
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–765
SET CLASS RTR_COMMON
/RTR_ENABLED
The /RTR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the RTR entity supports the RTR
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
RTR_ENABLED can be set from OFF and ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active and. all RTR
entities are stopped.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS RTR_COMMON /RTR_COMMON=ON
PML>
The SET command assigns the value ON to common attribute RTR_ENABLED of the
RTR_COMMON entities.
2–766 SMSC Commands SET CLASS RTR_COMMON
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON
Sets common attribute values class SDB_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FWD_COND_TYPE=str
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE=str
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS SDB_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with SDB_
COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/FWD_COND_TYPE
The /FWD_COND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as conditional type. The attribute FWD_COND_TYPE contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FWD_COND_TYPE contains a string of 160 characters at the most. The default
text of FWD_COND_TYPE is: "C".
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
The /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as unconditional type. The attribute FWD_UNCOND_TYPE contains a
string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–767
SET CLASS SDB_COMMON
The attribute FWD_UNCOND_TYPE contains a string of 160 characters at the most. The
default text of FWD_UNCOND_TYPE is: "U".
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SDB_COMMON /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE="UNCONDITIONAL"
PML>
The SET command assigns the value "UNCONDITIONAL" to FWD_UNCOND_TYPE.
2–768 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SDB_COMMON
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT
Sets attribute values of the class SIWIMPORT.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DUPLICATE_RISK=n 1
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE=n 1
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWIMPORT command sets attributes associated with SIWIMPORT.
Qualifiers
/DUPLICATE_RISK=n
The /DUPLICATE_RISK qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages, which
will be retransmitted in case the SIWIMPORT is stopped. Increasing the parameter value will
increase the import rate. The number of duplicate messages, received by the recipients, shall
not exceed the attribute value. This attribute is a parameter.
DUPLICATE_RISK can be set from 1 to 1000.
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE=n
The /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages,
transmitted by the SIWIMPORT to each SMH per second. This qualifier is used for controlling
of the importing rate. The higher the attribute value, the more SMH resources are used for
the processing of the imported messages. If the SIW cannot provide specified maximum rate,
the value of the /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT must be increased. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE can be set from 1 to 1000.
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT SMSC Commands 2–769
SET CLASS SIWIMPORT
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SIWIMPORT ENTITY SIWIMPORT01 /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE=1000
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 1000 to the attribute MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE of the
SIWIMPORT entity SIWIMPORT01.
2–770 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SIWIMPORT
SET CLASS SIWIVR
SET CLASS SIWIVR
Sets attribute values of the class SIWIVR.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWIVR entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWIVR command sets attributes associated with SIWIVR.
SET CLASS SIWIVR SMSC Commands 2–771
SET CLASS SIWMENU
SET CLASS SIWMENU
Sets attribute values of the class SIWMENU.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWMENU entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWMENU command sets attributes associated with SIWMENU.
2–772 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SIWMENU
SET CLASS SIWOIS
SET CLASS SIWOIS
Sets attribute values of the class SIWOIS.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWOIS entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWOIS command sets attributes associated with SIWOIS.
SET CLASS SIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–773
SET CLASS SIWPC
SET CLASS SIWPC
Sets attribute values of the class SIWPC.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWPC entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWPC command sets attributes associated with SIWPC.
2–774 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SIWPC
SET CLASS SIWPLMN
SET CLASS SIWPLMN
Sets attribute values of the class SIWPLMN.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWPLMN entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWPLMN command sets attributes associated with SIWPLMN.
SET CLASS SIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–775
SET CLASS SIWSMPP
SET CLASS SIWSMPP
Sets attribute values of the class SIWSMPP.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWSMPP entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWSMPP command sets attributes associated with SIWSMPP.
2–776 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SIWSMPP
SET CLASS SIWTAP
SET CLASS SIWTAP
Sets attribute values of the class SIWTAP.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWTAP entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWTAP command sets attributes associated with SIWTAP.
SET CLASS SIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–777
SET CLASS SIWVMS
SET CLASS SIWVMS
Sets attribute values of the class SIWVMS.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWVMS entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWVMS command sets attributes associated with SIWVMS.
2–778 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SIWVMS
SET CLASS SIWVSMPP
SET CLASS SIWVSMPP
Sets attribute values of the class SIWVSMPP.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SIWVSMPP entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SIWVSMPP command sets attributes associated with SIWVSMPP.
SET CLASS SIWVSMPP SMSC Commands 2–779
SET CLASS SMH
SET CLASS SMH
Sets the attribute value(s) of an SMH entity.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SMH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SMH command sets attributes associated with an SMH.
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION=(...)
With this command an operator can initiate a delivery-attempt for a specific recipient.
Example: PML> set cl smh /address_information=(address=06987654321,access=MS,ALERT)
%PMM-I-MSGALERTED, Alert issued for the specified address
In this example an additional delivery-attempt is initiated by the operator.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license attribute QUERY_
DELETE_MSG_ENABLED has been set to ON, and the operator has the opclass3
privilege.
2–780 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class SMH_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABN_ENABLED OFF
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY ON
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE ON
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX=n 15
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n 30
/ADDR_HIGH=n 95
/ADDR_LOW=n 70
/ADDR_MAX=n 10000
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS=n 1
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES=n 90
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME NO
/ALT_ERR_DELAY=n 60
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT=n 1
/DDP_MAX=n 168
/DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED OFF
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED OFF
/F_DEL_RESP=str
/F_INQ_RESP=str
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
/FILE_REOCRD_SIZE
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF=str
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF=str
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF=str
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D=str
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND=str
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF=str
/FORM_PIDERMES=str ERMES
/FORM_PIDFAXG3=str FAXG3
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–781
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDIVR=str IVR
/FORM_PIDMENU=str MENU
/FORM_PIDMS=str MS
/FORM_PIDOIS=str OIS
/FORM_PIDPC=str PC
/FORM_PIDSMPP=str SMPP
/FORM_PIDTAP=str TAP
/FORM_PIDVMS=str VMS
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF=str
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT ON
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n 75
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n 50
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n 60
/IMP_HIGH=n 1
/IMP_LOW=n 1
/INTER_MSG_DELAY
/IR_ENABLED OFF
/IR_LIST
/INTERVAL_1=n 300
/INTERVAL_2=n 1800
/INTERVAL_3=n 7200
/INTERVAL_4=n 86400
/INTERVAL_5=n 86400
/INTERVAL_6=n 86400
/INTERVAL_7=n 86400
/INTERVAL_8=n 86400
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n 30
/LLA_NORMAL_THR=n 1
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME=n 1
/LLA_THR=n 60
/LLA_TIME=n 60
/NOTIF_LA_MAX=n 500
/NOTIF_USER_MAX=n 100
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX=n 500
/PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR OFF
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED 1
/PP_FIXED_BILLING POSTPAID_ONLY
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT 1
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK 1
/QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED OFF
/RCOUNT_1=n 1
/RCOUNT_2=n 0
/RCOUNT_3=n 0
/RCOUNT_4=n 0
/RCOUNT_5=n 0
2–782 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RCOUNT_6=n 0
/RCOUNT_7=n 0
/RCOUNT_8=n 0
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE OFF
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT=n 60
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT NO
/RETQ_HIGH=n 95
/RETQ_LOW=n 70
/RETQ_MAX=n 25000
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES=n 90
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK=hex 3
/S_DEL_RESP=str
/S_INQ_RESP=str
/SC_ALERT_DELAY
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED OFF
/SMH_IW_MASK=hex FFFF
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR NO
/SYNCDEL_ENABLE OFF
/T_DEL_RESP=str
/TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED
/TP_PID_ENABLED OFF
/VP_CONST_NOTIF=n 10
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT=n 1
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT=n 72
/VP_NOTIF_MAX=n 168
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF=n 0
Restrictions
The attributes ADDR_MAX, ADDR_ELEM_MAX, DDP_MAX, RETQ_MAX and RECIP_
DELIV_INFO_CACHE can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–783
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Description
The SET CLASS SMH_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with SMH
entities.
Qualifiers
/ABN_ENABLED
The /ABN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN) mes-
sages are generated by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY
The /ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN)
messages are generated for only the first segment of a Concatenated Message. This attribute
is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE
The /ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification
(ABN) messages are sent to the mobile user using a replace message. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates
that the prepaid user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system
can be included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal
comma) placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
The /ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates a system
error. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates that the
credit of the user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
2–784 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
The /ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indi-
cates a low balance for the prepaid user. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
The /ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates an
insufficient credit balance. The balance received from the prepaid system can be included in
the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma) placeholder.
This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
The /ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) to be sent to the Mobile Originator in case the SMSC
rejects a message because the prepaid charging system is not accessible or is not responding.
This situation can arise only when the SMSC_COMMON attribute PP_JAMMED_SETTING is
set to SMS_REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
This attribute is a text string with a maximum length of 160 characters.
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX=n
The /ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) for a certain recipient address block. This
qualifier should be less than or equal to the /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_
ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX can be set from 0 to 3600.
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n
The /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that will be buffered by the system for the same recipient address. Above this value the
system will refuse incoming SMs for this recipient address. This qualifier should be less than
or equal to RETQ_MAX and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_ELEM_MAX can be set from 1 to 50,000.
/ADDR_HIGH=n
The /ADDR_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Above this value
the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs) for which a new address block is
needed. The value of /ADDR_HIGH should be larger than the value of /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible value of ADDR_HIGH lies in the range from 90 to 99.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–785
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ADDR_LOW=n
The /ADDR_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Below this value
the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs) again, for which a new address
block is needed, if ADDR_HIGH for this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible value of ADDR_LOW lies in the range from 50 to 89.
/ADDR_MAX=n
The /ADDR_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of recipient address blocks.
The system needs a recipient address block for every different recipient address for which a
message is buffered in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_MAX can be set from 1 to 3,000,000.
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS=n
The /ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS qualifier is used to specify the number of different address
blocks per SMTP session. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS can be set from 1 to 100.
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES=n
The /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /ADDR_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of recipient address blocks that are available. This per-
centage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation, the
recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /ADDR_MAX that exceeds /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /ADDR_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /ADDR_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter.
ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES can be set between 0 and 98.
The default value is 90.
This threshold is only applied when /SYNCDEL_ENABLE is set to ON.
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME
The /ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME qualifier specifies whether an Alert for a certain recipient
restarts the retry scheme for that recipient. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
/ALT_ERR_DELAY
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the delay in seconds between the failed delivery attempt and the Rapid
Retry.
ALT_ERR_DELAY can be set from 0 to 3600.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
2–786 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the maximum number of Rapid Retries in a series. The counter is reset
when another message error status is received.
ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT can be set from 1 to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license attribute PLMN_
RETRY_ON_ERROR has been set to ON.
/DDP_MAX=n
The /DDP_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum deferred delivery period for Short
Messages (SMs). If a message has been submitted with a higher deferred delivery period, it
will be refused by the SMH. This attribute is a parameter.
DDP_MAX can be set from 1 to 8760 hours(= 1 year).
/DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED
The /DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
delivery delay functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
DELAYS_ENABLED can be set to "ON" or "OFF".
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED
The /ENCRYPTION_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
SMH message file encryption functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/F_DEL_RESP=str
The /F_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of F_DEL_RESP is "Destination:".
The qualifier F_DEL_RESP may contain a string of 160 characters at most.
/F_INQ_RESP=str
The /F_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the re-
sponse of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of F_INQ_RESP is "Destination:".
The qualifier F_INQ_RESP may contain a string of 160 characters at most.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–787
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
The /FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK qualifier specifies the number of records the SMH updates
in the message file in one I/O operation.
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK can be set from 4 to 500.
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE
The /FILE_RECORD_SIZE qualifier specifies the size of a message in the SMH message file
(in bytes).
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
FILE_RECORD_SIZE can be set from 512 to 16384.
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY
The /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY qualifier is used to specify the first delivery buffer capacity.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
The value of this attribute is related to license SMSC_FIRST_DELIV_BUF_MAX.
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY can be set from /NR_SMH to 600,000.
( /NR_SMH is an attribute of class SMSC_COMMON )
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications per second for which a
delivery attempt will be made from any cluster node in the system.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of retry SMs and notifications per second for which a delivery attempt
will be made from any cluster node in the system.
This attribute is meant to protect the system stability during node crash when SMH entities
are migrated automatically to the remaining nodes. If necessary, each SMH entity will scale
down its delivery limit, as configured in /MSGS_PER_SMH, so that the node limit is not
exceeded on any node in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX can be set from 1 to 10000.
2–788 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
The /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
first delivery attempts per second on a cluster node.
If necessary, all SMH entities running on the same node will scale down their first delivery
limit, as configured in /FIRST_PER_SMH, so that the value of /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_
MAX is not exceeded. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX can be set from 1 to 10000.
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF=str
The /FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the buffered notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF is "Message for @MRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been buffered".
The attribute FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF contains a string of 160 characters at most. This
string can contain parameters. The SMSC will set the actual values of these parameters at
the time of generating the Notification. Table FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF Message Variables
(see Table 2–29) lists the parameters that can be used.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–789
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–29: FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF Message Variables
Parameter Description
@MADD1 Message delivery date, format YYMMDD
@MADD2 Message delivery date, format YY-MM-DD
@MADD3 Message delivery date, format YYYYMMDD
@MADD4 Message delivery date, format YYYY-MM-DD
@MADD5 Message delivery date, format DD.MM.YY
@MADD6 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD
@MADD7 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD/YY
@MADD8 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD/YYYY
@MADT1 Message delivery time, format HHMMSS
@MADT2 Message delivery time, format HH:MM:SS
@MADT3 Message delivery time, US format HH.MM am/pm
@MADT4 Message delivery time, US format HH:MM am/pm
@MASD1 Message adapted submit date, format YYMMDD
@MASD2 Message adapted submit date, format YY-MM-DD
@MASD3 Message adapted submit date, format YYYYMMDD
@MASD4 Message adapted submit date, format YYYY-MM-DD
@MASD5 Message adapted submit date, format DD.MM.YY
@MASD6 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD
@MASD7 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD/YY
@MASD8 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD/YYYY
@MAST1 Message adapted submit time, format HHMMSS
@MAST2 Message adapted submit time, format HH:MM:SS
@MAST3 Message adapted submit time, US format HH.MM am/pm
@MAST4 Message adapted submit time, US format HH:MM am/pm
@MERR Error code when not delivered
@MERS Error description when not delivered
@MLEN Length of the Short Message
@MOAD Short message originator address
@MOAP PID of Short Message originator address
@MOSN Short Message originator Short Number, if not Large Account same as @MOAD
@MRAD Short Message recipient address
@MRAP PID of Short Message recipient address
@MRSN Short Message recipient Short Number, if not Large Account same as @MRAD
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF=str
The /FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format,
in case a cancellation (delete) message was received for a message which has already been
2–790 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
delivered. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF is "Message for @MRAD has already been delivered.".
The attribute FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This
string may contain parameter @MRAD which corresponds to the Short Message recipient
address. The SMSC will set the actual value of this parameter at the time of generating the
Notification.
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF=str
The /FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF is "Message for @MRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been delivered on @MADD4 at @MADT2".
The attribute FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This
string can contain parameters. The SMSC will set the actual values of these parameters at
the time of generating the Notification. The same parameters as for FORM_BUFFERED_
NOTIF can be used.
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D=str
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format
for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more
detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D is "Message for @LRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 has been delivered on @MADD4 at @MADT2".
The qualifier FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This
string can contain parameters. The SMSC will set the actual values of these parameters at
the time of generating the Notification. Table FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D Message Variables (see
Table 2–30) lists the parameters that can be used.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–791
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–30: FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D Message Variables
Parameter Description
@MADD1 Message delivery date, format YYMMDD
@MADD2 Message delivery date, format YY-MM-DD
@MADD3 Message delivery date, format YYYYMMDD
@MADD4 Message delivery date, format YYYY-MM-DD
@MADD5 Message delivery date, format DD.MM.YY
@MADD6 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD
@MADD7 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD/YY
@MADD8 Message delivery date, US format MM/DD/YYYY
@MADT1 Message delivery time, format HHMMSS
@MADT2 Message delivery time, format HH:MM:SS
@MADT3 Message delivery time, US format HH.MM am/pm
@MADT4 Message delivery time, US format HH:MM am/pm
@MASD1 Message adapted submit date, format YYMMDD
@MASD2 Message adapted submit date, format YY-MM-DD
@MASD3 Message adapted submit date, format YYYYMMDD
@MASD4 Message adapted submit date, format YYYY-MM-DD
@MASD5 Message adapted submit date, format DD.MM.YY
@MASD6 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD
@MASD7 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD/YY
@MASD8 Message adapted submit date, US format MM/DD/YYYY
@MAST1 Message adapted submit time, format HHMMSS
@MAST2 Message adapted submit time, format HH:MM:SS
@MAST3 Message adapted submit time, US format HH.MM am/pm
@MAST4 Message adapted submit time, US format HH:MM am/pm
@MERR Error code when not delivered
@MERS Error description when not delivered
@MLEN Length of the Short Message
@MOAD Short Message originator address
@MOAP PID of Short Message originator address
@MOSN Short Message originator Short Number, if not Large Account same as @MOAD
@MRAD Short Message recipient address
@MRAP PID of Short Message recipient address
@MRSN Short Message recipient Short Number, if not Large Account same as @MRAD
@ORAD Short Message original recipient address
@ORAP PID of Short Message original recipient address
2–792 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND=str
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification text
format for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a
more detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND is: "Message for @LRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 could not be delivered, because @MERS (code @MERR)".
The attribute FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND contains a string of 160 characters at most. This
string can contain parameters. The SMSC will set the actual values of these parameters at
the time of generating the Notification. The same parameters as for FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D
can be used.
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF=str
The /FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification
text format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
The default of FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF is "Message for @MRAD, with identification
@MASD1@MAST1 could not be delivered, because @MERS (code @MERR).".
The attribute FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF contains a string of 160 characters at the most.
This string can contain parameters. The SMSC will set the actual values of these parameters
at the time of generating the Notification. The same parameters as for FORM_BUFFERED_
NOTIF can be used.
/FORM_PIDERMES=str
The /FORM_PIDERMES qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a ERMES (Pager) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is
substituted for the @MRAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDERMES contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDERMES is ERMES.
/FORM_PIDFAXG3=str
The /FORM_PIDFAXG3 qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a FAXG3 entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDFAXG3 contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDFAXG3 is FAXG3.
/FORM_PIDIVR=str
The /FORM_PIDIVR qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Interactive Voice Response (IVR) System entity is to be indicated in a notification
text. This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification
text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDIVR contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDIVR is IVR.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–793
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDTAP=str
The /FORM_PIDTAP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol (TAP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDTAP contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDTAP is TAP.
/FORM_PIDMENU=str
The /FORM_PIDMENU qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a MENU entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDMENU contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDMENU is MENU.
/FORM_PIDMS=str
The /FORM_PIDMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a mobile station is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDMS contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDMS is MS.
/FORM_PIDOIS=str
The /FORM_PIDOIS qualifier specifies whether the PID (language dependent) text format
when an OIS entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the "@MRAP" or "@MOAP" parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDOIS contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDOIS is OIS.
/FORM_PIDPC=str
The /FORM_PIDPC qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format when
a PC (UCP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDPC contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDPC is PC.
/FORM_PIDOIS=str
The /FORM_PIDOIS qualifier specifies whether the PID (language dependent) text format
when an OIS entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the "@MRAP" or "@MOAP" parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDOIS contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDOIS is OIS.
2–794 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDSMPP=str
The /FORM_PIDSMPP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Short Message Peer-to-Peer (SMPP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDSMPP contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDSMPP is SMPP.
/FORM_PIDVMS=str
The /FORM_PIDVMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Voice Messaging System (VMS) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This
text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This
attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_PIDVMS contains a string of 16 characters at the most.
The default of FORM_PIDVMS is VMS.
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF=str
The /FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF qualifier is used to define the text in the Short Message
(SM) that is sent to the subscriber when the system failed to update a subscribers Last Resort
Address as a result of the SETLFAX3 command. This attribute is a parameter.
The attribute FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF contains a string of 160 characters at most.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify whether the number of mes-
sages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway LA will be limited. When turned
on, the /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH and /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifiers deter-
mine the limits that will be applied.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–31: GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
Value
ON Limited
OFF Not limited
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–32: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–795
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–32 (Cont.): Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
This attribute is a flag.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH qualifier is used to configure the high-watermark for
the messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its
value specifies the maximum amount of messages in the DDQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of
a percentage of the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an
LA. When the high-watermark is reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages
for that (address block of the) Gateway LA are no longer deferred and non-persistent errors
are treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark
specified by the /GATEWAY_DEFER_LOW qualifier. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–33: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
2–796 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESTRICTIONS
1. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH must be between 0 and 100.
2. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH must be greater than or equal to
the value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW.
3. The GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH attribute cannot be modified when the
GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT attribute is set to OFF.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifier is used to configure the low-watermark for the
messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its value
specifies the amount of messages in the DFQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of a percentage of
the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA. If the high-
watermark has previously been reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages for
that (address block of the) Gateway LA will not be deferred and non-persistent errors will be
treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark. This
attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of a LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–34: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–797
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
RESTRICTIONS
1. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW must be between 0 and 100.
2. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW must be less than or equal to the
value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH.
3. The GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW attribute cannot be modified when the
GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT attribute is set to OFF.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_IIME qualifier is used to configure the period of time (in sec-
onds), for which the messages for a Gateway LA that cannot be delivered due to a non-
permanent error will be deferred.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–35: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME must be specified in seconds.
RESTRICTIONS
1. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME must be between 10 and 86400
seconds.
2. The value of GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME must be less than or equal to the
value of SMH_COMMON class attribute DDP_MAX.
/IMP_HIGH=n
The /IMP_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Above this percentage the SMH starts rejecting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–798 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
The possible values of IMP_HIGH are in the range from 1 to 100.
NOTE
IMP_HIGH must be greater than or equal to IMP_LOW.
/IMP_LOW=n
The /IMP_LOW qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Below this percentage the SMH starts accepting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of IMP_LOW are in the range from 1 to 100.
NOTE
IMP_LOW must be less than or equal to IMP_HIGH.
/INTER_MSG_DELAY=n
The /INTER_MSG_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the delay that the SMH inserts between
the delivery of two Short Messages (SMs) to the same mobile user. Note that in case of a
GSM, this parameter is overruled by the More Message to Send (MMS) flag. This attribute is
a parameter.
The possible values of INTER_MSG_DELAY are in the range from 0 to 60 seconds. Where 0
indicates no delay.
NOTE
INTER_MSG_DELAY must not be larger than any defined Retry Profile inter-
val. Please refer to the documentation for ADD CLASS SMH_COMMON/RETRY_
PROFILE and SET CLASS SMH_COMMON/INTERVAL_X (X=1...8).
/INTERVAL_1=n
The /INTERVAL_1 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 1 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_1 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_2=n
The /INTERVAL_2 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 2 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_2 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–799
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/INTERVAL_3=n
The /INTERVAL_3 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 3 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_3 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_4=n
The /INTERVAL_4 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 4 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_4 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_5=n
The /INTERVAL_5 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 5 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_5 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_6=n
The /INTERVAL_6 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 6 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_6 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_7=n
The /INTERVAL_7 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 7 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
2–800 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
The possible values of INTERVAL_7 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/INTERVAL_8=n
The /INTERVAL_8 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 8 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of INTERVAL_8 are in the range from 10 to 86400 seconds (24 hours).
NOTE
The interval value may not be lower than the attribute INTER_MSG_DELAY
(SMH_COMMON).
/IR_ENABLED
The /IR_ENABLED qualifier enables Intelligent Retry. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active.
/IR_LIST
The /IR_LIST qualifier is used to specify the order in which the networks are to be retried.
The network error mapping files must be configured in order to map the network errors that
need to be intelligently retried.
NOTE
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active or the IR_ENABLED
attribute is OFF.
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n
The /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of messages buffered
for a Large Account (LA) recipient. This qualifier should be less than or equal to RETQ_MAX
and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX.
The possible values of LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX are in the range from 1 to 50,000.
/LLA_NORMAL_THR=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual
delay is less than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_NORMAL_TIME,
a license-limit-normal signal is given.
The possible values of LLA_NORMAL_THR are in the range from 1 to 60.
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between subsiding the
license limit threshold and the generation of the license-limit-normal signal.
The possible values of LLA_NORMAL_TIME are in the range from 0 to 60.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–801
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/LLA_THR=n
The /LLA_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual delay is larger
than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_TIME, a license-limit-reached
signal is given.
The possible values of LLA_THR are in the range from 0 to 60.
/LLA_TIME=n
The /LLA_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between surpassing the licence limit
threshold and the generation of the license-limit-reached signal.
The possible values of LLA_TIME are in the range from 0 to 600.
/NOTIF_LA_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_LA_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a Large Account (LA) recipient address. When the number of messages (Short
Messages and notifications) stored in the SMSC for this LA recipient address reaches the
value indicated by this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this LA recipient
address. Notifications that cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of
this qualifier equals the value of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will
only be discarded when the maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
A Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), however, can store (NOTIF_LA_MAX * number of
aliases) notifications. The number of aliases is the product of the output window size and the
maximum number of sessions.
The possible values of NOTIF_LA_MAX are in the range from 1 to 50,000.
/NOTIF_USER_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_USER_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number
of notifications for a user recipient address. This qualifier is used for all users not being a
Large Account (LA) or a VMS system. When the number of messages (Short Messages and
notifications) stored in the SMSC for this recipient address reaches the value indicated by
this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this recipient address. Notifications that
cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value
of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the
maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
The possible values of NOTIF_USER_MAX are in the range from 1 to 50,000.
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_VMS_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a VMS recipient address. When the number of notifications stored in the
SMSC for this VMS recipient address reaches the value indicated by this qualifier, no new
notifications will be stored for this VMS recipient address. Notifications that cannot be stored
in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value of the SMH com-
mon attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the maximum number of
queued (stored) messages has been reached.
The possible values of NOTIF_VMS_MAX are in the range from 1 to 50,000.
2–802 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR
The /PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR qualifier enables the rapid-retry. See also /ALT_ERR_
DELAY and /ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT.
PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED
The /PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED qualifier is used to switch sending a positive acknowledgement
for the Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs), when the prepaid charged party is
blocked. This attribute is a flag. Please note that this attribute affects the SMSC blocked
prepaid SMS rejection behaviour only in REAL_TIME and BULK modes.
PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED can be set to ON or OFF.
/PP_DMR_DISCARD
The /PP_DMR_DISCARD qualifier is used to specify whether or not a prepaid billing system is
triggered for trashbinned messages. This attribute can have the following values:
OFF: Trigger the prepaid billing system
ON : Do not trigger the prepaid billing system (default)
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/PP_DMR_DISCARD can be set to ON or OFF.
/PP_FIXED_BILLING
The /PP_FIXED_BILLING qualifier is used to specify the logging behaviour of the SMH
towards the LOGSRV: pre- and postpaid messages, only prepaid messages or only postpaid
messages. This attribute can assume the following values:
PRE_AND_POSTPAID
POSTPAID_ONLY
PREPAID_ONLY This attribute is a flag.
PP_FIXED_BILLING can be set to PRE_AND_POSTPAID, POSTPAID_ONLY or PREPAID_
ONLY.
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the Payment System
response to an earlier Primary or Additional Service debit transaction. A value of 0 means
that the SMH will wait infinitely for the response to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of PP_PB_TIMEOUT are in the range from 1 to 60.
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK qualifier is used to specify how often the SMH checks whether
messages waiting for an Payment System response have timed out. This attribute is a param-
eter.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–803
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
The possible values of PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK are in the range from 0 to 3600.
/QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED
The /QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED qualifier enables the query and delete on the SMH. See
also /ADDRESS_INFORMATION.
QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license has been installed.
/RCOUNT_1=n
The /RCOUNT_1 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 1 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_1 are in the range from 1 to 100.
/RCOUNT_2=n
The /RCOUNT_2 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 2 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_2 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RCOUNT_3=n
The /RCOUNT_3 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 3 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_3 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RCOUNT_4=n
The /RCOUNT_4 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 4 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_4 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RCOUNT_5=n
The /RCOUNT_5 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 5 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_5 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RCOUNT_6=n
The /RCOUNT_6 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 6 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_6 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RCOUNT_7=n
The /RCOUNT_7 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 7 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_7 are in the range from 0 to 100.
2–804 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RCOUNT_8=n
The /RCOUNT_8 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 8 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RCOUNT_8 are in the range from 0 to 100.
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE
The /RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE qualifier specifies whether the "Caching of Recipient
Delivery Information" functionality is enabled. With this functionality, the SMSC keeps the
delivery information of recipients as long as possible, in order to speed up delivery of future
messages for these recipients. This attribute is a flag.
RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
It is only possible to change this attribute when there are no SMH entities running.
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT=n
The /REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the reply path timeout in minutes.
When in an Mobile Originated message the reply path has been set, the recipient of this mes-
sage should respond within the time determined by the attribute REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT are in the range from 0 to 1440 minutes.
Note that when the values are set to 0 minutes, no reply path is registered.
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT
The /RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT qualifier is used to specify whether Single Shot messag-
ing will be restricted. If this qualifier is set to YES, Single Shot Messages will be rejected if
the recipient is not a Large Account (LA) or mobile user. If the qualifier is set to NO, Single
Shot messages are handled as non-single shot if the recipient is not a LA or mobile user. This
attribute is a flag.
RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT can be set to NO or YES.
/RETQ_HIGH=n
The /RETQ_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Above
this value the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs). The value of /RETQ_HIGH
should be larger than the value of /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RETQ_HIGH are in the range from 85 to 99.
/RETQ_LOW=n
The /RETQ_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Below
this value the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs), if RETQ_HIGH for
this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RETQ_LOW are in the range from 50 to 80.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–805
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RETQ_MAX=n
The /RETQ_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queued messages (Short
Messages and notifications) per SMH. This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values of RETQ_MAX are in the range from 1 to 6,000,000.
IMPORTANT
When its value is changed to a greater value than the one used when creating the
message files, the current message files cannot be used anymore. The files smh-
name_OWN_FILE.DAT and smhname_FOREIGN_FILE.DAT need to be converted,
in order to enlarge these files to be able to store the required number of messages.
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES= n
The /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /RETQ_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of messages allowed to be queued in the next delivery queue.
This percentage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation
the recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /RETQ_MAX that exceeds /RETQ_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /RETQ_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /RETQ_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter.
RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES can be set between 0 and 98.
The default value is 90.
This threshold is only applied when /SYNCDEL_ENABLE is set to ON.
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK=hex
The /RETRY_SCHEME_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit specifies
whether delivery attempts will be made for that specific network access or not. In this
qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit.
IMPORTANT
RETRY_SCHEME_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RETRY_SCHEME_MASK range from 0 to FFF. Please refer to table
Retry-Scheme Bitmask (see Table 2–31) .
Table 2–31: Retry-Scheme Bitmask
Bit Number Protocol ID
0 PLMN
2–806 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–31 (Cont.): Retry-Scheme Bitmask
Bit Number Protocol ID
1 PC
2 MENU
3 SMTP
4 VMS
5 FAXG3
6 ’Currently not used’
7 IVR
8 ERMES
9 TAP
10 SMPP
11 OIS
/SC_ALERT_DELAY=n
The /SC_ALERT_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the delay that the SMH inserts between
the receipt of an alert from a mobile user and the delivery of the first Short Message (SM) to
the same mobile user. This is only used when DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED is set. This attribute
is a parameter.
The possible values of SC_ALERT_DELAY range from 0 to 60 seconds. Where 0 indicates no
delay.
/SMH_IW_MASK=hex
The /SMH_IW_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating whether
message submission is allowed (1) or not (0). This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
SMH_IW_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
The possible values of SMH_IW_MASK range from 0 to FFFF, see table Interworking Bitmask
(see Table 2–32) .
Table 2–32: Interworking Bitmask
Bit Number Protocol ID
0 PLMN
1 PC
2 MENU
3 SMTP
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–807
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–32 (Cont.): Interworking Bitmask
Bit Number Protocol ID
4 VMS
5 FAXG3
6 ’Currently not used’
7 IVR
8 ERMES
9 TAP
10 SMPP
11 OIS
/S_DEL_RESP=str
The /S_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of S_DEL_RESP is IDENTIFICATION.
The attribute S_DEL_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at the most.
/S_INQ_RESP=str
The /S_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of S_INQ_RESP is IDENTIFICATION.
The attribute S_INQ_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at the most.
/SYNCDEL_ENABLE
The /SYNCDEL_ENABLE qualifier is used to specify whether delivery during SMH syn-
chronisation is allowed, when one of the thresholds /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES or /RETQ_
SYNCDEL_THRES is exceeded. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR
When setting the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR to "NO" the behaviour of GSM
SMS-COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to GSM 23.040. In case
the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR is set to "YES" the behaviour of GSM SMS-
COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to Sanyo_status_report_format;
"Where the SMS-STATUS-REPORT is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and the TP-
Command-Type is an Enquiry, the TPMR returned in the SMS-STATUS-REPORT shall be
the TP-MR (instead of the TP-MN) which was sent in the SMS-COMMAND".
WARNING
When the SMSC is configured to use the Sanyo_status_report_format, any GSM sta-
tus report which is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and where the TP-Command-
Type was an enquiry is likely to fail if the handset is compliant with [GSM 23.040]
2–808 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
The default of STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR is NO.
This attribute can be set to YES or NO.
/T_DEL_RESP=str
The /T_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the third text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
The default of T_DEL_RESP is "has been deleted.".
The attribute T_DEL_RESP contains a string of 160 characters at the most.
/TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED
The /TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED qualifier enables the creation of CDRs for copies of inter-
cepted messages. This attribute is a flag.
TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/TP_PID_ENABLED
The /TP_PID_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the transpar-
ent PID functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
TP_PID_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/VP_CONST_NOTIF=n
The /VP_CONST_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the function constant by which the Short
Message (SM) validity period is multiplied in order to calculate the notification validity period.
This calculation is applied when the attribute /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 1. The value
of this parameter is divided by 10 by the system. This attribute is a parameter. The system
calculates the notification validity period according to the following formula:
V P (notification) =
VP 0 CONST 0 NOT IF 3 V P (Short Message)
10
The possible values of VP_CONS_NOTIF are in the range from 1 (VP_notification = 0.1 times
VP_shortmessage) to 100 (VP_notification = 10 times VP_shortmessage).
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT=n
The /VP_LRAD_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period (in hours) of a
Short Message (SM) in Last Resort delivery. Only used (and of interest) when the Last Resort
functionality is active. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of VP_LRAD_DEFAULT are in the range from 1 to 10.
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT=n
The /VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for noti-
fications. The value of this attribute indicates the number of hours that a notification can
be buffered in the system if it cannot be delivered immediately. This value is applied when
VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 0. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT are in the range from 1 to 168 hours.
IMPORTANT
VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT must be less than or equal to VP_NOTIF_MAX.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–809
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
/VP_NOTIF_MAX=n
The /VP_NOTIF_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for notifi-
cations. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a notification was
generated with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_NOTIF_MAX. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values of VP_NOTIF_MAX are in the range from 72 to 500 hours.
IMPORTANT
VP_NOTIF_MAX must be greater than or equal to VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT.
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF=n
The /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the scheme to be applied for calculating
the validity period for a notification. The attribute VP_SCHEME_NOTIF can have the follow-
ing values: 0 (apply constant as specified by VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT) or 1 (apply the function
with VP_CONST_NOTIF). This attribute is a parameter.
VP_SCHEME_NOTIF can be set to 0 or 1.
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED
The /SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED qualifier is used to configure whether or not the
SMSC skips the final delivery attempt for messages originating from a Large Account (LA).
This attribute is a flag.
SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /RETQ_MAX=10000
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 10000 to the common attribute RETQ_MAX of the
SMH entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=3600
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 3600 to the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_
DEFER_TIME of the SMH entities.
3. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT=ON
PML>
The SET command assigns the value ON to the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_
LIMIT of the SMH entities.
4. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=75
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 75 to the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_
HIGH of the SMH entities.
2–810 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
5. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=50
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 50 to the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_
LOW of the SMH entities.
6. PML> SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE="Your prepaid
credit, currently EUR @BALAP, is too low!"
PML>
The SET command assigns the text string to the common attribute ABN_TXT_NOT_
CREDITABLE of the SMH entities.
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–811
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class SMPP.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/DEST_MAX=n 2
/DETACH_INTERVAL=n 0
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL 0x100
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MAX_COMMANDS=n 100
/MAX_PORTS=n 100
/MAXSESSIONS=n 10
/MSG_LIMIT_IN=n 160
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT=n 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF SAR
/NOTIF_DEF=n 0
/NR_CC_GSMS 1
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR ON
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT ON
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED ON
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex 0x00
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/SESS_TABLE
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME=n 1
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION=str "SMSC"
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_INACTIVE=n 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n 30
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD NO
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED YES
/NODE_ID 000000
/NETWORK_ID 000000
2–812 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with SMPP entities.
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be set. When changing this attribute, also a
change of the available quota may be necessary. /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS can be set from 0 to
524288.
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
ALERT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
that is to be segmented in order to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery
segments. When the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–813
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
AVG_LEN_SGMS can be set from 140 to 5000.
/DEST_MAX=n
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
DEST_MAX can be set from 1 to 20.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/DETACH_INTERVAL=n
The /DETACH_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the time (seconds) that an SMPP link is
allowed to be detached. The value 0 is interpreted by the SMSC as infinite, that is, no timing
will take place. This attribute is a parameter.
DETACH_INTERVAL can be set from 0 to 3600.
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL
The GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL qualifier defines the value to be identified as GAIT/GHOST in the
optional DEST_NETWORK_TYPE field in submitted SMPP messages. Values in the range of
[0x0..0x100] indicates the value to be interpreted. The value 0x100 indicates the feature is
switched OFF. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The functionality provided by this attribute is dependent on the /HONOUR_DEST_
NETW_TYPE functionality configurable in SSD_COMMON.
GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL can be set from 0x0 to 0x100.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all SIWSMPP entities have been stopped.
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the SMPP network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2 This attribute is a flag.
ISO_8859_8_CONV can be set to NONE or UCS2.
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
IMPLICIT_ALERT can be set to YES or NO.
2–814 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/MAX_COMMANDS=n
The /MAX_COMMANDS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of commands that
the SMPP interworking can handle simultaneously (total number for all ESMEs using the
SMPP interworking). This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_COMMANDS can be set from 1 to 10000000.
/MAX_PORTS=n
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set from 1 to 100.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN=n
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 1. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is 160.
MSG_LIMIT_IN can be set from 1 to 4096.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION=str
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT=n
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit
in octets. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted, segmented or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is
160.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT can be set from 140 to 4096.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION=str
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–815
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SEGMENT_SAR
SEGMENT_UDH8
SEGMENT_UDH16 For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is
interpreted the same as DELETE. For segmentation into segments of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT,
there is the option for segments using SMPP optional parameters (SAR) or UDH with a
8-bit (UDH8) or 16 bit (UDH16) reference number. This attribute is a parameter.
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF=str
The /CM_DELIVERY_PREF qualifier is used to specify the format of a Concatenated Message
(CM). This attribute can have one of the following values:
• STRIP
UDH is stripped.
• UDH_UNCHANGED
UDH is unchanged.
• SAR
Deliver CMs using the SAR optional parameters.
• UDH8
8-bit UDH is used.
• UDH16
16-bit UDH is used.
This attribute is a parameter.
/NOTIF_DEF=n
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set from 0 (no notifications) to 7 (all notifications).
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
NR_CC_SGMS can be set from 1 to 10000000.
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR
The /ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR qualifier is used to switch Original Originator ON or OFF.
When original originator is switched on the SMSC will put an exact copy of the source address
of the messages into the destination address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR can be set to ON or OFF.
2–816 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT
The /ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT qualifier is used to switch Original Recipient ON or OFF. When
original recipient is switched on, the SMSC will put an exact copy of the destination address
of the messages into the source address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT can be set to ON or OFF.
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED=ON/OFF
The /REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED qualifier specifies if the Replace If Present List functionality
is enabled or not. This attribute is a flag. The REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED qualifier can be
set to ON or OFF.
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter. Table Allowed Values REPLACE_
TYPE (see Table 2–33) lists the valid values for the REPLACE_TYPE attribute.
Table 2–33: Allowed Values REPLACE_TYPE
Value Description
0x40 Replace Short Message Type 0.
0x41 Replace Short Message Type 1.
0x42 Replace Short Message Type 2.
0x43 Replace Short Message Type 3.
0x44 Replace Short Message Type 4.
0x45 Replace Short Message Type 5.
0x46 Replace Short Message Type 6.
0x47 Replace Short Message Type 7.
0x5F Return Call Messages.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME=n
The /SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the bind is sent after the specified delay.
The possible values for SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME are in the range from 0 to 15.
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–817
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION=str
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier is used to specify the system identification that
the SMSC will return in an SMPP Bind operation. This attribute is a string.
SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION can be set from "empty" to a string of 15 characters.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
This value will be used when the response timeout setting of a Large Account is set to 0.
TO_DELIVERY can be set from 1 to 3600.
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
TO_INACTIVE can be set from 1 to 3600.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES=n
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
TO_MORE_MESSAGES can be set from 1 to 3600.
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD
The /UD_IN_SM_FIELD qualifier is used to determine where to put the User Data of a
DELIVER_SM or SUBMIT_SM. When it is set to YES, the User Data will be put in the
short_message field (if its content is no longer than 254 octets). Otherwise, it will be put in
the optional parameter message_payload. Note that this applies to SMPP interface versions
3.4 and higher. For interface versions 3.3 and lower, the User Data is always provided in the
short_message field. This attribute is a flag.
UD_IN_SM_FIELD can be set to YES or NO.
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED
When the /UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, it enables the unconditional
forwarding of SMPP originated messages.
UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED can be set to YES or NO.
/NODE_ID
The /NODE_ID qualifier specifies the Node Identifier that will be used to fill in the SMPP
source_node_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
This attribute is a string of 6 characters.
/NETWORK_ID
The /NETWORK_ID qualifier specifies the Network Identifier that will be used to fill in the
SMPP source_network_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
This attribute is a string of 6 to 64 characters.
2–818 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the
SMPP entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=100
PML>
The memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWSMPP is set to 100 blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME=SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF
PML>
The ADT configuration file to be used by SIWSMPP is set to SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF.
SET CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–819
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class SMSC_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN=n 9
/ADT_ENABLED OFF
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED ON
/CDMA_ENABLED OFF
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED ON
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED YES
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED YES
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED YES
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK 0
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY ON
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY ON
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED OFF
/DIWTAP_ENABLED OFF
/DL_ENABLED OFF
/E164_CC=n 31
/E164_INT_PREFIX=n 00
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX=n
/E164_TRUNK_CODE=n
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX=n
/ERMES_ENABLED OFF
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED OFF
/FAXREP_ENABLED OFF
/FAX_ENABLED OFF
/FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED OFF
/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED OFF
/FORWARDING_ENABLED OFF
/FSG_ENABLED OFF
/GIW_ENABLED OFF
/GPRS_ENABLED ON
/HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/INQUIRY_ENABLED OFF
/IP7_ENABLED OFF
/ISDN_ENABLED OFF
/IVR_UCP_ENABLED OFF
2–820 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED OFF
/LA_ALPHA_ENABLED OFF
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL=n 10
/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED OFF
/LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED OFF
/LA_PWD_ENABLED OFF
/LA_RETRY_ENABLED OFF
/LA_SHORT_NUM_ENABLED OFF
/LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED OFF
/LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED
/LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK 0x0
/LMSG_ENABLED OFF
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT=n 300
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION OFF
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/LRAD_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED OFF
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED OFF
/MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA OFF
/MODIFY_ENABLED OFF
/MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA OFF
/MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED OFF
/MSG_LENGTH=n 160
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED OFF
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED OFF
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED OFF
/MSG_TRUNC_IND=str #
/MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED OFF
/MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/NMT_ENABLED OFF
/NR_CMLOG=n 1
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS=n 0
/NR_SMH=n 1
/NUMBER_PORTABILITY OFF
/OIS_ENABLED OFF
/DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED OFF
/PABX_ENABLED OFF
/PHASE2_ENABLED OFF
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS ON
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT ON
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS ON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–821
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE ON
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES ON
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH ON
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT ON
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT ON
/PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED OFF
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED OFF
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE=n EMPTY
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED OFF
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING ORIGINATOR
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID 0x0
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID 0x0
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED
/PP_MODE REAL_TIME
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING CHARGED
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED OFF
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER 0xFFFFFFF
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS 0xFFFFFFF
/PP_UMF_CHARGING FREE
/PREFIXLESS_TRUNK OFF
/PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED OFF
/PRIO_MESS_ENABLED OFF
/PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED OFF
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R OFF
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ NO
/SDB_ENABLED OFF
/SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED OFF
/SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED OFF
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES 60
/SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED OFF
/SIWTAP_ENABLED OFF
/SMPP_ENABLED
/SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED
/SMSC_ID=str SMSC
/SMSC_LOGGING_MASK=hex
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR=n
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR=n
/SMSC_UNIUQE_PLMN_ADDR=n
/SMSC_X25_ADDR=n
/STD_PLMN_TYPE GSM
/TCAP_SRC_AID=hex 43
/TCAP_SRC_PC=hex 080000
/TCAP_SRC_SSN=hex 0C
2–822 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE CCITT
/TCP_IP_ENABLED OFF
/TDMA_ENABLED OFF
/TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE OFF
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK ON
/UMF_ENABLED OFF
/VMN_UCP_ENABLED OFF
/VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED OFF
/VP_SM_DEFAULT=n 72
/VP_SM_MAX=n 168
/VP_XM_DEFAULT=n 2
/VP_XM_MAX=n 12
/VSMSC_ENABLED OFF
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED OFF
/X121_CC=n 204
/X121_INT_PREFIX=n 0
Restrictions
The attribute NR_SMH can only be set when all entities of the system are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with an
SMSC.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN=n
The /ADDR_CHECK_LEN qualifier is used to specify the minimal required notification ad-
dress length. This will be used to check whether a user specifies a correct notification address.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–823
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
The notification address length will only be checked if the attribute TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
of the common class SMSC has been set to ON.
ADDR_CHECK_LEN can be set from 5 to 20.
/ADT_ENABLED
The /ADT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the Flexible Address Translation (ADT)
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
ADT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all IS41, GIW, SIWCDMA, SIWPC, SIWPLMN,
SIWSMPP, SIWTDMA, SSD, SMH, DIWCDMA, DIWPC, DIWPLMN, DIWTDMA,
LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED
The /BLACKLIST_ENABLED qualifier specifies if an address must be checked for presence on
the General Blacklist.
BLACKLIST_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/CDMA_ENABLED
The /CDMA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports CDMA
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
CDMA_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all entities are stopped.
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED
The /BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED attribute specifies that the Global Title (GT) of the originat-
ing MSC/SGSN is checked in the blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, SMSC_
COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED and SMSC_COMMON/MNP_COND_
SRI_ENABLED, which are licensed options. The blacklist will work regardless of
whether the above described options are switched ON or OFF.
2–824 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED
The /CDR_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs.
CDR_APA_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED
The /CDR_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This attribute is a
flag.
CDR_CM_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED
The /CDR_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Messaging Service
(EMS) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This
attribute is a flag.
CDR_EMS_INCLUDED can be set to YES or NO.
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK
The /CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK qualifier is a bit-mask that is used to specify the type
of the additional ASN.1 CDR streams. An additional ASN.1 CDR stream can be configured
as billing stream (set to 0) or statistical stream (set to 1). The bit positions correspond to
the stream numbers (1..10) of the additional streams (bit 0 is the least significant bit and
corresponds to additional stream number 1).
Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for more information on additional ASN.1 CDR
streams and the effect of configuring an additional ASN.1 CDR stream as billing stream or
statistical stream.
CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK can be set from 0x0 to 0x3FF.
IMPORTANT
Any change to this attribute is only effectuated after a restart of the entity. This
applies to LOGSRV and CMLOG.
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY
The /CM_CDR_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary Call Detail Records (CDRs) must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have
the following values:
• OFF
No CM summary CDRs are generated, only CDRs per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary CDRs and CDRs per CM segment are generated.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–825
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
• ONLY
Only CM summary CDRs are generated, no CDR per CM segment. This attribute is a
flag.
CM_CDR_SUMMARY can be set to OFF, ON or ONLY
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY
The /CM_LOG_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary LOG records must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have the following
values:
• OFF
No CM summary LOG records are generated, only LOG records per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary LOG records and LOG records per CM segment are generated.
• ONLY
Only CM summary LOG records are generated, no LOG record per CM segment. This
attribute is a flag.
CM_LOG_SUMMARY can be set to OFF, ON or ONLY.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED
The /CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether ’Content-based
Billing for Ringtones and Logos’ functionality is supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if
the associated license is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED
The /DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the DMR functionality
is active or not. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/DIWTAP_ENABLED
The /DIWTAP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the DIWTAP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
2–826 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
DIWTAP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/DL_ENABLED
The /DL_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Distribution
List functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute is a
flag.
DL_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/E164_CC=str
The /E164_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for E.164 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_CC can be set from 0 to 9999.
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX=str
The /E164_LOCAL_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the local prefix to be used for outgoing
connections in the E.164 domain (for example, when a PABX is used). This attribute can have
an empty value. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX can be set from 0 to 99. Use the RESET command to make it empty.
/E164_INT_PREFIX=str
The /E164_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the E.164
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_INT_PREFIX can be set from 0 to 9999.
/E164_TRUNK_CODE=str
The /E164_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the trunk code in the E.164 address
domain, identifying the city or area in which the SMSC is situated. This code is used for
outgoing calls via the PSTNA server, to identify whether the destination is in the same area.
If this attribute has an empty value, the E164_TRUNK_PREFIX must also be set to the empty
value. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_TRUNK_CODE can be set from 0 to 9999. Use the RESET command to make it empty.
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX=n
The /E164_TRUNK_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the trunk prefix (also called national
prefix) in the E.164 address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX can be set from 0 to 99. Use the RESET command to make it empty.
This qualifier can only be set when qualifier E164_TRUNK_CODE contains a value.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–827
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/ERMES_ENABLED
The /ERMES_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports ERMES
functionality or not. This attribute is a parameter.
ERMES_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED
The /ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether it is possible to configure and
use the Error Dependent Retry (EDR) feature. This attribute is a flag.
ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FAX_ENABLED
The /FAX_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports FAX functional-
ity or not. This attribute is a flag.
FAX_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED
The /FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
the Fax Recipient Name functionality or not. When this attribute is set to ON the recipient
will be printed on the outgoing fax in a predefined section.
FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FAXREP_ENABLED
The /FAXREP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Fax
Report functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute is
a flag.
FAXREP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED
The /FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether mobile subscriber access
via fixed network functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
2–828 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FORWARDING_ENABLED
The /FORWARDING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether (un)conditional forward-
ing of Short Messages (SMs) functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
FORWARDING_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/FSG_ENABLED
The /FSG_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Foreign Subscriber Gateway functionality is
supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
FSG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/GIW_ENABLED
The /GIW_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the GIW func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/GPRS_ENABLED
The /GPRS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the SMS over GPRS functionality. When it
is set to OFF, no GPRS functionality as specified in the MAP V3 protocol is used. When the
parameter is set to ON, the GPRS functionality as specified in the MAP V3 protocol is used.
This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the GIW entity is stopped.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED
The /HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Hide CLI address
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–829
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/INQUIRY_ENABLED
The /INQUIRY_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Inquiry
and Delete functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
INQUIRY_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/IP7_ENABLED
The /IP7_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SS7 over SCTP/IP functionality is
supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if the associated license is set to ON. This attribute
is a flag. Please note that for Itanium systems this attribute must be set to ON.
IP7_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/ISDN_ENABLED
The /ISDN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports ISDN function-
ality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/IVR_UCP_ENABLED
The /IVR_UCP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the IVR
using UCP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_ALPHA_ENABLED
The /LA_ALPHA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
alphanumeric characters for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
2–830 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL
The /LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL qualifier is used to specify the interval (in minutes) after
which a Large Account is checked for a full message queue. When the queue has reached
its maximum number of messages, an informational message is sent to the operator. This
attribute is a parameter.
LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL can be set from 1 to 1440.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all SMH entities are stopped.
/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED
The /LA_HPLMN_ENABLED attribute specifies Large Accounts (LAs) to be limited to their
own network when Mobile Number Portability (MNP) is used. A dedicated routing table
(GIW_HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT) will be used to ensure that MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM
requests for messages from LAs limited to their own network do not go beyond their own
network. Short Messages (SMs) from such LAs for recipients not in the HPLMN are removed.
The SMSC will determine whether a recipient is in the HPLMN or not by doing the following:
#1: Check the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR) received from the
HLR. #2: In case the IMSI of the recipient is known, check the national recipient IMSI in the
SMSC_COMMON/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST (Country Code in the recipient MSISDN is in the
SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST). This attribute is a flag.
This attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED
The /LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether multiple address
Large Account functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED
The /LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Large Account (LA) specific notification settings functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_PWD_ENABLED
The /LA_PWD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Large
Account Password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–831
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_RETRY_ENABLED
The /LA_RETRY_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether it is possible to configure and use the
Large Account Retry profile feature. This attribute is a flag.
LA_RETRY_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED
The /LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
throughput regulation for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED
The /LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC sup-
ports the Short Number for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED
The /LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Large Account Database functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED
The /LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED attribute is used to enable or disable the LDAP function-
ality. This attribute is a flag.
LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
2–832 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK
The /LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK attribute enables or disables the logging of any SDB modifi-
cations. This is a 2 digit hexadecimal number. The value is set according to the following
masking bits:
• PRL Logging: 0x01(000001)
• PRX Logging: 0x02(000010)
• SOG Logging: 0x04(000100)
• PBB Logging: 0x08(001000)
• PRH Logging: 0x10(010000)
• LIW Logging: 0x20(100000)
LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK can be set from 0x0 to 0xFF.
/LMSG_ENABLED
The /LMSG_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Long
Message Rule functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
LMSG_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT=n
The /LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for
receiving the *LAST command terminating the long message. LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT is only
used when LMSG_ENABLED is set. This attribute is a parameter.
LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT can be set from 60 to 3600 seconds.
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION
The /LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION qualifier is used to specify the settings for local number
recognition (mobile-to-mobile). If the qualifier is ON and a local number (abbreviated address)
is used to submit a short message, the recipient address will be updated with the country
code (E164_CC) and network code (E164_TRUNK_CODE) taken from the mobile origina-
tor. Abbreviated addressing is only applied to the recipient address of Short Message (SM)
submission. If the attribute is set to OFF no local numbers can be used. This attribute is a
flag.
IMPORTANT
For PC-originated MT traffic the qualifier /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE must be defined.
LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED
The /LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the logging and billing of
addresses should be done in international format. This attribute is a flag.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–833
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/LRAD_ENABLED
The /LRAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Subscriber
based Last Resort Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
LRAD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_2SRI_ENABLED attribute specifies that, to optimise routing in a network with
Mobile Number Portability (MNP), the SMSC will send a second MAP_Send_Routing_Info_
For_SM request to the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function) for Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (MT/SM). This applies when the first MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request fails
on the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_2SRI_ERR). Additionally, the SMSC will send
a MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request directly to the MNP-SRF (skipping the first) if a
second MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request was sent in a previous delivery attempt. A
dedicated routing table (GIW_HLR_ADDR_SEC.DAT) will be used for the second MAP_Send_
Routing_Info_For_SM request. This attribute is a flag.
MNP_2SRI_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED attribute specifies that the Mobile Number Portability
(MNP) originator IMSI retrieval is done for HLRs of the operator’s own network, thereby
offloading the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function). A dedicated routing table (GIW_HLR_
ADDR_MO.DAT) will be used to ensure that MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests do not
go outside their own network. For the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_
REJ_ERR) from the HLR, the Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) is unconditionally
rejected. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, which is a
licensed option. This option has to be switched ON.
MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
2–834 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED qualifier specifies that the Mobile Number Portability
(MNP) originator IMSI retrieval is conditional. i.e. IMSI retrieval will only occur when the
originator MSISDN is on the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST (national MSISDN) and the
Global Title (GT) of the originating MSC/SGSN is not (international MSC/SGSN). Mobile
Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from national MSC/SGSNs can be accepted or rejected
depending on the presence of originating MSC/SGSN global titles in the MSC/SGSN GT
blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY and SMSC_
COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED, which are licensed options. The first
option has to be switched ON. The second option can be switched OFF (/MNP_
COND_SRI_ENABLED offloads the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function)) or can
be switched ON (/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED offloads the HLR in the operator’s
own network).
MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED
The /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED attribute specifies that, to optimise routing in a net-
work with Mobile Number Portability (MNP), the SMSC will insert a prefix into the SCCP
Called Party Address/SUA destination address which is used to address the HLR for Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The prefix is inserted after the Country Code of the
Global Title (GT) in the SCCP Called Party Address/SUA destination address. This only ap-
plies when the Country Code is in the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST and the recipient
IMSI is known and present in the IMSI prefix table GIW_COMMON/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB.
This attribute is a flag.
MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the MO SMS Anti
Fraud functionality is supported by the SMSC or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
IMPORTANT
The MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality is only performed when the SCCP Calling
Party Address (SUA Source Address) Routing Indicator is set to GT.
MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–835
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA
The MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA qualifier specifies the format of the delivery notification if the
submitter of the Short Message (SM) is a mobile GSM user. This qualifier applies when the
SMSC should send a delivery notification and the acknowledgement from the SM recipient
contains User Data. When it is ON, then the delivery notification will contain the User Data
from the SM recipient. When it is OFF, the delivery notification will have the normal format.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA can be set to ON or OFF.
/MODIFY_ENABLED
The /MODIFY_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports message
modification functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
MODIFY_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA
The /MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA qualifier specifies the format of the delivery notification if
the submitter of the Short Message (SM) is a mobile user via a fixed network. This qualifier
applies when the SMSC should send a delivery notification and the acknowledgement from
the SM recipient contains User Data. When it is ON, then the delivery notification will
contain the User Data from the SM recipient. When it is OFF, the delivery notification will
have the normal format. This attribute can only be set to ON when the attribute SMSC_
COMMON/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set to ON when the attribute SMSC_COMMON/FIXED_
SUBSCR_ENABLED is set to ON.
/MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED
The /MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
message based password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MSG_LENGTH=n
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of septets (in case of
seven-bits alphabet) or octets (in all other cases) that can be carried and/or stored in an IDI
message.
2–836 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
NOTE
Decreasing this qualifier might decrease the interworking specific attributes
PC_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH and TAP_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH.
MSG_LENGTH can be set to a value between 160 and 256 (inclusive).
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all SMH, SIWOTA, SIWPLMN, DIWPLMN,
DIWTDMA and SIWSMPP entities have been stopped.
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED
The /MSG_LRAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
message based Last Resort Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
MSG_LRAD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED
The /MSG_RULES_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the Rule Based Decision
Logic functionality is supported by the SMSC. When set to ON, the SMSC expects a decision
rule configuration in the SSD_MSG_RULES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
MSG_RULES_ENABLED can be set to OFF or ON.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all SSD entities are stopped. The value ON is
allowed when SMSC_COMMON attribute /RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R is set to
OFF.
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED
The /MSG_TRACE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
interception and reporting of message information for a lawfully authorised Law Enforcement
Agency (LEA). This attribute is a flag.
MSG_TRACE_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MSG_TRUNC_IND=str
The /MSG_TRUNC_IND attribute is the text at the end of the SMS indicating that the SMS
was truncated. An empty string results in no truncation text. The truncation text replaces
SMS contents at the end of the SMS for only the length of the configured truncation indication.
This attribute is a parameter. Minimum length is 0. Maximum length is 3.
MSG_TRUNC_IND can be set to a short string.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–837
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED
The /MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
multi-language functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED
The /MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether multiple Service
Centre (SC) addresses are available. If the MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED is set to ON,
other SC addresses in Mobile Originated messages than its original address will be ac-
cepted/alerted. This can be useful in case of a reorganized Numbering Plan or when replacing
systems. If it is set to OFF, no multiple SC address is available. The file SC_MAP.DAT in
SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] contains possible SMSC addresses. This attribute is a flag.
MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all GIW entities are stopped.
/NMT_ENABLED
The /NMT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
NMT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
NMT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/NR_CMLOG=n
The /NR_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the number of CMLOG entities for which the
system is currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
NR_CMLOG can be set from 1 to 20.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS=n
The /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS qualifier is used to specify the number of additional ASN.1
CDR streams. Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for more information on configuring
additional ASN.1 CDR streams.
2–838 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS can be set from 0 to 10.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all LOGSRV and CMLOG entities are stopped.
/NR_SMH=n
The /NR_SMH qualifier is used to specify the number of SMHs for which the system is
currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
NR_SMH can be set from 1 to 30.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all entities of the system are stopped.
/NUMBER_PORTABILITY
The /NUMBER_PORTABILITY attribute is used to enable or disable Mobile Number
Portability (MNP) for Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs). If the attribute is set
to ON, the SMSC will accept SMs from mobile numbers of imported subscribers and reject
SMs from mobile numbers of exported subscribers. Acceptance and rejection of the SM de-
pends on the originator IMSI retrieval for SMs for which the country code in the originator
MSISDN is in the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST (e.g. for all national MSISDNs) and on
the presence of the originator IMSI in the General Blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
NUMBER_PORTABILITY can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all GIW and SSD entities are stopped.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/OIS_ENABLED
The /OIS_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the SMSC supports OIS functionality or not.
This attribute is a flag.
OIS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PABX_ENABLED
The /PABX_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether subscriber PABX Short Number
addressing functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
PABX_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–839
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PHASE2_ENABLED
The /PHASE2_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether GSM phase 2 functionality is
supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS
The /PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT
The /PHASE2_IW_SELECT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_IW_SELECT can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS
The /PHASE2_MSG_CLASS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_MSG_CLASS can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE
The /PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES
The /PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH
The /PHASE2_REPLY_PATH qualifier is used to toggle GSM phase 2 Reply Path functionality.
If the attribute is set to OFF, no Reply Path will be stored in the SMSC when the originator
of a message requests for a Reply Path. If the parameter is set to ON, a Reply Path will be
stored if requested. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
PHASE2_REPLY_PATH can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT
The /PHASE2_STAT_REPORT qualifier is used to specify the delivery of a GSM status report
message when a mobile phone requests for a status report. If the attribute is set to OFF, no
status report is delivered. If the attribute is set to ON, a status report is sent on request. This
attribute is a flag.
2–840 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
PHASE2_STAT_REPORT can be set to ON or OFF.
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT
The /PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT can be set to ON or OFF.
/PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED
The /PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED qualifier specifies if blacklisted addresses must be checked in
combination with their access type.
PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED
The /PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
PLMN tracing functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE
The /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the PLMN trunk code, which will be
used to assemble a full address out of an abbreviated address. This trunk code is applied if
a local recipient address has been given and the international formatted recipient address
cannot be built out of the originator address. The trunk code is specified in E.164. This
attribute is a parameter.
EXAMPLE
Imagine a Large Account as originator with short number 123 and a mobile recip-
ient with the international formatted number 00491721111111. The 0049 contains
the international prefix and country code. The local address is 1111111 and the
PLMN trunk code is 172. If the local number is used as recipient address, the trunk
code cannot be recovered from the originator (including the international prefix and
the country code) because of the type of number. The trunk code, as specified in the
attribute, is used to recover the physical recipient address (mobile) in international
format. PLMN_TRUNK_CODE is set to 172 and the message is delivered to the
recipient in the international format.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–841
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
PLMN_TRUNK_CODE can be set from EMPTY to a number of 13 digits.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all entities of the system are stopped.
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED
The /PORT_QOS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Port
Quality of Service functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING
The /PP_FIXMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid FIXED-MT traffic. In the latter case, it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_FIXMT_CHARGING can be set to ORIGINATOR, RECIPIENT_FREE or RECIPIENT_
CHARGED.
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which fixed
PIDs may not submit messages destined to prepaid users. The bits of this field correspond to
the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–34: PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Originator PID
0 IVR
1 MENU
2 PC
3 TAP
4 SMPP
5 WAP
6 VMS
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID can be set from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFF.
2–842 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify to which fixed
PIDs prepaid users may not submit messages. The bits of this field correspond to the following
optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–35: PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Recipient PID
0 FAXG3 (Removed)
1 ERMES
2 MENU
3 PC
4 TAP
5 SMPP
6 WAP
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID can be set from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFF.
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING
The /PP_JAMMED_SETTING qualifier is used to specify the behaviour of the SMSC when the
Payment System interface is JAMMED. This behaviour can be either: all prepaid messages
are rejected; all prepaid messages are free but the last known blocking status is used to accept
or reject them; or all prepaid messages are free regardless of the last known blocking status.
This attribute can assume the following values:
SMS_REJECT
SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED
SMS_FREE This attribute is a flag.
PP_JAMMED_SETTING can be set to SMS_FREE, SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED or SMS_
REJECT.
/PP_MODE
The /PP_MODE qualifier is used to specify the operational mode of the SMSC for prepaid
traffic. This attribute can assume the following values:
HOT_BILLING
BULK
REAL_TIME This attribute is a flag.
PP_MODE can be set to HOT_BILLING, BULK or REAL_TIME.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all PBB, PBR, PRH, SIWPC, SMH and SSD
entities are stopped.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–843
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED. It can
only be set to BULK when the related attribute is set to ON.
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
The /PP_MOFIX_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-FIXED traffic. In the former case it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT This attribute is a flag.
PP_MOFIX_CHARGING can be set to ORIGINATOR_FREE, ORIGINATOR_CHARGED or
RECIPIENT.
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING
The /PP_MOMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-MT traffic and whether this Primary Service is free or
not. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED
BOTH_FREE
BOTH_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_MOMT_CHARGING can be set to ORIGINATOR_FREE, ORIGINATOR_CHARGED,
RECIPIENT_FREE, RECIPIENT_CHARGED, BOTH_FREE or BOTH_CHARGED.
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING
The /PP_NOTIF_SETTING qualifier is used to specify whether Notifications or Status Reports
are free, ignored or charged if they are requested by prepaid users. This attribute can assume
the following values:
FREE
CHARGED
IGNORED This attribute is a flag.
PP_NOTIF_SETTING can be set to IGNORED, CHARGED or FREE.
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
The /PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether SMS Prepaid bulk
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
2–844 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
The /PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
Additional Services of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond
to the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–36: PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
Bit Number Supported Additional Service
0 Notifications
1 Forwarding
2 Last Resort Addressing
3 Provisioning
4 Reply-Path
5 SMS Commands
6 Forwarding to a Unified Mailbox
This attribute is a parameter.
PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER can be set from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFF.
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
The /PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
messages of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond to the
following optional fields (bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–37: PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
Bit Number Supported SPBP Message
0 Credit for Primary Services
1 Statistical Triggers for Primary Services
2 Subscriber Triggers for Primary Services
3 Credit for Notifications
4 Statistical Triggers for Notifications
5 Credit for other Additional Services
6 Statistical Triggers for other Additional Services
7 Delivery for Charged Primary Services
8 Delivery for Free Primary Services
9 Delivery for Charged Additional Services
10 Delivery for Charged Notifications
11 Delivery for Free Additional Services
12 Delivery for Free Notifications
Statistical Triggers are triggers for FREE messages. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–845
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS can be set from 0x0 to 0xFFFFFFF.
/PP_UMF_CHARGING
The /PP_UMF_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the Unified Mailbox
Forwarding Prepaid Additional service for Mobile Subscribers is free or charged. This at-
tribute can assume the following values:
FREE
CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
PP_UMF_CHARGING can be set to FREE or CHARGED.
/PREFIXLESS_TRUNK
The /PREFIXLESS_TRUNK qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports prefixless
dialling. For a prefixless number the trunk prefix is added to this number. This attribute is a
flag.
PREFIXLESS_TRUNK can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED
The /PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMS Prepaid func-
tionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
If the attribute is set to ON, a prepaid database must be created.
PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PRIO_MESS_ENABLED
The /PRIO_MESS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports priority
message functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute
is a flag.
PRIO_MESS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED
The /PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether subscriber Private Number
addressing functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
2–846 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R
The /RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R qualifier specifies whether Recipient Address Range
Routing (RARR) functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
The attribute can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active. The ON value
is allowed when the SSD_COMMON attribute MAX_RANGE_ENTIRES is set to
non-zero and SMSC_COMMON attribute MSG_RULES_ENABLED is set to OFF.
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ
The /RESTRICTED_RP_REQ qualifier is used to specify whether reply paths will be restricted.
If this qualifier is set to YES, a reply path request is rejected if the message is NOT submitted
from mobile to mobile, mobile to Large Account (LA) or LA to mobile (for example, Mobile to
ERMES pager). If it is set to NO, messages are accepted and delivered in all cases (non-mobile
to LA and reverse, mobile to mobile). This attribute is a flag.
RESTRICTED_RP_REQ can be set YES or NO.
/SDB_ENABLED
The /SDB_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Subscriber
Database or not. This attribute is a flag.
SDB_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED
The /SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
Subscriber Database Password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED
The /SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Secondary Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–847
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES
The /SEGM_WORDB_THRES qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the message buffer
size to be scanned for word boundaries when generating segmented messages. This attribute
is a parameter.
SEGM_WORDB_THRES can be set from 0 to 100.
/SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Single Shot functionality
is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/SIWTAP_ENABLED
The /SIWTAP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the SIWTAP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SIWTAP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/SMSC_ID=str
The /SMSC_ID qualifier is used to specify the SMSC identifier. The SMSC identifier is a string
that is from 1 to 8 characters long and unambiguously identifies the individual service centre.
It forms the last part of the extended SMPP message identifier. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Any change of the SMSC identifier will immediately affect the extended SMPP
message identifiers of all the messages which are processed or buffered in the SMSC
at the given moment as well as any extended message identifiers which will be
sent to the external charging interfaces. Particularly, the SMSC will expect that an
extended SMPP message identifier for any query, cancel or replace command will
contain the new value of the SMSC identifier.
The SMSC_ID identifier can be set to a string containing 1 to 8 characters.
/SMSC_LOGGING_MASK=hex
The /SMSC_LOGGING_MASK qualifier is a bitmask which is used to specify the logging func-
tionality that is supported by the SMSC. This qualifier enables to specify which information is
logged. The following table shows the bitmasks for the logging mask:
2–848 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Table 2–38: SMSC_LOGGING_MASK
Bit Number Logging Functionality
0 Submission Logging
1 Submission Logging for Voice Mail Systems
2 Logging of Notifications
3 Logging of Short Messages
4 Logging of Fax Reports
5 Logging of Failed Logins
6 Logging of Short Messages from BLOCKED Prepaid User
7 Logging of Failed Intermediate Delivery Attempts
8 Submission Logging Delayed for Recipient IMSI
9 Logging of Messages Forwarded to Unified Mailbox
10 Logging of In-session Delivery Notifications
11 Logging of Account Balance Notification Messages
12 Logging of Provisioning Scan Tag Command Response Messages
13 Logging of Rejected Messages
14 Logging of Alert Messages
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Submission logging and Submission logging for Voice Mail Systems are licensed.
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR=str
The /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PLMN
domain. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
For distributed SMSC, multiple SMSCs can have this address, so Short Messages
(SMs) sent from a Short Message Entity (SME) to this address are routed by the
PLMN to one of the SMSCs configured with that address. It is the responsibility
of the PLMN network to ensure a proper execution of this routing. In this case
also a unique SMSC address has to be defined for each SMSC in the distributed
environment. The unique SMSC address can be set with the attribute /SMSC_
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
E121_INT_PREFIX
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–849
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR. For Mobile Originated messages, only the /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR in the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is accepted by the SMSC. For alert Service
Centre indications, only the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR in the PDU is accepted. For the
Mobile Terminated case, the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR is the address that is presented
to the SME.
The value of this attribute is a string containing at most 13 numerical characters.
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR=str
The /SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PSTNA
domain (modems). This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
The value of this attribute is a string containing 13 numerical characters at most.
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR=str
The /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the unique SMSC-address in
the PLMN domain for distributed SMSCs. When the distributed SMSC is not applying, this
attribute is empty. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Two SMSCs within the PLMN network cannot have the same unique SMSC PLMN
address, as it is not guaranteed that alert Service Centre indications and responses
related to requests will reach the correct SMSC. For alert Service Centre initiations,
only the /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR from the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is
accepted.
The value of this attribute is a string containing 13 numerical characters at most.
/SMSC_X25_ADDR=str
The /SMSC_X25_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the X25 domain.
This is an X.121 address. This attribute is a parameter.
The value of this attribute is a string containing 13 numerical characters at most.
/SMPP_ENABLED
The /SMPP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports SMPP func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
E121_INT_PREFIX
2–850 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED
The /SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMPP supports
the Port Quality of Service functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/STD_PLMN_TYPE
The /STD_PLMN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the default network protocol type. This
attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active.
/TCAP_SRC_AID=hex
The /TCAP_SRC_AID qualifier is used to specify the SS7 address indicator. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. If a string with more than two digits is entered, then the last two digits
are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_AID can be set from 0 to FF.
/TCAP_SRC_PC=hex
The /TCAP_SRC_PC qualifier is used to specify the SS7 source Point Code. This is a 6 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_PC can be set from 0 to FFFFFF.
/TCAP_SRC_SSN=hex
The /TCAP_SRC_SSN qualifier is used to specify the SS7 subsystem number. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
TCAP_SRC_SSN can be set from 0 to FF.
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE
The /TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE qualifier is used to specify the SS7 stack type. This attribute
can be set to either ANSI or CCITT. This attribute is a flag.
TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE can be set to either ANSI or CCITT.
/TCP_IP_ENABLED
The /TCP_IP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports TCP/IP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
TCP_IP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/TDMA_ENABLED
The /TDMA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports TDMA func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–851
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
TDMA_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all entities are stopped.
/TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE
The /TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE qualifier is used to enable the adaptation of the times-
tamp depending on the time-zone. If it is set to ON, the timestamp of the original message
will be adjusted to mask a possible time-zone difference between the originator and the recipi-
ent. For a delivery notification the timestamp and the discharge time will be adjusted. In the
file GIW_TIME_OFFSET_MAP.DAT in SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] the different time-zones can be
defined. This attribute is a flag.
TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all GIW and IS41 entities are stopped.
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
The /TRUNK_CODE_CHECK qualifier is used to specify whether the trunk code in the
notification address must be checked or not. This attribute is a flag.
TRUNK_CODE_CHECK can be set to ON or OFF.
/UMF_ENABLED
The /UMF_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Unified Mailbox Forwarding func-
tionality is supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if the associated license is set to ON.
This attribute is a flag.
UMF_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/VMN_UCP_ENABLED
The /VMN_UCP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the VMN
using UCP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
VMN_UCP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
2–852 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED
The /VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
VMN using VSMPP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/VP_SM_DEFAULT=n
The /VP_SM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the validity period for Short Messages
(SMs) in hours. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of VP_SM_DEFAULT are in the range from 1 to 500 hours.
IMPORTANT
VP_SM_DEFAULT must be less than or equal to VP_SM_MAX.
/VP_SM_MAX=n
The /VP_SM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for Short Messages
(SMs). The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If an SM was submitted
with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_SM_MAX. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of VP_SM_MAX are in the range from 1 to 8760 hours (= 1 year).
IMPORTANT
VP_SM_MAX must be greater than or equal to VP_SM_DEFAULT.
/VP_XM_DEFAULT=n
The /VP_XM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for Extended
Messages. This attribute is specified in number of hours. This validity period will be used
if a submitted message did not provide a validity period. This attribute is a parameter. The
Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default value is 2.
The possible values of VP_XM_DEFAULT are in the range from 1 to 500 hours.
IMPORTANT
VP_XM_DEFAULT must be less than or equal to VP_XM_MAX.
/VP_XM_MAX=n
The /VP_XM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum allowed validity period for
Extended Messages. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a Short
Message was submitted with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_XM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter. The Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default
value is 12.
The possible values of VP_XM_MAX are in the range from 1 to 500 hours.
IMPORTANT
VP_XM_MAX must be greater than or equal to VP_XM_DEFAULT.
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–853
SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/VSMSC_ENABLED
The /VSMSC_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Virtual
SMSC functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
VSMSC_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED
The /VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Virtual SMSC Lists functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/X121_CC=str
The /X121_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for X.121 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
X121_CC can be set from 0 to 99999.
/X121_INT_PREFIX=str
The /X121_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the X.121
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
X121_INT_PREFIX can be set from 0 to 99. Use the RESET command to fill in 0.
IMPORTANT
If the value of this qualifier is empty, all specified X.121 addresses will be inter-
preted as international significant.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON /SMSC_X25_ADDR=12345678
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 12345678 to the SMSC_X25_ADDR attribute of the
SMSC.
2. PML> SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON /ADT_ENABLED=OFF
PML>
The SET command assigns the value OFF to the common license attribute ADT_
ENABLED of the SMSC.
2–854 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class SMTP_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_LEN_XM 160
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT 60
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT 120
/HELO_TIMEOUT 60
/HOST_DOMAIN "smsc"
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT 60
/MAIL_TIMEOUT 120
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS 4
/MAX_SESSIONS 25
/NR_CC_XM 1
/RCPT_TIMEOUT 120
/SESSION_TIMEOUT 0
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT CC_NN (Country Code + National Number)
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG ON
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE "sms"
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Acknowledgement"
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR "non-mail-user"
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER ON
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Manual Acknowledgement"
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Notification"
/UMF_RECIPIENT_PREFIX ""
/UMF_RECIPIENT_SUFFIX ""
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK 0x7F
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS"
/UMF_SMTP_LA 11235
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–855
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with SMTP entities.
Qualifiers
/AVG_LEN_XM
The /AVG_LEN_XM qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete Extended
Message that is to be delivered. This qualifier is used to calculate the resources that are
required for the storage of these messages during delivery.
AVG_LEN_XM can be set from 140 to 4096.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWSMTP entities have been stopped.
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a DATA initiation. This is while awaiting the "354 Start Input" reply
to a DATA command. This attribute is a parameter.
DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for
the SMTP server response to a DATA command containing the message terminator. This is
while awaiting the "250 OK" reply. This attribute is a parameter.
DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
/HELO_TIMEOUT
The /HELO_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a HELO command. This qualifier is also used to specify the timeout
interval for the response to a RSET and QUIT command. This attribute is a parameter.
HELO_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
2–856 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/HOST_DOMAIN
The /HOST_DOMAIN qualifier is used to specify the SMTP Host Domain name. The SMTP
Host Domain name is used in the SMTP HELO command and in the email ’From’ field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
HOST_DOMAIN may contain a string of a maximum of 64 characters.
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT
The /INITIAL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a (TCP) connection request. SMTP servers may accept the connection
but delay the delivery of the initial 220 greeting message. This attribute is a parameter.
INITIAL_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
/MAIL_TIMEOUT
The /MAIL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a MAIL command. This attribute is a parameter.
MAIL_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS
The /MAX_SESSION_MSGS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
messages per session. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SESSION_MSGS can be set from 2 to 10.
/MAX_SESSIONS
The /MAX_SESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SMTP sessions a
DIWSMTP entity can maintain. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SESSIONS can be set from 10 to 2048.
/NR_CC_XM
The /NR_CC_XM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent Extended
Messages in delivery, and to calculate the resources that are required for the storage of these
messages during delivery.
NR_CC_XM can be set from 1 to 2048.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWSMTP entities have been stopped.
/RCPT_TIMEOUT
The /RCPT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a RCPT command. This attribute is a parameter.
RCPT_TIMEOUT can be set from 10 to 600.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value in seconds of a
session. If there is no session activity during the specified timeout value, the session will be
terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–857
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SESSION_TIMEOUT can be set from 0 to 600. A value of 0 means that the session will be
closed immediately after the message has been delivered.
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT
The /UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT qualifier is used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in
the "To" field of a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This
attribute is also used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in the "From" field of a Mobile
Originated message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
CC_NN : "Country Code" + "National Number"
IPFIX_CC_NN: "International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
PFIX_CC_NN : "+" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
NPFIX_NN : "National Prefix" + "National Number"
NN : "National Number" This attribute is a flag.
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG
The /UMF_CONTENT_LANG qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Content-Language
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_CONTENT_LANG can be set to ON or OFF.
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE
The /UMF_CONTENT_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for message text data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_CONTENT_TYPE may contain a string of a maximum of 8 characters.
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an
SMS Delivery Acknowledgement (TDMA Delivery Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a
Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT may contain a string of a maximum of 64 characters.
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type pa-
rameter type for GSM UDH message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE may contain a string of a maximum of 8 characters.
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR
The /UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the local part of the email ’From’
field of an anonymous message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified mailbox.
An anonymous message is a message that is originated by a user that hid his Calling Line
Identification (CLI). This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR may contain a string of a maximum of 64 characters.
2–858 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER
The /UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver
that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Importance
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER can be set to ON or OFF.
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field
of an SMS User Acknowledgement (TDMA Manual Acknowledgement or CDMA User
Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
is a parameter.
UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT may contain a string of a maximum of 64 characters.
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Delivery Notification (GSM SMS Status Report, GSM SMS-DELIVER with Text Notification,
CDMA Delivery Acknowledgement or TDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is forwarded to a Mobile
Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT may contain a string of 64 characters at most.
/UMF_RECIP_PREFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the prefix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
UMF_RECIP_PREFIX may contain a string of a maximum of 8 characters.
/UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX qualifier is used to specify the suffix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
UMF_RECIPIENT_SUFFIX may contain a string of a maximum of 8 characters.
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK
The /UMF_SERVICE_MASK qualifier is a bitmask which is used to specify which message
types and message data types may be forwarded to the Unified Mailbox. The bits of this field
correspond to the following message types and message data types (where bit 0 is the least
significant bit). The following table shows the service mask:
Table 2–39: UMF_SERVICE_MASK
Bit Number UMF Message Type or Message Data Type
0 SMS Delivery Notification
1 SMS Delivery Acknowledgement
2 SMS User Acknowledgement
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–859
SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Table 2–39 (Cont.): UMF_SERVICE_MASK
Bit Number UMF Message Type or Message Data Type
3 Binary Message Data
4 GSM UDH Message Data
5 TDMA TSAR Message Data
6 Account Balance Notification Message
This attribute enables the individual UMF subscriber settings; forwarding of message types and
message data types to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox can only take place if the correspond-
ing bit in the UMF_SERVICE_MASK is enabled. Note that text data in an SMS Deliver is always
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox (assuming this subscriber has activated the
UMF service). This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SERVICE_MASK can be set from 0x0 to 0x7F.
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Deliver (GSM SMS-DELIVER, TDMA SMS-DELIVER or CDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT may contain a string of a maximum of 64 characters.
/UMF_SMTP_LA
The /UMF_SMTP_LA qualifier is used to specify the SMTP LA that identifies the Unified
Mailbox Gateway. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_SMTP_LA can be set from 100 to 99999.
All SMSC entities must be stopped in order to change the value of this attribute.
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for TDMA TSAR message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers
Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE may contain a string of a maximum of 8 characters.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON /MAIL_TIMEOUT=50
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 50 to common attribute MAIL_TIMEOUT of the class
SMTP_COMMON.
2–860 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD
SET CLASS SSD
Sets attribute values of the class SSD.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SSD entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS SSD command sets attributes associated with SSD.
SET CLASS SSD SMSC Commands 2–861
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class SSD_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES=n 0
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES=n 0
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES=n 1
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN 0
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED OFF
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE 0
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE 150
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION ORIGINATOR
/MAX_LA=n 1000
/MAX_MSG_RULES=n 32
/MAX_PP_USERS=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX=n 0
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS 1500
/MAX_SUBS=n 0
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE 0
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE NOT_USED
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR NO
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR NO
/SAC_ENABLED OFF
/SAC_SETUP NONE
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED OFF
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC ON
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS 90
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME 5
/WL_SKIP_BL YES
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS 0
2–862 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
Restrictions
The attributes BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES, BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES, LALA_CONSOLIDATION,
MAX_LA, MAX_PP_USERS, MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES, MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM, MAX_
RANGE_PREFIX, MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS and MAX_SUBS can only be set when all
entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS SSD_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with SSD
entities.
Qualifiers
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES=n
The /BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of Global Titles (GTs) that can
be kept in the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG) Black/ Whitelist cache and thus determines
the size of the FSG Black/Whitelist cache. This attribute is a parameter.
BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES can be set to values in the range of 0 to 100,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES=n
The /BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of Global Titles (GTs) that can
be kept in the Blacklist cache and thus determines the size of the GT Blacklist cache. This
attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED. This
option can only be used when it is switched ON.
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–863
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES can be set to values in the range of 0 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES=n
The /BLL_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of addresses that can be kept in the
blacklist cache. This qualifier determines the size of the General Blacklist cache.
BLL_MAX_ENTRIES can be set in the range of 1 to 100,000.
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN
The /CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN qualifier specifies the default gateway for Catchall
Routing. This attribute is an integer parameter. The value 0 means that no default gateway
is configured.
CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN can be set in the range from 0 to 99999.
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED
The /CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch Catchall Routing ON or
OFF. This attribute is a flag.
CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
IMPORTANT
Catchall Routing will be enabled only if the licensed attribute RECIPIENT_ADDR_
RANGE_R is set to ON.
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK
The /CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is
indicating whether Catchall Routing is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In
this qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK range from 0 to 1F, see table Catchall
Routing Originator Interface Mask (see Table 2–34) .
Table 2–34: Catchall Routing Originator Interface Mask
Bit Number Originator Interface
0 Mobile
1 Mobile over Fixed
2 OIS
3 PC
2–864 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
Table 2–34 (Cont.): Catchall Routing Originator Interface Mask
Bit Number Originator Interface
4 SMPP
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE
The /HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE qualifier is used to switch the destination network type
feature ON or OFF. When this feature is switched on the SMSC will use the destination
network type set in submitted messages by SMPP LAs for routing the message. This attribute
is a flag.
HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE can be set in to ON or OFF.
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE
The /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier specifies the size of a temporary queue that stores sub-
scriber database updates whilst the SSD initialises. The updates are processed as soon as the
SSD initialisation is complete. This attribute controls the initial size of the temporary queue.
If additional space is required, the SSD will extend in units of INIT_UPD_QUEUE. When
initialisation is complete, the allocated memory is released.
INIT_UPD_QUEUE can be set in the range of 1 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_LA=n
The /MAX_LA qualifier specifies the maximum number of Large Accounts that can be kept in
the LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_LA can be set in the range of 0 to 10,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_MSG_RULES=n
The /MAX_MSG_RULES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of rules that can be
stored in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
If not all configured decision rules fit in memory, the Rule Based Decision Logic
functionality is disabled.
MAX_MSG_RULES can be set to values in the range of 0 to 512.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–865
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
/MAX_PP_USERS=n
The /MAX_PP_USERS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid users that
the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_PP_USERS can be set to values in the range of 0 to 20,000,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES=n
The /MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the maximum number of recipient address
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES can be set in the range of 0 to 400,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM=n
The /MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Number
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM can be set in the range of 0 to 100,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX=n
The /MAX_RANGE_PREFIX qualifier specifies the maximum number of address prefix ranges
that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_RANGE_PREFIX can be set in the range of 0 to 100,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_SUBS=n
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier are the maximum number of addresses that can be stored in
the subscriber data cache. Both subscribers and non-subscribers are stored in the cache for
performance reasons. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SUBS can be set to values in the range of 0 to 20,000,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped. If the value
is altered, recalculate and change the appropriate process and system related quota.
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE
The /PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid Global
Titles (GTs) that the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
2–866 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE can be set in the range of 0 to 100,000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE
For the prepaid billing purposes, all Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) are subject
to a check on the originator Global Title (GT) list. The originator GT list is searched, prior
to the SMSC Prepaid User Database (if configured that the list is to be used by the prepaid
operational mode). The list is used to exclude an originator from prepaid checks, determining
the originating network. The /PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE qualifier specifies the type of the list
in view of the SMSC. If the originating network is the home Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN), the charging has already been done. Then, any other prepaid checks will be skipped.
Otherwise, if the originating network is outside the home PLMN, the SMSC will perform
prepaid checks in order to determine whether a prepaid user is involved in the traffic, and
whether there are sufficient funds to enable message delivery to the recipient. The scope of
the prepaid checks (including search in the SMSC Prepaid User Database) is defined by the
prepaid operational mode. That is, it will differ for every prepaid operational mode. This
attribute is a flag. It can have the following values:
BLACK
MATCH_ALL
WHITE
NOT_USED
When this attribute is set to BLACK, all blacklisted originator GTs are excluded from the pre-
paid checks as blacklisted originators are seen to be in the home PLMN. When this attribute
is set to WHITE, all whitelisted originator GTs are subject to the prepaid checks as whitelisted
originators are seen to be outside the home PLMN. If the attribute is set to MATCH_ALL,
all originator GTs match the WHITE list. Then, the SMSC will always perform the prepaid
checks in the MO traffic. If the attribute is set to NOT_USED, the list is not searched and
the originating network is unknown. In the BULK prepaid operational mode, due to the
NOT_USED value the prepaid checks are not performed for the mobile originator. In the other
modes, the prepaid checks are performed based on the SMSC Prepaid User Database.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–35: Relevant Prepaid Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMSC_COMMON PP_MODE
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOMT_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE can be set to BLACK, WHITE, MATCH_ALL or NOT_USED.
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–867
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK
The /RARR_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating
whether RARR is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In this qualifier bit 0
indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RARR_INTERFACE_MASK range from 0 to 3F, see table RARR
Originator Interface Mask (see Table 2–35) .
Table 2–35: RARR Originator Interface Mask
Bit Number Originator Interface
0 Mobile
1 Mobile over Fixed
2 OIS
3 PC
4 SMPP
5 Reject Anonymous UCP
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the reply path request indication in a
Mobile Originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is a flag.
RPATH_MO_CLEAR can be set to YES or NO.
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the Reply Path request indication
in a Mobile-over-Fixed originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is
a flag.
RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR can be set to YES or NO.
/SAC_ENABLED
The /SAC_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the subscriber
authorisation check or not. This attribute is a flag.
SAC_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
2–868 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
/SAC_SETUP
The /SAC_SETUP qualifier is used to check subscriber authorisation check on originator
and/or recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
SAC_SETUP can be set to NONE, ORIGINATOR, RECIPIENT, BOTH.
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED
The /SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the routing of forwarding. If
it is set to OFF, a message that could not be delivered to the original recipient will be routed
to the forward destination at all attempts in the retry scheme. If the parameter is set to ON
the message will first be sent to the forward destination. If the message could not be delivered
to the forward destination it will be sent to the original destination using the retry scheme.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid for conditional forwarding.
SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC
The /TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC qualifier is used to switch ON or OFF the PID translation for
the translated recipient address. This attribute is a flag.
TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC can be set to ON or OFF.
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS
The /UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS qualifier specifies the reprocess threshold for the SSD cache updates
queue. The value is the percentage of messages in the queue. The maximum number of
messages in the queue is specified by the /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS can be set in the range of 10 to 90 percent of /INIT_UPD_QUEUE.
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME
The /UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME qualifier specifies the time after the first message and the time
the queue is reprocessed for the first time, and the subsequent reprocessing. This attribute is
a parameter.
UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME can be set in the range of 2 to 60 seconds.
/WL_SKIP_BL
The /WL_SKIP_BL parameter specifies whether the General Blacklist can be overruled. If
this parameter is set to NO, prefix addresses on the General Blacklist (such as the country
code) will still be overruled by a whitelist entry starting with the same prefix, but complete
addresses cannot be overruled by a whitelist entry (or in any other way). This is useful when
the General Blacklist is used to list subscribers who do not pay their subscription fee.
WL_SKIP_BL can be set to YES or NO.
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the address group prefix storage. This attribute is a parameter.
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–869
SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS can be set in range from 0 to 65,535.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the SAV_EXPRESSION_LIST_LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS can be set in the range of 0 to 30,000. This is up to approximately
200,000 expressions.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION
The /LALA_CONSOLIDATION qualifier specifies whether the consolidation value of either
the LA originator or the LA recipient is used in logging billing and statistic records for LA-LA
traffic. This attribute is a parameter.
LALA_CONSOLIDATION can be set to ORIGINATOR or RECIPIENT.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be modified when all SSD entities are stopped.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS SSD_COMMON /SAC_SETUP=ORIGINATOR
PML>
The SET command sets the subscriber authorisation check to ORIGINATOR.
2–870 SMSC Commands SET CLASS SSD_COMMON
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class TAP.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT=n 2
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT=n 3
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT=n 4
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT=n 10
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT=n 1
/MAX_LOGON_ATT=n 3
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE=n 160
/MAX_MSGS_CONN=n 10
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED=n 20
/MAX_REQID_ATT=n 3
/MAXSESSIONS=n 50
/MSG_LENGTH=n 140
/RECONN_TIM_INT=n 30
/REQAUT_RSP_INT=n 8
/RSP_TIME_OUT=n 15
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT=n 2
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT=n 3
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT=n 4
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT=n 10
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT=n 1
/TAP_MAX_PORTS=n 100
/TAP_PREFIX=str ""
/TRUNCATE_SM OFF
Restrictions
All attributes can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–871
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS TAP_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with TAP entities.
Qualifiers
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT=n
The /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between
two successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The
value should be greater than DIW_REQID_RSP_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This
attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DIW_LOGON_RET_INT is in the range 1 to 300.
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT=n
The /DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT are in the range 1 to 20.
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT=n
The /DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT=n
The /DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
2–872 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT=n
The /DIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for DIW_REQID_RSP_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/MAX_LOGON_ATT=n
The /MAX_LOGON_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to try
to login on a remote device. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n1. This attribute
is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_LOGON_ATT are in the range 1 to 20.
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE=n
The /MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of characters
which can be stored in the message part of a TAP message. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE are in the range 1 to 160.
/MAX_MSGS_CONN=n
The /MAX_MSGS_CONN qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages which
can be sent on a single connection. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_MSGS_CONN are in the range 1 to 200.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED=n
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAX_MSGS_QUEUED are in the range 1 to 80.
/MAX_REQID_ATT=n
The /MAX_REQID_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts the
request_for_ID is done. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as n3. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values for MAX_REQID_ATT are in the range 1 to 20.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for MAXSESSIONS are in the range 1 to 100.
/MSG_LENGTH=n
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum size of the Short Message (SM)
content that the SMSC will accept and handle as a single, regular SM for this protocol. The
value can be set to 140 (default) or between 160 and 256.
The default value (140) has a special meaning: the SM will be accepted only if it could be
delivered to the GSM network as a single SM.
It can never exceed the value of the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_LENGTH parameter.
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–873
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
To ensure this limitation, the value is, therefore, also changed when the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_
LENGTH parameter is modified. This value will be set to the new value of the SMSC_
COMMON/MSG_LENGTH if it exceeds the new value of the SMSC_COMMON attribute.
/RECONN_TIM_INT=n
The /RECONN_TIM_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between disconnecting
and setting up a new connection when messages are queued. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for RECONN_TIM_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/REQAUT_RSP_INT=n
The /REQAUT_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a re-
quest_for_ID and receiving an automatic_session_request. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t5. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for REQAUT_RSP_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/RSP_TIME_OUT=n
The /RSP_TIME_OUT qualifier is used to specify the time interval in which the interworking
should receive a TAP message. If no TAP message is received, the interworking will discon-
nect. This qualifier should be greater than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT, DIW_REQID_RSP_INT,
DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT, DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT and REQAT_RSP_INT. This attribute is a
parameter.
The possible values for RSP_TIME_OUT are in the range 1 to 300.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SES_MAN_ENABLED can have the value ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when the appropriate license is active.
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT=n
The /SIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between two
successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The value
should be greater than SIW_REQID_RSP_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SIW_LOGON_RET_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT=n
The /SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT are in the range 1 to 20.
2–874 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT=n
The /SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT=n
The /SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT=n
The /SIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than SIW_LOGON_RET_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SIW_REQID_RSP_INT are in the range 1 to 300.
/TAP_MAX_PORTS=n
The /TAP_MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the number of TAP ports within a session,
when the default amount of TCP ports (100) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TAP_MAX_PORTS are in the range 1 to 1000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all SIWTAP and DIWTAP entities are stopped.
/TAP_PREFIX=str
The /TAP_PREFIX qualifier is used to strip the prefix from the pager address which is used to
route a short message to DIWTAP. When the prefix is set, DIWTAP will try to strip the prefix
from the pager address. When the prefix is specified in the ’address to pid’ table, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be specified without trunk prefix. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier should only be used when TAP is routed via the ’address to PID’ table.
When TAP is used via a scan command or via automatic PID conversion, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be empty.
The possible values for TAP_PREFIX are in the range from 0000 to 9999.
/TRUNCATE_SM
The /TRUNCATE_SM qualifier is used to specify whether a submitted Short Message (SM)
that exceeds the maximum message length will be truncated (ON) or rejected (OFF). This
attribute is a parameter.
TRUNCATE_SM can be set to ON or OFF.
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–875
SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS TAP_COMMON /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT=2
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 2 to common attribute DIW_LOGON_RET_INT of
the TAP entities.
2–876 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TAP_COMMON
SET CLASS TCP
SET CLASS TCP
Sets attribute values of the class TCP.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS TCP entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS TCP command sets attributes associated with TCP.
SET CLASS TCP SMSC Commands 2–877
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Sets the common attribute values of the class TDMA_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED OFF
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID 31
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE 1
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION NONE
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH 0
/UCS2_CONV NONE
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON command sets the common attributes associated with the
PLMN network type TDMA.
2–878 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache.
With this command the number of blocks can be set. When changing this attribute, also a
change of the available quota is necessary. /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS can be set from 0 to 524288.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
AVG_LEN_SGMS can be set from 140 to 4096.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWTDMA entities have been stopped.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /TDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWTDMA.
CSP_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For non-text messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is inter-
preted the same as DELETE.
For non CMT and CPT messages, segmentation is not applied and SEGMENT is interpreted
the same as DELETE.
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–879
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
NR_CC_SGMS can be set from 1 to 32000.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set when all DIWTDMA entities have been stopped.
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED
The /SILENT_SMS_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable the Silent SMS. The user is not
alerted on message receipt. This sets the Encoding Identifier field to the value stored in the
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier in the message delivery Protocol Data Unit (PDU). This
attribute is a flag.
SILENT_SMS_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID
The /SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier is used to specify the replacement encoding ID used for
Silent SMS. This attribute is a parameter.
SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID can be set in the range of 0 to 31.
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE
The /SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE qualifier specifies the value of cadence. This attribute is a
parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE can be set between 0 and 12.
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION
The /SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION qualifier is used to specify the number of cycles of cadence.
The default value of NONE omits the default SMS-SIGNAL for TDMA messages. A dura-
tion value of 1 means one (1) cycle of cadence. A duration value of CONTINUOUS means
continuous repeating cycles of cadence. This attribute is a parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION can be set to NONE, any value in the range of 1 ... 15, or
CONTINUOUS.
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH
The /SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH qualifier specifies the value of pitch. This attribute is a parameter.
SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH can be set between 0 and 3.
2–880 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON
/UCS2_CONV
The /UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending UCS2
formatted messages over the TDMA network. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
ISO-8859-8 (Hebrew) This attribute is a parameter.
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that is
used for TDMA Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The values IRA and DEFAULT
cause MT/SMs to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to the International
Reference Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes MT/SMs to
be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-bit encoding
scheme with many common European symbols. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1 This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON /CSP_ENABLED=ON
PML>
The SET command assigns the value ON to the common attribute CSP_ENABLED of the
TDMA entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS=100
PML>
The memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWTDMA is set to 100 blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME="SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF"
PML>
The ADT configuration file to be used by SIWTDMA is set to "SIWCOMMON_ADT.CNF".
SET CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–881
SET CLASS TRCSRV
SET CLASS TRCSRV
Sets attribute values of the class TRCSRV.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS TRCSRV entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS TRCSRV command sets attributes associated with a TRCSRV.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS TRCSRV /
PML>
2–882 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TRCSRV
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of the class TRCSRV_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FLUSH_TIME 300
/FILE_TIME 3600
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD 10
/TRC_FILE_SIZE 1000
/MAX_TRC_FILES 100
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON command sets common attributes associated with a
TRCSRV_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
trace messages are flushed to file. This attribute is a parameter.
FLUSH_TIME can be set from 10 to 86400.
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–883
SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
/FILE_TIME
The /FILE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the current trace file
is kept open by the trace server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
FILE_TIME can be set from 60 to 86400.
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD
The /TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the trace
server delays the creation of a new current trace file. The trace server always tries to have
two trace files open at the same time, the current file in which traces are stored and a standby
trace file. When the current trace file is full the standby file becomes the current file and
a new standby file is created. When the trace server runs out of disk space and there is no
current trace file (the trace server is unable to store trace messages), the server sleeps for
TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. After this timer expires, the trace server tries to create a new
current trace file. If this is successful, it will try to create a new standby file. This attribute is
a parameter.
TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD can be set from 5 to 60.
/TRC_FILE_SIZE
The /TRC_FILE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the trace file size in VMS blocks. The file size
is rounded up to the nearest trace file record size (127 blocks). This attribute is a parameter.
TRC_FILE_SIZE can be set from 1 to 1000000.
/MAX_TRC_FILES
The /MAX_TRC_FILES qualifier specifies the maximum number of files that are maintained
in a trace directory. When this limit is exceeded, older trace files are deleted. This attribute is
a parameter.
MAX_TRC_FILES can be set from 5 to 2147483647.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON /MAX_TRC_FILES=100
PML>
The SET command assignes the value ’100’ to the common attribute MAX_TRC_FILES of
the TRCSRV common class.
2–884 SMSC Commands SET CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class VMS.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE 10
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT 10
/CPHS_IND_ENABLED OFF
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF No
/MAXSESSIONS 8
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE No
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED OFF
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex 0
/SESSION_PASSWORD
/SESSION_TIMEOUT 60
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attributes MAXSESSIONS and WINDOWSIZE can only be set when all entities of this
class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–885
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
Description
The SET CLASS VMS_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with VMS entities.
Qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE=str
The /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE qualifier specifies the number of elements used to calculate
the mean response time for alerts and notifications. When this mean time exceeds the value of
attribute /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_
TIMEOUT another signal is generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, the values
of both the qualifiers /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT will have to be
increased. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE can be set in the range from 10 to 100.
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT=str
The /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the maximum average response time
(in seconds) for alerts and/or notifications. If the average response time (which is calculated
over /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE elements) exceeds the value of /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT,
a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT another signal is
generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, then the values of both the qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT and /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE will have to be increased. When
a (new) connection with the voice mail system is set up the calculation is reset and a good
response is assumed. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT can be set in the range from 1 to 300.
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF=str
The /INT_ADDR_NOTIF qualifier is used to indicate whether the international address should
be stored in the voice mail notification. When this attribute is set to YES, the originator
address in the Mobile Terminated message is formatted in the international format. This
attribute is a flag.
INT_ADDR_NOTIF can be set to YES or NO.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
2–886 SMSC Commands SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
MAXSESSIONS can be set in the range from 1 to 100.
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE=str
The /MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to indicate whether message based
replace type is being used or not. When this attribute is set to YES the replace type (MT field)
from the Voice Mail message is used in the Mobile Terminated message. When this attribute
is set to YES, this attribute overrules the setting of REPLACE_TYPE. This attribute is a flag.
MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE can be set to YES or NO.
/CPHS_IND_ENABLED=str
The /CPHS_IND_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports switch-
ing ON/OFF of the Voice Mail Icon on the mobile equipment by a Voice Mail System. This
attribute is a flag.
CPHS_IND_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED=str
The /MSG_CL_0_ENABLED specifies whether the Data Coding Scheme (DCS) in the Mobile
Terminated message should be set to message class 0 or not. If this attribute is set to YES
then the DCS in the Mobile Terminated message is set to message class 0 (display only on
mobile). This attribute is a flag.
MSG_CL_0_ENABLED can be set to ON or OFF.
/NOTIF_DEF=n
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter. Table Allowed values for the
REPLACE_TYPE (see Table 2–36) list the valid values for the REPLACE_TYPE attribute.
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–887
SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
Table 2–36: Allowed values for the REPLACE_TYPE
value description
0x40 Replace Short Message Type 0
0x41 Replace Short Message Type 1
0x42 Replace Short Message Type 2
0x43 Replace Short Message Type 3
0x44 Replace Short Message Type 4
0x45 Replace Short Message Type 5
0x46 Replace Short Message Type 6
0x47 Replace Short Message Type 7
0x5F Return Call Messages
/SESSION_PASSWORD=str
The /SESSION_PASSWORD qualifier is used to specify the session password for connecting to
VMS systems. This attribute is a parameter.
The length of SESSION_PASSWORD can be 16 characters.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT=n
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the session timeout that is used by the
SIW. SIWVMS can set a session with a remote system in two ways. A connection can be set up
with the remote system and thereafter an open session message is sent or only a connection
is set up without an open session message. The first method is used first. If no response is
received after the session timeout, the second method is tried. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for SESSION_TIMEOUT are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
It can be set to a value between 1 and 100.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS VMS_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the VMS
entities.
2–888 SMSC Commands SET CLASS VMS_COMMON
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Sets common attribute values of class VSMPP.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV OFF
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex 0
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE 25
Restrictions
The attribute MAXSESSIONS can only be set when all entities of this class are stopped.
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON command sets the value of common attributes associated
with VSMPP entities.
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–889
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Qualifiers
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV qualifier specifies whether buffered messages for the same
recipient will be replaced. If the attribute is set to ON, no replacement of buffered messages
for the same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set to OFF, replacement for the
same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set ON, then the NOREPL_SRV_NAME
attribute must exactly contain the name of the service type specified in the new message.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV can be set to ON or OFF.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
MAXSESSIONS can be set in the range from 1 to 100.
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
The /NOREPL_SRV_NAME qualifier specifies the service type for which "no replacement of
buffered messages" for the same recipient can be set. Note that the service name is case-
sensitive. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
NOREPL_SRV_NAME can be set from ’empty’ to a maximum of 6 characters.
/NOTIF_DEF=n
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/REPLACE_TYPE=hex
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter. Table Allowed values for the
REPLACE_TYPE (see Table 2–37) list the valid values for the REPLACE_TYPE attribute.
2–890 SMSC Commands SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Table 2–37: Allowed values for the REPLACE_TYPE
value description
0x40 Replace Short Message Type 0
0x41 Replace Short Message Type 1
0x42 Replace Short Message Type 2
0x43 Replace Short Message Type 3
0x44 Replace Short Message Type 4
0x45 Replace Short Message Type 5
0x46 Replace Short Message Type 6
0x47 Replace Short Message Type 7
0x5F Return Call Messages
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
WINDOW_SIZE defines the maximum number of unreplied messages for this entity. It can be
set to a value between 1 and 100.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY=100
PML>
The SET command assigns the value 100 to common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the
VSMPP entities.
SET CLASS VSMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–891
SET CLASS X25
SET CLASS X25
Sets attribute values of the class X25.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS X25 entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS X25 command sets attributes associated with X25.
2–892 SMSC Commands SET CLASS X25
SET CLASS X29
SET CLASS X29
Sets attribute values of the class X29.
See SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be set.
Syntax
SET CLASS X29 entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be set. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SET CLASS X29 command sets attributes associated with X29.
SET CLASS X29 SMSC Commands 2–893
SHOW
SHOW
Show the value of attribute(s).
Syntax
SHOW class_item entity_item
Restrictions
The use of a qualifier depends on the type of attribute you want to operate on.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which an entry should be shown. This item is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be shown. The entity_name has to be unique
system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW command can be used to show the attributes associated with an entity. If no entity
instance is mentioned, the command pertains to the entity class.
Each of the items and the qualifiers are described in the specific SHOW descriptions in this
manual. The items that can be shown can be divided into two groups:
• General items. These items are available for all classes and a show can be requested
for every type of entity. The qualifiers in this group are described with the command
description of the SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) command.
• Class specific items. These items are available for one or more classes but not for all
classes. A show of these items can only be requested for entities that are member of one
of these classes. Each of these items and qualifiers are described in the specific SHOW
descriptions in this manual. These SHOW commands are ordered by the class name they
work on.
The possible values for each qualifier are explained in the description of the SET command.
2–894 SMSC Commands SHOW
SHOW
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE
PML>
This SHOW command is specific for the class SMH and can be found in the description of
the SHOW CLASS SMH (see SHOW CLASS SMH) command.
SHOW SMSC Commands 2–895
SHOW any class
SHOW any class
Shows attribute values, counters etc. of entities from all classes.
Syntax
SHOW class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALL
/BLOCKINGQELEM
/CHARACTERISTICS
/CONTENTS=n
/COUNTERS
/ENTITY_NAME
/ENTTRCIN
/ENTTRCOUT
/EVTFILTER
/HIGHQELEM
/IDENTIFIER
/IDI_RECALL_QELEM
/IDI_RECALL_QUEUES
/IMI_RECALL_QELEM
/IMI_RECALL_QUEUES
/INTERVAL=n
/IOS_RECALL_QELEM
/IOS_RECALL_QUEUES
/LOG_RECALL_QELEM
/LOG_RECALL_QUEUES
/MAXQELEM
/MAX_TIMERS
/NR_SYSTEM_TIMERS
/NR_TIMERS_RUNNING
/QELEM_IN_EXPQUEUE
/QELEM_IN_PROCQUEUE
/QELEM_USED
/RELATION
/STATE
/TESTTRACE
/TRCLEVEL
/TRCDGT_DIGITS
/TRCDPC
/TRCOGT_DIGITS
/TRCOPC
2–896 SMSC Commands SHOW any class
SHOW any class
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED
/VERSION
Restrictions
The mentioned qualifiers are general for all entities of all classes. If there are exceptions on
this rule, this is described with the description of that specific qualifier.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes described in table Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW command shows attributes associated with an entity.
Qualifiers
/ALL
The /ALL qualifier is used to refer to all counter and characteristic attributes.
/BLOCKINGQELEM
The /BLOCKINGQELEM qualifier defines the minimum level of free queue elements on which
an entity reads from its IDI- and IOS-queue. The default value is 65%. If this threshold is
reached, the entity protects itself against overload.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/CHARACTERISTICS
The /CHARACTERISTICS qualifier specifies all the characteristic attributes of the specified
entity or class of entities.
Exceptions: All common classes.
SHOW any class SMSC Commands 2–897
SHOW any class
/CONTENTS=n
In combination with one or more qualifiers for statistical attributes, the /CONTENTS=n
qualifier provides the accumulated values of these attributes over the last n minutes. A value
between 1 and 59 minutes can be specified.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/COUNTERS
The /COUNTERS qualifier is used to either indicate all non-statistical counters of the specified
entity or class of entities or, in combination with the INTERVAL or CONTENTS qualifier, all
statistical counters.
Exceptions: All common classes.
/ENTITY_NAME
The /ENTITY_NAME qualifier is used to specify the ASCII given name of the entity as it is
known by the SMSC system. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD and all common classes.
/ENTTRCIN
The /ENTTRCIN qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of incoming messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/ENTTRCOUT
The /ENTTRCOUT qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of outgoing messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/EVTFILTER
The /EVTFILTER qualifier is used to specify the list of events that have been disabled in the
specified entity. Each entry in the list contains the event name. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The severity class in the name is always omitted (for example, OMI_INVSTATE
instead of OMI_W_INVSTATE).
Exceptions: MD and all common classes.
/HIGHQELEM
The /HIGHQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum percentage of the number of
queue elements that can be allocated for a proper operation of the entity (high watermark).
HIGHQELEM is a percentage of MAXQELEM. If more than this number of queue elements is
in use, the entity will enter the state BLOCKED, in which the use of available queue elements
is minimized. When 10% of the defined queue elements have been freed again, the entity will
enter the ACTIVE state again. If the use of queue elements is above 90%, the entity will enter
the SHUTTING_DOWN state in which all activities of the entity will be ended.
2–898 SMSC Commands SHOW any class
SHOW any class
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. In general, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/IDENTIFIER
The /IDENTIFIER qualifier is used to specify the internal identification number of the entity
as it is known by the SMSC system. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD and all common classes.
/IDI_RECALL_QELEM
The /IDI_RECALL_QELEM qualifier is used to show the number of internal data recall queue
elements used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/IDI_RECALL_QUEUES
The /IDI_RECALL_QUEUES qualifier is used to show the number of internal data recall
queues used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/IMI_RECALL_QELEM
The /IMI_RECALL_QELEM qualifier is used to show the number of internal management
recall queue elements used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/IMI_RECALL_QUEUES
The /IMI_RECALL_QUEUES qualifier is used to show the number of internal management
recall queues used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/INTERVAL=n
In combination with one or more qualifiers for statistical attributes, the /INTERVAL=n quali-
fier provides the average values of these attributes over the last n minutes. A value between 1
and 59 minutes can be specified.
Exceptions: MD and all common classes.
/IOS_RECALL_QELEM
The /IOS_RECALL_QELEM qualifier is used to show the number of internal server recall
queue elements used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/IOS_RECALL_QUEUES
The /IOS_RECALL_QUEUES qualifier is used to show the number of internal server recall
queues used by an entity.
SHOW any class SMSC Commands 2–899
SHOW any class
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/LOG_RECALL_QELEM
The /LOG_RECALL_QELEM qualifier is used to show the number of internal LOG recall
queue elements used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/LOG_RECALL_QUEUES
The /LOG_RECALL_QUEUES qualifier is used to show the number of internal LOG recall
queues used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/MAXQELEM
The /MAXQELEM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queue elements that
can be used by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The use of this qualifier is to be restricted to exceptional circumstances. It is used
for tuning purposes. Generally, a modification of this attribute will also require the
modification of VMS settings.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/MAX_TIMERS
The /MAX_TIMERS qualifier specifies the maximum number of timers, both internal and VMS
system timers, that can be used simultaneously by an entity. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The attributes /MAX_TIMERS, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING and /NR_SYSTEM_
TIMERS are related to each other.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/RELATION
The /RELATION qualifier is used to specify the relation the entity currently has with other
entities. An entity can only send internal messages to another entity if it has a relation with
that entity. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: AD and all common classes. For CLASS MD the generic relation table is dis-
played.
/NR_SYSTEM_TIMERS
The /NR_SYSTEM_TIMERS qualifier returns the number of VMS system timers that is in use
by the current process. This attribute is an indicating counter.
NOTE
The attributes /MAX_TIMERS, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING and /NR_SYSTEM_
TIMERS are related to each other.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
2–900 SMSC Commands SHOW any class
SHOW any class
/NR_TIMERS_RUNNING
The /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING qualifier is used to show the number of timers running for an
entity, that is, both internal timers and VMS system timers are included. This attribute is an
indicative counter.
NOTE
The attributes /MAX_TIMERS, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING and /NR_SYSTEM_
TIMERS are related to each other.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/QELEM_IN_EXPQUEUE
The /QELEM_IN_EXPQUEUE qualifier is used to show the number of queue elements used
by an entity in the expedited queue.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/QELEM_IN_PROCQUEUE
The /QELEM_IN_PROCQUEUE qualifier is used to show the number of queue elements used
by an entity in the process queue.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/QELEM_USED
The /QELEM_USED qualifier is used to show the number of queue elements used by an entity.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/STATE
The /STATE qualifier is used to specify the current state of the entity. The state can be
INITIALIZING, ACTIVE, BLOCKED, SUSPENDED or SHUTTING_DOWN. This attribute is
a parameter.
Exceptions: MD and all common classes.
/TESTTRACE
The /TESTTRACE qualifier is used to specify the level of test trace information to be generated
by an entity. This qualifier is for development purposes only. The value should always be 0.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The usage of this qualifier is restricted to LogicaCMG personnel only.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCLEVEL
The /TRCLEVEL qualifier is used to specify the level of trace information that an entity has
to send to the trace collector. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The use of values other than 0 will seriously degrade the performance of the SMSC.
SHOW any class SMSC Commands 2–901
SHOW any class
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCDGT_DIGITS
The /TRCDGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of the
destination MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI
and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCDPC
The /TRCDPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the destination
MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCOPC
The /TRCOPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the originating MSC
(calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCOGT_DIGITS
The /TRCOGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of
the originating MSC (calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s)
/ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS
The /TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
originator. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO
is set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with
the country code. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS
The /TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
recipient. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO is
set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with the
country code. This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED=n
The /TRCREQ_DISCARDED qualifier specifies the number of trace requests that are discarded
by the entity. This attribute is a counter.
The /TRCREQ_DISCARDED qualifier specifies the number of trace requests that are discarded
by the entity. This attribute is a counter.
2–902 SMSC Commands SHOW any class
SHOW any class
Exceptions: MD, AD and all common classes.
/VERSION
The /VERSION qualifier is used to specify the currently running software version of the entity.
This attribute is a parameter.
Exceptions: All common classes. For CLASS SMSC the system release number is displayed.
SHOW any class SMSC Commands 2–903
SHOW CLASS AD
SHOW CLASS AD
Shows attribute values of entities from class AD.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS AD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AD_RECEIVED
/AD_RESPONDED
/CHARACTERISTICS
/ENTBLL
/ENTITY_LIST
/ENT_ACTIVE
/ENT_RECEIVED
/ENT_RESPONDED
/QUOTA
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS AD command shows attributes associated with the Agent Director
(Associate Director) of the system.
Qualifiers
/AD_RECEIVED
The /AD_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands received for this
AD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–904 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS AD
SHOW CLASS AD
/AD_RESPONDED
The /AD_RESPONDED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands to which this AD
responded. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CHARACTERISTICS
The /CHARACTERISTICS qualifier specifies all the characteristic attributes of the specified
entity or class of entities.
/ENTBLL
The /ENTBLL qualifier is used to specify the list of entity classes that are not allowed to start
an entity on this node (entity Blacklist). This attribute is a parameter.
/ENTITY_LIST
The /ENTITY_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of currently known entities on the
specified node. Each element in this list has the following components:
ENTID (Entity Identification)
ENTNAME (Entity Name)
VMS PID (Process Identification)
/ENT_ACTIVE
The /ENT_ACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the number of active entities on this node. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/ENT_RECEIVED
The /ENT_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of commands that this AD
routed to entities on the node of this AD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ENT_RESPONDED
The /ENT_RESPONDED qualifier is used to specify the number of responses from entities on
this node that the AD routed back to the MD. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/QUOTA
The QUOTA qualifier is used to indicate all settings of quota parameters that have been
specified with the ADD CLASS AD (see ADD CLASS AD) /QUOTA command. Default settings
are not shown. The actual assigned values can differ from the specified values, due to system
parameters and user privileges. The actual assigned values can be shown with the DCL
command SHOW PROC procname /QUOTA, where procname is identical to the used entity
instance_name of the corresponding CREATE (see CREATE) command. A more elaborate
description of these quotas can be found in VMS System Services Reference Manual at the
description of the $CREPRC system service. In that manual the quotas are called ’PQL$_
quota’.
The /QUOTA qualifier is applicable only to class AD.
SHOW CLASS AD SMSC Commands 2–905
SHOW CLASS AD
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS AD ENTITY CMG1 /QUOTA
List of entity class quotas:
SMH WSQUOTA=5000
SMH TQELM=200
SMH ASTLM=200
PML>
The SHOW command shows the current settings of quotas, that have been specified earlier
with the ADD CLASS AD (see ADD CLASS AD) /QUOTA command.
2–906 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS AD
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
Shows the common attribute values of the class CDMA_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 2000
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID
/CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED ON
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 0xFFFF
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 0xFF
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY NONE
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ OFF
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ OFF
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 100
/UCS2_CONV NONE
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN NEVER
/CBN_FORMATTING OFF
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
/WEMT_ENABLED ON
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK ON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–907
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
CDMA_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
The ADT configuration file for SIWCDMA. The file should reside in the DATA directory.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be displayed.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID
The /CARRIER_SPEC_TSID qualifier specifies the list of entries mapping carrier-specific
Teleservice IDs and SMPP Service Types, and their permitted routing. SMPP Originated
Messages containing one of these Service Types are delivered to the CDMA network with
the mapped carrier-specific Teleservice ID. CDMA Originated Messages with one of these
mapped carrier-specific Teleservice IDs will only be accepted if MO is allowed, i.e. if the
permitted routing configuration in the matched entry does not indicate MT-only. Carrier-
specific Teleservice messages that are delivered to SMPP will contain the mapped Service
Type.
Permitted routing values can be DEFAULT for all message flows, MT for Mobile Terminated
only (MO not allowed), NOFWD to disable forwarding services and the MT_NOFWD combina-
tion.
/CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED
The /CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED qualifier specifies whether an alphanumeric Call-Back Number
(CBN) should be used in the delivered message. This attribute is a flag.
2–908 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /CDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWCDMA.
/DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY
The /DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY qualifier is applicable when the Alert On Message
Delivery is requested, but no Alert Priority is provided on submission. If the attribute value is
set to NONE, no priority is added. Otherwise, the Alert Priority is set to the specified default
value.
The alert priority was introduced in CDMA version TIA/EIA-637-A (extension on ’Alert on
Message Delivery’). The value NONE is provided for compatibility reasons. The operator can
use it for messages that were submitted without an alert priority, to force the ’old’ CDMA
version. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see SET CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_READACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the Read Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the Read Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the Read Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ
The /DISCARD_USERACK_REQ qualifier specifies how the User Acknowledgment request
of a received SMS Submit message is handled. When set to ON, the User Acknowledgment
request, if specified in the message, is discarded. Otherwise, the User Acknowledgment
request is not affected. This attribute is a flag.
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the SCPT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in an SCPT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–909
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN
The /FILTER_PARAMS_VMN qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with VMN Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a VMN message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with the WEMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WEMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WMT Teleservice ID.
For all optional parameters that are present in a WMT message, the SMSC uses this list to
determine the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT
The /FILTER_PARAMS_WPT qualifier specifies the list of CDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with WPT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a WPT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS CDMA_COMMON) command.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 140.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For the CATPT and SCPT Teleservices, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are
interpreted the same as DELETE.
2–910 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
For binary messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted the same
as DELETE. For binary messages that are neither Wireless Application Protocol (WAP) or
Wireless Enhanced Messaging Teleservice (WEMT), SEGMENT is interpreted the same as
DELETE.
For messages with an unknown Teleservice, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE.
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/UCS2_CONV
The /CDMA_UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
UCS2 formatted messages over the CDMA network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1 This attribute is a parameter.
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN
The /USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN qualifier specifies whether the Originator Address should be
used in the Call-Back Number (CBN) field for the WMT/WPT/WEMT messages on delivery.
The possible values are:
• NEVER - Never use the Originator Address in the CBN,
• IF_NOT_PRESENT - Use the Originator Address in the CBN if the CBN was not specified,
• ALWAYS - Always use the Originator Address in the CBN.
/CBN_FORMATTING
The /CBN_FORMATTING qualifier specifies whether the Call-Back Number (CBN) should be
formatted with a trunk prefix whenever possible. This attribute is a flag.
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that
is used for CDMA Mobile Terminated text messages. The value DEFAULT causes Mobile
Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to ANSI
X3.4 ASCII, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value IRA causes Mobile Terminated text
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to International Reference
Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes the Mobile Terminated
messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-
bit encoding scheme with many common European language symbols. The value GSM causes
Mobile Terminated text messages to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to
the GSM 7-bit default alphabet.
NOTE
For Mobile Terminated CDMA messages with WEMT Teleservice, this parameter is
not checked. Instead, the User Data Encoding Scheme is set to GSM 7-bit default
alphabet.
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–911
SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
This attribute can have one of the following values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
GSM This attribute is a parameter.
/WEMT_ENABLED
The /WEMT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether delivery of CDMA Mobile Terminated
messages with Teleservice WEMT is supported by the SMSC. When set to OFF, WEMT
messages are delivered to the CDMA network as WMT messages, without WEMT message
content. This attribute is a flag.
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK
The /WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK qualifier specifies whether WEMT messages, for which the
delivery has failed because of unsupported Teleservice, are retried with Teleservice WMT,
without the WEMT message content. When set to OFF, no retry to the CDMA network will be
attempted for these messages. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when /WEMT_ENABLED is set to ON.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON /WEMT_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the common attribute WEMT_ENABLED of the
CDMA entities.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWCDMA as the
number of blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
PML>
The SHOW commans shows the filename of the ADT configuration file used by SIWCDMA.
2–912 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
Shows attribute values of entities from the class CMLOG.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS CMLOG entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDR_BLOCKED
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
/CM_WAIT
/DELIV_CM_COMPL
/DELIV_CM_INCOMPL
/DELIV_SEGM_DISC
/DELIV_SEGM_OK
/EO_WAIT
/EXT_OBJ_OK
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN
/LOG_BLOCKED
/SEGM_UDH_NOK
/SUM_CDR_TIME
SHOW CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–913
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME
/SUM_LOG_TIME
/SUBM_CM_COMPL
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL
/SUBM_SEGM_DISC
/SUBM_SEGM_OK
/TOT_LOGGED
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS CMLOG command shows attributes associated with a CMLOG.
Qualifiers
/SUM_CDR_TIME
The /SUM_CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary CDR file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME
The /SUM_FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the
buffered summary records (LOG and CDR) are flushed to the corresponding summary file,
that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is a parameter.
/SUM_LOG_TIME
The /SUM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time, in seconds, for which the interme-
diate summary LOG file is kept open by CMLOG before it starts writing to a new file. This
attribute is a parameter.
/SUBM_SEGM_OK
The /SUBM_SEGM_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted submitted seg-
ments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUBM_SEGM_DISK
The /SUBM_SEGM_DISC qualifier is used to specify the number of discarded submitted
segments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–914 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CMLOG
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
/DELIV_SEGM_OK
The /DELIV_SEGM_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted delivered segments.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIV_SEGM_DISC
The /DELIV_SEGM_DISC qualifier is used to specify the number of discarded delivered
segments. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUBM_CM_COMPL
The /SUBM_CM_OK qualifier is used to display the number of submission CMs for which all
segments were handled correctly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL
The /SUBM_CM_INCOML attribute is used to display the number of timed out submission
CMs. This is the number of CMs that did not receive all segments within the time out inter-
val. The time out interval is specified by the CMLOG_COMMON CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL
attribute. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIV_CM_COMPL
The /DELIV_CM_COMPL qualifier is used to display the number of delivery CMs for which all
segments were handled correctly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIV_CM_INCOMPL
The /DELIV_CM_INCOMPL attribute is used to display the number of timed out delivery
CMs. This is the number of CMs that did not receive all segments within the time out
interval. The time out interval is specified by the CMLOG_COMMON CM_DELIVERY_
INTERVAL attribute. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/EXT_OBJ_OK
The /EXT_OBJ_OK attribute is used to display the number of successfully processed Extended
Objects. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SEGM_UDH_NOK
The /SEGM_UDH_NOK attribute is used to display the number of processed segments with
incorrect User Data Header (UDH). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CM_WAIT
The /CM_WAIT attribute is used to display the number of waiting incomplete CMs. This is
the number of CMs that have not yet received all segments. These CMs are in a waiting
state until all segments are received or the timeout interval expires. The timeout interval
is specified by the CMLOG_COMMON CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL for submission CMs and
CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL for delivery CMs. This attribute is an indicative counter
/EO_WAIT
The /EO_WAIT attribute is used to display the number of Extended Objects belonging to the
waiting CMs. The number of waiting CMs is displayed by the CM_WAIT attribute. This
attribute is an indicative counter.
/TOT_LOGGED
The /TOT_LOGGED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are successfully
logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–915
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI ASN.1 CDR messages, that
are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. If the LOGSRV_COMMON attribute
CDR_FORMAT is set to TT, this attribute counts the messages in TT format. This attribute is
a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_1 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_2 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_3 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_4 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_5 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_6 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_7 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–916 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CMLOG
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_8 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_9 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_10 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
The /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests that are written to
disk. This counter enumerates all types of CDRs: (/IDI_CDR_x_WRITTEN). This attribute is
a statistical counter.
/CDR_BLOCKED
The /CDR_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter. The blocked CDR requests are not written to the CDR output file.
This filter is configured in the LOGSRV_CDR_FILTER.CNF CDR configuration file. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
The /CDR_1_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_1 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_1 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_01_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
The /CDR_2_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_2 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_2 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_02_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
The /CDR_3_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_3 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_3 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
SHOW CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–917
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_03_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
The /CDR_4_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_4 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_4 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_04_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
The /CDR_5_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_5 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_5 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_05_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
The /CDR_6_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_6 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_6 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_06_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
The /CDR_7_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_7 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_7 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_07_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
The /CDR_8_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_8 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_8 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_08_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
The /CDR_9_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_9 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_9 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_09_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–918 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CMLOG
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
The /CDR_10_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that
are blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_10 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_10 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_10_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LOG_BLOCKED
The /LOG_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are blocked by
the LOG filter. The blocked LOG requests are not written to the traffic LOG output file. This
filter is configured in the LOG configuration file LOGSRV_LOG_FILTER.CNF. This attribute
is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /SUM_LOG_TIME
Time in which the summary LOG file is available: 3600 seconds
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SUM_LOG_TIME of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /TOT_LOGGED /INTERVAL=2
Total number of summary log requests logged: 1.00)
PML>
The SHOW command presents the statistical counter TOT_LOGGED of the CMLOG entity
CMLOG01 average over the last 2 minutes.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN /INTERVAL=2
Number of summary IDI ASN.1-postpaid/prepaid/TT
CDR requests written: 1.00
PML>
The SHOW command presents the statistical counter IDI_CDR_WRITTEN of the CMLOG
entity LOGSRV01 average over the last 2 minutes.
4. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN /INTERVAL=2
Total number of summary CDR (any type) requests
written: 1.00
PML>
The SHOW command presents the statistical counter TOT_CDR_WRITTEN of the CMLOG
entity CMLOG01 average over the last 2 minutes.
5. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /CDR_BLOCKED /INTERVAL=2
Total number of SUMMARY IDI ASN.1 postpaid/prepaid
requests blocked by CDR filter: 1.00
PML>
The SHOW command presents the statistical counter CDR_BLOCKED of the CMLOG
entity CMLOG01 average over the last 2 minutes.
SHOW CLASS CMLOG SMSC Commands 2–919
SHOW CLASS CMLOG
6. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG ENTITY CMLOG01 /LOG_BLOCKED /INTERVAL=2
Total number of summary LOG requests blocked
by LOG filter: 1.00
PML>
The SHOW command presents the statistical counter LOG_BLOCKED of the CMLOG
entity CMLOG01 average over the last 2 minutes.
2–920 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CMLOG
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class CMLOG_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BACKUP
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with
the CMLOG.
Qualifiers
/BACKUP
The /BACKUP qualifier is used to switch on or off backup functionality. When the backup is
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–921
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
enabled, the Concatenated Message (CM) summary cache is written to disk regularly. The CM
summary cache contains all the current incomplete CM summary data. This attribute is a
parameter.
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the delivery time interval in
minutes. This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message
(CM) gives the maximum interval after which a CM delivery summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, regardless of whether or not all segments are received by CMLOG. This attribute
is a parameter.
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL=n
The /CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the submit time interval in minutes.
This interval multiplied with the number of segments of a Concatenated Message (CM)
gives the maximum interval after which a CM submission summary record (LOG/ CDR) is
generated, independently of whether or not all segments have been received by CMLOG. This
attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG=n
The /MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concate-
nated messages (CMs) a CMLOG entity can handle at the same time. Each CMLOG entity
keeps track of the status of a CM until all requested summaries are created for that CM.
When a CMLOG entity receives a request to handle a CM above the maximum, the request
will be neglected. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
CDRs that can be stored in a single summary CDR file. This value is used to calculate the
maximum summary CDR file size.
The actual number of summary CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS=n
The /MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of summary
LOG records that can be stored in a single summary LOG file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum summary LOG file size.
The actual number of summary LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain
due to various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /READ_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for which
the CMLOG entity sleeps in case no LOG_CM file is found in the directory for CMLOG.
After this period, CMLOG checks for new files in the directory again. The files are put in the
directory by LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a parameter.
2–922 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
CDR files in relation to the amount of summary CDRs in the CMLOG flush buffer. If SUM_
FLUSH_CDR_REQ summary CDRs are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the
summary CDR file.
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ=n
The /SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the summary
LOG files in relation to the amount of summary LOG records in the CMLOG flush buffer. If
SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ summary LOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically
flushed to the summary LOG file.
Please note that other factors, such as the CMLOG’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD=n
The /WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period, in seconds, for
which the CMLOG entity postpones the creation of a new current Concatenated Message
(CM) summary file. The CMLOG entity always tries to open two summary files: the current
summary file in which the summary records are actually written and a backup or hot standby
summary file. When the current summary file is full, the backup will become the current
summary file and a new backup summary file will be created. When the CMLOG entity runs
out of disk space and the CMLOG entity is unable to write summary records to disk, it will
sleep for WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new
current summary file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current summary file can be
created it will try to create a new backup summary file. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON /SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ of the
CMLOG entities.
SHOW CLASS CMLOG_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–923
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class COS_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDMA_COS_ID 0
/COS_ENABLED OFF
/GAIT_COS_ID 0
/GSM_COS_ID 0
/OCOS_DEFAULT 0
/OCOS_PP_MASK 5
/OIS_COS_ID 0
/RCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/RCOS_OVERRIDE NO
/SMPP_COS_ID 0
/TAP_COS_ID 0
/TCOS_DEFAULT FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
/TCOS_PP_MASK 5
/TDMA_COS_ID 0
/UCP_COS_ID 0
Description
The SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with the
COS_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/COS_ENABLED
The /COS_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the Originating, Terminating and Receiving
Class of Service functionality is enabled. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
2–924 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
/GSM_COS_ID
The /GSM_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GSM SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
/GAIT_COS_ID
The /GAIT_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the GAIT/ GHOST SMSC
interface. The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute
is a parameter.
/CDMA_COS_ID
The /CDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the CDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
/OCOS_PP_MASK
The /OCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s OCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
/TCOS_PP_MASK
The /TCOS_PP_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that specifies which bits in a subscriber’s TCOS
are set to 1 when the subscriber is prepaid. This attribute is a parameter.
/TDMA_COS_ID
The /TDMA_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TDMA SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SMPP_COS_ID
The /SMPP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the SMPP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The SMPP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the SMPP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
/UCP_COS_ID
The /UCP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the UCP SMSC interface.
The valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The UCP_COS_ID
attribute value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the UCP LA when defined.
This attribute is a parameter.
/OIS_COS_ID
The /OIS_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the OIS SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. The OIS_COS_ID attribute
value is overridden by the non-zero LA COS ID value of the OIS LA when defined. This
attribute is a parameter.
/TAP_COS_ID
The /TAP_COS_ID qualifier specifies the Class Of Service ID for the TAP SMSC interface. The
valid range is from 1 to 64. The value 0 (zero) means undefined. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–925
SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
/OCOS_DEFAULT
The /OCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the OCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the OCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
/TCOS_DEFAULT
The /TCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the TCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the TCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOS_DEFAULT
The /RCOS_DEFAULT qualifier specifies the default value of the RCOS bitmask. This bit-
mask is applied to an address when the RCOS value cannot be determined from the Service
Database. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOS_OVERRIDE
The /RCOS_OVERRIDE qualifier enables RCOS verification priority. When this attribute is
set to ON, the SMSC will ignore OCOS and TCOS verifications for an address, if the RCOS
verification results in the message acceptance. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON /TCOS_DEFAULT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the default TCOS bitmask value.
2–926 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS COS_COMMON
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA
This command is used to SHOW attribute values of entities from the class DIWCDMA.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
/SMS_DELACK_OK
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
/SMS_MANACK_OK
/SMS_READACK_FAIL
/SMS_READACK_OK
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA command shows attributes associated with a DIWCDMA.
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–927
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the total length of Short Messages,
transmitted to the CDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing notifications and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt failed). This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of pending sessions.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
The /SMS_DELACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_OK
The /SMS_DELACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
The /SMS_DELIVER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
The /SMS_DELIVER_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
The /SMS_MANACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_OK
The /SMS_MANACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
2–928 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA
/SMS_READACK_FAIL
The /SMS_READACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ ACK
messages (Mobile Terminated SMS read acknowledgements) that could not be delivered by the
SMSC. The total number of Short Messages (SMs) that could not be delivered is counted by
the SM_FAILED counter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_READACK_OK
The /SMS_READACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ ACK mes-
sages (Mobile Terminated SMS read acknowledgements) that have successfully been delivered
by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing Short Messages (SMs) and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID
The /WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID qualifier is used to specify the number of failed messages
with unsupported Wireless Enhanced Messaging Teleservice (WEMT). This attribute is a
counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–929
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWERMES.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWERMES command shows attributes associated with a DIWERMES.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–930 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWERMES
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWERMES ENTITY DIWERMES01 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWERMES entity
DIWERMES01.
SHOW CLASS DIWERMES SMSC Commands 2–931
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWFAX.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be show. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWFAX command shows attributes associated with a DIWFAX.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–932 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWFAX
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWFAX ENTITY DIWFAX01 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWFAX entity
DIWFAX01.
SHOW CLASS DIWFAX SMSC Commands 2–933
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWMENU.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SESS_REF_PSTN
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWMENU command shows attributes associated with a DIWMENU.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
2–934 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–935
SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWMENU ENTITY DIWMENU01 /SM_VP_FAILED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_VP_FAILED of the DIWMENU entity
DIWMENU01.
2–936 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWMENU
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWOIS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SM_TCP_FAILED
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/SM_X25_FAILED
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWOIS command shows attributes associated with a DIWOIS.
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–937
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
The /PROTOCOL_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors detected by the interwork-
ing regarding protocol errors, unrecognised/unsupported PDU types, fields and field values.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
The /RESOURCE_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors because the interworking
experienced a shortage of resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
2–938 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWOIS
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
The /TIMEOUT_ERRORS qualifier specifies the total number of times the SME did not
respond in time on a request from the interworking. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWOIS ENTITY DIWOIS01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the DIWOIS entity
DIWOIS01.
SHOW CLASS DIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–939
SHOW CLASS DIWPC
SHOW CLASS DIWPC
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWPC.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWPC entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DPCIW_INFO_SHOW
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/SESS_REF_PSTN
/SESS_REF_X25
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/SM_X25_FAILED
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWPC command shows attributes associated with a DIWPC.
2–940 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWPC
SHOW CLASS DIWPC
Qualifiers
/DPCIW_INFO=(...)
The /DPCIW_INFO qualifier is used to display the number of operations received and sent by
the interworkings. Per operation type the number of accepted and timed out operations are
shown, as well as their sum.
Additional parameters are:
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter is mandatory. It may be given multiple times. The specified <Operation>
can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_
RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX,
UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX, UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, ALL.
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
This attribute is a list.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the X25 network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWPC SMSC Commands 2–941
SHOW CLASS DIWPC
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–942 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWPC
SHOW CLASS DIWPC
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWPC ENTITY DIWPC01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the DIWPC entity
DIWPC01.
2. PML> SH CL SIWPC /DPCIW_INFO=(ucp_op=UCP52_TX,ucp_op=UCP_TOT_TX)
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of UCP52 operations and the total number of
sent operations handled by each DIWPC entity in the system. The information comprises
the number of accepted operations, the number of rejected operations, the number of timed
out operations and the sum of these.
SHOW CLASS DIWPC SMSC Commands 2–943
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWPLMN.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN command shows attributes associated with a DIWPLMN.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PLMN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
2–944 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–945
SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN ENTITY DIWPLMN01 /SM_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_TRANSMITTED of the DIWPLMN entity
DIWPLMN01.
2–946 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWSMTP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MTA n.a.
/NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT 0
/NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT 0
/SESS_PENDING 0
/SM_TRANSMITTED 0
/SM_FAILED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP command shows attributes associated with a DIWSMTP.
Qualifiers
/MTA
This qualifier provides an overview of the MTAs having a TCP connection with this DIWSMTP
entity. Per MTA the following data is shown:
• MTA Connection ID
• MTA network address
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP SMSC Commands 2–947
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP
• Number of messages currently being delivered to this MTA
• Number of messages currently buffered for this MTA
• Number of idle SMTP sessions towards this MTA
/NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT
The /NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT
The /NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
/NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT
The /NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /INITIAL_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT
The /NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to expira-
tion of the timer indicated by the /MAIL_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT
The /NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to expira-
tion of the timer indicated by the /RCPT_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the number of timeouts due to
expiration of the timer indicated by the /SESSION_TIMEOUT attribute. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/SESS_PENDING
The /SESS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of pending SMTP sessions. This
attribute is an indicative counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–948 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP ENTITY DIWSMTP01 /NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT of the DIWSMTP entity
DIWSMTP01.
SHOW CLASS DIWSMTP SMSC Commands 2–949
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DIWTAP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/QUEUED_MSGS
/SESS_REF_PSTN
/SESS_REF_TCP
/SESS_REF_X25
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/SM_TCP_FAILED
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/SM_X25_FAILED
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be show. This is entered
as follows:
2–950 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWTAP command shows attributes associated with a DIWTAP.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the TCP network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the X25 network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–951
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via TCP that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/QUEUED_MSGS
The /QUEUED_MSGS qualifier is used to specify the total number of messages which are
queued by the interworking. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_TCP
The /SESS_REF_TCP qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via TCP/IP that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–952 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DIWTAP ENTITY DIWTAP01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the DIWTAP entity
DIWTAP01.
SHOW CLASS DIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–953
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
This command is used to SHOW attribute values of entities from the class DIWTDMA.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
/SMS_DELACK_OK
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
/SMS_MANACK_OK
/SM_FAILED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA command shows attributes associated with a DIWTDMA.
2–954 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the total length of Short Messages,
transmitted to the TDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt failed).
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of pending sessions.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL
The /SMS_DELACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_OK
The /SMS_DELACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL
The /SMS_DELIVER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELIVER_OK
The /SMS_DELIVER_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
DELIVER messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL
The /SMS_MANACK_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of failed delivery
attempts of SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_OK
The /SMS_MANACK_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivered SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of failing
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA SMSC Commands 2–955
SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
failing Short Messages (SMs) and whose validity period was exceeded (last delivery attempt
failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–956 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS DLH
SHOW CLASS DLH
Shows attribute values of entities from the class DLH.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS DLH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS DLH command shows attributes associated with a DLH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
SHOW CLASS DLH SMSC Commands 2–957
SHOW CLASS DLH
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS DLH ENTITY DLH01 /MSG_FAILED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_FAILED of the DLH entity DLH01.
2–958 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS DLH
SHOW CLASS ERMES
SHOW CLASS ERMES
Shows common attribute values of class ERMES.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS ERMES entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/EMPTY_OADC
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH
/MAXSESSIONS
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW
/TO_DELIVERY
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS ERMES command shows attributes associated with an ERMES.
Qualifiers
/EMPTY_OADC
The /EMPTY_OADC qualifier is used to specify whether the originating address should be
included in the UCP message in a delivery attempt or that the OAdC field will be left empty.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH
The /MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum message length of
the ERMES message. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS ERMES SMSC Commands 2–959
SHOW CLASS ERMES
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. When this maximum is reached, the entity will be
in the blocked state. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSGS_QUEUED_LOW
The /MSGS_QUEUED_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark (percentage times
MAX_MSGS_QUEUED) at which the entity state will change from blocked state to active
state. In active state new messages from the SMH are accepted. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS ERMES /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the ERMES entities.
2–960 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS ERMES
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class FAX_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS
/MAXACTIONS
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_RESPONSE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON command shows attributes associated with a FAX.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXACTIONS
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–961
SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the timeout value between delivery of the
message and receiving the notification from the fax delivery device.
The notification represents the actual (non-)delivery of the message to the recipient address.
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_RESPONSE
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the timeout value between delivery of the
message and receiving the acknowledgment from the fax delivery device.
The acknowledgment represents the acceptance/rejection of the message by the fax delivery
device. The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, in
which the SMH needs to respond on an internal message from another entity. This attribute
is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON /TO_RESPONSE
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_RESPONSE of the FAX_COMMON.
2–962 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS FAX_COMMON
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV
Shows attribute values of entities from the class FAX3SRV.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/FAX_SENT
/FAX_FAILED
/NEG_NOTIF_DFAX
/NEG_NOTIF_FREP
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX
/POS_NOTIF_FREP
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV command shows attributes associated with a FAX3SRV.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV SMSC Commands 2–963
SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/FAX_SENT
The /FAX_SENT qualifier is used to specify the total number of faxes that were accepted by
the fax device. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FAX_FAILED
The /FAX_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of faxes that could not be
submitted to the fax device. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NEG_NOTIF_DFAX
The /NEG_NOTIF_DFAX qualifier is used to specify the total number of negative notifications
sent to a DIWFAX entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NEG_NOTIF_FREP
The /NEG_NOTIF_FREP qualifier is used to specify the total number of negative notifications
sent to an FRH entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX
The /POS_NOTIF_DFAX qualifier is used to specify the total number of positive notifications
sent to a DIWFAX entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/POS_NOTIF_FREP
The /POS_NOTIF_FREP qualifier is used to specify the total number of positive notifications
sent to an FRH entity. This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV ENTITY FAX3SRV01 /FAX_SENT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute FAX_SENT of the FAX3SRV entity FAX3SRV01.
2–964 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS FAX3SRV
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class FAX3_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXFAXES
/BCKGR_DIRECT
/BCKGR_LRAD
/BCKGR_FREP
/BCKGR_DIST
/TEMPLATE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON command shows attributes associated with the FAX3_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAXFAXES
The /MAXFAXES qualifier is used to specify the total number of outstanding faxes, that is,
faxes that have not received a notification from the fax device, the fax server can keep in
memory. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–965
SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON
/BCKGR_DIRECT
The /BCKGR_DIRECT qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
used to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are directly sent to a fax device. Also notifications
that are sent to a fax device make use of this background form. The background form needs to
be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
/BCKGR_LRAD
The /BCKGR_LRAD qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver Short Messages (SMs) that are sent to a fax device as a last resort. The background
form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
/BCKGR_FREP
The /BCKGR_FREP qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is used
to deliver fax reports created by the Fax Report Handler. The background form needs to be
stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a parameter.
/BCKGR_DIST
The /BCKGR_DIST qualifier is used to specify the name of the background form that is
used to deliver distribution lists overviews created by the Distribution List Handler (DLH).
The background form needs to be stored on the fax device’s harddisk. This attribute is a
parameter.
/TEMPLATE
The /TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify which template file should be used to convert
Short Messages (SMs) to a fax. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for an explanation
on how to make a template file. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON /TEMPLATE
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TEMPLATE of the FAX3_COMMON.
2–966 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS FAX3_COMMON
SHOW CLASS FRH
SHOW CLASS FRH
Shows attribute values of entities from the class FRH.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS FRH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/REPORT_FAILED
/REPORT_FIRST
/REPORT_RETRY
/REPORTS_SENT
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS FRH command shows attributes associated with an FRH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS FRH SMSC Commands 2–967
SHOW CLASS FRH
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/REPORT_FAILED
The /REPORT_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of failed reports, that is, the
reports that could not be delivered. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/REPORT_FIRST
The /REPORT_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were delivered in
the first delivery attempt. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/REPORT_RETRY
The /REPORT_RETRY qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were delivered
after retries. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/REPORTS_SENT
The /REPORTS_SENT qualifier is used to specify the number of reports that were successfully
delivered. /REPORTS_SENT is the total of /REPORT_RETRY and /REPORT_FIRST. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS FRH ENTITY FRH01 /REPORT_FAILED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute REPORT_FAILED of the FRH entity FRH01.
2–968 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS FRH
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class FRH_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SUBS
/MAXSESSIONS
/MAXACTIONS
/NR_ATTEMPTS
/RETRY_INT
/SCAN_INT
/TEMPLATE
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_RESPONSE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON command shows attributes associated with the FRH_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SUBS
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of subscribers this entity
can handle. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–969
SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXACTIONS
The /MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous actions
(’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_ATTEMPTS
The /NR_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to deliver
a Fax Report. This attribute is a parameter.
/RETRY_INT
The /RETRY_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the
delivery attempts. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCAN_INT
The /SCAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval (in minutes) between the subse-
quent reading of the SMH message log files. This attribute is a parameter.
/TEMPLATE
The /FRH_TEMPLATE qualifier is used to specify the name of the template file that is
used to define the layout of the Fax Report. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for
instructions on how to set up a template file. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_RESPONSE
The /TO_RESPONSE qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, in which
the SMH needs to respond on an internal message from another entity. This attribute is a
parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON /TO_RESPONSE
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_RESPONSE of the FRH_COMMON
entities.
2–970 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS FRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
Shows attribute values of entities from the class GHLR.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS GHLR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DATA_MISSING
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
/DEL_STAT_OK
/DIALOGUES
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
/MAP_ABORT
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_BUF_FREE
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_DIA_FREE
/MAP_DIA_IN_USE
/MAP_DIA_MAX_USED
/MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_OPER_FREE
/MAP_OPER_IN_USE
/MAP_OPER_MAX_USED
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
/ROUT_INFO_OK
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–971
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
/TCAP_END_RCVD
/TCAP_END_SNT
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
/TCAP_RJCT_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_SNT
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
2–972 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS GHLR command shows attributes associated with a GHLR.
Qualifiers
/DATA_MISSING
The /DATA_MISSING qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
and MSC/SGSN for operations with error dataMissing (35). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
The /DEL_STAT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/DEL_STAT_OK
The /DEL_STAT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–973
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues
(currently) pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/MAP_ABORT
The /MAP_ABORT qualifier is used to specify the total number of received MAP-ABORT
indications. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
The /MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM qualifier is used to specify the number of non-matching MAP
application contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffer
allocation failures. A MAP buffer allocation fails when no MAP buffers are available anymore.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_BUF_FREE
The /MAP_BUF_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP buffers. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE
The /MAP_BUF_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffers currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED
The /MAP_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP buffers
used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogue al-
location failures. A MAP dialogue allocation fails when no more MAP dialogues are available.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_DIA_FREE
The /MAP_DIA_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP dialogues. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_IN_USE
The /MAP_DIA_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogues currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_MAX_USED
The /MAP_DIA_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP dia-
logues used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
2–974 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogues
that could not be queued. A new MAP dialogue can only be queued when the entity is active
(not blocked, suspended). When a new MAP dialogue cannot be queued it is aborted. This
attribute is an cumulative counter.
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
The /MAP_INVOKE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP invoke IDs
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
The /MAP_INV_APP_CTXT qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP application
contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
The /MAP_OPCODE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP operation
codes received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
The /MAP_OPEN_REJ qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MAP-OPEN
requests. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operation
allocation failures. A MAP operation allocation fails when no more MAP operations are
available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPER_FREE
The /MAP_OPER_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP operations. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_OPER_IN_USE
The /MAP_OPER_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operations currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_OPER_MAX_USED
The /MAP_OPER_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP
operations used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP PDU decode errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
The /MAP_PROTO_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP protocol errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP provider decode
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–975
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
The /MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the reportSM-DeliveryStatus operation with the error messageWaitingList-
Full (33). The SC address could not be stored in the HLR message waiting list; there will be
no SC-Alert. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
The /ROUT_INFO_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/ROUT_INFO_OK
The /ROUT_INFO_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of sessions (currently)
pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
The /SYSTEM_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of system failure errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason abnormal dialogue sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–976 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
The /TCAP_CONT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue requests
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–977
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of initiated TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Initiating Release received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
2–978 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject com-
ponents with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Response received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RCVD qualifier specifies the total number of TCAP Reject components that
have been received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_SNT qualifier specifies the total number of TCAP Reject components that
have been sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–979
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Mistyped Component received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
2–980 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR
SHOW CLASS GHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
The /TCAP_UABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
The /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for operations with error unexpectedDataValue (36). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error unknownSubscriber (1).
The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because an IMSI or a directory number for the
mobile subscriber in the HLR has not been allocated. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS GHLR ENTITY GHLR01 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER of the
GHLR entity GHLR01.
SHOW CLASS GHLR SMSC Commands 2–981
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class GHLR_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR=n
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS 1
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
/TT_DEFAULT=n 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the GHLR_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER
The /FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER qualifier specifies the network node number to use in the
SendRoutingInfoForSM response back to the originating SMSC. This network node number
2–982 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON
is used by the originating SMSC to determine the destination MSC (SMSC) for the MT-
ForwardSM request in question. Please note that the TT dependent MSC table (refer to /FSG_
TT_MSC_TABLE) has precedence over this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE specifies the list of the TT-MSC network node number
mapping entries, that are used by GHLR to map the Translation Type (TT) from the SCCP
Called Party Address/SUA destination address related to the SendRoutingInfoForSM indi-
cation to a specific MSC network node number. This MSC network node number is inserted
in the SendRoutingInfoForSM response that is sent back to the originating SMSC. The orig-
inating SMSC uses this network node number to determine the destination MSC (SMSC)
of the MT-ForwardSM request in question. Please note that in case the SCCP Called Party
Address/SUA destination address contains no TT or the TT is not found in the table, the de-
fault MSC network node number (refer to /FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER) is used. This attribute
is a parameter.
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR=n
The /GHLR_PLMN_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the GHLR address in the PLMN domain,
which is included in the Global Title of the calling address in GHLR responses to the PLMN
network. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
/TT_DEFAULT=n
The /TT_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default translation type value for Global
Titles present in GHLR responses returned to the PLMN network. The possible values of this
attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
SHOW CLASS GHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–983
SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
Shows attribute values of entities from the class GIW.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS GIW entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND
/ALERT_FAIL
/ALERT_OK
/CALL_BARRED
/DATA_MISSING
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
/DEL_STAT_OK
/DIALOGUES
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
/FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM
/FSG_MTSM_FAIL
/FSG_MTSM_OK
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER
/INFORM_FAIL
/INFORM_OK
/INSTANCE_ID
/MAP_ABORT
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_BUF_FREE
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_DIA_FREE
/MAP_DIA_IN_USE
2–984 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MAP_DIA_MAX_USED
/MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED
/MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
/MAP_NODE
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
/MAP_OPER_FREE
/MAP_OPER_IN_USE
/MAP_OPER_MAX_USED
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
/MAP_SC_CONGESTION
/MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER
/MAP_UNKNOWN_SC
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI
/MOSM_FAIL
/MOSM_OK
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
/MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED
/MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED
/MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR
/MTSM_FAIL
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND
/MTSM_OK
/MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST
/MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND
/NO_RESP_FROM_PEER
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
/ROUT_INFO_OK
/SESSIONS_PENDING
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–985
SHOW CLASS GIW
/SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
/TCAP_END_RCVD
/TCAP_END_SNT
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
2–986 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
/TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
/UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS GIW command shows attributes associated with a GIW.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation and MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM
operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6).
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–987
SHOW CLASS GIW
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR
The /ABSENT_SUBS_HLR qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the
HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27)
and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS IMSI record is marked ’detached’ in the HLR;
the MS is subject to roaming restrictions; the HLR does not have an MSC number stored for
the target MS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST
The /ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC in single or first delivery attempts for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors
MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS does not
respond to paging from the MSC/SGSN or the MS record is purged due to periodic cache
garbage collection (Super-Charged network). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND
The /ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27)
and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6), after delivery via the SGSN has failed. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST
The /ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the SGSN in single or first delivery attempts for the MT-forwardSM operation with
errors MAP V1/V2 absentSubscriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6). The MS does
not respond to paging from the MSC/SGSN or the MS record is purged due to periodic cache
garbage collection (Super-Charged network). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND
The /ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of re-
sponses from the SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with errors MAP V1/V2 absentSub-
scriber (27) and MAP V3 absentSubscriberSM (6), after delivery via the MSC has failed. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ALERT_FAIL
The /ALERT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected alertServiceCentre
operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ALERT_OK
The /ALERT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted alertServiceCentre
operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CALL_BARRED
The /CALL_BARRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error callBarred (13). The PLMN rejects the
Short Message (SM) TPDU due to barring of the MS (Barring supplementary service, Call
barred due to Unauthorised Message Originator, and Operator Determined Barring). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–988 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/DATA_MISSING
The /DATA_MISSING qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from the HLR
and MSC/SGSN for operations with error dataMissing (35). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/DEL_STAT_FAIL
The /DEL_STAT_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/DEL_STAT_OK
The /DEL_STAT_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of reportSM-DeliveryStatus
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues
(currently) pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED
The /FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for the sendRoutingInfoForSM and MT-forwardSM operation
with the error facilityNotSupported (21). The Visited PLMN rejects the SM due to no provision
of the SMS in the Visited PLMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM
The /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM qualifier specifies the number of FSG loop prevented
Short Messages. Refer to attribute FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION in class GIW_COMMON. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_LOOP_
PREVENTED_SM counter is not shown is the GIW class.
/FSG_MTSM_FAIL
The /FSG_MTSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify, by the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG),
the total number of rejected Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SM). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_
MTSM_FAIL counter is not shown is the GIW class.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–989
SHOW CLASS GIW
/FSG_MTSM_OK
The /FSG_MTSM_OK qualifier is used to specify, by the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG),
the total number of accepted Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, the FSG_
MTSM_OK counter is not shown in the GIW class.
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT
The /ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with the error illegalEquipment (12). The
IMEI of the MS was blacklisted or not white-listed in the EIR. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER
The /ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC/SGSN for the EMPHASIS>(MT-forwardSM) operation with the error ille-
galSubscriber (9). The MS failed authentication. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/INFORM_FAIL
The /INFORM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected informServiceCen-
ter operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/INFORM_OK
The /INFORM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted informServiceCen-
ter operations from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/INSTANCE_ID
The /INSTANCE_ID qualifier is used to specify the instance ID to be supplied to MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MAP_ABORT
The /MAP_ABORT qualifier is used to specify the total number of received MAP-ABORT
indications. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM
The /MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM qualifier is used to specify the number of non-matching MAP
application contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffer
allocation failures. A MAP buffer allocation fails when no MAP buffers are available anymore.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_BUF_FREE
The /MAP_BUF_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP buffers. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
2–990 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE
The /MAP_BUF_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP buffers currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED
The /MAP_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP buffers
used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogue al-
location failures. A MAP dialogue allocation fails when no more MAP dialogues are available.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_DIA_FREE
The /MAP_DIA_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP dialogues. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_IN_USE
The /MAP_DIA_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogues currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_MAX_USED
The /MAP_DIA_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP dia-
logues used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED
The /MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP dialogues
that could not be queued. A new MAP dialogue can only be queued when the entity is active
(not blocked, suspended). When a new MAP dialogue cannot be queued it is aborted. This
attribute is an cumulative counter.
/MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS
The /MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-
ForwardSM operations rejected with the MAP Invalid SME Address Error. Possible causes
are:
• Recipient address barred due to Blacklist/Whitelist,
• Non-existing recipient LA address,
• Invalid TON/NPI/PID value of the recipient address,
• Recipient address translation barring. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR
The /MAP_INVOKE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP invoke IDs
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT
The /MAP_INV_APP_CTXT qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP application
contexts received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–991
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED
The /MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-
ForwardSM operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’Memory Capacity
Exceeded’. The MS rejects the SM since it has no memory capacity available to store the
message. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED
The /MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-ForwardSM
operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’MS not equipped’. The MS
does not support the SMS service. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR
The /MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-
ForwardSM operations with the Short Message (SM) delivery failure cause ’MS protocol
error’. A protocol error occurred at the MS. Also refer to the /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE
qualifier. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_NODE
The /MAP_NODE qualifier is used to specify the node name of the (preferred) MAP provider.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR
The /MAP_OPCODE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid MAP operation
codes received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPEN_REJ
The /MAP_OPEN_REJ qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MAP-OPEN
requests. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED
The /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operation
allocation failures. A MAP operation allocation fails when no more MAP operations are
available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_OPER_FREE
The /MAP_OPER_FREE qualifier is used to specify the number of free MAP operations. This
attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_OPER_IN_USE
The /MAP_OPER_IN_USE qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP operations currently
used. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_OPER_MAX_USED
The /MAP_OPER_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of MAP
operations used in parallel. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP PDU decode errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–992 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MAP_PROTO_ERR
The /MAP_PROTO_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP protocol errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR
The /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of MAP provider decode
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_SC_CONGESTION
The /MAP_SC_CONGESTION qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-ForwardSM
operations rejected with the MAP Service Centre Congestion Error. Possible causes are:
• Recipient address block messages threshold reached,
• No active SMH and/or SSD entities,
• Mobile network SIW interworkings blocked due to configured SIW sessions limit reached.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER
The /MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-
ForwardSM operations rejected with the MAP Subscriber Not Service Centre Subscriber Error.
Possible causes are:
• Originator address barred due to Blacklist/Whitelist,
• Originator IMSI not available/retrievable for Mobile Number Portability (MNP) screening,
• Originator address translation barring. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MAP_UNKNOWN_SC
The /MAP_UNKNOWN_SC qualifier is used to specify the number of MO-ForwardSM opera-
tions rejected with the MAP Unknown Service Centre Error. Possible causes are:
• Non-existing Virtual SMSC number,
• Used SC address does not match with the configured SMSC presentation address. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–993
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL
The /MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the reportSM-DeliveryStatus operation with the error messageWaitingList-
Full (33). The SC address could not be stored in the HLR message waiting list; there will be
no SC-Alert. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that
are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case there is a mismatch between
the SCCP Calling Party Address (SUA Source Address) GT address digits related to the MO-
ForwardSM indication and the MSC/SGSN ISDN address digits in the SendRoutingInfoForSM
confirmation received for the A-MSISDN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that
are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case the SendRoutingInfoForSM
request sent for the A-MSISDN fails. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI qualifier is used to specify the number of messages
that are rejected by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality, in case there is a mismatch
between the IMSI in the received MO-ForwardSM indication (if available) and the IMSI
in the SendRoutingInfoForSM confirmation received for the A-MSISDN. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/MOSM_FAIL
The /MOSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected MO-forwardSM
operations from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MOSM_OK
The /MOSM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted MO-forwardSM
operations from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_FAIL
The /MTSM_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-forwardSM operation
responses received from the MSC/SGSN with an error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST
The /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that failed delivery via the MSC in single or first
attempt. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND
The /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that also failed delivery via the MSC after delivery via
the SGSN has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–994 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST
The /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that failed delivery via the SGSN in single or first
attempt. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND
The /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) that also failed delivery via the SGSN after delivery via
the MSC has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_OK
The /MTSM_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of MT-forwardSM successful
operation responses received from the MSC/SGSN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST
The /MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the MSC in single or first attempt. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND
The /MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the MSC after delivery via the SGSN
has failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST
The /MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the SGSN in single or first attempt.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND
The /MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND qualifier is used to specify the total number of Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs) delivered via the SGSN after delivery via the MSC has
failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NO_RESP_FROM_PEER
The /NO_RESPONSE_FROM_PEER qualifier is used to specify the total number of no re-
sponse from peer errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL
The /ROUT_INFO_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
operation responses received from the HLR with an error. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/ROUT_INFO_OK
The /ROUT_INFO_OK qualifier is used to specify the total number of sendRoutingInfoForSM
successful operation responses received from the HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of sessions (currently)
pending. This attribute is an indicative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–995
SHOW CLASS GIW
/SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE
The /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses from
the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error sm-DeliveryFailure (32). It is the
sum of MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED, MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED and MT_MS_PROTOCOL_
ERR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS
The /SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS qualifier is used to specify the total num-
ber of responses from the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error
subscriberBusyForMT-SMS (31). The congestion encountered at the visited MSC or the SGSN
is as follows:
• Short Message (SM) delivery from another SC,
• IMSI or GPRS detach,
• Location Update or Inter SGSN Routing Area Update,
• Paging,
• Emergency call,
• Call setup. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SYSTEM_FAILURE
The /SYSTEM_FAILURE qualifier is used to specify the total number of system failure errors.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason abnormal dialogue sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–996 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_ABT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_CONT_SNT
The /TCAP_CONT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue requests
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–997
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of initiated TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Initiating Release received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
2–998 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject com-
ponents with Invoke Problem Unexpected Linked Response received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–999
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Mistyped Component received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Unrecognised Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1000 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW
SHOW CLASS GIW
/TCAP_UABT_SNT
The /TCAP_UABT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV
The /TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error teleserviceNotProvisioned
(11). The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because the recipient MS has no SMS
subscription. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE
The /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR and MSC/SGSN for operations with error unexpectedDataValue (36). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the MSC/SGSN for the MT-forwardSM operation with error unidentifiedSubscriber (5).
The subscriber is not contained in the VLR database and it has not or cannot be established
whether or not a subscription exists. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
The /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER qualifier is used to specify the total number of responses
from the HLR for the sendRoutingInfoForSM operation with error unknownSubscriber (1).
The PLMN rejects the Short Message (SM) because an IMSI or a directory number for the
mobile subscriber in the HLR has not been allocated. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS GIW ENTITY GIW01 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER of the
GIW entity GIW01.
SHOW CLASS GIW SMSC Commands 2–1001
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class GIW_COMMON.
Please also refer to SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS 0
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE WHITE
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET OFF
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION OFF
/FWSM_TO 60
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL ON
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED OFF
/LANA_IMSI_CHECK OFF
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER 0
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER 0
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP NO
/MNP_2SRI_ERR 1
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB
/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR 1
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED OFF
/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR 1
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED OFF
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT OFF
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD 1
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/PREFERRED_NETWORK GSM
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL NO
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR ON
/RSMDS_TO 10
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS 1
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE 157
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS OFF
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN ON
/SRI_TO 30
2–1002 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED OFF
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK OFF
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT 0
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the GIW_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS
The /ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS qualifier is used to prevent mismatches for MSCs and/or
SGSNs that have multiple address, when performing the MO SMS Anti Fraud Check. This
qualifier specifies the number of digits at the end of the MSC/SGSN address that are discarded
when comparing the SCCP Calling Party (SUA Source Address) GT digits with the MSC/SGSN
GT digits in the HLR response of the SendRoutingInfoForSM of the A-MSISDN. This attribute
is a flag.
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST qualifier specifies the MSC/SGSN Global Title (GT) prefix list
used by the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality. This list can be configured with SCCP Calling
Party (SUA Source Address) GT prefixes for which the MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality
should or should not be performed.
In case the MSC/SGSN GT prefix list is configured as a blacklist, the SMSC will perform an
MO SMS Anti Fraud check only when the SCCP Calling party Address (SUA Source Address)
of an MO-ForwardSM is routed on a Global Title and the GT is found in the list.
In case the MSC/SGSN GT prefix list is configured as a whitelist, the SMSC will perform an
MO SMS Anti Fraud check only when the SCCP Calling Party Address (SUA Source Address)
of an MO-ForwardSM is routed on a Global Title and the GT is not found in the list.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier is related to SMSC_COMMON /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED. The
MSC/SGSN GT prefix list is only used when this option is switched ON.
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1003
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This qualifier is related to GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE. The
MSC/SGSN GT prefix list can be used as a blacklist or whitelist.
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE
The /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE qualifier is used to specify whether the MO SMS Anti
Fraud MSC/SGSN Global Title prefix list is a blacklist or a whitelist. Please refer to the list
qualifier GIW_COMMON /ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST for more details. This attribute is a flag.
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET
The /EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET qualifier allows the definition of Error Dependent Retry
(EDR) schemes for non-persistent network errors for which the Message Waiting Data (MWD)
list in the HLR could not be updated. When this attribute is set to ON, the desired EDR
scheme for these errors can be selected in PPL_NERR.TXT. This attribute is a flag.
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION
The /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION qualifier specifies the loop prevention of Short Messages
(SMs) that are looping due to misconfiguration of the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG) func-
tionality. Loop Prevention prevents Mobile Terminated (MT) messages from being repeatedly
delivered to the originating SMSC again (to itself). Whenever, the Gateway MSC functionality
in the GIW detects that the MSC network node number in the received SendRoutingInfoforSM
response (from a GHLR) is identical to its SMSC address (refer to attribute /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR and /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR in class SMSC_COMMON), the message is im-
mediately rejected. The number of occurrences of this situation is counted (refer to counter
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM in class GIW). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
When attribute FSG_ENABLED is OFF in class SMSC_COMMON, FSG loop
prevention in class GIW_COMMON is not shown.
/FWSM_TO
The /FWSM_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated (MT-)ForwardSM request to the MSC or SGSN. In case of a very slow network,
the request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
This results in multiple deliveries of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout
according to the network delay this can be prevented. The time specified in this attribute must
be equal or greater than the time specified in the attribute NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD.
This attribute is a parameter.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
/HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL
The /HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL qualifier enables the SMSC to include the HLR Point Code and/or
Global Title (GT) into billing record of the message when no MSC GT and/or point code is
supplied by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
2–1004 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
/LA_SCADDR_ENABLED
The /LA_SCADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether to use LA-based configura-
tion of the SC address at the GSM MAP level. If the attribute is set to ON, the SC address is
set at the GSM MAP level according to the configuration in the GIW_LA_SCADDR.CNF file in
the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] directory.
/LANA_IMSI_CHECK
The /LANA_IMSI_CHECK qualifier is used to enable or disable GIW IMSI check for Large
Accounts (LAs) that are not allowed to deliver messages to subscribers of the other networks
(LANA). This qualifier can only be set to ON when SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED
is set to ON.
When the GIW_COMMON class attribute LANA_IMSI_CHECK is set to ON, the GIW_
HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT configuration file is ignored on a GIW entity start-up. The MAP_
Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests for messages from LAs are send to the whole network.
The subscriber IMSI received in the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM response from the
HLR is verified against the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST attribute. When the
IMSI is matched the Short Message (SM) is forwarded to the recipient mobile, otherwise the
message is discarded together with all messages that are sent from the same LA to the current
subscriber address.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER
The /MAX_AC_ALERT_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used for
incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_ALERT. The following values can be
set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
• 1-2
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V2. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER
The /MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER qualifier is used to specify the maximum MAP version used
for incoming dialogs of application-context SHORT_MSG_MO_RELAY. The following values
can be set:
• 0
Use highest supported MAP version (Default).
• 1-3
Set maximum MAP version to MAP V1-V3. This attribute is a parameter.
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP
The /MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP qualifier specifies whether a No Paging Response diagnostics
for MAP V1/V2 AbsentSubscriber network error should be determined by measuring the
response time of the (MT-) ForwardSM request. For MAP V3 this is already diagnosed in
the AbsentSubscriberSM network error. However, the diagnostics is only optional. In cases
when no diagnostics is provided by the Mobile Switching Centre (MSC), this parameter is used
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1005
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
within the MAP V3 for the same purpose as in case of the MAP V1/V2. This attribute is a
flag.
Measuring No Paging Response functionality: <YES/NO>
/MNP_2SRI_ERR
The /MNP_2SRI_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to the MAP_
Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request that triggers a 2nd MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM
request using a different addressing table. Please refer to class SMSC_COMMON/MNP_2SRI_
ENABLED
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB
The /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB attribute specifies the IMSI prefix table used in MNP (Mobile
Number Portability) networks to address the HLR directly when the recipient IMSI is known.
The prefix is inserted after the Country Code of the Global Title in the SCCP Called Party
Address/SUA destination address.
/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR
The /MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to
the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests indicating that a recipient is not within
the HPLMN (refer to SMSC_COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED). The default value is 1
(UnknownSubscriber). This attribute is a parameter. This attribute is related to SMSC_
COMMON/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED, which is a licensed option. This option can only be used
when it is switched ON.
/MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED
This attribute determines whether the SMSC treats the absence of an originator ad-
dress match for a Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) in the GIW_HLR_ADDR_
MO.DAT routing file as an error. Please refer to the Operator Manual for the details
regarding the use of this routing file (chapter "PLMN interface options/Integrated G/IW
MSC/Configuration/Configuration file").
This attribute allows this file to configure the ranges of originator addresses for which the
SMSC sends an SRI request to the HLR to obtain the originator’s IMSI for an MO/SM.
NOTE
This attribute is only relevant when the SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY
and SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED attributes are enabled.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR
The /MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR attribute specifies the error response from the HLR to
the MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request that causes an unconditional rejection of the
Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) (refer to class SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_
SRI_ENABLED). The default value is 1 (UnknownSubscriber). This attribute is a parameter.
2–1006 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED, which
is a licensed option. The unconditional rejection response is only used when this
option is switched ON.
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable or disable the national presen-
tation address feature.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT attribute specifies whether a Mobile Originated Short
Message (MO/SM) should be rejected if no IMSI is received. If set to YES, the MO/SM will
be rejected if, for any reason, the HLR does not return the IMSI. If set to NO, message
submission will proceed without IMSI checking. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, which is a
licensed option. This attribute can only be used when it is switched ON.
/NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD
The /NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD qualifier specifies the threshold after which the SMSC
assumes that a MAP V1/V2 Absent Subscriber error is due to a paging failure. If the response
time is greater than the configured threshold then the SMSC assumes a paging error has
occurred and a special retry scheme is initiated. This qualifier does not apply to MAP V3
because MAP V3 already has a diagnostic that specifies a paging error. The time specified
in this attribute must be less or equal to the time specified in the FWSM_TO attribute. This
attribute is a parameter.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
/PREFERRED_NETWORK
The /PREFERRED_NETWORK qualifier is used to specify the network that is used for the
first Short Message (SM) delivery attempt, in case the HLR returns two numbers (an MSC
and an SGSN number). If the attribute is set to GSM, the SM is first forwarded to the MSC.
If it is set to GPRS, the SM is first forwarded to the SGSN. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid when GPRS functionality has been enabled.
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1007
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL
The /RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC will send the MAP-
Report-SM-Delivery-Status request to the HLR on Absent Subscriber Error reception in order
to update the Message Waiting Data (MWD) flag. The qualifier is taken into account only
when the Absent Subscriber Error is evaluated as a No Paging Response via the MSC or via
the Serving GRPS Support Node (SGSN).
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI
The /REPLACEMENT_IMSI qualifier specifies the IMSI value that is replaced with the
recipient MSISDN E.164 international format address digits in forward SM messages, when
matched in the correspondent SRI response. When the length of the attribute value is greater
than 0 the IMSI replacement functionality is ENABLED.
The possible values of this attribute are digit strings of the length not greater than 15. This
attribute is read-only. This attribute is a parameter.
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR
The /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR qualifier is used to specify the SCCP/SUA return option
for outgoing traffic. The SCCP/SUA return option is used to determine the handling of
SCCP/SUA-SDUs encountering transport problems. When the attribute is set to OFF the
SCCP/SUA-SDU is discarded when it encounters transport problems. When set to ON an
error is returned when the SCCP/SUA-SDU encounters transport problems. This attribute is
a parameter.
/RSMDS_TO
The /RSMDS_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the Mobile
Terminated ReportSM-DeliveryStatus request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the
request might timeout because the acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires.
The consequence is that an MSISDN alert in the response does not trigger the SMSC to
send more messages. By increasing the timeout according to the network delay this can be
prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS
The /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS qualifier is used to specify the SCCP protocol class (SUA
sequence control) for outgoing traffic. Class 0 is the basic connectionless class without guar-
anteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. Class 1 is the connectionless class with (by the
involved MTP networks) guaranteed in-sequence delivery of SCCP-SDUs. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE
The /SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE qualifier is used for outgoing TCAP transactions in MAP
V2 and higher. When the TCAP component size exceeds the attribute value, segmentation is
performed by the GIW. This attribute is a parameter.
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS
The /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS qualifier is used to indicate whether errors received from
the network should be signalled as events or not. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1008 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN
The /SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Message
Entity Address (SMEA) and Message Type Indicator (MTI) of the Short Message (SM) are
sent to the HLR, so that the HLR can perform SM filtering. If the attribute is set to ON, the
SMEA and MTI are inserted in the routing info request to the HLR. When it is set to OFF, the
SMEA and the MTI are left empty in the routing info request to the HLR, thereby disabling
the filtering by the HLR. This attribute is a flag.
/SRI_TO
The /SRI_TO qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for the SendRoutingInfoForSM
request to the HLR. In case of a very slow network, the request might timeout because the
acknowledgement is returned after the timeout expires. This results in multiple delivery
attempts of the same Short Message (SM). By increasing the timeout according to the network
delay this can be prevented. This attribute is a parameter.
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED
The /SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED qualifier enables or disables the collection of specific
SCCP/SUA or MAP error details resulting from failed Mobile Terminated (MT) delivery
attempts. This extra information can, for example, be used for specific Error Dependent Retry
(EDR) profiles, or for Mobile Number Portability (MNP) through SMPP interconnect (option
16f). Please refer to the installed PPL_NERR.TXT file for the exact mapping of the SCCP/SUA
or MAP error details. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/TEMPORARY_FALLBACK
The /TEMPORARY_FALLBACK qualifier is used to specify the fallback behaviour for a GIW
initiated MAP dialogue when the remote peer rejects the proposed MAP version. The proposed
MAP version is specified per routing entry in the SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]GIW_DPC_MAP.DAT
routing file.
When the attribute is set to ON, the GIW falls back on a dialogue basis (temporary fallback)
and the dialogue is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues, however, are
initiated according to the initial routing file entry, which remains unmodified. Setting this
attribute to ON is useful when routing is based on Global Title to prevent permanent fallback.
When the attribute is set to OFF, the GIW falls back on a routing entry basis (permanent
fallback). The routing entry is updated with the lower MAP version. Subsequent dialogues
are initiated according to the updated routing entry. This attribute is a flag.
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT
The /TT_HLR_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the HLR. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from one of the HLR address files: GIW_HLR_ADDR.DAT,
GIW_HLR_ADDR_MO.DAT, GIW_HLR_ADDR_SEC.DAT, or GIW_HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1009
SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT
The /TT_MSC_DEFAULT qualifier is used to define the default Translation Type (TT) value for
the SUA addresses used in the messages sent to the MSC. The default TT can be overridden
by the matching address entry from the GIW_MSC_SGSN_ADDR.DAT MSC address file. The
possible values of this attribute range from 0 up to and include 255.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT
PML>
The /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT qualifier is used to specify the behaviour depending on
the availability of the IMSI in a message from the HLR. When the qualifier is set to ON,
it is possible to reject a Mobile Originated Short Message (MO SM) in case the HLR does
not return the IMSI for a reason. If the qualifier is set to OFF, the message submission
proceeds without IMSI checking.
2–1010 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GIW_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
Shows the common attribute values of the class GSM_COMMON.
Please also refer to SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_VALIDATION NO
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 OFF
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 OFF
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 OFF
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE 16-bit
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX 255
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX 65535
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED OFF
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM TAP
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/PRIORITY_DEF REPEATED
/RTNG_PID_LIST
/USED_SERVER GIW
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF ON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1011
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
Description
The SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
the GSM network type.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_VALIDATION
The /ADDR_VALIDATION qualifier is used to specify whether address validation is done for
the recipient address. When this attribute is set to YES a recipient address is rejected if it is
not in international or national format. This attribute is a flag.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC
accepts the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ON_RETRY, to request
a text notification on retry or delivery error, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated
Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ON_RETRY scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1
The /CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command configured for the scan function NOTIF_ORIG, to request a text notification
for the originator address only, in the first segment of a GSM Concatenated Message (CM).
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
The SCAN command functionality license is required.
2–1012 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
The scan command functionality must be enabled.
The NOTIF_ORIG scan command must be configured.
The desired notifications to be generated must be configured by the operator.
This functionality works for the first CM segment only if no notifications are
generated for others segments, and if the scan command is present in other
segments, it will be ignored. The preferred way for an end-user to request notifi-
cations for a Concatenated Message is by using the internal mobile functionality
to request the GSM Status Report.
This functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-DELIVER mes-
sage.
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1
The /CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 qualifier is used to configure whether or not the SMSC accepts
the scan command that is configured for the scan function ON_DISPLAY. This scan function
is used to enable the MO subscriber to send a direct-on-display SMS, in the first segment of a
GSM Concatenated Message (CM). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The following constraints apply to this attribute:
SCAN command functionality license is required.
SCAN command functionality must be enabled.
ON_DISPLAY scan command must be configured.
SCAN command functionality is not supported for an incoming FSG SMS-
DELIVER message.
/CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE qualifier is used for the size of the message reference field
of concatenated messages. It can be set to 8-bit or 16-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
8-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 8-bit.
/CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX
The /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX qualifier is used for defining the maximum value for the
16-bit message reference in case the GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE is set to 16-bit.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /GSM_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWPLMN (GSM).
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED
The /DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch the display of the deferred
delivery time on the GSM mobile phone ON or OFF.
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1013
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the GSM network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2 This attribute is a flag.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than 140 octets.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is inter-
preted the same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_CC_GSMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/PRIORITY_DEF
The /PRIORITY_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default priority type to set the MAP SM_
RP_PRI indicator. Possible values are NONE (never set), ALL (always set), REPEATED (set
when the message is the first of a set of repeated messages). This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
Note that a SEND_ROUTING_INFO for the originator is always with priority indepen-
dent of the settings. This only applies when the Mobile Number Portability (MNP)
license is switched to ON.
/RTNG_PID_LIST
The /RTNG_PID_LIST qualifier specifies a list of end-user provided SMS-SUBMIT TP-PIDs
which will be ignored by the SMSC, allowing other routing functionality, such as the Recipient
Address Range Routing (RARR).
/USED_SERVER
The /USED_SERVER qualifier is used to specify which server for delivery to PLMN network is
used. This attribute is a parameter.
/VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF
The /VSMSC_SCANNING_DEF qualifier is used to specify the initial settings for the
(de)activation of scan tags. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1014 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON /AVG_LEN_SGMS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the common attribute AVG_LEN_SGMS of the
GSM entities.
SHOW CLASS GSM_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1015
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Shows attribute values of entities from the class IMPORT_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON command shows attributes associated with a
IMPORT_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
The /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
transmitted to each SMH by SIWIMPORT at once. Increasing the value of the attribute
speeds up the import. The attribute value, however, will be increased only if the desired
transmission rate, specified by the attribute /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE is not provided by the
system. The bigger the attribute value the more SMH resources are used to process imported
messages and, consequently, less resources to process messages from other SIWs.
2–1016 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute SMS_IMPORTED of the IMPORT
entities.
SHOW CLASS IMPORT_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1017
SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
Shows attribute values of entities from the class IP7.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IP7 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ASSOCIATIONS
/DPC_STATES
/NETWORKS
/ROUTING_KEYS
/SCCP_LUDT_RCVD
/SCCP_LUDT_SENT
/SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD
/SCCP_LUDTS_SENT
/SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY
/SCCP_SSA_RCVD
/SCCP_SSA_SENT
/SCCP_SSC_RCVD
/SCCP_SSP_RCVD
/SCCP_SSP_SENT
/SCCP_SST_RCVD
/SCCP_SST_SENT
/SCCP_UDT_RCVD
/SCCP_UDT_SENT
/SCCP_UDTS_RCVD
/SCCP_UDTS_SENT
/SCCP_XUDT_RCVD
/SCCP_XUDT_SENT
/SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD
/SCCP_XUDTS_SENT
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_FREE
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_IN_USE
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM
/SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED
/SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB
/SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB
/SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB
/SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS
2–1018 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_FREE
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_IN_USE
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_FREE
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_IN_USE
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT
/SCTP_IP_SENT
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR
/SCTP_IP_RCVD
/SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR
/SG_CONNECTIONS
/SG_GROUPS
/SSN_STATES
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_FREE
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_IN_USE
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_FREE
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_IN_USE
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_FREE
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1019
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_IN_USE
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM
/SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY
/SSRV_INVALID_MSG
/SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL
/SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG
/SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL
/SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER
/SSRV_NO_USERS
/SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE
/SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL
/SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG
/SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL
/SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_FREE
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_IN_USE
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM
/SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE
/SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY
/SUBSYSTEMS
/TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD
/XUA_SIG_NODES_FREE
/XUA_SIG_NODES_IN_USE
/XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED
/XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM
/XUA_SND_BUF_FREE
/XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE
2–1020 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED
/XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be shown. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS IP7 command shows attributes associated with an IP7 entity.
Qualifiers
/ASSOCIATIONS
The /ASSOCIATIONS qualifier is used to display association information and counters. The
following lists are supported.
• List of Association Data Chunks Counters
• List of Association Other Counters
• List of Association IP Counters
List of Association Data Chunks Counters: The list is selected by specifying /ASSOCIATIONS=(CHUNKS)
and contains the following information:
• AId is the Association identifier,
• Received/No is the number of received Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)
Data Chunks,
• Received/OOTS is the number of received SCTP Data Chunks Out of TNS Sequence,
• Received/Ordered is the number of received SCTP Data Chunks Ordered,
• Received/Unrd is the number of received SCTP Data Chunks Unordered,
• Received/Bundled is the number of received SCTP Data Chunks Bundled,
• Sent/No is the number of sent SCTP Data Chunks,
• Sent/Ordered is the number of sent SCTP Data Chunks Ordered,
• Sent/Unrd is the number of sent SCTP Data Chunks Unordered,
• Sent/Bundled is the number of sent SCTP Data Chunks Bundled,
• Discard is the number of SCTP Data Chunks discarded and
• Retrans is the number of SCTP Data Chunks retransmitted.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1021
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of Association Other Counters: The list is selected by specifying /ASSOCIATIONS=(OTHER)
and contains the following information:
• AId is the Association identifier,
• Ctrl Chks/Sent is the number of sent SCTP Control Chunks,
• Ctrl Chks/Rcvd is the number of received SCTP Control Chunks,
• Data Bytes/Sent is the total number of Data Bytes sent by SCTP,
• Data Bytes/Rcvd is the total number of Data Bytes received by SCTP,
• ULP DGrams/Sent is the number of sent ULP Datagrams,
• ULP DGrams/Ready is the number of ready ULP Datagrams,
• ULP DGrams/Rcvd is the number of received ULP Datagrams,
• ULP DGrams/Que is the number of queued ULP Datagrams,
• SCTP DGrams/Sent is the number of sent SCTP DATA Datagrams and
• SCTP DGrams/Rcvd is the number of received SCTP DATA Datagrams.
List of Association IP Counters: The list is selected by specifying /ASSOCIATIONS=(IP) and
contains the following information:
• AId is the Association identifier,
• IP Bytes/Rcvd is the number of IP bytes received by the IP driver for this association,
• IP Bytes/Sent is the number of IP bytes sent by the IP driver for this association,
• IP Pckts/Rcvd is the number of IP packets received by the IP driver for this association
and
• IP Pckts/Sent is the number of IP packets sent by the IP driver for this association.
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific association, the optional association identifier can be
specified, e.g. /ASSOCIATIONS=(ASSOC_ID=0, CHUNKS).
To reset all association counters, the optional RESET_COUNT flag can be specified, e.g.
/ASSOCIATIONS=(ASSOC_ID=0, RESET_COUNT).
IMPORTANT
RESET_COUNT resets the counters for all list types (optionally per association
identifier).
/DPC_STATES
The /DPC_STATES qualifier is used to display the Destination Point Code (DPC) states. The
following lists are supported:
• List of derived DPC states
• List of DPC route states
• List of DPC SCCP states
2–1022 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of Derived DPC States: This list is selected by specifying /DPC_STATES=(DERIVED).
• To limit the list to 1 specific network instance, the optional network identifier can be
specified, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(DERIVED, NETWORK_ID=0).
• To limit the list to 1 specific DPC (in multiple network instances), the optional DPC
identifier can be specified, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(DERIVED, DPC=300).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC in 1 specific network instance, previously described iden-
tifiers can be specified, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(DERIVED, NETWORK_ID=0, DPC=300).
IMPORTANT
/DPC_STATES=(DERIVED) and /DPC_STATES=(DERIVED, NETWORK_ID=<ID>)
only displays the DPC that are restricted, congested or unavailable.
The list contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• Network/DPC is the destination (remote) Point Code (PC) within the network instance
for which state information is maintained,
• Derived/State is the state of the DPC that is derived from all DPC routes (Accessible,
Restricted or Inaccessible),
• Derived/Congest is whether the derived DPC state is congested (only applicable for state
Accessible and Restricted),
• Derived/Level is the congestion level corresponding to the congestion (when applicable).
List of DPC Route States: This list is selected by specifying /DPC_STATES=(ROUTES). It is
mandatory to limit this list to 1 specific DPC (in multiple network instances), by specifying the
mandatory DPC identifier, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(ROUTES,DPC=300).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC in 1 specific network instance, the optional net-
work identifier can be specified also, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(ROUTES, NETWORK_ID=0,
DPC=300).
The list contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• Network/DPC is the destination (remote) PC within the network instance for which route
state information is maintained,
• Network/Route indicates whether the DPC route via the Signalling Gateway (SG) is
Active (used to send data).
A route is Active in the following situations:
• Selected SGG is Active; please refer to the PC2SGG tables for primary and backup
SGGs),
• SG within that SGG is Active (or Standby when the DPC is mapped directly onto SG;
please refer to the PC2SGG tables,
• DPC route state for that SG is higher than the DPC route states for other SGs within
that SGG.
The order of route states (from high to low) is: A, R, AC (1), RC (1), AC (2), RC (2), AC
(3), RC (3) and U. Where A is Available, R is Restricted, C (x) is Congested with level
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1023
SHOW CLASS IP7
x and U is Unavailable. When the DPC route state is Unavailable, the route is never
Active.
• SGG/Id is the Signalling Gateway Group (SGG) Identifier of the SGG used for the DPC
route,
• SGG/Status shows the status of the SGG; please refer to IP7/SG_GROUPS,
• SG/Id is the SG Identifier of the SG used for the DPC route,
• SG/Status shows the status of the SG; please refer to IP7/SG_GROUPS,
• Route/State is the state of the DPC route via the SG (Available, Restricted or
Unavailable),
• Route/Congest is whether the DPC route state is congested (only applicable for state
Available and Restricted),
• Route/Level is the congestion level corresponding to the congestion (when applicable).
List of DPC SCCP States: This state is selected by specifying /DPC_STATES=(SCCP). It is
mandatory to limit this list to 1 specific DPC (in multiple network instances), by specifying the
mandatory DPC identifier, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(SCCP, DPC=300).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC in 1 specific network instance, the optional network
identifier can be specified also, e.g. /DPC_STATES=(SCCP, NETWORK_ID=0, DPC=300).
The list contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• Network/DPC is the destination (remote) Point Code (PC) within the network instance
for which SCCP state information is maintained,
• SCCP/State is the remote SCCP state of the DPC (Available or Unavailable),
• SCCP/Congest is whether the DPC SCCP is congested (only applicable for state
Available),
• SCCP/Level is the congestion level corresponding to the SCCP congestion (when applica-
ble).
/NETWORKS
The /NETWORKS qualifier is used to display network routing and configuration information.
The following lists are supported.
• List of M3UA routing keys per network instance (M3UA),
• List of ASP local and global PC per network instance (M3UA/SCCP and GTT),
• List of network characteristics per network instance (M3UA/SCCP).
2–1024 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of M3UA Routing Keys per Network Instance (M3UA): This list is selected by specifying
/NETWORKS=(RK) and contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• RK/Id is the routing key identifier related to the network instance,
• RC/Id is the routing context identifier related to the network instance.
M3UA uses the routing key related to the routing context in the M3UA packet to determine
the appropriate network instance to use.
List of ASP Local and Global PC per Network Instance (M3UA/SCCP and GTT): This list is
selected by specifying /NETWORKS=(PC) and contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance and
• ASP/PC is the local or global ASP Point Code (PC) representation within the related
network.
List of Network Characteristics per Network Instance (M3UA/SCCP): This list is selected by
specifying /NETWORKS=(CHAR) and contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• Network/Appearance is the network appearance related to the network instance,
• Network/Indicator is the network indicator related to the network instance, and
• Network/Variant is the MTP3/SCCP protocol variant related to the network instance.
For SUA, a network instance is only required in the following situations:
• Local Routing (from subsystem to subsystem) is required,
• Multiple SGG is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON /MULTI_SGG_ENABLED,
• Global Title Translation (GTT) is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON/GTT_ENABLED,
• SS7 Signalling Network Management (SSNM) is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON/SSNM_
ENABLED.
• Multiple mapping/ translation/ state maintenance tables (one per network instance) are
required.
For M3UA, a network instance is always required. Refer to list attribute IP7_COMMON/SSRV_
NETWORKS for configuring network instances.
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific network instance, the optional network identifier can be
specified, e.g. /NETWORKS=(NETWORK_ID=1, CHAR).
/ROUTING_KEYS
The /ROUTING_KEYS qualifier is used to display routing key information and states. The
following lists are supported.
• List of assigned routing keys,
• List of SUA Routing Key information,
• List of M3UA Routing Key information.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1025
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of Assigned Routing Keys: The list is selected by specifying /ROUTING_KEYS=(MGT)
and contains the following information:
• SG/Id is the SG identifier,
• SG/Prot is the protocol (SUA or M3UA) used,
• RK/Id is the Routing Key identifier,
• RC/Id is the Routing Context identifier,
• State/Requested is the Routing Key requested state,
• State/Current is the Routing Key current state.
List of SUA Routing Key Information: The list is selected by specifying /ROUTING_
KEYS=(SUA) and contains the following information:
• SG/Id is the SG identifier,
• RK/Id is the Routing Key identifier,
• RC/Id is the Routing Context identifier, and
• Subsystem/SSN is the Subsystem Number (SSN) related to the SUA routing key.
List of M3UA Routing Key Information: The list is selected by specifying /ROUTING_
KEYS=(M3UA) and contains the following information:
• SG/Id is the SG identifier,
• RK/Id is the Routing Key identifier,
• RC/Id is the Routing Context identifier,
• ASP/PC is the local or global ASP Point Code related to the M3UA routing key,
• Network/Appearance is the M3UA Network Appearance communicated between the SG
and ASP related to the M3UA routing key,
• Network/Indicator is the SS7 network indicator (international, spare, national or re-
served for national use) related to the M3UA routing key,
• Network/Variant is the protocol variant (ITU, ANSI, CHINA or TTC) related to the
M3UA routing key.
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific SG, the optional SG identifier can be specified, e.g.
/ROUTING_KEYS=(SG_ID=12288, MGT).
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific routing key identifier, the optional RK identifier can be
specified, e.g. /ROUTING_KEYS=(RK_ID=1, MGT).
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific routing key identifier and 1 specific SG, both previously
described identifiers can be specified, e.g. /ROUTING_KEYS=(SG_ID=12288, RK_ID=1, MGT).
For the list of assigned routing keys, it is also possible to alter the state of the routing key(s).
It is possible to set the state manually to ACTIVE (which may trigger ASP-ACTIVE messages),
INACTIVE (which may trigger ASP-INACTIVE messages) or DISABLED (which may also
trigger ASP-INACTIVE messages). A routing key in the state DISABLED appears as if it does
not exist; as a result, the state is never set to ACTIVE by the IP7 entity anymore until the
routing key is manually enabled again (which resets the state to INACTIVE). Please note that
2–1026 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
ASP-ACTIVE messages are only send when the corresponding association is established and
the corresponding SG is in the UP state.
• Altering the routing key(s) state for a specific routing key identifier is done by specifying
/ROUTING_KEYS=(STATE=ACTIVE | INACTIVE | ENABLED | DISABLED, RK_ID=1,
MGT).
• Altering the routing key(s) state for all routing key identifiers is done by specifying
/ROUTING_KEYS=(STATE=ACTIVE | INACTIVE | ENABLED | DISABLED, MGT).
• It is not possible to alter the routing key(s) state for a specific SG.
IMPORTANT
When the IP7 entity is restarted, all manual settings are cleared.
/SCCP_LUDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_LUDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP LUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_LUDT_SENT
The /SCCP_LUDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP LUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
LUDTS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_LUDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_LUDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP LUDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY
The /SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of received seg-
ments of inbound SCCP messages, which have not been processed because of disabled SCCP
reassembly functionality, i.e. when the IP7_COMMON parameter /SCCP_REASSEMBLY has
been set to OFF. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SSA_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSA_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
Subsystem Allowed (SSA) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SSA_SENT
The /SCCP_SSA_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Allowed (SSA) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SSC_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSC_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
Subsystem Congested (SSC) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SSP_RCVD
The /SCCP_SSP_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP Subsystem
Prohibited (SSP) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1027
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCCP_SSP_SENT
The /SCCP_SSP_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Prohibited (SSP) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SST_RCVD
The /SCCP_SST_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP Subsystem
Status Test (SST) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_SST_SENT
The /SCCP_SST_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP Subsystem
Status Test (SST) messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_UDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_UDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP UDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_UDT_SENT
The /SCCP_UDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP UDT mes-
sages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_UDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_UDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP UDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_UDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_UDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP UDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_XUDT_RCVD
The /SCCP_XUDT_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP XUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_XUDT_SENT
The /SCCP_XUDT_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP XUDT
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD
The /SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD qualifier is used to show the total number of received SCCP
XUDTS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_XUDTS_SENT
The /SCCP_XUDTS_SENT qualifier is used to show the total number of sent SCCP XUDTS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_FREE
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free application
request buffers. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_IN_USE
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of application re-
quests currently buffered. This attribute is an indicative counter.
2–1028 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of applica-
tion requests buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
application request buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED
The /SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of aborted associ-
ations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of active
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of established
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB
The /SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB qualifier is used to specify the total number of passive
associations. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS
The /SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS qualifier is used to specify the total number of association
shutdowns. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_FREE
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free chunk descriptor
buffers. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_IN_USE
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of chunk descriptors
currently buffered. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of chunk
descriptors buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no
free chunk descriptor buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD
The /SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP control
chunks received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1029
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT
The /SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP control chunks
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_FREE
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free datagram
header buffers. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_IN_USE
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of datagram headers
currently buffered. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of data-
gram headers buffered simultaneously. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM
The /SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no
free datagram header buffer was available. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD
The /SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data bytes
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT
The /SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data bytes sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks discarded. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data chunks
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
2–1030 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks received out of TSN sequence. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks received ordered. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks received unordered. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks retransmitted. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data chunks sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data chunks
sent ordered. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD
The /SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data
chunks sent unordered. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD
The /SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP data-
grams received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1031
SHOW CLASS IP7
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT
The /SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT qualifier is used to display the number of SCTP datagrams
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED
The /SCTP_T1_EXPIRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of expiries of timer 1.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED
The /SCTP_T2_EXPIRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of expiries of timer 2.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD
The /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of ULP datagrams
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY
The /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY qualifier is used to display the number of ULP datagrams
ready to be received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT
The /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT qualifier is used to display the number of ULP datagrams
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_IP_SENT
The /SCTP_IP_SENT qualifier is used to display the number of IP packets that are success-
fully sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF
The /SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF qualifier is used to display the number of IP packets that
failed to be sent because of I/O failures. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
2–1032 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR
The /SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR qualifier is used to display the number of IP packets that
failed to be sent due to the lack of internal buffers (Out Of Resources). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_IP_RCVD
The /SCTP_IP_RCVD qualifier is used to display the number of IP packets successfully
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR
The /SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR qualifier is used to display the number of IP packets re-
ceived but dropped immediatelly due to the lack of internal buffers (Out Of Resources). This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
This counter can not be reset separately. Instead, this counter can be reset together with other
internal statistics using the IP7 /STATS qualifier.
/SG_CONNECTIONS
The /SG_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to display SG information, states and counters.
The following lists are supported.
• List of active Gateways,
• List of Gateway Management Counters,
• List of ASP State Counters,
• List of ASP Data Counters.
List of Active Gateways: The list is selected by specifying /SG_CONNECTIONS=(MGT_CNT)
and contains the following information:
• SGP/SG is the SG identifier,
• SGP/SGP is the SGP identifier,
• SGP/Name is the SGP name,
• SGP/Prot is the protocol (SUA or M3UA) used by the SGP,
• SGP/Ver is the SUA/M3UA protocol version used by the SGP,
• SGP/State is the SGP state,
• SCTP/IId is the SCTP instance identifier,
• SCTP/AId is the SCTP association identifier,
• SCTP/Name is the SCTP association name and
• SCTP/State is the SCTP association state.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1033
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of Gateway Management Counters : The list is selected by specifying /SG_CONNECTIONS=(MNT_
CNT) and contains the following information:
• SGP is the SGP identifier,
• Sent/Err is the number of sent Management Error (ERR) Messages,
• Sent/Not is the number of sent Management Notify (NTFY) Messages,
• Sent/Daud is the number of sent SS7 Signalling Network Management (SSNM)
Destination State Audit (DAUD) Messages,
• Sent/Scon is the number of sent SSNM Network Congestion (SCON) Messages,
• Received/Err is the number of received Management ERR Messages,
• Received/Not is the number of received Management NTFY Messages,
• Received/Duna is the number of received SSNM Destination Unavailable (DUNA)
Messages,
• Received/Dava is the number of received SSNM Destination Available (DAVA) Messages,
• Received/Scon is the number of received SSNM Network Congestion (SCON) Messages,
• Received/Drst is the number of received SSNM Destination Restricted (DRST) Messages
and
• Received/Dupu is the number of received SSNM Destination User Part Unavailable
(DUPU) Messages.
List of ASP State Counters: The list is selected by specifying /SG_CONNECTIONS=(ASP_
CNT) and contains the following information:
• SGP is the SGP identifier,
• Sent/Up is the number of sent Application Server Process State Maintenance (ASPSM)
ASP Up (UP) Messages,
• Sent/Down is the number of sent ASPSM ASP Down (DOWN) Messages,
• Sent/Act is the number of sent Application Server Process Traffic Maintenance (ASPTM)
ASP Active (ACTIVE) Messages,
• Sent/IAct is the number of sent ASPTM ASP Inactive (INACTIVE) Messages,
• Sent/Beat is the number of sent ASPSM Heartbeat (BEAT) Messages,
• Sent/BeatAck is the number of sent ASPSM Heartbeat Ack (BEAT ACK) Messages,
• Received/UpA is the number of received ASPSM ASP Up Ack (UP ACK) Messages,
• Received/DwnA is the number of received ASPSM ASP Down Ack (DOWN ACK)
Messages,
• Received/ActA is the number of received ASPTM ASP Active Ack (ACTIVE ACK)
Messages,
• Received/IAcA is the number of received ASPTM ASP Inactive Ack (INACTIVE ACK)
Messages,
• Received/Beat is the number of received ASPSM Heartbeat (BEAT) Messages,
• Received/BeatAck is the number of received ASPSM Heartbeat Ack (BEAT ACK)
Messages.
2–1034 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
List of ASP Data Counters: The list is selected by specifying /SG_CONNECTIONS=(OTH_
CNT) and contains the following information:
• SGP is the SGP identifier,
• M3UA Transfer/DataSent is the number of sent M3UA Data Transfer Messages,
• M3UA Transfer/DataRecv is the number of received M3UA Data Transfer Messages,
• SUA Connectionless/CldtSent is the number of sent SUA Connectionless Data Transfer
(CLDT) Messages,
• SUA Connectionless/CldtRcvd is the number of received SUA CLDT Messages,
• SUA Connectionless/CldrSent is the number of sent SUA Connectionless Data Response
(CLDR) Messages,
• SUA Connectionless/CldrRcvd is the number of received SUA CLDR Messages,
• Data byte counts/Sent is the total number of data bytes sent (SUA CLDR and CLDT
and/or M3UA DATA),
• Data byte counts/Rcvd is the total number of data bytes received (SUA CLDR and
CLDT and/or M3UA DATA).
To limit one of the lists to 1 Specific Gateway Process (SGP), the optional SGP identifier can
be specified, e.g. /SG_CONNECTIONS=(SGP_ID=300, MGT_CNT).
To reset all SG counters, the optional RESET_COUNT flag can be specified, e.g. /SG_
CONNECTIONS=(SGP_ID=300, RESET_COUNT).
IMPORTANT
RESET_COUNT resets the counters for all list types (optionally per SGP identifier).
/SG_GROUPS
The /SG_GROUPS qualifier is used to display the following status overviews:
• Configured SGG,
• SG per SGG,
• SGP per SG.
The list is shown by specifying SG_GROUPS=(STATUS).
• To limit the list of counters to one specific SGG, the optional SGG identifier can be speci-
fied, e.g. /SG_GROUPS=(SGG_ID=0, STATUS).
• The list can also be limited to one specific SG, e.g., /SG_GROUPS=(SG_ID=12288,
STATUS),
• The list can also be limited to one specific SGP, e.g., /SG_GROUPS=(SGP_ID=300,
STATUS).
The list contains the following information:
• SGG/Id is the SGG Identifier.
• SGG/Name is the SGG name as configured in the IP7 configuration file.
• SGG/Status shows the status of the SGG. This can either be Active or lnactive. A SGG
has the status Active when at least one of the associated SGs has the status Active.
• SG/Id is the SG Identifier.
• SG/Name is the SG name as configured in the IP7 configuration file.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1035
SHOW CLASS IP7
• SG/Status shows the status of the SG. This can be the following:
• Active
SG has the status ’Active’ when the SG is in SUA/M3UA state ’Up’, all routing keys
are in the desired state and at least one SGP has the status ’Active’.
• Standby
Status ’Standby’ applies when the SG is in SUA/M3UA state ’Up’, all routing keys are
in the desired state, but none of the associated SGPs have the status ’Active’ and at
least one SGP must have the status ’Standby’.
• Inactive
Status Inactive applies when the SG is in SUA/M3UA state ’Up’, but not all routing
keys are in the desired state.
• Down
Status ’Down’ applies when the SG has the SUA/M3UA state ’Down’ (all SGPs are in
state ’Down’).
• SGP/Id is the SGP identifier.
• SGP/Name is the SGP name as configured in the IP7 configuration file.
• SGP/Status shows the status of the SGP. This can be the following:
• Active
Status ’Active’ applies when the SGP is in the SUA/M3UA state ’Up’ (See the attribute
/SG_CONNECTIONS for more details) and owns an active remote address with highest
priority.
• Standby
Status ’Standby’ applies when the SGP is in the SUA/M3UA state ’Up’, but the SGP
does not own an active remote address with highest priority.
• Down
Status ’Down’ applies when the SGP is in SUA/M3UA state ’Down’.
/SSN_STATES
The /SSN_STATES qualifier is used to display the SSN states per DPC. The following list is
supported.
• List of DPC/SSN states
List of DPC/SSN States: This list is selected by specifying /SSN_STATES=(STATES). It is
mandatory to limit this list to 1 specific DPC (in multiple network instances), by specifying the
mandatory DPC identifier, e.g. /SSN_STATES=(STATES, DPC=300).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC in 1 specific network instance, the optional network
identifier can be specified, e.g. /SSN_STATES=(STATES, NETWORK_ID=0, DPC=300).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC/SSN (in multiple network instances), the optional SSN
identifier can be specified, e.g. /SSN_STATES=(STATES, DPC=300, SSN=8).
• To limit this list to 1 specific DPC/SSN in 1 specific network instances, the previously
described identifiers can be specified, e.g. /SSN_STATES=(STATES, NETWORK_ID=0,
DPC=300, SSN=8).
2–1036 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
IMPORTANT
/SSN_STATES=(STATES, DPC=<PC>) and /SSN_STATES=(STATES, DPC=<PC>,
NETWORK_ID=<ID>) only displays the DPC/SSN that are congested or unavail-
able.
The list contains the following information:
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier related to the network instance,
• Network/DPC is the destination (remote) PC within the network instance where the SSN
is located,
• Network/SSN is the SSN on the remote node corresponding to the DPC for which state
information is maintained,
• SSN/State is the state of the SSN (Available or Unavailable),
• SSN/Congest is whether the SSN is congested (only applicable for state Available),
• SSN/Level is the congestion level corresponding to the congestion (when applicable).
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_FREE
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free DPC entries in
the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_IN_USE
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of DPC entries
currently in use in the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of DPC
entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no free
DPC entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_FREE
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free SSN state entries
in the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_IN_USE
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of SSN state entries
currently in use in the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of SSN state
entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no
free SSN state entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1037
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_FREE
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free DPC state
entries in the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_IN_USE
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of DPC state entries
currently in use in the SSNM state table. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED qualifier is used to display the peak number of DPC
state entries used in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM
The /SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM qualifier is used to display the number of times that no
free DPC state entry was available in the SSNM state table. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY
The /SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
messages due to failed SUA/SCCP message reassembly. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_INVALID_MSG
The /SSRV_INVALID_MSG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped SUA/SCCP
messages due to invalid message content. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’MTP Failure’. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG
The /SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
outbound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Network Congestion’. The
counter will be incremented when insufficient transmit buffers are available to send the
outbound message. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped out-
bound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’SCCP Failure’. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped out-
bound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Segmentation Failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
outbound messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Segmentation Unsupported’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1038 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Subsystem Congestion’. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL
The /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped outbound
messages due to the locally raised SCCP Return Cause ’Subsystem Failure’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER
The /SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to the absence of specific SUA/SCCP users (for existing dialogues). This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NO_USERS
The /SSRV_NO_USERS qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages due
to unavailable SUA/SCCP users (for new incoming dialogues). This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE
The /SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
SUA/SCCP notices due to sending failures. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Hop counter violation’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Error in local processing’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Error in message trans-
port’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’MTP Failure’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’No translation for this
specific address’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1039
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’No translation for an
address of such nature’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Network Congestion’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Destination cannot
perform reassembly’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’SCCP Failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Segmentation Failure’.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA
and SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Segmentation
Unsupported’. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Subsystem congestion’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Subsystem failure’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and
SCCP return messages received from the network with return cause ’Unequipped user’. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL
The /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL qualifier is used to show the total number of SUA and SCCP
return messages received from the network with return cause ’Unqualified’. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
2–1040 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT
The /SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped
messages due to the overload protection mechanism. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_FREE
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_FREE qualifier is used to show the total number of free reassembly
buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_IN_USE
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_IN_USE qualifier is used to show the total number of reassembly
buffers that are in use for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to show the highest peak of reassembly
buffers used for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM
The /SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM qualifier is used to show the number of times there were
no reassembly buffers available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE
The /SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to SUA/SCCP user transportation failures. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY
The /SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to show the total number of dropped messages
due to disabled message reassembly functionality. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SUBSYSTEMS
The /SUBSYSTEMS qualifier is used to display subsystem status and subsystem routing
information. The following lists are supported.
• List of subsystem status
• List of SCCP SSN per subsystem (SCCP)
• List of SUA routing keys per subsystem (SUA)
• List of network instance per subsystem (M3UA/SCCP and SUA)
List of Subsystem Status: This list is selected by specifying /SUBSYSTEMS=(STATUS) and
contains the following information:
• Subsystem/Name is the subsystem name,
• Subsystem/# is the number of running entities (instances) of this subsystem,
• Subsystem/Status is the overall status of the running entities (instances). This can be
the following:
• Unavailable:
When no entities are running for a subsystem, the status is Unavailable.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1041
SHOW CLASS IP7
• Congested:
When one or more entities are running and all are in blocked state, the status is
Congested.
• Available:
In all other situations, the status is Available.
• Subsystem/OverLProt indicates whether messages are dropped due to a triggered
overload protection mechanism.
List of SCCP SSN per Subsystem (SCCP): This list is selected by specifying /SUBSYSTEMS=(SSN)
and contains the following information:
• Subsystem/Name is the subsystem name and
• SCCP/SSN is the SCCP SSN related to the subsystem.
The SCCP uses the SSN in the SCCP Called Party Address in the SCCP packet to route the
data from the SCCP packet to the appropriate subsystem.
List of SUA Routing Keys per Subsystem (SUA): This list is selected by specifying
/SUBSYSTEMS=(RK) and contains the following information:
• Subsystem/Name is the subsystem name,
• RK/Id is the routing key identifier related to the subsystem,
• RC/Id is the routing context identifier related to the routing key.
The SUA uses the routing key related to the routing context in the SUA packet to route the
data from the SUA packet to the appropriate subsystem.
List of Network Instance per Subsystem (M3UA/SCCP and SUA): This list is selected by
specifying /SUBSYSTEMS=(NETWORK) and contains the following information:
• Subsystem/Name is the subsystem name,
• Network/Id is the internal network identifier of the network instance related to the
subsystem,
• Network/Appearance is the network appearance related to the network instance,
• Network/Indicator is the network indicator related to the network instance,
• Network/Variant is the MTP3/SCCP protocol variant related to the network instance,
and
• ASP/PC is the local or global ASP Point Code representation within the related network.
Please refer to the IP7_COMMON/SSRV_NETWORKS and IP7_COMMON/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS
list attributes for configuring network instances and assigning a network instance to a subsys-
tem.
To limit one of the lists to 1 specific subsystem, the optional subsystem name identifier can be
specified, e.g. /SUBSYSTEMS=(SUBSYSTEM=GIW, STATUS).
2–1042 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7
SHOW CLASS IP7
/TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD qualifier is used to specify the number of unknown
SUA/SCCP primitives that are received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/XUA_SIG_NODES_FREE
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free signal node
buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/XUA_SIG_NODES_IN_USE
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of signal nodes
currently buffered for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of signal
nodes buffered for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM
The /XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
signal node buffer was available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/XUA_SND_BUF_FREE
The /XUA_SND_BUF_FREE qualifier is used to display the number of free send buffers for
SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE
The /XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE qualifier is used to display the number of send buffers cur-
rently in use for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is an indicative counter.
/XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED
The /XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED qualifier is used to specify the peak number of send buffers
in use for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM
The /XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM qualifier is used to specify the number of times that no free
send buffer was available for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IP7 ENTITY IP701 /XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE of the
IP7 entity IP701.
SHOW CLASS IP7 SMSC Commands 2–1043
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class IP7_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GTT_ENABLED
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE XUDT
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY ON
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION ON
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 254
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE 10
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS 10
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS 1000
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS 500
/SSNM_ENABLED
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES 100
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER 5
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER 60
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL
/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING
/SSRV_NETWORKS
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS 500
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES 20
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS 1000
/MULTI_SGG_ENABLED
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID 0
/SUA_REASSEMBLY ON
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO 10
/SUA_SEGMENTATION OFF
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE 219
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS OFF
2–1044 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance for which the information should be shown. This is entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the IP7_
COMMON entity.
Qualifiers
/GTT_ENABLED
The /GTT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Global Title Translation (GTT) functionality
is enabled for SUA and SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a flag.
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE
The /SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE qualifier specifies the default SCCP message type for out-
bound messages. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SCCP message reassembly.
This attribute is a flag.
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO
The /SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier specifies the SCCP message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value,
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION
The /SCCP_SEGMENTATION qualifier is being used to enable or disable SCCP message
segmentation. This attribute is a flag.
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE
The /SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier specifies the segmentation size in bytes. When
SCCP segmentation is enabled, any SCCP message with size equal or higher than the qualifier
value is segmented. When SCCP segmentation is disabled, any SCCP message with size equal
or higher than the qualifier value is transmitted as a Long Data message. Otherwise, the
message is transmitted with message type according to the configuration of /SCCP_DFLT_
MESG_TYPE. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1045
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE
The /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of unique SCCP SSP
messages being transmitted to the network per second. This cache is cleared once per second.
For every transmitted SSP message, the combination of destination PC and affected SSN is
stored in the cache. The transmission of an SSP message will be aborted, if the combination
of destination PC and affected SSN is identical to an entry in the cache, or when the cache
has reached the configured /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE number of entries. In case /SCCP_
SSP_CACHE_SIZE is set to 0, the SSP caching functionality is disabled. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP application requests. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS
The /SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP chunk descriptors. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS
The /SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
SCTP datagram headers. This attribute is a parameter.
/SSNM_ENABLED
The /SSNM_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether SS7 Signalling Network Management
functionality for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA is enabled. This attribute is a flag.
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used for maintaining the DPC state for destinations that are not
configured in the IP7_PC_MASK_PREFIX_SGG.DAT file, but do fall in the range of the
entries of this file. Note that the DPC dynamic entries are only allocated for DPCs for which
at least one route is not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the state of SSNs belonging to the maintained
DPCs as indicated by the SSNM messages from network. Worst case, maximum SSN entries
can be counted as a product of the number of maximum DPC entries (/SSNM_MAX_DPC_
ENTRIES) and maximum number of supported SSNs per DPC. Note that SSN entries are only
allocated for SSNs that are not in available state. This attribute is a parameter.
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES
The /SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of the SSNM state table
dynamic entries that are used to maintain the DPC state for all DPC/DPC mask entries for
which at least one route is in a state different from available. This attribute is a parameter.
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER qualifier specifies the time value of the SSNM SSN auditing
timer. This attribute determines the initial time value at which the destination SSN and
SCCP states registered different from available, will be audited (provided that the SSNM
2–1046 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
functionality is enabled). The timer for auditing SSN and SCCP states is an adaptive timer,
meaning that the time period for doing the next auditing will be doubled compared to the
previous period, until the time period has been doubled 7 times. This attribute is a parameter.
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER
The /SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER specifies the time value of the SSNM DPC auditing timer.
This attribute determines the period in which the destination DPC (route) states registered
different from available will be periodically audited (provided that the SSNM functionality is
enabled). This attribute is a parameter.
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL
The /SSRV_FLOW_CTRL qualifier specifies the list of flow control mechanisms supported
by the IP7 entity. Per flow control mechanism, the configuration contains the flow control
mechanism type, sampling interval, current throughput weight, average throughput weight,
low watermark, high watermark and maximum watermark.
The flow control mechanism type currently supported is overload protection. Overload protec-
tion is monitoring per subsystem all traffic (current throughput) received from the SG that
initiates new TCAP dialogues and drops traffic when the current throughput exceeds the max-
imum watermark. The amount of traffic dropped depends on an average traffic measurement
(average throughput) and is at most the amount with which the average throughput exceeds
the maximum watermark. In this way, high peaks of traffic are allowed as long as it does not
occur for a longer time period. This mechanism protects the subsystems in overload situations
against new TCAP traffic (e.g. for the SMS Service this is normally MO-SMS, Alerts and/or
intercepted MT-SMS for FSG functionality).
The sampling interval (in seconds) is the interval over which new measurements and actions
are performed. When sampling is performed, a new average throughput is calculated based
on the previously calculated throughput and the newly calculated (current) throughput. The
current and average throughput weights define the weight of the previously calculated average
throughput in relation to the newly calculated (current) throughput. The low, high and
maximum watermark (in msgs) are defined in the total number of messages received within
one sampling interval.
Finally, please note that the configuration is applied per IP7 entity and not over all IP7
entities running within one SMSC system.
/SSRV_MO_THROTTLING
The /SSRV_MO_THROTTLING qualifier is used to specify whether MO-SMS throttling (flow
control mechanisms) in the IP7 entity is supported. It can only be set if the associated license
is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1047
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SSRV_NETWORKS
The /SSRV_NETWORKS qualifier specifies the list of all entries that identify the SS7 network
instance configuration of the IP7 entities. Per network instance, the configuration contains
the network identifier, network appearance, network indicator and network variant of the SS7
network to which the IP7 entities (via the SG) are connected.
The network identifier is the IP7 (ASP) internal representation of the SS7 network instance,
while the network appearance is the representation of the SS7 network between IP7 (ASP)
and M3UA SG. The network indicator specifies the SS7 network type (international, spare,
national or reserved for national), while the variant is the SS7 protocol variant (ITU, ANSI,
CHINA or TTC) used for MTP3/SCCP within that SS7 network instance. Moreover, the
configuration contains per network instance the local (and optionally global) PC representation
of the system (IP7 entities) within each (via SG) connected SS7 network. The global PC
representation is required for distributed systems (e.g., DSMSC) where each system has a
unique local PC representation and the systems as a whole have a global PC representation
within each SS7 network.
For SUA, an SS7 network instance is only required in the following situations:
• Local Routing (from subsystem to subsystem) is required,
• Multiple SGG is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON /SUA_MULTI_SGG_ENABLED,
• Global Title Translation (GTT) is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON/GTT_ENABLED,
• SS7 Signalling Network Management (SSNM) is enabled; please refer to IP7_COMMON/SSNM_
ENABLED.
• Multiple mapping/ translation/ state maintenance tables (one per network instance) are
required.
When SS7 network configuration is not required, the default network identifier 0 is internally
used. For M3UA, the SS7 network instance configuration is always required because the
network indicator, network variant and local PC define the appropriate MTP3/SCCP protocol
variant and OPC to use. Note that the network appearance on the IP7 (ASP) and M3UA SG
should be configured identically and that the network appearance is only relevant when the
M3UA SG is connected to multiple SS7 networks and multiple SS7 network instances (entries)
are configured on the IP7 (ASP).
When only one SS7 network instance (entry) is configured, M3UA ignores and excludes the
optional Network Appearance field in the M3UA messages. For M3UA, the local PC is also
used for local routing and the network identifier is used for the Multiple SGG, GTT and SSNM
functionality, similar as for SUA. The optional global PC is only required for distributed sys-
tems (e.g., DSMSC). Please also refer to the IP7_COMMON/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID attribute
for distributed systems.
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS
The /SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS qualifier specifies the list of all entries that identify the subsystem
assigned to an SS7 network to which the IP7 entities (via the SG) are connected. Please refer
to /SSRV_NETWORKS for the network instance configuration and related network identifiers.
By default, all subsystems are assigned to the default network identifier 0. Therefore, assign-
ing subsystems to SS7 network instances is only required when network identifiers other than
0 are configured.
2–1048 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS
The /SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of available
reassembly buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES
The /XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
signals. This attribute is a parameter.
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS
The /XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
send buffers for SUA and/or SCCP/M3UA. This attribute is a parameter.
/MULTI_SGG_ENABLED
The /MULTI_SGG_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SUA and/or
SCCP/M3UA over SCTP/IP functionality supports multiple Signalling Gateway Groups
(SGGs). It can only be set if the associated licence is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID
The /XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID qualifier is used to specify the routing context system identifier.
For single systems this attribute may be ignored (default=0). In that case, a SUA routing
context value is created for each type of SUA user (e.g., GIW) and is used by the Signalling
Gateway (SG) to determine the stream of traffic destined to that SUA user. The SUA routing
context value is identical to the SSN value related to the SUA user type. Besides, an M3UA
routing context value is created for each local PC representation of the system within each (via
SG) connected SS7 network and is used by the SG to determine the stream of traffic originated
from that SS7 network to that local PC.
For distributed systems (e.g. DSMSC) each system should have a unique routing context
system identifier, identifying unique SUA routing contexts per SUA user type and per system,
so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system based on that unique
routing context. For M3UA, each system’s unique routing context identifier identifies a unique
M3UA routing context per unique local PC representation of the system within each (via SG)
connected SS7 network, so the SG is able to route responses back to the appropriate system
based on that unique routing context.
The format of the SUA and M3UA routing context value is <x><yy><zzz>. Where <x> is the
SS7 network identifier related to the local PC representation (<x> is 0 for SUA), <yy> is the
value of the unique routing context system identifier and <zzz> is the SSN of the SUA user
type (<zzz> is 000 for M3UA). Also routing context values with <yy> is 00 are created (just as
for single systems). These are used to distribute new traffic over the systems. Note that the
SG should be configured properly to recognise all these routing context values. This attribute
is a parameter.
/SUA_REASSEMBLY
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message reassembly. This
attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1049
SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO
The /SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO qualifier is used to specify the SUA message reassembly timeout
value. All segments for a segmented message should be received within this timeout value
otherwise the segmented message is dropped. This attribute is a parameter.
/SUA_SEGMENTATION
The /SUA_SEGMENTATION qualifier is used to enable or disable SUA message segmentation.
This attribute is a flag.
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE
The /SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the minimum message size in
bytes to trigger SUA message segmentation. This attribute is a parameter.
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS
The /XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS qualifier is used to enable or disable signalling of incoming
SUA and/or M3UA SSNM messages. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS
PML>
The /SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
buffered SCTP application requests. When this maximum of unprocessed application
requests is reached, the SCTP layer rejects new application requests.
2–1050 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IP7_COMMON
SHOW CLASS ISDN
SHOW CLASS ISDN
Shows attribute values of entities from the class ISDN.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS ISDN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS ISDN command shows attributes associated with an ISDN.
SHOW CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–1051
SHOW CLASS ISDN
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1052 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS ISDN
SHOW CLASS ISDN
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS ISDN ENTITY ISDN01 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the avarage value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the ISDN entity ISDN01.
SHOW CLASS ISDN SMSC Commands 2–1053
SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
Shows attribute values of entities from the class IS41.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IS41 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES
/DIALOGUES_PENDING 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
2–1054 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1055
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS 0
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK 0
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WPT_MT_OK 0
2–1056 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WAP_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WMT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_VMN_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK 0
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED 0
/TDMA_CPT_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_CMT_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_VMN_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL 0
/TDMA_OATS_MT_OK 0
/TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL 0
/GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED 0
/GHOST_MO_REJECTED 0
/GHOST_MT_OK 0
/GHOST_MT_FAIL 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1057
SHOW CLASS IS41
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS IS41 command shows attributes associated with an IS41.
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently open or
pending TCAP dialogues. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1058 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1059
SHOW CLASS IS41
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1060 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1061
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1062 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1063
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
2–1064 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1065
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1066 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of initiated TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1067
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED
The /CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1068 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WAP_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WAP_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit messages
with Teleservice CDMA WAP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WAP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WMT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_VMN_MT_OK
The /CDMA_VMN_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA WEMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA SCPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK
The /CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL
The /CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice CDMA CATPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1069
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED
The /TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit
messages with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED
The /TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver
messages with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CPT_MT_OK
The /TDMA_CPT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CPT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_CMT_MT_OK
The /TDMA_CMT_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1070 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41
/TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA CMT. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_VMN_MT_OK
The /TDMA_VMN_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA VMN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA GUTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OATS_MT_OK
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL
The /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with Teleservice TDMA OATS. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED
The /GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted SMS Submit mes-
sages with Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/GHOST_MO_REJECTED
The /GHOST_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected SMS Submit mes-
sages with Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/GHOST_MT_OK
The /GHOST_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered SMS Deliver messages with
Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/GHOST_MT_FAIL
The /GHOST_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages with
Teleservice GHOST. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS IS41 SMSC Commands 2–1071
SHOW CLASS IS41
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED
The /CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED qualifier specifies the number of accepted MO messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED
The /CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of rejected MO messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK
The /CARR_SPEC_MT_OK qualifier specifies the number of delivered messages with CDMA
Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL
The /CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL qualifier specifies the number of failed SMS Deliver messages
with CDMA Carrier-specific Teleservices. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IS41 ENTITY IS4101 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute MT_SMS_OK of the IS41 entity
IS4101.
2–1072 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class IS41_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING ON
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS=n 0
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST ON
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1073
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the IS41_
COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
2–1074 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING
The /ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server supports indirect
routing. When the qualifier equals ON, the IS41 server searches the IS41_SMSC_ADDR.DAT
file in order to determine whether indirect routing should be performed for the specific re-
cipient’s Mobile Directory Number. Otherwise, the IS41 server immediately performs direct
routing, using the IS41_HLR_ADDR.DAT file. This attribute is a flag.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should convert
the Original Destination Address (ODA) field in an SMSDeliveryP2P to an INTERNATIONAL
or NATIONAL format. Please note that the IS41 server can only do this when attribute IS41_
COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDEL is set to ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this
attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the country code and
the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the country code and will only
use the National (Significant) Number.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will include the country code, and
use the National (Significant) Number if the MDN is INTERNATIONAL or the OOA is
INTERNATIONAL. If both the MDN and OOA are not INTERNATIONAL, the ODA will be in
the NATIONAL format. This attribute is a parameter.
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE
The /MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE attribute specifies how the IS41 server formats the
Mobile Directory Number (MDN) field in an SMSRequest. Please note that the IS41 server
can only do this when the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST is set to
ON. Otherwise, the IS41 server ignores this attribute.
When this attribute is set to INTERNATIONAL, the SMSC will include the SMSC E.164
country code and the National (Significant) Number.
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1075
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
When this attribute is set to NATIONAL, the SMSC will omit the E.164 country code and will
only use the National (Significant) Number, without the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) E.164
prefix.
When this attribute is set to DEFAULT, the SMSC will assemble the MDN without the
Country Code, but with the SMSC E.164 Trunk (national) prefix and the National (Significant)
Number. However, if the SCCP Called Party Address/SUA destination address includes a
Global Title, and its National Use bit is cleared, then the SMSC will include the E.164 country
code and the National (Significant) Number. This attribute is a parameter.
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS
The /OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS qualifier specifies the Type of Digits the IS41 server sets in
the OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint, in case of indirect
routing to a remote SMSC. When the type of number of the OriginalOriginatingAddress is
alphanumeric and the value of this attribute equals zero, the IS41 server sets the Type of
Digits to the Calling Party Number. In all other cases, the IS41 server sets the Type of Digits
in the OriginalOriginatingAddress as specified by this attribute. This attribute is a parameter.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
2–1076 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN
The /SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should force the
numbering plan identifier of the MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSNotification and the
SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress in an inbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
When the attribute is set to ON, the IS41 server forces the Numbering Plan Identifier (NPI)
of the MobileDirectoryNumber field that was received in an SMSNotification and the SMS_
OriginalDestinationAddress that was received in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to "Telephony".
Otherwise, the IS41 server keeps both fields as is. This attribute is a flag.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set to ON,
the IS41 server will always include the MobileIdentificationNumber field in an SMSRequest.
Otherwise, the IS41 server will include the MobileDirectoryNumber in the SMSRequest. This
attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST. It will
not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time. This attribute is a flag.
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1077
SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is
set to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier field
in an SMSRequest. Otherwise, the optional SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is only included in an
SMSRequest when the Teleservice Identifier is of type TDMA OATS, TDMA Interim OPTS,
TDMA Interim OOA, TDMA Interim OOA Plus or TDMA OPTS. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This SHOW command shows the value of the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out for the IS41
entities.
2–1078 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class IVR_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS
/TO_DELIVERY
/WINDOW_SIZE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON command shows attributes associated with the IVR.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/WINDOW_SIZE
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1079
SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the IVR.
2–1080 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS IVR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class LA_SMPP.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LA_INFO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the node from which the information should be shown. This is entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP command shows attributes associated with a LA_SMPP. Note
that an instance of class STORE must be active on the node.
Qualifiers
/LA_INFO=(...)
The /LA_INFO qualifier is used to display the number of operations exchanged by the SMSC
with an SMPP LA. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out opera-
tions are shown, as well as their sum.
Additional parameters are:
• LA_ID = Short Number
Specifies the Large Account for which the data are queried. This parameter is mandatory.
• NR_ACT_SES.
This parameter specifies that the number of active sessions with this LA must be dis-
played.
• SMPP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: SMPP_TOT_RX, SMPP_TOT_TX, SMPP_UNSUPP,
BIND_TRAN_RX, BIND_TRAN_TX, BIND_RECV_RX, BIND_RECV_TX, BIND_TRCV_
RX, BIND_TRCV_TX, OUTBIND, UNBIND_RX, UNBIND_TX, SUBMIT_RX, SUBMIT_
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP SMSC Commands 2–1081
SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP
TX_ISR, SUB_MULTI, DATA_SM_RX, DATA_SM_TX, DELIVER_TX, DELIVER_RX_ISR,
QUERY, CANCEL, REPLACE, ENQ_LINK_RX, ENQ_LINK_TX, ALERT, ALL.
SMPP_TOT_RX and SMPP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent
operations respectively. SMPP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are
of an undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA. ALL can be used to specify all the
operations, including the totals.
This attribute is a list.
Examples
1. PML> SH CL LA_SMPP /LA_INFO=(LA=1929,nr_act,smpp=SUBMIT_RX,smpp=SMPP_TOT_TX)
PML>
The SHOW command shows, for each node, information about SMPP LASN 1929. The
shown formation comprises the number of SUBMIT operations received by the SMSC
from the LA, the total number of operations sent by the SMSC to the LA, and the number
of active sessions between the SMSC and the LA. The information about the operations
consists of the number of accepted operations, the number of rejected operations, the
number of timed out operations and the sum of these.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP ENTITY AD02 /LA_INFO=(LA_ID=1929)
PML>
The SHOW command shows information about the messages exchanged by the AD02
node of the SMSC with the SMPP LASN 1929. The information comprises the number of
accepted, rejected and timed out operations for all operation types, including the totals for
the received and sent operations.
2–1082 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LA_SMPP
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class LA_UCP.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LA_INFO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the node from which the information should be shown. This is entered as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS LA_UCP command shows attributes associated with a LA_UCP. Note that
an instance of class STORE must be active on the node.
Qualifiers
/LA_INFO=(...)
The /LA_INFO qualifier is used to display the number of operations exchanged by the SMSC
with a UCP LA. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out operations
are shown, as well as their sum.
Additional parameters are:
• LA_ID = Short Number
Specifies the Large Account for which the data are queried. LA_ID 1 is used for non-LA
UCP users. This parameter is mandatory.
• NR_ACT_SES.
This parameter specifies that the number of active sessions with this LA must be dis-
played.
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_
RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP32_RX, UCP33_RX,
UCP34_TX, UCP36_TX, UCP38_RX, UCP40_RX, UCP41_RX, UCP42_TX, UCP43_TX,
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP SMSC Commands 2–1083
SHOW CLASS LA_UCP
UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX, UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX,
UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, UCP93_RX, UCP93_TX, ALL.
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals. If no parameters are given (except for
the compulsary LA_ID), all the operations are handled, excluding UCP32_RX - UCP43_TX
and UCP93_RX/_TX.
This attribute is a list.
Examples
1. PML> SH CL LA_UCP /LA_INFO=(LA=1929,nr_act,ucp=UCP52_TX,ucp=UCP_TOT_TX)
PML>
The SHOW command shows, for each node, information about UCP LASN 1929. The
shown formation comprises the number of UCP52 operations sent by the SMSC to the
LA, the total number of operations sent by the SMSC to the LA, and the number of active
sessions between the SMSC and the LA. The information about the operations consists of
the number of accepted operations, the number of rejected operations, the number of timed
out operations and the sum of these.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS LA_UCP ENTITY AD02 /LA_INFO=(LA_ID=1929)
PML>
The SHOW command shows information about the messages exchanged by the AD02 node
of the SMSC with the UCP LA with short number 1929. The information comprises the
number of accepted, rejected and timed out operations for all operation types, including
the totals for the received and sent operations.
2–1084 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LA_UCP
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class LDAP_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAX_SESSIONS 5
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 10
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL 120
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT 3600
/COMMUNITY_CHECK OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the LDAP_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAX_SESSIONS
The /MAX_SESSIONS attribute is the maximum number of simultaneous active sessions that
an LIW can support. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1085
SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC attribute is the maximum number of transactions per second
that the LIW can perform on the SDB. This attribute is a parameter.
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL
The /SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL attribute specifies the time interval that is used to regulate
the number of SDB errors in the LIW(s). The number of SDB errors that are allowed in
the interval is specified by the SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute. If the number of SDB
errors exceeds this value then an alarm is generated. It has a value of between 0 and 200
seconds. 120 seconds is the default. If the value is set to zero then no checking will be done.
This attribute is a parameter.
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD
The /SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD attribute is the number of SDB errors that are allowed
during the SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL time interval. It has a value between 1 and 100. The
default is 20. This attribute is a parameter.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL attribute is the interval in which the throughput of the
LIW is measured. The throughput is regulated by counting the number of transactions over
the THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL time and checking it against the MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
value. It has a value between 1 and 60 seconds. The default is 10 seconds. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT
The SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT attribute is the interval indicating how long the LIW keeps an
inactive session with the CDS open. It has a value between 0 and 3600 seconds. The default
is 3600 seconds. If the attribute is set to 0 inactive sessions are not removed by the LIW. This
attribute is a parameter.
/COMMUNITY_CHECK
The COMMUNITY_CHECK attribute determines whether the Community check should be
applied to the LDAP subscriber requests. If enabled, the Community ID should be defined in
the LIW_LOOKUP_TABLES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
PML>
The SHOW command shows the LDAP common attribute MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC enti-
ties.
z
2–1086 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LDAP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LIW
SHOW CLASS LIW
Shows attribute values of entities from the class LIW.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LIW entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADD_NOK
/ADD_OK
/INVALID_MESSAGE
/REMOVE_NOK
/REMOVE_OK
/TRANSACTION_RATE
/UPDATE_NOK
/UPDATE_OK
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be show. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS LIW command shows attributes associated with an LIW.
Qualifiers
/ADD_NOK
The /ADD_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful adds.
/ADD_OK
The /ADD_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful adds.
SHOW CLASS LIW SMSC Commands 2–1087
SHOW CLASS LIW
/INVALID_MESSAGE
The /INVALID_MESSAGE attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of invalid
SMSC-specific messages.
/REMOVE_NOK
The /REMOVE_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful
removes.
/REMOVE_OK
The /REMOVE_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful
removes.
/TRANSACTION_RATE
The /TRANSACTION_RATE attribute is a statistical counter to monitor the incoming rate of
transactions.
/UPDATE_NOK
The /UPDATE_NOK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of unsuccessful
updates.
/UPDATE_OK
The /UPDATE_OK attribute is a cumulative counter indicating the number of successful
updates.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS LIW ENTITY LIWSMC01 /ADD_OK
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute ADD_OK of the LIW entity LIWSMC01.
2–1088 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LIW
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
Shows attribute values of entities from the class LOGSRV.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CDR_BLOCKED
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
/CDR_TIME
/CDR_TIME_1
/CDR_TIME_2
/CDR_TIME_3
/CDR_TIME_4
/CDR_TIME_5
/CDR_TIME_6
/CDR_TIME_7
/CDR_TIME_8
/CDR_TIME_9
/CDR_TIME_10
/FLG_LOGGED
/FLG_RECEIVED
/FLUSH_TIME
/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN
/FRP_LOGGED
/FRP_RECEIVED
/FRP_TIME
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–1089
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN
/IDI_LOGGED
/IDI_RECEIVED
/LOG_BLOCKED
/LOG_TIME
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
/TOT_LOGGED
/TOT_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS LOGSRV command shows attributes associated with a LOGSRV.
Qualifiers
/CDR_BLOCKED
The /CDR_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter. The blocked CDR requests are not written to the CDR output file.
This filter is configured in the LOGSRV_CDR_FILTER.CNF CDR configuration file. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_TIME
The /CDR_TIME qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate CDR file is
kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_TIME seconds,
a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for usage by the post-processing
system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_1
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
2–1090 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_2
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_3
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_4
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_5
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_6
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_7
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_8
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_TIME_9
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–1091
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
/CDR_TIME_10
The /CDR_TIME_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify, in seconds, the time the intermediate
CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After CDR_
TIME_N (N=1..10) seconds, a CDR file is closed by the LOG server and will be available for
usage by the post-processing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/CDR_1_BLOCKED
The /CDR_1_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_1 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_1 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_01_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_2_BLOCKED
The /CDR_2_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_2 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_2 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_02_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_3_BLOCKED
The /CDR_3_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_3 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_3 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_03_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_4_BLOCKED
The /CDR_4_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_4 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_4 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_04_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_5_BLOCKED
The /CDR_5_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_5 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_5 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_05_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_6_BLOCKED
The /CDR_6_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_6 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
2–1092 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
requests are not written to the CDR_6 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_06_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_7_BLOCKED
The /CDR_7_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_7 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_7 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_07_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_8_BLOCKED
The /CDR_8_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_8 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_8 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_08_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_9_BLOCKED
The /CDR_9_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that are
blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_9 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute NR_
EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_9 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_09_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CDR_10_BLOCKED
The /CDR_10_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of ASN.1 CDR requests that
are blocked by the CDR filter for ASN.1 CDR_10 file. If the SMSC_COMMON attribute
NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used. The blocked CDR
requests are not written to the CDR_10 output file. This filter is configured in the CDR
configuration file LOGSRV_CDR_10_FILTER.CNF. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FLG_RECEIVED
The /FLG_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log a failed
login. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FLG_LOGGED
The /FLG_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for failed logins that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
LOG requests are flushed to the LOG file, that is, physically written to disk. This attribute is
a parameter.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–1093
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN
The /FRP_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests for Fax Report
messages, that are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. This attribute is a
statistical counter.
/FRP_LOGGED
The /FRP_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for Fax Reports that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FRP_RECEIVED
The /FRP_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log a Fax
Report. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/FRP_TIME
The /FRP_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds in which the intermediate Fax
Report CDR file is kept open by the LOG server, before it starts writing to a new file. After
FRP_TIME seconds, a Fax Report CDR file is closed by the log server and will be available for
usage by the operator billing system. This attribute is a parameter.
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI ASN.1 CDR messages, that
are successfully converted to CDR and written to disk. If the LOGSRV_COMMON attribute
CDR_FORMAT is set to TT, this attribute counts the messages in TT format. This attribute is
a statistical counter. <
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_1 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 1, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_2 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 2, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_3 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 3, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_4 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 4, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1094 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_5 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 5, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_6 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 6, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_7 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 7, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_8 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 8, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN
The /IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_9 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 9, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter. QUALITEM>(/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN)
The /IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of IDI messages, that are success-
fully converted to CDR and written to disk (ASN.1 CDR_10 file). If the value of the SMSC_
COMMON attribute NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS is smaller than 10, this counter is not used.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_RECEIVED
The /IDI_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests received to log an IDI
message. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/IDI_LOGGED
The /IDI_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of LOG requests for IDI messages that are
successfully logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LOG_BLOCKED
The /LOG_BLOCKED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are blocked by
the LOG filter. The blocked LOG requests are not written to the traffic LOG output file. This
filter is configured in the LOG configuration file LOGSRV_LOG_FILTER.CNF. This attribute
is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV SMSC Commands 2–1095
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
/LOG_TIME
The /LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate LOG file
is kept open by the LOG server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN
The /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN qualifier specifies the number of CDR requests that are written
to disk. This counter counts all types of CDRs: ASN.1 (/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN), extra ASN.1
CDR files (/IDI_CDR_x_WRITTEN), Toll Ticketing IDI record (/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN) and Toll
Ticketing Fax report (/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/TOT_LOGGED
The /TOT_LOGGED qualifier specifies the total number of LOG requests that are successfully
logged on disk. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/TOT_RECEIVED
The /TOT_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total number of received LOG requests. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS LOGSRV ENTITY LOGSRV01 /LOG_TIME
Time in which the LOG file is available for usage: 3600
PML>
The SHOW command presents the attribute LOG_TIME of the LOGSRV entity
LOGSRV01.
2–1096 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class LOGSRV_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BT_INTL_ADDR OFF
/CDR_FORMAT
/CM_LOG_TIME
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ
/LOG_ENABLED
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED YES
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP OFF
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED OFF
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED
/SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR OFF
/TT_CLI
/TT_SC_ADDRESS EMPTY
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1097
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with
the LOGSRV.
Qualifiers
/BT_INTL_ADDR
The /BT_INTL_ADDR qualifier is used to present the addresses in the statistical interface in
International Format when it is set to ON. When it is set to OFF (Default), the addresses are
presented according to the SMSC attribute /LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED. This attribute is a
flag.
/CDR_FORMAT
The /CDR_FORMAT qualifier is used to set the Call Detail Record output format. This
attribute is a flag and the qualifier can have the following values:
NONE (No CDR output)
ASN1 (ASN.1 format)
TT (Ericsson Toll Ticketing format)
/CM_LOG_TIME
The /CM_LOG_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds the intermediate CMLOG
file is kept open by LOGSRV before it starts writing to a new file. The CMLOG file is used
by the CMLOG entity to create CM summary files. When a new value is specified for this
attribute, the value is used as soon as the timer expires and is restarted. This attribute is a
parameter.
/LOG_ENABLED
The /LOG_ENABLED qualifier determines whether traffic LOG files are written or not. These
traffic LOG files are used to store in the traffic LOG database. When this attribute is set to
ON the traffic LOG files are written. This attribute is a flag.
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ
The /FLUSH_CDR_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CDR files in
relation to the amount of CDR requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_CDR_REQ
CDR requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the CDR file.
2–1098 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ
The /FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the CM LOG
files in relation to the amount of CMLOG records in the LOGSRV flush buffer. If FLUSH_CM_
LOG_REQ CMLOG records are in the buffer, the data is automatically flushed to the CMLOG
file. This attribute is a parameter.
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ
The /FLUSH_FRP_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the Fax Report
CDR files in relation to the amount of Fax Report CDR requests received by the LOGSRV
entity. If FLUSH_FRP_REQ Fax Report CDR requests have been received, the data is auto-
matically flushed to the Fax Report CDR (FRP) file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ
The /FLUSH_LOG_REQ qualifier is used to specify when data is flushed to the LOG files in
relation to the amount of LOG requests received by the LOGSRV entity. If FLUSH_LOG_REQ
LOG requests have been received, the data is automatically flushed to the LOG file.
Please note that other factors, such as the LOGSRV’s internal buffer size, also affect the
procedure of flushing data to a file. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC
Operator Manual.
This attribute is a parameter.
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD
The /LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time period in seconds, the LOG
server goes to sleep to postpone the creation of a new current LOG file. The LOG server
always tries to open two LOG files: the current LOG file in which the LOG request is actually
logged and a backup or hot standby LOG file.
When the current LOG file is full the backup will become the current LOG file and a new
backup LOG file will be created. When the LOG server runs out of disk space and there is
no current file, that is, the LOG server is unable to log a LOG request, it will go to sleep for
LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. When this time expires it will try to create a new current
LOG file. If this fails it will go to sleep again. If the current LOG file can be created it will try
to create a new backup LOG file. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR requests
that can be stored in a single CDR file. This value is used to calculate the maximum CDR file
size.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1099
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_1
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_2
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_3
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_4
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_5
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1100 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_6
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_7
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_8
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_9
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS_10
The /MAX_CDR_ITEMS_N (N=1..10) qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CDR
requests that can be stored in a single CDR file for extra CDR stream N. This value is used to
calculate the maximum CDR file size.
The actual number of CDR items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS
The /MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of CMLOG
records that can be stored in a single CMLOG file. This value is used to calculate the maxi-
mum CM LOG file size. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1101
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS
The /MAX_FRP_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Fax Report CDR
requests that can be stored in a single Fax Report CDR file. This value is used to calculate
the maximum Fax Report CDR (FRP) file size.
The actual number of FRP items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS
The /MAX_LOG_ITEMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of LOG requests
that can be stored in a single LOG file. This value is used to calculate the maximum LOG file
size.
The actual number of LOG items that will be stored in one file remains uncertain due to
various conditions. For more details on this subject, please refer to the SMSC Operator
Manual. This attribute is a parameter.
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in LOGSRV billing records. To change the value of this
attribute, please stop all LOGSRV entities. This attribute is a flag.
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP
The ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP qualifier determines whether the routed address should be
written into the Recipient Address (RECIPADDRESS) field of an ASN.1 billing record. If this
flag is ON and RARR applies to the message, the LOGSRV encodes the routed LA into the
RECIPADDRESS, leaving the alternative recipient address (RECIPALTADDRESS) empty.
This attribute is a flag.
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED
The /SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Single Address Large
Accounts (SILAs) are identified by Short Number in billing files. This attribute is a flag.
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED
The /SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED qualifier determines whether the SMS contents are writ-
ten to the statistical files of ASN.1 Billing files. This attribute is used to represent the
SMSC_SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED license in the license file. When this attribute is set to
ON, the SMS content can be logged in the statistics files by setting the /SMS_LOGGING_
ENABLED attribute to ON. It can be logged in CDR billing files by setting the following
fields in the FCDR_FIELDS.CNF file: callDetailRecord.smsContent=ON and callDetail-
Record.smsContentDcs=ON. This attribute is a flag.
/SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED
The /SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED qualifier determines whether the SMS contents are written
to the statistical files. When this attribute is set to ON, SMS content will be logged in the
statistics files. This attribute cannot be set to ON unless the /SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED
attribute is also ON. This attribute is a flag.
2–1102 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR
The /TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR qualifier enables the SMSC to generate the translated address
format used for routing in the ASN.1 billing records. This attribute is a flag.
/TT_CLI
The /TT_CLI qualifier determines whether an additional CLI field is added to the Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Record (CDR). When this attribute is set to ON, an additional
CLI field is added to the TT CDR. If this attribute is set to OFF, the default TT format is
written. The TT_CLI attribute is only applied when the CDR_FORMAT attribute is set to TT.
This attribute is a flag.
/TT_SC_ADDRESS
The /TT_SC_ADDRESS qualifier is used to specify the Service Centre (SC) address for Toll
Ticketing (TT) Call Detail Records (CDRs). This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD of the LOGSRV
entities.
2. PML> SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the LOGSRV common attribute /PRES_ADDR_
ENABLED.
SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1103
SHOW CLASS MENU
SHOW CLASS MENU
Shows common attribute values class MENU.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS MENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_ENABLED
/MAXSESSIONS
/MAX_PORTS
/MSGS_PER_SES
/NOTIF_DEF
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
/TO_CONNECT
/TO_INACTIVE
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS MENU command shows common attributes associated MENU.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
2–1104 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS MENU
SHOW CLASS MENU
/MAXSESSIONS
The MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to show the attribute that specifies the maximum
number of simultaneous active sessions.
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSGS_PER_SES
The /MSGS_PER_SES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that can be submitted per session. This attribute is a parameter.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
/TO_CONNECT
The /TO_CONNECT qualifier is used to specify the connection setup time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS MENU /TO_MORE_MESSAGES
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of the P_
MENU entities.
SHOW CLASS MENU SMSC Commands 2–1105
SHOW CLASS NMT
SHOW CLASS NMT
Shows common attribute values of class NMT.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS NMT entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED
/ADDRESS_TABLE
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
/MAXSESSIONS
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
/NOTIF_DEF
/NMT_SCAN
/RTNG_PID_LIST
/SCAN_TAGS
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_INACTIVE
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS NMT command shows common attributes associated with the NMT class.
2–1106 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS NMT
SHOW CLASS NMT
Qualifiers
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED
The /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
’address to PID’ table functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
/ADDRESS_TABLE
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries that identifies the
relationship between addresses and PIDs. Each element in the list has the following compo-
nents:
addres_prefix
pid
See also the ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON (see ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON) command.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM
The /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM qualifier is used to specify the national paging system.
When the PID on the mobile station is set to ’National Paging system’ and a message is
submitted, this message will be delivered to the paging network defined by the attribute
NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM. This attribute is a parameter.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/NMT_SCAN
The /NMT_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
/RTNG_PID_LIST
The /RTNG_PID_LIST qualifier specifies a list of end-user provided sms-submit TP-PIDs
which will be ignored by the SMSC, allowing other routing functionality, like RARR.
/SCAN_TAGS
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier is used to specify the list of all defined scan strings and their
related scan action routines. Each element in the list has the following components:
scan_string
scan_function
SHOW CLASS NMT SMSC Commands 2–1107
SHOW CLASS NMT
See also the ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON (see ADD CLASS NMT_COMMON) command.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS NMT /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the NMT entities.
2–1108 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS NMT
SHOW CLASS MD
SHOW CLASS MD
Shows common attribute values of class MD.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS MD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AUDIT
/AUTORESTART
/ENTITY_LIST
/EVENT_ACTION
/NODES
/RELATION
/SESSION
/SUBSCRIBERS
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS MD command shows attributes associated with the MD.
Qualifiers
/AUDIT
The /AUDIT qualifier is used to check the MD entity list against the AD entity list. Any
inconsistencies will be repaired in the MD. This attribute is a flag.
/AUTORESTART
The /AUTORESTART qualifier is used to specify a list of entities with the automatic restart
information. Each element in the list has the components listed in the following table:
SHOW CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–1109
SHOW CLASS MD
Table 2–38: Autorestart List Element
List Element Description
Entity Name Name of the entity.
Prim.Node Name of the primary node of the entity.
Alt.Node Alternate node is the name of the node on which the entity will be restarted when
the primary node is not available anymore. When an entity stops unexpectedly and
the primary node is not available anymore, the MD will attempt to start the entity
on the alternate node.
When the alternate node is empty, this entity will never be restarted on another
node.
When the name of the node and the name of the alternate node are the same:
• The entity is created with node name (specified in the /NODE qualifier)
and alternate node name (specified in the /ALTERNATE_NODE qualifier):
both the same name.
Restarts This value indicates the number of times an entity is restarted. The initial start is
not counted in this value.
Restart limit This value indicates the number of restarts that can still be performed when the
entity stops unexpectedly. Each restart will decrement this value. When this value
is 0 and the entity stops unexpectedly, the entity will not be restarted. This value
will be incremented every 5 minutes, except when restart delays are active.
When an entity is not created with the /AUTORESTART qualifier, this value is
always 0.
When an entity has made a failover to the alternate node, this value is set to 3
again.
Table 2–38: Autorestart list element
Entity name Name of the entity.
Prim.Node Name of the primary node of the entity.
Alt.Node Alternate node is the name of the node on which the entity will be restarted when
the primary node is not available anymore. When an entity stops unexpectedly and
the primary node is not available anymore, the MD will attempt to start the entity
on the alternate node.
When the alternate node is empty, this entity will never be restarted on another
node.
When the name of the node and the name of the alternate node are the same:
• The entity is created with node name (given with /NODE qualifier) and
alternate node name (given with /ALTERNATE_NODE qualifier): both
the same name.
Restarts This value indicates the number of times an entity is restarted. The initial start is
not counted in this value.
2–1110 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS MD
SHOW CLASS MD
Table 2–38 (Cont.): Autorestart list element
Restart limit This value indicates the number of restarts that can still be performed when the
entity stops unexpectedly. Each restart will decrement this value. When this value
is 0 and the entity stops unexpectedly, the entity will not be restarted. This value
will be incremented every 5 minutes.
When an entity is not created with the /AUTORESTART qualifier, this value is
always 0.
When an entity has made a failover to the alternate node, this value is set to 3
again.
/ENTITY_LIST
The /ENTITY_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of currently known entities. The
following table shows the list of elements:
Table 2–39: Entity List Components
Component Description
Id Entity identification
Name Entity name
Class Entity class name
Node Node on which the entity is running
State Current state of the entity
Launch Time at which the entity will be restarted (in case of delayed restart)
Table 2–39: Entity list components
Id Entity identification
Name Entity name
Class Entity class name
Node Node on which the entity is running
State Current state of the entity
/EVENT_ACTION
The /EVENT_ACTION qualifier is used to force the MD to read in the event action table.
IMPORTANT
For the event action table, the SMSC_EVENT_ACTION logical should be set. This logical
defines the filename in which the event-action table is defined. This attribute is a
flag.
SHOW CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–1111
SHOW CLASS MD
/NODES
The /NODES qualifier is used to specify the list of currently known nodes. The names of the
AD entities are identical to these node names. Each element in this list has the following
components:
Node (name of the node and AD).
Heartbeat interval (interval in seconds between the heartbeat messages sent from MD to
AD).
/RELATION
The /RELATION qualifier is used to specify the list of all potential relations between classes of
entities in the system. Note that this is NOT the actual list of relations. Each element in this
list has the following components:
From class (class name of the entity that needs to have a relation for outgoing internal
messages).
To class (class name of the entity that needs to receive the internal messages).
Use the ADD and REMOVE commands to manipulate this list.
/SESSION
The /SESSION qualifier is used to specify the list of currently known Presentation Managers
(PMs) that are in session with the MD. Each element in this list has the following compo-
nents:
VMS username - VMS user name via which the PM is logged in.
Operator class
Queue name - internal queue name, used for the communication from MD to PM.
Heartbeat interval - interval in seconds between the heartbeat messages sent from MD to
PM.
/SUBSCRIBERS
The /SUBSCRIBERS qualifier is used to specify the list of currently known subscribers to
alarm classes. Each element in this list has the following components:
Entity
Name of entity to which events a subscription is defined, can be ’all’.
Severity
Subscription classes.
See also the SUBSCRIBE command.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS MD /SESSION
List of active sessions:
VMS Operator Queue Heartbeat
username class name interval
EIR 3 CMG115CE9446B 10 sec.
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute list SESSION of the MD.
2–1112 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS MD
SHOW CLASS MD
2.
PML> SHOW CLASS MD /AUTORESTART
Auto restart information:
Entity name Prim.Node Alt.Node Restarts Restart limit
SMH00 CMG1 CMG2 0 3
SMH01 CMG2 CMG1 0 3
This example shows autorestart information of the actual entities. The number of restarts
is 0 and the Restart limit is 3 and one can see that "autorestart" is active".
SHOW CLASS MD SMSC Commands 2–1113
SHOW CLASS OIS
SHOW CLASS OIS
Shows common attribute values of class OIS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS OIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE=n 1
/MAXSESSIONS=n 30
/RCV_DCS_IA5=hex f
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 OFF
/TO_DELIVERY=n 60
/TO_INACTIVE=n 60
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS OIS command shows the common attributes associated with a OIS.
Qualifiers
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
2–1114 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OIS
SHOW CLASS OIS
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE=n
The /INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE qualifier specifies the maximum number of SME requests in
process without being replied. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS=n
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier specifies the maximum number of simultaneous sessions, when
the default maximum number of sessions (30) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCV_DCS_IA5
The /RCV_DCS_IA5 qualifier specifies the specific data encoding scheme (DCS) value of the
received short message indicating the short message text that is encoded in IA5. This is
only valid if the DCS Interpretation of the Submission Options field indicates ’Backward
compatibility mode’. This attribute is a parameter.
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5
The /SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 qualifier specifies the encoding of the short message text sent to
the SME. The value ON indicates the short message text is encoded in IA5. The value OFF
indicates the short message text is encoded in GSM default alphabet. This attribute is a flag.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier specifies the timeout value for delivery of a message in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE=n
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier specifies the user’s inactivity timeout value in seconds. This
attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS OIS /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the OIS.
SHOW CLASS OIS SMSC Commands 2–1115
SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class OTA_COMMON.
See also SET any class (see SET any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be shown.
Syntax
Show CLASS OTA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION "SMSC"
/ACTIVATION_VERSION 0
/PROTOCOL 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with OTA_
COMMON.
Qualifiers
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
2–1116 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier specifies the bind system identification that the
SMSC will return to the Customer Service Centre (CSC). This attribute is a string.
/ACTIVATION_VERSION
The /ACTIVATION_VERSION qualifier specifies the Over The Air (OTA) Activation Version.
Possible values are ’DEFAULT’ (0) and ’INTERIM’ (1). This attribute is a parameter.
/PROTOCOL
The /PROTOCOL qualifier specifies the protocol for the communication between Customer
Service Centre (CSC) and the SMSC. Possible values are ’ARF’ (0) and ’MML’ (1). This
attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS OTA_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the OTA
entities.
SHOW CLASS OTA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1117
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
Shows attribute values of entities from the class OTAIS41.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES
/DIALOGUES_PENDING 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
2–1118 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1119
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS 0
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 command shows attributes associated with an OTAIS41.
2–1120 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently open or
pending TCAP dialogues. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1121
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1122 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1123
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1124 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1125
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1126 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1127
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1128 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1129
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of initiated TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
2–1130 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 ENTITY OTAIS4101 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute MT_SMS_OK of the OTAIS41 entity
OTAIS4101.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41 SMSC Commands 2–1131
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class OTAIS41_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST YES
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG NO
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE NO
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR YES
/CHARGE_IND NONE
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/IND_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE 12
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/MDN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE 14
/MIN_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE 0
/MSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/NON_REPLACEMENT OFF
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN DEFAULT
/PC_INCLUDE OFF
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/SMSC_GT_SELECT DEFAULT
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND DEFAULT
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
2–1132 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB ON
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER OFF
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST OFF
/USE_MIN_MAP OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the
OTAIS41_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original des-
tination’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original destination’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG
The /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’Charge original orig-
inator’ are accepted or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator
parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS
Charge Indicator parameter will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge
Indicator parameter is set to ’Charge original originator’, the message will be rejected. This
attribute is not used to determine who is charged or what billing information is logged. This
attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1133
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE
The /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) with the SMS Charge Indicator parameter set to ’No charge’ are accepted
or not. If the attribute is set to YES and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to
’No charge’, the message will be accepted, but the SMS Charge Indicator parameter will be
ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and the SMS Charge Indicator parameter is set to ’No
charge’, the message will be rejected. This attribute is not used to determine who is charged
or what billing information is logged. This attribute is a flag.
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR
The /ACCEPT_SUBADDR qualifier is used to specify whether Mobile Originated Short
Messages (MO/SMs) containing sub-address information will be accepted or rejected. If the
attribute is set to YES, SMS Original Destination Sub-Address and SMS Original Originating
Sub-Address parameters will be ignored. If the attribute is set to NO and one of these param-
eters is present, the message will be rejected. This attribute is a flag.
/CHARGE_IND
The /CHARGE_IND qualifier specifies the presence and value of the SMS_ChargeIndicator
for all IS41 Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The possible values of this pa-
rameter are: NONE, NO_CHARGE, CHARGE_ORIG and CHARGE_DEST. If the default
value of NONE is used, this parameter is not present in MT/SMs. If this parameter is set
to NO_CHARGE, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to ’No charge’. If this
parameter is set to CHARGE_ORIG, MT/SMs are delivered with the Charge Indicator set to
’Charge original originator’. If this parameter is set to CHARGE_DEST, MT/SMs are delivered
with the Charge Indicator set to ’Charge original destination’. This attribute is parameter.
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
/IND_GT_SELECT
The /IND_GT_SELECT qualifier is used to select the indirect Global Title (GT) routing trans-
lation. When this attribute is set to the values DEFAULT or AUTO, the IS41 server will read
the SS7 configuration to collect the Translation Type. When this attribute is set to CONFIG,
the IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute is used for the translation type settings.
/IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /IND_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type (TT) for Global Titles
(GTs) used for indirect routing. The default value of 12 specifies "MIN to MC". This attribute
is a parameter.
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
2–1134 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not to use MINs in the
international Global Titles (GTs) on the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies the Numbering Plan to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
/MDN_GT_SELECT
By default, the MIN is used in Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing to the HLR. However,
it is possible to configure the system to use the MDN for GTs to the HLR with the MDN_
GT_SELECT attribute. Set to DEFAULT, there is no MDN-based GT to the HLR. Set to
AUTO, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The Global Title Translation (GTT)
Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the SS7 configuration. Set to
CONFIG, when MDN-based GT routing to the HLR is used. The GTT Type and Numbering
Plan are set according to the MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE and MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /QUAL_MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the Translation Type to use for the
MDN Global Title (GT) when the /MDN_GT_SELECT attribute is set to CONFIG.
/MIN_GT_SELECT
It is possible to configure the system to use the MIN for Global Titles (GTs) for direct routing
to the HLR with the MIN_GT_SELECT attribute:
• Set to DEFAULT, no MIN-based GT to the HLR.
• Set to AUTO, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set
according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG, MIN-based GT routing to the HLR is used.
The GTT Type is set, according to the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE attribute.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1135
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier Global Title Translation (GTT) on the Mobile
Identification Number (MIN) can be used to communicate with the HLR on the ANSI SS7
network. The default value of 3 means "Nationwide Roaming Service". If the MIN_GT_
SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MIN_GT_TRANS_TYPE is used to route to the HLR on MIN,
using ANSI SCCP GT. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSC_ADDR_NATURE
The /MSC_ADDR_NATURE qualifier is used to specify whether the SCCP address of the
Serving MSC should be national or international for a Mobile Terminated Short Messages
(MT/SMs). If the attribute is set to 0, the routing address of the Serving MSC will always
be made national. If the attribute is set to 1, the address of the Serving MSC will always be
made international. If the attribute is set to 2, the address of the Serving MSC will be set
according to the Nature of Number returned in the SMSRequest response from the HLR. This
attribute is a parameter.
/MSC_GT_SELECT
The possible configuration for the /MSC_GT_SELECT qualifier are as follows:
• Set to DEFAULT
The Global Title Translation (GTT) is automatically set according to the SS7 configura-
tion.
• Set to AUTO
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point Code
address for the MSC. The GTT is automatically set according to the SS7 configuration.
• Set to CONFIG
The IS41 server will perform a look up in the IS41_DPC_MAP.DAT file for a Point
Code address for the MSC. The GTT is set according to the MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
attribute.
/MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /MSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for Global Titles (GTs)
used for MSC routing. If the MSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the MSC_GT_TRANS_
TYPE is used to set the MSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter. A value of 3
means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to MC".
/NON_REPLACEMENT
The /NON_REPLACEMENT qualifier is used to enable IS41 address matching functionality
for Nature Of Number(NON) replacement. The NON set by network is ignored. This attribute
is a flag.
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN
The /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN attribute specifies whether the IS41 server sets the Numbering
Plan of the SMS_OriginalOriginatingAddress in an outbound SMSDeliveryPointToPoint to
the default, which is Telephony Numbering (E.164, E.163). When the attribute is set to
DEFAULT, the Numbering Plan is set to Telephony Numbering (E.164). When the attribute is
set to REPEATED, the Numbering Plan is left as it is. This attribute is a flag.
2–1136 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/PC_INCLUDE
The /PC_INCLUDE qualifier is used to set the "PC Include" bit in the AddressIndicator field
of the SUA destination address in case the RoutingIndicator in the SUA destination address is
set to "Route on SSN + PC". This attribute is a flag.
/SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the numbering plan for SMSC Global Titles
(GT) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set
to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN is used to set the SMSC numbering plan. This
attribute is a parameter.
/SMSC_GT_SELECT
This attribute is used to configure the behaviour of the SMSC Global Titles (GTs):
• Set to DEFAULT
The SMSC Global Title Translation (GTT) Type and Numbering Plan are automatically
set to the correct values according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is not
automatically sent as a GT if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to AUTO
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set to the correct values
according to the SS7 configuration. The SMSC address is automatically sent as a GT
if the destination SCCP address is a GT.
• Set to CONFIG
The SMSC GTT Type and Numbering Plan are automatically set according to the
configuration of the SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE and SMSC_GT_NUM_PLAN attributes.
/SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /SMSC_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for SMSC Global Titles
(GTs) used for direct routing to the HLR and the MSC. The default value of 3 means "MIN
to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". If the SMSC_GT_SELECT is set to CONFIG, the SMSC_GT_
TRANS_TYPE is used to set the SMSC on GT routing. This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSDeliveryPointToPoint. When DEFAULT is specified,
the IS41 server does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is speci-
fied, the IS41 server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is spec-
ified, the IS41 server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint
to "Do not notify when enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1137
SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND
The /SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND qualifier specifies the value the IS41 server sets the SMS_
NotificationIndicator field to in an SMSRequest. When DEFAULT is specified, the IS41 server
does not include the SMS_NotificationIndicator field. When NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the field to "Notify when enabled". When DO_NOT_NOTIFY is specified, the IS41
server sets the SMS_NotificationIndicator field in the SMSRequest to "Do not notify when
enabled". This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB
The /USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB qualifier is used to specify whether or not the HLR Routing
Database of the SMSC will be consulted to obtain the address of the HLR serving the recipient
MIN. If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSRequest operation is routed using the MIN as a
Global Title address. This attribute is a flag.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER
For direct routing, the SMSC can also include the MDN in the SMS_OriginalDestinationAddress
of the SMSDeliveryPointToPoint message to the MSC. To include the MDN in SMSDeliveryPointToPoint,
the IS41_COMMON attribute USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER should be set to ON.
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST
The /USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST qualifier specifies whether the IS41 server should always
include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an SMSRequest. If the attribute is set
to ON, the IS41 server will always include the optional MobileDirectoryNumber field in an
SMSRequest. Otherwise, the IS41 server will only include the MobileIdentificationNumber
in the SMSRequest. This attribute is related to the attribute IS41_COMMON/USE_MIN_IN_
SMSREQUEST. It will not be possible to set both attributes to OFF at the same time.
/USE_MIN_MAP
The /USE_MIN_MAP qualifier specifies whether or not the IS41 MIN Map is used to configure
the mapping between the MSISDN address and the IS41 MIN. The IS41 MIN Map may also
be used to convert the originator address of Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from
the IS41 MIN to the fully qualified origination address (see the IS41_COMMON /USE_ORIG_
MIN_ADDR qualifier). If the attribute is set to OFF, the SMSC common attributes are used to
specify this mapping. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This SHOW command shows the value of the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out for the
OTAIS41 entities.
2–1138 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS OTAIS41_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBB
SHOW CLASS PBB
Shows attribute values of entities from the class PBB.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PBB entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADD_NOK 0
/ADD_OK 0
/ADD_RECEIVED 0
/BLOCK_NOK 0
/BLOCK_OK 0
/BLOCK_RECEIVED 0
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/REMOVE_NOK 0
/REMOVE_OK 0
/REMOVE_RECEIVED 0
/SESSIONS Empty list
/UNBLOCK_NOK 0
/UNBLOCK_OK 0
/UNBLOCK_RECEIVED 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS PBB command shows attributes associated with a PBB.
SHOW CLASS PBB SMSC Commands 2–1139
SHOW CLASS PBB
Qualifiers
/ADD_NOK
The /ADD_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed ADD transactions. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ADD_OK
The /ADD_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed ADD transac-
tions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ADD_RECEIVED
The /ADD_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received ADD transactions.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/BLOCK_NOK
The /BLOCK_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed BLOCK transactions. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/BLOCK_OK
The /BLOCK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed BLOCK
transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/BLOCK_RECEIVED
The /BLOCK_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received BLOCK transac-
tions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/REMOVE_NOK
The /REMOVE_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed REMOVE transactions.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/REMOVE_OK
The /REMOVE_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed REMOVE
transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1140 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBB
SHOW CLASS PBB
/REMOVE_RECEIVED
The /REMOVE_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received REMOVE
transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS
The /SESSIONS qualifier is used to display the status of all current sessions between the PBB
and the Payment System. For each session the following attributes are displayed:
• Session Identification,
• Current Session State,
• Number of Transactions that was transferred over this session,
• Total Session Lifetime (in seconds) so far,
• Total Time (in seconds) that the session has spent in a JAMMED state so far,
• Number of Times that the session has entered a JAMMED state. This attribute is a list.
/UNBLOCK_NOK
The /UNBLOCK_NOK qualifier is used to specify the number of failed UNBLOCK transac-
tions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNBLOCK_OK
The /UNBLOCK_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully processed
UNBLOCK transactions. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/UNBLOCK_RECEIVED
The /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received UNBLOCK
transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PBB ENTITY PBB01 /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute UNBLOCK_RECEIVED of the PBB
entity PBB01.
SHOW CLASS PBB SMSC Commands 2–1141
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class PBB_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE 10
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER 100
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER 20
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
PBB_COMMON entities.
2–1142 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
Qualifiers
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
that the PBB transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is,
when setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means
that no heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBB expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBB will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBB will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
The /MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of transactions
that each PBB entity will process per second. This attribute is a parameter.
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE
The /OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
HEARTBEAT ( HALT ) requests that are transmitted in an overflow situation before a session
is terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBB has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBB will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1143
SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER
The /TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the time after which buffered
SPBP transactions are processed, regardless of the fact whether less than /TRANS_PER_DB_
OPER ones were buffered. This attribute is a parameter.
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
The /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER qualifier is used to specify the number of SPBP transactions
that are processed within one COMMITed database operation. This attribute is a parameter.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON /TRANS_PER_DB_OPER
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TRANS_PER_DB_OPER of the PBB
entities.
2–1144 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBB_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBR
SHOW CLASS PBR
Shows attribute values of entities from the class PBR.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PBR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDACK_BLOCKED 0
/ADDACK_POSTPAID 0
/ADDACK_UNBLOCKED 0
/ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT 0
/ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT 0
/ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT 0
/ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT 0
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/PRIMACK_BLOCKED 0
/PRIMACK_POSTPAID 0
/PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED 0
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT 0
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT 0
/PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT 0
/PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT 0
/SESSIONS Empty list
/SUB_TRIGGERS 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
SHOW CLASS PBR SMSC Commands 2–1145
SHOW CLASS PBR
Description
The SHOW CLASS PBR command shows attributes associated with an PBR.
Qualifiers
/ADDACK_BLOCKED
The /ADDACK_BLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transactions
with a BLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDACK_UNBLOCKED
The /ADDACK_UNBLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transac-
tions with an UNBLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDACK_POSTPAID
The /ADDACK_POSTPAID qualifier is used to display the number of ADDACK transactions
with a POSTPAID result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT
The /ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(credit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT
The /ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(debit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT
The /ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE
(credit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT
The /ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of ADD_SERVICE (debit,
free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
2–1146 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBR
SHOW CLASS PBR
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PRIMACK_BLOCKED
The /PRIMACK_BLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transactions
with a BLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED
The /PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transac-
tions with an UNBLOCKED result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMACK_POSTPAID
The /PRIMACK_POSTPAID qualifier is used to display the number of PRIMACK transactions
with a POSTPAID result. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT
The /PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_
SERVICE (credit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT
The /PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(debit, charged) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT
The /PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(credit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT
The /PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT qualifier is used to specify the number of PRIM_SERVICE
(debit, free) transactions. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS
The /SESSIONS qualifier is used to display the status of all current sessions between the PBR
and the Payment System. For each session the following attributes are displayed:
• Session Identification,
• Current Session State,
• Number of transactions that was transferred over this session,
• Total Session Lifetime (in seconds) so far,
• Total Time (in seconds) the session has spent in a JAMMED state so far,
• Number of Times the session has entered a JAMMED state. This attribute is a list.
/SUB_TRIGGERS
The /SUB_TRIGGERS qualifier is used to specify the number of SUB_TRIGGER transactions.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS PBR SMSC Commands 2–1147
SHOW CLASS PBR
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PBR ENTITY PBR01 /SESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute SESSIONS of the PBR entity
PBR01.
2–1148 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBR
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class PBR_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CACHE_SIZE 1000000
/CACHE_TO_FILE YES
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT 100
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL 100
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT 100
/MAX_CONNECTIONS 10
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS 2
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS 10
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC 1000
/PP_APA_INCLUDED YES
/PP_CM_INCLUDED YES
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED YES
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED YES
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED NO
/READY_TIMEOUT 100
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK 0x0
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL 10
/USE_CACHE NO
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1149
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
Description
The SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
PBR_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/CACHE_SIZE
The /CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the cache.
Changing this parameter will cause an inconsistency in the current cache file administra-
tion. Therefore the cache file in the PBR_CACHE_DIR must be deleted. This attribute is a
parameter.
/CACHE_TO_FILE
The /CACHE_TO_FILE qualifier is used to specify whether the cache is mapped to a file. This
attribute is a parameter.
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT
The /CLOSE_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’close’ message to
arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’ready’ message to acknowledge the termination of a
session. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this
parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will
wait infinitely for the ’close’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL
The /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval between two heartbeats
the PBR transmits. The unit in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when
setting this parameter to 100 an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that no
heartbeats are transmitted at all. This attribute is a parameter.
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT
The /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the heartbeat
that the PBR expects to receive from the Payment System. The unit in which to specify this
is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100 a value of 1 second
is configured. A value of 0 means that the reception of heartbeats will not be verified. This
attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_CONNECTIONS
The /MAX_CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SPBP connec-
tions. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS
The /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
missed heartbeats before the PBR will terminate the associated SPBP session. A value of 0
means that an arbitrary large number of heartbeats may time out but that the PBR will never
terminate the associated session. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1150 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS
The /MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of re-
queue attempts for an undeliverable debit or credit record. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC
Each PBR entity will process a maximum of (MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC * THROUGHPUT_
INTERVAL) transactions per THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL seconds long intervals. This at-
tribute is a parameter.
/PP_APA_INCLUDED
The /PP_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
/PP_CM_INCLUDED
The /PP_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This attribute
is a flag.
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED
The /PP_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Message Service
(EMS) information is included in the billing information sent to the Payment System. This
attribute is a flag.
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
The /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the presentation address
(given by ADT) should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies
when it is set to ON (Default). When it is set to OFF, a translated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF, and an untranslated address is used if the
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
/UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED
The /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether an untranslated address
should be used in prepaid primary service charging requests. This applies when it is set to
ON. When it is set to OFF, a translated address will be used. This qualifier applies when the
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is set to OFF. This attribute is a flag.
/READY_TIMEOUT
The /READY_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the ’ready’ message
to arrive when the PBR has transmitted a ’release’ message to terminate the session. The unit
in which to specify this is hundredths of a second, that is, when setting this parameter to 100
an interval of 1 second is configured. A value of 0 means that the PBR will wait infinitely for
the ’ready’ to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK
The /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which SPBP
optional fields are enabled. The bits of this field correspond to the following optional fields
(where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1151
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
Bit
Number Optional Field
0 sessionErrorTxt
1 transErrorTxt
2 otherLAShortNumber
3 singleShot
4 billingField
5 primServiceTime
6 chargedGlobalTitle
7 messageOrigAddress
8 originalRecipient
9 teleserviceIdentifier
10 otherGlobalTitle
11 otherPointCode
12 otherIMSI
13 chargedPointCode
14 chargedIMSI
15 chargedAddrGroup
16 otherAddrGroup
17 chargedNetwType
18 servicePrice
19 localRegistration
20 smppBillingIdentifier
21 origMsgID
This attribute is a parameter.
/THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL
The /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the interval in which throughput
measurements are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
/USE_CACHE
The /USE_CACHE qualifier specifies whether or not a local cache is used when there is no
active session with the Prepaid Billing System. This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SET CLASS PBR_COMMON /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the PBR common attribute /PRES_ADDR_
ENABLED.
2–1152 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON
2. PML> SET CLASS PBR_COMMON /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the PBR common attribute /UNTR_ADDR_
ENABLED.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON /READY_TIMEOUT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute READY_TIMEOUT of the PBR entities.
SHOW CLASS PBR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1153
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class PC.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
/ALERT_ENABLE
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT
/DEST_MAX
/ERROR04
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP
/LA_VALIDATED
/MAX_PORTS
/MAXSESSIONS
/MMS_ALLOWED
/MSG_LIMIT_IN 140
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 140
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NOTIF_DEF
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
/SESS_TABLE
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_INACTIVE
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
2–1154 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON command shows the commom attributes associated with
PC.
Qualifiers
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX
The /ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX qualifier is used to specify whether to accept the first message
without the STX or not. This attribute is a flag.
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
With this command the ADT configuration file for SIWPC can be displayed.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be displayed.
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT
The /DELV_ADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the AdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number".
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number" (Default).
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1155
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded This is a read-only attribute. To change
this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This attribute is a
parameter.
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT
The /DELV_OADC_FORMAT qualifier specifies the format of the OAdC address in the UCP
messages delivered by the SMSC.
NPFIX_NN:
"National Prefix" + "National Number" (Default).
IPFIX_CC_NN:
"International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number".
ASIS_UNK:
Address is converted to the unknown format, depending on the TON and NPI.
ASIS:
Address digits, TON and NPI fields are discarded. This is a read-only attribute. To
change this attribute value, all DIWPC and SIWPC entities should be stopped. This
attribute is a parameter.
/DEST_MAX
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
/ERROR04
The /ERROR04 qualifier is used to specify the text for the ERROR04 negative result system
message. This attribute is a parameter.
/HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52
The /HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 qualifier is used to specify if the HPLMN field of the UCP52
message for a Large Account (LA) must be set to the E.164 ISDN of the visited MSC (VMSC).
If it is set to YES the Global Title (GT) digits of the SCCP Calling Party Address/SUA source
address of the Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) will be put into the HPLMN field.
The GT is present when the subscriber is roaming or when the HPLMN routes messages
towards the SMSC on GT. The contents of the field is the VMSC address starting with the
country code. When the qualifier is set to NO the HPLMN field will not be filled in. This
attribute is a flag.
/IMPLICIT_ALERT
The /IMPLICIT_ALERT qualifier is used to specify whether an implicit alert should be gener-
ated when a connection is made and Short Messages (SMs) are available in the SMSC for the
user. This attribute is a flag.
/LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP
The LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP qualifier is used to specify whether the Short Number from
the Large Account is placed into the AdC field for the UCP 52, 53, 57 and 58 messages. When
the qualifier is set to ON the Short Number is put into the AdC field. If the qualifier is set to
OFF the physical address is put in. This attribute is a flag.
2–1156 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to
ON before this attribute works. Note that the attribute LA_SHORT_NUMBER_
ENABLED is a licensed option.
/LA_VALIDATED
In a MO message, the User Data Header (UDH) is part of the same message field as the user
data itself. When such a message is sent to a validated UCP Large Account (LA), the UDH
is separated from the short message and sent to the LA in the Extra Services (XSer) field of
the UCP52 message. For non-validated UCP LAs, the UDH is not separated from the Short
Message (SM). The /LA_VALIDATED qualifier is used to specify the validation of LAs: All
UCP LAs can be non-validated, all UCP LAs can be validated or it can be configured for each
individual LA whether or not it is validated. This attribute can have the following values:
NONE
ALL
CONFIGURABLE This attribute is a flag.
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
/SESS_TABLE
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries in the session table. The
session table is used to specify the default session management characteristics for class PC_
COMMON for a specific server.
/MMS_ALLOWED
The /MMS_ALLOWED qualifier specifies whether the use of the MMS field in UCP messages
from Large Accounts is allowed. If the attribute is set to ON the radio path for the mobile
will be kept open as long as MMS is set in the UCP messages for the recipient. Note that this
connection is timed out when no more messages are received from the Large Account. If the
attribute is set to OFF the MMS field is always ignored and the radio path will be closed after
each message.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit
in characters. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1157
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
characters. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 560. The default value is 140.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is interpreted
the same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of input buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
/NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS
This qualifier indicates the number of output buffers allocated by SIWPC at start-up time.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1158 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED
When the /UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, the delivery behaviour will
be according to that of SMSC release 2.1. When the attribute is set to NO, the UCP5* series
will be used with the possibility of falling back to UCP01. Fallback is only possible if the UCP
user responds by sending a negative response with error code 03.
If the message is destined towards a Large Account (LA) via a private Virtual SMSC, no
fallback will take place. The SMSC will always send the UCP 52 Delivery Short Message (SM)
operation towards the LA to enable transparent passing of the Protocol Identifier (the GSM
03.40 TP-PID field in the Mobile Originated SMS-SUBMIT PDU) in the UCP RPID field. This
attribute is a flag.
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP
The /UCP31_ZERO_RESP qualifier is used to specify if the number of messages pending at
the SMH is reported in the response after a UCP31 (SMT alert). If the qualifier is set to NO,
the number of messages is reported. If it is set to YES, the response will be zero no matter
how many messages are waiting. This attribute is a flag.
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
The /UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the UCP60 (logon) is sent after the specified delay.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWPC as the
number of blocks of 512 bytes.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
PML>
The SHOW command shows the filename of the ADT configuration file used by SIWPC.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_ADC_FORMAT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the format of the AdC address in the short messages delivered
by the SMSC via UCP.
4. PML> SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON /DELV_OADC_FORMAT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the format of the OAdC address in the short messages
delivered by the SMSC via UCP.
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1159
SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
5. PML> SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON /TO_MORE_MESSAGES
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_MORE_MESSAGES of the PC
entities.
2–1160 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
Shows attribute values of entities from the class PHLR.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PHLR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER 0
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED 0
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR 0
/DIALOGUES
/DIALOGUES_PENDING 0
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED 0
/MO_SMS_REJECTED 0
/MS_INVALID 0
/MS_UNAVAILABLE 0
/MS_UNREACHABLE 0
/MT_SMS_FAIL 0
/MT_SMS_OK 0
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE 0
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS 0
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_DEST_BUSY 0
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT 0
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID 0
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER 0
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED 0
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED 0
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR 0
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM 0
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL 0
/SMS_REQUEST_OK 0
/SMS_SVC_DENIED 0
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM 0
/TCAP_ERRORS 0
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1161
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TIME_OUTS 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD 0
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_END_RCVD 0
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT 0
/TCAP_END_SNT 0
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT 0
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC 0
/TCAP_MSG_DISC 0
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD 0
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD 0
/TCAP_INVK_SNT 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT 0
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT 0
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD 0
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD 0
2–1162 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD 0
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT 0
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT 0
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT 0
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS 0
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS 0
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD 0
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD 0
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS PHLR command shows attributes associated with an PHLR.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1163
SHOW CLASS PHLR
Qualifiers
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER
The /ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER qualifier specifies the total number of "Absent Subscriber"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED
The /DELIVERY_POSTPONED qualifier specifies the total number of "Delivery Postponed"
(from MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR
The /DEST_LEFT_ADDR qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination Left Address"
(Destination no longer at this address by MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/DIALOGUES
The /DIALOGUES qualifier is used to specify the total number of dialogues per minute. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/DIALOGUES_PENDING
The /DIALOGUES_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently open or
pending TCAP dialogues. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MO_SMS_ACCEPTED
The /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of valid Mobile Originated
Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been received and
accepted by the entity. This implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has
forwarded it to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MO_SMS_REJECTED
The /MO_SMS_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of invalid Mobile
Originated Short Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been
received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message has not been forwarded
to the SIW. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_INVALID
The /MS_INVALID qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Invalid" (Denied by HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_UNAVAILABLE
The /MS_UNAVAILABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unavailable" (from HLR)
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MS_UNREACHABLE
The /MS_UNREACHABLE qualifier specifies the total number of "MS Unreachable"
(Postponed by HLR) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1164 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/MT_SMS_FAIL
The /MT_SMS_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that could not be successfully de-
livered by the entity. This implies that a negative response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MT_SMS_OK
The /MT_SMS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (that is, SMSDeliveryPointToPoint operations) that have been successfully deliv-
ered by the entity. This implies that a positive response has been received from the IS41
network. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NO_PAGE_RESPONSE
The /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE qualifier specifies the total number of "No Page Response" (from
MSC) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS
The /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the number of SCCP address errors
that have been reported by the IS41 network following the delivery attempt of a short mes-
sage. This includes an incorrectly configured or invalid destination point code and an illegal or
untranslatable Global Title. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS Address
Vacant and SMS Address Translation Failure errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not
be delivered, because the SMS Destination Address is not currently allocated or invalid, or
because the associated MIN is not known to its HLR. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_BUSY
The /SMS_DEST_BUSY qualifier specifies the total number of "Subscriber Busy for MT SMS"
errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT
The /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT qualifier specifies the total number of "Destination
Resource Shortage" (message waiting list full) errors. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM
The /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Encoding
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This er-
ror implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the size of a parameter
or field is not what is expected. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1165
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS General
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because of a general problem,
for example, SMS origination denied, SMS termination denied, supplementary service not
supported, SMS not supported by addressed entity, a User Data size error, or an unspecified
general problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID
The /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Invalid
Teleservice ID errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode param-
eter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because the
SMS_TeleserviceIdentifier is not known, not supported or not authorized. This attribute is
a cumulative counter.
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER
The /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER qualifier is used to specify the total number of SMS
Missing Expected Parameter and Missing Mandatory Parameter errors reported by the IS41
network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a short message
could not be delivered, because a mandatory or required optional parameter is missing. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM
The /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Network
Problem errors reported by the IS-41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered, because a network resource
shortage occurred, a network node or link failed, or an unspecified network problem occurred.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and accepted by the entity from the IS41 network. This
implies that the IS41 Server has accepted the message and has forwarded it to the SIW.
An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change in an MS’s ability to receive SMS
messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED
The /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMSNotification
messages that have been received and subsequently rejected by the IS41 Server. The message
has not been forwarded to the SIW. An SMSNotification operation is used to report a change
in an MS’s ability to receive SMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR
The /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Unrecognized
Parameter Value and Unexpected Parameter Value errors reported by the IS41 network in the
IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be
delivered, because a known parameter has an unknown, unsupported, or unexpected value.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1166 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM
The /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Radio Interface
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a radio interface
problem, for example, a radio interface resource shortage or a radio interface incompatibility.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL
The /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of failed or unsuccessful
SMSRequest operations. This implies that a negative or no response has been received from
the IS41 network or that the SMSRequest could not be sent to the network. An SMSRequest
operation is used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. If a negative RETURN
RESULT has been received, the failure reason is reported in the SMS_AccessDeniedReason
parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_REQUEST_OK
The /SMS_REQUEST_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of successful SMSRequest
operations that have been sent by the entity to the IS41 network. This implies that a positive
RETURN RESULT has been received from the IS41 network. An SMSRequest operation is
used to request an MS’s current SMS routing address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_SVC_DENIED
The /SMS_SVC_DENIED qualifier specifies the total number of "Service Denied" errors. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM
The /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS Terminal
Problem errors reported by the IS41 network in the IS41 SMS_CauseCode parameter. This
error implies that a Short Message (SM) could not be delivered because of a terminal problem,
for example, no page response, destination busy, no acknowledgement, a destination resource
shortage, destination out of service, destination no longer at this address. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERRORS
The /TCAP_ERRORS qualifier is used to specify the total number of TCAP errors and prob-
lems reported by the IS41 network in a TCAP RETURN ERROR or TCAP REJECT component
following the delivery attempt of a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TIME_OUTS
The /TIME_OUTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of time-outs reported by the
IS41 network or by the IS41 Server following the delivery attempt of a Short Message. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD
The /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1167
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD
The /TCAP_CONT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Continue dialogue indica-
tions received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_RCVD
The /TCAP_END_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT
The /TCAP_BEGIN_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Begin dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_END_SNT
The /TCAP_END_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP End dialogue requests sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT
The /TCAP_FAILED_SENT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that could not be
sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC
The /TCAP_TRANS_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were dis-
carded due to transport problems. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_MSG_DISC
The /TCAP_MSG_DISC qualifier specifies the number of TCAP messages that were discarded.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts received. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised transaction id received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1168 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD
The /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason abnormal dialogue received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD
The /TCAP_UABT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP User Aborts indications
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVK_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD
The /TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP invoke not last compo-
nents received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_INVK_SNT
The /TCAP_INVK_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Invoke components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD
The /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Not
Last components received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT
The /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Return Result Last
components sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD
The /TCAP_ERROR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT
The /TCAP_ERROR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Error components sent. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT
The /TCAP_REJECT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components sent.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD
The /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components re-
ceived. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1169
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Unrecognised Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with General Problem Badly Structured Component received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect component coding. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Duplicate Invoke ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Operation received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Invoke Problem Unrecognised Linked ID received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with result unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Result Problem Unexpected Return Result received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Result Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
2–1170 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_REUCI_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject compo-
nents with Return Error Problem Unexpected Return Error received. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unrecognised Error received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD
The /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Unexpected Error received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Return Error Problem Mistyped Parameter received. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJC_UNRECMT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion unrecognized package. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with incorrect transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with badly formed transaction portion. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with unassigned transaction ID reason. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
received with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD
The /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Reject components
with Problem Resource Limitation received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1171
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason unrecognised message type sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason incorrect transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason badly formatted transaction portion sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts with
reason unrecognised transaction ID sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with transaction portion permission to release problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT
The /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Provider Aborts
with reason resource limitation sent. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with unrecognised component type problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with badly structured component portion problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with incorrect component coding problem. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem duplicate invoke ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised operation. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1172 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with invoke problem unrecognised correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with result problem unexpected result component. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with result problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unassigned correlation ID. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected return error component. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem unrecognised error code. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components
sent with error problem unexpected error. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT
The /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT qualifier specifies the number of TCAP reject components sent
with error problem incorrect parameter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS
The /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of currently active TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS
The /TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS qualifier specifies the number of initiated TCAP dialogues.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR SMSC Commands 2–1173
SHOW CLASS PHLR
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD
The /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of unknown TCAP messages
received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD
The /TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD qualifier specifies the number of TCAP Notices (UDTS) received.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PHLR ENTITY PHLR01 /MT_SMS_OK
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute MT_SMS_OK of the PHLR entity
PHLR01.
2–1174 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class PHLR_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT 4
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE DEFAULT
/ITU_GT_ENABLED OFF
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN 1
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE 3
/MAXSESSIONS 1000
/SMSDELIVERY_TO 45
/SMSREQUEST_TO 15
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the PHLR_
COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT
The /GT_GTI_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default SUA address Global Title GTI
value. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1175
SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE
The /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE qualifier specifies whether all Global Titles (GTs) on ITU are sent
with national or international addresses. The default mode uses the DPC Map to determine
whether each GT address should be national or international. This attribute is a flag.
/ITU_GT_ENABLED
The /ITU_GT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether or not the Global Title (GT) is used on the
ITU network. This attribute is a flag.
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN
The /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN qualifier specifies the Numbering Plan for Global Titles (GTs) on
the IS41 ITU network. This attribute is a parameter.
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE
The /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE qualifier specifies the translation type for ITU Global Titles (GTs)
sent in SMSRequest to an HLR. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
A value of 3 means "MIN to HLR", or "MIN to MSC". A value of 12 means "MIN to
MC".
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSDELIVERY_TO
The /SMSDELIVERY_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Delivery
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on a
Mobile Terminated SMSDeliveryPointToPoint INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted.
The SMS Delivery time-out value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the
DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
/SMSREQUEST_TO
The /SMSREQUEST_TO qualifier is used to specify the time-out value of the SMS Request
Timer in seconds. This determines how long the IS41 I/O Server waits for a response on
an SMSRequest INVOKE before the delivery attempt is aborted. The SMS Request time-out
value should be smaller than the delivery time-out value of the DIW (/TO_DELIVERY qualifier
in common class PLMN). This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON /SMSREQUEST_TO
PML>
This SHOW command shows the value of the SMSRequest INVOKE time-out for the
PHLR entities.
2–1176 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PHLR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class PLMN.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON entity_item
IMPORTANT NOTE:
All GSM-specific, CDMA-specific, and TDMA-specific configuration items are now configured in
the GSM_COMMON, CDMA_COMMON, and TDMA_COMMON classes.
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED
/ADDRESS_TABLE
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH 7
/DIW_MAXACTIONS
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
/NOTIF_DEF
/PLMN_SCAN
/SCAN_TAGS
/SIW_MAXACTIONS
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR
/TO_DELIVERY
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1177
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Description
The SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with the
PLMN.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED
The /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
’address to PID’ table functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
/ADDRESS_TABLE
The /ADDRESS_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries that identifies the
relationship between addresses and PIDs. Each element in the list has the following compo-
nents:
addres_prefix
pid
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
<
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
ADT configuration file for SIWPLMN. The file should resident in DATA directory. QUALITEM>(/ADT_
MAX_BLOCKS)
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be displayed.
/DIW_MAXACTIONS
The /DIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the DIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
/CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH
The /CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the minimum length of an
address before CSP replacement is applied.
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED
The /LONG_SEQNR_ENABLE qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Long
Message Sequence Number functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
2–1178 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
When this attribute is set to ON and a Long Message is delivered, a sequence number will
be included in the scan command and all segments are maximally filled, possibly breaking
in the middle of the word. This means that instead of the scan command ’*LLLL#’, the
scan command ’*LLLn#’ will be put in the segment, where n is the sequence number of this
segment.
/MM_ACK_GENERATION
Displays the value of the /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier.
The /MM_ACK_GENERATION qualifier is used to configure the acknowledgements that will
be generated by the SMSC on successful delivery of the messages, when the recipient network
does not support these acknowledgement types.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–40: MM_ACK_GENERATION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgements
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgements
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgements
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgements
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgements
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgements
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgements
This attribute is a parameter.
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Displays the value of the /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier.
The /MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION qualifier is used to configure the TDMA/CDMA acknowl-
edgement requests that will be suppressed by the SMSC, before they are delivered to the
recipient.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–41: MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Value Description
0 NONE Functionality is turned OFF
1 DELIVERY TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1179
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
Table 2–41 (Cont.): MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION
Value Description
2 MANUAL_USER TDMA manual and CDMA user acknowledgement
requests
3 MANUAL_USER_DELIVERY TDMA manual, CDMA user, and TDMA delivery
acknowledgement requests
4 READ CDMA read acknowledgement requests
5 READ_DELIVERY CDMA read and TDMA delivery acknowledgement
requests
6 READ_MANUAL_USER CDMA read, CDMA user and TDMA manual
acknowledgement requests
7 ALL CDMA read, CDMA user, TDMA manual and
TDMA delivery acknowledgement requests
This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_DISPLAY_TIME
The /MSG_DISPLAY_TIME qualifier specifies the value of the Display Time parameter in
Mobile Terminated TDMA and CDMA Short Messages (SMs). For certain mobiles, this
parameter affects whether each SM is displayed in the main window or stored in the Inbox.
The possible values of this parameter are NONE, IMMEDIATE, DEFAULT, and INVOKE. The
default value of NONE omits this parameter for CDMA mobiles and sets this parameter to
Invoke for TDMA mobiles. Certain mobiles require the INVOKE value to store the message in
the Inbox. This attribute is a flag. This attribute is used for CDMA/TDMA only.
/NOTIF_ALWAYS
The /NOTIF_ALWAYS qualifier is used to specify whether an unsolicited notification should
always be generated. This attribute is a flag.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/PLMN_SCAN
The /PLMN_SCAN qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports Mobile Originated
Short Message (MO/SM) scanning facility or not. This attribute is a parameter.
/SCAN_TAGS
The /SCAN_TAGS qualifier is used to specify the list of all defined scan strings and their
related scan action routines. Each element in the list has the following components:
scan_string
scan_function
2–1180 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON
See also the ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PLMN_COMMON) command.
/SIW_MAXACTIONS
The /SIW_MAXACTIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous
actions (’operations’ to submit or deliver a message) per entity for the SIWPLMN entity. This
attribute is a parameter.
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF
The /SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF qualifier specifies whether the SMSC address should be speci-
fied when sending notifications to mobile. This attribute is a flag.
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR
The /SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR qualifier specifies whether special VMS notification error han-
dling should be performed. In combination with a special value of the MSTA field in the PPL_
NERR.TXT file (see the SMSC Operator Manual, description of DIWPLMN) this functionality
determines if the message should be deleted, after an attempt has been made to deliver a
Voice Mail notification to the mobile and the received response indicates non-delivery. This
attribute is a flag.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON /TO_DELIVERY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute TO_DELIVERY of the P_PLMN enti-
ties.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWPLMN as the
number of blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
PML>
The SHOW command shows the filename of the ADT configuration file used by SIWPLMN.
SHOW CLASS PLMN_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1181
SHOW CLASS PRH
SHOW CLASS PRH
Shows attribute values of entities from the class PRH.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PRH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES
/SAPP_CACHE_HITS
/SAPP_CACHE_MISSES
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS PRH command shows attributes associated with a PRH.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1182 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PRH
SHOW CLASS PRH
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SAPP_CACHE_HITS
The /SAPP_CACHE_HITS qualifier is used to specify the number of hits in the SAPP cache.
The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling Address
lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
/SAPP_CACHE_MISSES
The /SAPP_CACHE_MISSES qualifier is used to specify the number of misses in the SAPP
cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
/SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES
The /SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES qualifier is used to specify the current number of entries in the
SAPP cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PRH ENTITY PRH01 /MSG_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_TRANSMITTED of the PRH entity
PRH01.
SHOW CLASS PRH SMSC Commands 2–1183
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class PRH_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDRESS_REQ
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST
/INVADDR_ON_LIST
/INVLISTNR
/LIST_CREATED
/LIST_FULL
/LIST_NOT_EXIST
/LIST_REMOVED
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED
/MAX_LA
/MAXSESSIONS
/MEMBERS_ADDED
/MEMBERS_REMOVED
/NO_LIST_AVAIL
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME
/SERVICE_FAIL
/SHOW_SM
/TEMPLATE
2–1184 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with PRH
entities. The parameters used in the qualifiers which start with a ’@’ will be replaced by the
actual values of these parameters at the time of generating the response.
A list of the used parameters will be given in the following table.
Table 2–40: Description of parameters used in the qualifiers
Parameter Description
@MRAD Member address
@DLNR Distribution list number
@RCNT Number of entries
@RTOT Total number of entries
Qualifiers
/ADDRESS_REQ
The /ADDRESS_REQ qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries that identifies the rela-
tionship between addresses and PIDs. Each element in the list has the following components:
pid
start digits
min digits
max digits
adjust indicator
See also the ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON (see ADD CLASS PRH_COMMON) command and
SET CLASS PRH (see SET CLASS PRH) command.
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the SMPP
provisioning of subscribers. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1185
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV
The /ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV qualifier specifies whether the SMSC will support the provi-
sioning of a subscriber’s prepaid status. This attribute is only used when the /ALLOW_SUB_
PROV qualifier is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
The /FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to specify the fax reporting active status. The
attribute FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This string can
contain the parameters @FRAD and @FTIM. This attribute is a parameter.
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL=str
The /FAX_DEACT_FAIL qualifier is used to report a fax deactivation failure. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_FAIL contains a string of 160 at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS=str
The /FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS qualifier is used to report a deactivation success. The attribute
FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a
parameter.
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS=str
The /FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS qualifier is used to report a fax reporting not active status.
The attribute FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS contains a string of 160 characters at most. This
attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_SET_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’set for-
warding address’ command. The attribute FWD_SET_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP=str
The /FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP qualifier is used to report a negative response on any forwarding
related command. The attribute FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’enable for-
warding’ command. The attribute FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160 characters
at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP=str
The /FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP qualifier is used to report a positive response on the ’dis-
able forwarding’ command. The attribute FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is enabled and to which address and whether this is
conditionally or unconditionally. The attribute FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1186 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP=str
The /FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP qualifier is used to report the status on a ’show forwarding
status’ command indicating forwarding is disabled. The attribute FWD_STATUS_DISAB_
RESP contains a string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
The /GATEWAY_LA_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of Gateway LA’s.
A Gateway LA is a special Large Account (LA), for which the messages that cannot be deliv-
ered due to a non-persistent error will be deferred for a configurable period, and the SMSC
will proceed with the delivery of the remaining messages for that Gateway LA.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
Table 2–41: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a list.
/INVALID_ADDRESS=str
The /INVALID_ADDRESS qualifier is sent when an invalid address is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_ADDRESS contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/INVALID_TIME =str
The /INVALID_TIME qualifier is sent when an invalid fax time is put in a provisioning
message concerning fax reporting. The attribute INVALID_TIME contains a string of 160
characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST
The /INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format
when:
1. A request to remove an invalid address from a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to remove a not existing address. This attribute is a parameter.
/INVADDR_ON_LIST
The /INVADDR_ON_LIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when:
1. A request to add an invalid address to a distribution list is received.
2. An attempt is made to add an address that is already on the list. This attribute is a
parameter.
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1187
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
/INVLISTNR
The /INVLISTNR qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an op-
eration is requested on an invalid distribution list number. This attribute is a parameter.
/LIST_CREATED
The /LIST_CREATED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
create distribution request is received and the list is created. This attribute is a parameter.
/LIST_FULL
The /LIST_FULL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a request
is received to add an address to the distribution list and the list is full. This attribute is a
parameter.
/LIST_NOT_EXIST
The /LIST_NOT_EXIST qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when an
operation is requested on a non-existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
/LIST_REMOVED
The /LIST_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when a
remove distribution list operation is requested and the list is removed. This attribute is a
parameter.
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED =str
The /LRAD_SUCCEEDED qualifier is used to report that the last resort address setting has
been succeeded. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_LA
The /MAX_LA qualifier specifies the maximum number of Large Accounts that can be kept in
the LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MEMBERS_ADDED
The /MEMBERS_ADDED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
new addresses have been added to an existing distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
/MEMBERS_REMOVED
The /MEMBERS_REMOVED qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
addresses have been removed from a distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
/NO_LIST_AVAIL
The /NO_LIST_AVAIL qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when
creation of a new distribution list is requested and the maximum number of distribution lists
has already been created. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1188 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE
The /SAPP_CACHE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of entries in the
SAPP cache. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME
The /SAPP_CACHE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity time of a SAPP
cache entry. The SAPP cache in the PRH entity contains the results from the network Calling
Address lookups in the Large Account (LA) Database. This attribute is a parameter.
/SERVICE_FAIL=str
The /SERVICE_FAIL qualifier is used to indicate that a Class Of Service (COS) failure oc-
curred. This means that a service is requested to which the subscriber has no subscription.
The attribute SERVICE_FAIL contains a string of 160 characters at the most. This attribute
is a parameter.
/SHOW_SM
The /SHOW_SM qualifier is used to specify the system response text format when showing a
distribution list. This attribute is a parameter.
/TEMPLATE
The qualifier /TEMPLATE is used to specify the filename of the template file to be used for the
faxed overview of the distribution list.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON /ADDRESS_REQ
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute ADDRESS_REQ of the PRH_COMMON
entities.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON/GATEWAY_LA_LIST
PML>
Entries in the Gateway-LA list are listed.
SHOW CLASS PRH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1189
SHOW CLASS PSTNA
SHOW CLASS PSTNA
Shows attribute values of entities from the class PSTNA.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS PSTNA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS PSTNA command shows attributes associated with a PSTNA.
2–1190 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PSTNA
SHOW CLASS PSTNA
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS PSTNA SMSC Commands 2–1191
SHOW CLASS PSTNA
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS PSTNA ENTITY PSTNA01 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the avarage value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the PSTNA entity PSTNA01.
2–1192 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS PSTNA
SHOW CLASS RAS
SHOW CLASS RAS
Shows attribute values of entities from the class RAS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS RAS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS RAS command shows attributes associated with a RAS.
SHOW CLASS RAS SMSC Commands 2–1193
SHOW CLASS RAS
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1194 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS RAS
SHOW CLASS RAS
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS RAS ENTITY RAS01 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the avarage value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the RAS entity RAS01.
SHOW CLASS RAS SMSC Commands 2–1195
SHOW CLASS RTR
SHOW CLASS RTR
Shows attribute values of entities from the class RTR.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS RTR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS RTR command shows attributes associated with an RTR.
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier produces a list of:
• SME Sessions
SME sessions are Large Account (LA) initiated sessions between the DSMSC/Router and a
LA.
• SMSC Sessions
SMSC sessions are DSMSC/Router initiated sessions between the DSMSC/Router and an
SMSC.
2–1196 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS RTR
SHOW CLASS RTR
• Availability Sessions
Availability sessions are SMSC sessions that are not associated to an SME session.
Each session in the list has the following components:
Table 2–41: Connections:
Component Description
id Unique identification of the session
ios Unique reference to the related IOS session
type Type of session: SME (for example, LA), SMSC or availability
session
state Logical state of the session
nstate Network state of the session
prot The SIW class on the SMSC that will receive the connection and
incoming data
For an SME session, two specific components are added to the former connection list:
Table 2–42: SME session specific:
Component Description
address Network access type and port number
’a list’ A list of associated SMSC session IDs follows the SME entry as
specified above
For SMSC and availability sessions, two specific components are added to the former connec-
tion list:
Table 2–43: SMSC and availability session specific:
Component Description
address Network address of the session
avail If the session also verifies SMSC availability
NOTE
More detailed information can be requested by specifying /CONNECTION=(CON_
ID=’id’).
SHOW CLASS RTR SMSC Commands 2–1197
SHOW CLASS RTR
Table 2–44: Detailed information:
Component Description
snd Number of messages sent
rcv Number of messages received
ack Number of ACKs transported
nack Number of NACKs transported
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS RTR ENTITY RTR01 /CONNECTIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the connections of the RTR entity RTR01.
2–1198 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS RTR
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class RTR_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/INT_CHECK_CONN 10
/RTR_ENABLED OFF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
RTR_COMMON entities.
Qualifiers
/INT_CHECK_CONN
The /INT_CHECK_CONN qualifier specifies the interval in minutes for all RTR entities to
retry non-available SMSC addresses. This attribute is a parameter.
/RTR_ENABLED
The /RTR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the RTR entity supports the RTR
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1199
SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON /RTR_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute RTR_ENABLED of the RTR_COMMON
entities.
2–1200 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS RTR_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class SDB_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FWD_COND_TYPE
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
/PID_TABLE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with the
SDB_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FWD_COND_TYPE
The /FWD_COND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as conditional type. The attribute FWD_COND_TYPE contains a string
of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE
The /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE qualifier specifies the text which will be recognized in the SET_
FORW scan command as unconditional type. The attribute FWD_UNCOND_TYPE contains a
string of 160 characters at most. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1201
SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON
/PID_TABLE
The /PID_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries that identifies the rela-
tionship between PIDs, ADDRESS_TYPEs and PID_TEXTs. Each element in the list has the
following components:
• pid
• address_type
• pid text
See also the ADD CL SDB_COMMON command.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON /PID_TABLE
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute PID_TABLE of the SDB_COMMON
entities.
2–1202 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SDB_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class SERVER_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the
SERVER_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE
The qualifier /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE specifies the list of the MSISDN-IMSI prefix map-
ping entries, which are used by GHLR and GIW for the support of the Foreign Subscriber
Gateway functionality (SMSC_COMMON /FSG_ENABLED). Please note that the TT depen-
dent MSISDN-IMSI table (refer to /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB) has precedence over this
table. This attribute is a list.
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB
The qualifier /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB specifies the list of the TT/MSISDN-IMSI prefix
mapping entries, which are used by the GHLR and the GIW for the support of the Foreign
Subscriber Gateway functionality (SMSC_COMMON /FSG_ENABLED) in combination with
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1203
SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON
Mobile Number Portability (MNP). Please note that in case the SCCP Called Party Address
contains no TT or the TT is not found in the table, the default MSISDN-IMSI prefix table
(refer to /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE) is used for the mapping. This attribute is a list.
2–1204 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SERVER_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA
This command is used to SHOW attribute values of entities from the class SIWCDMA.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
/SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_READCK_REJECTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA command shows attributes associated with a SIWCDMA.
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–1205
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA
Qualifiers
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
On initialisation, the Address Translation (ADT) Library reads the address translation file
that is relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during
startup. The /ADT_USED_MEMORY counter contains the number of memory blocks (512
bytes) that were used for the ADT tables.
Shows number of memory blocks (a 512B) used for ADT by the SIWCDMA entity.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of Short
Messages, received from the CDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’buffered message’
notifications requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’delivery’ notifications
requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’non-delivery’ notifica-
tions requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of pending sessions.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS CANCELLATION
messages (Mobile Originated SMS Cancellations) that have been received and accepted by the
SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED
The /SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS CANCELLATION
messages (Mobile Originated SMS Cancellations) that have been received and rejected by the
SMSC. If the message was invalid, this has also been counted by the SM_INVALID counter.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_DELACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
2–1206 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted
SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_MANACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ
ACK messages (Mobile Originated SMS read acknowledgements) that have been received and
accepted by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_READACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_READACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of SMS READ
ACK messages (Mobile Originated SMS read acknowledgements) that have been received and
rejected by the SMSC. If the message itself was invalid, this has also been counted by the
SM_INVALID counter. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages.
This attribute is a counter.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /ADT_USED_MEMORY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of 512B blocks, used for ADT by the SIWCDMA
entity.
SHOW CLASS SIWCDMA SMSC Commands 2–1207
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWIMPORT.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DUPLICATE_RISK
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE
/SMS_IMPORTED
/SPARE1
/TIME_TO_COMPLETE
/TRANSMIT_RATE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT command shows attributes associated with a SIWIMPORT.
Qualifiers
/DUPLICATE_RISK
The /DUPLICATE_RISK qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages, which
will be retransmitted in case the SIWIMPORT is stopped. Increasing the parameter value will
increase the import rate. The number of duplicate messages, received by the recipients, shall
not exceed the attribute value. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE
The /MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages,
transmitted by the SIWIMPORT to each SMH per second. This qualifier is used for controlling
of the importing rate. The higher the attribute value, the more SMH resources are used for
2–1208 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT
the processing of the imported messages. If the SIW cannot provide specified maximum rate,
the value of the /MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT must be increased. This attribute is a parameter.
/SMS_IMPORTED
The /SMS_IMPORTED qualifier is used to specify the number of the Short Messages from the
Message Transfer File, which have been imported into the SMHs since the start of the current
import process. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SPARE1
This attribute is an indicating counter.
/TIME_TO_COMPLETE
The /TIME_TO_COMPLETE qualifier specifies the mean number of minutes needed to trans-
mit all the left SIWIMPORT messages to the SMHs of the system. This attribute is an
indicating counter.
/TRANSMIT_RATE
The /TRANSMIT_RATE qualifier specifies the actual number of messages, which are trans-
mitted by the SIWIMPORT entity to all SMHs of the system per second. This attribute is an
indicating counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT ENTITY SIWIMPORT01 /SMS_IMPORTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SMS_IMPORTED of the SIWIMPORT entity
SIWIMPORT01.
SHOW CLASS SIWIMPORT SMSC Commands 2–1209
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWIVR.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWIVR command shows attributes associated with a SIWIVR.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1210 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWIVR
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWIVR ENTITY SIWIVR01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the SIWIVR entity
SIWIVR01.
SHOW CLASS SIWIVR SMSC Commands 2–1211
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWMENU.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/SESS_REF_PSTN
/SESS_REF_X25
/SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/SM_X25_INVALID
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
2–1212 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWMENU command shows attributes associated with a SIWMENU.
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–1213
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "deliv-
ery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via PSTN.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via X25. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1214 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU
/SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE
The qualifier /SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE specifies whether the configuration file
should be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger SIWMENU to read the configuration file
again. This attribute is a flag.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWMENU ENTITY SIWMENU01 /SM_X25_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_X25_RECEIVED of the SIWMENU entity
SIWMENU01.
SHOW CLASS SIWMENU SMSC Commands 2–1215
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWOIS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CON_TCP_REF
/CON_X25_REF
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
/SESSIONS
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SM_TCP_FAILED
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
/SM_TCP_REJECTED
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
/SM_X25_FAILED
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
/SM_X25_REJECTED
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–1216 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWOIS command shows attributes associated with a SIWOIS.
Qualifiers
/CON_TCP_REF
The /CON_TCP_REF qualifier specifies the number of TCP connect requests, which are refused
by the OIS interworking. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_X25_REF
The /CON_X25_REF qualifier specifies the number of X25 connect requests, which are refused
by the OIS interworking. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED
The /NOTIF_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of notification delivery
attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–1217
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS
The /PROTOCOL_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors detected by the interwork-
ing regarding protocol errors, unrecognised/unsupported PDU types, fields and field values.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RESOURCE_ERRORS
The /RESOURCE_ERRORS qualifier specifies the number of errors because the interworking
experienced a shortage of resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SESSIONS=(...)
The /SESSIONS qualifier is used to display the status of all current sessions on the interwork-
ings. For each session the following attributes are displayed:
• Session Identifier,
• LA Short Number,
• Called Address Port Number,
• Calling Address,
• Session Setup Time,
• Idle Time (in minutes),
• Name of Associated Server,
Additional parameters are:
• TYPE = [ALL, LA].
Specifies the type of session, where the various access types are defined as:
LA - Large Account sessions,
ALL - All sessions.
This parameter is mandatory.
• IDLE = <minutes>.
Specifies that only idle sessions must be displayed. An idle session is a session which has
not received any incoming traffic for a certain amount of time. Only sessions that are idle
for <minutes> minutes are displayed. This parameter is optional.
• LA = <lasn>.
Specifies the Large Account Short Number (LASN) for which the sessions must be dis-
played. This parameter is optional if parameter TYPE has value LA. If not specified, all
LA sessions are displayed. For all other values of parameter TYPE, the LA parameter is
not allowed.
This attribute is a list.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SM_TCP_FAILED
The /SM_TCP_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1218 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
The /SM_TCP_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total of Short Messages (SMs) received via
TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TCP_REJECTED
The /SM_TCP_ REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) requests
received via TCP which are refused by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier specifies the total number of failed Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the total of Short Messages (SMs) received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_REJECTED
The /SM_X25_ REJECTED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) requests
received via X25 which are refused by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED qualifier specifies the total number of Short Message (SM)
delivery attempts via TCP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/TIMEOUT_ERRORS
The /TIMEOUT_ERRORS qualifier specifies the total number of times the SME did not
respond in time on a request from the interworking. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWOIS ENTITY SIWOIS01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the SIWOIS entity
SIWOIS01.
SHOW CLASS SIWOIS SMSC Commands 2–1219
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWPC.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWPC entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
/MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
/SESSIONS
/SESS_REF_PSTN
/SESS_REF_X25
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
2–1220 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPC
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
/SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VP_FAILED
/SM_X25_FAILED
/SM_X25_INVALID
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
/SPCIW_INFO_SHOW
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWPC command shows attributes associated with a SIWPC.
Qualifiers
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
On initialisation, the Address Translation (ADT) Library reads the address translation file
that is relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during
startup. The /ADT_USED_MEMORY counter contains the number of memory blocks (512
bytes) that were used for the ADT tables.
Shows number of memory blocks (a 512B) used for ADT by the SIWPC entity.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of connection setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–1221
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected because of
a shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the PSTN network. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) transmitted to the X25 network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED
This counter indicates the maximum number of input buffers used during the period SIWPC
is active. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED
This counter indicates the maximum number of output buffers used during the period SIWPC
is active. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1222 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPC
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED
The /NOTIF_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications via X25 that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of notifications via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered
message" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "deliv-
ery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via PSTN.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via X25. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-
delivery" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM), which was received via
X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS=(...)
The /SESSIONS qualifier is used to display the status of all current sessions on the interwork-
ings. For each session the following attributes are displayed:
• Session Identifier,
• LASN (or "None" for CLI and Mobile-over-Fixed sessions),
• Called Address Port Number,
• Calling Address,
SHOW CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–1223
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
• Session Setup Time,
• Idle Time (in minutes),
• Name of Associated Server,
• Number of sent/received operations and sent/received responses.
Additional parameters are:
• TYPE = [ALL, LA, NONCLI, MOBILE].
Specifies the type of session, where the various access types are defined as:
LA - Large Account sessions,
NONCLI - Non-CLI sessions,
MOBILE - Mobile-over-Fixed sessions,
ALL - All sessions.
This parameter is mandatory.
• IDLE = <minutes>.
Specifies that only idle sessions must be displayed. An idle session is a session which has
not received any incoming traffic for a certain amount of time. Only sessions that are idle
for <minutes> minutes are displayed. This parameter is optional.
• LA = <lasn>.
Specifies the Large Account Short Number (LASN) for which the sessions must be dis-
played. This parameter is optional if parameter TYPE has value LA. If not specified, all
LA sessions are displayed. For all other values of parameter TYPE, the LA parameter is
not allowed.
This attribute is a list.
/SESS_REF_PSTN
The /SESS_REF_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via
PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESS_REF_X25
The /SESS_REF_X25 qualifier is used to specify the total number of refused sessions via X25.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of session setup attempts. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of a
shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
incorrect password. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1224 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPC
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
unregistered Large Account (LA) address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
invalid connect address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because the maxi-
mum number of sessions is exceeded. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE
The qualifier /SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE specifies whether the configuration file should
be read. Resetting this attribute will trigger SIWPC to read the configuration file again. This
attribute is a flag.
/SM_PSTN_FAILED
The /SM_PSTN_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery
attempts of Short Messages (SMs) via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VP_FAILED
The /SM_VP_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) that failed and of which the validity period was exceeded (last delivery
attempt failed). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_FAILED
The /SM_X25_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs) via X25 that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–1225
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery at-
tempts of Short Messages (SMs) via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SPCIW_INFO=(...)
The /SPCIW_INFO qualifier is used to display the number of operations received and sent by
the interworkings. Per operation type the number of accepted and timed out operations are
shown, as well as their sum.
Additional parameters are as follows:
• UCP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter is mandatory. It may be given multiple times. The specified <Operation>
can be: UCP_TOT_RX, UCP_TOT_TX, UCP_UNSUPP, UCP01_RX, UCP01_TX, UCP02_
RX, UCP03_RX, UCP30_RX, UCP31_RX, UCP51_RX, UCP52_TX, UCP53_TX, UCP54_RX,
UCP55_RX, UCP56_RX, UCP57_TX, UCP58_TX, UCP60_RX, UCP61_RX, ALL.
UCP_TOT_RX and UCP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent opera-
tions respectively. UCP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are of an
undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA or non-LA UCP user. ALL can be used
to specify all the operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
This attribute is a list.
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF
This counter indicates the number of times SIWPC rejected a connection because it had not
enough input buffers available. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF
This counter indicates the number of times SIWPC rejected a connection because it had not
enough output buffers available. This counter can be used to tune the resource configuration.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01 /SM_X25_TRANSMITTED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_X25_TRANSMITTED of the SIWPC entity
SIWPC01.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01 /ADT_USED_MEMORY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of 512B blocks used for ADT by the SIWPC
entity.
2–1226 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPC
SHOW CLASS SIWPC
3. PML> SH CL SIWPC /SPCIW_INFO=(ucp_op=UCP52_TX,ucp_op=UCP_TOT_RX)
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of UCP52 operations and the total number
of received operations handled by each SIWPC entity in the system. The information
comprises the number of accepted operations, the number of rejected operations, the
number of timed out operations and the sum of these.
SHOW CLASS SIWPC SMSC Commands 2–1227
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWPLMN.
Please refer to SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that
can be shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
/SM_RESOURCE_FAIL
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN command shows attributes associated with a SIWPLMN.
Qualifiers
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
On initialisation, the Address Translation (ADT) Library reads the address translation file
2–1228 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
that is relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during
startup. The /ADT_USED_MEMORY counter contains the number of memory blocks (512
bytes) that were used for the ADT tables.
Shows number of memory blocks (a 512B) used for ADT by the SIWPLMN entity.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents
of Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PLMN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "buffered mes-
sage" notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of times a "non-delivery"
notification has been requested in a Short Message (SM). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the number of currently pending
sessions. A pending session is a transaction for which the entity is currently waiting for a
response. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN SMSC Commands 2–1229
SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_RESOURCE_FAIL
The /SM_RESOURCE_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected Short
Messages (SMs) due to an internal resource shortage. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN ENTITY SIWPLMN01 /SM_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_RECEIVED of the SIWPLMN entity
SIWPLMN01.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /ADT_USED_MEMORY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of 512B blocks used for ADT by the SIWPLMN
entity.
2–1230 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWPLMN
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWSMPP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
/ERR_ADD_SUB
/ERR_DEL_SUB
/ERR_ENQ_SUB
/ERR_MOD_SUB
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/OK_ADD_SUB
/OK_DEL_SUB
/OK_ENQ_SUB
/OK_MOD_SUB
/RCV_ADD_SUB
/RCV_DEL_SUB
/RCV_ENQ_SUB
/RCV_MOD_SUB
/SESSIONS
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
/SMPPIW_INFO_SHOW
/TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–1231
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP command shows attributes associated with a SIWSMPP.
Qualifiers
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
On initialisation, the Address Translation (ADT) Library reads the address translation file
that is relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during
startup. The /ADT_USED_MEMORY counter contains the number of memory blocks (512
bytes) that were used for the ADT tables.
Shows number of memory blocks (a 512B) used for ADT by the SIWSMPP entity.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of connection setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the number of connection setup attempts that were rejected because of
a shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ERR_ADD_SUB
The /ERR_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ERR_DEL_SUB
The /ERR_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ERR_ENQ_SUB
The /ERR_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ERR_MOD_SUB
The /ERR_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of failed MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1232 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/OK_ADD_SUB
The /OK_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/OK_DEL_SUB
The /OK_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/OK_ENQ_SUB
The /OK_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/OK_MOD_SUB
The /OK_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of succeeded MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RCV_ADD_SUB
The /RCV_ADD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received ADD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RCV_DEL_SUB
The /RCV_DEL_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received DEL_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RCV_ENQ_SUB
The /RCV_ENQ_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received ENQ_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/RCV_MOD_SUB
The /RCV_MOD_SUB qualifier specifies the number of received MOD_SUB commands. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–1233
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
/SESSIONS=(...)
The /SESSIONS qualifier is used to display the status of all current sessions on the interwork-
ings. For each session the following attributes are displayed:
• Session Identifier,
• LA Short Number,
• Bind operation the LA connected with: T - Transmitter, R - Receiver, B - Transceiver (Both
transmit and receive),
• Called Address Port Number,
• Calling Address,
• Session Setup Time,
• Idle Time (in minutes),
• Name of Associated Server,
• Number of sent/received operations and sent/received responses.
Additional parameters are:
• TYPE = [ALL, LA].
Specifies the type of session, where the various access types are defined as:
LA - Large Account sessions,
ALL - All sessions.
This parameter is mandatory.
• IDLE = <minutes>.
Specifies that only idle sessions must be displayed. An idle session is a session which has
not received any incoming traffic for a certain amount of time. Only sessions that are idle
for <minutes> minutes are displayed. This parameter is optional.
• LA = <lasn>.
Specifies the Large Account Short Number (LASN) for which the sessions must be dis-
played. This parameter is optional if parameter TYPE has value LA. If not specified, all
LA sessions are displayed. For all other values of parameter TYPE, the LA parameter is
not allowed.
This attribute is a list.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT
This counter indicates the total number of session setup attempts. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_RES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of a
shortage of internal resources. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
incorrect password. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1234 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
/SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
unregistered Large Account (LA) address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because of an
invalid connect address. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES
This counter indicates the total number of rejected session setup attempts because the maxi-
mum number of sessions is exceeded. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SMPPIW_INFO=(...)
The /SMPPIW_INFO qualifier is used to display the number of operations received and sent
by the interworkings. Per operation type the number of accepted, rejected and timed out
operations are shown, as well as their sum.
Additional parameters are:
• SMPP_OP = <Operation>.
This parameter specifies the operations to be handled. It may be given multiple times.
The specified <Operation> can be: SMPP_TOT_RX, SMPP_TOT_TX, SMPP_UNSUPP,
BIND_TRAN_RX, BIND_TRAN_TX, BIND_RECV_RX, BIND_RECV_TX, BIND_TRCV_
RX, BIND_TRCV_TX, OUTBIND, UNBIND_RX, UNBIND_TX, SUBMIT_RX, SUBMIT_
TX_ISR, SUB_MULTI, DATA_SM_RX, DATA_SM_TX, DELIVER_TX, DELIVER_RX_ISR,
QUERY, CANCEL, REPLACE, ENQ_LINK_RX, ENQ_LINK_TX, ALERT, ALL.
SMPP_TOT_RX and SMPP_TOT_TX stand for the total number of received and sent
operations respectively. SMPP_UNSUPP is for operations received by the SMSC that are
of an undefined type or that may not be sent by the LA. ALL can be used to specify all the
operations, including the totals.
This parameter is mandatory.
This attribute is a list.
/TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG
The /TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG qualifier specifies the total number of SMPP operations that are
rejected, due to TLVs that are not allowed according to the TLV-Profile settings of the Large
Accounts (LA) by which the messages were submitted. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /MSG_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_RECEIVED of the SIWSMPP entity
SIWSMPP01.
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP SMSC Commands 2–1235
SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /ADT_USED_MEMORY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of 512B blocks used for ADT by the SIWSMPP
entity.
3. PML> SH CL SIWSMPP /SSMPIW_INFO=(smpp_op=SUBMIT,smpp_op=UCP_TOT_TX)
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of SUBMIT operations and the total number
of sent operations handled by each SIWSMPP entity in the system. The information
comprises the number of accepted operations, the number of rejected operations, the
number of timed out operations and the sum of these.
2–1236 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWTAP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
/LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
/SM_TCP_INVALID
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
/SM_X25_INVALID
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
/SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED
/SM_TCP_TRUNCATED
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be show. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWTAP command shows attributes associated with an SIWTAP.
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–1237
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP
Qualifiers
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_X25
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of contents of
Short Messages (SMs) submitted via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_PSTN_INVALID
The /SM_PSTN_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short
Messages (SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED
The /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via PSTN. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TCP_INVALID
The /SM_TCP_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED
The /SM_TCP_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via TCP/IP. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_X25_INVALID
The /SM_X25_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1238 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWTAP
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP
/SM_X25_RECEIVED
The /SM_X25_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages
(SMs) received via X25. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED
The /SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via PSTNA, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED
The /SM_X25_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via X25, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_TCP_TRUNCATED
The /SM_TCP_TRUNCATED qualifier specifies the number of Short Messages (SMs) received
via TCP, which are truncated by the SMSC. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWTAP ENTITY SIWTAP01 /SM_X25_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_X25_RECEIVED of the SIWTAP entity
SIWTAP01.
SHOW CLASS SIWTAP SMSC Commands 2–1239
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
This command is used to SHOW attribute values of entities from the class SIWTDMA.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
used.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
/SESSIONS_PENDING
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA command shows attributes associated with a SIWTDMA.
Qualifiers
/ADT_USED_MEMORY
On initialisation, the Address Translation (ADT) Library reads the address translation file
2–1240 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
that is relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during
startup. The /ADT_USED_MEMORY counter contains the number of memory blocks (512
bytes) that were used for the ADT tables.
Shows number of memory blocks (a 512B) used for ADT by the SIWTDMA entity.
/LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN
The /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of Short
Messages, received from the TDMA network. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFB_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’buffered message’
notifications requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFD_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’delivery’ notifications
requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED
The /NOTIFND_REQUESTED qualifier is used to specify the number of ’non-delivery’ notifica-
tions requested. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SESSIONS_PENDING
The /SESSIONS_PENDING qualifier is used to specify the total number of pending sessions.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_DELACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
DELIVERY ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted
SMS MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED
The /SMS_MANACK_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
MANUAL ACK messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of accepted SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
/SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED
The /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected SMS
SUBMIT messages. This attribute is a counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA SMSC Commands 2–1241
SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages.
This attribute is a counter.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages.
This attribute is a statistical counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWSMPP ENTITY SIWSMPP01 /ADT_USED_MEMORY
PML>
The SHOW command shows the number of 512B blocks used for ADT by the SIWTDMA
entity.
2–1242 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWTDMA
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWVMS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWVMS command shows attributes associated with an SIWVMS.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
The /ALERT_MS_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid ALERT_
MS messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS SMSC Commands 2–1243
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
The /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of ALERT_MS
messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
The /ALERT_VMS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of the
ALERT_VMS messages that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
The /ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
transmitted ALERT_VMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
The /SM_DELETED_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
The /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1244 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWVMS
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWVMS ENTITY SIWVMS01 /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute ALERT_MS_RECEIVED of the SIWVMS entity
SIWVMS01.
SHOW CLASS SIWVMS SMSC Commands 2–1245
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SIWVSMPP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP command shows attributes associated with a SIWVSMPP.
Qualifiers
/ALERT_MS_INVALID
The /ALERT_MS_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid ALERT_
MS messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1246 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP
/ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
The /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of ALERT_MS
messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED
The /ALERT_VMS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of the
ALERT_VMS messages that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED
The /ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
transmitted ALERT_VMS messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_DELETED_INVALID
The /SM_DELETED_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the received number of invalid SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED
The /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the received number of SM_
DELETED messages. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP ENTITY SIWVSMPP01 /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute ALERT_MS_RECEIVED of the SIWVSMPP
entity SIWVSMPP01.
li
SHOW CLASS SIWVSMPP SMSC Commands 2–1247
SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SMH.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SMH entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABN_DELIVERED
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION
/ALLOCATED_ADDRBLOCKS
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CACHED_ADDR_BLOCKS
/DELIVERY_LIMIT
/FIRST_DELIVERY_LIMIT
/FOREIGN_ADDRBLOCKS
/LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED
/MSG_BUFFERED
/MSG_DEFERRED
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
/MSG_SEGMENTS
/NEXT_DELIVERY
/NOTIF_BUFFERED
/NOTIF_FAILED
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM
/PP_PB_INTERFACE_STATE
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS
2–1248 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM
/PP_TIME_JAMMED
/SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED
/SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED
/SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED
/SM_BUFFERED
/SM_DISMISSED
/SM_FAILED
/SM_INVALID
/SM_RECEIVED
/SM_TRANSMITTED
/SINGLE_RECEIVED
/SINGLE_TRANSMITTED
/MULTI_RECEIVED
/MULTI_TRANSMITTED
/SM_VALID
/REPLY_PATH_ENTRIES
/UMF_MSGS_OK
/UMF_MSGS_FAILED
/WAIT_ADDRBLOCKS
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SMH command shows attributes associated with an SMH.
Qualifiers
/ABN_DELIVERED
The /ABN_DELIVERED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully delivered
Account Balance Notification (ABN) messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/ADDRESS_INFORMATION=(...)
Using this qualifier, the operator can perform an investigation on messages for a specific
recipient address.
Additional parameters are:
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1249
SHOW CLASS SMH
• ADDRESS = <address> in local, national or international format.
Specifies the recipient address to be investigated. This is a mandatory parameter.
• ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, DOIS, DSMPP, DVMS, DVSMPP, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR, IMENU,
IPC, IVSMPP, IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TOIS, TPC, TSMPP, TVMS,
TVSMPP, VMS, VSMPP].
Specifies the format of the recipient address, where the various access types are defined
as:
DIVR, an IVR address over X25,
DOIS, an OIS address over X25,
DPC, a UCP address over X25,
DSMPP, an SMPP address over X25,
DVMS, a Voice Mail address over X25,
DVSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address over X25,
ERMES, an ERMES address,
FAXG3, a FAX Group3 address,
IIVR, an IVR address over ISDN,
IMENU, a MENU address over ISDN,
IPC, a UCP address over ISDN,
IVMS, a Voice Mail address over ISDN,
IVR, an IVR address through PSTNA access,
IVSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address over ISDN,
MENU, a MENU address through PSTNA access,
MS, a mobile station address,
PC, a UCP address through PSTNA access,
TAP, a TAP address through PSTNA access,
TIVR, an IVR address over TCP/IP,
TOIS, an OIS address over TCP/IP,
TPC, a UCP address over TCP/IP,
TSMPP, an SMPP address over TCP/IP,
TVMS, a Voice Mail address over TCP/IP,
TVSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address over TCP/IP,
VMS, a Voice Mail address through PSTNA access,
VSMPP, a Voice Mail SMPP address through PSTNA access. Optional parameter,
defaults to MS.
• ORIGINATOR = <address> in local, national or international format.
This optional specifier limits the message list to only those that have this address as the
originator address.
• ORIG_ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, DOIS, DSMPP, DVMS, DVSMPP, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR,
IMENU, IPC, IVSMPP, IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TOIS, TPC, TSMPP,
TVMS, TVSMPP, VMS, VSMPP].
Specifies the format of the originator address. Please refer to the ACCESS parameter for
a description of the various access types. This defaults to MS.
• ACTUAL = <address> in local, national or international format.
This optional specifier limits the message list to those that have this address as the
original recipient (before Address Routing took place).
2–1250 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
• ACT_ACCESS = [DIVR, DPC, DOIS, DSMPP, DVMS, DVSMPP, ERMES, FAXG3, IIVR,
IMENU, IPC, IVSMPP, IVMS, IVR, MENU, MS, PC, TAP, TIVR, TOIS, TPC, TSMPP,
TVMS, TVSMPP, VMS, VSMPP].
Specifies the format of the actual address. Please refer to the ACCESS parameter for a
description of the various access types. This defaults to MS.
• QUEUE = [NEXT, DEFERRED, ALL].
Specifies the queue to search the message in. This qualifier can only be used in the SHOW
command.
• TYPE = [SM, NOTIF, ALL].
Specifies the message type to search for. This qualifier can only be used in the SHOW
command.
• LIMITED_TO = <limited to>.
Specifies the maximum number of records to be displayed. This qualifier can only be used
in the SHOW command.
• TIMESTAMP = <yyddmmhhmmss>.
Identifies exactly one message. This qualifier can only be used in combination with the
SHOW or REMOVE commands.
• STATUS =
Specifies to display the general information on the subscriber. This qualifier can only be
used in combination with the SHOW command.
• MESSAGES =
Specifies to display the messages for a recipient. This qualifier can only be used in combi-
nation with the SHOW command.
• CACHED_INFO =
Specifies to display the delivery information on the subscriber address. This qualifier
cannot be used in combination with the STATUS or MESSAGES qualifiers. See also the
description of SMH_COMMON/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE.
Example:
PML> show class smh /address_information=(address=06987654321,access=MS,status)
List of waiting messages for the address:
Nd Dd Msg S FrstMsgOutTs P MsgAlertAdr Frsn LastMsgTime Sch P Int Tr MT Fdc
6 0 6 S 970505144938 0 006B 970505144944 0 1 60 2 10 4
In this example the status of the mobile station with subscriber number 06987654321 is
investigated. The response of the SMH shows the following:
• There are 6 messages in the Next Delivery Queue (NDQ),
• There are 0 messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ),
• There are in total 6 Messages buffered (Msg) for this recipient,
• The address block is scheduled for delivery (S),
• The timestamp of the first message is 970505144938 (FrstMsgOutTs),
• It is not known if the mobile station has phase-2 capabilities (P),
• The last delivery attempt failed because of reason 6B (Frsn),
• The last buffered message has timestamp 970505144944 (LastMsgTime),
• The current retry profile that is used for this address is 0 which is the default retry profile
(Sch). When a combination of retry profiles is applied, this column will display CMB,
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1251
SHOW CLASS SMH
• The current retry profile stage is stage 1 (P),
• The current retry profile interval of this stage is 60 seconds (Int),
• The number of delivery attempts carried out in this stage is 2 (Tr),
• The maximum number of delivery attempts in this stage is 10 (MT),
• The Recipient’s First Delivery Credit (DMR functionality) is 4 (FDC).
Example:
PML> show class smh /address_information=(address=06987654321,access=MS,messages)
List of waiting messages for the address:
T QTy MOAD MRAD MAST MAVT MRP VSMSC MRF
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144938 970505154438 0 0 313 2
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144940 970505154440 0 0 313 3
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144941 970505154441 0 0 313 4
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144942 970505154441 0 0 313 5
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144943 970505154442 0 0 313 6
S NDQ 000653123456789 00316987654321 970505144944 970505154442 0 0 313 7
PML>
In this second example the messages waiting for the mobile station with subscriber number
06987654321 are investigated. The response of the SMH shows the following:
• The first message is a Short Message (T=S),
• The Short Message is in the Next delivery queue (QTy=NDQ),
• The originator is 000653123456789 (MOAD=000653123456789),
• The recipient is 00316987654321 (MRAD=00316987654321),
• The timestamp is (MAST=970505144938),
• The message is valid until 970505154438 (MAVT=970505154438),
• The message uses the default retry profile (MRP=0),
• The message is handled by the physical SMSC (VSMSC=0 313),
• The message reference is 2 (MRF=2).
NOTE
Once the VSMSC license is enabled, the physical SMSC will become a public
VSMSC. In that case, the VSMSC column for the entries in the example above
would show "1 313" instead of "0 313".
Example:
PML> show class smh /address_information=(address=0031654586002,cached_info)
RAD RecipientIMSI 2SRI PLMN
0031654586002 361645058002060 0 GSM
This example shows how to display the delivery information for the subscriber. This infor-
mation can be used by the "Caching of Recipient Delivery Information" functionality. The
response of the SMH shows the recipient address (RAD=0031654586002), the recipient IMSI
(RecipientIMSI=361645058002060), the status of the 2SRI optimalisation (2SRI=0) and the
PLMN-type (PLMN=GSM). The possible values for 2SRI are 0 and 1. The possible values for
PLMN are NONE, GSM, TDMA, CDMA, and INVALID.
See also the REMOVE and SET class SMH command.
2–1252 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
/ALLOCATED_ADDRBLOCKS
The /ALLOCATED_ADDRBLOCKS qualifier is used to specify the the total number of al-
located/active address blocks. For every recipient address for which a Short Message (SM)
or notification is waiting in the system, one address block is allocated. This attribute is an
indicating counter.
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated time in seconds
that messages were buffered within the SMH entity. The value is calculated over all messages
that were either delivered or could not be delivered (persistent reason or validity period
exceeded) during the specified period. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/DELIVERY_ATTEMPT
The /DELIVERY_ATTEMPT qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of messages and notifications by this SMH. This attribute is a statistical counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL
The /DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the total number of messages
trashbinned (i.e. acknowledged to the submitter and then discarded) by this SMH because the
first delivery buffer capacity has been reached. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FIRST_DELIV_ATTEMPT
The /FIRST_DELIV_ATTEMPT qualifier is used to specify the total number of first delivery
attempts of messages and notifications by this SMH. This attribute is a statistical counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/CACHED_ADDR_BLOCKS
The /CACHED_ADDR_BLOCKS qualifier indicates the number of recipient addresses in the
Recipient Delivery Information Cache. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/DELIVERY_LIMIT
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /DELIVERY_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify the
current maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications per second for which a
delivery attempt will be made by this SMH entity.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /DELIVERY_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify the
current maximum number of retry SMs and notifications per second for which a delivery
attempt will be made by this SMH.
This attribute is read-only.
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1253
SHOW CLASS SMH
/FIRST_DELIVERY_LIMIT
The /FIRST_DELIVERY_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify the current maximum number of
first delivery attempts per second for this SMH entity. This attribute is read-only.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FOREIGN_ADDRBLOCKS
The /FOREIGN_ADDRBLOCKS qualifier is used to specify the total number of address blocks
used in the foreign queue. This indicates the number of recipient addresses that cannot be
handled by the right SMH. For example, due to recovery. This attribute is an indicating
counter.
/LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE
The /LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated length of
contents of all Short Messages (SMs) accepted by the SMH. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY
This statistical counter registers the maximum delay due to the license limit of the messages
delivered in the current minute. Use the /INTERVAL attribute to see the average values over
the last 60 minutes. The LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY attribute is a counter which indicates the
maximum delay caused by the license limit.
For every minute the maximum delay of the messages delivered in that specific minute is
stored in this statistical counter.
Use the /INTERVAL=<interval> to examine the avarage delay on the delivered message during
the last <interval> minutes.
IMPORTANT
This counter should be ignored if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED
The /LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED qualifier is an internal cumulative counter. This counter
has become obsolete because of the way the license limit is calculated now (it is not calculated
on a per second basis but more often). The qualifier /LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY should be
checked if looking for an indication of the license limit effect on the system.
IMPORTANT
This attribute should be ignored if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/MAX_FIRST_DEL_DELAY
The /MAX_FIRST_DEL_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the maximum delay (in seconds)
of a first delivery attempt because of messages queued for first delivery for this SMH. This
attribute is a statistical counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
2–1254 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
/MAX_RETRY_DELAY
The /MAX_RETRY_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the maximum delay (in seconds) of a
retry attempt because of messages queued for retry for this SMH. This attribute is a statistical
counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/MSG_BUFFERED
The /MSG_BUFFERED qualifier is used to specify the total number of buffered Short
Messages (SMs) and notifications for this SMH. This includes all messages waiting for a
first delivery and the messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ). This is the sum of
NEXT_DELIVERY and MSG_DEFERRED. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MSG_DEFERRED
The /MSG_DEFERRED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages (SMs)
in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of this SMH. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_SEGMENTS
The /MSG_SEGMENTS qualifier is used to specify the total number of buffered message
segments in an SMH entity. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED
The /MSG_TO_REC_CACHED qualifier indicates the number of valid Short Messages for
which the SMH still had recipient delivery information cached. This attribute is an indicator
of the effectiveness of the Recipient Delivery Information Cache. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED
The /MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED qualifier indicates the total number of valid Short Messages
that were submitted when there were still undelivered Short Messages for the recipient. This
attribute is an indicator of the effectiveness of the Recipient Delivery Information Cache.
The SMSC already has delivery information for these Short Messages, so it does not need to
request it from the PLMN or use cached delivery information. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1255
SHOW CLASS SMH
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NEXT_DELIVERY
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /NEXT_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the
total number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications in the next delivery queue of this
SMH.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /NEXT_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the
total number of retry SMs and notifications in this SMH. This attribute is an indicating
counter.
/NOTIF_BUFFERED
The /NOTIF_BUFFERED qualifier is used to specify the total number of notifications that are
buffered in this SMH. This is the total number of notifications in the first delivery queue and
the next delivery queue. This attribute is an indicating counter.
/NOTIF_FAILED
The /NOTIF_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
notifications that failed. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED
The /NOTIF_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts
of notifications. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS
The /PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS qualifier is used to display the total number of Additional Services
that timed out. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of Additional
Services in a JAMMED state that are associated to a Primary Service with a BLOCKED
charged party. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of blocked
Primary Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of charged
Additional Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of charged
Primary Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM
The /PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of free Additional
Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1256 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of free Primary
Services in a JAMMED state. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_PB_INTERFACE_STATE
The /PP_PB_INTERFACE_STATE qualifier is used to indicate what the current state of the
interface between the Payment System and the SMSC is. This attribute can assume the
following values:
JAMMED
UNJAMMED This attribute is a flag.
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS
The /PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS qualifier is used to display the total number of Primary Services
that timed out. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM
The /PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM qualifier is used to specify the total number of rejected
Primary Services in a JAMMED state due to a blocked charged party. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/PP_TIME_JAMMED
The /PP_TIME_JAMMED qualifier is used to specify the total time that the Payment System
interface has spent in a JAMMED state so far. This attribute is a cumulative counter and is
only increased when prepaid traffic is processed at all.
/QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL
The /QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the number of messages cur-
rently queued for first delivery by this SMH. This attribute is an indicating counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/QUEUED_FOR_RETRY
The /QUEUED_FOR_RETRY qualifier is used to specify the number of messages currently
queued for retry by this SMH. This attribute is an indicating counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/REJECTED_FIRST_DEL
The /REJECTED_FIRST_DEL qualifier is used to specify the total number of messages re-
jected by this SMH because the first delivery buffer capacity has been reached. This attribute
is a cumulative counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1257
SHOW CLASS SMH
/RETRY_ATTEMPT
The /RETRY_ATTEMPT qualifier is used to specify the total number of retry attempts of
messages and notifications by this SMH. This attribute is a statistical counter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted Single
Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED qualifier is used to specify the number of successfully
delivered Single Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the number of rejected Single
Shot Short Messages. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_BUFFERED
The /SM_BUFFERED qualifier is used to specify the total number of Short Messages (SMs)
that are buffered in this SMH. This is the total number of SMs in the first delivery queue, the
next delivery queue and the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ). This attribute is an indicating
counter.
/SM_DISMISSED
The /SM_DISMISSED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received valid Short
Messages (SMs) that are rejected. These messages are rejected due to an internal reason.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_FAILED
The /SM_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of Short
Messages (SMs) that failed. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_INVALID
The /SM_INVALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of invalid Short Messages
(SMs) received. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/SM_RECEIVED
The /SM_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of received Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_TRANSMITTED
The /SM_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of delivery attempts of
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SINGLE_RECEIVED
The /SINGLE_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received single IDI packet
Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
2–1258 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH
SHOW CLASS SMH
/SINGLE_TRANSMITTED
The /SINGLE_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of
single IDI packet Short Messages (SMs). This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MULTI_RECEIVED
The /MULTI_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the number of received messages that
extend over multiple IDI packets. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/MULTI_TRANSMITTED
The /MULTI_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the number of delivery attempts of
messages that extend over multiple IDI packets. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/SM_VALID
The /SM_VALID qualifier is used to specify the total number of received valid Short Messages
(SMs). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/REPLY_PATH_ENTRIES
The /REPLY_PATH_ENTRIES qualifier shows the total number of outstanding reply paths.
This attribute is an indicative counter.
/UMF_MSGS_OK
The /UMF_MSGS_OK qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that have been
forwarded successfully to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a cumulative
counter.
/UMF_MSGS_FAILED
The /UMF_MSGS_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the number of messages that have been
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox and failed permanently. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/WAIT_ADDRBLOCKS
The /WAIT_ADDRBLOCKS qualifier is used to specify the total number of address blocks
waiting for a response from a SIW or DIW (as a result of a delivery attempt). This attribute is
an indicating counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /SM_VALID
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute SM_VALID of the SMH entity SMH01.
SHOW CLASS SMH SMSC Commands 2–1259
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class SMH_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ABN_ENABLED
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX
/ADDR_HIGH
/ADDR_LOW
/ADDR_MAX
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME
/ALT_ERR_DELAY
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT
/DDP_MAX
/DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED
/DELIVERY_MAX
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG
/F_DEL_RESP
/F_INQ_RESP
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE
/FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF
2–1260 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF
/FORM_PIDERMES
/FORM_PIDFAXG3
/FORM_PIDIVR
/FORM_PIDMENU
/FORM_PIDMS
/FORM_PIDPC
/FORM_PIDOIS
/FORM_PIDSMPP
/FORM_PIDTAP
/FORM_PIDVMS
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT ON
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n 75
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n 50
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n 60
/GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR
/IMP_HIGH
/IMP_LOW
/INTER_MSG_DELAY
/IR_ENABLED
/IR_LIST
/INTERVAL_1
/INTERVAL_2
/INTERVAL_3
/INTERVAL_4
/INTERVAL_5
/INTERVAL_6
/INTERVAL_7
/INTERVAL_8
/MSGS_PER_SMH
/FIRST_PER_SMH
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX
/LLA_NORMAL_THR
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME
/LLA_THR
/LLA_TIME
/NOTIF_LA_MAX
/NOTIF_USER_MAX
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX
/PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1261
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/PP_FIXED_BILLING
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK
/QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED
/RCOUNT_1
/RCOUNT_2
/RCOUNT_3
/RCOUNT_4
/RCOUNT_5
/RCOUNT_6
/RCOUNT_7
/RCOUNT_8
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT
/RETQ_HIGH
/RETQ_LOW
/RETQ_MAX
/RETRY_PROFILE
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES
/S_DEL_RESP
/S_INQ_RESP
/SC_ALERT_DELAY
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED
/SMH_IW_MASK
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR
/SYNCDEL_ENABLE
/T_DEL_RESP
/TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED
/TP_PID_ENABLED
/TP_PID_LIST
/VP_CONST_NOTIF
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT
/VP_NOTIF_MAX
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
2–1262 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with SMH
entities.
Qualifiers
/ABN_ENABLED
The /ABN_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN) mes-
sages are generated by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY
The /ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification (ABN)
messages are generated for only the first segment of a Concatenated Message. This attribute
is a flag.
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE
The /ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE qualifier specifies whether Account Balance Notification
(ABN) messages are sent to the mobile user using a replace message. This attribute is a flag.
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates
that the prepaid user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system
can be included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal
comma) placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL
The /ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates a system
error. This attribute is a parameter.
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP
The /ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated Account
Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates that the
credit of the user account has expired. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE
The /ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indi-
cates a low balance for the prepaid user. The balance received from the prepaid system can be
included in the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma)
placeholder. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1263
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE
The /ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) message to be sent in case the prepaid system indicates an
insufficient credit balance. The balance received from the prepaid system can be included in
the message by using the @BALAP (decimal point) or @BALAC (decimal comma) placeholder.
This attribute is a parameter.
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM
The /ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM qualifier specifies the textual contents of a generated
Account Balance Notification (ABN) to be sent to the Mobile Originator in case the SMSC
rejects a message because the prepaid charging system is not accessible or is not responding.
This situation can arise only when the SMSC_COMMON attribute PP_JAMMED_SETTING is
set to SMS_REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
/ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX
The /ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) for a certain recipient address block. This
qualifier should be less than or equal to the /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_
ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX
The /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of Short Messages
(SMs) that will be buffered by the system for the same recipient address. Above this value the
system will refuse incoming SMs for this recipient address. This qualifier should be less than
or equal to RETQ_MAX and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter.
/ADDR_HIGH
The /ADDR_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Above this value
the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs) for which a new address block is
needed. The value of /ADDR_HIGH should be larger than the value of /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
/ADDR_LOW
The /ADDR_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for recipient address blocks.
The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute ADDR_MAX. Below this value
the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs) again, for which a new address
block is needed, if ADDR_HIGH for this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a
parameter.
/ADDR_MAX
The /ADDR_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of recipient address blocks.
The system needs a recipient address block for every different recipient address for which a
message is buffered in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
/ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS
The /ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS qualifier is used to specify the number of different address
blocks per SMTP session. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1264 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES
The /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /ADDR_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of recipient address blocks that are available. This per-
centage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation, the
recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /ADDR_MAX that exceeds /ADDR_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /ADDR_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /ADDR_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter. See
also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME
The /ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME qualifier specifies whether an Alert for a certain recipient
restarts the retry scheme for that recipient. This attribute is a flag.
Alert restarts Retry Scheme: <YES/NO>
/ALT_ERR_DELAY
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the delay in seconds between the failed delivery attempt and the Rapid
Retry.
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT
If the PPL_NERR.TXT has configured a 0x11 as message status a Rapid Retry is performed.
This qualifier specifies the maximum number of Rapid Retries in a series. The counter is reset
when another message error status is received.
/DDP_MAX
The /DDP_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum deferred delivery period for Short
Messages (SMs). If a message has been submitted with a higher deferred delivery period, it
will be refused by the SMH. This attribute is a parameter.
/DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED
The /DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
delivery delay functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/DELIVERY_MAX
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /DELIVERY_MAX qualifier is used to specify the
maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications per second for which a delivery
attempt will be made by the system.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /DELIVERY_MAX qualifier is used to specify the
maximum number of retry SMs and notifications per second for which a delivery attempt will
be made by the system. When /FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX has been reached, /DELIVERY_MAX
will also be used for first delivery attempts.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1265
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
The maximum value of this attribute is determined per license. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of Short Messages (SMs) and notifications per second for which a
delivery attempt will be made from any cluster node in the system.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify
the maximum number of retry SMs and notifications per second for which a delivery attempt
will be made from any cluster node in the system.
This attribute is meant to protect the system stability during node crash when SMH entities
are migrated automatically to the remaining nodes. If necessary, each SMH entity will scale
down its delivery limit, as configured in /MSGS_PER_SMH, so that the node limit is not
exceeded on any node in the system. This attribute is a parameter.
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED
The /ENCRYPTION_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
SMH message file encryption functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG
By using this qualifier, all available Error Dependent Retry (EDR) scheme configurations are
listed. For every scheme, a PID, MERR, MSTA and INDEX is defined. A delivery failure
indicated by a certain MERR and MSTA for a certain PID can be mapped by INDEX to an
entry in the RETRY_PROFILE list attribute, specifying a certain EDR scheme.
/F_DEL_RESP
The /F_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/F_INQ_RESP
The /F_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the first text string to be inserted in the re-
sponse of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK
The /FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK qualifier specifies the number of records the SMH updates
in the message file in one I/O operation.
2–1266 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE
The /FILE_RECORD_SIZE qualifier specifies the size of a message in the SMH message file
(in bytes).
IMPORTANT
Changing this parameter requires a good working understanding of the SMH I/O
mechanism. Note that the FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK and FILE_RECORD_SIZE
are linked.
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY
The /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY qualifier is used to specify the first delivery buffer capacity.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
The value of this attribute is related to license SMSC_FIRST_DELIV_BUF_MAX.
/FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX
The /FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of first
delivery attempts per second. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled. The value of this
attribute is related to license SMSC_FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX.
A summation of all /FIRST_PER_SMH/max_number_of_first_delivery_messages
values should be lower than or equal to /FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX.
/FIRST_DELVPER_NODE_MAX
The /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of
first delivery attempts per second on a cluster node.
If necessary, all SMH entities running on the same node will scale down their first delivery
limit, as configured in /FIRST_PER_SMH, so that the value of /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_
MAX is not exceeded. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FIRSTQ_MAX
The /FIRSTQ_MAX qualifier is used to specify the list of SMHs and the related maximum
number of messages and notifications queued for first delivery per SMH. A summation of
all /FIRSTQ_MAX entries should be lower than or equal to /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1267
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the /ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier. This attribute is a parameter.
Each element in the list has the following components:
smh_number
max_queued_for_first_delivery
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF
The /FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the buffered notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF
The /FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format,
in case a cancellation (delete) message was received for a message which has already been
delivered. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF
The /FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text
format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D qualifier is used to specify the delivery notification text format
for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more
detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND
The /FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification text
format for a "Last Resort Address Message". Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a
more detailed description. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF
The /FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the non-delivery notification
text format. Please refer to the SMSC Operator Manual for a more detailed description. This
attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
2–1268 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDERMES
The /FORM_PIDERMES qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a ERMES (Pager) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is
substituted for the @MRAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDFAXG3
The /FORM_PIDFAXG3 qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a FAXG3 entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDIVR
The /FORM_PIDIVR qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Interactive Voice Response (IVR) System entity is to be indicated in a notification
text. This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification
text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDTAP
The /FORM_PIDTAP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Telocator Alphanumeric Protocol (TAP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDMENU
The /FORM_PIDMENU qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a MENU entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDMS
The /FORM_PIDMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a mobile station is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted
for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDPC
The /FORM_PIDPC qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format when
a PC (UCP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDOIS
The /FORM_PIDOIS qualifier specifies whether the PID (language dependent) text format
when an OIS entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This text string is substituted for
the "@MRAP" or "@MOAP" parameter in a notification text. This attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_PIDSMPP
The /FORM_PIDSMPP qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when an Short Message Peer-to-Peer (SMPP) entity is to be indicated in a notification text.
This text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text.
This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1269
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/FORM_PIDVMS
The /FORM_PIDVMS qualifier is used to specify the PID (language dependent) text format
when a Voice Messaging System (VMS) entity is to be indicated in a notification text. This
text string is substituted for the @MRAP or @MOAP parameter in a notification text. This
attribute is a parameter.
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF
The /FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF qualifier is used to define the text in the Short Message
(SM) that is sent to the subscriber when the system failed to update a subscribers Last Resort
Address as a result of the SETLFAX3 command. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT qualifier is used to specify whether the number of mes-
sages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway LA will be limited. When turned
on, the /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH and /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifiers deter-
mine the limits that will be applied.
The following values can be set:
Table 2–45: GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
Value
ON Limited
OFF Not limited
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–46: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
This attribute is a flag.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH qualifier is used to configure the high-watermark for
the messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its
value specifies the maximum amount of messages in the DDQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of
a percentage of the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an
LA. When the high-watermark is reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages
for that (address block of the) Gateway LA are no longer deferred and non-persistent errors
2–1270 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
are treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark
specified by the /GATEWAY_DEFER_LOW qualifier. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–47: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW qualifier is used to configure the low-watermark for the
messages in the Deferred Delivery Queue (DDQ) of a Gateway Large Account (LA). Its value
specifies the amount of messages in the DFQ of a Gateway LA, in terms of a percentage of
the total number of messages that can be stored in the address block of an LA. If the high-
watermark has previously been reached for (an address block of) a Gateway LA, messages for
that (address block of the) Gateway LA will not be deferred and non-persistent errors will be
treated as persistent errors until the amount of messages falls below the low-watermark. This
attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
The maximum number of messages that can be stored in the address block of a LA
is specified by the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1271
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
Table 2–48: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
NOTE
In case of a Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), the value of LA_ADDR_
ELEM_MAX, GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW and GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HI spec-
ifies the limit for each address block of that LA. So, the number of messages and
the watermark states are checked separately for each address block of the LA. As
a result of this, the SMSC may start deleting messages for one address block of
the LA, while other address blocks for the same LA are still available. To prevent
confusion, the actual address block where the messages are deleted from, is shown.
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME=n
The /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_IIME qualifier is used to configure the period of time (in sec-
onds), for which the messages for a Gateway LA that cannot be delivered due to a non-
permanent error will be deferred.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration items:
Table 2–49: Gateway LA Attributes
Class Qualifier
PRH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_LIST
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
SMH_COMMON GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
This attribute is a parameter.
/GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR
By using this qualifier all configured addresses in the GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR list attribute
will be displayed.
/IMP_HIGH
The /IMP_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Above this percentage the SMH starts rejecting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
2–1272 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/IMP_LOW
The /IMP_LOW qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the buffered messages in the
SMH. Below this percentage the SMH starts accepting messages from the SIWIMPORT. This
attribute is a parameter.
/INTER_MSG_DELAY
The /INTER_MSG_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the delay that the SMH inserts between
the delivery of two Short Messages (SMs) to the same mobile user. Note that in case of a
GSM, this parameter is overruled by the More Message to Send (MMS) flag. This attribute is
a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/IR_ENABLED
The /IR_ENABLED qualifier enables Intelligent Retry. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active.
/IR_LIST
The /IR_LIST qualifier is used to specify the order in which the networks are to be retried.
The network error mapping files must be configured in order to map the network errors that
need to be intelligently retried.
NOTE
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active or the IR_ENABLED
attribute is OFF.
/INTERVAL_1
The /INTERVAL_1 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 1 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_2
The /INTERVAL_2 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 2 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_3
The /INTERVAL_3 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 3 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_4
The /INTERVAL_4 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 4 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1273
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/INTERVAL_5
The /INTERVAL_5 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 5 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_6
The /INTERVAL_6 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 6 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_7
The /INTERVAL_7 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 7 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/INTERVAL_8
The /INTERVAL_8 qualifier is used to specify the interval between two subsequent delivery
attempts within phase 8 of the default retry scheme. The interval value is displayed in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX=n
The /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier specifies the maximum number of messages buffered
for a Large Account (LA) recipient. This qualifier should be less than or equal to RETQ_MAX
and should be larger than or equal to ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX.
/LLA_NORMAL_THR=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual
delay is less than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_NORMAL_TIME,
a license-limit-normal signal is given.
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME=n
The /LLA_NORMAL_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between subsiding the
license limit threshold and the generation of the license-limit-normal signal.
/LLA_THR=n
The /LLA_THR qualifier specifies the delay threshold in seconds. If the actual delay is larger
than this threshold for a period longer than specified with /LLA_TIME, a license-limit-reached
signal is given.
/LLA_TIME=n
The /LLA_TIME qualifier specifies the time, in seconds, between surpassing the licence limit
threshold and the generation of the license-limit-reached signal.
/MSGS_PER_SMH
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /MSGS_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list
of SMHs and the related maximum number of Short Message deliveries per second. If the
maximum for an SMH has been reached, the next delivery attempt will be postponed to the
following second.
2–1274 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /MSGS_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list
of SMHs and the related maximum number of first and retry Short Message deliveries per
second. If the maximum for an SMH has been reached, the next delivery attempt will be
postponed to the following second.
Each element in the list consists of the following components:
smh_number
number_of_messages
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/FIRST_PER_SMH
If the DMR functionality is disabled, the /FIRST_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list
of SMHs and the related maximum number of Short Message deliveries per second. If the
maximum for an SMH has been reached, the next delivery attempt will be postponed to the
following second.
If the DMR functionality is enabled, the /FIRST_PER_SMH qualifier is used to show the list
of SMHs and the related maximum number of first delivery message deliveries per second. If
the maximum for an SMH has been reached, the next delivery attempt will be postponed to
the following second.
Each element in the list consists of the following components:
smh_number
max_number_of_first_delivery_messages
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/NOTIF_LA_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_LA_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a Large Account (LA) recipient address. When the number of messages (Short
Messages and notifications) stored in the SMSC for this LA recipient address reaches the
value indicated by this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this LA recipient
address. Notifications that cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of
this qualifier equals the value of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will
only be discarded when the maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
A Multiple Address Large Account (MULA), however, can store (NOTIF_LA_MAX * number of
aliases) notifications. The number of aliases is the product of the output window size and the
maximum number of sessions.
/NOTIF_USER_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_USER_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number
of notifications for a user recipient address. This qualifier is used for all users not being a
Large Account (LA) or a VMS system. When the number of messages (Short Messages and
notifications) stored in the SMSC for this recipient address reaches the value indicated by
this qualifier, no new notifications will be stored for this recipient address. Notifications that
cannot be stored in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value
of the SMH common attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the
maximum number of queued (stored) messages has been reached.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1275
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX=n
The /NOTIF_VMS_MAX qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of
notifications for a VMS recipient address. When the number of notifications stored in the
SMSC for this VMS recipient address reaches the value indicated by this qualifier, no new
notifications will be stored for this VMS recipient address. Notifications that cannot be stored
in the SMSC will be discarded. If the value of this qualifier equals the value of the SMH com-
mon attribute RETQ_MAX, notifications will only be discarded when the maximum number of
queued (stored) messages has been reached.
/PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR
The /PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR qualifier enables the rapid-retry. See also /ALT_ERR_
DELAY and /ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED
The /PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED qualifier is used to switch sending a positive acknowledgement
for the Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs), when the prepaid charged party is
blocked. This attribute is a flag. Please note that this attribute affects the SMSC blocked
prepaid SMS rejection behaviour only in REAL_TIME and BULK modes.
/PP_DMR_DISCARD
The /PP_DMR_DISCARD qualifier is used to specify whether or not a prepaid billing system is
triggered for trashbinned messages. This attribute can have the following values:
OFF: Trigger the prepaid billing system
ON : Do not trigger the prepaid billing system (default)
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is only relevant if the DMR functionality is enabled.
/PP_FIXED_BILLING
The /PP_FIXED_BILLING qualifier is used to specify the logging behaviour of the SMH
towards the LOGSRV: pre- and postpaid messages, only prepaid messages or only postpaid
messages. This attribute can assume the following values:
PRE_AND_POSTPAID
POSTPAID_ONLY
PREPAID_ONLY This attribute is a flag.
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value for the Payment System
response to an earlier Primary or Additional Service debit transaction. A value of 0 means
that the SMH will wait infinitely for the response to arrive. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1276 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK
The /PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK qualifier is used to specify how often the SMH checks whether
messages waiting for an Payment System response have timed out. This attribute is a param-
eter.
/QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED
The /QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED qualifier enables the query and delete on the SMH. See
also /ADDRESS_INFORMATION.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/RCOUNT_1
The /RCOUNT_1 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 1 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_2
The /RCOUNT_2 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 2 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_3
The /RCOUNT_3 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 3 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_4
The /RCOUNT_4 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 4 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_5
The /RCOUNT_5 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 5 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_6
The /RCOUNT_6 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 6 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_7
The /RCOUNT_7 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 7 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RCOUNT_8
The /RCOUNT_8 qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of delivery attempts within
phase 8 of the default retry scheme. This attribute is a parameter.
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE
The /RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE qualifier specifies whether the "Caching of Recipient
Delivery Information" functionality is enabled. With this functionality, the SMSC keeps the
delivery information of recipients as long as possible, in order to speed up delivery of future
messages for these recipients. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1277
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT
The /REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the reply path timeout in minutes.
When in an Mobile Originated message the reply path has been set, the recipient of this mes-
sage should respond within the time determined by the attribute REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT
The /RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT qualifier is used to specify whether Single Shot messag-
ing will be restricted. If this qualifier is set to YES, Single Shot Messages will be rejected if
the recipient is not a Large Account (LA) or mobile user. If the qualifier is set to NO, Single
Shot messages are handled as non-single shot if the recipient is not a LA or mobile user. This
attribute is a flag.
/RETQ_HIGH
The /RETQ_HIGH qualifier is used to specify the high watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Above
this value the system will refuse incoming Short Messages (SMs). The value of /RETQ_HIGH
should be larger than the value of /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES. This attribute is a parameter.
/RETQ_LOW
The /RETQ_LOW qualifier is used to specify the low watermark for the number of queued
messages. The value indicates a percentage of the value of the attribute RETQ_MAX. Below
this value the system will start accepting incoming Short Messages (SMs), if RETQ_HIGH for
this SMH had been reached earlier. This attribute is a parameter.
/RETQ_MAX
The /RETQ_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of queued messages (Short
Messages and notifications) per SMH. This qualifier should be larger than or equal to the
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier and the /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES
The /RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES qualifier is used to specify a certain percentage of /RETQ_
MAX, i.e. the maximum number of messages allowed to be queued in the next delivery queue.
This percentage is used as a threshold during SMH synchronisation. If during synchronisation
the recovering SMH allocates a percentage of /RETQ_MAX that exceeds /RETQ_SYNCDEL_
THRES, i.e. it crosses the threshold, it will start delivering messages. The value of /RETQ_
SYNCDEL_THRES is less than the value of /RETQ_HIGH. This attribute is a parameter. See
also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/RETRY_PROFILE <=(n)>
By using this qualifier, all available retry profiles are listed. It is possible to list one specific
retry profile by entering the optional Retry Profile index parameter.
For each Retry Profile, the profile phase information interval_1 - interval_8 and rcount_1 -
rcount_8 is listed. The Retry Profile intervals are displayed in seconds.
2–1278 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK
The /RETRY_SCHEME_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit specifies
whether delivery attempts will be made for that specific network access or not. In this
qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit.
IMPORTANT
RETRY_SCHEME_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values of RETRY_SCHEME_MASK are in the range from 0 through FFF, see
table Retry-scheme Bitmask (see Table 2–45) .
Table 2–45: Retry-scheme Bitmask
Bit num-
ber Protocol ID
0 PLMN
1 PC
2 MENU
3 SMTP
4 VMS
5 FAXG3
6 ’Currently not used’
7 IVR
8 ERMES
9 TAP
10 SMPP
11 OIS
/SC_ALERT_DELAY
The /SC_ALERT_DELAY qualifier is used to specify the delay that the SMH inserts between
the receipt of an alert from a mobile user and the delivery of the first Short Message (SM) to
the same mobile user. This is only used when DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED is set. This attribute
is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/SMH_IW_MASK
The /SMH_IW_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating whether
message submission is allowed (1) or not (0). This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
SMH_IW_MASK is not checked on its upper limit.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1279
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
The possible values of SMH_IW_MASK are in the range from 0 through FFFF, see table
Retry-scheme Bitmask (see Table 2–46) .
Table 2–46: Retry-scheme Bitmask
Bit num-
ber Protocol ID
0 PLMN
1 PC
2 MENU
3 SMTP
4 VMS
5 FAXG3
6 ’Currently not used’
7 IVR
8 ERMES
9 TAP
10 SMPP
11 OIS
/S_DEL_RESP
The /S_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/S_INQ_RESP
The /S_INQ_RESP qualifier is used to specify the second text string to be inserted in the
response of the INQUIRY operation. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR
When setting the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR to "NO" the behaviour of GSM
SMS-COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to GSM 23.040. In case
the qualifier STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR is set to "YES" the behaviour of GSM SMS-
COMMAND Enquiry/SMS Status Report will be according to Sanyo_status_report_format;
"Where the SMS-STATUS-REPORT is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and the TP-
Command-Type is an Enquiry, the TPMR returned in the SMS-STATUS-REPORT shall be
the TP-MR (instead of the TP-MN) which was sent in the SMS-COMMAND".
WARNING
When the SMSC is configured to use the Sanyo_status_report_format, any GSM sta-
tus report which is the result of an SMS-COMMAND and where the TP-Command-
Type was an enquiry is likely to fail if the handset is compliant with [GSM 23.040]
2–1280 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/SYNCDEL_ENABLE
The /SYNCDEL_ENABLE qualifier is used to specify whether delivery during SMH syn-
chronisation is allowed, when one of the thresholds /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES or /RETQ_
SYNCDEL_THRES is exceeded. This attribute is a flag. See also the SET CLASS SMH_
COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/T_DEL_RESP
The /T_DEL_RESP qualifier is used to specify the third text string to be inserted in the
response of the DELETE operation. This attribute is a parameter.
See also the SET CLASS SMH_COMMON (see SET CLASS SMH_COMMON) command.
/TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED
The /TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED qualifier enables the creation of CDRs for copies of inter-
cepted messages. This attribute is a flag.
/TP_PID_ENABLED
The /TP_PID_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the transpar-
ent PID functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
/TP_PID_LIST
The /TP_PID_LIST qualifier is used to show the contents of the TP_PID_LIST. The TP_PID_
LIST is used by the Transparent PID functionality. If the Transparent PID functionality
is enabled, the SMSC will only accept and interpret PIDs that are on the list. The default
contents of the TP_PID_LIST consists of the following PIDs:
0x00 ... 0x47
0x5F
0x7F
0xC0 ... 0xFF
/VP_CONST_NOTIF
The /VP_CONST_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the function constant by which the Short
Message (SM) validity period is multiplied in order to calculate the notification validity period.
This calculation is applied when the attribute /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 1. The value
of this parameter is divided by 10 by the system. This attribute is a parameter. The system
calculates the notification validity period according to the following formula:
V P (notification) =
VP 0 CONST 0 NOT IF 3 V P (Short Message)
10
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT
The /VP_LRAD_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period (in hours) of a
Short Message (SM) in Last Resort delivery. Only used (and of interest) when the Last Resort
functionality is active. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1281
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT
The /VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for noti-
fications. The value of this attribute indicates the number of hours that a notification can
be buffered in the system if it cannot be delivered immediately. This value is applied when
VP_SCHEME_NOTIF is set to 0. This attribute is a parameter.
/VP_NOTIF_MAX
The /VP_NOTIF_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for notifi-
cations. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a notification was
generated with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_NOTIF_MAX. This attribute is a
parameter.
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF
The /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF qualifier is used to specify the scheme to be applied for calculating
the validity period for a notification. The attribute VP_SCHEME_NOTIF can have the follow-
ing values: 0 (apply constant as specified by VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT) or 1 (apply the function
with VP_CONST_NOTIF). This attribute is a parameter.
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED
The /SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED qualifier is used to configure whether or not the
SMSC skips the final delivery attempt for messages originating from a Large Account (LA).
This attribute is a flag.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON /RETQ_MAX
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute RETQ_MAX of the common attributes of the
SMH entities.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_TIME
PML>
The SHOW command shows the current value of the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_
DEFER_TIME of the SMH entities.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the current value of the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_
DEFER_LIMIT of the SMH entities.
4. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH
PML>
The SHOW command shows the current value of the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_
DEFER_HIGH of the SMH entities.
2–1282 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
5. PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW
PML>
The SHOW command shows the current value of the common attribute GATEWAY_LA_
DEFER_LOW of the SMH entities.
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1283
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class SMPP.
Please also refer to SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers
that can be shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/ALERT_ENABLED ON
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 160
/DEST_MAX 2
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST
/DETACH_INTERVAL 0
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL 0x100
/IMPLICIT_ALERT NO
/ISO_8859_8_CONV NONE
/MAX_COMMANDS 100
/MAX_PORTS 100
/MAXSESSIONS 10
/MSG_LIMIT_IN 160
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION TRUNCATE
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF SAR
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/NR_CC_SGMS 1
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR ON
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT ON
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED ON
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST
/REPLACE_TYPE 0x00
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE
/SES_MAN_ENABLED OFF
/SESS_TABLE
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION SMSC
/TO_DELIVERY
/TO_INACTIVE 60
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES 30
2–1284 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD NO
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED YES
/NODE_ID 000000
/NETWORK_ID 000000
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
an SMPP.
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
ADT configuration file for SIWSMPP. The file should reside in the DATA directory.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be displayed.
/ALERT_ENABLED
The /ALERT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
SMT-ALERT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
that is to be segmented in order to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery
segments. When the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1285
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/DEST_MAX
The /DEST_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of destination addresses
allowed in one multi-call input operation. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST
The /DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST qualifier specifies the list of all entries that map SMPP
Provisioning DEST_NETWORK_TYPE values to a PLMN type such as GSM, CDMA, TDMA
or GHOST.
The parameter dest_network_type is a hexadecimal number in the range [0x0-0xFF].
The parameter PLMN Type can have one of the following values:
• CDMA
• GHOST
• GSM
• TDMA
/DETACH_INTERVAL
The /DETACH_INTERVAL qualifier is used to specify the time (seconds) that an SMPP link is
allowed to be detached. The value 0 is interpreted by the SMSC as infinite, that is, no timing
will take place. This attribute is a parameter.
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL
The GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL qualifier defines the value to be identified as GAIT/GHOST in the
optional DEST_NETWORK_TYPE field in submitted SMPP messages. Values in the range of
[0x0..0x100] indicates the value to be interpreted. The value 0x100 indicates the feature is
switched OFF. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The functionality provided by this attribute is dependent on the /HONOUR_DEST_
NETW_TYPE functionality configurable in SSD_COMMON.
/ISO_8859_8_CONV
The /ISO_8859_8_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending
ISO 8859-8 formatted messages over the SMPP network. This attribute can have one of the
following values:
NONE
UCS2 This attribute is a flag.
/MAX_COMMANDS
The /MAX_COMMANDS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of commands that
the SMPP interworking can handle simultaneously (total number for all ESMEs using the
SMPP interworking). This attribute is a parameter.
2–1286 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/MAX_PORTS
The /MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of ports that can be
configured by port management. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN attribute is used to specify the message contents size submission limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_IN, the message is rejected or truncated
according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION. This attribute is a parameter.
The minimum value is 1. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is 160.
MSG_LIMIT_IN can be set between 1 and 4096. Default is 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a submitted text message is larger than specified by qualifier /MSG_
LIMIT_IN. This attribute can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
REJECT For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is handled the
same as REJECT. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit
in octets. When a message is larger than LIMIT_OUT, the message is deleted, segmented or
truncated according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is a
parameter. The minimum value is 140. The maximum value is 4096. The default value is
160.
MSG_LIMIT_OUT can be set between 140 and 4096. Default is 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
message contents size of a delivery message is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT_SAR
SEGMENT_UDH8
SEGMENT_UDH16 For non-text messages truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is
interpreted the same as DELETE. For segmentation into segments of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT,
there is the option for segments using SMPP optional parameters (SAR) or UDH with a
8-bit (UDH8) or 16 bit (UDH16) reference number. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1287
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF
The /CM_DELIVERY_PREF qualifier is used to specify the format of a Concatenated Message
(CM). This attribute can have one of the following values:
• STRIP
UDH is stripped.
• UDH_UNCHANGED
UDH is unchanged.
• SAR
Deliver CMs using the SAR optional parameters.
• UDH8
8-bit UDH is used.
• UDH16
16-bit UDH is used.
This attribute is a parameter.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR
The /ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR qualifier is used to switch Original Originator ON or OFF.
When original originator is switched on the SMSC will put an exact copy of the source address
of the messages into the destination address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT
The /ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT qualifier is used to switch Original Recipient ON or OFF. When
original recipient is switched on, the SMSC will put an exact copy of the destination address
of the messages into the source address of the notifications. This attribute is a flag.
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG
The /PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG qualifier specifies a list of entries that identifies the SMSC
system wide values, which are related to Predefined Messages.
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1288 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED
The /REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED qualifier specifies if the Replace If Present List functionality
is enabled or not. This attribute is a flag.
/REPL_IF_PRES_LIST
The /REPL_IF_PRES_LIST qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries in the Replace If
Present List.
/SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE
The qualifier /SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE specifies a list of entries mapping SMPP Service
Types to the IS41 Teleservice IDs. For SMPP originated messages containing a Service Type,
the SMSC uses this list to look up the associated Teleservice ID to be included in the message
that is being delivered to the IS41 network. For SMPP terminated messages, the SMSC looks
up the Service Type to be included. Note that in case no matching entry is found in the table,
the existing default mapping is used. This attribute is a parameter.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/SESS_TABLE
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries in the session table. The
session table is used to specify the default session management characteristics for class SMPP
for a specific server.
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME
The /SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME qualifier specifies the number of seconds of delay. If a
connection setup attempt and/or a session setup attempt must be rejected, the connection is
terminated and/or a negative response to the bind is sent after the specified delay.
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION
The /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION qualifier is used to specify the system identification that
the SMSC will return in an SMPP Bind operation. This attribute is a string.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_INACTIVE
The /TO_INACTIVE qualifier is used to specify the user’s inactivity time-out value in seconds.
This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES
The /TO_MORE_MESSAGES qualifier is used to specify the time-out value in seconds, which
the DIW uses to wait for more messages for the same recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1289
SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD
The /UD_IN_SM_FIELD qualifier is used to determine where to put the User Data of a
DELIVER_SM or SUBMIT_SM. When it is set to YES, the User Data will be put in the
short_message field (if its content is no longer than 254 octets). Otherwise, it will be put in
the optional parameter message_payload. Note that this applies to SMPP interface versions
3.4 and higher. For interface versions 3.3 and lower, the User Data is always provided in the
short_message field. This attribute is a flag.
/UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED
When the /UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED qualifier is set to YES, it enables the unconditional
forwarding of SMPP originated messages.
/NODE_ID
The /NODE_ID qualifier specifies the Node Identifier that will be used to fill in the SMPP
source_node_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
/NETWORK_ID
The /NETWORK_ID qualifier specifies the Network Identifier that will be used to fill in the
SMPP source_network_id TLV in the SMPP Delivery Receipts.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMPP /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the SMPP.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the memory size allocated for ADT table of SIWSMPP as the
number of blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
PML>
The SHOW commans shows the filename of the ADT configuration file used by SIWSMPP.
2–1290 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of the class SMSC_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN
/ADT_ENABLED
/CDMA_ENABLED
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED
/DIWTAP_ENABLED
/DL_ENABLED
/E164_CC
/E164_INT_PREFIX
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
/E164_TRUNK_CODE
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
/ERMES_ENABLED
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED
/FAXREP_ENABLED
/FAX_ENABLED
/FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED
/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED
/FORWARDING_ENABLED
/FSG_ENABLED
/GIW_ENABLED
/GPRS_ENABLED
/HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED
/IDI_VERSION
/INQUIRY_ENABLED
/IP7_ENABLED
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1291
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/ISDN_ENABLED
/IVR_UCP_ENABLED
/LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED
/LA_ALPHA_ENABLED
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL
/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED
/LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED
/LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED
/LA_PWD_ENABLED
/LA_RETRY_ENABLED
/LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED
/LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED
/LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED
/LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK
/LMSG_ENABLED
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED
/LRAD_ENABLED
/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED
/MNP_CC_LIST
/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED
/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED
/MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA
/MODIFY_ENABLED
/MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA
/MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED
/MSG_LENGTH
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED
/MSG_TRUNC_IND
/MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED
/MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED
/NMT_ENABLED
/NRT_RANGES
/NR_CMLOG
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS
/NR_SMH
/NUMBER_PORTABILITY OFF
/OIS_ENABLED
/PABX_ENABLED
2–1292 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PHASE2_ENABLED
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS ON
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT ON
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS ON
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE ON
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES ON
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH ON
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT ON
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT ON
/PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING
/PP_MODE
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
/PP_UMF_CHARGING
/PREFIXLESS_TRUNK
/PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED
/PRIO_MESS_ENABLED
/PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ
/SDB_ENABLED
/SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED
/SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES
/SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED
/SIWTAP_ENABLED
/SMPP_ENABLED
/SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED
/SMSC_ID
/SMSC_LOGGING_MASK
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR
/SMSC_X25_ADDR
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1293
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/STD_PLMN_TYPE
/TCAP_SRC_AID
/TCAP_SRC_PC
/TCAP_SRC_SSN
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE
/TCP_IP_ENABLED
/TDMA_ENABLED
/TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
/UMF_ENABLED
/VMN_UCP_ENABLED
/VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED
/VP_SM_DEFAULT
/VP_SM_MAX
/VP_XM_DEFAULT
/VP_XM_MAX
/VSMSC_ENABLED
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED
/X121_CC
/X121_INT_PREFIX
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity-instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Since this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its
name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON command shows the common attributes for the SMSC.
Qualifiers
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN
The /ADDR_CHECK_LEN qualifier is used to specify the minimal required notification ad-
dress length. This will be used to check whether a user specifies a correct notification address.
The notification address length will only be checked if the attribute TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
of the common class SMSC has been set to ON.
2–1294 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/ADT_ENABLED
The /ADT_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the Flexible Address Translation (ADT)
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED
The /BLACKLIST_ENABLED qualifier specifies if an address must be checked for presence on
the General Blacklist.
/CDMA_ENABLED
The /CDMA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports CDMA
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED
The /BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED attribute specifies that the Global Title (GT) of the originat-
ing MSC/SGSN is checked in the blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, SMSC_
COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED and SMSC_COMMON/MNP_COND_
SRI_ENABLED, which are licensed options. The blacklist will work regardless of
whether the above described options are switched ON or OFF.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED
The /CDR_APA_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Application Port Addressing
(APA) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs.
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED
The /CDR_CM_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This attribute is a
flag.
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED
The /CDR_EMS_INCLUDED qualifier is used to specify whether Enhanced Messaging Service
(EMS) information is included in the generated CDRs and/or CM summary CDRs. This
attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1295
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK
The /CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK qualifier is a bit-mask that is used to specify the type
of the additional ASN.1 CDR streams. An additional ASN.1 CDR stream can be configured
as billing stream (set to 0) or statistical stream (set to 1). The bit positions correspond to
the stream numbers (1..10) of the additional streams (bit 0 is the least significant bit and
corresponds to additional stream number 1).
Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for more information on additional ASN.1 CDR
streams and the effect of configuring an additional ASN.1 CDR stream as billing stream or
statistical stream.
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY
The /CM_CDR_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary Call Detail Records (CDRs) must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have
the following values:
• OFF
No CM summary CDRs are generated, only CDRs per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary CDRs and CDRs per CM segment are generated.
• ONLY
Only CM summary CDRs are generated, no CDR per CM segment. This attribute is a
flag.
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY
The /CM_LOG_SUMMARY qualifier is used to specify whether Concatenated Message (CM)
summary LOG records must be generated by the SMSC. This attribute can have the following
values:
• OFF
No CM summary LOG records are generated, only LOG records per CM segment.
• ON
CM summary LOG records and LOG records per CM segment are generated.
• ONLY
Only CM summary LOG records are generated, no LOG record per CM segment. This
attribute is a flag.
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED
The /CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether ’Content-based
Billing for Ringtones and Logos’ functionality is supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if
the associated license is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED
The /DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the DMR functionality
is active or not. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1296 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
/DIWTAP_ENABLED
The /DIWTAP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the DIWTAP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/DL_ENABLED
The /DL_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Distribution
List functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute is a
flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/E164_CC
The /E164_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for E.164 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
The /E164_LOCAL_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the local prefix to be used for outgoing
connections in the E.164 domain (for example, when a PABX is used). This attribute can have
an empty value. This attribute is a parameter.
/E164_INT_PREFIX
The /E164_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the E.164
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
/E164_TRUNK_CODE
The /E164_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the trunk code in the E.164 address
domain, identifying the city or area in which the SMSC is situated. This code is used for
outgoing calls via the PSTNA server, to identify whether the destination is in the same area.
If this attribute has an empty value, the E164_TRUNK_PREFIX must also be set to the empty
value. This attribute is a parameter.
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
The /E164_TRUNK_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the trunk prefix (also called national
prefix) in the E.164 address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
/ERMES_ENABLED
The /ERMES_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports ERMES
functionality or not. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1297
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED
The /ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether it is possible to configure and
use the Error Dependent Retry (EDR) feature. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/FAX_ENABLED
The /FAX_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports FAX functional-
ity or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED
The /FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
the Fax Recipient Name functionality or not. When this attribute is set to ON the recipient
will be printed on the outgoing fax in a predefined section.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/FAXREP_ENABLED
The /FAXREP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Fax
Report functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute is
a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED
The /FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether mobile subscriber access
via fixed network functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/FORWARDING_ENABLED
The /FORWARDING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether (un)conditional forward-
ing of Short Messages (SMs) functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
2–1298 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/FSG_ENABLED
The /FSG_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether Foreign Subscriber Gateway functionality is
supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/GIW_ENABLED
The /GIW_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the GIW func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/GPRS_ENABLED
The /GPRS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the SMS over GPRS functionality. When it
is set to OFF, no GPRS functionality as specified in the MAP V3 protocol is used. When the
parameter is set to ON, the GPRS functionality as specified in the MAP V3 protocol is used.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED
The /HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Hide CLI address
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/IDI_VERSION
The /IDI_VERSION qualifier shows the version of the Internal Data Interface.
IMPORTANT
This is an informational parameter. Its value cannot be changed.
/INQUIRY_ENABLED
The /INQUIRY_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Inquiry
and Delete functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/IP7_ENABLED
The /IP7_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SS7 over SCTP/IP functionality is
supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if the associated license is set to ON. This attribute
is a flag. Please note that for Itanium systems this attribute must be set to ON.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1299
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/ISDN_ENABLED
The /ISDN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports ISDN function-
ality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/IVR_UCP_ENABLED
The /IVR_UCP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the IVR
using UCP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_ALPHA_ENABLED
The /LA_ALPHA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
alphanumeric characters for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL
The /LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL qualifier is used to specify the interval (in minutes) after
which a Large Account is checked for a full message queue. When the queue has reached
its maximum number of messages, an informational message is sent to the operator. This
attribute is a parameter.
/LA_HPLMN_ENABLED
The /LA_HPLMN_ENABLED attribute specifies Large Accounts (LAs) to be limited to their
own network when Mobile Number Portability (MNP) is used. A dedicated routing table
(GIW_HLR_ADDR_LA.DAT) will be used to ensure that MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM
requests for messages from LAs limited to their own network do not go beyond their own
network. Short Messages (SMs) from such LAs for recipients not in the HPLMN are removed.
The SMSC will determine whether a recipient is in the HPLMN or not by doing the following:
#1: Check the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR) received from the
HLR. #2: In case the IMSI of the recipient is known, check the national recipient IMSI in the
SMSC_COMMON/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST (Country Code in the recipient MSISDN is in the
SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
2–1300 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED
The /LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether multiple address
Large Account functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED
The /LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Large Account (LA) specific notification settings functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_PWD_ENABLED
The /LA_PWD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Large
Account Password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_RETRY_ENABLED
The /LA_RETRY_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether it is possible to configure and use the
Large Account Retry profile feature. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED
The /LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
throughput regulation for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED
The /LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC sup-
ports the Short Number for Large Account functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED
The /LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Large Account Database functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1301
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED
The /LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED attribute is used to enable or disable the LDAP function-
ality. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK
The /LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK attribute enables or disables the logging of any SDB modifi-
cations. This is a 2 digit hexadecimal number. The value is set according to the following
masking bits:
• PRL Logging: 0x01(000001)
• PRX Logging: 0x02(000010)
• SOG Logging: 0x04(000100)
• PBB Logging: 0x08(001000)
• PRH Logging: 0x10(010000)
• LIW Logging: 0x20(100000)
/LMSG_ENABLED
The /LMSG_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Long
Message Rule functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT
The /LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value (in seconds) for
receiving the *LAST command terminating the long message. LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT is only
used when LMSG_ENABLED is set. This attribute is a parameter.
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION
The /LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION qualifier is used to specify the settings for local number
recognition (mobile-to-mobile). If the qualifier is ON and a local number (abbreviated address)
is used to submit a short message, the recipient address will be updated with the country
code (E164_CC) and network code (E164_TRUNK_CODE) taken from the mobile origina-
tor. Abbreviated addressing is only applied to the recipient address of Short Message (SM)
submission. If the attribute is set to OFF no local numbers can be used. This attribute is a
flag.
IMPORTANT
For PC-originated MT traffic the qualifier /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE must be defined.
2–1302 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED
The /LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the logging and billing of
addresses should be done in international format. This attribute is a flag.
/LRAD_ENABLED
The /LRAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Subscriber
based Last Resort Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_2SRI_ENABLED attribute specifies that, to optimise routing in a network with
Mobile Number Portability (MNP), the SMSC will send a second MAP_Send_Routing_Info_
For_SM request to the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function) for Mobile Terminated Short
Messages (MT/SM). This applies when the first MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request fails
on the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_2SRI_ERR). Additionally, the SMSC will send
a MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request directly to the MNP-SRF (skipping the first) if a
second MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM request was sent in a previous delivery attempt. A
dedicated routing table (GIW_HLR_ADDR_SEC.DAT) will be used for the second MAP_Send_
Routing_Info_For_SM request. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_CC_LIST
The /MNP_CC_LIST attribute displays the list of all entries that identify the Country Codes
using Mobile Number Portability (MNP). Please refer to the documentation on ADD CL
SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST.
/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED qualifier specifies that the Mobile Number Portability
(MNP) originator IMSI retrieval is conditional. i.e. IMSI retrieval will only occur when the
originator MSISDN is on the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST (national MSISDN) and the
Global Title (GT) of the originating MSC/SGSN is not (international MSC/SGSN). Mobile
Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) from national MSC/SGSNs can be accepted or rejected
depending on the presence of originating MSC/SGSN global titles in the MSC/SGSN GT
blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY and SMSC_
COMMON/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED, which are licensed options. The first
option has to be switched ON. The second option can be switched OFF (/MNP_
COND_SRI_ENABLED offloads the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function)) or can
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1303
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
be switched ON (/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED offloads the HLR in the operator’s
own network).
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED
The /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED attribute specifies that, to optimise routing in a net-
work with Mobile Number Portability (MNP), the SMSC will insert a prefix into the SCCP
Called Party Address/SUA destination address which is used to address the HLR for Mobile
Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The prefix is inserted after the Country Code of the
Global Title (GT) in the SCCP Called Party Address/SUA destination address. This only ap-
plies when the Country Code is in the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST and the recipient
IMSI is known and present in the IMSI prefix table GIW_COMMON/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED
The /MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED attribute specifies that the Mobile Number Portability
(MNP) originator IMSI retrieval is done for HLRs of the operator’s own network, thereby
offloading the MNP-SRF (Signalling Relay Function). A dedicated routing table (GIW_HLR_
ADDR_MO.DAT) will be used to ensure that MAP_Send_Routing_Info_For_SM requests do not
go outside their own network. For the particular error (GIW_COMMON/MNP_SRI_UNCOND_
REJ_ERR) from the HLR, the Mobile Originated Short Message (MO/SM) is unconditionally
rejected. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/NUMBER_PORTABILITY, which is a
licensed option. This option has to be switched ON.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST
The /MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST attribute displays the list of all IMSI ranges in the own network.
The list is used to validate the recipients of messages from Large Accounts only allowed to be
sent within their own network.
/MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED
The /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the MO SMS Anti
Fraud functionality is supported by the SMSC or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a Licensed Option.
2–1304 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
The MO SMS Anti Fraud functionality is only performed when the SCCP Calling
Party Address (SUA Source Address) Routing Indicator is set to GT.
/MODIFY_ENABLED
The /MODIFY_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports message
modification functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA
The /MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA qualifier specifies the format of the delivery notification if
the submitter of the Short Message (SM) is a mobile user via a fixed network. This qualifier
applies when the SMSC should send a delivery notification and the acknowledgement from
the SM recipient contains User Data. When it is ON, then the delivery notification will
contain the User Data from the SM recipient. When it is OFF, the delivery notification will
have the normal format. This attribute can only be set to ON when the attribute SMSC_
COMMON/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED is set to ON. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute can only be set to ON when the attribute SMSC_COMMON/FIXED_
SUBSCR_ENABLED is set to ON.
/MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED
The /MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
message based password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MSG_LENGTH
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of septets (in case of
seven-bits alphabet) or octets (in all other cases) that can be carried and/or stored in an IDI
message.
NOTE
Decreasing this qualifier might decrease the interworking specific attributes
PC_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH and TAP_COMMON /MSG_LENGTH.
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED
The /MSG_LRAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
message based Last Resort Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1305
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED
The /MSG_RULES_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the Rule Based Decision
Logic functionality is supported by the SMSC. When set to ON, the SMSC expects a decision
rule configuration in the SSD_MSG_RULES.CNF file. This attribute is a flag.
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED
The /MSG_TRACE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
interception and reporting of message information for a lawfully authorised Law Enforcement
Agency (LEA). This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MSG_TRUNC_IND
The /MSG_TRUNC_IND attribute is the text at the end of the SMS indicating that the SMS
was truncated. An empty string results in no truncation text. The truncation text replaces
SMS contents at the end of the SMS for only the length of the configured truncation indication.
This attribute is a parameter. Minimum length is 0. Maximum length is 3.
/MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED
The /MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
multi-language functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED
The /MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether multiple Service
Centre (SC) addresses are available. If the MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED is set to ON,
other SC addresses in Mobile Originated messages than its original address will be ac-
cepted/alerted. This can be useful in case of a reorganized Numbering Plan or when replacing
systems. If it is set to OFF, no multiple SC address is available. The file SC_MAP.DAT in
SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] contains possible SMSC addresses. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/NMT_ENABLED
The /NMT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether it is allowed for a user to use the
NMT functionality. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/NR_CMLOG
The /NR_CMLOG qualifier is used to specify the number of CMLOG entities for which the
system is currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1306 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS
The /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS qualifier is used to specify the number of additional ASN.1
CDR streams to be generated. The /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS qualifier is used to specify
the number of additional ASN.1 CDR streams. Please refer to the SMSC Billing Manual for
more information on configuring additional ASN.1 CDR streams.
/NR_SMH
The /NR_SMH qualifier is used to specify the number of SMHs for which the system is
currently configured. This attribute is a parameter.
/NRT_RANGES
The /NRT_RANGES qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries that identifies the rela-
tionship address ranges and address types.
Each element in the list has the following components:
• First
• Last
• Significant Digits
• Address Type
Please also refer to the ADD CL SMSC_COMMON command.
/NUMBER_PORTABILITY
The /NUMBER_PORTABILITY attribute is used to enable or disable Mobile Number
Portability (MNP) for Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs). If the attribute is set
to ON, the SMSC will accept SMs from mobile numbers of imported subscribers and reject
SMs from mobile numbers of exported subscribers. Acceptance and rejection of the SM de-
pends on the originator IMSI retrieval for SMs for which the country code in the originator
MSISDN is in the SMSC_COMMON/MNP_CC_LIST (e.g. for all national MSISDNs) and on
the presence of the originator IMSI in the General Blacklist. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/OIS_ENABLED
The /OIS_ENABLED qualifier specifies whether the SMSC supports OIS functionality or not.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PABX_ENABLED
The /PABX_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether subscriber PABX Short Number
addressing functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1307
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PHASE2_ENABLED
The /PHASE2_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether GSM phase 2 functionality is
supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS
The /PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT
The /PHASE2_IW_SELECT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS
The /PHASE2_MSG_CLASS qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE
The /PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES
The /PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH
The /PHASE2_REPLY_PATH qualifier is used to toggle GSM phase 2 Reply Path functionality.
If the attribute is set to OFF, no Reply Path will be stored in the SMSC when the originator
of a message requests for a Reply Path. If the parameter is set to ON, a Reply Path will be
stored if requested. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT
The /PHASE2_STAT_REPORT qualifier is used to specify the delivery of a GSM status report
message when a mobile phone requests for a status report. If the attribute is set to OFF, no
status report is delivered. If the attribute is set to ON, a status report is sent on request. This
attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
The attribute PHASE2_ENABLED of the common class SMSC has to be set to ON
in order for it to work. Note that the attribute PHASE2_ENABLED is a licensed
option.
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT
The /PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT qualifier is reserved for future use. This attribute is a flag.
2–1308 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED
The /PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED qualifier specifies if blacklisted addresses must be checked in
combination with their access type.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED
The /PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
PLMN tracing functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE
The /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE qualifier is used to specify the PLMN trunk code, which will be
used to assemble a full address out of an abbreviated address. This trunk code is applied if
a local recipient address has been given and the international formatted recipient address
cannot be built out of the originator address. The trunk code is specified in E.164. This
attribute is a parameter.
EXAMPLE
Imagine a Large Account as originator with short number 123 and a mobile recip-
ient with the international formatted number 00491721111111. The 0049 contains
the international prefix and country code. The local address is 1111111 and the
PLMN trunk code is 172. If the local number is used as recipient address, the trunk
code cannot be recovered from the originator (including the international prefix and
the country code) because of the type of number. The trunk code, as specified in the
attribute, is used to recover the physical recipient address (mobile) in international
format. PLMN_TRUNK_CODE is set to 172 and the message is delivered to the
recipient in the international format.
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED
The /PORT_QOS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Port
Quality of Service functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING
The /PP_FIXMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid FIXED-MT traffic. In the latter case, it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1309
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which fixed
PIDs may not submit messages destined to prepaid users. The bits of this field correspond to
the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–47: PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Originator PID
0 IVR
1 MENU
2 PC
3 TAP
4 SMPP
5 WAP
6 VMS
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
The /PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify to which fixed
PIDs prepaid users may not submit messages. The bits of this field correspond to the following
optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–48: PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID
Bit Number Forbidden Recipient PID
0 FAXG3 (Removed)
1 ERMES
2 MENU
3 PC
4 TAP
5 SMPP
6 WAP
7 OIS
This attribute is a parameter.
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING
The /PP_JAMMED_SETTING qualifier is used to specify the behaviour of the SMSC when the
Payment System interface is JAMMED. This behaviour can be either: all prepaid messages
are rejected; all prepaid messages are free but the last known blocking status is used to accept
2–1310 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
or reject them; or all prepaid messages are free regardless of the last known blocking status.
This attribute can assume the following values:
SMS_REJECT
SMS_FREE_USE_BLOCKED
SMS_FREE This attribute is a flag.
/PP_MODE
The /PP_MODE qualifier is used to specify the operational mode of the SMSC for prepaid
traffic. This attribute can assume the following values:
HOT_BILLING
BULK
REAL_TIME This attribute is a flag.
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
The /PP_MOFIX_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-FIXED traffic. In the former case it can be configured
whether this type of traffic is free or charged. This attribute does not apply to Large Accounts
who have their own setting. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT This attribute is a flag.
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING
The /PP_MOMT_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the originator or the recipi-
ent is the charged party in prepaid MO-MT traffic and whether this Primary Service is free or
not. This attribute can assume the following values:
ORIGINATOR_FREE
ORIGINATOR_CHARGED
RECIPIENT_FREE
RECIPIENT_CHARGED
BOTH_FREE
BOTH_CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING
The /PP_NOTIF_SETTING qualifier is used to specify whether Notifications or Status Reports
are free, ignored or charged if they are requested by prepaid users. This attribute can assume
the following values:
FREE
CHARGED
IGNORED This attribute is a flag.
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
The /PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether SMS Prepaid bulk
functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1311
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
The /PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
Additional Services of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond
to the following optional fields (where bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–49: PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER
Bit Number Supported Additional Service
0 Notifications
1 Forwarding
2 Last Resort Addressing
3 Provisioning
4 Reply-Path
5 SMS Commands
6 Forwarding to a Unified Mailbox
This attribute is a parameter.
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
The /PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS qualifier is a bitmask that is used to specify which
messages of the SPBP are supported by the SMSC. The bits of this field correspond to the
following optional fields (bit 0 is the least significant bit):
Table 2–50: PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS
Bit Number Supported SPBP Message
0 Credit for Primary Services
1 Statistical Triggers for Primary Services
2 Subscriber Triggers for Primary Services
3 Credit for Notifications
4 Statistical Triggers for Notifications
5 Credit for other Additional Services
6 Statistical Triggers for other Additional Services
7 Delivery for Charged Primary Services
8 Delivery for Free Primary Services
9 Delivery for Charged Additional Services
10 Delivery for Charged Notifications
11 Delivery for Free Additional Services
12 Delivery for Free Notifications
Statistical Triggers are triggers for FREE messages. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1312 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/PP_UMF_CHARGING
The /PP_UMF_CHARGING qualifier is used to specify whether the Unified Mailbox
Forwarding Prepaid Additional service for Mobile Subscribers is free or charged. This at-
tribute can assume the following values:
FREE
CHARGED This attribute is a flag.
/PREFIXLESS_TRUNK
The /PREFIXLESS_TRUNK qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports prefixless
dialling. For a prefixless number the trunk prefix is added to this number. This attribute is a
flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED
The /PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMS Prepaid func-
tionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
If the attribute is set to ON, a prepaid database must be created.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PRIO_MESS_ENABLED
The /PRIO_MESS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports priority
message functionality for subscribers in the Subscriber Database (SDB) or not. This attribute
is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED
The /PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether subscriber Private Number
addressing functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R
The /RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R qualifier specifies whether Recipient Address Range
Routing (RARR) functionality is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1313
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ
The /RESTRICTED_RP_REQ qualifier is used to specify whether reply paths will be restricted.
If this qualifier is set to YES, a reply path request is rejected if the message is NOT submitted
from mobile to mobile, mobile to Large Account (LA) or LA to mobile (for example, Mobile to
ERMES pager). If it is set to NO, messages are accepted and delivered in all cases (non-mobile
to LA and reverse, mobile to mobile). This attribute is a flag.
/SDB_ENABLED
The /SDB_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Subscriber
Database or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED
The /SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports
Subscriber Database Password functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED
The /SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Secondary Address functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES
The /SEGM_WORDB_THRES qualifier is used to specify the percentage of the message buffer
size to be scanned for word boundaries when generating segmented messages. This attribute
is a parameter.
/SIWTAP_ENABLED
The /SIWTAP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the SIWTAP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED
The /SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Single Shot functionality
is supported by the SMSC. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
2–1314 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/SMPP_ENABLED
The /SMPP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports SMPP func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED
The /SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMPP supports
the Port Quality of Service functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
NOTE
This attribute is currently not used.
/SMSC_ID
The /SMSC_ID qualifier is used to specify the SMSC identifier. The SMSC identifier is a string
that is from 1 to 8 characters long and unambiguously identifies the individual service centre.
It forms the last part of the extended SMPP message identifier. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Any change of the SMSC identifier will immediately affect the extended SMPP
message identifiers of all the messages which are processed or buffered in the SMSC
at the given moment as well as any extended message identifiers which will be
sent to the external charging interfaces. Particularly, the SMSC will expect that an
extended SMPP message identifier for any query, cancel or replace command will
contain the new value of the SMSC identifier.
/SMSC_LOGGING_MASK
The /SMSC_LOGGING_MASK qualifier is a bitmask which is used to specify the logging func-
tionality that is supported by the SMSC. This qualifier enables to specify which information is
logged. The following table shows the bitmasks for the logging mask:
Table 2–51: SMSC_LOGGING_MASK
Bit Number Logging Functionality
0 Submission Logging
1 Submission Logging for Voice Mail Systems
2 Logging of Notifications
3 Logging of Short Messages
4 Logging of Fax Reports
5 Logging of Failed Logins
6 Logging of Short Messages from BLOCKED Prepaid User
7 Logging of Failed Intermediate Delivery Attempts
8 Submission Logging Delayed for Recipient IMSI
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1315
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
Table 2–51 (Cont.): SMSC_LOGGING_MASK
Bit Number Logging Functionality
9 Logging of Messages Forwarded to Unified Mailbox
10 Logging of In-session Delivery Notifications
11 Logging of Account Balance Notification Messages
12 Logging of Provisioning Scan Tag Command Response Messages
13 Logging of Rejected Messages
14 Logging of Alert Messages
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Submission logging and Submission logging for Voice Mail Systems are licensed
options.
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR
The /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PLMN
domain. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
For distributed SMSC, multiple SMSCs can have this address, so Short Messages
(SMs) sent from a Short Message Entity (SME) to this address are routed by the
PLMN to one of the SMSCs configured with that address. It is the responsibility
of the PLMN network to ensure a proper execution of this routing. In this case
also a unique SMSC address has to be defined for each SMSC in the distributed
environment. The unique SMSC address can be set with the attribute /SMSC_
UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR. For Mobile Originated messages, only the /SMSC_PLMN_
ADDR in the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is accepted by the SMSC. For alert Service
Centre indications, only the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR in the PDU is accepted. For the
Mobile Terminated case, the /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR is the address that is presented
to the SME.
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR
The /SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the PSTNA
domain (modems). This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
E121_INT_PREFIX
2–1316 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR
The /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the unique SMSC-address in
the PLMN domain for distributed SMSCs. When the distributed SMSC is not applying, this
attribute is empty. This is an E.164 address. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
Two SMSCs within the PLMN network cannot have the same unique SMSC PLMN
address, as it is not guaranteed that alert Service Centre indications and responses
related to requests will reach the correct SMSC. For alert Service Centre initiations,
only the /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR from the Protocol Data Unit (PDU) is
accepted.
/SMSC_X25_ADDR
The /SMSC_X25_ADDR1 qualifier is used to specify the SMSC address in the X25 domain.
This is an X.121 address. This attribute is a parameter.
/STD_PLMN_TYPE
The /STD_PLMN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the default network protocol type. This
attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This attribute is ignored when only one PLMN mode is active.
/TCAP_SRC_AID
The /TCAP_SRC_AID qualifier is used to specify the SS7 address indicator. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. If a string with more than two digits is entered, then the last two digits
are taken. This attribute is a parameter.
/TCAP_SRC_PC
The /TCAP_SRC_PC qualifier is used to specify the SS7 source Point Code. This is a 6 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
/TCAP_SRC_SSN
The /TCAP_SRC_SSN qualifier is used to specify the SS7 subsystem number. This is a 2 digit
hexadecimal number. This attribute is a parameter.
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE
The /TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE qualifier is used to specify the SS7 stack type. This attribute
can be set to either ANSI or CCITT. This attribute is a flag.
1 Before setting attributes related to addresses, the following SMSC attributes should be set (if required):
E164_LOCAL_PREFIX
E164_INT_PREFIX
E164_TRUNK_CODE
E164_TRUNK_PREFIX
E164_CC
E121_CC
E121_INT_PREFIX
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1317
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
/TCP_IP_ENABLED
The /TCP_IP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports TCP/IP
functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/TDMA_ENABLED
The /TDMA_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports TDMA func-
tionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE
The /TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE qualifier is used to enable the adaptation of the times-
tamp depending on the time-zone. If it is set to ON, the timestamp of the original message
will be adjusted to mask a possible time-zone difference between the originator and the recipi-
ent. For a delivery notification the timestamp and the discharge time will be adjusted. In the
file GIW_TIME_OFFSET_MAP.DAT in SMSC$ROOT:[DATA] the different time-zones can be
defined. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK
The /TRUNK_CODE_CHECK qualifier is used to specify whether the trunk code in the
notification address must be checked or not. This attribute is a flag.
/UMF_ENABLED
The /UMF_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether Unified Mailbox Forwarding func-
tionality is supported by the SMSC. It can only be set if the associated license is set to ON.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/VMN_UCP_ENABLED
The /VMN_UCP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the VMN
using UCP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED
The /VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
VMN using VSMPP functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
2–1318 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/VP_SM_DEFAULT
The /VP_SM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the validity period for Short Messages
(SMs) in hours. This attribute is a parameter.
/VP_SM_MAX
The /VP_SM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum validity period for Short Messages
(SMs). The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If an SM was submitted
with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_SM_MAX. This attribute is a parameter.
/VP_XM_DEFAULT
The /VP_XM_DEFAULT qualifier is used to specify the default validity period for Extended
Messages. This attribute is specified in number of hours. This validity period will be used
if a submitted message did not provide a validity period. This attribute is a parameter. The
Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default value is 2.
/VP_XM_MAX
The /VP_XM_MAX qualifier is used to specify the maximum allowed validity period for
Extended Messages. The value of this attribute is specified in number of hours. If a Short
Message was submitted with a higher value, this value will be set to VP_XM_MAX. This
attribute is a parameter. The Minimum value is 1. The Maximum value is 500. The default
value is 12.
/VSMSC_ENABLED
The /VSMSC_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the Virtual
SMSC functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED
The /VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the
Virtual SMSC Lists functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This is a licensed option.
/X121_CC
The /X121_CC qualifier is used to specify the country code for X.121 addresses of the country
in which the SMSC is situated. This attribute is a parameter.
/X121_INT_PREFIX
The /X121_INT_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the international prefix in the X.121
address domain. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1319
SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
IMPORTANT
If the value of this qualifier is 0, all specified X.121 addresses will be interpreted as
international significant.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON /SMSC_X25_ADDR
SMSC address in the X.25 domain, X.121 address: 12345678
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute SMSC_X25_ADDR of the SMSC.
2–1320 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMSC_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class SMTP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_LEN_XM 160
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT 60
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT 60
/HELO_TIMEOUT 60
/HOST_DOMAIN "smsc"
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT 60
/MAIL_TIMEOUT 60
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS 25
/MAX_SESSIONS 25
/NR_CC_XM 1
/RCPT_TIMEOUT 60
/SESSION_TIMEOUT 0
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT CC_NN (Country Code + National Number)
/UMF_CONTENT_LANGUAGE ON
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE "sms"
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Acknowledgement"
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR "non-email-user"
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER ON
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Manual Acknowledgement"
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS Delivery Notification"
/UMF_RECIPIENT_PREFIX ""
/UMF_RECIPIENT_SUFFIX ""
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK 0x7F
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT "SMS"
/UMF_SMTP_LA 11235
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE "UDH"
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1321
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
the SMTP_COMMON class.
Qualifiers
/AVG_LEN_XM
The /AVG_LEN_XM qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete Extended
Message that is to be delivered. This qualifier is used to calculate the resources that are
required for the storage of these messages during delivery.
/DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a DATA initiation. This is while awaiting the "354 Start Input" reply
to a DATA command. This attribute is a parameter.
/DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT
The /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for
the SMTP server response to a DATA command containing the message terminator. This is
while awaiting the "250 OK" reply. This attribute is a parameter.
/HELO_TIMEOUT
The /HELO_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a HELO command. This qualifier is also used to specify the timeout
interval for the response to a RSET and QUIT command. This attribute is a parameter.
/HOST_DOMAIN
The /HOST_DOMAIN qualifier is used to specify the SMTP Host Domain name. The SMTP
Host Domain name is used in the SMTP HELO command and in the email ’From’ field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT
The /INITIAL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a (TCP) connection request. SMTP servers may accept the connection
but delay the delivery of the initial 220 greeting message. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1322 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/MAIL_TIMEOUT
The /MAIL_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a MAIL command. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS
The /MAX_SESSION_MSGS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of buffered
messages per session. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SESSIONS
The /MAX_SESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of SMTP sessions a
DIWSMTP entity can maintain. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_CC_XM
The /NR_CC_XM qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent Extended
Messages in delivery, and to calculate the resources that are required for the storage of these
messages during delivery.
/RCPT_TIMEOUT
The /RCPT_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout interval in seconds for the
SMTP server response to a RCPT command. This attribute is a parameter.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the timeout value in seconds of a
session. If there is no session activity during the specified timeout value, the session will be
terminated. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT
The /UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT qualifier is used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in
the "To" field of a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This
attribute is also used to specify the format of the <subscriber> in the "From" field of a Mobile
Originated message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
can have one of the following values:
CC_NN : "Country Code" + "National Number"
IPFIX_CC_NN: "International Prefix" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
PFIX_CC_NN : "+" + "Country Code" + "National Number"
NPFIX_NN : "National Prefix" + "National Number"
NN : "National Number" This attribute is a flag.
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG
The /UMF_CONTENT_LANG qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Content-Language
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE
The /UMF_CONTENT_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for message text data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1323
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an
SMS Delivery Acknowledgement (TDMA Delivery Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a
Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type pa-
rameter type for GSM UDH message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified
Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR
The /UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR qualifier is used to specify the local part of the email ’From’
field of an anonymous message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified mailbox.
An anonymous message is a message that is originated by a user that hid his Calling Line
Identification (CLI). This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER
The /UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER qualifier is used to specify whether an SMS Deliver
that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox may contain an email Importance
Header field. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field
of an SMS User Acknowledgement (TDMA Manual Acknowledgement or CDMA User
Acknowledgement) that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute
is a parameter.
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Delivery Notification (GSM SMS Status Report, GSM SMS-DELIVER with Text Notification,
CDMA Delivery Acknowledgement or TDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is forwarded to a Mobile
Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_RECIP_PREFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_PREFIX qualifier is used to specify the prefix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
/UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX
The /UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX qualifier is used to specify the suffix in the email "To" field of
a message that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a
parameter.
/UMF_SERVICE_MASK
The /UMF_SERVICE_MASK qualifier is a bitmask which is used to specify which message
types and message data types may be forwarded to the Unified Mailbox. The bits of this field
correspond to the following message types and message data types (where bit 0 is the least
significant bit). The following table shows the service mask:
2–1324 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON
Table 2–52: UMF_SERVICE_MASK
Bit Number UMF Message Type or Message Data Type
0 SMS Delivery Notification
1 SMS Delivery Acknowledgement
2 SMS User Acknowledgement
3 Binary Message Data
4 GSM UDH Message Data
5 TDMA TSAR Message Data
6 Account Balance Notification Message
This attribute enables the individual UMF subscriber settings; forwarding of message types and
message data types to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox can only take place if the correspond-
ing bit in the UMF_SERVICE_MASK is enabled. Note that text data in an SMS Deliver is always
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox (assuming this subscriber has activated the
UMF service). This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT
The /UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT qualifier is used to specify the email "Subject" field of an SMS
Deliver (GSM SMS-DELIVER, TDMA SMS-DELIVER or CDMA SMS-DELIVER) that is
forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_SMTP_LA
The /UMF_SMTP_LA qualifier is used to specify the SMTP LA that identifies the Unified
Mailbox Gateway. This attribute is a parameter.
/UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE
The /UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE qualifier is used to specify the email Content-Type header field
parameter type for TDMA TSAR message data that is forwarded to a Mobile Subscribers
Unified Mailbox. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON /MAX_SESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAX_SESSIONS of the SMTP_
COMMON class.
SHOW CLASS SMTP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1325
SHOW CLASS SSD
SHOW CLASS SSD
Shows attribute values of entities from the class SSD.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SSD entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS SSD command shows attributes associated with an SSD.
Qualifiers
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
2–1326 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SSD
SHOW CLASS SSD
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SSD ENTITY SSD01 /MSG_FAILED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the attribute MSG_FAILED of the SSD entity SSD01.
SHOW CLASS SSD SMSC Commands 2–1327
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class SSD_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES=n 0
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES=n 0
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES=n 1
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN 0
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED OFF
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE 0
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE 150
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION ORIGINATOR
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS 0
/MAX_LA=n 1000
/MAX_MSG_RULES=n 32
/MAX_PP_USERS=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM=n 0
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX=n 0
/MAX_SUBS=n 0
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS 1500
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE 0
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE NOT_USED
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK 1F
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR NO
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR NO
/SAC_ENABLED OFF
/SAC_SETUP None
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED OFF
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC ON
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS 90
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME 5
/WL_SKIP_BL YES
2–1328 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with the
SSD_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES
The /BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of Global Titles (GTs) that can
be kept in the Foreign Subscriber Gateway (FSG) Black/ Whitelist cache and thus determines
the size of the FSG Black/Whitelist cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES
The /BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of Global Titles (GTs) that can
be kept in the Blacklist cache and thus determines the size of the GT Blacklist cache. This
attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED. This
option can only be used when it is switched ON.
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES
The /BLL_MAX_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the number of addresses that can be kept in the
blacklist cache. This qualifier determines the size of the General Blacklist cache.
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN
The /CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN qualifier specifies the default gateway for Catchall
Routing. This attribute is an integer parameter. The value 0 means that no default gateway
is configured.
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED
The /CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED qualifier is used to switch Catchall Routing ON or
OFF. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1329
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK
The /CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is
indicating whether Catchall Routing is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In
this qualifier bit 0 indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
/HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE
The /HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE qualifier is used to switch the destination network type
feature ON or OFF. When this feature is switched on the SMSC will use the destination
network type set in submitted messages by SMPP LAs for routing the message. This attribute
is a flag.
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE
The /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier specifies the size of a temporary queue that stores sub-
scriber database updates whilst the SSD initialises. The updates are processed as soon as the
SSD initialisation is complete. This attribute controls the initial size of the temporary queue.
If additional space is required, the SSD will extend in units of INIT_UPD_QUEUE. When
initialisation is complete, the allocated memory is released.
/LALA_CONSOLIDATION
The /LALA_CONSOLIDATION qualifier specifies whether the consolidation value of either
the LA originator or the LA recipient is used in logging billing and statistic records for LA-LA
traffic. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the address group prefix storage. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_LA
The /MAX_LA qualifier specifies the maximum number of Large Accounts that can be kept in
the LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MSG_RULES
The /MAX_MSG_RULES qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of rules that can be
stored in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
If not all configured decision rules fit in memory, the Rule Based Decision Logic
functionality is disabled.
/MAX_PP_USERS
The /MAX_PP_USERS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid users that
the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES
The /MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES qualifier specifies the maximum number of recipient address
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM
The /MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM qualifier specifies the maximum number of Short Number
ranges that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1330 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX
The /MAX_RANGE_PREFIX qualifier specifies the maximum number of address prefix ranges
that can be kept in the RANGE cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS
The /MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of the memory blocks reserved
by the SSD entity for the SAV_EXPRESSION_LIST_LA cache. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_SUBS
The /MAX_SUBS qualifier are the maximum number of addresses that can be stored in
the subscriber data cache. Both subscribers and non-subscribers are stored in the cache for
performance reasons. This attribute is a parameter.
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE
The /PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of prepaid Global
Titles (GTs) that the SSD will hold in memory. This attribute is a parameter.
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE
For the prepaid billing purposes, all Mobile Originated Short Messages (MO/SMs) are subject
to a check on the originator Global Title (GT) list. The originator GT list is searched, prior
to the SMSC Prepaid User Database (if configured that the list is to be used by the prepaid
operational mode). The list is used to exclude an originator from prepaid checks, determining
the originating network. The /PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE qualifier specifies the type of the list
in view of the SMSC. If the originating network is the home Public Land Mobile Network
(PLMN), the charging has already been done. Then, any other prepaid checks will be skipped.
Otherwise, if the originating network is outside the home PLMN, the SMSC will perform
prepaid checks in order to determine whether a prepaid user is involved in the traffic, and
whether there are sufficient funds to enable message delivery to the recipient. The scope of
the prepaid checks (including search in the SMSC Prepaid User Database) is defined by the
prepaid operational mode. That is, it will differ for every prepaid operational mode. This
attribute is a flag. It can have the following values:
BLACK
MATCH_ALL
WHITE
NOT_USED
When this attribute is set to BLACK, all blacklisted originator GTs are excluded from the pre-
paid checks as blacklisted originators are seen to be in the home PLMN. When this attribute
is set to WHITE, all whitelisted originator GTs are subject to the prepaid checks as whitelisted
originators are seen to be outside the home PLMN. If the attribute is set to MATCH_ALL,
all originator GTs match the WHITE list. Then, the SMSC will always perform the prepaid
checks in the MO traffic. If the attribute is set to NOT_USED, the list is not searched and
the originating network is unknown. In the BULK prepaid operational mode, due to the
NOT_USED value the prepaid checks are not performed for the mobile originator. In the other
modes, the prepaid checks are performed based on the SMSC Prepaid User Database.
NOTE
The following are other relevant configuration attributes:
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1331
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
Table 2–53: Relevant Prepaid Attributes
Class Qualifier
SMSC_COMMON PP_MODE
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOMT_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_MOFIX_CHARGING
SMSC_COMMON PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK
The /RARR_INTERFACE_MASK qualifier is used to specify a bitmask. Each bit is indicating
whether RARR is allowed for this originator interface (1) or not (0). In this qualifier bit 0
indicates the least significant bit. This attribute is a parameter.
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the reply path request indication in a
Mobile Originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is a flag.
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR
The /RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR qualifier specifies whether the Reply Path request indication
in a Mobile-over-Fixed originated message is cleared or relayed (passed on). This attribute is
a flag.
/SAC_ENABLED
The /SAC_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the subscriber
authorisation check or not. This attribute is a flag.
/SAC_SETUP
The /SAC_SETUP qualifier is used to check subscriber authorisation check on originator
and/or recipient. This attribute is a parameter.
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED
The /SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify the routing of forwarding. If
it is set to OFF, a message that could not be delivered to the original recipient will be routed
to the forward destination at all attempts in the retry scheme. If the parameter is set to ON
the message will first be sent to the forward destination. If the message could not be delivered
to the forward destination it will be sent to the original destination using the retry scheme.
This attribute is a flag.
IMPORTANT
This parameter is only valid for conditional forwarding.
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC
The /TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC qualifier is used to switch ON or OFF the PID translation for
the translated recipient address. This attribute is a flag.
2–1332 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON
/UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS
The /UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS qualifier specifies the reprocess threshold for the SSD cache updates
queue. The value is the percentage of messages in the queue. The maximum number of
messages in the queue is specified by the /INIT_UPD_QUEUE qualifier. This attribute is a
parameter.
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME
The /UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME qualifier specifies the time after the first message and the time
the queue is reprocessed for the first time, and the subsequent reprocessing. This attribute is
a parameter.
/WL_SKIP_BL
The /WL_SKIP_BL parameter specifies whether the General Blacklist can be overruled. If
this parameter is set to NO, prefix addresses on the General Blacklist (such as the country
code) will still be overruled by a whitelist entry starting with the same prefix, but complete
addresses cannot be overruled by a whitelist entry (or in any other way). This is useful when
the General Blacklist is used to list subscribers who do not pay their subscription fee.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON /SAC_SETUP
PML>
The SHOW command shows the subscriber authorisation check of the SSD entities.
SHOW CLASS SSD_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1333
SHOW CLASS STORE
SHOW CLASS STORE
Shows attribute values of entities from the class STORE.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS STORE entity_item
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS STORE command shows attributes associated with a STORE.
\
2–1334 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS STORE
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class TAP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT
/MAX_LOGON_ATT
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE
/MAX_MSGS_CONN
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
/MAX_REQID_ATT
/MAXSESSIONS
/MSG_LENGTH
/RECONN_TIM_INT
/REQAUT_RSP_INT
/RSP_TIME_OUT
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
/SESS_TABLE
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT
/TAP_MAX_PORTS
/TAP_PREFIX
/TRUNCATE_SM
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1335
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
TAP.
Qualifiers
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT
The /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between
two successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The
value should be greater than DIW_REQID_RSP_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This
attribute is a parameter.
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
The /DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
The /DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
The /DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT
The /DIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT and lower than RSP_TIME_OUT.
This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_LOGON_ATT
The /MAX_LOGON_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts to try
to login on a remote device. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n1. This attribute
is a parameter.
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE
The /MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of characters
which can be stored in the message part of a TAP message. This attribute is a parameter.
2–1336 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
/MAX_MSGS_CONN
The /MAX_MSGS_CONN qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages which
can be sent on a single connection. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED
The /MAX_MSGS_QUEUED qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of messages
which can be queued by the interworking. This attribute is a parameter.
/MAX_REQID_ATT
The /MAX_REQID_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts the
request_for_ID is done. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as n3. This attribute is a
parameter.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_LENGTH
The /MSG_LENGTH qualifier is used to specify the maximum size of the Short Message (SM)
content that the SMSC will accept and handle as a single, regular SM for this protocol. The
value can be set to 140 (default) or between 160 and 256.
The default value (140) has a special meaning: the SM will be accepted only if it could be
delivered to the GSM network as a single SM.
It can never exceed the value of the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_LENGTH parameter.
To ensure this limitation, the value is, therefore, also changed when the SMSC_COMMON/MSG_
LENGTH parameter is modified. This value will be set to the new value of the SMSC_
COMMON/MSG_LENGTH if it exceeds the new value of the SMSC_COMMON attribute.
/RECONN_TIM_INT
The /RECONN_TIM_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between disconnecting
and setting up a new connection when messages are queued. This attribute is a parameter.
/REQAUT_RSP_INT
The /REQAUT_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a re-
quest_for_ID and receiving an automatic_session_request. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t5. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
/RSP_TIME_OUT
The /RSP_TIME_OUT qualifier is used to specify the time interval in which the interworking
should receive a TAP message. If no TAP message is received, the interworking will discon-
nect. This qualifier should be greater than DIW_LOGON_RET_INT, DIW_REQID_RSP_INT,
DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT, DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT and REQAT_RSP_INT. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SES_MAN_ENABLED
The /SES_MAN_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports the session
management functionality or not. This attribute is a flag.
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1337
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
/SESS_TABLE
The /SESS_TABLE qualifier is used to specify the list of all entries in the session table. The
session table is used to specify the default session management characteristics for class TAP_
COMMON for a specific server.
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT
The /SIW_LOGON_RET_INT qualifier is used to specify the retry time interval between two
successive logon attempts. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as t1. The value
should be greater than SIW_REQID_RSP_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT
The /SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of attempts
to deliver a TAP message block. In the TAP protocol this attribute is defined as n2. This
attribute is a parameter.
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT
The /SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between two succes-
sive messages. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as t4. The value should be lower
than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT
The /SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
message and receiving a response from the remote device. In the TAP protocol the attribute is
defined as t3. The value should be lower than RSP_TIME_OUT. This attribute is a parameter.
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT
The /SIW_REQID_RSP_INT qualifier is used to specify the time interval between sending a
logon_request and receiving the request_for_ID. In the TAP protocol the attribute is defined as
t2. The value should be lower than SIW_LOGON_RET_INT. This attribute is a parameter.
/TAP_MAX_PORTS
The /TAP_MAX_PORTS qualifier is used to specify the number of TAP ports within a session,
when the default amount of TCP ports (100) is not sufficient. This attribute is a parameter.
/TAP_PREFIX
The /TAP_PREFIX qualifier is used to strip the prefix from the pager address which is used to
route a short message to DIWTAP. When the prefix is set, DIWTAP will try to strip the prefix
from the pager address. When the prefix is specified in the ’address to pid’ table, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be specified without trunk prefix. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
This qualifier should only be used when TAP is routed via the ’address to PID’ table.
When TAP is used via a scan command or via automatic PID conversion, the /TAP_
PREFIX qualifier should be empty.
/TRUNCATE_SM
The /TRUNCATE_SM qualifier is used to specify whether a submitted Short Message (SM)
that exceeds the maximum message length will be truncated (ON) or rejected (OFF). This
attribute is a parameter.
2–1338 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON /DIW_LOGON_RET_INT
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute DIW_LOGON_RET_INT of the TAP
entities.
SHOW CLASS TAP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1339
SHOW CLASS TCP
SHOW CLASS TCP
Shows attribute values of entities from the class TCP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS TCP entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS TCP command shows attributes associated with a TCP.
2–1340 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TCP
SHOW CLASS TCP
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS TCP SMSC Commands 2–1341
SHOW CLASS TCP
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS TCP ENTITY TCP01 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the average value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the TCP entity TCP01.
2–1342 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TCP
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Shows the common attribute values of the class TDMA_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS DEFAULT
/AVG_LEN_SGMS 2000
/CSP_ENABLED OFF
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT 160
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION TRUNCATE
/NR_CC_SGMS 100
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED OFF
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID 31
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE 1
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION NONE
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH 0
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME DEFAULT
/UCS2_CONV NONE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and the
instance name is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated with
the TDMA network type.
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1343
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
Qualifiers
/ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
The /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME qualifier specifies the name of the configuration file that
contains data for the Flexible Address Translation (ADT). The file is supposed to reside in
the data directory. Multiple classes may share the same configuration file. This attribute is a
string and should be specified between double quotes ("").
The ADT configuration file for SIWTDMA. This file should reside in the DATA directory.
/ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
On initialisation, the Address Translation Library reads the Address Translation file that is
relevant for the SIW entity. The patterns in the file are cached in memory during start-up.
The /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS qualifier specifies the number of blocks (512 bytes) allocated to the
cache. With this command the number of blocks can be displayed.
/AVG_LEN_SGMS
The /AVG_LEN_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the average length of the complete message
to be segmented to calculate the resources required for storing the delivery segments. When
the IW runs out of resources, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/CSP_ENABLED
The /TDMA_CSP_ENABLED qualifier is used for switching ON or OFF the CSP replacement
functionality of the SIWTDMA.
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT=optional_parameter_tag
The /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT qualifier specifies the list of TDMA optional parameters that
will be filtered from TDMA Mobile Terminated text messages with CMT Teleservice ID. For all
optional parameters that are present in a CMT message, the SMSC uses this list to determine
the optional parameters that will be excluded during delivery.
See also the ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON (see ADD CLASS TDMA_COMMON) command.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT qualifier is used to specify the message contents size delivery limit in
octets. When a message is larger than MSG_LIMIT_OUT the message is deleted, segmented
or truncated, according to the configuration of /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION. This attribute is
a parameter. The minimum value is 4. The maximum value is 206. The default value is 160.
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION
The /MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION qualifier is used to specify the action to be taken when the
delivery message contents size is larger than /MSG_LIMIT_OUT.
TRUNCATE
DELETE
SEGMENT For non-text messages, truncation is not applied and TRUNCATE is inter-
preted the same as DELETE.
For non CMT and CPT messages, segmentation is not applied and SEGMENT is interpreted
the same as DELETE.
2–1344 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
For messages that are already segmented, TRUNCATE and SEGMENT are interpreted the
same as DELETE. This attribute is a parameter.
/NR_CC_SGMS
The /NR_CC_SGMS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of concurrent seg-
mented messages for delivery. When the IW needs more concurrent segmented messages than
configured, the SMH will retry message delivery.
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED
The /SILENT_SMS_ENABLED qualifier is used to enable the Silent SMS. The user is not
alerted on message receipt. This sets the Encoding Identifier field to the value stored in the
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier in the message delivery Protocol Data Unit (PDU). This
attribute is a flag.
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID
The /SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID qualifier is used to specify the replacement encoding ID used for
Silent SMS. This attribute is a parameter.
/SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE
The /SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE qualifier specifies the value of cadence. This attribute is a
parameter.
/SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION
The /SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION qualifier is used to specify the number of cycles of cadence.
The default value of NONE omits the default SMS-SIGNAL for TDMA messages. A dura-
tion value of 1 means one (1) cycle of cadence. A duration value of CONTINUOUS means
continuous repeating cycles of cadence. This attribute is a parameter.
/SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH
The /SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH qualifier specifies the value of pitch. This attribute is a parameter.
/UCS2_CONV
The /UCS2_CONV qualifier is used to specify the conversion behaviour for sending UCS2
formatted messages over the TDMA network. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
NONE
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1
ISO-8859-8 (Hebrew) This attribute is a parameter.
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME
The /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME qualifier specifies the User Data Encoding Scheme that is
used for TDMA Mobile Terminated Short Messages (MT/SMs). The values IRA and DEFAULT
cause MT/SMs to be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to the International
Reference Alphabet, which is a 7-bit encoding scheme. The value LATIN1 causes MT/SMs to
be delivered with the User Data Encoding Scheme set to Latin-1, which is an 8-bit encoding
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1345
SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
scheme with many common European symbols. This attribute can have one of the following
values:
DEFAULT
IRA
LATIN1 This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON /CSP_ENABLED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the common attribute CSP_ENABLED of the
TDMA entities.
2. PML> SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the memory size allocated for the ADT table of SIWTDMA as
the number of blocks of 512 bytes.
3. PML> SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME
PML>
The SHOW commans shows the filename of the ADT configuration file used by SIWTDMA.
2–1346 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TDMA_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV
Shows attribute values of entities from the class TRCSRV.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/TRC_DISCARDED
/TRC_LOGGED
/TRC_RECEIVED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS TRCSRV command shows attributes associated with a TRCSRV.
Qualifiers
/TRC_DISCARDED
The /TRC_DISCARDED qualifier specifies the number of trace messages discarded. This
attribute is a counter.
/TRC_LOGGED
The /TRC_LOGGED qualifier specifies the number of trace requests that are successfully
written to file. This attribute is a counter.
/TRC_RECEIVED
The /TRC_RECEIVED qualifier specifies the number of trace messages received. This at-
tribute is a counter.
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV SMSC Commands 2–1347
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS TRCSRV ENTITY TRCSRV00 /TRC_RECEIVED
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute TRC_RECEIVED of the TRCSRV
entity TRCSRV00.
2–1348 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TRCSRV
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
Shows attribute values of entities from the class TRCSRV_COMMON.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILE_TIME
/FLUSH_TIME
/MAX_TRC_FILES
/TRC_FILE_SIZE
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON/ALL command shows attributes associated with a
TRCSRV_COMMON.
Qualifiers
/FILE_TIME
The /FILE_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the current trace file
is kept open by the trace server before it starts writing to a new file. This attribute is a
parameter.
/FLUSH_TIME
The /FLUSH_TIME qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds after which the received
trace messages are flushed to file. This attribute is a parameter.
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1349
SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
/MAX_TRC_FILES
The /MAX_TRC_FILES qualifier specifies the maximum number of files that are maintained
in a trace directory. When this limit is exceeded, older trace files are deleted. This attribute is
a parameter.
/TRC_FILE_SIZE
The /TRC_FILE_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the trace file size in VMS blocks. The file size
is rounded up to the nearest trace file record size (127 blocks). This attribute is a parameter.
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD
The /TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD qualifier is used to specify the time in seconds that the trace
server delays the creation of a new current trace file. The trace server always tries to have
two trace files open at the same time, the current file in which traces are stored and a standby
trace file. When the current trace file is full the standby file becomes the current file and
a new standby file is created. When the trace server runs out of disk space and there is no
current trace file (the trace server is unable to store trace messages), the server sleeps for
TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD seconds. After this timer expires, the trace server tries to create a new
current trace file. If this is successful, it will try to create a new standby file. This attribute is
a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON /ALL
PML>
The SHOW command shows the value of the attribute ALL of the TRCSRV_COMMON
entity.
2–1350 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS TRCSRV_COMMON
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class VMS.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF
/MAXSESSIONS
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE
/CPHS_IND_ENABLED
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED
/NOTIF_DEF
/REPLACE_TYPE
/SESSION_PASSWORD
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
/TO_DELIVERY
/WINDOW_SIZE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON command shows common attributes associated with the
VMS.
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1351
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON
Qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE
The /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE qualifier specifies the number of elements used to calculate
the mean response time for alerts and notifications. When this mean time exceeds the value of
attribute /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_
TIMEOUT another signal is generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, the values
of both the qualifiers /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT will have to be
increased. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT
The /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the maximum average response time
(in seconds) for alerts and/or notifications. If the average response time (which is calculated
over /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE elements) exceeds the value of /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT,
a signal is generated and when it drops below /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT another signal is
generated. If the VMS entity generates a lot of events, then the values of both the qualifiers
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT and /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE will have to be increased. When
a (new) connection with the voice mail system is set up the calculation is reset and a good
response is assumed. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The parameters /AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE and /AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT are
related.
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF
The /INT_ADDR_NOTIF qualifier is used to indicate whether the international address should
be stored in the voice mail notification. When this attribute is set to YES, the originator
address in the Mobile Terminated message is formatted in the international format. This
attribute is a flag.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE
The /MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to indicate whether message based
replace type is being used or not. When this attribute is set to YES the replace type (MT field)
from the Voice Mail message is used in the Mobile Terminated message. When this attribute
is set to YES, this attribute overrules the setting of REPLACE_TYPE. This attribute is a flag.
/CPHS_IND_ENABLED
The /CPHS_IND_ENABLED qualifier is used to specify whether the SMSC supports switch-
ing ON/OFF of the Voice Mail Icon on the mobile equipment by a Voice Mail System. This
attribute is a flag.
2–1352 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON
/MSG_CL_0_ENABLED
The /MSG_CL_0_ENABLED specifies whether the Data Coding Scheme (DCS) in the Mobile
Terminated message should be set to message class 0 or not. If this attribute is set to YES
then the DCS in the Mobile Terminated message is set to message class 0 (display only on
mobile). This attribute is a flag.
/NOTIF_DEF
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
/SESSION_PASSWORD
The /SESSION_PASSWORD qualifier is used to specify the session password for connecting to
VMS systems. This attribute is a parameter.
/SESSION_TIMEOUT
The /SESSION_TIMEOUT qualifier is used to specify the session timeout that is used by the
SIW. SIWVMS can set a session with a remote system in two ways. A connection can be set up
with the remote system and thereafter an open session message is sent or only a connection
is set up without an open session message. The first method is used first. If no response is
received after the session timeout, the second method is tried. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_DELIVERY
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
/WINDOW_SIZE
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the VMS entities.
SHOW CLASS VMS_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1353
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
Shows common attribute values of class VSMPP.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV
/MAXSESSIONS
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
/NOTIF_DEF 0
/REPLACE_TYPE
/TO_DELIVERY 60
/WINDOW_SIZE
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
As this is an entity for a common class, there is only one ’instance’ in the system and its name
is always the same as the class name. This parameter may be omitted.
Description
The SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON command shows the common attributes associated
with a VSMPP.
Qualifiers
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV qualifier specifies whether buffered messages for the same
recipient will be replaced. If the attribute is set to ON, no replacement of buffered messages
for the same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set to OFF, replacement for the
2–1354 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON
same recipient will be performed. If the attribute is set ON, then the NOREPL_SRV_NAME
attribute must exactly contain the name of the service type specified in the new message.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
/MAXSESSIONS
The /MAXSESSIONS qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of simultaneous active
sessions per entity. This attribute is a parameter.
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME
The /NOREPL_SRV_NAME qualifier specifies the service type for which "no replacement of
buffered messages" for the same recipient can be set. Note that the service name is case-
sensitive. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The /BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV and /NOREPL_SRV_NAME are related.
/NOTIF_DEF=n
The /NOTIF_DEF qualifier is used to specify the default notification setting. This is a combi-
nation of buffered message, delivery and non-delivery notification. The default setting is used
when the SME requests this in the input operation. Possible values are the sum of 1 (for a
delivery notification), 2 (for a non-delivery notification) and 4 (for a buffered message notifica-
tion). Combinations of all kinds of notifications can be made. This attribute is a parameter.
NOTIF_DEF can be set between 0 (no notifications) and 7 (all notifications).
/REPLACE_TYPE
The /REPLACE_TYPE qualifier is used to specify which replace type is submitted in the
Mobile Terminated message. This attribute is a parameter.
/TO_DELIVERY=n
The /TO_DELIVERY qualifier is used to specify the time-out value for delivery of a message in
seconds. This attribute is a parameter.
The possible values for TO_DELIVERY are in the range from 1 to 3600.
/WINDOW_SIZE
The /WINDOW_SIZE qualifier is used to specify the maximum number of un-replied opera-
tions within the system. This attribute is a parameter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON /MAXSESSIONS
PML>
The SHOW command shows the common attribute MAXSESSIONS of the VSMPP.
SHOW CLASS VSMPP_COMMON SMSC Commands 2–1355
SHOW CLASS X25
SHOW CLASS X25
Shows attribute values of entities from the class X25.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS X25 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS X25 command shows attributes associated with an X25.
2–1356 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS X25
SHOW CLASS X25
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
SHOW CLASS X25 SMSC Commands 2–1357
SHOW CLASS X25
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS X25 ENTITY X2501 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the avarage value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the X25 entity X2501.
2–1358 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS X25
SHOW CLASS X29
SHOW CLASS X29
Shows attribute values of entities from the class X29.
See also SHOW any class (see SHOW any class) for a description of the qualifiers that can be
shown.
Syntax
SHOW CLASS X29 entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/CONNECTIONS
/CON_IN
/CON_IN_ACC
/CON_OUT
/CON_OUT_ACC
/CON_OUT_BUSY
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
/CON_TOT
/MSG_FAILED
/MSG_RECEIVED
/MSG_REJECTED
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
Parameters
entity_item
The name of the entity instance from which the information should be shown. This is entered
as follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The SHOW CLASS X29 command shows attributes associated with an X29.
SHOW CLASS X29 SMSC Commands 2–1359
SHOW CLASS X29
Qualifiers
/CONNECTIONS
The /CONNECTIONS qualifier is used to produce a list of all currently active connections
(INcoming and OUTgoing). Each element in this list has the following components:
CON_ID (A sequence number local to the server)
REMOTE_ADDRESS (Network address to which the connection is established)
ENTITY_NAME (Name of entity to which the connection is established)
DIRECTION (Server INcoming or OUTgoing connection)
SETUP_TIME (Time of connection establishment)
/CON_IN
The /CON_IN qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts made to establish an incom-
ing network connection. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_IN_ACC
The /CON_IN_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted incoming network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT
The /CON_OUT qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network connec-
tion attempts. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_ACC
The /CON_OUT_ACC qualifier is used to specify the number of accepted outgoing network
connections. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_OUT_BUSY
The /CON_OUT_BUSY qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing network
connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal was busy. This attribute is a
cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER
The /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because the remote terminal gave no answer.
This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL
The /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL qualifier is used to specify the number of initiated outgoing
network connections that were unsuccessful because of some other or unknown failure. This
attribute is a cumulative counter.
/CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE
The /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE qualifier is used to specify the accumulated session duration
time. This attribute is a statistical counter.
/CON_TOT
The /CON_TOT qualifier is used to specify the number of attempts to establish an incoming
network connection and the number of initiated outgoing network connection attempts (CON_
IN + CON_OUT). This attribute is a cumulative counter.
2–1360 SMSC Commands SHOW CLASS X29
SHOW CLASS X29
/MSG_FAILED
The /MSG_FAILED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages that failed on sending to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_RECEIVED
The /MSG_RECEIVED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
/MSG_REJECTED
The /MSG_REJECTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-process)
messages received from another entity that could not be accepted. This attribute is a cumula-
tive counter.
/MSG_TRANSMITTED
The /MSG_TRANSMITTED qualifier is used to specify the total number of internal (inter-
process) messages that were sent to another entity. This attribute is a cumulative counter.
Examples
1. PML> SHOW CLASS X29 ENTITY X2901 /CON_IN_ACC /INTERVAL=5
PML>
The SHOW command shows the avarage value over the last 5 minutes of attribute CON_
IN_ACC of the X29 entity X2901.
SHOW CLASS X29 SMSC Commands 2–1361
STOP
STOP
Stops an entity instance. This is a non-graceful shutdown.
Syntax
STOP class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Restrictions
Neither an MD nor an AD can be stopped with this command. For an AD you can use the
DELETE (see DELETE) command.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) that must be stopped. This is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) , with the exception of an AD and a MD.
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be stopped. The entity_name must be entered as
follows:
ENTITY instance_name
Description
The STOP command stops an entity instance. An entity instance is deleted in a non-graceful
way.
IMPORTANT
The LOGSRV internally buffers log requests, that is, it uses a deferred write concept
to reduce system’s I/O. This behaviour can be fully configured (see SET CLASS
LOGSRV_COMMON (see SET CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON) for more information).
But even when the LOGSRV has been configured to write each log request directly
to disk, log requests may be lost, when using the STOP command, due to the
SMSC’s internal queuing architecture.
2–1362 SMSC Commands STOP
STOP
Therefore, to prevent the loss of log requests, you should avoid the STOP command
and use the DELETE command instead. The DELETE command offers a graceful
shutdown of the LOGSRV. All log requests are written to disk before the DELETE
command stops the LOGSRV.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> STOP CLASS SIWMENU ENTITY SIWMENU01
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 14:58:17.67 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SIWMENU01.
%OMI-I-STOPPED, SIWMENU01: has stopped
PML>
The STOP command stops the entity instance SIWMENU01 of entity class SIWMENU.
STOP SMSC Commands 2–1363
SUBSCRIBE
SUBSCRIBE
Subscribes to a specific alarm class of an entity or all entities.
Syntax
SUBSCRIBE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALARM_CLASS=elm
/ENTITY=str all entities
/LOG /NOLOG
Restrictions
The subscription can only be requested from the MD. So the class and entity specified in the
parameters have to be MD.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity that can give a subscription. This is always the MD. This item is
entered as follows:
CLASS MD
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that can give a subscription. The entity name has to be MD
and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY MD
Description
The SUBSCRIBE command requests a subscription to a specific alarm class or all alarm
classes of a specific entity or all entities. This implies that the operator will be notified about
the occurrence of events within the alarm classes specified.
Use the CANCEL (see CANCEL) command to cancel a subscription to an alarm class.
2–1364 SMSC Commands SUBSCRIBE
SUBSCRIBE
Qualifiers
/ALARM_CLASS=elm
This qualifier is required. The possible alarm classes and their meanings are in table
SUBSCRIBE alarm classes (see Table 2–47) .
Table 2–47: SUBSCRIBE alarm classes
Alarm class Description
ALL Subscribe to all possible alarm classes. See the rest of this list for a descrip-
tion of the possible alarm classes.
SUCCESS Subscribe to the "SUCCESS" class.
INFORMATIONAL Subscribe to the "INFORMATIONAL" class.
WARNING Subscribe to the "WARNING" class.
ERROR Subscribe to the "ERROR" class.
SEVERE Subscribe to the "SEVERE" class.
The SUCCESS and INFORMATIONAL alarms inform you that the system has performed a
request. In some cases, the processing continues after issuing a success message. In other
cases, the message indicates that the processing is completed.
The WARNING alarms indicate that some, but not all, of the processing has been performed.
You may have to verify the command or the program.
The ERROR and the SEVERE alarms indicate an error that causes the processing to be
stopped.
/ENTITY=str
all entities (default)
The /ENTITY qualifier is used to specify the entity from which the subscription is requested.
The parameter str specifies the instance name. If this qualifier is omitted, the subscription for
all entities is requested.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> SUBSCRIBE CLASS MD ENTITY MD /ALARM_CLASS=INFORMATIONAL /ENTITY=SMH01
PML>
The subscription to the alarm class INFORMATIONAL from SMH01 is requested. From
now on the operator will be notified about informational events from SMH01.
SUBSCRIBE SMSC Commands 2–1365
SUSPEND
SUSPEND
Suspends an active entity.
Syntax
SUSPEND class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Restrictions
Only specific instances of entities can be suspended.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) that must be suspended. This item is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must be suspended. The entity_name has to be unique
system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
The SUSPEND command suspends an active entity instance. A suspended instance will not
accept new connections or messages.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
2–1366 SMSC Commands SUSPEND
SUSPEND
Examples
1. PML> SUSPEND CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 15:03:00.10 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SMH01.
%OMI-I-SUSPEND, Entity is suspended
PML>
The SUSPEND command suspends the entity SMH01 of class SMH.
SUSPEND SMSC Commands 2–1367
TEST EVENT
TEST EVENT
Start or stop the generation of test events by an entity.
Syntax
TEST EVENT class_item [entity_item]
Qualifiers Defaults
/EVENT=n
/OFF
/ON=n
/ONCE (default)
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) that must generate test events. This item is entered as
follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that must generate test events. This parameter is optional.
The entity_name has to be unique system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
Description
The TEST EVENT command lets one or more entities generate test events.
Qualifiers
/EVENT=n
The /EVENT qualifiers specifies one of the events that can be generated. Table 2–48 defines
the relation between the value of EVENT and the generated event name. The value n can
be one of 1, 2, 3 and 4, see table Values of EVENT and generated test event name (see
Table 2–48) .
2–1368 SMSC Commands TEST EVENT
TEST EVENT
Table 2–48: Values of EVENT and generated test event name
Value Test event name
1 OMI-TSTEVT1
2 OMI-TSTEVT2
3 OMI-TSTEVT3
4 OMI-TSTEVT4
/OFF
The /OFF qualifier specifies that event generation is to be stopped. This cancels all previously
entered TEST EVENT commands.
/ON=n
The /ON qualifier specifies that event generation is to be done every n seconds.
NOTE
Specifying multiple TEST EVENT /ON commands without specifying /OFF in
between will result in multiple events of the same name. If the previous event is
not set /OFF, it is continued after the next /ON.
/ONCE
The /ONCE qualifier specifies that event generation is to be done once.
Examples
1. PML> TEST EVENT CLASS SIWMENU /EVENT=1 /ON=10
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 15:06:11.14 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SIWMENU1.
%OMI-I-TSTEVT1, Generated test event # 1
PML>
%%%%%%%%%%% SMSC 8-JUN-1998 15:06:21.15 %%%%%%%%%%%
Event of class INFORMATIONAL received from entity SIWMENU1.
%OMI-I-TSTEVT1, Generated test event # 1
PML> test event cl eir /off
PML>
The TEST EVENT/ON command starts the generation of test events by all active entities
of class SIWMENU. Each entity generates an event OMI-TSTEVT1 every 10 seconds. The
TEST EVENT/OFF command subsequently stops the generation of test events by all active
entities of class SIWMENU.
TEST EVENT SMSC Commands 2–1369
TRACE
TRACE
Changes the trace facilities of an entity.
Syntax
TRACE class_item entity_item
Qualifiers Defaults
/ENTTRCIN=def SUPPRESS
/ENTTRCOUT=def SUPPRESS
/LOG /NOLOG
/TESTTRACE=n 0
/TRCLEVEL=n 0
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS=address_digits
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS=address_digits
/TRCOPC=signalling_point_code
/TRCDPC=signalling_point_code
/TRCOGT_DIGITS=global_title_digits
/TRCDGT_DIGITS=global_title_digits
Restrictions
Only trace characteristics of specific instances of entities can be changed.
Parameters
class_item
The class of the entity (instances) of which the trace characteristics have to be changed. This
item is entered as follows:
CLASS entity_class
The entity class can be one of the classes with a creatable instance, as described in table
Entity Classes (see Table 1–2) .
entity_item
The name of the entity instance that has to change its trace behaviour.
The entity_name has to be unique system wide, and must be entered as follows:
ENTITY entity_name
2–1370 SMSC Commands TRACE
TRACE
Description
The TRACE command instructs an active entity instance to send trace information to the trace
collector and/or manipulate the trace flag within a message. Tracing can be done on incoming
messages and on outgoing messages (seen from the entity). To select these trace activities, the
entity trace flags have to be set to the correct value (see description of qualifiers).
Qualifiers
/ENTTRCIN=def
The /ENTTRCIN qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of incoming messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter. The possible values of ENTTRCIN are listed in table Possible values
of ENTTRCIN (see Table 2–49) .
Table 2–49: Possible values of ENTTRCIN
Value Description
SUPPRESS Do not trace incoming messages, even if the trace flag in the message is on.
FLAG Trace incoming messages only if the trace flag in the message is ON.
ONCE Trace next incoming message, independent of the value of the trace flag
within that message. Thereafter the value of this attribute is set to FLAG.
FILTER Trace incoming messages, if at least one of the filter qualifiers matches the
message values.
ALL Trace all incoming messages, independent of the value of the trace flag
within the incoming messages.
IMPORTANT
The use of values other than SUPPRESS will seriously degrade the performance of
the SMSC.
/ENTTRCOUT=def
The /ENTTRCOUT qualifier is used to specify whether tracing of outgoing messages shall
be performed. The allowed values are: SUPPRESS, FLAG, ONCE, FILTER and ALL. This
attribute is a parameter. The possible values of ENTTRCOUT are listed in table Possible
values of ENTTRCOUT (see Table 2–50) .
TRACE SMSC Commands 2–1371
TRACE
Table 2–50: Possible values of ENTTRCOUT
Value Description
SUPPRESS Do not trace outgoing messages, even if the trace flag in the message is on.
FLAG Trace outgoing messages only if the trace flag in the message is ON.
ONCE Trace next outgoing message, independent of the value of the trace flag
within that message. Thereafter the value of this attribute is set to FLAG.
FILTER Trace incoming messages, if at least one of the filter qualifiers matches the
message values.
ALL Trace all outgoing messages, independent of the value of the trace flag
within the outgoing messages.
IMPORTANT
The use of values other than SUPPRESS can seriously degrade the performance of
the SMSC.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/TESTTRACE=n
The /TESTTRACE qualifier is used to specify the level of test trace information to be generated
by an entity. This qualifier is for development purposes only. The value should always be 0.
This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The usage of this qualifier is restricted to LogicaCMG personnel only.
/TRCLEVEL=def
The /TRCLEVEL qualifier is used to specify the level of trace information that an entity has
to send to the trace collector. This attribute is a parameter.
IMPORTANT
The use of values other than 0 will seriously degrade the performance of the SMSC.
The possible values of TRCLEVEL are listed in table Possible values of TRCLEVEL (see
Table 2–51) .
2–1372 SMSC Commands TRACE
TRACE
Table 2–51: Possible values of TRCLEVEL
Value Description
0 Lowest level of tracing. No information is shown to an operator.
1 An operator sees only information relevant to follow traffic on the interfaces
between SIWs, DIWs and SMHs.
2 All information on the interfaces between SIWs, DIWs and SMHs is shown.
3 An operator sees only information relevant to follow traffic on the interfaces
between servers, SIWs, DIWs and SMHs.
4 All information on interfaces between servers, SIWs, DIWs and SMHs is
shown.
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS=address_digits
The /TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
originator. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO
is set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with
the country code. This attribute is a parameter. This attribute is a trace filter setting. The
maximum length is 20 digits.
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS=address_digits
The /TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the address digits of the message
recipient. The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO
is set to FILTER. For a DATA, TELEPHONE or ISDN number, the address must start with
the country code. This attribute is a parameter. This attribute is a trace filter setting. The
maximum length is 20 digits.
/TRCOPC=signalling_point_code
The /TRCOPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the originating MSC
(calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter. This attribute is a trace filter setting.
/TRCDPC=signalling_point_code
The /TRCDPC qualifier is used to specify the signalling Point Code of the destination
MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI and/or
/ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. The value is string of hexadecimal characters. This attribute is
a parameter. This attribute is a trace filter setting.
/TRCOGT_DIGITS=global_title_address_digits
The /TRCOGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of
the originating MSC (calling party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s)
/ENTTRCI and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter. This attribute
is a trace filter setting. The maximum length is 20 digits.
/TRCDGT_DIGITS=global_title_address_digits
The /TRCDGT_DIGITS qualifier is used to specify the Global Title (GT) address digits of the
destination MSC (called party). The value is used when the entity trace qualifier(s) /ENTTRCI
TRACE SMSC Commands 2–1373
TRACE
and/or /ENTTRCO is set to FILTER. This attribute is a parameter. This attribute is a trace
filter setting. The maximum length is 20 digits.
Examples
1. PML> TRACE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01 /ENTTRCIN=ONCE
The TRACE command instructs the entity SMH01 from the class SMH to send trace
information of the next incoming message only to the trace collector.
2. PML> TRACE CLASS DIWPLMN /ENTTRCI=FILTER /TRCDGT=31653026
The TRACE command instructs all entities from the class DIWPLMN to send trace
information of incoming messages which match the filter to the trace collector. The filter
is the global title address of the MSC which forwarded the short message. In this case the
country code is 31.
3. PML> TRACE CLASS SMH /ENTTRCI=FILTER /ENTTRCO=FILTER /TRCORIG=31653143914
The TRACE command instructs all entities from the class SMH to send trace information
of incoming messages which match the filter to the trace collector. The filter is the address
of the message originator. In this case the country code is 31.
2–1374 SMSC Commands TRACE
. The default value is 1 (UnknownSubscriber). This attribute is a parameter.
NOTE
This attribute is related to SMSC_COMMON/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED, which is a
licensed option. The SRI error response causing a 2nd attempt is only used when
this option is switched ON.
)
SMSC Commands 2–1375
Chapter 3
VMS Commands for SMSC
In this chapter different commands are described to be used on the VMS command line.
The commands described in this chapter are:
DB_DELETE (see DB_DELETE)
CCA (see CCA)
CCADIF (see CCADIF)
DCL_DATA (see DCL_DATA)
DCLSIG (see DCLSIG)
HCB (see HCB)
LOG_CONVERT (see LOG_CONVERT)
PML (see PML)
PMMCP (see PMMCP)
PMS (see PMS)
SMH_CONVERT (see SMH_CONVERT)
TRCANL (see TRCANL) )
VMS Commands for SMSC 3–1
DB_DELETE
DB_DELETE
Deletes expired data records from the SMSC traffic log database.
Syntax
DB_DELETE [/KEEPDAYS=<number of keepdays>]
[/STATKEEPDAYS=<number of keepdays statistics>]
[/DBNAME=<database name>] [/TRACE=<tracelevel>]
Parameters
/KEEPDAYS=<number of keepdays>
The keepdays parameter defines how many days the traffic log data should be kept in the
SMSC traffic log database. This number is relative to the current date and relates to the
submission date (T_MAST) for IDI records, the delivery date (T_FADT) for Fax Report records
and the failed login occurrence date (T_FLFT) for Failed Login records.
If this parameter is not specified, the number of keepdays defaults to 99.
/STATKEEPDAYS=<number of keepdays statistics>
The statkeepdays parameter defines how many days the statistics on the traffic log records
should be kept in the traffic log database. This number is relative to the submission date of
the traffic log records (T_SUBM_DATE).
If this parameter is not specified, the number of statistics keepdays defaults to 99.
/DBNAME=<database name>
The name of the SMSC traffic log database root file from which expired data records should be
removed.
If this parameter is not specified, the database name defaults to SMSC_DB_LOG.
/TRACELEVEL=<debug trace level>
This parameter defines if and which debug trace information should be printed. This field is a
bitfield. It is for LogicaCMG internal use only.
If this parameter is not specified, then the default 0 is used (no trace information).
Description
For each Short Message, Notification message, Command operation, Fax Report and Failed
Login a traffic log record is written by the SMSC. These traffic log records are stored in the
traffic log database. Besides traffic log data, some simple statistics on the traffic log data are
written by LOG_CONVERT (see LOG_CONVERT) . These statistics data are stored in the
3–2 VMS Commands for SMSC DB_DELETE
DB_DELETE
traffic log database as well. If no data is removed from the database, the database will become
full. This can be prevented by running DB_DELETE.
DB_DELETE removes expired traffic log data from the SMSC traffic log database. The
expiry period can be configured with the /KEEPDAYS and /STATKEEPDAYS parameters.
/KEEPDAYS defines the expiry period for Short Message, Notification message, Command
operation, Fax Report and Failed Login traffic log records. /STATKEEPDAYS defines the
expiry period for the statistics records.
After deletion of expired data, DB_DELETE also does maintenance tasks on the database. It
updates the TABLE_INDEX table, that defines which IDI_MSG_REC_x table contains data for
which date, and it updates the IDI table views VIEW_IDI_MSG_REC_x. For more information
on the traffic log database, see the SMSC Operator Manual.
Finally, DB_DELETE creates an SQL script that can be used to resize the storage areas for
that last updated IDI table. If the storage areas for an IDI_MSG_REC_x table have been
extended, because their size was too small, then that disk space will remain allocated, even if
the data has been removed. This script LOG_STATDB_RESIZE_AREAS.SQL can be used to
reset the IDI storage areas of the IDI_MSG_REC_x table that was emptied last. The original
settings of the storage areas are defined by the logicals DB_PATH_<n> (n=0,1...), DB_AREA_
SIZE, DB_EXTENT_SIZE and DB_PAGE_SIZE. These logicals are used to divide the storage
areas over the configured paths. This means it is not possible to do additional load balancing.
See the SMSC Operator Manual for more details on these logicals.
Examples
1. $ DB_DELETE :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DB_DELETE
$ DB_DELETE /KEEP=7 /STATKEEP=14 /DBNAME=SMSC_DB_LOG
With this command, all IDI (SM) traffic log records with a submission date older than
7 days, all Fax Report traffic log records with a delivery date older than 7 days and all
Failed Login records with an occurrence date older than 7 days are removed from the
traffic log database. All statistics records (table STAT_REC) for traffic log records with
submission date older than 14 days are removed as well. The SMSC traffic log database is
defined by SMSC_DB_LOG.
2. $ SQL @LOG_STATDB_RESIZE_AREAS.SQL
This command will execute the SQL script that was created by DB_DELETE. It will reset
the IDI storage areas of the last updated IDI_MSG_REC_x table to its original settings.
DB_DELETE VMS Commands for SMSC 3–3
CCA
CCA
CCA can be used for collecting a set of SMSC configuration items. The result of the collect
action is stored in an SMSC Configuration Archive file.
When applied to multiple nodes, CCA will create for each node a separate archive. Each
archive contains node common data and node specific data, such as logical names and AD
quota.
SMSC Configuration Archives can be compared using the tool CCADIF (CCADIF).
Alternatively, these archives can be compared using standard ’diff ’ tools, such as VMS
DIFFERENCE or UNIX DIFF.
Syntax
CCA [<node_name>]
Parameters
<node_ename>
This parameter defines the name of the node of which the SMSC Configuration should be
collected.
This parameter is optional. If it is not specified, CCA will collect the SMSC Configuration of
the current node.
Description
The name of an archive is according the following syntax:
SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]CCA_<NODE_NAME>-YYYY-MM-DD-HHMMSS.TXT
where <NODE_NAME> is the name of the node of which the node specific data is contained in
the archive. The time stamp indicates the date and start time of the collect action.
For each collect action a log file is created. The name of the log file is according the following
syntax:
SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]CCA_<NODE_NAME>.LOG
CCA can be submitted as a batch job or used interactively.
Submit CCA as a batch job when it is desired that the SMSC Configuration is automatically
collected on a regular basis, such as daily or weekly.
Use CCA interactively if it is desired that the SMSC Configuration is collected immediately.
CCA is configured via several parameters in the [CCA] section of the file SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]DCL_
DATA.DAT.
3–4 VMS Commands for SMSC CCA
CCA
Specify the parameter as an empty string ("") when no configuration data should be collected
regarding this parameter. For instance, when CCA should not collect user reports, specify the
following parameter:
OS_SHOW_USR_CMD = ""
If more configuration data regarding a parameter should be collected, add a new show com-
mand using one of the user defined parameters OS_SHOW_CMD_<X> (X=1..9), or change an existing
parameter. Change a parameter by using another command qualifier or add a command to the
existing list of commands. The following example shows how more device information can be
collected by using the /FULL qualifier instead of the /BRIEF qualifier:
OS_SHOW_DEVICE_CMD = "SHOW DEVICE D /BRIEF"
OS_SHOW_DEVICE_CMD = "SHOW DEVICE D /FULL"
When a parameter is not specified (commented out), it will get the default value.
The following configuration data will always be collected and is not configurable:
• General System Data, such as Architecture, Operating System, Number of CPUs, List of
of all Nodes in the cluster (when applicable), Console version, DECNET version and Boot
Time.
• Queue Data, such as name, type, job limit and priority.
• Job Data, such as name, user, queue, status and file specification.
• SMSC Subscriber Database parameters, such as creation time, maximum user count,
database open mode and snapshot mode.
Table 3–1 provides a description of all parameters.
Table 3–1: DCL_DATA [CCA] Parameters
Parameter Description
CCA_RUN_FREQUENCY This parameter specifies the frequency of collecting the SMSC
configuration parameters.
Allowed values: "ONCE" | "DAILY" | "WEEKLY" | "MONTHLY"
where "MONTHLY" means every 31 days.
Default: "WEEKLY"
CCA_RUN_TIME This parameter specifies the time of collecting the SMSC configura-
tion parameters.
Allowed values: DCL Time format
Default: "03:00"
CCA_KEEPDAYS_ARCHIVE This parameter specifies the number of days after the CCA SMSC
Collection Archives and the CCADIF Compare Result files are
purged.
Allowed values: DCL Time format
Default: "31"
CCA VMS Commands for SMSC 3–5
CCA
Table 3–1 (Cont.): DCL_DATA [CCA] Parameters
Parameter Description
CCA_KEEPDAYS_LOG This parameter specifies the number of days after the CCA and
CCADIF log files are purged.
Allowed values: DCL Time format
Default: "31"
CCA_NODE This parameter specifies the node of which the SMSC configuration
should be collected.
When applied to multiple nodes, CCA will create for each node a
separate SMSC Configuration Archive.
Allowed values: "ALL" | "<NODE_NAME>" where "ALL" means
all nodes of the cluster (when the system is a cluster) and "<NODE_
NAME>" is an existing node name (within the cluster).
Default: "" (meaning the current node)
SMSC_OAM_CLASSES This list parameter specifies the O&M classes of which the value of
the attributes should be collected.
Allowed values:
"ALL" | "<CLASS_SUBSTRING_1>, ... <CLASS_SUBSTRING_
N>"
Default: "AD,MD,COMMON" (meaning collect attributes of AD and
all common classes)
SMSC_IMAGE_LIST This list parameter specifies the executables of which image infor-
mation should be collected.
Allowed values: Comma separated list of file specifications.
Default:
"SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]*.EXE,
SYS$SYSTEM:VIQ_*.EXE"
SMSC_SCRIPT_LIST This list parameter specifies the SMSC login, startup and purging
scripts of which the content should be collected.
Allowed values: Comma separated list of file specifications.
Default:
"SYS$MANAGER:SYLOGIN.COM,
SYS$MANAGER:SYSTARTUP_VMS.COM,
SYS$MANAGER:CMG_START_E*.DAT,
SYS$COMMON:[SYSMGR]CMG_CLEANUP.COM"
SMSC_CNF_FILE_LIST This parameter specifies the configuration files used by SMSC
entities and SMSC scripts of which the content should be collected.
Allowed values: Comma separated list of file specifications.
Default:
"SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]DCL_DATA.DAT,
SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]*.CNF,
SMSC$ROOT;[DATA]GIW_HLR*.DAT,
SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]GIW_MSC*.DAT"
3–6 VMS Commands for SMSC CCA
CCA
Table 3–1 (Cont.): DCL_DATA [CCA] Parameters
Parameter Description
SMSC_SHOW_LIC_CMD This parameter specifies the command for displaying the SMSC
License file of which the content should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "TYPE SYS$SYSTEM:CMG_LICENSE.DAT"
OS_MODPARAM_LST This list parameter specifies the system parameter files of which
the content should be collected.
Allowed values: Comma separated list of file specifications.
Default: "SYS$SYSTEM:MODPARAMS.*"
OS_SHOW_SYSGEN_CMD This parameter specifies the command for displaying the system
parameters in the SYSGEN work area that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "MCR SYSGEN SHOW/MAJOR"
OS_SHOW_LNM_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing the logical
names that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "SHOW LOGICAL /SYSTEM *"
OS_SHOW_MEM_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing the availability
and usage of system resources that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "SHOW MEMORY/PHYSICAL/SLOTS/FILES/POOL"
OS_SHOW_USR_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing the user reports
that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "MC AUTHORIZE SHOW * /BRIEF"
OS_SHOW_DEV_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing device informa-
tion that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "SHOW DEVICE D /BRIEF"
OS_SHOW_RLIC_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing registry infor-
mation from the License Database that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "LICENSE LIST/FULL"
OS_SHOW_ALIC_CMD This parameter specifies the command for showing active software
product licenses that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "SHOW LICENSE/BRIEF"
CCA VMS Commands for SMSC 3–7
CCA
Table 3–1 (Cont.): DCL_DATA [CCA] Parameters
Parameter Description
OS_SHOW_INST_CMD This parameter specifies the command for displaying the
VMSINSTAL Product Installation History File of which the content
should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: "TYPE SYS$UPDATE:VMSINSTAL.HISTORY"
OS_SHOW_TCP_CMDS This list parameter specifies the commands for showing TCPIP
services information that should be collected.
Allowed values: DCL display/show commands
Default:
"TCPIP SHOW VERSION,
TCPIP SHOW SERVICES,
TCPIP SHOW CONFIGURATION SNMP/FULL,
TCPIP SHOW ROUTE,
TCPIP SHOW ROUTE/PERM,
TCPIP SHOW INTERFACES"
OS_SHOW_CMD_<X> (X=1..9) These parameters specify commands for showing user defined
information that should be collected
Allowed values: DCL display/show command
Default: ""
DIF_WIDTH This parameter specifies the width of the output lines when com-
paring two SMSC Configuration Archives using CCADIF.
This parameter is only used by CCADIF.
Allowed values: [80..255]
Default: "255"
Examples
1. $ SUBMIT SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]CCA
In this example, CCA will collect the SMSC Configuration of the nodes as specified by the
DCL_DATA parameter CCA_NODE Table 3–1.
CCA will reschedule itself each time in the batch queue according to the DCL_DATA
parameters CCA_RUN_FREQUENCY and CCA_RUN_TIME [Table 3–1].
2. $ CCA :== @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]CCA
$ CCA SMLCMG2
In this interactive example, CCA will collect the SMSC Configuration of the node
’SMLCMG2’.
the optional argument SMLCG2 overrules the DCL_DATA parameter CCA_NODE as
described in Table 3–1. When started interactively, CCA will run only once and will not
schedule itself in the batch queue for a future run.
3–8 VMS Commands for SMSC CCA
CCADIF
CCADIF
CCADIF can be used for comparing two SMSC Configuration Archives created by CCA.
Syntax
CCADIF <cca_file1> <cca_file2>
Parameters
<cca_file1>
This parameter defines the name of the 1st SMSC Configuration Archive created by CCA.
<cca_file2>
This parameter defines the name of the 2nd SMSC Configuration Archive created by CCA.
Description
The result of the compare is put in the text file SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]CCA.DIF.
Please note that dynamic parameters, such as memory usage, disk usage and counters, will
always result in differences between SMSC Configuration Archives.
CCADIF is configured via the parameters CCADIF_WIDTH, CCA_KEEPDAYS_ARCHIVE and
CCA_KEEPDAYS_LOG in the [CCA] section of the file SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]DCL_DATA.DAT.
Please refer to Table 3–1 for a description of these parameters.
CCADIF can be used interactively or can be submitted as a batch job.
Examples
1. $ CCADIF :== @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]CCADIF
$ CCADIF CCA_SMLCMG1-2005-11-20-112358.TXT -
CCA_SMLCMG1-2005-12-20-132134.TXT
In this interactive example, CCADIF will compare two SMSC Configuration Archives of
the node ’SMLCMG1’. The 1st archive is one month older than the 2nd archive.
CCADIF VMS Commands for SMSC 3–9
CCADIF
2. $ SUBMIT SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]CCADIF -
/PARAMETERS=(CCA_SMLCMG1-2005-11-20-030025.TXT -
CCA_SMLCMG2-2005-11-20-030134.TXT)
In this example, CCADIF will compare an SMSC Configuration Archive of the node
’SMLCMG1’ with an archive of the node ’SMLCMG2’. Both archives are from the same
day. The compare action will be performed as a batch job.
3–10 VMS Commands for SMSC CCADIF
DCL_DATA
DCL_DATA
Provide customisation of all SMSC command files.
Syntax
DCL_DATA section_name
Parameters
section_name
The name of the section within the configuration file DCL_DATA.DAT. See description for
details on the contents and usage of the DCL_DATA.DAT file.
Description
Several command files (like CMG_CLEANUP, etc.) need small customisations to act as re-
quired by the customer. These customisations are often done by defining symbols at the
beginning of the command procedure. Each time a new version of the command file is pro-
vided, the customisations have to be copied to the new version of the command file. Therefore
the customisations of command files are moved to a central location. This location is the file
SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]DCL_DATA.DAT (if the logical SMSC_DATA is defined, the location is
SMSC_DATA:DCL_DATA.DAT).
The data file is made of sections and each section may contain one or more symbols to be
defined. A section is identified by a section name between square brackets:
[section_name]
If a section is specified more than once, all symbols within each section will be processed.
Symbols are defined as:
symbol=expression
Symbol is an alphanumeric symbol name as it is used within a command procedure. The
symbol name must begin with an alphabetic character (uppercase and lowercase characters
are equivalent), an underscore, or a dollar sign. After the first character, the name can contain
any alphanumeric characters from the DEC multinational character set, underscores, or dollar
signs.
If a symbol is defined more than once (in different sections or the same section), only the last
definition is used.
The expression can consist of a character string value. All literal character strings must
be enclosed in quotation marks. If the expression is not enclosed in quotation marks it will
always result in an uppercase string.
DCL_DATA VMS Commands for SMSC 3–11
DCL_DATA
The symbols in the command procedure will always be set as a local symbol and as string.
If it is necessary to have an integer type within the command procedure the lexical function
F$INTEGER can be used within the command procedure.
The exclamation point (!) begins the comment in the data file. Everything to the right of an
exclamation point is considered as comment and will be ignored (including the exclamation
point). Also blank lines can be added to improve the readability of the data file.
The data file is named SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]DCL_DATA.DAT or if the logical SMSC_DATA is
defined, the file SMSC_DATA:DCL_DATA.DAT is used.
Calling the DCL_DATA executable has to be done once at the beginning of the command
procedure. To make parameters available to DCL_DATA, the symbol DCL_DATA has to be
defined as:
$ DCL_DATA := $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCL_DATA
Now the executable can be called with DCL_DATA and a section name. As a section name also
a file specification can be given. In that case only the name of the file is used as section name.
This is useful when DCL_DATA is called from a command procedure where the name of the
file is used as section name (as shown in the example).
Note that the data file is read only once, when the command procedure is executed. When
the data file is changed, the changes do not come into effect immediately, but only when the
command procedure is executed again.
Examples
Part of DCL_DATA.DAT may look like:
.
.
.
[DEMO] ! Here starts the demo section 1
AUTHOR = "Mr. Developer" 2
WILL_IT_WORK = TRUE ! Makes a proud text printable
[ANOTHER_SECTION] ! Here starts another section 3
.
.
.
1 Here the section called DEMO starts
2 Two symbols, AUTHOR and WILL_IT_WORK are defined here.
3 The next sections starts again with a section name between brackets.
The contents of the file DEMO.COM that makes use of the given data file may look like:
3–12 VMS Commands for SMSC DCL_DATA
DCL_DATA
$ DCL_DATA := $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCL_DATA 1
$ AUTHOR = "" 2
$ WILL_IT_WORK = "FALSE"
$!
$ DCL_DATA ’F$ENVIRONMENT("PROCEDURE")’ 3
$ WRITE SYS$OUTPUT AUTHOR 4
$ IF WILL_IT_WORK THEN WRITE SYS$OUTPUT "It works"
$ EXIT
1 The executable is located in SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]. To call the executable with parame-
ters, a symbol to it has to be defined.
2 The command procedure will make use of two symbols (AUTHOR and WILL_IT_
WORK). To avoid the situation that the symbols which are not defined in the data file
which may result in an "unknown symbol" error, the symbols are first defined with a
default value.
3 By calling DCL_DATA in this way, the section name will be extracted from the proce-
dure name. The lexical function F$ENVIRONMENT("PROCEDURE") will return the
complete filename of the procedure (including device, directory, type and extension).
The executable DCL_DATA will use the name only of the given filename, so in this
case DEMO will be used.
4 Some printouts are given here depending on the results of the symbols.
DCL_DATA VMS Commands for SMSC 3–13
DCLSIG
DCLSIG
Provide a means to generate SMSC alarms via O&M from a DCL script and provide a means
to log messages in the node log file from a DCL script.
Syntax
DCLSIG [param1] [param2] [param3]
DCLSIG /node statuscode [facility]
Parameters
There are two possible parameter lists for DCLSIG. Both of them are described below. The
first one is used for signalling through O&M, the second one is used for direct logging to the
node log file. Which one is used is determined by the parameter list. If one of the parameters
equals /NODE then the meaning of the parameter list changes and direct logging to the node
log file is used instead of alarm generation through O&M.
Parameters for generating O&M alarms
param1
The user defined message text. This message text should differ from strings allowed for
the other parameters, in order to assure that param1 is not interpreted as one of the other
parameters. If this parameter is not given, then the default empty message text is used.
param2
The severity level of the DCLSIG alarm. The possible values are "SU" (success), "IN" (infor-
mational), "WA" (warning), "ER" (error) and "FA" (fatal/severe). If this parameter is not given,
then the system severity level (determined by value of $STATUS after last DCL command,
before executing DCLSIG) is used for the severity level.
param3
Specification of subsignal. A combination of severity levels can be used and an alarm is
only submitted to the SMSC, if its system severity is a member of this combination. Param3
can be a combination of "S" (success), "I" (informational), "W" (warning), "E" (error) and "F"
(fatal/severe). If this parameter is not given, then no subsignal is generated.
3–14 VMS Commands for SMSC DCLSIG
DCLSIG
Parameters for direct logging in node logfile
/NODE
If the /NODE qualifier is given, then the meaning of the command line totally changes and the
behaviour of DCLSIG changes. In this case the first and second parameters are interpreted as
a status code and a facility specification (see below).
statuscode
The status code of the message to be logged in the node log file. This code is translated to an
ASCII string, using the VMS $GETMSG message lookup facility. A status code of a command,
preceding the DCLSIG command can be used at this place.
facility
A facility specification, which is copied into the line that is logged in the node log file. If this
argument is not given, then the default facility specification ("DCLSIG") is used.
Description of the generation of O&M alarms
The executable DCLSIG.EXE can be used in scripts to generate O&M alarm messages. By
executing DCLSIG in a script it is possible to submit alarm messages to the MD, so that they
automatically become visible on the PML interface or on other applications subscribed to event
signalling. When executed, DCLSIG reads the global symbol $STATUS, which contains the
condition code of the most recently executed command of the script. If DCLSIG is the first
command to be executed, the condition code is always success. DCLSIG will determine the
system severity level ($severity) from the first three bits of $STATUS.
The user can decide how much information he or she wants to have sent along with the
message by adding up to three optional string parameters to the execution call. Messages
can be sent across nodes. The process in which the script is executed should use the same
BUS as the SMSC in order to communicate via VIQ. This is an implicit function of the generic
procedure and not visible for the application using this procedure.
All arguments of DCLSIG are optional. The program can be used in the following ways:
DCLSIG
DCLSIG signal with system severity level; no user-defined message text; no subsignal.
DCLSIG param1
DCLSIG signal with system severity level; user-defined message text (param1); no subsignal.
DCLSIG param2
DCLSIG signal with user-defined severity level (param2); no message text; no subsignal.
DCLSIG param3
DCLSIG signal with system severity level; no user-defined message text; subsignal; alarm
message only if system severity level is contained in param3.
DCLSIG param1 param2
DCLSIG signal with user-defined severity level (param2); user-defined message text (param1);
no subsignal.
DCLSIG VMS Commands for SMSC 3–15
DCLSIG
DCLSIG param1 param3
DCLSIG signal with system severity level; user defined-message text (param1); alarm message
only if system severity level is contained in param3.
DCLSIG param2 param3
DCLSIG signal with user-defined severity level (param2); no user-defined message text; alarm
message only if system severity level is contained in param3.
DCLSIG param1 param2 param3
DCLSIG signal with user-defined severity level; user-defined message text; subsignal; alarm
message only if system severity level is contained in param3.
Description of direct logging to node log file
The executable DCLSIG.EXE can also be used to log messages into the node log file directly.
This behaviour is selected, when the first argument is a qualifier equal to /NODE. In that case
the other two arguments are used for as parameters specifying the message to be generated
(by means of a status code, which is translated to a message, using $GETMSG) and for an
optional facility string, which is inserted in the line to be logged.
The first parameter (status code) specifies the message to be logged and the second parameter
(facility) is logged just in front of the system message. If no facility is specified, then the
default facility ("DCLSIG") is written to the log file after the timestamp.
As mentioned earlier, logging is done directly in the node log file. The name of the node log file
is the name of the node or, if the logical DBG_NODE_NAME is set, the value of that logical.
The directory in which the log file resides can be specified by means of a logical SMSC_LOG.
If this logical is not set, then it is assumed that the location is SMSC$ROOT:[log].
Examples
Examples of O&M alarm generation
1. $ DCLSIG :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCLSIG
$ write sys$output "Hi!"
$ DCLSIG "I wrote HI! to sys$output" "IN"
2. $ DCLSIG :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCLSIG
$ show time
$!this will cause a warning: $severity=0 ==> "W"
$!but it is sent as error: param2 = "ER"
$ DCLSIG "I generate a warning" "ER" "WEF"
3–16 VMS Commands for SMSC DCLSIG
DCLSIG
Examples of logging in node log file
1. $ DCLSIG :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCLSIG
$ DCLSIG /NODE 0x82000003 "MY FACILITY"
2. $ DCLSIG :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]DCLSIG
$ DCLSIG /NODE 0x82000003
DCLSIG VMS Commands for SMSC 3–17
HCB
HCB
HCB is the PLC heartbeat control program. Its purpose is to send heartbeats and to control
the PLC connected to a DECserver. This PLC is dedicated to the heartbeat option. HCB is
used for sending the heartbeats and starting, stopping and configuring the connected PLC.
NOTE
Before using HCB a symbol must be defined on the DCL prompt as follows: $HCB
:= = $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]HCB
Syntax
HCB device option [interval]
Parameters
device
A terminal device which refer to a port on a DECserver to which the PLC is connected. For
example LTA11.
option
This option defines what the HCB program will do. The following options are possible:
Table 3–2: Description Possible Options
Option Description
0 Send a heartbeat for node 1.
1 Send a heartbeat for node 2.
2 Send a heartbeat for node 3.
3 Send a heartbeat for node 4.
4 Send a heartbeat for node 5.
5 Send a heartbeat for node 6.
6 Send a heartbeat for node 7.
7 Send a heartbeat for node 8.
START Start the connected PLC. The PLC start checking the heartbeats. If a node is not
sending heartbeats an alarm will be generated after 30 seconds.
STOP Stop the connected PLC. All alarms will go on, because this is the rest state of the
PLC.
3–18 VMS Commands for SMSC HCB
HCB
Table 3–2 (Cont.): Description Possible Options
Option Description
MODE Shows the current MODE of the PLC. The following modes can be possible:
1. PLC is stopped.
2. PLC is executing its program.
3. PLC is executing its program in monitor mode.
4. PLC is in an unknown mode.
The normal operating mode for the PLC is mode 3, this mode can be entered by
giving a START command. Mode 2 and 4 should not be possible and will possibly
result in unwanted alarm. Mode 1 means that the PLC will not generate alarms.
CLEAR Clears the PLC hardware errors if one occurred (ERR LED is lighting up on the
PLC). If this does not resolves the errors, a power cycle could solve the problem.
INIT Initializes the PLC. This is needed so that the PLC will come up in the right mode
after a power cycle. This has to be done only once.
UPLOAD Uploads a copy of the program from the PLC into a new PLC binary file. This
option must be used when a new PLC program has been written in the PLC. This is
for developing purpose only. Please refer to the PLC Heartbeat Developer Platform
for more information.
DOWNLOAD Download a new program into the PLC. This must only be done when in-
stalling/updating the PLC software or if the PLC has been switched off for a long
period (more than 2 weeks).
interval
This option alters the length of the interval between heartbeat signals. It is optional and only
affects options 0 through 7. The period must be given in 1/100th of seconds. For example,
1000 means: "Send every 10 seconds a heartbeat". The default is 1250, valid values are
between 0 and 3600000.
Description
The HCB program sets up a connection with the terminal port and sends the required action
to the PLC. If another program is accessing the PLC, the action will be queued and delivered
as soon as possible. The HCB program continues when an answer from the PLC is received.
Thus every action is guaranteed (if no other HCB commands are running) to be delivered.
This program is used for three different purposes, namely:
1. Normal operation; if the node is configured correctly the program will be started in the
system startup file. The program will then send heartbeats to the PLC periodically. The
HCB program is started by HCB.COM and will created a process called HCB ("show
system" can be used to check if it is running). Use @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]HCB.COM
to start or stop the sending of heartbeats (stop /id can also be used).
2. Check operation; to check the working of the PLC you can use the start, stop, mode and
clear options.
HCB VMS Commands for SMSC 3–19
HCB
3. Config operation; to configure the PLC you can use the download and upload option. See
the installation guide for the PLC heartbeat option.
Examples
NOTE
Running two HCB commands on the same node might result in a failure because
a terminal port on a node can only be allocated by one process at the same time.
As a running heartbeat is also a HCB command it is better to stop this by
executing $ @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]HCB. If this is not done an error (Cannot
connect to server port) might be the result. If this happens, the HCB command
must be repeated.
1.
$ HCB :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]HCB 1
$ HCB LTA144 0 1000 2
port : LTA144
option : 0
interval : 10000 msec
Command to send a heartbeat for node 1.
1 Defines the HCB symbol, so it can be used by DCL.
2 The HCB command: Start sending a heartbeat for node 1 (option 0) to a PLC con-
nected to terminal port LTA144 with an interval of 10 seconds.
2.
$ HCB :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]HCB 1
$ HCB LTA144 START 2
port : LTA144
option : START
interval : 12500 msec
%HCB-I-PLC_START, PLC is started 3
$
Command to start internal software of the PLC connected to the DECserver.
1 Defines the HCB symbol, so it can be used by DCL.
2 The HCB command: Start the PLC connected to terminal port LTA144.
3 Information that the PLC is successfully started.
3.
$ HCB :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]HCB 1
$ HCB LTA144 MODE 2
port : LTA144
option : MODE
interval : 12500 msec
PLC is executing its program in monitor mode! 3
$
Command to show the mode of the PLC connected to the DECserver.
1 Defines the HCB symbol, so it can be used by DCL.
3–20 VMS Commands for SMSC HCB
HCB
2 The HCB command: Request the mode of the PLC connected to terminal port LTA144.
3 Information that the PLC is executing the program in monitor mode. This is the
normal working state of PLC heartbeat.
4.
$ @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]HCB 1
Starting HCB
%RUN-S-PROC_ID, identification of created process is 22C014C8 2
$
Start sending of the heartbeat as a detached process. If no HCB is running, the sending of
the heartbeat of this node will start. Normally this command is issued in system startup
file, but you can do it by hand if you stopped the HCB process for some reason.
1 Command to start the heartbeat process on this node.
2 Information that the heartbeat is started.
5.
$ @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]HCB STOP 1
Stopped running HCB Pid xxx 2
$ HCB :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]HCB 3
$ HCB LTA144 STOP 4
port : LTA144
option : STOP
interval : 12500 msec
%HCB-I-PLC_STOP, PLC is stopped 5
$
This example first stops the running heartbeat on this node and then stops the PLC
connected to the DECserver.
1 Command to stop the current running heartbeat process on this node.
2 Information that the heartbeat is stopped.
3 Defines the HCB symbol, so it can be used by DCL.
4 The HCB command: Stop the PLC connected to terminal port LTA144.
5 Information that the PLC is successfully stopped.
HCB VMS Commands for SMSC 3–21
LOG_CONVERT
LOG_CONVERT
LOG_CONVERT converts the raw traffic log files from the SMSC to a format that can be used
by the RMU/LOAD database loader utility.
Syntax
LOG_CONVERT /LF=<filename> [/FORCE] [/TEXT]
Parameters
/LF=<filename>
This parameter defines the raw traffic log file that needs to be converted. The filename should
refer to a file that was created by a LOGSRV entity.
/FORCE
This parameter forces that LOG_CONVERT to convert a raw traffic log file irrespective of the
fact that is has been converted before.
This parameter is optional. If it is not specified, LOG_CONVERT will not process a raw traffic
log file if it has been converted before.
/TEXT
This parameter defines if a textual output should be generated. The output format is defined
by the RDB Record Definition file SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]IDI_MSG_REC_TEXT.RRD.
This parameter is optional. If it is not specified, LOG_CONVERT creates binary RMS files
in a format that is defined by the RDB Record Definition file SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]IDI_MSG_
REC.RRD.
Description
The SMSC produces raw traffic log files by means of the LOGSRV entity. These files can
contain traffic log records of IDI messages (Short Message/Notification message/Command
operation), Fax Reports and Failed Logins. This data has to be stored in the SMSC traffic log
database. In order to facilitate efficient insertion in the traffic log database, the raw traffic
log files are first converted to a format that can be used by the Oracle Rdb database loader
utility (RMU/LOAD). Furthermore, the raw traffic log files are sorted on IDI, Fax Report and
Failed Login traffic log records. The IDI traffic log records are also sorted on submission date.
LOG_CONVERT does the conversion and sorting process.
3–22 VMS Commands for SMSC LOG_CONVERT
LOG_CONVERT
LOG_CONVERT will produce one or more output files, depending on the contents of the raw
traffic log file. LOG_CONVERT creates a separate output file for each distinct IDI submission
date value that it encounters in the input file. These files are named <LOGSRV name>_
IDI_<nnnn>_<yyyymmdd>.UNL, where <LOGSRV name> refers to LOGSRV entity name in
the input filename, <nnnn> is the four digit sequence number from the input filename and
<yyyymmdd> refers to the submission date of the IDI traffic log records in the file.
If Fax Report traffic log records are present in the input file, then a file named <LOGSRV
name>_FRP_<nnnn>.UNL is created, where <LOGSRV name> refers to LOGSRV entity name
in the input filename, <nnnn> is the four digit sequence number from the input filename.
If Failed Login traffic log records are present in the input file, then a file named <LOGSRV
name>_FLG_<nnnn>.UNL is created, where <LOGSRV name> refers to LOGSRV entity name
in the input filename, <nnnn> is the four digit sequence number from the input filename.
The contents of the IDI output files are defined by the RDB Record Definition file IDI_MSG_
REC.RRD. For Fax Report records the contents are defined by the file FAX_REPORT_
REC.RRD and for Failed Login records by the file FAILED_LOGIN_REC.RRD. The record
definition files are used to load a file into the traffic log database with the RMU/LOAD loader
utility.
If a raw traffic log file has been converted, LOG_CONVERT marks the file as being processed.
LOG_CONVERT will not process marked files a second time, unless the parameter /FORCE is
used.
LOG_CONVERT can also produce textual (ASCII) output. This is readable output, with one
traffic log record per line, a line is terminated by a linefeed and the fields are offset based (that
is, fields have a fixed length and the position on the line determines which field it is). This is
configured with the parameter /TEXT. The contents of the output files are then defined by the
RDB Record Definition files IDI_MSG_REC_TEXT.RRD, FAX_REPORT_REC_TEXT.RRD and
FAILED_LOGIN_REC_TEXT.RRD, for IDI, Fax Report and Failed Login records, respectively.
The suffix for the text output files is .TXT instead of .UNL.
If the output files are used to be stored in the SMSC traffic log database, then the parameter
/TEXT should not be used.
IMPORTANT
If the license SMSC_LOG_FULL_IDI is set to NO, only a subset of the IDI fields
will be written to the output.
LOG_CONVERT writes a line of statistical information for each output file it has created.
This line is added to the file LOG_CONVERT_<yyyymmdd>.LOG in the SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]
directory, where <yyyymmdd> refers to today’s date. The line of information is in a delimited
text (ASCII) format and is defined by the RDB Record Definition file STAT_REC.RRD. See the
SMSC Operator Manual for a description of the fields.
LOG_CONVERT VMS Commands for SMSC 3–23
LOG_CONVERT
Examples
1. $ LOG_CONVERT :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]LOG_CONVERT
$ LOG_CONVERT /LF=logsrv00_log_file.0234
This command will convert the raw traffic log file LOGSRV00_LOG_FILE.0234 to a binary
RMS file, that can directly be used by the RMU/LOAD database loader utility. The files
are named LOGSRV00_IDI_0234_<yyyymmdd>.UNL for IDI traffic log information, where
<yyyymmdd> reflects the submission date of the records in the file. For Fax Report
traffic log records the file is named LOGSRV00_FRP_0234.UNL, and for Failed Login
traffic log records the file is named LOGSRV00_FLG_0234.UNL. For each output file
a line of statistics information for file LOGSRV00_LOG_FILE.0234 is added to the file
SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]LOG_CONVERT_<yyyymmdd>.LOG, where <yyyymmdd> refers to
today’s date.
2. $ LOG_CONVERT /LF=logsrv02_log_file.0235 /TEXT /FORCE
This command will convert the raw traffic log file LOGSRV02_LOG_FILE.0235 to a
textual (ASCII) format, one traffic log record per line. The files are named LOGSRV02_
IDI_0235_<yyyymmdd>.TXT for IDI traffic log information, where <yyyymmdd> reflects
the submission date of the records in the file. For Fax Report traffic log records the
file is named LOGSRV02_FRP_0235.TXT, and for Failed Login traffic log records the
file is named LOGSRV02_FLG_0235.TXT. The file is converted, even if it was converted
before by LOG_CONVERT. For each output file a line of statistics information for file
LOGSRV02_LOG_FILE.0235 is added to the file SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]LOG_CONVERT_
<yyyymmdd>.LOG, where <yyyymmdd> indicates today’s date.
3–24 VMS Commands for SMSC LOG_CONVERT
PML
PML
Startup of the presentation manager (command line interface).
Syntax
PML
Command Qualifiers Defaults
/ACCEPT_TIME=n 3
/AUTO_CONNECT=n
/HEARTBEAT=n 10
/INPUT_FILE=str
/LOCK=str
/OPCLASS=n
/PROMPT=str "PML> "
/QUEUE=str
/RECALL_BUFFER=n 20
/RESPONSE_TIME=n 10
Description
The Presentation Manager can be started with a number of options. These options are de-
scribed below.
Qualifiers
/ACCEPT_TIME=n
Default = 3 seconds
With the ACCEPT_TIME it is possible to modify the accept time-out of the Presentation
Manager. If a command is sent to the MD, the PM assumes that the MD reads the command
within the time specified here. By default this is 3 seconds.
/AUTO_CONNECT=n
If this qualifier is specified, the presentation manager will try to connect to the MD as long
as there is no connection. The retry will be done at an interval as specified with this qualifier
in seconds. The value can be specified from 0 to 4294967295 seconds. The value ’0’ will be
interpreted as no auto_connect has been specified.
As soon as the connection is lost, the presentation manager tries to reconnect again.
NOTE
In this mode, the presentation manager does not recognize the commands
CONNECT (see CONNECT) and DISCONNECT (see DISCONNECT) .
PML VMS Commands for SMSC 3–25
PML
/HEARTBEAT=n
The MD sends a "heartbeat" message at regular intervals to each Presentation Manager. The
interval is specified during a connection setup between PM and MD. The interval given in that
connect setup is equal to the value given with this qualifier. The default is 10 seconds.
If the Presentation Manager has not received a "heartbeat" message within three times the
heartbeat interval time, it assumes that it has lost connection with the MD.
/INPUT_FILE=str
This qualifier can be used to startup the presentation Manager and give a number of com-
mands specified in the file. After all the commands in the file are handled, the presentation
manager returns to normal interactive mode and waits for input from the command line. If
this qualifier is used together with the /AUTO_CONNECT qualifier, the input file will be used
every time the PML succeeds in connecting to the MD. If the /AUTO_CONNECT qualifier is
not given, the input file will be used only once during startup.
/LOCK=str
This qualifier will make the PML ask for a clusterwide exclusive lock before the PML will
initialize. If the lock is granted, the PML will continue its initialization. If the lock is not
granted, the PML will wait until the lock is granted.
With this qualifier it is possible to start a PML with a certain function (e.g. logging) on all
nodes of a cluster. Only one of the started PMLs will function. As soon as that active PML
stops (e.g. during shutdown of the node) one of the other PMLs will get the exclusive lock and
the logging will continue.
/OPCLASS=n
This qualifier defines the operator class to be used. The value can be either ’2’ (operator class
2) or ’3’ (operator class 3). The privileges of a class 2 operator are restricted to monitoring
the system without modifying permanent settings. A class 3 operator has privileges to modify
settings. For a class 3 operator also the VMS privileges to write files must be available.
/PROMPT=str
With this qualifier the prompt can be customized. The prompt is shown on the screen each
time the Presentation Manager is ready to accept a command from the keyboard. If the
Presentation Manager is within an interactive command (like HELP (see HELP) ), the prompt
may be specific for that command (in HELP (see HELP) it will be ’Topic ?’). The maximum
length of the prompt is 39 characters. The default value for the prompt is " PML> ".
/QUEUE=str
This option is only useful when a PML is started as a non-interactive process (e.g. a detached
process). If a PML is started non-interactive, no IO channels are assigned to a terminal
because this is only applicable in interactive sessions. When the /QUEUE qualifier is specified,
with a queue name, a VIQ queue will be created with the specified name. This queue may be
used for in and output to the PML. In this way it is possible to give small commands to a
detached PML. For instance to close a log file and open a new one.
/RECALL_BUFFER=n
The recall buffer can be used by default for the recall of the last 20 commands. With this
qualifier, the number of commands in the recall buffer can be changed.
3–26 VMS Commands for SMSC PML
PML
/RESPONSE_TIME=n
With the /RESPONSE_TIME qualifier it is possible to modify the response time-out of the
Presentation Manager. If a command is read by the MD, the PM assumes a response within
this time. (See also /ACCEPT_TIME.) If the specified value is ’0’, no response_time time-out
will be active.
Examples
1. $ PML/PROMPT="O&M> "
Command Line Presentation Manager V03.10
O&M>
With this command the prompt is set to "O&M> ". Note that the prompt is specified with
double quotes.
2. The files pmm_logger.pmm and log.pmm have the following
contents:
LOG.PML:
$ PML/LOCK=PML_LOGGER/AUTO_CONNECT=5/INPUT_FILE=PML_LOG.PML/QUEUE=PML_LOGGER
$ EXIT
PML_LOGGER.PML:
ENABLE LOGFILE/FILE=PML.LOG
SUBSCRIBE CLASS MD /ALARM_CLASS=ALL
These two files can be used to start a PML that will log all events generated by the SMSC
system. To start it use:
$ RUN -
/INPUT=PML.LOG -
/OUTPUT=PML.OUT -
/ERROR=PML.ERR -
/DETACH -
/PROCESS_NAME = "PML_LOGGER" -
SYS$SYSTEM:LOGINOUT
The RUN command will start a detached process (this requires DETACH privilege) with
the name PML_LOGGER. This process will use the file PML.LOG as input. In this file the
PML is started with a number of qualifiers:
• /LOCK : The PML asks for a lock called PML_LOGGER. Because of this qualifier it is
possible to start this example on several nodes of a cluster while there will be only one
of the PMLs active. (The other PMLs will wait until the active one stops.)
• /AUTO_CONNECT This qualifiers will ask the PML to connect to the MD automat-
ically. If this fails or the connection to the MD is lost, the connection setup will be
retried every 5 seconds.
PML VMS Commands for SMSC 3–27
PML
• /INPUT_FILE : The input file will be used as soon as the connection to the MD
succeeds. It enables the logging of all events to a file called PML.LOG and it will
subscribe to events of all classes. If the connection to the MD is lost, the /AUTO_
CONNECT will make a connection again as soon as possible and than the input file
will be used again.
• /QUEUE : This qualifier defines that a VIQ queue will be created by the PML to accept
commands. This feature provides an interface to a small application that may send
commands to the PML to close and reopen the log file (for example, each night).
In this way the PML is used as a fail-safe logging mechanism. In the same way the PML
can be used to log OPCOM messages where the file PML_LOGGER.PML contains:
ENABLE OPCOM
SUBSCRIBE CLASS MD /ALARM_CLASS=ERROR
SUBSCRIBE CLASS MD /ALARM_CLASS=SEVERE
IMPORTANT
OPER privilege is required to generate OPCOM messages.
3–28 VMS Commands for SMSC PML
PMMCP
PMMCP
Startup of the presentation manager control program.
Syntax
PMMCP [queue_name]
Parameters
queue_name
The name of the queue as used in the /QUEUE qualifier of the PML (see PML) command. If
this parameter is omitted, the system will prompt for the queue_name.
Description
The Presentation Manager Control Program is used to send commands to, and receive the
corresponding responses from a (detached) PML process. The PMMCP process provides an
interface between the operator terminal and the queue_name of the PML process. This facility
can be used for instance to close and open a log file, for a detached PML.
On the operator terminal no prompt from the PML is shown. Any PML command can be
entered, as if the terminal is connected to an interactive PML process.
To end the session an empty line is to be entered. This will terminate the PMMCP process.
Examples
1. $ PMMCP :== $SMSC$ROOT:[BIN]PMMCP
$ PMMCP
Queue: pml_logger
ENABLE LOGFILE
%PMM-I-LOGCLOSE, Log file closed
%PMM-I-LOGOPEN, Opened log file USER_DISK:[LOG]aaa.LOG
The ENABLE /LOGFILE command is sent to and executed by the detached PML. The
PML must have been started earlier (in a batch job).
PMMCP VMS Commands for SMSC 3–29
PMS
PMS
Start-up of the statistical presentation manager. The statistical presentation manager can
produce two kinds of statistical information. The output is generated depending on the
configuration file. The PMS can be stopped by the second command.
Syntax
PMS [output_type]
Syntax
PMS_STOP [output_type]
Parameters
output_type
The type of output to generate with PMS. Depending on this parameter a specific configuration
file will be used. In this configuration file several parameters can be changed (including the
output format). At the moment there are 3 types of outputs available (the name may be
abbreviated).
• <EMPTY>
If no output type is given PMS uses the default configuration file
’SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]PMS.CNF’. The created process is named ’PMS’. Process out-
put is written in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS.OUT’ and the errors are written
in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS.ERR’. Logging information is written in the file
’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS.LOG’. The format of the output files depends on the configura-
tion file.
• STATISTICAL
PMS will use the configuration file ’SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]PMS_STAT.CNF’. The created
process is named ’PMS_ST’. Process output is written in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_
ST.OUT’ and the errors are written in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_ST.ERR’. Logging
information is written in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_ST.LOG’. By default this
configuration will generate statistical information in table format. The output files gen-
erated are formatted for the SMSC Monitoring tool. PMS STATISTICAL replaces the
functionality of the script ’STAT_COUNTERS.COM’.
• SMSC
3–30 VMS Commands for SMSC PMS
PMS
PMS will use the configuration file ’SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]PMS_SMSC.CNF’. The created
process is named ’PMS_SM’. Process output is written in the file
’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_SM.OUT’ and the errors are written in the file
’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_SM.ERR’. Logging information is written in the file ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS.LO
By default this configuration will generate statistical information in text format. The
output files generated are formatted with the response of a PML (see PML) command.
NOTE
New log files (with the same name, but a higher version number) will be generated
after 100 runs. This means if information is requested every minute, the log file will
change after 100 minutes. If it is requested every hour, the log file will change after
100 hours. This because the output in the log file can grow every run. It is done to
prevent one huge log file. Old log files can be removed automatically by the CMG
cleanup process.
Description
The Presentation Manager Statistical is used to generate information about the SMSC at
a configurable interval. PMS is started as a detached process and puts its output into the
’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]’ directory or in the given directory in the configuration file. Which and
how output files are generated is completely configurable in a configuration file.
Other processes can communicate with PMS using PMMCP (see PMMCP) , this because PMS
is started as a detached process. The needed queue name by PMMCP is the same as the
process name.
If during the execution of PMS the MD stops, PMS does not need to be restarted. When the
MD is running again the gathering of the information is automatically continued. PMS can be
stopped by using PMS_STOP command or the VMS command "STOP /ID=<PROCCESID>".
A PMS configuration file
A PMS configuration file consists of several sections. In each section you can enter several
parameters. There are two types of sections (see below). There can be one parameter at one
line. Comment can be added using an ’!’; every text behind this symbol will be ignored.
In the MAIN section you can enter parameters that influence the whole operation of PMS.
There can only be one main section in a configuration file. The possible parameters are shown
in table: ’Description of MAIN Parameters (see Table 3–3) ’.
The other section is the FILE section. There can be more than one FILE section. In this
section you can enter parameters that are important for a generated output file. The possible
parameters are shown in table: ’Description of FILE Parameters (see Table 3–4) ’.
PMS VMS Commands for SMSC 3–31
PMS
Table 3–3: Description of MAIN Parameters
Parameter Domain Mandatory Description
OUTPUT_FREQ Yes Frequency of the generation of output files.
Depending on the frequency another file exten-
sion will be used.
MONTH Extension format is ’.YYMM’
DAY Extension format is ’.YYMMDD’
M_HOUR Extension format is ’YYMM.DDHH’
HOUR Extension format is ’.YYMMDDHH’
RUN Extension format is ’.YYMMDDHHmm’.
REMARK: If this output frequency is used
all, output will be written in one file: ’<FILE_
PREFIX> <FILE_RUN><EXTENSION>’
NOTE
If OUTPUT_FREQ is set to RUN, the output will always be written in textual format
(TYPE = TEXT) even if the file section says it must be another type. This because all
output will be written in one file and this is not supported for statistical (= TABLE)
output.
RUN_INTERVAL 1,2,3,4,5,10,15,20,30,60
Yes The interval in minutes to generate the out-
put. The generation will start at whole time
moments. This means that a run_interval of
30 minutes will generate at HH:00 and HH:30
even if it is started at another moment. If you
use commands with an interval (/CONTENTS=)
you must consider that if you change the out-
put frequency the interval must be changed
accordingly.
IMPORTANT
When using lower values
of the RUN_INTERVAL in
combination with data col-
lection from many classes,
the total time needed to
collect the data for one
file may exceed the RUN_
INTERVAL. In that case,
the latter RUN will not
be completed and will be
started again at the next
run interval.
3–32 VMS Commands for SMSC PMS
PMS
Table 3–3 (Cont.): Description of MAIN Parameters
Parameter Domain Mandatory Description
RESET_FREQ Yes Frequency of executing the configured reset
command.
DAY Execute every day at 00:00.
RUN Execute after every generation run.
NO Never execute a reset command.
OUTPUT_ 0..168 Yes Cleanup time of the generated output files
HISTORY in hours, these are files which are created
in <OUTPUT_PATH>. When this parameter
is 0 no files will be removed (only purged).
Otherwise, it will delete all files older than
number of given hours.
FILE_PREFIX <STRING> No The file prefix used for every output file. This
parameter is also used to delete files in the
output directory so it is advisable to choose a
unique prefix.
PURGE_CMD <VMS No A VMS command used for purging. Set it to
COMMAND> "PURGE" or "PURGE/LOG" (without space).
If "/LOG" is used the log information will be
placed in the file ’PMS_xx.out’
DELETE_CMD <VMS No A VMS delete command. Set it to "DELETE"
COMMAND> or "DELETE/LOG" (without space). If "/LOG"
is used the log information will be placed in the
file ’PMS_xx.out’
FILE_RUN <STRING> No Midfix used when OUTPUT_FREQ = RUN.
The output file will be named ’<FILE_
PREFIX><FILE_RUN>.<EXTENSION>’
OUTPUT_PATH <STRING> No If given, the output files will be placed in
this directory. If not given then the output
files will be placed in the default log path
(SMSC$ROOT:[LOG])
Table 3–4: Description of FILE Parameters
Parameter Domain Mandatory Description
OUTPUT_FILE <STRING> Yes Midfix used when OUTPUT_FREQ is not RUN. The
output file will be named ’<FILE_PREFIX><OUPUT_
FILE>. <EXTENSION>’
TYPE Yes The type of the generated output.
TEXT The output will have a text format which means that
it has the same format as used with PML.
PMS VMS Commands for SMSC 3–33
PMS
Table 3–4 (Cont.): Description of FILE Parameters
Parameter Domain Mandatory Description
TABLE The output will have a table format which means
that no text is used and only columns with integer
attributes are shown.
COMMAND <STRING> Yes A valid PML command. The attributes will be added
to this command. There may be more than one
COMMAND line pro section.
RESET_CMD <STRING> No A valid reset PML command, which will be executed
when RESET_FREQ is set. There may be more
than one RESET_CMD line pro section. REMARK:
Attributes will not be added to a reset command.
INT_ATTR <STRING> TABLE A valid PML integer qualifier of an attribute belong-
ing to the entity class. There may be more than one
INT_ATTR line pro section. This will be used for the
layout of a TABLE type file. The order of attributes
also reappears in the output file. It can be used with
a TEXT type file, but it is not necessary.
NULL_ATTR <STRING> No Only used by a TABLE type file. In this column there
will be placed a 0. This parameter is necessary for
backwards compatibility because some attributes
are removed in SMSC 3.1 (for example, /FIRST_
DELIVERY). It may not be used stand-alone without
any INT_ATTR in the file section.
COUNTLIST_ <STRIGN> No Used to count the output list of the specified attribute.
ATTR This has only effect if the type is TABLE; if the type
is TEXT the output list is normally shown and no
count is given.
Two examples can be found in the directory ’SMSC$ROOT:[DATA]’:
• ’PMS_STAT_TEMPLATE.CNF’
This configuration file is an example for PMS STATISTICAL. It generates every minute
information about several classes within the SMSC. See table ’Counter Information
generated by PMS_STAT_TEMPLATE.CNF (see Table 3–5) ’ for a complete list of gen-
erated information. New files will be generated every hour. The counter will not be
reset. Files older than 7 days will be deleted. The filename layout is as follows ’<OUTPUT_
PATH>COUNTERS_<CLASS>_YYMM.DDHH’. The log file is ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_
ST.LOG’ and the process name is "PMS_ST". The output is generated like a table format:
every time the interval expires a row is added to the file (until a switch is made to another
file). If more than one entity of the specified class exists then the counters are placed be-
hind each other. However, the order is not guaranteed: this depends on the start order of
the entities. It might happen that SMH01 is placed before SMH00. As long as the entities
are not restarted, the order remains the same. An example of an SMH output file is given
below:
3–34 VMS Commands for SMSC PMS
PMS
DATE 1999-02-17 TIME 12:22:00.00 INTERVAL: 1 min. 1
MSG_REJECTED FIRST_DELIVERY NEXT_DELIVERY MSG_DEFERRED 2
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3
1 0 0 0 3 0 0 0 4
2 0 0 1 4 0 0 1
3 0 0 1 4 0 0 2
....
1 The date and time when this file was created. Every minute (interval) a line is added
to this file, the date and time will not change.
2 The header which shows the requested counter information.
3 The first row of requested information; requested at 12:22:00.00. The first number is
the MSG_REJECTED of the first SMH. The second is FIRST_DELIVERY of the first
SMH. The fifth is the MSG_REJECTED of the second SMH, and so on.
4 The second row of requested information: this is requested at 12:23:00.00, because the
start time is 12:22:00.00 and the interval is 1 minute.
Table 3–5: Counter Information generated by PMS_STAT_TEMPLATE.CNF
Counter
Entity Counter File Counters Type
SMH COUNTERS_SMH_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
FIRST_DELIVERY Null-value
NEXT_DELIVERY Indicating
MSG_DEFERRED Indicating
SIWMENU COUNTERS_SIWMENU_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWPC COUNTERS_SIWPC_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWPLMN COUNTERS_SIWPLMN_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWVMS COUNTERS_SIWVMS_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWIVR COUNTERS_SIWIVR_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWVSMPP COUNTERS_SIWVSMPP_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
SIWTAP COUNTERS_SIWTAP_YYMM.DDHH MSG_REJECTED Cumulative
ISDN COUNTERS_ISDN_YYMM.DDHH CONNECTIONS Counted
Cumulative
PSTNA COUNTERS_PSTNA_YYMM.DDHH CONNECTIONS Counted
Cumulative
TCP COUNTERS_TCP_YYMM.DDHH CONNECTIONS Counted
Cumulative
X25 COUNTERS_X25_YYMM.DDHH CONNECTIONS Counted
Cumulative
X29 COUNTERS_X29_YYMM.DDHH CONNECTIONS Counted
Cumulative
PMS VMS Commands for SMSC 3–35
PMS
• ’PMS_SMSC_TEMPLATE.CNF’
This config file is an example for PMS SMSC. Every hour it generates information about
several classes within the SMSC, see table ’Counter Information generated by PMS_
SMSC_TEMPLATE.CNF (see Table 3–6) ’ for a complete list of generated information.
The output files are a text based output (the same as PML would give). New files will be
generated every month. Counters will not be reset. Files older than 7 days will be deleted.
The filename layout is as follows ’<OUTPUT_PATH>SMSC_COUNTERS_<CLASS>.YYMM’. The
log file is ’SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]PMS_SM.LOG’ and the process name is "PMS_SM". If the
interval is 60 minutes then /CONTENTS must be 59, otherwise it must be made equal to
the RUN_INTERVAL. If this is done right, the right information is collected.
Table 3–6: Counter Information generated by PMS_SMSC_TEMPLATE.CNF
Entity Counter File Statistical Cumulative
SMH SMSC_COUNTERS_SMH.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWMENU SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWMENU.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWPC SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWPC.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWPLMN SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWPLMN.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWVMS SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWVMS.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWIVR SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWIVR.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWVSMPP SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWVSMPP.YYMM Yes Yes
SIWTAP SMSC_COUNTERS_SIWTAP.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWMENU SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWMENU.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWPC SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWPC.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWPLMN SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWPLMN.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWFAX SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWFAX.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWERMES SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWERMES.YYMM Yes Yes
DIWTAP SMSC_COUNTERS_DIWTAP.YYMM Yes Yes
FAX3SRV SMSC_COUNTERS_FAX3SRV.YYMM Yes Yes
ISDN SMSC_COUNTERS_ISDN.YYMM Yes Yes
PSTNA SMSC_COUNTERS_PSTNA.YYMM Yes Yes
TCP SMSC_COUNTERS_TCP.YYMM Yes Yes
X25 SMSC_COUNTERS_X25.YYMM Yes Yes
X29 SMSC_COUNTERS_X29.YYMM Yes Yes
GIW SMSC_COUNTERS_GIW.YYMM Yes Yes
DLH SMSC_COUNTERS_DLH.YYMM Yes Yes
FRH SMSC_COUNTERS_FRH.YYMM Yes Yes
SSD SMSC_COUNTERS_SSD.YYMM Yes Yes
PRH SMSC_COUNTERS_PRH.YYMM Yes Yes
3–36 VMS Commands for SMSC PMS
PMS
Examples
1. $ PMS :== @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]PMS
$ PMS STATISTICAL
Starting PMS STATISTICAL
%RUN-S-PROC_ID, identification of created process is 21000FBF
$
A process will be started on the background, with the name PMS_ST and using the config-
uration file PMS_STAT.CNF.
2. $ PMS_STOP :== @SMSC$ROOT:[SCRIPTS]PMS_STOP
$ PMS_STOP STATISTICAL
Do you want to stop PMS_ST clusterwide (Y/[N]): Y
PMS STATISTICAL now stopped (xxxxxxxx)
$
If a process is running it will be stopped; if not running you will be noticed it is not
running.
PMS VMS Commands for SMSC 3–37
SMH_CONVERT
SMH_CONVERT
SMH_CONVERT is a tool used to convert SMH files. It is needed when the number of SMHs
and the number of messages per SMH are changed.
IMPORTANT
SMH_CONVERT should only be used when Message File Transfer (MFT) is per-
formed between SMSCs of two consecutive versions. In certain circumstances the
SMH files on the source and destination SMSC may be incompatible. It will then
be necessary to convert the message files to the format of the destination SMSC. Do
not use SMH_CONVERT without assistance from a LogicaCMG Customer Support
representative.
Syntax
SMH_CONVERT new_number_of_smhs
[new_number_messages_per_smh
[new_number_of_records [new_record_size] ] ]
Parameters
new_number_of_smhs
The desired number of SMHs in the SMSC. This value should correspond to the value of NR_
SMH in the class SMSC. The parameter is mandatory. A value of zero will retain the previous
number of SMHs.
new_number_messages_per_smh
The number of messages in each SMH in the SMSC. This value should correspond to the value
of RETQ_MAX in the class SMH_COMMON. The parameter is optional. A value of zero will
retain the previous number of messages. This previous value is also the default.
new_number_of_records
The number of physical SMH records for which the file has to have available space. Note
that this is not the number of active records nor the filesize in bytes, but the size of the file
expressed in SMH records. The parameter is optional. A value of zero will retain the previous
setting. This previous value is also the default.
new_record_size
New record size. The parameter is optional. A value of zero will retain the previous record
size. This previous value is also the default.
3–38 VMS Commands for SMSC SMH_CONVERT
SMH_CONVERT
Description
In order to change the number of SMHs in the SMSC and the number of messages per SMH,
the following steps must be carried out:
1. Ensure that all logicals between SMH00_OWN_PATH and SMHnn_OWN_PATH are
defined and refer to the correct SMH files. nn is the greater of the number of old SMHs
and the number of new SMHs.
2. Ensure that enough disk space is available. The disk should have sufficient space to
contain both the old and the new files.
3. Check the disk quota of the SMHs in case the number of messages is increased.
4. Ensure you have enough quota. The required values are:
1. working_set_quota = 50 * number_of_messages * number_of_files + 10000
2. paging_file_quota = working_set_quota + 25000
To change your quotas, use the following commands:
$ MCR AUTHORIZE
AUTH> MODIFY <ACCOUNT_NAME> /wsquota = <NEW_VALUE1> /pgflquota = <NEW_VALUE2>
5. Stop all SMH entities.
6. Run SMH_CONVERT.
7. Change the NR_SMH attribute of the class SMSC and the RETQ_MAX attribute of the
class SMH_COMMON.
8. Start all SMH entities.
According to the naming conventions in the SMSC the SMHs must be named SMH00 to
SMHnn. The logicals SMH00_OWN_PATH upto SMHnn_OWN_PATH point to the SMH files
on the disk.
In order to prevent old messages from being overwritten, the new number of messages per
SMH must be larger than their original counterparts. If this is not the case, the tool asks for
confirmation.
The log file SMSC$ROOT:[LOG]SMH_CONVERT.LOG is created, containing a report of
the full procedure. During the conversion, information about the progress is written to
SYS$OUTPUT in real time. This allows the user to estimate the duration of the procedure.
SMH_CONVERT VMS Commands for SMSC 3–39
TRCANL
TRCANL
The trace analyser displays trace messages from trace files.
Syntax
TRCANL trace_file_name
TRCANL /CONFIG=configuration_file
Qualifiers Defaults
/ALL
/BEFORE=time
/ENTITY_ID=entity_identifier
/IW_ID=entity_identifier
/IW_CTXT=context_number
/LASN=large_account_number
/MCON=string
/MERR
/MOAD=originator_address
/MRAD=recipient_address
/MSG_TYPE=message_type
/NOHOLD HOLD
/OUTPUT=file_name
/SCREEN=number
/SERVER_ID=entity_identifier
/SERVER_CTXT=context_number
/SINCE=time
/TEST
/TRCLEVEL=trace_level
Parameters
trace_file_name
The name of the trace file to be analysed. The trace files are generated by the trace server.
/CONFIG=configuration_file
The name of the configuration file containing a list of trace files to be analysed.
The configuration file can be used to specify one or more trace files. This is a text file with a
list of the trace files.
Example:
3–40 VMS Commands for SMSC TRCANL
TRCANL
TRACE=SMSC$ROOT:[TRACE]TRCSRVHP1_TRC_FILE.0001
TRACE=SMSC$ROOT:[TRACE]TRCSRVHP1_TRC_FILE.0002
TRACE=SMSC$ROOT:[TRACE]TRCSRVHP1_TRC_FILE.0003
TRACE=SMSC$ROOT:[TRACE]TRCSRVHP2_TRC_FILE.0015
Description
The trace analyser displays trace messages from the trace files in the same format as the PML
trace. Trace messages from one entity are grouped together from an input message/event (IDI,
IOS, LOG, Timer,....) to the next output or input message.
The messages to be displayed can be selected using the command qualifiers. The trace anal-
yser has general and message specific qualifiers. The analyser checks each trace message
against all the specified qualifiers. If the message matches the specification for all the general
qualifiers and for any one of the message specific options, then the trace message will be dis-
played. If a message does not match the qualifier specifications but the corresponding input or
output message does match, then the message will also be displayed. This can be overridden
using the /NOHOLD qualifier.
See Operator Manual for details about the trace display format and the O&M command
TRACE (see TRACE) for information on tracing.
Qualifiers
/ALL
Select all the trace messages in the trace file(s). This qualifier overrides all other message
selection qualifiers.
/BEFORE=dd-mmm-yyyy:hh:mm:ss
Select trace messages with a timestamp on or before the specified date and time.
dd-mmm-yyyy:hh:mm:ss
where dd is the day of the month, mmm is the month of the year, yyyy is the year , hh is the
hour, mm is the minute and ss is the second.
/ENTITY_ID=(entity_identifier[,entity_identifier])
Select trace messages from the specified trace entities. The entity identifier can be specified as
an integer value or as a hexadecimal value (%x).
/IW_ID=entity_identifier
Select IOS trace messages for the specified interworking entity identifier. The entity identifier
can be specified as an integer value or as a hexadecimal value (%x).
/IW_CTXT=context_number
Select IOS trace messages with the specified interworking context number. This qualifier is
only valid with the /IW_ID qualifier.
TRCANL VMS Commands for SMSC 3–41
TRCANL
/LASN=large_account_number
Select IDI trace messages with the specified Large Account short number.
/MCON=string
Select IDI trace messages which contain the specified string in the first 10 characters of the
message. The text string can have a length of 10 characters at most.
/MERR
Select IDI trace messages which contain a non-zero message error code.
/MOAD=mobile_originator_address
Select IDI and LOG trace messages with the specified mobile originator address.
/MRAD=mobile_recipient_address
Select IDI and LOG trace messages with the specified mobile recipient address.
/MSG_TYPE=(msg_type[, msg_type])
Select messages with the specified message type. This qualifier allows one or more message
types to be specified. The message types are listed in separate tables for IDI, IOS and LOG
trace messages.
Table 3–7: TRACE ANALYSER IDI Message Types
AACK ABRT ACAL ACAV ACDV ACKA ACKC ACKI
ACKM ACKN ACKR ACKS ACKV ACMV ACSC AIMP
ALEM ALER ALSC AMOL AMOR AMTL AMTR ASDL
ASFR AUTS CCSR CDEL CENQ CESR DCON DELA
DELM DELN DELS DELV DFWD DONE DSFR EFWD
ENQM GUMD IMPN IMPS INQM INSC LOGN LOGS
MEMN MEMS MODM MODS MODV MRPL PACC PACF
PACK PADC PADF PASC PASF PPCC PPCF PPDC
PPDF PPSC PPSF PREQ PRES PSUB QUEN QUES
RCVN RESG RESM RFWD RMOL RMOR RMTL RMTR
RSDL RUMD SAPP SAUT SCAN SCON SDIR SDIS
SFWD SQUE SREP SSDL SSFR SSLR SSUB SSUP
SSUR SUBN SUBR SUBS SUBV SYNC TPAC TPRM
TPRQ TPRS UCAB UCAL UCAM UCAP UCAR UCAS
UCAV UCLV UCPG UCPP ULAC ULAR USAC USAR
VMOL VMOR VMTL VMTR
3–42 VMS Commands for SMSC TRCANL
TRCANL
Table 3–8: TRACE ANALYSER IOS Message Types
CNCF CNIN CNRQ CNRS DSIN DSRQ DTIN DTRQ
PLRQ PLST RCRQ RCST
Table 3–9: TRACE ANALYSER LOG Message Types
LFLG LFRP LIDI
/NOHOLD
Default = HOLD
Disable the message group option. The trace analyser holds trace messages from an entity in
a buffer until the next output or input message from that entity is read. This qualifier stops
the buffering. Messages are only displayed if they match the selection criteria. No test trace
can be displayed with this option.
/OUTPUT=file_name
This qualifier redirects the formatted analyser trace to the specified output file.
/SCREEN
The /SCREEN qualifier is used to indicate that trace output is to be written to the screen to
which the PM is attached. The screen is set to 132 characters width and trace information
will be displayed formatted. Tracing can be stopped by pressing CTRL/C .
The number is optional (default 1000) and can be used to identify the size of the screen buffer.
The screen buffer can be used to scroll back and forward. The following keys can be used:
• CTRL/U Scroll up one line.
• CTRL/D Scroll down one line.
• CTRL/I Scroll up one page.
• CTRL/P Scroll down one page.
• CTRL/F Scroll to the first line.
• CTRL/L Scroll to the last line.
/SERVER_ID=entity_identifier
Select IOS trace messages for the specified server entity identifier. The entity identifier can be
specified as an integer value or as a hexadecimal value (%x).
/SERVER_CTXT=context_number
Select IOS trace messages with the specified server context. This qualifier is only valid with
the /SERVER_ID qualifier.
TRCANL VMS Commands for SMSC 3–43
TRCANL
/SINCE=dd-mmm-yyyy:hh:mm:ss
Select trace messages with a timestamp on or after the specified date and time.
dd-mmm-yyyy:hh:mm:ss
where dd is the day of the month, mmm is the month of the year, yyyy is the year , hh is the
hour, mm is the minute and ss is the second.
/TEST
Includes the test (text) trace in the displayed trace.
/TRCLEVEL=trace level
Select trace messages at the specified trace level.
Table 3–10: Trace Levels
Value Description
0 No trace messages.
1 Summary IDI messages showing only information related to SIWs, DIWs
and SMHs.
2 Complete IDI messages.
3 IOS and summary IDI messages.
4 IOS and complete IDI messages.
5 LOG, IOS and summary IDI messages.
6 LOG, IOS and complete IDI messages.
More information about the trace levels is available in the Operator Manual.
IMPORTANT
It is not possible to display some of the trace messages if the original trace was
performed at a lower trace level than the trace level specified in the qualifier.
Examples
1. > TRCANL TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001
Displays the trace messages from the file TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001.
2. > TRCANL TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001 /OUTPUT=trace.txt
Writes the formatted trace messages from the file TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001 to the
specified output file.
3–44 VMS Commands for SMSC TRCANL
TRCANL
3. > TRCANL TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001 /SINCE=31-DEC-1999:09:00:00 /MERR
Displays all the trace messages in the file with a timestamp on or after 9:00 a.m. on the
31st December 1999. IDI messages are only displayed if the message contains a non-zero
message code.
4. > TRCANL TRCSRVND1_TRC_FILE.0001 /SINCE=31-DEC-1999:09:00:00 /MOAD=33121234567
Displays all the trace messages in the file with a timestamp on or after 9:00 a.m. on the
31st December 1999. IDI and LOG messages are only displayed if the message originator
address is 33121234567.
TRCANL VMS Commands for SMSC 3–45
Chapter 4
PM Commands
This chapter gives a full description of the commands available with O&M. In each case,
examples are provided. In the examples, the default prompt PML> is used, which may not
necessarily be identical to the prompt shown on screen.
The commands are listed in alphabetical order and describe how the PM performs the follow-
ing actions:
• @ (see @)
• DEBUG (see DEBUG)
• DISABLE (see DISABLE)
• DO (see DO)
• ENABLE (see ENABLE)
• EXIT (see EXIT)
• QUALIFIER (see QUALIFIER)
• START (see START)
• STOP (see STOP)
• TIMESTAMP (see TIMESTAMP)
• WAIT (see WAIT)
The format of each individual command is specified in the following sections.
PM Commands 4–1
@
Execute a command file.
Syntax
@ file_name
Qualifiers Defaults
/CHAIN /NOCHAIN
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
file_name
The name of the file that contains the commands to execute. All VMS filename conventions
can be applied. By default, the current directory is used to search this file. If no extension is
given, the file is assumed to have the default extension .PML.
Description
The @ command initiates execution of commands in the specified file. As such, this command
is a synonym of the DO command and its behaviour is exactly the same. Refer to the DO
command description for a full description of this command.
4–2 PM Commands @
DEBUG
DEBUG
Set display ON or OFF in providing debugging information.
Syntax
DEBUG OFF
ON
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
OFF
Do not show the internal messages between this PM and the MD.
ON
Show the internal messages between this PM and the MD. Sets displaying of debug informa-
tion on. After this command, debug information is displayed, until the DEBUG OFF command
has been entered.
Description
The DEBUG command starts or stops displaying debug information. The information shown
is a detailed description of the internal messages between the PM and the MD. The messages
are structured according to the used ASN (abstract syntax notation).
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
DEBUG PM Commands 4–3
DEBUG
Examples
1. PML> DEBUG ON
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
--> INPUT_LIST (1)
NO_STATUS
TAG_SET_OF
Length: 42
--> HEADER (6)
.....(etc.)
Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML> DEBUG OFF
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML>
4–4 PM Commands DEBUG
DISABLE
DISABLE
Disable the output of system information.
Syntax
DISABLE LOGFILE
OPCOM
OUTPUT_FILE
PAGER
TRACE
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
LOGFILE
Disables the log file to receive the events to which this PM has subscribed. The log file is
closed.
OPCOM
Disables the operator console to receive the events to which this PM has subscribed. The
events conform to the VAX/VMS OPCOM layout.
OUTPUT_FILE
Disables an output file to receive the results of the commands that are initiated by this PM.
PAGER
Disables the initiation of a pager call if an event occurs to which this PM has subscribed.
TRACE
Disables the trace collector to receive trace information.
See also the O&M TRACE (see TRACE) command and the PM START (see START) command
for more information.
Description
The DISABLE command closes an output device for receiving events or output from the sys-
tem. The device can be opened with the ENABLE (see ENABLE) command. These commands
are intended to be used by PMs that run detached.
DISABLE PM Commands 4–5
DISABLE
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> DISABLE PAGER/LOG
Events will not initiate a pager call
PML>
The DISABLE PAGER command disables a pager to be called if an event occurs to which
this PM subscribed.
4–6 PM Commands DISABLE
DO
DO
Execute a command file.
Syntax
DO file_name
Qualifiers Defaults
/CHAIN /NOCHAIN
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
file_name
The name of the file that contains the commands to execute. All VMS filename conventions
can be applied. By default, the current directory is used to search this file. If no extension is
given, the file is assumed to have the default extension .PML.
Description
The DO command initiates the execution of commands in the specified file. The file can
contain all O&M and PM commands, including the DO command. Thus nesting and recursion
is allowed with this command. If the /CHAIN qualifier is used with the DO command in a file,
execution starts with that file and does not return to the ’calling’ file.
Qualifiers
/CHAIN
The /CHAIN qualifier is used to indicate that execution shall continue with the specified file,
whereby DO command is not nested. This means that after the execution of the specified file,
execution does not return to the file with this DO command. This qualifier only has effect
when used in a command file.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/NOCHAIN (default)
The /NOCHAIN qualifier is used to indicate that execution shall continue with the specified
file, whereby the DO command is nested. This means that after the execution of the specified
DO PM Commands 4–7
DO
file, execution returns to the file with this DO command. Note that the maximum nesting
level is 5. This qualifier only has effect when used in a command file.
Examples
1. PML> DO TEST.PML
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
PML> Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML> DO TEST.PML /CHAIN
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
PML> Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML> DO TEST.PML /CHAIN
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
PML> Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML> DO TEST.PML /CHAIN
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
PML> Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
PML> DO TEST.PML /CHAIN
PML> SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
PML> Retry queue first repetition rate: 5
CTRL/C
PML>
The DO command starts the execution of file TEST.PML. This file contains the following
statements:
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
DO TEST.PML /CHAIN
SHOW CLASS SMH_COMMON
Execution is repeated indefinite for the first and second statement until the operator
presses CTRL/C . The third statement is never executed.
4–8 PM Commands DO
ENABLE
ENABLE
Enable an output device.
Syntax
ENABLE LOGFILE [/FILE=str]
OPCOM
OUTPUT_FILE [/FILE=str]
PAGER
TRACE
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILE=str
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
LOGFILE
Enables a log file to receive the events to which this PM has subscribed. If the log file has
been enabled previously, the /FILE qualifier does not need to be specified.
OPCOM
Enables the operator console to receive the events to which this PM has subscribed. The
events conform to the VAX/VMS OPCOM layout.
OUTPUT_FILE
Enables an output file to receive the results of the commands that are initiated by this PM.
This includes the lines in a command file, debug information and the results of the /LOG
qualifier (where applicable). If the output file has been enabled previously, the /FILE qualifier
does not need to be specified.
PAGER
Enables the initiation of a pager call if an event occurs to which this PM has subscribed.
TRACE
Enables the trace collector to receive trace information. See also the O&M command TRACE
and the PM command START TRACE_COLLECTION for more information.
ENABLE PM Commands 4–9
ENABLE
Description
The ENABLE command opens an output device for receiving events or output from the system.
It can be closed again with the DISABLE command. These commands are intended to be used
by PMs that run detached.
Qualifiers
/FILE
The /FILE qualifier is used to indicate the name of the log file (for the ENABLE LOGFILE
command) or the name of the output file (for the ENABLE OUTPUT_FILE command). For
both cases this qualifier is required if no output file or log file is open. Otherwise it is optional:
the current file will be closed and a new file with the same name will be opened.
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> ENABLE PAGER
Events will initiate a pager call
PML>
The ENABLE PAGER command enables a pager to be called if an event occurs to which
this PM subscribed.
2. PML> ENABLE TRACE /LOG
Trace collector enabled
PML> TRACE CLASS SIWMENU ENTITY SIWMENU /ENTTRCIN=ALL /ENTTRCOUT=ALL /TRCLEVEL=1
PML> START TRACE /SCREEN
.... (tracing information) ....
CTRL/C
A trace is started on the operator terminal. Tracing is stopped by pressing CTRL/C .
4–10 PM Commands ENABLE
EXIT
EXIT
Exit the PM command line interface.
Syntax
EXIT
Description
The EXIT command stops the execution of the PM command line interface. Control is returned
to the VMS environment.
Examples
1. PML> EXIT
$
The EXIT command leaves the PM and returns command to VMS.
EXIT PM Commands 4–11
QUALIFIER
QUALIFIER
Set the qualifier information ON or OFF.
Syntax
QUALIFIER OFF
ON
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
OFF
Qualifier information of the attribute will not be presented.
ON
Qualifier information of the attribute will be presented. After this command, qualifier infor-
mation is presented until the QUALIFIER OFF command has been issued.
Description
The QUALIFIER command toggles the presentation of qualifier information for the individual
attributes. When the QUALIFIER functionality is set to ON then the qualifier associated with
the attribute will be presented by the SHOW command.
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1.
4–12 PM Commands QUALIFIER
QUALIFIER
PML> QUALIFIER ON
PML> SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /ALL
Maximum CDR requests stored in CDR file: 100
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS
Maximum FRP requests stored in FRP CDR file: 100
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS
Maximum LOG requests stored in log file: 100
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS
Number of CDR req. after which data is flushed: 100
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ
.....(etc.)
Toll Ticketing Service Centre address: 010016243078
/TT_SC_ADDRESS
PML> QUALIFIER OFF
PML> SHOW CLASS LOGSRV_COMMON /ALL
Maximum CDR requests stored in CDR file: 100
Maximum FRP requests stored in FRP CDR file: 100
Maximum LOG requests stored in log file: 100
Number of CDR req. after which data is flushed: 100
.....(etc.)
Toll Ticketing Service Centre address: 010016243078
PML>
QUALIFIER PM Commands 4–13
START
START
Start trace collection.
Syntax
START TRACE_COLLECTION
Qualifiers Defaults
/FILE=str
/LOG /NOLOG
/PLAIN
/SCREEN
/SYNCHRONOUS
Parameters
TRACE_COLLECTION
Defines that the collection of trace information shall be started.
Description
The START command starts the collection of trace information. The trace information can
either be written to an operator screen or to a file. If both the /FILE and /SCREEN qualifiers
are specified, the last one on the command line is taken. Tracing must be enabled first with
the ENABLE (see ENABLE) TRACE command.
IMPORTANT
Collection of trace information consumes a lot of processor capacity. Therefore, the
system performance will decrease, which can result in timers running out. Trace
collection shall not be started in a production environment when the system is
running at its full capacity.
See also the O&M command TRACE (see TRACE) and the PM command ENABLE (see
ENABLE) TRACE for more information.
Qualifiers
/FILE=str
The /FILE qualifier is used to indicate the name of the file to which trace information is to be
written.
4–14 PM Commands START
START
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
/SCREEN
The /SCREEN qualifier is used to indicate that trace output is to be written to the screen to
which the PM is attached. The screen is set to 132 characters width and trace information
will be displayed formatted. Tracing can be stopped by pressing CTRL/C .
The /PLAIN qualifier can be used in combination with the /SCREEN qualifier.
/PLAIN
The /PLAIN qualifier is used to indicate that no screen formatting is applied for trace output.
The attribute is used in combination with /SCREEN qualifier.
/SYNCHRONOUS
The /SYNCHRONOUS qualifier is used to indicate that no trace information shall be lost.
The entities that produce the trace information wait for a confirmation of every write ac-
tion. Therefore this will slow down the system considerably. This qualifier is only valid in
combination with the /FILE qualifier.
Examples
1. PML> START TRACE_C /FILE=TEST.TRA /SYNC
The START command starts the collection of trace information in file TEST.TRA.
2. PML> START TRACE_C /SCREEN
The START command starts the collection of trace information on the screen. If the
system produces more trace information than the screen can write, tracing information
can be lost.
START PM Commands 4–15
STOP
STOP
Stop trace collection to a file.
Syntax
STOP TRACE_COLLECTION
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
TRACE_COLLECTION
Defines that the collection of trace information shall be stopped.
Description
The STOP command stops the collection of trace information. The trace information can either
be written to an operator screen or to a file. Stopping trace collection to a file can be done with
this command. Stopping trace collection to screen shall be done by pressing CTRL/C .
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> STOP TRACE_C
PML>
The STOP TRACE_C command stop the collection of trace information.
4–16 PM Commands STOP
TIMESTAMP
TIMESTAMP
Displays the current date and time.
Syntax
TIMESTAMP
Description
The TIMESTAMP command displays the current date and time in the format DD-MM-YYYY
HH:MM:SS.CC.
Examples
1. PML> TIMESTAMP
30-OCT-1997 13:32:28.29
PML>
TIMESTAMP PM Commands 4–17
WAIT
WAIT
Wait during the execution of a command file.
Syntax
WAIT time
Qualifiers Defaults
/LOG /NOLOG
Parameters
time
The time to wait before continuing the execution of the command file. This parameter can be
specified as delta time or as absolute time.
If you use the VMS time specification, the (date and) time must be enclosed with double
quotes). The format for delta time is:
"dddd hh:mm:ss.cc"
where ’dddd’ may not be omitted.
The format for absolute time is:
"dd-mmm-yyyy hh:mm:ss.cc"
where the hyphens (’-’) may not be omitted. If the current time and date is after the specified
time, the system continues immediately.
You can also specify a delta time in the format:
hh:mm:ss
where for ’hh’ at least one digit shall be specified (for example, a zero) and the remaining part
of the time may be omitted.
Description
If the WAIT command is specified in a command file it stops the execution of commands in the
command file temporarily. If this command is entered at the command line, the Presentation
Manager waits until the specified time, before showing the prompt again. On the command
line this waiting can be aborted by pressing CTRL/C .
4–18 PM Commands WAIT
WAIT
Qualifiers
/LOG
/NOLOG (default)
The /LOG and /NOLOG qualifiers specify whether informational results of this command are
to be displayed or not.
Examples
1. PML> WAIT 00:00:05
The system waits 5 seconds before continuing.
2. PML> WAIT "0 12:10"
The system waits 12 hours and 10 minutes.
3. PML> WAIT "-- 12:10"
The system waits until 10 past 12 on the current day.
4. PML> WAIT "31-DEC-1999 23:59:59"
The system waits until 1 second before 2000.
WAIT PM Commands 4–19
Appendix A
O&M Sample Configuration File
Example Sample Configuration File (see Example A–1) describes part of an SMSC configu-
ration. The example only contains part of the necessary commands to start up a complete
SMSC.
O&M Sample Configuration File A–1
Example A–1: Sample Configuration File
!++
! Add necessary relations
!--
ADD CLASS MD ENTITY MD/RELATION=(SMH,SMH) 1
ADD CLASS MD ENTITY MD/RELATION=(SMH,DIWMENU)
ADD CLASS MD ENTITY MD/RELATION=(SMH,DPLMN01)
!++
! Set Systemwide constants 2
!--
! First retry count set to 7
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON
! Retry scheme enabled for all PIDs
SET CLASS SMH_COMMON /RETRY_SCHEME_MASK=FFF
!++
! Create Entities
!++
CREATE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH01/NODE=CMG1 3
CREATE CLASS SMH ENTITY SMH02/NODE=CMG2
CREATE CLASS SIWMENU ENTITY SMENU01/NODE=CMG3 4
CREATE CLASS SIWPC ENTITY SIWPC01/NODE=CMG3
CREATE CLASS DIWMENU ENTITY DMENU01/NODE=CMG3 5
CREATE CLASS DIWPLMN ENTITY DPLMN01/NODE=CMG3
1 Configure relation list.
2 Set attribute values that differ from default.
3 Create SMH entity instances.
4 Create Submit Interworking entity instances.
5 Create Deliver Interworking entity instances.
A–2 O&M Sample Configuration File
Index
@ • 4–2 ADDRESS_TABLE • 2–22, 2–30, 2–93, 2–97
/ADDR_CHECK_LEN • 2–541, 2–824, 2–1294
A /ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
/ADDR_ELEM_MAX • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
/ABN_ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY • 2–512, 2–784, /ADDR_HIGH • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
2–1263 /ADDR_LOW • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1264
/ABN_DELIVERED • 2–502, 2–1249 /ADDR_MAX • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1264
/ABN_ENABLED • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1264
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1265
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED • 2–709, 2–750, 2–1107,
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 2–1178
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADDR_VALIDATION • 2–258, 2–658, 2–1012
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1263 /ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT • 2–393, 2–1146
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE • 2–513, 2–785, /ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT • 2–393, 2–1146
2–1264 /ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT • 2–393, 2–1146
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM • 2–513, 2–785, /ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT • 2–393, 2–1146
2–1264 /ADD_NOK • 2–325, 2–387, 2–1087, 2–1140
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER • 2–231, 2–290, 2–363, /ADD_OK • 2–325, 2–387, 2–1087, 2–1140
2–412, 2–987, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164 /ADD_RECEIVED • 2–387, 2–1140
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR • 2–231, 2–988 /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME • 2–402, 2–607, 2–738,
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST • 2–231, 2–988 2–750, 2–813, 2–879, 2–908, 2–1155, 2–1178,
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND • 2–232, 2–988 2–1285, 2–1344
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST • 2–232, 2–988 /ADT_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND • 2–232, 2–988 /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS • 2–141, 2–402, 2–430, 2–533,
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST • 2–310, 2–378, 2–674, 2–579, 2–607, 2–738, 2–750, 2–813, 2–879,
2–718, 2–1074, 2–1133 2–908, 2–1155, 2–1178, 2–1285, 2–1344
/ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG • 2–310, 2–378, 2–674, /ADT_USED_MEMORY • 2–1206, 2–1221, 2–1229,
2–718, 2–1074, 2–1133 2–1232, 2–1241
/ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE • 2–310, 2–379, 2–674, /AD_RECEIVED • 2–138, 2–904
2–719, 2–1074, 2–1134 /AD_RESPONDED • 2–138, 2–905
/ACCEPT_SUBADDR • 2–311, 2–379, 2–675, 2–719, ALARM_CLASS • 2–62
2–1074, 2–1134 /ALERT_ENABLED • 2–351, 2–403, 2–533, 2–706,
/ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX • 2–402, 2–738, 2–1155 2–739, 2–813, 2–1104, 2–1155, 2–1285
AD • 1–2, 2–2, 2–76, 2–138, 2–904 /ALERT_FAIL • 2–232, 2–988
ADD • 2–2, 2–6, 2–10, 2–11, 2–13, 2–15, 2–18, ALERT_MS_INVALID • 2–495, 2–498, 2–1243,
2–22, 2–28, 2–30, 2–36, 2–40, 2–42, 2–44, 2–1246
2–49, 2–53, 2–57, 2–59 /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED • 2–496, 2–499, 2–1244,
/ADDACK_BLOCKED • 2–393, 2–1146 2–1247
/ADDACK_POSTPAID • 2–393, 2–1146 /ALERT_OK • 2–232, 2–988
/ADDACK_UNBLOCKED • 2–393, 2–1146 /ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME • 2–514, 2–786,
ADDRESS_INFORMATION • 2–110, 2–780 2–1265
ADDRESS_REQUIREMENTS • 2–36, 2–99
Index–1
/ALERT_VMS_FAILED • 2–496, 2–499, 2–1244,
2–1247
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED • 2–496, 2–499,
C
2–1244, 2–1247
/CACHED_ADDR_BLOCKS • 2–1253
ALL • 2–133, 2–134, 2–261, 2–660, 2–898, 2–1014,
/CACHE_SIZE • 2–397, 2–732, 2–1150
2–1371
/CACHE_TO_FILE • 2–397, 2–732, 2–1150
/ALL • 2–897
/CALL_BARRED • 2–232, 2–988
/ALLOCATED_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1253
CANCEL • 2–61
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186
CARRIER_SPEC_TSID • 2–6, 2–79, 2–908
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV • 2–437, 2–757, 2–1185
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID_DESC • 2–6, 2–79, 2–908
Alphanumerical Character • 1–5
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID_ROUT • 2–7, 2–80, 2–908
Alternate
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1072
NODE • 2–65
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED • 2–290, 2–1072
/ALT_ERR_DELAY • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1265
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL • 2–290, 2–1072
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT • 2–514, 2–787, 2–1265
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK • 2–290, 2–1072
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS • 2–250, 2–648,
/CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN • 2–563, 2–864,
2–1003
2–1329
ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST • 2–11, 2–83
/CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK • 2–563, 2–864,
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE • 2–250, 2–648,
2–1330
2–1004
/CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED • 2–563, 2–864,
Arrow • 1–6
2–1329
Associate Director • 1–2
/CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED • 2–607, 2–908
/ASSOCIATIONS • 2–1021
/CBN_FORMATTING • 2–144, 2–607, 2–911
/AUDIT • 2–703, 2–1109
CCA • 3–4
AUTORESTART • 2–65
CCADIF • 3–9
/AUTORESTART • 2–1110
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/AVG_LEN_SGMS • 2–141, 2–258, 2–533, 2–579,
/CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
2–607, 2–658, 2–813, 2–879, 2–908, 2–1012,
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL • 2–293, 2–1069
2–1285, 2–1344
/CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK • 2–293, 2–1069
/AVG_LEN_XM • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322
CDMA_COMMON • 1–2, 2–6, 2–79, 2–140, 2–606,
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE • 2–587, 2–886, 2–1352
2–907
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT • 2–587, 2–886, 2–1352
/CDMA_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
/CDMA_CSP_ENABLED • 2–142, 2–608, 2–909
B /CDMA_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295
/CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BACKUP • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 /CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BCKGR_DIRECT • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL • 2–293, 2–1069
/BCKGR_DIST • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BCKGR_FREP • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_UCS2_CONV • 2–144, 2–610, 2–911
/BCKGR_LRAD • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
Blacklist • 2–905 /CDMA_VMN_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED • 2–541, 2–824, 2–1295 /CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295 /CDMA_WAP_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–863, 2–1329 /CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–863, 2–1329 /CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–563, 2–864, 2–1329 /CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLOCKINGQELEM • 2–133, 2–604, 2–897 /CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLOCK_NOK • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/BLOCK_OK • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BLOCK_RECEIVED • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BT_INTL_ADDR • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 /CDMA_WMT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV • 2–591, 2–890, 2–1355 /CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE • 2–502, 2–1253 /CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL • 2–291, 2–1069
2–Index
/CDMA_WPT_MT_OK • 2–291, 2–1068 CLASS (cont’d)
/CDR_10_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–919, 2–1093 IMPORT_COMMON • 2–262, 2–662, 2–1016
/CDR_1_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–328, 2–917, 2–1092 IP7 • 2–264, 2–1018
/CDR_2_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–329, 2–917, 2–1092 IP7_COMMON • 2–15, 2–86, 2–277, 2–664
/CDR_3_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918, 2–1092 IS41 • 2–286, 2–672, 2–1054
/CDR_4_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918, 2–1092 IS41_COMMON • 2–309, 2–673, 2–1073
/CDR_5_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918, 2–1092 ISDN • 2–88, 2–283, 2–671, 2–1051
/CDR_6_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918, 2–1093 IVR_COMMON • 2–316, 2–681, 2–1079
/CDR_7_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–330, 2–918, 2–1093 LA_SMPP • 2–318, 2–1081
/CDR_8_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–918, 2–1093 LA_UCP • 2–320, 2–1083
/CDR_9_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–918, 2–1093 LDAP_COMMON • 2–322, 2–683, 2–1085
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 LIW • 2–325, 2–1087
/CDR_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–328, 2–917, 2–1090 LOGSRV • 2–327, 2–686, 2–1089
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 LOGSRV_COMMON • 2–339, 2–693, 2–1097
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 MD • 2–18, 2–61, 2–90, 2–348, 2–703, 2–900,
/CDR_FORMAT • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 2–1109, 2–1364
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK • 2–541, 2–825, MENU • 2–350, 2–705, 2–1104
2–1296 NMT • 2–353, 2–708, 2–1106
/CDR_TIME • 2–330, 2–331, 2–332, 2–333, 2–334, NMT_COMMON • 2–22, 2–93
2–687, 2–688, 2–689, 2–690, 2–1090, 2–1091, OIS • 2–356, 2–711, 2–1114
2–1092 OTAIS41 • 2–361, 2–716, 2–1118
CHAIN • 4–7 OTAIS41_COMMON • 2–377, 2–717, 2–1132
/CHARACTERISTICS • 2–133, 2–897, 2–905 OTA_COMMON • 2–359, 2–714, 2–1116
/CHARGE_IND • 2–311, 2–379, 2–675, 2–719, PBB • 2–386, 2–726, 2–1139
2–1075, 2–1134 PBB_COMMON • 2–389, 2–727, 2–1142
Class • 1–1, 1–2 PBR • 2–392, 2–730, 2–1145
CLASS PBR_COMMON • 2–396, 2–731, 2–1149
AD • 2–2, 2–76, 2–138, 2–904 PC_COMMON • 2–28, 2–95, 2–401, 2–737,
CDMA_COMMON • 2–6, 2–79, 2–140 2–1154
CMLOG • 2–147, 2–612, 2–913 PHLR • 2–410, 2–745, 2–1161
CMLOG_COMMON • 2–156, 2–614, 2–921 PHLR_COMMON • 2–426, 2–746, 2–1175
COS_COMMON • 2–160, 2–618, 2–924 PLMN_COMMON • 2–30, 2–97, 2–429, 2–749,
DIWCDMA • 2–163, 2–927 2–1177
DIWERMES • 2–166, 2–622, 2–930 PRH • 2–36, 2–434, 2–755, 2–1182
DIWFAX • 2–168, 2–623, 2–932 PRH_COMMON • 2–99, 2–436, 2–756, 2–1184
DIWMENU • 2–170, 2–624, 2–934 PSTNA • 2–101, 2–443, 2–763, 2–1190
DIWOIS • 2–173, 2–625, 2–937 RAS • 2–446, 2–1193
DIWPC • 2–177, 2–626, 2–940 RTR • 2–449, 2–764, 2–1196
DIWPLMN • 2–182, 2–627, 2–944 RTR_COMMON • 2–450, 2–765, 2–1199
DIWSMTP • 2–185, 2–947 SDB • 2–40
DIWTAP • 2–188, 2–628, 2–950 SDB_COMMON • 2–103, 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201
DIWTDMA • 2–193, 2–954 SERVER_COMMON • 2–42, 2–105, 2–1203
DLH • 2–195, 2–957 SIWCDMA • 2–454, 2–1205
ERMES • 2–197, 2–629, 2–959 SIWIMPORT • 2–457, 2–769, 2–1208
FAX • 2–200, 2–961 SIWIVR • 2–459, 2–771, 2–1210
FAX3SRV • 2–202, 2–634, 2–963 SIWMENU • 2–461, 2–772, 2–1212
FAX3_COMMON • 2–205, 2–635, 2–965 SIWOIS • 2–466, 2–773, 2–1216
FAX_COMMON • 2–632 SIWPC • 2–106, 2–470, 2–774, 2–1220
FRH • 2–208, 2–638, 2–967 SIWPLMN • 2–479, 2–775, 2–1228
FRH_COMMON • 2–210, 2–639, 2–969 SIWSMPP • 2–108, 2–482, 2–776, 2–1231
GHLR • 2–213, 2–642, 2–971 SIWTAP • 2–488, 2–777, 2–1237
GHLR_COMMON • 2–10, 2–82, 2–226, 2–643, SIWTDMA • 2–492, 2–1240
2–982 SIWVMS • 2–498, 2–778, 2–1243
GIW • 2–228, 2–645, 2–984 SIWVSMPP • 2–495, 2–779, 2–1246
GIW_COMMON • 2–11, 2–83, 2–249, 2–647, SMH • 2–44, 2–110, 2–501, 2–780, 2–1248
2–1002, 2–1044 SMH_COMMON • 2–113, 2–509, 2–781, 2–1260
GSM_COMMON • 2–13, 2–85, 2–257
Index–3
CLASS (cont’d) COMMAND (cont’d)
SMPP_COMMON • 2–49, 2–115, 2–532, 2–812, DO • 4–7
2–1284 ENABLE • 4–9
SMSC • 2–903 ENABLE EVENT • 2–72
SMSC_COMMON • 2–53, 2–118, 2–539, 2–820, EXIT • 4–11
2–1291 HCB • 3–18
SMTP • 2–855, 2–1321 HELP • 2–74
SMTP_COMMON • 2–554 LOG_CONVERT • 3–22
SSD • 2–560, 2–861, 2–1326 PML • 3–25
SSD_COMMON • 2–562, 2–862, 2–1328 PMMCP • 3–29
STORE • 2–569, 2–1334 PMS • 3–30
TAP_COMMON • 2–57, 2–120, 2–570, 2–871, QUALIFIER • 4–12
2–1335 REMOVE • 2–76, 2–79, 2–82, 2–83, 2–85,
TCP • 2–122, 2–575, 2–877, 2–1340 2–86, 2–88, 2–90, 2–93, 2–95, 2–97,
TDMA_COMMON • 2–59, 2–124, 2–578 2–99, 2–101, 2–103, 2–105, 2–106, 2–108,
TRCSRV • 2–582, 2–882, 2–1347 2–110, 2–113, 2–115, 2–118, 2–120, 2–122,
TRCSRV_COMMON • 2–584, 2–883, 2–1349 2–124, 2–126, 2–128
VMS_COMMON • 2–586, 2–885, 2–1351 RESET • 2–130, 2–132, 2–138, 2–140, 2–147,
VSMPP_COMMON • 2–590, 2–889, 2–1354 2–156, 2–160, 2–163, 2–166, 2–168,
X25 • 2–126, 2–593, 2–892, 2–1356 2–170, 2–173, 2–177, 2–182, 2–185,
X29 • 2–128, 2–596, 2–893, 2–1359 2–188, 2–193, 2–195, 2–197, 2–200,
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728, 2–732, 2–202, 2–205, 2–208, 2–210, 2–213,
2–1143, 2–1150 2–226, 2–228, 2–249, 2–257, 2–262,
CMLOG • 1–2, 2–147, 2–913 2–264, 2–277, 2–283, 2–286, 2–309,
CMLOG_COMMON • 1–2, 2–156, 2–614, 2–921 2–316, 2–318, 2–320, 2–322, 2–325,
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY • 2–542, 2–826, 2–1296 2–327, 2–339, 2–348, 2–350, 2–353,
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 2–356, 2–359, 2–361, 2–377, 2–386,
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF • 2–536, 2–816, 2–1288 2–389, 2–392, 2–396, 2–401, 2–410,
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY • 2–542, 2–826, 2–1296 2–426, 2–429, 2–434, 2–436, 2–443,
/CM_LOG_TIME • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 2–446, 2–449, 2–450, 2–452, 2–454,
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 • 2–258, 2–658, 2–457, 2–459, 2–461, 2–466, 2–470,
2–1012 2–479, 2–482, 2–488, 2–492, 2–495,
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 • 2–259, 2–659, 2–1013 2–498, 2–501, 2–509, 2–532, 2–539,
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 • 2–259, 2–659, 2–1013 2–554, 2–560, 2–562, 2–569, 2–570,
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 2–575, 2–578, 2–582, 2–584, 2–586,
/CM_WAIT • 2–915 2–590, 2–593, 2–596
Command RESUME • 2–599
Parameter • 1–1 SET • 2–601, 2–603, 2–606, 2–612, 2–614,
Verb • 1–1 2–618, 2–622, 2–623, 2–624, 2–625,
COMMAND 2–626, 2–627, 2–628, 2–629, 2–632,
@ • 4–2 2–634, 2–635, 2–638, 2–639, 2–642,
ADD • 2–2, 2–6, 2–10, 2–11, 2–13, 2–15, 2–18, 2–643, 2–645, 2–647, 2–657, 2–662,
2–22, 2–28, 2–30, 2–36, 2–40, 2–42, 2–44, 2–664, 2–671, 2–672, 2–673, 2–681,
2–49, 2–53, 2–57, 2–59 2–683, 2–686, 2–693, 2–703, 2–705,
CANCEL • 2–61 2–708, 2–711, 2–714, 2–716, 2–717,
CCA • 3–4 2–726, 2–727, 2–730, 2–731, 2–737,
CCADIF • 3–9 2–745, 2–746, 2–749, 2–755, 2–756,
CONNECT • 2–63 2–763, 2–764, 2–765, 2–767, 2–769,
CREATE • 2–64 2–771, 2–772, 2–773, 2–774, 2–775,
DB_DELETE • 3–2 2–776, 2–777, 2–778, 2–779, 2–780,
DCLSIG • 3–14 2–781, 2–812, 2–820, 2–855, 2–861,
DCL_DATA • 3–11 2–862, 2–871, 2–877, 2–878, 2–882,
DEBUG • 4–3 2–883, 2–885, 2–889, 2–892, 2–893
DELETE • 2–67
DISABLE • 4–5
DISABLE EVENT • 2–69
DISCONNECT • 2–71
4–Index
COMMAND (cont’d) /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447,
SHOW • 2–894, 2–896, 2–904, 2–907, 2–913, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191,
2–921, 2–924, 2–927, 2–930, 2–932, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–934, 2–937, 2–940, 2–944, 2–947, /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447,
2–950, 2–954, 2–957, 2–959, 2–961, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191,
2–963, 2–965, 2–967, 2–969, 2–971, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–982, 2–984, 2–1002, 2–1011, 2–1016, /CON_SETUP_REJ_RES • 2–471, 2–483, 2–1222,
2–1018, 2–1044, 2–1051, 2–1054, 2–1073, 2–1232
2–1079, 2–1081, 2–1083, 2–1085, 2–1087, /CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT • 2–471, 2–483, 2–1221,
2–1089, 2–1097, 2–1104, 2–1106, 2–1109, 2–1232
2–1114, 2–1116, 2–1118, 2–1132, 2–1139, /CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ • 2–471, 2–483, 2–1221,
2–1142, 2–1145, 2–1149, 2–1154, 2–1161, 2–1232
2–1175, 2–1177, 2–1182, 2–1184, 2–1190, /CON_TCP_REF • 2–1217
2–1193, 2–1196, 2–1199, 2–1201, 2–1203, /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447,
2–1205, 2–1208, 2–1210, 2–1212, 2–1216, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191,
2–1220, 2–1228, 2–1231, 2–1237, 2–1240, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–1243, 2–1246, 2–1248, 2–1260, 2–1284, /CON_TOT • 2–285, 2–445, 2–448, 2–577, 2–595,
2–1291, 2–1321, 2–1326, 2–1328, 2–1334, 2–598, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341,
2–1335, 2–1340, 2–1343, 2–1347, 2–1349, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–1351, 2–1354, 2–1356, 2–1359 /CON_X25_REF • 2–1217
SMH_CONVERT • 3–38 COS_COMMON • 2–160, 2–618, 2–924
START • 4–14 /COS_ENABLED • 2–618, 2–924
STOP • 2–1362, 4–16 Counter • 1–5
SUBSCRIBE • 2–1364 /COUNTERS • 2–133, 2–898
SUSPEND • 2–1366 /CPHS_IND_ENABLED • 2–887, 2–1352
TEST EVENT • 2–1368 CREATE • 2–64
TIMESTAMP • 4–17 /CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH • 2–430, 2–750,
TRACE • 2–1370 2–1178
TRCANL • 3–40 Cumulative Counter • 1–5
WAIT • 4–18
Common Attributes • 1–2
/COMMUNITY_CHECK • 2–324, 2–685, 2–1086 D
CONNECT • 2–63
/CONNECTIONS • 2–88, 2–101, 2–122, 2–126, /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322
2–128, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1197, /DATA_MISSING • 2–215, 2–232, 2–973, 2–989
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1296 Dbname • 3–2
/CONTENTS • 2–898 DB_DELETE • 3–2
/CON_IN • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, DCLSIG • 3–14, 3–15
2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, DCL_DATA • 3–11
2–1357, 2–1360 /DDP_MAX • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1265
/CON_IN_ACC • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, DEBUG • 4–3
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, /DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY • 2–142, 2–608,
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 2–909
/CON_OUT • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, /DELAY_1 • 2–348
2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, /DELAY_2 • 2–348
2–1357, 2–1360 /DELAY_3 • 2–348
/CON_OUT_ACC • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, DELETE • 2–67
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, Delivery date • 2–790, 2–792
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 Delivery time • 2–790, 2–792
/CON_OUT_BUSY • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, /DELIVERY_ATTEMPT • 2–1253
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, /DELIVERY_LIMIT • 2–1253
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DELIVERY_MAX • 2–1266
/DELIVERY_POSTPONED • 2–293, 2–364, 2–413,
2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
Index–5
/DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED • 2–260, 2–660,
2–1013
/DELIV_CM_COMPL • 2–150, 2–915
E
/DELIV_CM_INCOMPL • 2–150, 2–915
/E164_CC • 2–542, 2–827, 2–1297
/DELIV_SEGM_DISC • 2–149, 2–915
/E164_INT_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297
/DELIV_SEGM_OK • 2–149, 2–915
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297
/DELV_ADC_FORMAT • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156
/E164_TRUNK_CODE • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297
/DELV_OADC_FORMAT • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297
/DELV_PER_NODE_MAX • 2–515, 2–788, 2–1266
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET • 2–648, 2–1004
/DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED • 2–787, 2–1265
/EMPTY_OADC • 2–198, 2–630, 2–959
/DEL_STAT_FAIL • 2–215, 2–233, 2–973, 2–989
ENABLE • 4–9
/DEL_STAT_OK • 2–215, 2–233, 2–973, 2–989
ENABLE EVENT • 2–72
/DEST_LEFT_ADDR • 2–293, 2–364, 2–413, 2–1058,
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING • 2–311, 2–675, 2–1075
2–1121, 2–1164
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED • 2–787, 2–1266
/DEST_MAX • 2–403, 2–533, 2–739, 2–814, 2–1156,
ENTBLL • 2–2, 2–76
2–1286
/ENTBLL • 2–905
DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST • 2–49, 2–116
Entity • 1–2
/DETACH_FROM_STORE • 2–178, 2–472, 2–483,
Class • 1–2
2–560
Instance • 1–2
/DETACH_INTERVAL • 2–534, 2–814, 2–1286
ENTITY • 2–62
/DIALOGUES • 2–215, 2–233, 2–293, 2–364, 2–413,
Entity blacklist • 2–2, 2–76
2–974, 2–989, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
/ENTITY_LIST • 2–905, 2–1111
/DIALOGUES_PENDING • 2–216, 2–233, 2–974,
ENTITY_NAME • 1–1
2–989, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
/ENTITY_NAME • 2–898
/DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1297
/ENTTRCIN • 2–133, 2–898, 2–1371
DISABLE • 4–5
/ENTTRCOUT • 2–134, 2–898, 2–1371
DISABLE EVENT • 2–69
/ENT_ACTIVE • 2–905
/DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL • 2–502, 2–1253
/ENT_RECEIVED • 2–139, 2–905
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ • 2–142, 2–609, 2–909
/ENT_RESPONDED • 2–139, 2–905
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ • 2–142, 2–609, 2–909
/EO_WAIT • 2–915
DISCONNECT • 2–71
ERMES • 1–3, 2–197, 2–629, 2–959
Distribution List Handler • 1–3
/ERMES_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1297
DIWCDMA • 2–163, 2–927
/ERROR04 • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156
DIWERMES • 1–2, 2–3, 2–77, 2–166, 2–930
Error code • 2–790, 2–792
DIWFAX • 1–2, 2–3, 2–77, 2–168, 2–932
Error description • 2–790, 2–792
DIWMENU • 1–2, 2–3, 2–77, 2–170, 2–934
/ERR_ADD_SUB • 2–483, 2–1232
DIWOIS • 2–3, 2–77, 2–173, 2–937
/ERR_DEL_SUB • 2–483, 2–1232
DIWPC • 1–2, 2–3, 2–77, 2–177, 2–940
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298
DIWPLMN • 1–2, 2–3, 2–77, 2–182, 2–944
ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG • 2–44, 2–114
DIWSMTP • 1–2, 2–185, 2–947
/ERR_ENQ_SUB • 2–484, 2–1232
DIWTAP • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–188, 2–950
/ERR_MOD_SUB • 2–484, 2–1232
/DIWTAP_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1297
EVENT • 2–70, 2–72, 2–1368
DIWTDMA • 2–193, 2–954
/EVENT_ACTION • 2–703, 2–1111
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336
/EVTFILTER • 2–898
/DIW_MAXACTIONS • 2–430, 2–750, 2–1178
EXIT • 4–11
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336
Exit help • 2–74
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336
/EXT_OBJ_OK • 2–915
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336
DLH • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–195 F
/DL_ENABLED • 2–827, 2–1297
DO • 4–7 Facility • 3–15
/DPCIW_INFO • 2–178, 2–941 /FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED • 2–233, 2–989
/DPC_STATES • 2–1022 Failover • 2–65
/DUPLICATE_RISK • 2–457, 2–769, 2–1208 FAX • 1–3
6–Index
FAX3SRV • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–202, 2–963 /FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–793,
FAX3_COMMON • 1–3, 2–205, 2–635, 2–965 2–1268
/FAXREP_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298 /FORM_PIDERMES • 2–517, 2–793, 2–1269
/FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186 /FORM_PIDFAXG3 • 2–518, 2–793, 2–1269
FAX_COMMON • 2–200, 2–632, 2–961 /FORM_PIDIVR • 2–518, 2–793, 2–1269
/FAX_DEACT_FAIL • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186 /FORM_PIDMENU • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269
/FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186 /FORM_PIDMS • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269
/FAX_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298 /FORM_PIDOIS • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269
/FAX_FAILED • 2–203, 2–964 /FORM_PIDPC • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269
/FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS • 2–438, 2–758, /FORM_PIDSMPP • 2–519, 2–795, 2–1269
2–1186 /FORM_PIDTAP • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269
/FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298 /FORM_PIDVMS • 2–519, 2–795, 2–1270
/FAX_SENT • 2–203, 2–964 /FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF • 2–519, 2–795,
FILE • 4–10, 4–14 2–1270
/FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK • 2–515, 2–788, /FORWARDING_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1298
2–1267 FRH • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–208, 2–638, 2–967
/FILE_RECORD_SIZE • 2–516, 2–788, 2–1267 FRH_COMMON • 1–3, 2–210, 2–639, 2–969
/FILE_TIME • 2–584, 2–884, 2–1349 /FRH_TEMPLATE • 2–211, 2–641, 2–970
FILTER • 2–133, 2–134, 2–898, 2–1371 /FRP_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–335, 2–1094
/FILTER_PARAMS_CMT • 2–59, 2–124, 2–579, /FRP_LOGGED • 2–335, 2–1094
2–1344 /FRP_RECEIVED • 2–335, 2–1094
/FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143, 2–909 /FRP_TIME • 2–335, 2–690, 2–1094
/FILTER_PARAMS_VMN • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143, 2–910 /FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER • 2–226, 2–643, 2–983
/FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143, /FSG_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
2–910 /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM • 2–233, 2–989
/FILTER_PARAMS_WMT • 2–8, 2–80, 2–142, 2–910 /FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1004
/FILTER_PARAMS_WPT • 2–8, 2–80, 2–143, 2–910 FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE • 2–42, 2–105
FIRSTQ_MAX • 2–45 /FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE • 2–1203
/FIRSTQ_MAX • 2–516, 2–1268 /FSG_MTSM_FAIL • 2–233, 2–989
/FIRST_DELIVERY_LIMIT • 2–1254 /FSG_MTSM_OK • 2–234, 2–990
/FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX • 2–1267 FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE • 2–10, 2–82
/FIRST_DELIV_ATTEMPT • 2–1253 /FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE • 2–983
/FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX • 2–516, 2–789, FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB • 2–43, 2–105
2–1267 /FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB • 2–1204
/FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY • 2–516, 2–788, Function Key • 1–6
2–1267 /FWD_COND_TYPE • 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201
FIRST_PER_SMH • 2–45 /FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP • 2–439, 2–759, 2–1186
/FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298 /FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP • 2–438, 2–759, 2–1186
Flag • 1–5 /FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186
FLAG • 2–133, 2–134, 2–898, 2–1371 /FWD_SET_POS_RESP • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186
/FLG_LOGGED • 2–334, 2–1093 /FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP • 2–439, 2–759,
/FLG_RECEIVED • 2–334, 2–338, 2–1093, 2–1096 2–1187
/FLUSH_CDR_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099 /FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP • 2–439, 2–759,
/FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099 2–1186
/FLUSH_FRP_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099 /FWD_UNCOND_TYPE • 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201
/FLUSH_LOG_REQ • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1099 /FWSM_TO • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1004
/FLUSH_TIME • 2–334, 2–585, 2–691, 2–883, /F_DEL_RESP • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1266
2–1093, 2–1349 /F_INQ_RESP • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1266
Force • 3–22
/FOREIGN_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1254
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF • 2–516, 2–789, 2–1268
G
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–791, 2–1268
/GAIT_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–791, 2–1268
/GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL • 2–534, 2–814, 2–1286
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D • 2–517, 2–791, 2–1268
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND • 2–517, 2–793, 2–1268
Index–7
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH • 2–520, 2–796, HELP • 2–74
2–1271 Hexadecimal Value • 1–5
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT • 2–520, 2–796, /HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
2–1270 /HIGHQELEM • 2–134, 2–604, 2–899
/GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW • 2–522, 2–797, /HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1004
2–798, 2–1272 /HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 • 2–404, 2–740, 2–1156
/GATEWAY_LA_LIST • 2–38, 2–100, 2–439, 2–1187 /HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE • 2–564, 2–865,
/GATEWAY_LA_MULA • 2–520, 2–522, 2–796, 2–1330
2–797, 2–1271, 2–1272 /HOST_DOMAIN • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1322
GENR_ORIG_ADDR • 2–45
GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR • 2–114
GHLR • 2–213, 2–971
I
GHLR_COMMON • 2–10, 2–226, 2–643, 2–982
/IDENTIFIER • 2–899
/GHLR_PLMN_ADDR • 2–227, 2–644, 2–983
/IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN • 2–152, 2–337, 2–917,
/GHLR_TT_DEFAULT • 2–227, 2–644, 2–983
2–1095
/GHOST_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–293, 2–1071
/IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–336, 2–916,
/GHOST_MO_REJECTED • 2–293, 2–1071
2–1094
/GHOST_MT_FAIL • 2–294, 2–1071
/IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–336, 2–916,
/GHOST_MT_OK • 2–293, 2–1071
2–1094
GIW • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–228, 2–261, 2–286, 2–361,
/IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
2–410, 2–449, 2–661, 2–984, 2–1014
2–1094
GIW_COMMON • 2–11, 2–83, 2–249, 2–647, 2–1002,
/IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
2–1044
2–1094
/GIW_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
/GPRS_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
2–1095
GSM • 2–13, 2–85
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
GSM_COMMON • 1–3, 2–257, 2–657, 2–1011
2–1095
/GSM_COS_ID • 2–160, 2–619, 2–925
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–916,
/GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX • 2–141, 2–259,
2–1095
2–608, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–917,
/GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX • 2–142, 2–259,
2–1095
2–608, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–917,
/GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE • 2–141, 2–259,
2–1095
2–607, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–335, 2–916, 2–1094
/GSM_CSP_ENABLED • 2–260, 2–660, 2–1013
/IDI_LOGGED • 2–337, 2–1095
/GTT_ENABLED • 2–665, 2–1045
/IDI_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899, 2–900
/GTT_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–266
/IDI_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899, 2–900
/GT_GTI_DEFAULT • 2–251, 2–311, 2–379, 2–426,
/IDI_RECEIVED • 2–337, 2–1095
2–649, 2–675, 2–719, 2–746, 2–1004, 2–1075,
/IDI_VERSION • 2–1299
2–1134, 2–1175
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT • 2–234, 2–990
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER • 2–234, 2–990
H /IMI_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899
/IMI_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899
HCB • 3–18 /IMPLICIT_ALERT • 2–357, 2–404, 2–534, 2–712,
/HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728, 2–740, 2–814, 2–1114, 2–1156
2–732, 2–1143, 2–1150 IMPORT_COMMON • 1–3, 2–262, 2–662, 2–1016
/HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728, /IMP_HIGH • 2–522, 2–798, 2–1272
2–732, 2–1143, 2–1150 /IMP_LOW • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273
/HELO_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322 Indicating Counter • 1–5
Help /IND_GT_SELECT • 2–379, 2–719, 2–1134
EIR • 2–74 /INFORM_FAIL • 2–234, 2–990
exit • 2–74 /INFORM_OK • 2–234, 2–990
SMSC • 2–74 /INITIAL_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1322
switch • 2–74 /INIT_UPD_QUEUE • 2–564, 2–865, 2–1330
8–Index
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115
/INQUIRY_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1299
Instance • 1–2
K
Instance Name • 1–2
Keepdays • 3–2
/INSTANCE_ID • 2–234, 2–645, 2–990
International • 2–25, 2–34
/INTERVAL • 2–899 L
/INTERVAL_1 • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273
/INTERVAL_2 • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273 /LALA_CONSOLIDATION • 2–568, 2–870, 2–1330
/INTERVAL_3 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1273 /LANA_IMSI_CHECK • 2–650, 2–1005
/INTERVAL_4 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1273 /LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/INTERVAL_5 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1274 LASS
/INTERVAL_6 • 2–524, 2–800, 2–1274 CDMA_COMMON • 2–606, 2–907
/INTERVAL_7 • 2–524, 2–800, 2–1274 GSM_COMMON • 2–657, 2–1011
/INTERVAL_8 • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 TDMA_COMMON • 2–878, 2–1343
Interworking • 1–2 /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274
/INTER_MSG_DELAY • 2–799, 2–1273 /LA_ALPHA_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF • 2–587, 2–886, 2–1352 /LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL • 2–543, 2–831,
/INT_CHECK_CONN • 2–450, 2–765, 2–1199 2–1300
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1187 /LA_HPLMN_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1300
/INVADDR_ON_LIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1187 /LA_INFO • 2–319, 2–321, 2–1082, 2–1084
/INVALID_ADDRESS • 2–439, 2–759, 2–1187 /LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/INVALID_TIME • 2–440, 2–759, 2–1187 /LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/INVLISTNR • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /LA_PWD_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/IOS_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899 /LA_RETRY_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/IOS_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899 /LA_SCADDR_ENABLED • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1005
IP7 • 1–3, 2–15, 2–264, 2–1018 /LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
IP7_COMMON • 1–3, 2–86, 2–277, 2–664 /LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP • 2–404, 2–740, 2–1157
/IP7_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1299 LA_SMPP • 1–3, 2–318, 2–1081
/IR_ENABLED • 2–801, 2–1273 /LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/IR_LIST • 2–801, 2–1273 LA_UCP • 1–3, 2–320, 2–1083
IS41 • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–1054 /LA_VALIDATED • 2–404, 2–740, 2–1157
IS41_COMMON • 1–3, 2–309, 2–673, 2–1073 LDAP_COMMON • 1–3, 2–322, 2–683, 2–1085
ISDN • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–88, 2–283, 2–671, 2–1051 /LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1302
/ISDN_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300 /LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK • 2–833, 2–1302
/ISO_8859_8_CONV • 2–260, 2–534, 2–660, 2–814, Length • 2–790, 2–792
2–1014, 2–1286 /LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE • 2–503, 2–1254
/ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE • 2–380, 2–427, 2–720, /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN • 2–455, 2–479, 2–493,
2–747, 2–1134, 2–1176 2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241
/ITU_GT_ENABLED • 2–380, 2–427, 2–720, 2–747, /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN • 2–462, 2–472, 2–489,
2–1134, 2–1176 2–1213, 2–1222, 2–1238
/ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED • 2–380, 2–720, /LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP • 2–489, 2–1238
2–1135 /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 • 2–462, 2–472, 2–489,
/ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN • 2–380, 2–383, 2–427, 2–720, 2–1213, 2–1222, 2–1238
2–723, 2–747, 2–1135, 2–1137, 2–1176 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN • 2–164, 2–193, 2–928,
/ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE • 2–380, 2–381, 2–382, 2–944, 2–955
2–383, 2–427, 2–720, 2–721, 2–722, 2–723, /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN • 2–170, 2–472, 2–934,
2–747, 2–1134, 2–1135, 2–1136, 2–1137, 2–941, 2–951, 2–1222
2–1176 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP • 2–951
IVR • 1–3 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 • 2–472, 2–941, 2–951,
IVR_COMMON • 2–316, 2–681, 2–1079 2–1222
/IVR_UCP_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300 lf • 3–22
IW • 1–3 /LICENSE_FILE • 2–703
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY • 2–503, 2–1254
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED • 2–503, 2–1254
Index–9
List • 1–5 /MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–216, 2–235, 2–974,
attribute • 2–2, 2–6, 2–10, 2–11, 2–18, 2–28, 2–991
2–30, 2–36, 2–40, 2–42, 2–44, 2–53, 2–57, /MAP_DIA_FREE • 2–974, 2–991
2–59, 2–76, 2–79, 2–82, 2–83, 2–86, 2–88, /MAP_DIA_IN_USE • 2–974, 2–991
2–90, 2–95, 2–97, 2–99, 2–101, 2–103, /MAP_DIA_MAX_USED • 2–974, 2–991
2–105, 2–106, 2–108, 2–110, 2–113, /MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED • 2–975, 2–991
2–118, 2–120, 2–122, 2–124, 2–126, 2–128 /MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS • 2–235, 2–991
list attribute • 2–13, 2–15, 2–22, 2–49, 2–85, 2–93, /MAP_INVOKE_ERR • 2–216, 2–235, 2–975, 2–991
2–115 /MAP_INV_APP_CTXT • 2–216, 2–235, 2–975,
/LIST_CREATED • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 2–991
/LIST_FULL • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAP_NODE • 2–216, 2–235, 2–645, 2–992
/LIST_NOT_EXIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAP_OPCODE_ERR • 2–216, 2–236, 2–975, 2–992
/LIST_REMOVED • 2–440, 2–761, 2–1188 /MAP_OPEN_REJ • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975, 2–992
LIW • 1–3, 2–325, 2–1087 /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–217, 2–236,
/LLA_NORMAL_THR • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 2–975, 2–992
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 /MAP_OPER_FREE • 2–975, 2–992
/LLA_THR • 2–524, 2–802, 2–1274 /MAP_OPER_IN_USE • 2–975, 2–992
/LLA_TIME • 2–524, 2–802, 2–1274 /MAP_OPER_MAX_USED • 2–975, 2–992
/LMSG_ENABLED • 2–833, 2–1302 /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975,
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT • 2–543, 2–833, 2–1302 2–992
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION • 2–833, 2–1302 /MAP_PROTO_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975, 2–993
/LOG • 2–3, 2–18, 2–23, 2–28, 2–31, 2–38, 2–40, /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975,
2–46, 2–53, 2–62, 2–63, 2–65, 2–67, 2–70, 2–993
2–71, 2–73, 2–78, 2–89, 2–90, 2–93, 2–95, /MAP_SC_CONGESTION • 2–236, 2–993
2–97, 2–100, 2–102, 2–103, 2–107, 2–109, /MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER • 2–237,
2–110, 2–113, 2–118, 2–123, 2–127, 2–129, 2–993
2–134, 2–599, 2–604, 2–1363, 2–1365, /MAP_UNKNOWN_SC • 2–237, 2–993
2–1366, 2–1372, 4–3, 4–6, 4–7, 4–10, 4–12, /MAXACTIONS • 2–200, 2–211, 2–632, 2–640,
4–15, 4–16, 4–19 2–961, 2–970
LOGFILE • 4–5, 4–9 /MAXFAXES • 2–206, 2–636, 2–965
/LOGFILE • 2–139 /MAXQELEM • 2–134, 2–605, 2–900
LOGSRV • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–327, 2–1089 /MAXSESSIONS • 2–198, 2–201, 2–211, 2–227,
LOGSRV_COMMON • 1–3, 2–339, 2–693, 2–1097 2–251, 2–311, 2–316, 2–351, 2–354, 2–357,
/LOG_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–337, 2–919, 2–1095 2–359, 2–380, 2–405, 2–427, 2–441, 2–535,
LOG_CONVERT • 3–22 2–572, 2–587, 2–591, 2–630, 2–633, 2–640,
/LOG_ENABLED • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1098 2–644, 2–650, 2–675, 2–681, 2–706, 2–709,
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–833, 2–1303 2–712, 2–714, 2–720, 2–741, 2–747, 2–761,
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1099 2–815, 2–873, 2–886, 2–890, 2–960, 2–961,
/LOG_TIME • 2–338, 2–691, 2–1096 2–970, 2–983, 2–1005, 2–1075, 2–1079,
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED • 2–430, 2–751, 2–1179 2–1107, 2–1115, 2–1116, 2–1135, 2–1157,
/LRAD_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1303 2–1176, 2–1188, 2–1287, 2–1337, 2–1352,
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED • 2–441, 2–760, 2–1188 2–1355
/MAX_AC_ALERT_VER • 2–252, 2–650, 2–1005
/MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER • 2–252, 2–651, 2–1005
M /MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS • 2–564, 2–869, 2–1330
/MAX_CDR_ITEMS • 2–342, 2–343, 2–344, 2–345,
/MAIL_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323
2–696, 2–697, 2–698, 2–699, 2–1100, 2–1101
/MAP_ABORT • 2–216, 2–234, 2–974, 2–990
/MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS • 2–345, 2–699, 2–1101
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM • 2–216, 2–235, 2–974,
/MAX_COMMANDS • 2–534, 2–815, 2–1286
2–990
/MAX_CONNECTIONS • 2–390, 2–398, 2–728,
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–216, 2–235, 2–974,
2–733, 2–1143, 2–1150
2–990
/MAX_FIRST_DEL_DELAY • 2–1254
/MAP_BUF_FREE • 2–974, 2–990
/MAX_FRP_ITEMS • 2–345, 2–699, 2–1102
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE • 2–974, 2–991
/MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED • 2–472, 2–1222
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–974, 2–991
/MAX_LA • 2–441, 2–761, 2–865, 2–1188, 2–1330
10–Index
/MAX_LOGON_ATT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336 /MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1304
/MAX_LOG_ITEMS • 2–346, 2–700, 2–1102 /MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1304
/MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH • 2–198, 2–630, 2–959 MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB • 2–12, 2–83
/MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336 /MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1304
/MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS • 2–390, 2–398, /MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR • 2–651, 2–1006
2–728, 2–733, 2–1143, 2–1150 MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST • 2–55, 2–119
/MAX_MSGS_CONN • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1337 /MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED • 2–252, 2–651,
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED • 2–198, 2–572, 2–630, 2–1006
2–873, 2–960, 2–1337 /MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR • 2–652, 2–1007
/MAX_MSG_RULES • 2–564, 2–865, 2–1330 /MODIFY_ENABLED • 2–836, 2–1305
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 /MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA • 2–836, 2–1305
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED • 2–472, 2–1222 /MOSM_FAIL • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_PORTS • 2–351, 2–405, 2–535, 2–706, 2–740, /MOSM_OK • 2–238, 2–994
2–815, 2–1105, 2–1157, 2–1287 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1305
/MAX_PP_USERS • 2–564, 2–866, 2–1330 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES • 2–566, 2–866, 2–1330 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX • 2–566, 2–866, 2–1331 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM • 2–566, 2–866, 2–1330 /MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA • 2–836
/MAX_REQID_ATT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1337 /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
2–1151 /MO_SMS_REJECTED • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
/MAX_RETRY_DELAY • 2–1255 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS • 2–568, 2–870, 2–1331 /MSC_ADDR_NATURE • 2–382, 2–722, 2–1136
/MAX_SESSIONS • 2–322, 2–556, 2–683, 2–857, /MSC_GT_SELECT • 2–382, 2–722, 2–1136
2–1085, 2–1323 /MSGS_PER_SES • 2–351, 2–706, 2–1105
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323 MSGS_PER_SMH • 2–46
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT • 2–262, 2–662, 2–1016 /MSGS_QUEUED_LOW • 2–198, 2–630, 2–960
/MAX_SUBS • 2–211, 2–565, 2–640, 2–866, 2–969, /MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED • 2–836, 2–1305
2–1331 /MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE • 2–588, 2–887,
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 2–1352
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS • 2–158, 2–616, 2–922 /MSG_BUFFERED • 2–1255
/MAX_TIMERS • 2–135, 2–605, 2–900 /MSG_CL_0_ENABLED • 2–588, 2–887, 2–1353
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE • 2–457, 2–769, 2–1209 /MSG_DEFERRED • 2–1255
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC • 2–323, 2–390, 2–398, /MSG_DISPLAY_TIME • 2–432, 2–752, 2–1180
2–684, 2–728, 2–733, 2–1086, 2–1143, 2–1151 /MSG_FAILED • 2–166, 2–168, 2–171, 2–174, 2–179,
/MAX_TRC_FILES • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350 2–183, 2–189, 2–195, 2–202, 2–208, 2–237,
MD • 1–3, 2–18, 2–61, 2–90, 2–348, 2–703, 2–900, 2–285, 2–387, 2–393, 2–434, 2–445, 2–448,
2–1109, 2–1364 2–459, 2–462, 2–467, 2–472, 2–480, 2–484,
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–560, 2–577,
/MDN_GT_SELECT • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 2–595, 2–598, 2–930, 2–932, 2–935, 2–938,
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–957, 2–963, 2–967,
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE • 2–312, 2–676, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140, 2–1146, 2–1182,
2–1075 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1210, 2–1213, 2–1217,
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE • 2–312, 2–676, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233, 2–1238, 2–1244,
2–1076 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1326, 2–1342, 2–1358,
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP • 2–252, 2–651, 2–1006 2–1361
/MEMBERS_ADDED • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188 /MSG_LENGTH • 2–544, 2–573, 2–837, 2–874,
/MEMBERS_REMOVED • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188 2–1305, 2–1337
MENU • 1–3, 2–350, 2–705, 2–1104 /MSG_LIMIT_IN • 2–405, 2–535, 2–741, 2–815,
/MMS_ALLOWED • 2–405, 2–741, 2–1157 2–1157, 2–1287
/MM_ACK_GENERATION • 2–431, 2–751, 2–1179 /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION • 2–405, 2–535, 2–741,
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION • 2–432, 2–752, 2–1180 2–815, 2–1158, 2–1287
/MNP_2SRI_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1303 /MSG_LIMIT_OUT • 2–143, 2–405, 2–535, 2–579,
/MNP_2SRI_ERR • 2–1375 2–609, 2–741, 2–815, 2–879, 2–910, 2–1158,
MNP_CC_LIST • 2–55, 2–119 2–1287, 2–1344
Index–11
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION • 2–144, 2–260, 2–406, /MS_UNREACHABLE • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
2–536, 2–580, 2–609, 2–660, 2–741, 2–816, 2–1059, 2–1121, 2–1164
2–880, 2–911, 2–1014, 2–1158, 2–1287, /MTSM_FAIL • 2–238, 2–994
2–1345 /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST • 2–238, 2–994
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1305 /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND • 2–239, 2–994
/MSG_RECEIVED • 2–166, 2–168, 2–171, 2–174, /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–195, 2–203, 2–208, /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–237, 2–285, 2–387, 2–394, 2–434, 2–445, /MTSM_OK • 2–239, 2–995
2–448, 2–459, 2–462, 2–467, 2–472, 2–480, /MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–484, 2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–561, /MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–577, 2–595, 2–598, 2–930, 2–932, 2–935, /MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–957, 2–964, /MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–967, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140, 2–1146, /MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED • 2–240, 2–992
2–1182, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1210, 2–1213, /MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED • 2–241, 2–992
2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233, 2–1238, /MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR • 2–240, 2–992
2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1326, 2–1342, /MT_SMS_FAIL • 2–294, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059,
2–1358, 2–1361 2–1122, 2–1165
/MSG_REJECTED • 2–167, 2–169, 2–171, 2–174, /MT_SMS_OK • 2–294, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059,
2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–196, 2–203, 2–209, 2–1122, 2–1165
2–237, 2–285, 2–387, 2–394, 2–435, 2–445, /MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
2–448, 2–460, 2–462, 2–467, 2–473, 2–480, /MULTI_RECEIVED • 2–507, 2–1259
2–484, 2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–561, /MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
2–577, 2–595, 2–598, 2–931, 2–933, 2–935, /MULTI_SGG_ENABLED • 2–665, 2–1049
2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–957, 2–964, /MULTI_TRANSMITTED • 2–507, 2–1259
2–968, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140, 2–1146,
2–1183, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1211, 2–1213,
2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233, 2–1238,
N
2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1326, 2–1342,
/NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM • 2–260, 2–354,
2–1358, 2–1361
2–660, 2–709, 2–1014, 2–1107
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1306
/NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–253, 2–652,
/MSG_RULES_READ_CNF • 2–561
2–1007
/MSG_SEGMENTS • 2–1255
/NEG_NOTIF_DFAX • 2–203, 2–964
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED • 2–503, 2–1255
/NEG_NOTIF_FREP • 2–203, 2–964
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED • 2–504, 2–1255
/NETWORKS • 2–1024
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1306
/NETWORK_ID • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
/MSG_TRANSMITTED • 2–167, 2–169, 2–171,
/NEXT_DELIVERY • 2–1256
2–174, 2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–196, 2–203,
NMT • 2–353, 2–708, 2–1106
2–209, 2–237, 2–285, 2–388, 2–394, 2–435,
NMT_COMMON • 2–22, 2–93
2–445, 2–448, 2–460, 2–462, 2–467, 2–473,
/NMT_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
2–480, 2–484, 2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–504,
/NMT_SCAN • 2–354, 2–710, 2–1107
2–561, 2–577, 2–595, 2–598, 2–931, 2–933,
NOCHAIN • 4–7
2–935, 2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–958,
NODE • 2–65
2–964, 2–968, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140,
/NODE
2–1147, 2–1183, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1211,
DCLSIG • 3–15
2–1213, 2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233,
/NODES • 2–1112
2–1238, 2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1256, 2–1327,
/NODE_ID • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
2–1342, 2–1358, 2–1361
/NOLOG • 2–3, 2–18, 2–23, 2–28, 2–31, 2–38,
/MSG_TRUNC_IND • 2–544, 2–837, 2–1306
2–40, 2–46, 2–53, 2–62, 2–63, 2–65, 2–67,
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL • 2–217, 2–237, 2–976,
2–70, 2–71, 2–73, 2–78, 2–89, 2–90, 2–93,
2–994
2–95, 2–97, 2–100, 2–102, 2–103, 2–107,
/MS_INVALID • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413, 2–1058,
2–109, 2–110, 2–113, 2–118, 2–123, 2–127,
2–1121, 2–1164
2–129, 2–134, 2–599, 2–604, 2–1363, 2–1365,
/MS_UNAVAILABLE • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413, 2–1058,
2–1366, 2–1372, 4–3, 4–6, 4–7, 4–10, 4–12,
2–1121, 2–1164
4–15, 4–16, 4–19
12–Index
NONE • 2–261, 2–660, 2–1014 /NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED • 2–174, 2–180, 2–190,
/NON_REPLACEMENT • 2–312, 2–382, 2–676, 2–463, 2–467, 2–473, 2–938, 2–942, 2–952,
2–722, 2–1076, 2–1136 2–1214, 2–1217, 2–1223
/NOREPL_SRV_NAME • 2–591, 2–890, 2–1355 /NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT • 2–253, 2–652,
/NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–473, 2–1007
2–1213, 2–1223 /NO_LIST_AVAIL • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188
/NOTIFB_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493, /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414,
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–473, /NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD • 2–253, 2–652,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1007
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–474, /NO_RESP_FROM_PEER • 2–240, 2–995
2–1214, 2–1223 NRT_RANGES • 2–53, 2–118
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493, /NR_ATTEMPTS • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241 /NR_CC_SGMS • 2–143, 2–260, 2–536, 2–580,
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–474, 2–609, 2–660, 2–816, 2–880, 2–910, 2–1014,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1288, 2–1345
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–464, 2–474, /NR_CC_XM • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323
2–1214, 2–1223 /NR_CMLOG • 2–544, 2–838, 2–1306
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493, /NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT • 2–185, 2–948
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241 /NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED • 2–464, 2–474, /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS • 2–544, 2–838,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1307
/NOTIF_ALWAYS • 2–354, 2–432, 2–709, 2–752, /NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
2–1107, 2–1180 /NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
/NOTIF_BUFFERED • 2–1256 /NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS • 2–406, 2–742, 2–1158
/NOTIF_DEF • 2–351, 2–354, 2–406, 2–432, 2–536, /NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS • 2–406, 2–742,
2–588, 2–591, 2–706, 2–709, 2–742, 2–752, 2–1158
2–816, 2–887, 2–890, 2–1105, 2–1107, 2–1158, /NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
2–1180, 2–1288, 2–1353, 2–1355 /NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
/NOTIF_FAILED • 2–164, 2–167, 2–169, 2–183, /NR_SMH • 2–544, 2–839, 2–1307
2–194, 2–460, 2–499, 2–504, 2–928, 2–931, /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING • 2–901
2–933, 2–945, 2–955, 2–1211, 2–1244, 2–1256 /NUMBER_PORTABILITY • 2–839, 2–1307
/NOTIF_LA_MAX • 2–525, 2–802, 2–1275 Numerical Value • 1–5
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED • 2–171, 2–179, 2–190,
2–463, 2–473, 2–935, 2–942, 2–951, 2–1214,
2–1222
O
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED • 2–171, 2–179,
/OCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–620, 2–926
2–190, 2–463, 2–473, 2–935, 2–942, 2–951,
/OCOS_PP_MASK • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
2–1214, 2–1223
OFF • 2–1369
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED • 2–174, 2–190, 2–467, 2–938,
OIS • 2–356, 2–711, 2–1114
2–952, 2–1217
/OIS_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED • 2–174, 2–190,
/OIS_ENABLED • 2–839, 2–1307
2–467, 2–938, 2–952, 2–1217
/OK_ADD_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED • 2–164, 2–167, 2–169,
/OK_DEL_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
2–183, 2–194, 2–460, 2–500, 2–504, 2–928,
/OK_ENQ_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
2–931, 2–933, 2–945, 2–955, 2–1211, 2–1244,
/OK_MOD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
2–1256
ON • 2–1369
/NOTIF_USER_MAX • 2–525, 2–802, 2–1275
ONCE • 2–133, 2–134, 2–898, 2–1369, 2–1371
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX • 2–526, 2–802, 2–1276
/OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS • 2–313, 2–677, 2–1076
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED • 2–164, 2–171, 2–179, 2–183,
OPCOM • 4–5, 4–9
2–190, 2–194, 2–928, 2–935, 2–942, 2–945,
/ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR • 2–536, 2–816, 2–1288
2–952, 2–955
/ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT • 2–537, 2–817, 2–1288
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED • 2–174, 2–180, 2–190, 2–463,
Originator address • 2–790, 2–792
2–468, 2–473, 2–938, 2–942, 2–952, 2–1214,
2–1217, 2–1223
Index–13
/ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN • 2–313, 2–382, 2–677, PHLR_COMMON • 2–426, 2–746, 2–1175
2–722, 2–1076, 2–1136 PID • 2–790, 2–792
/ORIG_MIN_GT_SELECT • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 /PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED • 2–841, 2–1309
OTAIS41 • 2–1118 PID_TABLE • 2–40, 2–103
OTAIS41_COMMON • 2–377, 2–717, 2–1132 PLAIN • 4–15
OTA_COMMON • 2–359, 2–714, 2–1116 PLMN • 1–2, 1–3, 1–4
OUTPUT_FILE • 4–5, 4–9 PLMN_COMMON • 2–30, 2–97, 2–429, 2–749,
/OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE • 2–391, 2–729, 2–1177
2–1143 /PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR • 2–803, 2–1276
/PLMN_SCAN • 2–432, 2–753, 2–1180
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED • 2–841, 2–1309
P /PLMN_TRUNK_CODE • 2–546, 2–841, 2–1309
PML • 3–25
/PABX_ENABLED • 2–839, 2–1307
PML> • 1–6, 3–26
PAGER • 4–5, 4–9
PMMCP • 3–29
Parameter • 1–5, 3–15
PMS • 3–30
database name • 3–2
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED • 2–842, 2–1309
debug trace level • 3–2
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX • 2–203, 2–964
facility • 3–15
/POS_NOTIF_FREP • 2–203, 2–964
force • 3–22
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1276
keepdays • 3–2
/PP_APA_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151
keepdays statistics • 3–2
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS • 2–504, 2–1256
LOGFILE • 4–5, 4–9
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256
/NODE • 3–15
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256
OPCOM • 4–5, 4–9
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256
OUTPUT_FILE • 4–5, 4–9
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1256
PAGER • 4–5, 4–9
/PP_CM_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151
section • 3–11
/PP_DMR_DISCARD • 2–803, 2–1276
section_name • 3–11
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151
statuscode • 3–15
/PP_FIXED_BILLING • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1276
text output format • 3–22
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING • 2–546, 2–842, 2–1309
time • 4–18
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID • 2–547, 2–842,
TRACE • 4–5, 4–9
2–1310
TRACE_COLLECTION • 4–14, 4–16
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID • 2–547, 2–843,
traffic log file • 3–22
2–1310
PBB • 2–386, 2–726, 2–1139
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1256
PBB_COMMON • 2–389, 2–727, 2–1142
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1257
PBR • 2–392, 2–730, 2–1145
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING • 2–547, 2–843, 2–1311
PBR_COMMON • 2–396, 2–731, 2–1149
/PP_MODE • 2–548, 2–843, 2–1311
PC • 1–3
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311
PC_COMMON • 2–28, 2–95, 2–401, 2–737, 2–1154
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311
/PC_INCLUDE • 2–253, 2–313, 2–383, 2–653, 2–677,
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311
2–723, 2–1007, 2–1076, 2–1137
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE • 2–565, 2–866, 2–1331
/PHASE2_ENABLED • 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE • 2–566, 2–867, 2–1332
/PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS • 2–544, 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_PB_INTERFACE_STATE • 2–1257
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1276
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1277
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS • 2–505, 2–1257
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES • 2–545, 2–840,
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1257
2–1308
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED • 2–844, 2–1311
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER • 2–549, 2–845,
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT • 2–545, 2–841, 2–1308
2–1312
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT • 2–545, 2–841,
/PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS • 2–549, 2–845,
2–1308
2–1312
PHLR • 2–1161
/PP_TIME_JAMMED • 2–505, 2–1257
14–Index
/PP_UMF_CHARGING • 2–550, 2–846, 2–1313 Qualifier (cont’d)
PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG • 2–50, 2–115 /ACCEPT_CHARGE_DEST • 2–310, 2–378,
/PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG • 2–1288 2–674, 2–718, 2–1074, 2–1133
/PREFERRED_NETWORK • 2–253, 2–653, 2–1007 /ACCEPT_CHARGE_ORIG • 2–310, 2–378,
/PREFIXLESS_TRUNK • 2–846, 2–1313 2–674, 2–718, 2–1074, 2–1133
/PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313 /ACCEPT_NO_CHARGE • 2–310, 2–379, 2–674,
/PRES_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–346, 2–400, 2–700, 2–719, 2–1074, 2–1134
2–734, 2–1102, 2–1151 /ACCEPT_SUBADDR • 2–311, 2–379, 2–675,
PRH • 1–3, 2–3, 2–36, 2–77, 2–434, 2–1182 2–719, 2–1074, 2–1134
PRH_COMMON • 1–3, 2–99, 2–436, 2–756, 2–1184 /ACC_F_MSG_NOSTX • 2–402, 2–738, 2–1155
/PRIMACK_BLOCKED • 2–394, 2–1147 /ADDACK_BLOCKED • 2–393, 2–1146
/PRIMACK_POSTPAID • 2–394, 2–1147 /ADDACK_POSTPAID • 2–393, 2–1146
/PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED • 2–394, 2–1147 /ADDACK_UNBLOCKED • 2–393, 2–1146
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT • 2–394, 2–1147 ADDRESS_INFORMATION • 2–110, 2–780
/PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT • 2–394, 2–1147 ADDRESS_REQ • 2–36, 2–99
/PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT • 2–394, 2–1147 ADDRESS_TABLE • 2–22, 2–30, 2–93, 2–97
/PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT • 2–395, 2–1147 /ADDR_CHECK_LEN • 2–541, 2–824, 2–1294
/PRIORITY_DEF • 2–261, 2–660, 2–1014 /ADDR_DD_ELEM_MAX • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
/PRIO_MESS_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313 /ADDR_ELEM_MAX • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
/PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313 /ADDR_HIGH • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1264
Prompt • 1–6 /ADDR_LOW • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1264
/PROTOCOL_ERRORS • 2–175, 2–468, 2–938, /ADDR_MAX • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1264
2–1218 /ADDR_PER_SMTP_SESS • 2–514, 2–786,
Provisioning Handler • 1–3 2–1264
PSTNA • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–101, 2–443, 2–1190 /ADDR_SYNCDEL_THRES • 2–514, 2–786,
2–1265
/ADDR_TABLE_ENABLED • 2–709, 2–750,
Q 2–1107, 2–1178
/ADDR_VALIDATION • 2–258, 2–658, 2–1012
/QELEM_IN_EXPQUEUE • 2–901 /ADDSER_CHARGED_CREDIT • 2–393, 2–1146
/QELEM_IN_PROCQUEUE • 2–901 /ADDSER_CHARGED_DEBIT • 2–393, 2–1146
/QELEM_USED • 2–901 /ADDSER_FREE_CREDIT • 2–393, 2–1146
Qualifier • 1–5 /ADDSER_FREE_DEBIT • 2–393, 2–1146
/ABN_CM_FIRST_ONLY • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADD_NOK • 2–325, 2–387, 2–1087, 2–1140
/ABN_DELIVERED • 2–502, 2–1249 /ADD_OK • 2–325, 2–387, 2–1087, 2–1140
/ABN_ENABLED • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1263 /ADD_RECEIVED • 2–387, 2–1140
/ABN_REPLACE_MESSAGE • 2–512, 2–784, /ADT_CONFIG_FILENAME • 2–402, 2–607,
2–1263 2–738, 2–750, 2–813, 2–879, 2–908,
/ABN_TXT_ACCOUNT_EXP • 2–512, 2–784, 2–1155, 2–1178, 2–1285, 2–1344
2–1263 /ADT_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295
/ABN_TXT_CHARGE_FAIL • 2–512, 2–784, /AD_RECEIVED • 2–138, 2–904
2–1263 /AD_RESPONDED • 2–138, 2–905
/ABN_TXT_CREDIT_EXP • 2–512, 2–784, ALARM_CLASS • 2–62
2–1263 /ALERT_ENABLED • 2–351, 2–403, 2–533,
/ABN_TXT_LOW_BALANCE • 2–513, 2–785, 2–706, 2–739, 2–813, 2–1104, 2–1155,
2–1263 2–1285
/ABN_TXT_NOT_CREDITABLE • 2–513, 2–785, /ALERT_FAIL • 2–232, 2–988
2–1264 ALERT_MS_INVALID • 2–495, 2–498, 2–1243,
/ABN_TXT_REJECT_IN_JAM • 2–513, 2–785, 2–1246
2–1264 /ALERT_MS_RECEIVED • 2–496, 2–499,
/ABSENT_SUBSCRIBER • 2–231, 2–290, 2–363, 2–1244, 2–1247
2–412, 2–987, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164 /ALERT_OK • 2–232, 2–988
/ABSENT_SUBS_HLR • 2–231, 2–988 /ALERT_RST_RETR_SCHEME • 2–514, 2–786,
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_FIRST • 2–231, 2–988 2–1265
/ABSENT_SUBS_MSC_SECOND • 2–232, 2–988 /ALERT_VMS_FAILED • 2–496, 2–499, 2–1244,
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_FIRST • 2–232, 2–988 2–1247
/ABSENT_SUBS_SGSN_SECOND • 2–232,
2–988
Index–15
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/ALERT_VMS_TRANSMITTED • 2–496, 2–499, /CATCHALL_DEFAULT_LASN • 2–563, 2–864,
2–1244, 2–1247 2–1329
/ALL • 2–897 /CATCHALL_INTERFACE_MASK • 2–563,
/ALLOCATED_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1253 2–864, 2–1330
/ALLOW_SUB_PP_PROV • 2–438, 2–758, /CATCHALL_ROUTING_ENABLED • 2–563,
2–1186 2–864, 2–1329
/ALLOW_SUB_PROV • 2–437, 2–757, 2–1185 /CBN_ALPHA_ALLOWED • 2–607, 2–908
/ALT_ERR_DELAY • 2–514, 2–786, 2–1265 /CBN_FORMATTING • 2–144, 2–607, 2–911
/ALT_ERR_MAX_COUNT • 2–514, 2–787, /CDMA_CATPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291,
2–1265 2–1068
/ANTI_FRAUD_DC_GT_DGTS • 2–250, 2–648, /CDMA_CATPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291,
2–1003 2–1068
ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST • 2–11, 2–83 /CDMA_CATPT_MT_FAIL • 2–293, 2–1069
/ANTI_FRAUD_GT_LIST_USE • 2–250, 2–648, /CDMA_CATPT_MT_OK • 2–293, 2–1069
2–1004 /CDMA_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
/ASSOCIATIONS • 2–1021 /CDMA_CSP_ENABLED • 2–142, 2–608, 2–909
/AUDIT • 2–703, 2–1109 /CDMA_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295
/AUTORESTART • 2–1110 /CDMA_SCPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/AVG_LEN_SGMS • 2–141, 2–258, 2–533, /CDMA_SCPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
2–579, 2–607, 2–658, 2–813, 2–879, /CDMA_SCPT_MT_FAIL • 2–293, 2–1069
2–908, 2–1012, 2–1285, 2–1344 /CDMA_SCPT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/AVG_LEN_XM • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322 /CDMA_UCS2_CONV • 2–144, 2–610, 2–911
/AVG_RESP_SAMPLE_SIZE • 2–587, 2–886, /CDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
2–1352 /CDMA_VMN_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/AVG_RESP_TIMEOUT • 2–587, 2–886, 2–1352 /CDMA_WAP_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BACKUP • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 /CDMA_WAP_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BCKGR_DIRECT • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_WEMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–291,
/BCKGR_DIST • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 2–1068
/BCKGR_FREP • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 /CDMA_WEMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291,
/BCKGR_LRAD • 2–206, 2–636, 2–966 2–1068
/BLACKLIST_ENABLED • 2–541, 2–824, 2–1295 /CDMA_WEMT_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLACKLIST_GT_ENABLED • 2–824, 2–1295 /CDMA_WEMT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLL_FSG_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–863, 2–1329 /CDMA_WMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/BLL_GT_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–863, 2–1329 /CDMA_WMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–291, 2–1068
/BLL_MAX_ENTRIES • 2–563, 2–864, 2–1329 /CDMA_WMT_MT_FAIL • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLOCKINGQELEM • 2–133, 2–604, 2–897 /CDMA_WMT_MT_OK • 2–292, 2–1069
/BLOCK_NOK • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/BLOCK_OK • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–290, 2–1068
/BLOCK_RECEIVED • 2–387, 2–1140 /CDMA_WPT_MT_FAIL • 2–291, 2–1069
/BT_INTL_ADDR • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 /CDMA_WPT_MT_OK • 2–291, 2–1068
/BUF_MSG_NOREPL_SRV • 2–591, 2–890, /CDR_10_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–919,
2–1355 2–1093
/BUF_TIME_CUMULATIVE • 2–502, 2–1253 /CDR_1_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–328, 2–917,
/CACHED_ADDR_BLOCKS • 2–1253 2–1092
/CACHE_SIZE • 2–397, 2–732, 2–1150 /CDR_2_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–329, 2–917,
/CACHE_TO_FILE • 2–397, 2–732, 2–1150 2–1092
/CALL_BARRED • 2–232, 2–988 /CDR_3_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918,
CARRIER_SPEC_TSID • 2–6, 2–79, 2–908 2–1092
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID_DESC • 2–6, 2–79, /CDR_4_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918,
2–908 2–1092
/CARRIER_SPEC_TSID_ROUT • 2–7, 2–80, /CDR_5_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918,
2–908 2–1092
/CARR_SPEC_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–290, 2–1072 /CDR_6_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–329, 2–918,
/CARR_SPEC_MO_REJECTED • 2–290, 2–1072 2–1093
/CARR_SPEC_MT_FAIL • 2–290, 2–1072 /CDR_7_BLOCKED • 2–153, 2–330, 2–918,
/CARR_SPEC_MT_OK • 2–290, 2–1072 2–1093
16–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/CDR_8_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–918, /CON_OUT_NO_ANSWER • 2–284, 2–444,
2–1093 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052,
/CDR_9_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–330, 2–918, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–1093 /CON_OUT_OTHER_FAIL • 2–284, 2–444,
/CDR_APA_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052,
/CDR_BLOCKED • 2–152, 2–328, 2–917, 2–1090 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
/CDR_CM_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 /CON_SETUP_REJ_RES • 2–471, 2–483,
/CDR_EMS_INCLUDED • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1295 2–1222, 2–1232
/CDR_FORMAT • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 /CON_SETUP_TOT_ATT • 2–471, 2–483,
/CDR_STREAMS_TYPE_MASK • 2–541, 2–825, 2–1221, 2–1232
2–1296 /CON_SETUP_TOT_REJ • 2–471, 2–483,
/CDR_TIME • 2–330, 2–331, 2–332, 2–333, 2–1221, 2–1232
2–334, 2–687, 2–688, 2–689, 2–690, /CON_TCP_REF • 2–1217
2–1090, 2–1091, 2–1092 /CON_TIME_CUMULATIVE • 2–284, 2–444,
CHAIN • 4–7 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052,
/CHARACTERISTICS • 2–133, 2–897, 2–905 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
/CHARGE_IND • 2–311, 2–379, 2–675, 2–719, /CON_TOT • 2–285, 2–445, 2–448, 2–577,
2–1075, 2–1134 2–595, 2–598, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194,
/CLOSE_TIMEOUT • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360
2–732, 2–1143, 2–1150 /CON_X25_REF • 2–1217
/CM_CDR_SUMMARY • 2–542, 2–826, 2–1296 /COS_ENABLED • 2–618, 2–924
/CM_DELIVERY_INTERVAL • 2–157, 2–615, /COUNTERS • 2–133, 2–898
2–922 /CPHS_IND_ENABLED • 2–887, 2–1352
/CM_DELIVERY_PREF • 2–536, 2–816, 2–1288 /CSP_MIN_NUMBER_LENGTH • 2–430, 2–750,
/CM_LOG_SUMMARY • 2–542, 2–826, 2–1296 2–1178
/CM_LOG_TIME • 2–340, 2–694, 2–1098 /DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322
/CM_NOTIF_ON_RETRY_SEG1 • 2–258, 2–658, /DATA_MISSING • 2–215, 2–232, 2–973, 2–989
2–1012 /DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856,
/CM_NOTIF_ORIG_SEG1 • 2–259, 2–659, 2–1322
2–1013 /DDP_MAX • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1265
/CM_ON_DISPLAY_SEG1 • 2–259, 2–659, /DEFAULT_ALERT_PRIORITY • 2–142, 2–608,
2–1013 2–909
/CM_SUBMIT_INTERVAL • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 /DELAY_1 • 2–348
/CM_WAIT • 2–915 /DELAY_2 • 2–348
/COMMUNITY_CHECK • 2–324, 2–685, 2–1086 /DELAY_3 • 2–348
/CONNECTIONS • 2–88, 2–101, 2–122, 2–126, /DELIVERY_ATTEMPT • 2–1253
2–128, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1197, /DELIVERY_LIMIT • 2–1253
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DELIVERY_MAX • 2–1266
/CONTENTBILLING_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1296 /DELIVERY_POSTPONED • 2–293, 2–364,
/CONTENTS • 2–898 2–413, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
/CON_IN • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, 2–594, /DELIVERY_TIME_ENABLED • 2–260, 2–660,
2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1013
2–1357, 2–1360 /DELIV_CM_COMPL • 2–150, 2–915
/CON_IN_ACC • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, /DELIV_CM_INCOMPL • 2–150, 2–915
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, /DELIV_SEGM_DISC • 2–149, 2–915
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DELIV_SEGM_OK • 2–149, 2–915
/CON_OUT • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, /DELV_ADC_FORMAT • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, /DELV_OADC_FORMAT • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DELV_PER_NODE_MAX • 2–515, 2–788,
/CON_OUT_ACC • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, 2–576, 2–1266
2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, 2–1194, /DEL_DELAYS_ENABLED • 2–787, 2–1265
2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 /DEL_STAT_FAIL • 2–215, 2–233, 2–973, 2–989
/CON_OUT_BUSY • 2–284, 2–444, 2–447, /DEL_STAT_OK • 2–215, 2–233, 2–973, 2–989
2–576, 2–594, 2–597, 2–1052, 2–1191, /DEST_LEFT_ADDR • 2–293, 2–364, 2–413,
2–1194, 2–1341, 2–1357, 2–1360 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
Index–17
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/DEST_MAX • 2–403, 2–533, 2–739, 2–814, /ERR_MOD_SUB • 2–484, 2–1232
2–1156, 2–1286 EVENT • 2–70, 2–72, 2–1368
DEST_NET_MAPPING_LIST • 2–49, 2–116 /EVENT_ACTION • 2–703, 2–1111
/DETACH_FROM_STORE • 2–178, 2–472, /EVTFILTER • 2–898
2–483, 2–560 /EXT_OBJ_OK • 2–915
/DETACH_INTERVAL • 2–534, 2–814, 2–1286 /FACILITY_NOT_SUPPORTED • 2–233, 2–989
/DIALOGUES • 2–215, 2–233, 2–293, 2–364, /FAXREP_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298
2–413, 2–974, 2–989, 2–1058, 2–1121, /FAX_ACTIVE_STATUS • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186
2–1164 /FAX_DEACT_FAIL • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186
/DIALOGUES_PENDING • 2–216, 2–233, 2–974, /FAX_DEACT_SUCCESS • 2–438, 2–758,
2–989, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164 2–1186
/DIRECT_DELIV_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1297 /FAX_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298
/DISCARDED_FIRST_DEL • 2–502, 2–1253 /FAX_FAILED • 2–203, 2–964
/DISCARD_READACK_REQ • 2–142, 2–609, /FAX_NOT_ACTIVE_STATUS • 2–438, 2–758,
2–909 2–1186
/DISCARD_USERACK_REQ • 2–142, 2–609, /FAX_RECIP_NAME_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298
2–909 /FAX_SENT • 2–203, 2–964
/DIWTAP_ENABLED • 2–826, 2–1297 FILE • 4–10, 4–14
/DIW_LOGON_RET_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336 /FILE_NR_REC_PER_BLOCK • 2–515, 2–788,
/DIW_MAXACTIONS • 2–430, 2–750, 2–1178 2–1267
/DIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336 /FILE_RECORD_SIZE • 2–516, 2–788, 2–1267
/DIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336 /FILE_TIME • 2–584, 2–884, 2–1349
/DIW_PAGER_RSP_INT • 2–571, 2–872, 2–1336 /FILTER_PARAMS_CMT • 2–59, 2–124, 2–579,
/DIW_REQID_RSP_INT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336 2–1344
/DL_ENABLED • 2–827, 2–1297 /FILTER_PARAMS_SCPT • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143,
/DPCIW_INFO • 2–178, 2–941 2–909
/DPC_STATES • 2–1022 /FILTER_PARAMS_VMN • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143,
/DUPLICATE_RISK • 2–457, 2–769, 2–1208 2–910
/E164_CC • 2–542, 2–827, 2–1297 /FILTER_PARAMS_WEMT • 2–7, 2–80, 2–143,
/E164_INT_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297 2–910
/E164_LOCAL_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297 /FILTER_PARAMS_WMT • 2–8, 2–80, 2–142,
/E164_TRUNK_CODE • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297 2–910
/E164_TRUNK_PREFIX • 2–543, 2–827, 2–1297 /FILTER_PARAMS_WPT • 2–8, 2–80, 2–143,
/EDR_FOR_MWD_NOT_SET • 2–648, 2–1004 2–910
/EMPTY_OADC • 2–198, 2–630, 2–959 FIRSTQ_MAX • 2–45
/ENA_INDIRECT_ROUTING • 2–311, 2–675, /FIRSTQ_MAX • 2–516, 2–1268
2–1075 /FIRST_DELIVERY_LIMIT • 2–1254
/ENCRYPTION_ENABLED • 2–787, 2–1266 /FIRST_DELIVERY_MAX • 2–1267
ENTBLL • 2–2, 2–76 /FIRST_DELIV_ATTEMPT • 2–1253
/ENTBLL • 2–905 /FIRST_DELV_PER_NODE_MAX • 2–516,
ENTITY • 2–62 2–789, 2–1267
/ENTITY_LIST • 2–905, 2–1111 /FIRST_DEL_BUF_CAPACITY • 2–516, 2–788,
/ENTITY_NAME • 2–898 2–1267
/ENTTRCIN • 2–133, 2–898, 2–1371 FIRST_PER_SMH • 2–45
/ENTTRCOUT • 2–134, 2–898, 2–1371 /FIXED_SUBSCR_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298
/ENT_ACTIVE • 2–905 /FLG_LOGGED • 2–334, 2–1093
/ENT_RECEIVED • 2–139, 2–905 /FLG_RECEIVED • 2–334, 2–338, 2–1093,
/ENT_RESPONDED • 2–139, 2–905 2–1096
/EO_WAIT • 2–915 /FLUSH_CDR_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099
/ERMES_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1297 /FLUSH_CM_LOG_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099
/ERROR04 • 2–403, 2–739, 2–1156 /FLUSH_FRP_REQ • 2–341, 2–695, 2–1099
/ERR_ADD_SUB • 2–483, 2–1232 /FLUSH_LOG_REQ • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1099
/ERR_DEL_SUB • 2–483, 2–1232 /FLUSH_TIME • 2–334, 2–585, 2–691, 2–883,
/ERR_DEP_RETRY_ENABLED • 2–828, 2–1298 2–1093, 2–1349
ERR_DEP_SCHEME_CONFIG • 2–44, 2–114 /FOREIGN_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1254
/ERR_ENQ_SUB • 2–484, 2–1232
18–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/FORM_BUFFERED_NOTIF • 2–516, 2–789, /F_DEL_RESP • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1266
2–1268 /F_INQ_RESP • 2–515, 2–787, 2–1266
/FORM_CANCEL_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–791, /GAIT_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
2–1268 /GAIT_GHOST_TT_VAL • 2–534, 2–814, 2–1286
/FORM_DELIVERY_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–791, /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_HIGH • 2–520, 2–796,
2–1268 2–1271
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_D • 2–517, 2–791, 2–1268 /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LIMIT • 2–520, 2–796,
/FORM_LRAD_NOTIF_ND • 2–517, 2–793, 2–1270
2–1268 /GATEWAY_LA_DEFER_LOW • 2–522, 2–797,
/FORM_NONDELIVERY_NOTIF • 2–517, 2–793, 2–798, 2–1272
2–1268 /GATEWAY_LA_LIST • 2–38, 2–100, 2–439,
/FORM_PIDERMES • 2–517, 2–793, 2–1269 2–1187
/FORM_PIDFAXG3 • 2–518, 2–793, 2–1269 /GATEWAY_LA_MULA • 2–520, 2–522, 2–796,
/FORM_PIDIVR • 2–518, 2–793, 2–1269 2–797, 2–1271, 2–1272
/FORM_PIDMENU • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269 GENR_ORIG_ADDR • 2–45
/FORM_PIDMS • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269 GEN_MSG_ORIG_ADDR • 2–114
/FORM_PIDOIS • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269 /GHLR_PLMN_ADDR • 2–227, 2–644, 2–983
/FORM_PIDPC • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269 /GHLR_TT_DEFAULT • 2–227, 2–644, 2–983
/FORM_PIDSMPP • 2–519, 2–795, 2–1269 /GIW_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
/FORM_PIDTAP • 2–518, 2–794, 2–1269 /GPRS_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
/FORM_PIDVMS • 2–519, 2–795, 2–1270 /GSM_COS_ID • 2–160, 2–619, 2–925
/FORM_SUB_LRAD_NMODIF • 2–519, 2–795, /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF16_MAX • 2–141, 2–259,
2–1270 2–608, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/FORWARDING_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1298 /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF8_MAX • 2–142, 2–259,
/FRH_TEMPLATE • 2–211, 2–641, 2–970 2–608, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/FRP_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–335, 2–1094 /GSM_CSM_MSG_REF_SIZE • 2–141, 2–259,
/FRP_LOGGED • 2–335, 2–1094 2–607, 2–659, 2–909, 2–1013
/FRP_RECEIVED • 2–335, 2–1094 /GSM_CSP_ENABLED • 2–260, 2–660, 2–1013
/FRP_TIME • 2–335, 2–690, 2–1094 /GTT_ENABLED • 2–665, 2–1045
/FSG_DEF_MSC_NUMBER • 2–226, 2–643, /GTT_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–266
2–983 /GT_GTI_DEFAULT • 2–251, 2–311, 2–379,
/FSG_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299 2–426, 2–649, 2–675, 2–719, 2–746,
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTED_SM • 2–233, 2–989 2–1004, 2–1075, 2–1134, 2–1175
/FSG_LOOP_PREVENTION • 2–251, 2–649, /HEARTBEAT_INTERVAL • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728,
2–1004 2–732, 2–1143, 2–1150
FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE • 2–42, 2–105 /HEARTBEAT_TIMEOUT • 2–390, 2–397, 2–728,
/FSG_MSISDN_IMSI_TABLE • 2–1203 2–732, 2–1143, 2–1150
/FSG_MTSM_FAIL • 2–233, 2–989 /HELO_TIMEOUT • 2–555, 2–856, 2–1322
/FSG_MTSM_OK • 2–234, 2–990 /HIDE_CLI_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–829, 2–1299
FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE • 2–10, 2–82 /HIGHQELEM • 2–134, 2–604, 2–899
/FSG_TT_MSC_TABLE • 2–983 /HLR_ADDR_IN_BILL • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1004
FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB • 2–43, 2–105 /HOMEPLMN_IN_UCP52 • 2–404, 2–740, 2–1156
/FSG_TT_MSISDN_IMSI_TAB • 2–1204 /HONOUR_DEST_NETW_TYPE • 2–564, 2–865,
/FWD_COND_TYPE • 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201 2–1330
/FWD_DISAB_POS_RESP • 2–439, 2–759, /HOST_DOMAIN • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1322
2–1186 /IDENTIFIER • 2–899
/FWD_ENAB_POS_RESP • 2–438, 2–759, /IDI_CDR_10_WRITTEN • 2–152, 2–337, 2–917,
2–1186 2–1095
/FWD_GNL_NEG_RESP • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186 /IDI_CDR_1_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–336, 2–916,
/FWD_SET_POS_RESP • 2–438, 2–758, 2–1186 2–1094
/FWD_STATUS_DISAB_RESP • 2–439, 2–759, /IDI_CDR_2_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–336, 2–916,
2–1187 2–1094
/FWD_STATUS_ENAB_RESP • 2–439, 2–759, /IDI_CDR_3_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
2–1186 2–1094
/FWD_UNCOND_TYPE • 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201 /IDI_CDR_4_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916,
/FWSM_TO • 2–251, 2–649, 2–1004 2–1094
Index–19
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/IDI_CDR_5_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916, /ISDN_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300
2–1095 /ISO_8859_8_CONV • 2–260, 2–534, 2–660,
/IDI_CDR_6_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–336, 2–916, 2–814, 2–1014, 2–1286
2–1095 /ITU_GT_ADDR_MODE • 2–380, 2–427, 2–720,
/IDI_CDR_7_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–916, 2–747, 2–1134, 2–1176
2–1095 /ITU_GT_ENABLED • 2–380, 2–427, 2–720,
/IDI_CDR_8_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–917, 2–747, 2–1134, 2–1176
2–1095 /ITU_GT_INT_MIN_ENABLED • 2–380, 2–720,
/IDI_CDR_9_WRITTEN • 2–151, 2–337, 2–917, 2–1135
2–1095 /ITU_GT_NUM_PLAN • 2–380, 2–383, 2–427,
/IDI_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–150, 2–335, 2–916, 2–720, 2–723, 2–747, 2–1135, 2–1137,
2–1094 2–1176
/IDI_LOGGED • 2–337, 2–1095 /ITU_GT_TRANS_TYPE • 2–380, 2–381, 2–382,
/IDI_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899, 2–900 2–383, 2–427, 2–720, 2–721, 2–722,
/IDI_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899, 2–900 2–723, 2–747, 2–1134, 2–1135, 2–1136,
/IDI_RECEIVED • 2–337, 2–1095 2–1137, 2–1176
/IDI_VERSION • 2–1299 /IVR_UCP_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300
/ILLEGAL_EQUIPMENT • 2–234, 2–990 /LALA_CONSOLIDATION • 2–568, 2–870,
/ILLEGAL_SUBSCRIBER • 2–234, 2–990 2–1330
/IMI_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899 /LANA_IMSI_CHECK • 2–650, 2–1005
/IMI_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899 /LARGE_ACC_DB_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/IMPLICIT_ALERT • 2–357, 2–404, 2–534, /LA_ADDR_ELEM_MAX • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274
2–712, 2–740, 2–814, 2–1114, 2–1156 /LA_ALPHA_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1300
/IMP_HIGH • 2–522, 2–798, 2–1272 /LA_CHECK_QUEUE_INTRVL • 2–543, 2–831,
/IMP_LOW • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273 2–1300
/IND_GT_SELECT • 2–379, 2–719, 2–1134 /LA_HPLMN_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1300
/INFORM_FAIL • 2–234, 2–990 /LA_INFO • 2–319, 2–321, 2–1082, 2–1084
/INFORM_OK • 2–234, 2–990 /LA_MULTI_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/INITIAL_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1322 /LA_NOTIF_SET_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/INIT_UPD_QUEUE • 2–564, 2–865, 2–1330 /LA_PWD_ENABLED • 2–831, 2–1301
/INPUT_WINDOW_SIZE • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115 /LA_RETRY_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/INQUIRY_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1299 /LA_SCADDR_ENABLED • 2–251, 2–649,
/INSTANCE_ID • 2–234, 2–645, 2–990 2–1005
/INTERVAL • 2–899 /LA_SHORT_NUMBER_ENABLED • 2–832,
/INTERVAL_1 • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273 2–1301
/INTERVAL_2 • 2–523, 2–799, 2–1273 /LA_SHORT_NUM_IN_UCP • 2–404, 2–740,
/INTERVAL_3 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1273 2–1157
/INTERVAL_4 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1273 /LA_THROUGHPUT_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1301
/INTERVAL_5 • 2–523, 2–800, 2–1274 /LA_VALIDATED • 2–404, 2–740, 2–1157
/INTERVAL_6 • 2–524, 2–800, 2–1274 /LDAP_PROVISION_ENABLED • 2–832, 2–1302
/INTERVAL_7 • 2–524, 2–800, 2–1274 /LDAP_SDB_LOG_MASK • 2–833, 2–1302
/INTERVAL_8 • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 /LENGTH_SM_CUMULATIVE • 2–503, 2–1254
/INTER_MSG_DELAY • 2–799, 2–1273 /LENGTH_SM_IN_PLMN • 2–455, 2–479, 2–493,
/INT_ADDR_NOTIF • 2–587, 2–886, 2–1352 2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241
/INT_CHECK_CONN • 2–450, 2–765, 2–1199 /LENGTH_SM_IN_PSTN • 2–462, 2–472, 2–489,
/INVADDR_NOT_ON_LIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1213, 2–1222, 2–1238
2–1187 /LENGTH_SM_IN_TCP • 2–489, 2–1238
/INVADDR_ON_LIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1187 /LENGTH_SM_IN_X25 • 2–462, 2–472, 2–489,
/INVALID_ADDRESS • 2–439, 2–759, 2–1187 2–1213, 2–1222, 2–1238
/INVALID_TIME • 2–440, 2–759, 2–1187 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PLMN • 2–164, 2–193,
/INVLISTNR • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 2–928, 2–944, 2–955
/IOS_RECALL_QELEM • 2–899 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_PSTN • 2–170, 2–472,
/IOS_RECALL_QUEUES • 2–899 2–934, 2–941, 2–951, 2–1222
/IP7_ENABLED • 2–830, 2–1299 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_TCP • 2–951
/IR_ENABLED • 2–801, 2–1273 /LENGTH_SM_OUT_X25 • 2–472, 2–941, 2–951,
/IR_LIST • 2–801, 2–1273 2–1222
20–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/LICENSE_FILE • 2–703 /MAP_OPER_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–217, 2–236,
/LICENSE_LIMIT_DELAY • 2–503, 2–1254 2–975, 2–992
/LICENSE_LIMIT_REACHED • 2–503, 2–1254 /MAP_OPER_FREE • 2–975, 2–992
/LIST_CREATED • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAP_OPER_IN_USE • 2–975, 2–992
/LIST_FULL • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAP_OPER_MAX_USED • 2–975, 2–992
/LIST_NOT_EXIST • 2–440, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAP_PDU_DEC_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975,
/LIST_REMOVED • 2–440, 2–761, 2–1188 2–992
/LLA_NORMAL_THR • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 /MAP_PROTO_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975,
/LLA_NORMAL_TIME • 2–524, 2–801, 2–1274 2–993
/LLA_THR • 2–524, 2–802, 2–1274 /MAP_PRV_DEC_ERR • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975,
/LLA_TIME • 2–524, 2–802, 2–1274 2–993
/LMSG_ENABLED • 2–833, 2–1302 /MAP_SC_CONGESTION • 2–236, 2–993
/LMSG_LAST_TIMEOUT • 2–543, 2–833, 2–1302 /MAP_SUBSCR_NOT_SC_SUBSCRIBER •
/LOCAL_NUM_RECOGNITION • 2–833, 2–1302 2–237, 2–993
/LOG • 2–3, 2–18, 2–23, 2–28, 2–31, 2–38, 2–40, /MAP_UNKNOWN_SC • 2–237, 2–993
2–46, 2–53, 2–62, 2–63, 2–65, 2–67, 2–70, /MAXACTIONS • 2–200, 2–211, 2–632, 2–640,
2–71, 2–73, 2–78, 2–89, 2–90, 2–93, 2–95, 2–961, 2–970
2–97, 2–100, 2–102, 2–103, 2–107, 2–109, /MAXFAXES • 2–206, 2–636, 2–965
2–110, 2–113, 2–118, 2–123, 2–127, /MAXQELEM • 2–134, 2–605, 2–900
2–129, 2–134, 2–599, 2–604, 2–1363, /MAXSESSIONS • 2–198, 2–201, 2–211, 2–227,
2–1365, 2–1366, 2–1372, 4–3, 4–6, 4–7, 2–251, 2–311, 2–316, 2–351, 2–354,
4–10, 4–12, 4–15, 4–16, 4–19 2–357, 2–359, 2–380, 2–405, 2–427,
/LOGFILE • 2–139 2–441, 2–535, 2–572, 2–587, 2–591,
/LOG_BLOCKED • 2–154, 2–337, 2–919, 2–1095 2–630, 2–633, 2–640, 2–644, 2–650,
/LOG_ENABLED • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1098 2–675, 2–681, 2–706, 2–709, 2–712,
/LOG_INTL_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–833, 2–1303 2–714, 2–720, 2–741, 2–747, 2–761,
/LOG_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–342, 2–696, 2–1099 2–815, 2–873, 2–886, 2–890, 2–960,
/LOG_TIME • 2–338, 2–691, 2–1096 2–961, 2–970, 2–983, 2–1005, 2–1075,
/LONG_SEQNR_ENABLED • 2–430, 2–751, 2–1079, 2–1107, 2–1115, 2–1116, 2–1135,
2–1179 2–1157, 2–1176, 2–1188, 2–1287, 2–1337,
/LRAD_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1303 2–1352, 2–1355
/LRAD_SUCCEEDED • 2–441, 2–760, 2–1188 /MAX_AC_ALERT_VER • 2–252, 2–650, 2–1005
/MAIL_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323 /MAX_AC_MO_RELAY_VER • 2–252, 2–651,
/MAP_ABORT • 2–216, 2–234, 2–974, 2–990 2–1005
/MAP_APP_CTXT_MISM • 2–216, 2–235, 2–974, /MAX_ADDR_GR_BLOCKS • 2–564, 2–869,
2–990 2–1330
/MAP_BUF_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–216, 2–235, /MAX_CDR_ITEMS • 2–342, 2–343, 2–344,
2–974, 2–990 2–345, 2–696, 2–697, 2–698, 2–699,
/MAP_BUF_FREE • 2–974, 2–990 2–1100, 2–1101
/MAP_BUF_IN_USE • 2–974, 2–991 /MAX_CM_LOG_ITEMS • 2–345, 2–699, 2–1101
/MAP_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–974, 2–991 /MAX_COMMANDS • 2–534, 2–815, 2–1286
/MAP_DIA_ALLOC_FAILED • 2–216, 2–235, /MAX_CONNECTIONS • 2–390, 2–398, 2–728,
2–974, 2–991 2–733, 2–1143, 2–1150
/MAP_DIA_FREE • 2–974, 2–991 /MAX_FIRST_DEL_DELAY • 2–1254
/MAP_DIA_IN_USE • 2–974, 2–991 /MAX_FRP_ITEMS • 2–345, 2–699, 2–1102
/MAP_DIA_MAX_USED • 2–974, 2–991 /MAX_INPUT_BUFFERS_USED • 2–472, 2–1222
/MAP_DIA_QUEUE_FAILED • 2–975, 2–991 /MAX_LA • 2–441, 2–761, 2–865, 2–1188,
/MAP_INVALID_SME_ADDRESS • 2–235, 2–991 2–1330
/MAP_INVOKE_ERR • 2–216, 2–235, 2–975, /MAX_LOGON_ATT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336
2–991 /MAX_LOG_ITEMS • 2–346, 2–700, 2–1102
/MAP_INV_APP_CTXT • 2–216, 2–235, 2–975, /MAX_MESSAGE_LENGTH • 2–198, 2–630,
2–991 2–959
/MAP_NODE • 2–216, 2–235, 2–645, 2–992 /MAX_MESSAGE_SIZE • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1336
/MAP_OPCODE_ERR • 2–216, 2–236, 2–975, /MAX_MISSED_HEARTBEATS • 2–390, 2–398,
2–992 2–728, 2–733, 2–1143, 2–1150
/MAP_OPEN_REJ • 2–217, 2–236, 2–975, 2–992 /MAX_MSGS_CONN • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1337
Index–21
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/MAX_MSGS_QUEUED • 2–198, 2–572, 2–630, MNP_IMSI_PFIX_TAB • 2–12, 2–83
2–873, 2–960, 2–1337 /MNP_LOCAL_SRI_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1304
/MAX_MSG_RULES • 2–564, 2–865, 2–1330 /MNP_MNP_2SRI_ENABLED • 2–834, 2–1303
/MAX_NR_CM_PER_CMLOG • 2–157, 2–615, /MNP_NOT_HPLMN_ERR • 2–651, 2–1006
2–922 MNP_OWN_IMSI_LIST • 2–55, 2–119
/MAX_OUTPUT_BUFFERS_USED • 2–472, /MNP_RANGE_CFG_ENABLED • 2–252, 2–651,
2–1222 2–1006
/MAX_PORTS • 2–351, 2–405, 2–535, 2–706, /MNP_SRI_UNCOND_REJ_ERR • 2–652,
2–740, 2–815, 2–1105, 2–1157, 2–1287 2–1007
/MAX_PP_USERS • 2–564, 2–866, 2–1330 /MODIFY_ENABLED • 2–836, 2–1305
/MAX_RANGE_ENTRIES • 2–566, 2–866, /MOFIX_RETURN_ACK_DATA • 2–836, 2–1305
2–1330 /MOSM_FAIL • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_RANGE_PREFIX • 2–566, 2–866, 2–1331 /MOSM_OK • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_RANGE_SHORTNUM • 2–566, 2–866, /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1305
2–1330 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_GT • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_REQID_ATT • 2–572, 2–873, 2–1337 /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_HLR • 2–238, 2–994
/MAX_REQUEUE_ATTEMPTS • 2–398, 2–733, /MO_ANTI_FRAUD_REJ_IMSI • 2–238, 2–994
2–1151 /MO_RETURN_ACK_DATA • 2–836
/MAX_RETRY_DELAY • 2–1255 /MO_SMS_ACCEPTED • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
/MAX_SAV_EXPR_BLOCKS • 2–568, 2–870, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
2–1331 /MO_SMS_REJECTED • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
/MAX_SESSIONS • 2–322, 2–556, 2–683, 2–857, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
2–1085, 2–1323 /MSC_ADDR_NATURE • 2–382, 2–722, 2–1136
/MAX_SESSION_MSGS • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323 /MSC_GT_SELECT • 2–382, 2–722, 2–1136
/MAX_SMS_TRANSMIT • 2–262, 2–662, 2–1016 /MSGS_PER_SES • 2–351, 2–706, 2–1105
/MAX_SUBS • 2–211, 2–565, 2–640, 2–866, MSGS_PER_SMH • 2–46
2–969, 2–1331 /MSGS_QUEUED_LOW • 2–198, 2–630, 2–960
/MAX_SUM_CDR_ITEMS • 2–157, 2–615, 2–922 /MSG_BASED_PWD_ENABLED • 2–836, 2–1305
/MAX_SUM_LOG_ITEMS • 2–158, 2–616, 2–922 /MSG_BASED_REPLACE_TYPE • 2–588, 2–887,
/MAX_TIMERS • 2–135, 2–605, 2–900 2–1352
/MAX_TRANSMIT_RATE • 2–457, 2–769, 2–1209 /MSG_BUFFERED • 2–1255
/MAX_TRANS_PER_SEC • 2–323, 2–390, /MSG_CL_0_ENABLED • 2–588, 2–887, 2–1353
2–398, 2–684, 2–728, 2–733, 2–1086, /MSG_DEFERRED • 2–1255
2–1143, 2–1151 /MSG_DISPLAY_TIME • 2–432, 2–752, 2–1180
/MAX_TRC_FILES • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350 /MSG_FAILED • 2–166, 2–168, 2–171, 2–174,
/MDN_GT_NUM_PLAN • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–195, 2–202,
/MDN_GT_SELECT • 2–381, 2–721, 2–1135 2–208, 2–237, 2–285, 2–387, 2–393,
/MDN_GT_TRANS_TYPE • 2–381, 2–721, 2–434, 2–445, 2–448, 2–459, 2–462,
2–1135 2–467, 2–472, 2–480, 2–484, 2–489,
/MDN_SMSDEL_ADDR_MODE • 2–312, 2–676, 2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–560, 2–577,
2–1075 2–595, 2–598, 2–930, 2–932, 2–935,
/MDN_SMSREQ_ADDR_MODE • 2–312, 2–676, 2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–957,
2–1076 2–963, 2–967, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140,
/MEAS_NO_PAGING_RESP • 2–252, 2–651, 2–1146, 2–1182, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1210,
2–1006 2–1213, 2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233,
/MEMBERS_ADDED • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188 2–1238, 2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1326,
/MEMBERS_REMOVED • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188 2–1342, 2–1358, 2–1361
/MMS_ALLOWED • 2–405, 2–741, 2–1157 /MSG_LENGTH • 2–544, 2–573, 2–837, 2–874,
/MM_ACK_GENERATION • 2–431, 2–751, 2–1305, 2–1337
2–1179 /MSG_LIMIT_IN • 2–405, 2–535, 2–741, 2–815,
/MM_ACK_SUPPRESSION • 2–432, 2–752, 2–1157, 2–1287
2–1180 /MSG_LIMIT_IN_ACTION • 2–405, 2–535, 2–741,
/MNP_2SRI_ERR • 2–1375 2–815, 2–1158, 2–1287
MNP_CC_LIST • 2–55, 2–119 /MSG_LIMIT_OUT • 2–143, 2–405, 2–535,
/MNP_COND_SRI_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1304 2–579, 2–609, 2–741, 2–815, 2–879,
/MNP_IMSI_PFIX_ENABLED • 2–835, 2–1304 2–910, 2–1158, 2–1287, 2–1344
22–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/MSG_LIMIT_OUT_ACTION • 2–144, 2–260, /MS_UNAVAILABLE • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
2–406, 2–536, 2–580, 2–609, 2–660, 2–1058, 2–1121, 2–1164
2–741, 2–816, 2–880, 2–911, 2–1014, /MS_UNREACHABLE • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413,
2–1158, 2–1287, 2–1345 2–1059, 2–1121, 2–1164
/MSG_LRAD_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1305 /MTSM_FAIL • 2–238, 2–994
/MSG_RECEIVED • 2–166, 2–168, 2–171, 2–174, /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_FIRST • 2–238, 2–994
2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–195, 2–203, /MTSM_FAIL_MSC_SECOND • 2–239, 2–994
2–208, 2–237, 2–285, 2–387, 2–394, /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–434, 2–445, 2–448, 2–459, 2–462, /MTSM_FAIL_SGSN_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–467, 2–472, 2–480, 2–484, 2–489, /MTSM_OK • 2–239, 2–995
2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–561, 2–577, /MTSM_OK_MSC_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–595, 2–598, 2–930, 2–932, 2–935, /MTSM_OK_MSC_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–957, /MTSM_OK_SGSN_FIRST • 2–239, 2–995
2–964, 2–967, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–1140, /MTSM_OK_SGSN_SECOND • 2–239, 2–995
2–1146, 2–1182, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–1210, /MT_MEMCAP_EXCEEDED • 2–240, 2–992
2–1213, 2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1233, /MT_MS_NOT_EQUIPPED • 2–241, 2–992
2–1238, 2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1326, /MT_MS_PROTOCOL_ERR • 2–240, 2–992
2–1342, 2–1358, 2–1361 /MT_SMS_FAIL • 2–294, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059,
/MSG_REJECTED • 2–167, 2–169, 2–171, 2–1122, 2–1165
2–174, 2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–196, /MT_SMS_OK • 2–294, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059,
2–203, 2–209, 2–237, 2–285, 2–387, 2–1122, 2–1165
2–394, 2–435, 2–445, 2–448, 2–460, /MULTI_LANGUAGE_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
2–462, 2–467, 2–473, 2–480, 2–484, /MULTI_RECEIVED • 2–507, 2–1259
2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–503, 2–561, /MULTI_SC_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
2–577, 2–595, 2–598, 2–931, 2–933, /MULTI_SGG_ENABLED • 2–665, 2–1049
2–935, 2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, /MULTI_TRANSMITTED • 2–507, 2–1259
2–957, 2–964, 2–968, 2–993, 2–1053, /NATIONAL_PAGING_SYSTEM • 2–260, 2–354,
2–1140, 2–1146, 2–1183, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–660, 2–709, 2–1014, 2–1107
2–1211, 2–1213, 2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, /NAT_PRES_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–253, 2–652,
2–1233, 2–1238, 2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1255, 2–1007
2–1326, 2–1342, 2–1358, 2–1361 /NEG_NOTIF_DFAX • 2–203, 2–964
/MSG_RULES_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1306 /NEG_NOTIF_FREP • 2–203, 2–964
/MSG_RULES_READ_CNF • 2–561 /NETWORKS • 2–1024
/MSG_SEGMENTS • 2–1255 /NETWORK_ID • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
/MSG_TO_REC_CACHED • 2–503, 2–1255 /NEXT_DELIVERY • 2–1256
/MSG_TO_REC_QUEUED • 2–504, 2–1255 /NMT_ENABLED • 2–838, 2–1306
/MSG_TRACE_ENABLED • 2–837, 2–1306 /NMT_SCAN • 2–354, 2–710, 2–1107
/MSG_TRANSMITTED • 2–167, 2–169, 2–171, NOCHAIN • 4–7
2–174, 2–179, 2–183, 2–189, 2–196, NODE • 2–65
2–203, 2–209, 2–237, 2–285, 2–388, /NODES • 2–1112
2–394, 2–435, 2–445, 2–448, 2–460, /NODE_ID • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
2–462, 2–467, 2–473, 2–480, 2–484, /NOLOG • 2–3, 2–18, 2–23, 2–28, 2–31, 2–38,
2–489, 2–496, 2–499, 2–504, 2–561, 2–40, 2–46, 2–53, 2–62, 2–63, 2–65, 2–67,
2–577, 2–595, 2–598, 2–931, 2–933, 2–70, 2–71, 2–73, 2–78, 2–89, 2–90, 2–93,
2–935, 2–938, 2–941, 2–945, 2–951, 2–95, 2–97, 2–100, 2–102, 2–103, 2–107,
2–958, 2–964, 2–968, 2–993, 2–1053, 2–109, 2–110, 2–113, 2–118, 2–123,
2–1140, 2–1147, 2–1183, 2–1192, 2–1195, 2–127, 2–129, 2–134, 2–599, 2–604,
2–1211, 2–1213, 2–1217, 2–1222, 2–1229, 2–1363, 2–1365, 2–1366, 2–1372, 4–3,
2–1233, 2–1238, 2–1244, 2–1247, 2–1256, 4–6, 4–7, 4–10, 4–12, 4–15, 4–16, 4–19
2–1327, 2–1342, 2–1358, 2–1361 /NON_REPLACEMENT • 2–312, 2–382, 2–676,
/MSG_TRUNC_IND • 2–544, 2–837, 2–1306 2–722, 2–1076, 2–1136
/MSG_WAITING_LIST_FULL • 2–217, 2–237, /NOREPL_SRV_NAME • 2–591, 2–890, 2–1355
2–976, 2–994 /NOTIFB_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–473,
/MS_INVALID • 2–294, 2–364, 2–413, 2–1058, 2–1213, 2–1223
2–1121, 2–1164 /NOTIFB_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493,
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241
Index–23
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/NOTIFB_X25_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–473, /NO_PAGE_RESPONSE • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
/NOTIFD_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–474, /NO_PAGING_RSP_THRESHLD • 2–253, 2–652,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1007
/NOTIFD_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493, /NO_RESP_FROM_PEER • 2–240, 2–995
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241 NRT_RANGES • 2–53, 2–118
/NOTIFD_X25_REQUESTED • 2–463, 2–474, /NR_ATTEMPTS • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970
2–1214, 2–1223 /NR_CC_SGMS • 2–143, 2–260, 2–536, 2–580,
/NOTIFND_PSTN_REQUESTED • 2–464, 2–474, 2–609, 2–660, 2–816, 2–880, 2–910,
2–1214, 2–1223 2–1014, 2–1288, 2–1345
/NOTIFND_REQUESTED • 2–455, 2–480, 2–493, /NR_CC_XM • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323
2–1206, 2–1229, 2–1241 /NR_CMLOG • 2–544, 2–838, 2–1306
/NOTIFND_X25_REQUESTED • 2–464, 2–474, /NR_DATA_INIT_TIMEOUT • 2–185, 2–948
2–1214, 2–1223 /NR_DATA_TERMIN_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
/NOTIF_ALWAYS • 2–354, 2–432, 2–709, 2–752, /NR_EXTRA_CDR_STREAMS • 2–544, 2–838,
2–1107, 2–1180 2–1307
/NOTIF_BUFFERED • 2–1256 /NR_INITIAL_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
/NOTIF_DEF • 2–351, 2–354, 2–406, 2–432, /NR_MAIL_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
2–536, 2–588, 2–591, 2–706, 2–709, /NR_OF_INPUT_BUFFERS • 2–406, 2–742,
2–742, 2–752, 2–816, 2–887, 2–890, 2–1158
2–1105, 2–1107, 2–1158, 2–1180, 2–1288, /NR_OF_OUTPUT_BUFFERS • 2–406, 2–742,
2–1353, 2–1355 2–1158
/NOTIF_FAILED • 2–164, 2–167, 2–169, 2–183, /NR_RCPT_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
2–194, 2–460, 2–499, 2–504, 2–928, /NR_SESSION_TIMEOUT • 2–186, 2–948
2–931, 2–933, 2–945, 2–955, 2–1211, /NR_SMH • 2–544, 2–839, 2–1307
2–1244, 2–1256 /NR_TIMERS_RUNNING • 2–901
/NOTIF_LA_MAX • 2–525, 2–802, 2–1275 /NUMBER_PORTABILITY • 2–839, 2–1307
/NOTIF_PSTN_FAILED • 2–171, 2–179, 2–190, /OCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–620, 2–926
2–463, 2–473, 2–935, 2–942, 2–951, /OCOS_PP_MASK • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
2–1214, 2–1222 OFF • 2–1369
/NOTIF_PSTN_TRANSMITTED • 2–171, 2–179, /OIS_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925
2–190, 2–463, 2–473, 2–935, 2–942, /OIS_ENABLED • 2–839, 2–1307
2–951, 2–1214, 2–1223 /OK_ADD_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
/NOTIF_TCP_FAILED • 2–174, 2–190, 2–467, /OK_DEL_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
2–938, 2–952, 2–1217 /OK_ENQ_SUB • 2–484, 2–1233
/NOTIF_TCP_TRANSMITTED • 2–174, 2–190, /OK_MOD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
2–467, 2–938, 2–952, 2–1217 ON • 2–1369
/NOTIF_TRANSMITTED • 2–164, 2–167, 2–169, ONCE • 2–1369
2–183, 2–194, 2–460, 2–500, 2–504, /OOA_TYPE_OF_DIGITS • 2–313, 2–677,
2–928, 2–931, 2–933, 2–945, 2–955, 2–1076
2–1211, 2–1244, 2–1256 /ORIGINAL_ORIGINATOR • 2–536, 2–816,
/NOTIF_USER_MAX • 2–525, 2–802, 2–1275 2–1288
/NOTIF_VMS_MAX • 2–526, 2–802, 2–1276 /ORIGINAL_RECIPIENT • 2–537, 2–817, 2–1288
/NOTIF_VP_FAILED • 2–164, 2–171, 2–179, /ORIG_MDN_NUM_PLAN • 2–313, 2–382,
2–183, 2–190, 2–194, 2–928, 2–935, 2–677, 2–722, 2–1076, 2–1136
2–942, 2–945, 2–952, 2–955 /ORIG_MIN_GT_SELECT • 2–381, 2–721,
/NOTIF_X25_FAILED • 2–174, 2–180, 2–190, 2–1135
2–463, 2–468, 2–473, 2–938, 2–942, /OVERFLOW_HB_TOLERANCE • 2–391, 2–729,
2–952, 2–1214, 2–1217, 2–1223 2–1143
/NOTIF_X25_TRANSMITTED • 2–174, 2–180, /PABX_ENABLED • 2–839, 2–1307
2–190, 2–463, 2–467, 2–473, 2–938, /PC_INCLUDE • 2–253, 2–313, 2–383, 2–653,
2–942, 2–952, 2–1214, 2–1217, 2–1223 2–677, 2–723, 2–1007, 2–1076, 2–1137
/NO_IMSI_ACTION_REJECT • 2–253, 2–652, /PHASE2_ENABLED • 2–840, 2–1308
2–1007 /PHASE2_GENERAL_DCS • 2–544, 2–840,
/NO_LIST_AVAIL • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1188 2–1308
/PHASE2_IW_SELECT • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308
24–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/PHASE2_MSG_CLASS • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308 /PP_SUPPORTED_SPBP_MSGS • 2–549,
/PHASE2_PID_REPL_TYPE • 2–545, 2–840, 2–845, 2–1312
2–1308 /PP_TIME_JAMMED • 2–505, 2–1257
/PHASE2_REJ_DUPLICATES • 2–545, 2–840, /PP_UMF_CHARGING • 2–550, 2–846, 2–1313
2–1308 PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG • 2–50, 2–115
/PHASE2_REPLY_PATH • 2–545, 2–840, 2–1308 /PREFERRED_NETWORK • 2–253, 2–653,
/PHASE2_STAT_REPORT • 2–545, 2–841, 2–1007
2–1308 /PREFIXLESS_TRUNK • 2–846, 2–1313
/PHASE2_SUBDEL_REPORT • 2–545, 2–841, /PREPAID_SMS_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313
2–1308 /PRES_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–346, 2–400,
/PID_IN_BLL_ENABLED • 2–841, 2–1309 2–700, 2–734, 2–1102, 2–1151
PID_TABLE • 2–40, 2–103 /PRIMACK_BLOCKED • 2–394, 2–1147
PLAIN • 4–15 /PRIMACK_POSTPAID • 2–394, 2–1147
/PLMN_RETRY_ON_ERROR • 2–803, 2–1276 /PRIMACK_UNBLOCKED • 2–394, 2–1147
/PLMN_SCAN • 2–432, 2–753, 2–1180 /PRIMSER_CHARGED_CREDIT • 2–394, 2–1147
/PLMN_TRACING_ENABLED • 2–841, 2–1309 /PRIMSER_CHARGED_DEBIT • 2–394, 2–1147
/PLMN_TRUNK_CODE • 2–546, 2–841, 2–1309 /PRIMSER_FREE_CREDIT • 2–394, 2–1147
/PORT_QOS_ENABLED • 2–842, 2–1309 /PRIMSER_FREE_DEBIT • 2–395, 2–1147
/POS_NOTIF_DFAX • 2–203, 2–964 /PRIORITY_DEF • 2–261, 2–660, 2–1014
/POS_NOTIF_FREP • 2–203, 2–964 /PRIO_MESS_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313
/PP_ACCEPT_BLOCKED • 2–526, 2–803, /PRIVATE_NR_ENABLED • 2–846, 2–1313
2–1276 /PROTOCOL_ERRORS • 2–175, 2–468, 2–938,
/PP_APA_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151 2–1218
/PP_ASER_TIMEOUTS • 2–504, 2–1256 /QELEM_IN_EXPQUEUE • 2–901
/PP_BLOCKED_ASER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256 /QELEM_IN_PROCQUEUE • 2–901
/PP_BLOCKED_PSER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256 /QELEM_USED • 2–901
/PP_CHARGED_ASER_INJAM • 2–504, 2–1256 /QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED • 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_CHARGED_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1256 /QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL • 2–505, 2–1257
/PP_CM_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151 /QUEUED_FOR_RETRY • 2–505, 2–1257
/PP_DMR_DISCARD • 2–803, 2–1276 /QUEUED_MSGS • 2–952
/PP_EMS_INCLUDED • 2–398, 2–733, 2–1151 QUOTA • 2–4, 2–905
/PP_FIXED_BILLING • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1276 /RARR_INTERFACE_MASK • 2–566, 2–868,
/PP_FIXMT_CHARGING • 2–546, 2–842, 2–1309 2–1332
/PP_FORBIDDEN_ORIG_PID • 2–547, 2–842, /RCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–621, 2–926
2–1310 /RCOS_OVERRIDE • 2–162, 2–621, 2–926
/PP_FORBIDDEN_RECIP_PID • 2–547, 2–843, /RCOUNT1_MAX • 2–526, 2–804, 2–1277
2–1310 /RCOUNT2_MAX • 2–526, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_FREE_ASER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1256 /RCOUNT3_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_FREE_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1257 /RCOUNT4_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_JAMMED_SETTING • 2–547, 2–843, 2–1311 /RCOUNT5_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_MODE • 2–548, 2–843, 2–1311 /RCOUNT6_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_MOFIX_CHARGING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311 /RCOUNT7_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/PP_MOMT_CHARGING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311 /RCOUNT8_MAX • 2–527, 2–805, 2–1277
/PP_NOTIF_SETTING • 2–548, 2–844, 2–1311 /RCPT_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323
/PP_OGT_LIST_SIZE • 2–565, 2–866, 2–1331 /RCV_ADD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/PP_OGT_LIST_TYPE • 2–566, 2–867, 2–1332 /RCV_DCS_IA5 • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115
/PP_PB_INTERFACE_STATE • 2–1257 /RCV_DEL_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT • 2–526, 2–803, 2–1276 /RCV_ENQ_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/PP_PB_TIMEOUT_TICK • 2–526, 2–803, /RCV_MOD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
2–1277 /RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL • 2–254, 2–653, 2–1008
/PP_PSER_TIMEOUTS • 2–505, 2–1257 /READY_TIMEOUT • 2–391, 2–399, 2–729,
/PP_REJECTED_PSER_INJAM • 2–505, 2–1257 2–734, 2–1143, 2–1151
/PP_SMS_BULK_ENABLED • 2–844, 2–1311 /READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE • 2–455, 2–477,
/PP_SUPPORTED_ADD_SER • 2–549, 2–845, 2–480, 2–485, 2–493
2–1312 /READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–449
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–158, 2–616, 2–922
Index–25
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/READ_TLVPROF_CONFIG • 2–486 /SAC_SETUP • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1332
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R • 2–847, 2–1313 /SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES • 2–435, 2–1183
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE • 2–805, 2–1277 /SAPP_CACHE_HITS • 2–435, 2–1183
/RECONN_TIM_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337 /SAPP_CACHE_MISSES • 2–435, 2–1183
/REJECTED_FIRST_DEL • 2–506, 2–1257 /SAPP_CACHE_SIZE • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1189
RELATION • 2–18, 2–90 /SAPP_CACHE_TIME • 2–441, 2–762, 2–1189
/RELATION • 2–900, 2–1112 /SCAN_ACTIVE • 2–261, 2–661, 2–1014
/REMOVE_NOK • 2–326, 2–1088, 2–1140 /SCAN_INT • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970
/REMOVE_OK • 2–326, 2–388, 2–1088, 2–1140 SCAN_TAGS • 2–23, 2–31, 2–94, 2–98
/REMOVE_RECEIVED • 2–388, 2–1141 /SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414,
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI • 2–254, 2–653, 2–1008 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
/REPLACE_TYPE • 2–537, 2–588, 2–591, 2–817, /SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE • 2–278, 2–665,
2–887, 2–890, 2–1288, 2–1353, 2–1355 2–1045
/REPLY_PATH_ENTRIES • 2–1259 /SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD • 2–266, 2–1027
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT • 2–527, 2–805, /SCCP_LUDTS_SENT • 2–267, 2–1027
2–1278 /SCCP_LUDT_RCVD • 2–266, 2–1027
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED • 2–537, 2–817, /SCCP_LUDT_SENT • 2–266, 2–1027
2–1289 /SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY • 2–266, 2–1027
REPL_IF_PRES_LIST • 2–50, 2–116 /SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS • 2–227, 2–254,
/REPORTS_SENT • 2–209, 2–968 2–644, 2–654, 2–983, 2–1008
/REPORT_FAILED • 2–209, 2–968 /SCCP_REASSEMBLY • 2–278, 2–665, 2–1045
/REPORT_FIRST • 2–209, 2–968 /SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO • 2–278, 2–666,
/REPORT_RETRY • 2–209, 2–968 2–1045
/REQAUT_RSP_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337 /SCCP_SEGMENTATION • 2–278, 2–666,
/RESOURCE_ERRORS • 2–175, 2–468, 2–938, 2–1045
2–1218 /SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE • 2–278, 2–666,
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ • 2–550, 2–847, 2–1045
2–1314 /SCCP_SSA_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT • 2–527, 2–805, /SCCP_SSA_SENT • 2–267, 2–1027
2–1278 /SCCP_SSC_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
/RETQ_HIGH • 2–528, 2–805, 2–1278 /SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE • 2–279, 2–666,
/RETQ_LOW • 2–528, 2–805, 2–1278 2–1046
/RETQ_MAX • 2–528, 2–806, 2–1278 /SCCP_SSP_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES • 2–528, 2–806, /SCCP_SSP_SENT • 2–267, 2–1028
2–1278 /SCCP_SST_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1028
/RETRY_ATTEMPT • 2–1258 /SCCP_SST_SENT • 2–267, 2–1028
/RETRY_INT • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970 /SCCP_UDTS_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028
RETRY_PROFILE • 2–46, 2–114 /SCCP_UDTS_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK • 2–528, 2–806, /SCCP_UDT_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1028
2–1279 /SCCP_UDT_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028
/RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR • 2–227, 2–254, /SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028
2–644, 2–653, 2–983, 2–1008 /SCCP_XUDTS_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028
/ROUTING_KEYS • 2–1025 /SCCP_XUDT_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028
/ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP • 2–346, 2–700, /SCCP_XUDT_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028
2–1102 SCREEN • 3–43, 4–15
/ROUT_INFO_FAIL • 2–217, 2–240, 2–976, /SCTP_APPL_REQ_FREE • 2–1028
2–995 /SCTP_APPL_REQ_IN_USE • 2–1028
/ROUT_INFO_OK • 2–217, 2–240, 2–976, 2–995 /SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED • 2–268,
/RPATH_MO_CLEAR • 2–567, 2–868, 2–1332 2–1029
/RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR • 2–567, 2–868, /SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM • 2–268, 2–1029
2–1332 /SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED • 2–269, 2–1029
/RSMDS_TO • 2–254, 2–654, 2–1008 /SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029
/RSP_TIME_OUT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337 /SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029
RTNG_PID_LIST • 2–13, 2–23, 2–85, 2–94 /SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029
/RTR_ENABLED • 2–766, 2–1199 /SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS • 2–269, 2–1029
/SAC_ENABLED • 2–567, 2–868, 2–1332 /SCTP_CHK_DESC_FREE • 2–1029
26–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_IN_USE • 2–1029 /SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE • 2–50, 2–116,
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED • 2–269, 2–1289
2–1029 /SESSION • 2–1112
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM • 2–269, 2–1029 /SESSIONS • 2–106, 2–108, 2–474, 2–486,
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD • 2–1029 2–1141, 2–1147, 2–1218, 2–1224, 2–1234
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT • 2–1030 /SESSIONS_PENDING • 2–175, 2–218, 2–240,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_FREE • 2–1030 2–468, 2–928, 2–938, 2–945, 2–955,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_IN_USE • 2–1030 2–976, 2–995, 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED • 2–269, 2–1206, 2–1218, 2–1229, 2–1241
2–1030 /SESSION_PASSWORD • 2–588, 2–888, 2–1353
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM • 2–269, 2–1030 /SESSION_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–588, 2–857,
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD • 2–1030 2–888, 2–1323, 2–1353
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT • 2–1030 /SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT • 2–324, 2–685,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED • 2–1030 2–1086
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD • 2–1030 /SESS_PENDING • 2–948
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_PSTN • 2–171, 2–180, 2–190,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD • 2–1031 2–464, 2–474, 2–935, 2–942, 2–952,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD • 2–1031 2–1214, 2–1224
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_TCP • 2–190, 2–952
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_X25 • 2–180, 2–191, 2–464, 2–474,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD • 2–1031 2–942, 2–952, 2–1214, 2–1224
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD • 2–1031 SESS_TABLE • 2–28, 2–51, 2–57, 2–95, 2–116,
/SCTP_IP_RCVD • 2–1033 2–120
/SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR • 2–1033 /SES_MAN_ENABLED • 2–406, 2–573, 2–706,
/SCTP_IP_SENT • 2–1032 2–742, 2–817, 2–874, 2–1105, 2–1157,
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF • 2–1032 2–1289, 2–1337
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR • 2–1033 /SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR • 2–475, 2–486,
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS • 2–279, 2–666, 2–1225, 2–1235
2–1046 /SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES • 2–475, 2–486,
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS • 2–279, 2–666, 2–1225, 2–1235
2–1046 /SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG • 2–475, 2–486,
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS • 2–279, 2–667, 2–1225, 2–1235
2–1046 /SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD • 2–475, 2–486,
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD • 2–1031 2–1224, 2–1234
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT • 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_REJ_RES • 2–475, 2–485,
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED • 2–270, 2–1032 2–1224, 2–1234
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED • 2–270, 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT • 2–474, 2–485,
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD • 2–1032 2–1224, 2–1234
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY • 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ • 2–475, 2–485,
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT • 2–1032 2–1224, 2–1234
/SC_ALERT_DELAY • 2–529, 2–807, 2–1279 /SG_CONNECTIONS • 2–1033
/SDB_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314 /SG_GROUPS • 2–1035
/SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL • 2–323, 2–684, /SHOW_SM • 2–442, 2–762, 2–1189
2–1086 /SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS • 2–227, 2–255,
/SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD • 2–323, 2–684, 2–644, 2–654, 2–983, 2–1008
2–1086 /SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED • 2–346, 2–700,
/SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314 2–1102
/SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314 /SILENT_SMS_ENABLED • 2–580, 2–880,
/SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE • 2–254, 2–654, 2–1345
2–1008 /SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345
/SEGM_UDH_NOK • 2–915 /SINGLE_RECEIVED • 2–507, 2–1258
/SEGM_WORDB_THRES • 2–550, 2–848, /SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED • 2–506, 2–1258
2–1314 /SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED • 2–506, 2–1258
/SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115 /SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED • 2–848, 2–1314
/SERVICE_FAIL • 2–442, 2–762, 2–1189 /SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED • 2–506, 2–1258
SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE • 2–50, 2–116 /SINGLE_TRANSMITTED • 2–507, 2–1259
Index–27
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–464, /SMS_DEST_BUSY • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414,
2–1215 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
/SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–475, 2–1225 /SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT • 2–295,
/SIWTAP_ENABLED • 2–848, 2–1314 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
/SIW_LOGON_RET_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1338 /SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–366,
/SIW_MAXACTIONS • 2–432, 2–753, 2–1181 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1122, 2–1165
/SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1338 /SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–366,
/SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT • 2–573, 2–875, 2–1338 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
/SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338 /SMS_IMPORTED • 2–1209
/SIW_REQID_RSP_INT • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338 /SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID • 2–296, 2–366,
/SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED • 2–531, 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
2–810, 2–1282 /SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED • 2–701, 2–1102
/SMH_IW_MASK • 2–529, 2–807, 2–1279 /SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–493,
/SMPPIW_INFO • 2–487, 2–1235 2–1207, 2–1241
/SMPP_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925 /SMS_MANACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928,
/SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME • 2–537, 2–817, 2–955
2–1289 /SMS_MANACK_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928,
/SMPP_ENABLED • 2–850, 2–1315 2–955
/SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1315 /SMS_MANACK_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–493,
/SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF • 2–433, 2–753, 2–1207, 2–1241
2–1181 /SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER • 2–296, 2–366,
/SMSC_GT_SELECT • 2–383, 2–723, 2–1137 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
/SMSC_ID • 2–550, 2–553, 2–848, 2–1315 /SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM • 2–296, 2–366,
/SMSC_LOGGING_MASK • 2–849, 2–1316 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
/SMSC_PLMN_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1316 /SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED • 2–296, 2–366,
/SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1316 2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
/SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, /SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED • 2–296, 2–367,
2–1317 2–416, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166
/SMSC_X25_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1317 /SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR • 2–296, 2–367,
/SMSDELIVERY_TO • 2–313, 2–384, 2–428, 2–416, 2–1061, 2–1123, 2–1166
2–677, 2–724, 2–748, 2–1076, 2–1137, /SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM • 2–297, 2–367,
2–1176 2–416, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND • 2–313, 2–383, /SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED • 2–456, 2–1207
2–677, 2–723, 2–1076, 2–1137 /SMS_READACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–929
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND • 2–313, 2–384, /SMS_READACK_OK • 2–165, 2–929
2–678, 2–724, 2–1077, 2–1138 /SMS_READACK_REJECTED • 2–456, 2–1207
/SMSREQUEST_TO • 2–314, 2–384, 2–428, /SMS_REQUEST_FAIL • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416,
2–678, 2–724, 2–748, 2–1077, 2–1138, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
2–1176 /SMS_REQUEST_OK • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416,
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165 /SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE • 2–580, 2–880,
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–1206 2–1345
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–1206 /SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION • 2–580, 2–880,
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED • 2–700, 2–1102 2–1345
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–493, /SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345
2–1206, 2–1241 /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED • 2–456, 2–493,
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–1207, 2–1241
2–955 /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED • 2–456, 2–493,
/SMS_DELACK_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–1207, 2–1241
2–955 /SMS_SVC_DENIED • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416,
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–493, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
2–1206, 2–1241 /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM • 2–297, 2–368,
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–417, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
2–955 /SM_BUFFERED • 2–1258
/SMS_DELIVER_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, /SM_DELETED_INVALID • 2–496, 2–500,
2–955 2–1244, 2–1247
28–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/SM_DELETED_RECEIVED • 2–496, 2–500, /SPARE1 • 2–1209
2–1244, 2–1247 /SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK • 2–399, 2–735,
/SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE • 2–240, 2–996 2–1152
/SM_DISMISSED • 2–506, 2–1258 /SPCIW_INFO • 2–477, 2–1226
/SM_FAILED • 2–165, 2–167, 2–169, 2–183, /SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR • 2–433, 2–753,
2–186, 2–194, 2–506, 2–929, 2–931, 2–1181
2–933, 2–945, 2–948, 2–955, 2–1258 /SRI_TO • 2–255, 2–654, 2–1009
/SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN • 2–255, 2–654, /SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED • 2–255, 2–655,
2–1009 2–1009
/SM_INVALID • 2–456, 2–460, 2–481, 2–493, /SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER • 2–280, 2–668,
2–506, 2–1207, 2–1211, 2–1229, 2–1242, 2–1047
2–1258 /SSNM_DPC_ENT_FREE • 2–1037
/SM_PSTN_FAILED • 2–172, 2–180, 2–191, /SSNM_DPC_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1037
2–464, 2–475, 2–935, 2–942, 2–952, /SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270, 2–1037
2–1215, 2–1225 /SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1037
/SM_PSTN_INVALID • 2–464, 2–475, 2–489, /SSNM_ENABLED • 2–667, 2–1046
2–1215, 2–1225, 2–1238 /SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES • 2–279, 2–667,
/SM_PSTN_RECEIVED • 2–464, 2–476, 2–490, 2–1046
2–1215, 2–1225, 2–1238 /SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES • 2–280, 2–667,
/SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED • 2–172, 2–180, 2–1046
2–191, 2–464, 2–476, 2–935, 2–942, /SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES • 2–280, 2–668,
2–952, 2–1215, 2–1225 2–1046
/SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239 /SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER • 2–280, 2–668,
/SM_RECEIVED • 2–456, 2–460, 2–481, 2–494, 2–1047
2–506, 2–1207, 2–1211, 2–1230, 2–1242, /SSNM_SSN_ENT_FREE • 2–1037
2–1258 /SSNM_SSN_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1037
/SM_TCP_FAILED • 2–175, 2–191, 2–468, /SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270, 2–1037
2–939, 2–952, 2–1218 /SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1037
/SM_TCP_INVALID • 2–490, 2–1238 /SSNM_STAT_ENT_FREE • 2–1038
/SM_TCP_RECEIVED • 2–468, 2–490, 2–1219, /SSNM_STAT_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1038
2–1238 /SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270,
/SM_TCP_REJECTED • 2–468, 2–1219 2–1038
/SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED • 2–175, 2–191, /SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1038
2–468, 2–939, 2–953, 2–1219 /SSN_STATES • 2–1036
/SM_TCP_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239 /SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY • 2–270, 2–1038
/SM_TRANSMITTED • 2–165, 2–167, 2–169, /SSRV_FLOW_CTRL • 2–16, 2–87, 2–1047
2–184, 2–186, 2–194, 2–507, 2–929, /SSRV_INVALID_MSG • 2–271, 2–1038
2–931, 2–933, 2–945, 2–948, 2–956, /SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038
2–1258 /SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG • 2–271, 2–1038
/SM_VALID • 2–507, 2–1259 /SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038
/SM_VP_FAILED • 2–165, 2–172, 2–180, 2–184, /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038
2–191, 2–194, 2–465, 2–476, 2–929, /SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP • 2–271, 2–1038
2–935, 2–942, 2–945, 2–953, 2–956, /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG • 2–271, 2–1039
2–1215, 2–1225 /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_FAILED • 2–175, 2–180, 2–191, 2–468, /SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS • 2–281, 2–668,
2–476, 2–939, 2–942, 2–953, 2–1219, 2–1049
2–1225 /SSRV_MO_THROTTLING • 2–668, 2–1047
/SM_X25_INVALID • 2–465, 2–476, 2–490, /SSRV_NETWORKS • 2–15, 2–86, 2–1048
2–1215, 2–1225, 2–1238 /SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_RECEIVED • 2–465, 2–469, 2–476, /SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER • 2–272, 2–1039
2–490, 2–1215, 2–1219, 2–1225, 2–1239 /SSRV_NO_USERS • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_REJECTED • 2–469, 2–1219 /SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED • 2–175, 2–180, /SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC • 2–272,
2–191, 2–469, 2–476, 2–939, 2–942, 2–1039
2–953, 2–1219, 2–1226 /SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239 /SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL • 2–272, 2–1039
Index–29
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR • 2–273, /SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED • 2–567, 2–869,
2–1039 2–1332
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA • 2–273, 2–1040 /SYNCDEL_ENABLE • 2–808, 2–1281
/SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG • 2–273, SYNCHRONOUS • 4–15
2–1040 /SYSTEM_FAILURE • 2–218, 2–241, 2–976,
/SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP • 2–273, 2–996
2–1040 /SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION • 2–360, 2–537,
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL • 2–273, 2–1040 2–715, 2–818, 2–1117, 2–1289
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL • 2–273, 2–1040 /S_DEL_RESP • 2–529, 2–808, 2–1280
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP • 2–273, /S_INQ_RESP • 2–529, 2–808, 2–1280
2–1040 /TAP_COS_ID • 2–162, 2–620, 2–925
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG • 2–273, 2–1040 /TAP_MAX_PORTS • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
/SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL • 2–274, 2–1040 /TAP_PREFIX • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED • 2–274, /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD • 2–218, 2–241,
2–1040 2–299, 2–370, 2–419, 2–976, 2–996,
/SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL • 2–274, 2–1040 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
/SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT • 2–274, 2–1041 /TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT • 2–218, 2–241,
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_FREE • 2–1041 2–976, 2–996
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_IN_USE • 2–1041 /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD • 2–218, 2–241,
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–274, 2–1041 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–976, 2–996,
/SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM • 2–274, 2–1041 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS • 2–16, 2–87, 2–1048 /TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT • 2–218, 2–241, 2–303,
/SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE • 2–274, 2–1041 2–374, 2–423, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1066,
/STATE • 2–901 2–1129, 2–1172
/STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR • 2–529, 2–808, /TCAP_ABT_RCVD • 2–218, 2–242, 2–299,
2–1280 2–369, 2–418, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1062,
/STD_PLMN_TYPE • 2–851, 2–1317 2–1125, 2–1168
/SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY • 2–275, 2–1041 /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD • 2–218, 2–242,
/SUA_REASSEMBLY • 2–281, 2–668, 2–1049 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–976, 2–996,
/SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1063, 2–1125, 2–1168
2–1050 /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT • 2–218, 2–242,
/SUA_SEGMENTATION • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1050 2–304, 2–374, 2–423, 2–976, 2–996,
/SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–1050 /TCAP_ABT_SNT • 2–219, 2–242, 2–977, 2–997
/SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA • 2–406 /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242,
/SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP • 2–407 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUBMIT_CHECK_X25 • 2–407 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA • 2–407 /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT • 2–219, 2–242,
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP • 2–408 2–303, 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25 • 2–408 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
/SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN • 2–314, 2–678, 2–1077 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242,
/SUBM_CM_COMPL • 2–150, 2–915 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL • 2–150, 2–915 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/SUBM_SEGM_DISC • 2–149, 2–914 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT • 2–219, 2–242,
/SUBM_SEGM_OK • 2–149, 2–914 2–304, 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUBSCRIBERS • 2–1112 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS • 2–241, /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242,
2–996 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUBSYSTEMS • 2–1041 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/SUB_TRIGGERS • 2–395, 2–1147 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT • 2–219, 2–243,
/SUM_CDR_TIME • 2–148, 2–612, 2–914 2–303, 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997,
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ • 2–158, 2–616, 2–923 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ • 2–159, 2–617, 2–923 /TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG • 2–219
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME • 2–148, 2–613, 2–914 /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS • 2–977, 2–997, 2–1067,
/SUM_LOG_TIME • 2–149, 2–613, 2–914 2–1130, 2–1173
30–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD • 2–219, 2–243, 2–298, /TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD • 2–221, 2–245,
2–368, 2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–303, 2–373, 2–422, 2–979, 2–999,
2–1124, 2–1167 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, /TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245,
2–368, 2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–979, 2–999
2–1125, 2–1168 /TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245,
/TCAP_CONT_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–979, 2–999
2–368, 2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, /TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD • 2–222,
2–1125, 2–1168 2–245, 2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–979,
/TCAP_CONT_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–977, 2–999, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–997 /TCAP_REJECT_RCVD • 2–245, 2–300, 2–371,
/TCAP_END_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–420, 2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–368, 2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, /TCAP_REJECT_SNT • 2–245, 2–300, 2–371,
2–1125, 2–1168 2–420, 2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
/TCAP_END_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–368, /TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245,
2–417, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–300, 2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–999,
2–1168 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
/TCAP_ERRORS • 2–297, 2–368, 2–417, /TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT • 2–222, 2–245, 2–300,
2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167 2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–980, 2–999,
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–300, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–370, 2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245,
2–1126, 2–1169 2–300, 2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–980,
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–300, 2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–371, 2–420, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, /TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT • 2–222, 2–246,
2–1126, 2–1169 2–979, 2–980, 2–999
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT • 2–220, 2–244, 2–298, /TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246,
2–369, 2–418, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000,
2–1125, 2–1168 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
/TCAP_INITIATED_DIALOG • 2–220 /TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT • 2–304, 2–374,
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS • 2–978, 2–998, 2–423, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 /TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246,
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD • 2–300, 2–370, 2–419, 2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000,
2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–299, /TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT • 2–306, 2–376, 2–425,
2–370, 2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–1126, 2–1169 /TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT • 2–305, 2–375,
/TCAP_INVK_SNT • 2–221, 2–244, 2–300, 2–424, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–370, 2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT • 2–305, 2–376,
2–1126, 2–1169 2–425, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_MSG_DISC • 2–221, 2–244, 2–298, /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT • 2–305, 2–376,
2–369, 2–418, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–425, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–1125, 2–1168 /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT • 2–305, 2–376,
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–306, 2–425, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–376, 2–425, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1068, /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD • 2–301, 2–371,
2–1131, 2–1174 2–420, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT • 2–304, 2–375, 2–424,
2–978, 2–998 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD • 2–301, 2–371,
2–301, 2–372, 2–421, 2–978, 2–998, 2–420, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170 /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423,
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–302, 2–373, 2–422, 2–978, 2–998, /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT • 2–304, 2–375,
2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 2–424, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT • 2–305, 2–375,
2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–979, 2–999, 2–424, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
Index–31
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT • 2–304, 2–375, /TCAP_UABT_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, 2–299,
2–424, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172 2–370, 2–419, 2–981, 2–1000, 2–1063,
/TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–980, 2–1000 /TCAP_UABT_SNT • 2–224, 2–247, 2–981,
/TCAP_RJCT_RCVD • 2–222, 2–979 2–1001
/TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424, /TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247,
2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 2–306, 2–376, 2–425, 2–981, 2–1001,
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD • 2–302, 2–372, 2–1068, 2–1131, 2–1174
2–421, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170 /TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD • 2–275, 2–1043
/TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, /TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247,
2–424, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–981, 2–1001,
/TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171
2–424, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 /TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247,
/TCAP_RJCT_SNT • 2–222, 2–979 2–302, 2–373, 2–422, 2–981, 2–1001,
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–620, 2–926
/TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, /TCOS_PP_MASK • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
2–423, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172 /TCP_IP_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1318
/TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, /TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070
2–424, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 /TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423, /TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL • 2–307, 2–1071
2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172 /TDMA_CMT_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, /TDMA_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925
2–980, 2–1000 /TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, /TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070
2–980, 2–1000 /TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL • 2–307, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, /TDMA_CPT_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1070
2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000, /TDMA_CSP_ENABLED • 2–579, 2–879, 2–1344
2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170 /TDMA_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1318
/TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, /TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–307, 2–1070
2–301, 2–372, 2–421, 2–980, 2–1000, /TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED • 2–307, 2–1070
2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170 /TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–247, /TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071
2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–980, 2–1000, /TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–307, 2–1070
2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED • 2–307, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–981, 2–1000, /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071
2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170 /TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TDMA_VMN_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1071
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV • 2–248, 2–1001
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TEMPLATE • 2–206, 2–637, 2–966
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TEMPORARY_FALLBACK • 2–255, 2–655,
/TCAP_SRC_AID • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 2–1009
/TCAP_SRC_PC • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 /TESTTRACE • 2–135, 2–901, 2–1372
/TCAP_SRC_SSN • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 /TGHOST_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–293, 2–1071
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE • 2–552, 2–851, /TGHOST_MO_REJECTED • 2–293, 2–1071
2–1317 /TGHOST_MT_FAIL • 2–294, 2–1071
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC • 2–224, 2–247, 2–298, /TGHOST_MT_OK • 2–293, 2–1071
2–369, 2–418, 2–981, 2–1000, 2–1062, /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL • 2–323, 2–391,
2–1125, 2–1168 2–400, 2–684, 2–729, 2–735, 2–1086,
2–1144, 2–1152
32–Index
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/TIMEOUT_ERROR • 2–175, 2–469, 2–939, /TRC_RECEIVED • 2–582, 2–1347
2–1219 /TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF • 2–477, /TRUNCATE_SM • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
2–1226 /TRUNK_CODE_CHECK • 2–552, 2–852, 2–1318
/TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF • 2–477, /TT_CLI • 2–347, 2–701, 2–1103
2–1226 /TT_HLR_DEFAULT • 2–256, 2–655, 2–1009
/TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE • 2–852, 2–1318 /TT_MSC_DEFAULT • 2–256, 2–655, 2–1010
/TIME_OUTS • 2–298, 2–368, 2–417, 2–1061, /TT_SC_ADDRESS • 2–347, 2–701, 2–1103
2–1124, 2–1167 /T_DEL_RESP • 2–529, 2–809, 2–1281
/TIME_TO_COMPLETE • 2–1209 /UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED • 2–408, 2–743,
/TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER • 2–391, 2–729, 2–1159
2–1144 /UCP31_ZERO_RESP • 2–409, 2–743, 2–1159
/TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG • 2–487, 2–1235 /UCP_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925
/TOT_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–152, 2–338, 2–917, /UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME • 2–409, 2–742,
2–1096 2–1159
/TOT_LOGGED • 2–152, 2–338, 2–915, 2–1096 /UCS2_CONV • 2–581, 2–881, 2–1345
/TO_CONNECT • 2–351, 2–706, 2–1105 /UD_IN_SM_FIELD • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
/TO_DELIVERY • 2–198, 2–201, 2–211, 2–317, /UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT • 2–557, 2–858,
2–354, 2–357, 2–408, 2–433, 2–537, 2–1323
2–588, 2–591, 2–630, 2–633, 2–641, /UMF_CONTENT_LANG • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1323
2–682, 2–710, 2–712, 2–742, 2–754, /UMF_CONTENT_TYPE • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1323
2–818, 2–888, 2–891, 2–960, 2–962, /UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–557, 2–858,
2–970, 2–1079, 2–1108, 2–1115, 2–1158, 2–1324
2–1181, 2–1289, 2–1353, 2–1355 /UMF_ENABLED • 2–852, 2–1318
/TO_INACTIVE • 2–351, 2–354, 2–357, 2–360, /UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE • 2–557, 2–858,
2–408, 2–537, 2–707, 2–710, 2–712, 2–1324
2–714, 2–742, 2–818, 2–1105, 2–1108, /UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1324
2–1115, 2–1116, 2–1158, 2–1289 /UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER • 2–558, 2–859,
/TO_MORE_MESSAGES • 2–351, 2–355, 2–408, 2–1324
2–537, 2–707, 2–710, 2–742, 2–818, /UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–558, 2–859,
2–1105, 2–1108, 2–1158, 2–1289 2–1324
/TO_RESPONSE • 2–212, 2–633, 2–641, 2–962, /UMF_MSGS_FAILED • 2–507, 2–1259
2–970 /UMF_MSGS_OK • 2–507, 2–1259
/TP_PID_ENABLED • 2–809, 2–1281 /UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–558, 2–859,
TP_PID_LIST • 2–47, 2–113 2–1324
/TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED • 2–809, 2–1281 /UMF_RECIP_PREFIX • 2–558, 2–859, 2–1324
/TRANSACTION_RATE • 2–326, 2–1088 /UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX • 2–558, 2–859, 2–1324
/TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC • 2–567, 2–869, /UMF_SERVICE_MASK • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
2–1332 /UMF_SMTP_LA • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR • 2–346, 2–701, 2–1103 /UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRANSMIT_RATE • 2–1209 /UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER • 2–391, 2–729, /UNBLOCK_NOK • 2–388, 2–1141
2–1144 /UNBLOCK_OK • 2–388, 2–1141
/TRCDGT_DIGITS • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1374 /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED • 2–388, 2–1141
/TRCDPC • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED • 2–538, 2–818,
/TRCLEVEL • 2–135, 2–901, 2–1372 2–1290
/TRCOGT_DIGITS • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE • 2–224, 2–248,
/TRCOPC • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 2–981, 2–1001
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS • 2–135, 2–902, /UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER • 2–248, 2–1001
2–1373 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER • 2–225, 2–248,
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS • 2–135, 2–902, 2–981, 2–1001
2–1373 /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–400, 2–734,
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED • 2–136, 2–902 2–1151
/TRC_DISCARDED • 2–582, 2–1347 /UPDATE_NOK • 2–326, 2–1088
/TRC_FILE_SIZE • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350 /UPDATE_OK • 2–326, 2–1088
/TRC_LOGGED • 2–582, 2–1347 /UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1333
Index–33
Qualifier (cont’d) Qualifier (cont’d)
/UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME • 2–568, 2–869, /XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE • 2–1043
2–1333 /XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–276, 2–1043
/USED_SERVER • 2–261, 2–661, 2–1014 /XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM • 2–276, 2–1043
/USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME • 2–145, 2–581, QUALIFIER • 4–12
2–610, 2–881, 2–912, 2–1346 /SM_RESOURCE_FAIL • 2–1230
/USE_CACHE • 2–400, 2–735, 2–1152 Qualifiers
/USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB • 2–384, 2–724, /ADT_MAX_BLOCKS • 2–141, 2–402, 2–430,
2–1138 2–533, 2–579, 2–607, 2–738, 2–750,
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER • 2–314, 2–384, 2–813, 2–879, 2–908, 2–1155, 2–1178,
2–678, 2–724, 2–1077, 2–1138 2–1285, 2–1344
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–314, 2–385, /ADT_USED_MEMORY • 2–1206, 2–1221,
2–678, 2–725, 2–1077, 2–1138 2–1229, 2–1232, 2–1241
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–314, 2–679, /PRED_MSG_SMSC_TRIG • 2–1288
2–1077 /RTNG_PID_LIST • 2–1014, 2–1107
/USE_MIN_MAP • 2–315, 2–385, 2–679, 2–725, /QUERY_DEL_MSG_ENABLED • 2–804, 2–1277
2–1078, 2–1138 /QUEUED_FOR_FIRST_DEL • 2–505, 2–1257
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN • 2–144, 2–610, /QUEUED_FOR_RETRY • 2–505, 2–1257
2–911 /QUEUED_MSGS • 2–952
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–315, 2–679, QUOTA • 2–4, 2–905
2–1078
/VERSION • 2–903
/VMN_UCP_ENABLED • 2–852, 2–1318
R
/VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED • 2–853, 2–1318
/RARR_INTERFACE_MASK • 2–566, 2–868, 2–1332
/VP_CONST_NOTIF • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1281
RAS • 1–3, 2–446, 2–1193
/VP_LRAD_DEFAULT • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1281
/RCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–621, 2–926
/VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1282
/RCOS_OVERRIDE • 2–162, 2–621, 2–926
/VP_NOTIF_MAX • 2–530, 2–810, 2–1282
/RCOUNT1_MAX • 2–526, 2–804, 2–1277
/VP_SCHEME_NOTIF • 2–530, 2–810, 2–1282
/RCOUNT2_MAX • 2–526, 2–804, 2–1277
/VP_SM_DEFAULT • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/RCOUNT3_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/VP_SM_MAX • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/RCOUNT4_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/VP_XM_DEAULT • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/RCOUNT5_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/VP_XM_MAX • 2–553, 2–853, 2–1319
/RCOUNT6_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/VSMSC_ENABLED • 2–854, 2–1319
/RCOUNT7_MAX • 2–527, 2–804, 2–1277
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED • 2–854, 2–1319
/RCOUNT8_MAX • 2–527, 2–805, 2–1277
/WAIT_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1259
/RCPT_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–857, 2–1323
/WEMT_ENABLED • 2–145, 2–610, 2–912
/RCV_ADD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID • 2–165, 2–929
/RCV_DCS_IA5 • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK • 2–145, 2–611, 2–912
/RCV_DEL_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/WINDOW_SIZE • 2–317, 2–589, 2–592, 2–682,
/RCV_ENQ_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
2–888, 2–891, 2–1079, 2–1353, 2–1355
/RCV_MOD_SUB • 2–485, 2–1233
/WL_SKIP_BL • 2–568, 2–869, 2–1333
/RDS_ON_PAGE_FAIL • 2–254, 2–653, 2–1008
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–159, 2–617, 2–923
/READY_TIMEOUT • 2–391, 2–399, 2–729, 2–734,
/X121_CC • 2–553, 2–854, 2–1319
2–1143, 2–1151
/X121_INT_PREFIX • 2–553, 2–854, 2–1319
/READ_ADT_CONFIG_FILE • 2–455, 2–477, 2–480,
/XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES • 2–281, 2–669,
2–485, 2–493
2–1049
/READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–449
/XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1049
/READ_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–158, 2–616, 2–922
/XUA_RC_SYSTEM_ID • 2–282, 2–670, 2–1049
/READ_TLVPROF_CONFIG • 2–486
/XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS • 2–282, 2–670,
Recipient address • 2–790, 2–792
2–1050
/RECIPIENT_ADDR_RANGE_R • 2–847, 2–1313
/XUA_SIG_NODES_FREE • 2–1043
/RECIP_DELIV_INFO_CACHE • 2–805, 2–1277
/XUA_SIG_NODES_IN_USE • 2–1043
/RECONN_TIM_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337
/XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED • 2–275,
/REJECTED_FIRST_DEL • 2–506, 2–1257
2–1043
/XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM • 2–276, 2–1043
/XUA_SND_BUF_FREE • 2–1043
34–Index
RELATION • 2–18, 2–90 /RETURN_MSG_ON_ERROR • 2–227, 2–254,
/RELATION • 2–900, 2–1112 2–644, 2–653, 2–983, 2–1008
REMOVE • 2–76, 2–79, 2–82, 2–83, 2–85, 2–86, /ROUTING_KEYS • 2–1025
2–88, 2–90, 2–93, 2–95, 2–97, 2–99, 2–101, /ROUT_ADDR_IN_RECIP • 2–346, 2–700, 2–1102
2–103, 2–105, 2–106, 2–108, 2–110, 2–113, /ROUT_INFO_FAIL • 2–217, 2–240, 2–976, 2–995
2–115, 2–118, 2–120, 2–122, 2–124, 2–126, /ROUT_INFO_OK • 2–217, 2–240, 2–976, 2–995
2–128 /RPATH_MO_CLEAR • 2–567, 2–868, 2–1332
/REMOVE_NOK • 2–326, 2–1088, 2–1140 /RPATH_MO_FIXED_CLEAR • 2–567, 2–868, 2–1332
/REMOVE_OK • 2–326, 2–388, 2–1088, 2–1140 /RSMDS_TO • 2–254, 2–654, 2–1008
/REMOVE_RECEIVED • 2–388, 2–1141 /RSP_TIME_OUT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337
REPEATED • 2–261, 2–660, 2–1014 RTNG_PID_LIST • 2–13, 2–23, 2–85, 2–94
/REPLACEMENT_IMSI • 2–254, 2–653, 2–1008 /RTNG_PID_LIST • 2–1014, 2–1107
/REPLACE_TYPE • 2–537, 2–588, 2–591, 2–817, RTR • 1–3, 2–3, 2–77, 2–1196
2–887, 2–890, 2–1288, 2–1353, 2–1355 RTR_COMMON • 1–3, 2–450, 2–765, 2–1199
/REPLY_PATH_ENTRIES • 2–1259 /RTR_ENABLED • 2–766, 2–1199
/REPLY_PATH_TIMEOUT • 2–527, 2–805, 2–1278
/REPL_IF_PRES_ENABLED • 2–537, 2–817, 2–1289
REPL_IF_PRES_LIST • 2–50, 2–116
S
/REPORTS_SENT • 2–209, 2–968
/SAC_ENABLED • 2–567, 2–868, 2–1332
/REPORT_FAILED • 2–209, 2–968
/SAC_SETUP • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1332
/REPORT_FIRST • 2–209, 2–968
/SAPP_CACHE_ENTRIES • 2–435, 2–1183
/REPORT_RETRY • 2–209, 2–968
/SAPP_CACHE_HITS • 2–435, 2–1183
/REQAUT_RSP_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1337
/SAPP_CACHE_MISSES • 2–435, 2–1183
RESET • 2–130, 2–132, 2–138, 2–140, 2–147,
/SAPP_CACHE_SIZE • 2–441, 2–761, 2–1189
2–156, 2–160, 2–163, 2–166, 2–168, 2–170,
/SAPP_CACHE_TIME • 2–441, 2–762, 2–1189
2–173, 2–177, 2–182, 2–185, 2–188, 2–193,
Scalar • 1–5
2–195, 2–197, 2–200, 2–202, 2–205, 2–208,
Scan
2–210, 2–213, 2–226, 2–228, 2–249, 2–257,
String • 2–34
2–262, 2–264, 2–277, 2–283, 2–286, 2–309,
Scan string • 2–25
2–316, 2–318, 2–320, 2–322, 2–325, 2–327,
Scan String • 2–34
2–339, 2–348, 2–350, 2–353, 2–356, 2–359,
/SCAN_ACTIVE • 2–261, 2–661, 2–1014
2–361, 2–377, 2–386, 2–389, 2–392, 2–396,
/SCAN_INT • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970
2–401, 2–410, 2–426, 2–429, 2–434, 2–436,
SCAN_TAGS • 2–23, 2–31, 2–94, 2–98
2–443, 2–446, 2–449, 2–450, 2–452, 2–454,
/SCCP_ADDR_ERRORS • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414,
2–457, 2–459, 2–461, 2–466, 2–470, 2–479,
2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165
2–482, 2–488, 2–492, 2–495, 2–498, 2–501,
/SCCP_DFLT_MESG_TYPE • 2–278, 2–665, 2–1045
2–509, 2–532, 2–539, 2–554, 2–560, 2–562,
/SCCP_LUDTS_RCVD • 2–266, 2–1027
2–569, 2–570, 2–575, 2–578, 2–582, 2–584,
/SCCP_LUDTS_SENT • 2–267, 2–1027
2–586, 2–590, 2–593, 2–596
/SCCP_LUDT_RCVD • 2–266, 2–1027
/RESOURCE_ERRORS • 2–175, 2–468, 2–938,
/SCCP_LUDT_SENT • 2–266, 2–1027
2–1218
/SCCP_NO_REASSEMBLY • 2–266, 2–1027
/RESTRICTED_RP_REQ • 2–550, 2–847, 2–1314
/SCCP_PROTOCOL_CLASS • 2–227, 2–254, 2–644,
/RESTRICTED_SINGLE_SHOT • 2–527, 2–805,
2–654, 2–983, 2–1008
2–1278
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY • 2–278, 2–665, 2–1045
RESUME • 2–599
/SCCP_REASSEMBLY_TO • 2–278, 2–666, 2–1045
/RETQ_HIGH • 2–528, 2–805, 2–1278
/SCCP_SEGMENTATION • 2–278, 2–666, 2–1045
/RETQ_LOW • 2–528, 2–805, 2–1278
/SCCP_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE • 2–278, 2–666,
/RETQ_MAX • 2–528, 2–806, 2–1278
2–1045
/RETQ_SYNCDEL_THRES • 2–528, 2–806, 2–1278
/SCCP_SSA_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
/RETRY_ATTEMPT • 2–1258
/SCCP_SSA_SENT • 2–267, 2–1027
/RETRY_INT • 2–211, 2–640, 2–970
/SCCP_SSC_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
RETRY_PROFILE • 2–46
/SCCP_SSP_CACHE_SIZE • 2–279, 2–666, 2–1046
RETRY_PROFILES • 2–114
/SCCP_SSP_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1027
/RETRY_SCHEME_MASK • 2–528, 2–806, 2–1279
/SCCP_SSP_SENT • 2–267, 2–1028
Index–35
/SCCP_SST_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1028 /SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_SNT • 2–1032
/SCCP_SST_SENT • 2–267, 2–1028 /SC_ALERT_DELAY • 2–529, 2–807, 2–1279
/SCCP_UDTS_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028 SDB • 2–40
/SCCP_UDTS_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028 SDB_COMMON • 1–4, 2–103, 2–452, 2–767, 2–1201
/SCCP_UDT_RCVD • 2–267, 2–1028 /SDB_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314
/SCCP_UDT_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028 /SDB_ERROR_INTERVAL • 2–323, 2–684, 2–1086
/SCCP_XUDTS_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028 /SDB_ERROR_THRESHOLD • 2–323, 2–684,
/SCCP_XUDTS_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028 2–1086
/SCCP_XUDT_RCVD • 2–268, 2–1028 /SDB_PASSWORD_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314
/SCCP_XUDT_SENT • 2–268, 2–1028 Section • 3–11
SCREEN • 3–43, 4–15 Section_name • 3–11
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_FREE • 2–1028 /SEC_ADDRESS_ENABLED • 2–847, 2–1314
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_IN_USE • 2–1028 /SEGM_ABOVE_COMP_SIZE • 2–254, 2–654,
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_MAX_USED • 2–268, 2–1029 2–1008
/SCTP_APPL_REQ_NO_MEM • 2–268, 2–1029 /SEGM_UDH_NOK • 2–915
/SCTP_ASSOC_ABORTED • 2–269, 2–1029 /SEGM_WORDB_THRES • 2–550, 2–848, 2–1314
/SCTP_ASSOC_ACTV_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029 /SEND_SM_TEXT_IA5 • 2–357, 2–712, 2–1115
/SCTP_ASSOC_CURR_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029 SERVERS • 1–3
/SCTP_ASSOC_PASS_ESTAB • 2–269, 2–1029 SERVER_COMMON • 2–42, 2–1203
/SCTP_ASSOC_SHUTDOWNS • 2–269, 2–1029 /SERVICE_FAIL • 2–442, 2–762, 2–1189
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_FREE • 2–1029 SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE • 2–50, 2–116
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_IN_USE • 2–1029 /SERVTYPE_TSID_TABLE • 2–50, 2–116, 2–1289
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_MAX_USED • 2–269, 2–1029 /SESSION • 2–1112
/SCTP_CHK_DESC_NO_MEM • 2–269, 2–1029 /SESSIONS • 2–106, 2–108, 2–474, 2–486, 2–1141,
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_RCVD • 2–1029 2–1147, 2–1218, 2–1224, 2–1234
/SCTP_CTRL_CHKS_SNT • 2–1030 /SESSIONS_PENDING • 2–175, 2–218, 2–240,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_FREE • 2–1030 2–468, 2–928, 2–938, 2–945, 2–955, 2–976,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_IN_USE • 2–1030 2–995, 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165, 2–1206,
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_MAX_USED • 2–269, 2–1030 2–1218, 2–1229, 2–1241
/SCTP_DGRM_HDR_NO_MEM • 2–269, 2–1030 /SESSION_PASSWORD • 2–588, 2–888, 2–1353
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_RCVD • 2–1030 /SESSION_TIMEOUT • 2–556, 2–588, 2–857, 2–888,
/SCTP_DT_BYTES_SNT • 2–1030 2–1323, 2–1353
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_DISCARDED • 2–1030 /SESS_INACT_TIMEOUT • 2–324, 2–685, 2–1086
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD • 2–1030 /SESS_PENDING • 2–948
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_OOS • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_PSTN • 2–171, 2–180, 2–190, 2–464,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_ORD • 2–1031 2–474, 2–935, 2–942, 2–952, 2–1214, 2–1224
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RCVD_UNRD • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_TCP • 2–190, 2–952
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_RETRANS • 2–1031 /SESS_REF_X25 • 2–180, 2–191, 2–464, 2–474,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT • 2–1031 2–942, 2–952, 2–1214, 2–1224
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_ORD • 2–1031 SESS_TABLE • 2–28, 2–51, 2–57, 2–95, 2–116,
/SCTP_DT_CHKS_SNT_UNORD • 2–1031 2–120
/SCTP_IP_RCVD • 2–1033 /SES_MAN_ENABLED • 2–406, 2–573, 2–706,
/SCTP_IP_RCVD_FAIL_OOR • 2–1033 2–742, 2–817, 2–874, 2–1105, 2–1157,
/SCTP_IP_SENT • 2–1032 2–1289, 2–1337
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_IOF • 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_REJ_CNADR • 2–475, 2–486, 2–1225,
/SCTP_IP_SENT_FAIL_OOR • 2–1033 2–1235
/SCTP_MAX_APPL_REQS • 2–279, 2–666, 2–1046 /SES_SETUP_REJ_MAXSES • 2–475, 2–486,
/SCTP_MAX_CHK_DESCS • 2–279, 2–666, 2–1046 2–1225, 2–1235
/SCTP_MAX_DGRM_HDRS • 2–279, 2–667, 2–1046 /SES_SETUP_REJ_NREG • 2–475, 2–486, 2–1225,
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_RCVD • 2–1031 2–1235
/SCTP_SCTP_DGRAMS_SNT • 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_REJ_PSWD • 2–475, 2–486, 2–1224,
/SCTP_T1_EXPIRED • 2–270, 2–1032 2–1234
/SCTP_T2_EXPIRED • 2–270, 2–1032 /SES_SETUP_REJ_RES • 2–475, 2–485, 2–1224,
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_RCVD • 2–1032 2–1234
/SCTP_ULP_DGRAMS_READY • 2–1032
36–Index
/SES_SETUP_TOT_ATT • 2–474, 2–485, 2–1224, SIWCDMA • 2–454, 2–1205
2–1234 SIWIMPORT • 1–4, 2–457, 2–769, 2–1208
/SES_SETUP_TOT_REJ • 2–475, 2–485, 2–1224, SIWIVR • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–459, 2–771, 2–1210
2–1234 SIWMENU • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–461, 2–772, 2–1212
SET • 2–601, 2–603, 2–606, 2–612, 2–614, 2–618, /SIWMENU_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–464, 2–1215
2–622, 2–623, 2–624, 2–625, 2–626, 2–627, SIWOIS • 2–3, 2–77, 2–466, 2–773, 2–1216
2–628, 2–629, 2–632, 2–634, 2–635, 2–638, SIWPC • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–106, 2–470, 2–774,
2–639, 2–642, 2–643, 2–645, 2–647, 2–657, 2–1220
2–662, 2–664, 2–671, 2–672, 2–673, 2–681, /SIWPC_READ_CONFIG_FILE • 2–475, 2–1225
2–683, 2–686, 2–693, 2–703, 2–705, 2–708, SIWPLMN • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–479, 2–775, 2–1228
2–711, 2–714, 2–716, 2–717, 2–726, 2–727, SIWSMPP • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–108, 2–482, 2–776,
2–730, 2–731, 2–737, 2–745, 2–746, 2–749, 2–1231
2–755, 2–756, 2–763, 2–764, 2–765, 2–767, SIWTAP • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–488, 2–1237
2–769, 2–771, 2–772, 2–773, 2–774, 2–775, /SIWTAP_ENABLED • 2–848, 2–1314
2–776, 2–777, 2–778, 2–779, 2–780, 2–781, SIWTDMA • 2–492, 2–1240
2–812, 2–820, 2–855, 2–861, 2–862, 2–871, SIWVMS • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–498, 2–778, 2–1243
2–877, 2–878, 2–882, 2–883, 2–885, 2–889, SIWVSMPP • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–495, 2–779, 2–1246
2–892, 2–893, 2–1116 /SIW_LOGON_RET_INT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1338
Set of Values • 1–5 /SIW_MAXACTIONS • 2–432, 2–753, 2–1181
/SG_CONNECTIONS • 2–1033 /SIW_MAX_BLOCK_ATT • 2–573, 2–874, 2–1338
/SG_GROUPS • 2–1035 /SIW_NEXT_TRAN_INT • 2–573, 2–875, 2–1338
Short Message • 1–4 /SIW_PAGER_RSP_INT • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
Handler • 1–4 /SIW_REQID_RSP_INT • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
SHOW • 2–894, 2–896, 2–904, 2–907, 2–913, 2–921, /SKIP_LAO_FINAL_ATT_ENABLED • 2–531, 2–810,
2–924, 2–927, 2–930, 2–932, 2–934, 2–937, 2–1282
2–940, 2–944, 2–947, 2–950, 2–954, 2–957, SMH • 1–4, 2–3, 2–44, 2–77, 2–110, 2–501, 2–780,
2–959, 2–961, 2–963, 2–965, 2–967, 2–969, 2–957, 2–1248
2–971, 2–982, 2–984, 2–1002, 2–1011, SMH_COMMON • 1–4, 2–113, 2–509, 2–781, 2–1260
2–1016, 2–1018, 2–1044, 2–1051, 2–1054, SMH_CONVERT • 3–38
2–1073, 2–1079, 2–1081, 2–1083, 2–1085, /SMH_IW_MASK • 2–529, 2–807, 2–1279
2–1087, 2–1089, 2–1097, 2–1104, 2–1106, SMPP • 1–4, 2–49, 2–115
2–1109, 2–1114, 2–1118, 2–1132, 2–1139, /SMPPIW_INFO • 2–487, 2–1235
2–1142, 2–1145, 2–1149, 2–1154, 2–1161, SMPP_COMMON • 2–532, 2–812, 2–1284
2–1175, 2–1177, 2–1182, 2–1184, 2–1190, /SMPP_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925
2–1193, 2–1196, 2–1199, 2–1201, 2–1203, /SMPP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME • 2–537, 2–817,
2–1205, 2–1208, 2–1210, 2–1212, 2–1216, 2–1289
2–1220, 2–1228, 2–1231, 2–1237, 2–1240, /SMPP_ENABLED • 2–850, 2–1315
2–1243, 2–1246, 2–1248, 2–1260, 2–1284, /SMPP_PORT_QOS_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1315
2–1291, 2–1321, 2–1326, 2–1328, 2–1334, SMSC • 1–4, 2–612, 2–622, 2–623, 2–624, 2–625,
2–1335, 2–1340, 2–1343, 2–1347, 2–1349, 2–626, 2–627, 2–628, 2–634, 2–642, 2–645,
2–1351, 2–1354, 2–1356, 2–1359 2–672, 2–686, 2–716, 2–745, 2–755, 2–763,
/SHOW_SM • 2–442, 2–762, 2–1189 2–764, 2–777, 2–877, 2–882, 2–903
/SIGNAL_NETWORK_ERRORS • 2–227, 2–255, /SMSC_ADDR_IN_NOTIF • 2–433, 2–753, 2–1181
2–644, 2–654, 2–983, 2–1008 SMSC_COMMON • 2–53, 2–82, 2–105, 2–118,
/SILA_SHORTNUM_ENABLED • 2–346, 2–700, 2–539, 2–820, 2–1291
2–1102 /SMSC_GT_SELECT • 2–383, 2–723, 2–1137
/SILENT_SMS_ENABLED • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345 /SMSC_ID • 2–550, 2–553, 2–848, 2–1315
/SILENT_SMS_ENC_ID • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345 /SMSC_LOGGING_MASK • 2–849, 2–1316
Single Character • 1–5 /SMSC_PLMN_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1316
/SINGLE_RECEIVED • 2–507, 2–1258 /SMSC_PSTNA_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1316
/SINGLE_SHOT_ACCEPTED • 2–506, 2–1258 /SMSC_UNIQUE_PLMN_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850,
/SINGLE_SHOT_DELIVERED • 2–506, 2–1258 2–1317
/SINGLE_SHOT_ENABLED • 2–848, 2–1314 /SMSC_X25_ADDR • 2–551, 2–850, 2–1317
/SINGLE_SHOT_REJECTED • 2–506, 2–1258 /SMSDELIVERY_TO • 2–313, 2–384, 2–428, 2–677,
/SINGLE_TRANSMITTED • 2–507, 2–1259 2–724, 2–748, 2–1076, 2–1137, 2–1176
Index–37
/SMSDELIVER_NOTIF_IND • 2–313, 2–383, 2–677, /SMS_REQUEST_OK • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416,
2–723, 2–1076, 2–1137 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
/SMSREQUEST_NOTIF_IND • 2–313, 2–384, 2–678, /SMS_SIGNAL_CADENCE • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345
2–724, 2–1077, 2–1138 /SMS_SIGNAL_DURATION • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345
/SMSREQUEST_TO • 2–314, 2–384, 2–428, 2–678, /SMS_SIGNAL_PITCH • 2–580, 2–880, 2–1345
2–724, 2–748, 2–1077, 2–1138, 2–1176 /SMS_SUBMIT_ACCEPTED • 2–456, 2–493, 2–1207,
/SMS_ADDR_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1241
2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165 /SMS_SUBMIT_REJECTED • 2–456, 2–493, 2–1207,
/SMS_CANCEL_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–1206 2–1241
/SMS_CANCEL_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–1206 /SMS_SVC_DENIED • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416, 2–1061,
/SMS_CONTENT_ENABLED • 2–700, 2–1102 2–1124, 2–1167
/SMS_DELACK_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–493, /SMS_TERMINAL_PROBLEM • 2–297, 2–368,
2–1206, 2–1241 2–417, 2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167
/SMS_DELACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 SMTP • 1–2, 1–4, 2–855, 2–1321
/SMS_DELACK_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 SMTP_COMMON • 2–554
/SMS_DELACK_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–493, /SM_BUFFERED • 2–1258
2–1206, 2–1241 /SM_DELETED_INVALID • 2–496, 2–500, 2–1244,
/SMS_DELIVER_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 2–1247
/SMS_DELIVER_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 /SM_DELETED_RECEIVED • 2–496, 2–500, 2–1244,
/SMS_DEST_BUSY • 2–295, 2–365, 2–414, 2–1059, 2–1247
2–1122, 2–1165 /SM_DELIVERY_FAILURE • 2–240, 2–996
/SMS_DEST_RESOURCE_SHORT • 2–295, 2–365, /SM_DISMISSED • 2–506, 2–1258
2–414, 2–1059, 2–1122, 2–1165 /SM_FAILED • 2–165, 2–167, 2–169, 2–183, 2–186,
/SMS_ENCODING_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–366, 2–194, 2–506, 2–929, 2–931, 2–933, 2–945,
2–415, 2–1060, 2–1122, 2–1165 2–948, 2–955, 2–1258
/SMS_GENERAL_PROBLEM • 2–295, 2–366, 2–415, /SM_FILTERING_BY_HPLMN • 2–255, 2–654,
2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 2–1009
/SMS_IMPORTED • 2–1209 /SM_INVALID • 2–456, 2–460, 2–481, 2–493, 2–506,
/SMS_INVALID_SERVICE_ID • 2–296, 2–366, 2–415, 2–1207, 2–1211, 2–1229, 2–1242, 2–1258
2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 /SM_PSTN_FAILED • 2–172, 2–180, 2–191, 2–464,
/SMS_LOGGING_ENABLED • 2–701, 2–1102 2–475, 2–935, 2–942, 2–952, 2–1215, 2–1225
/SMS_MANACK_ACCEPTED • 2–455, 2–493, /SM_PSTN_INVALID • 2–464, 2–475, 2–489, 2–1215,
2–1207, 2–1241 2–1225, 2–1238
/SMS_MANACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 /SM_PSTN_RECEIVED • 2–464, 2–476, 2–490,
/SMS_MANACK_OK • 2–164, 2–194, 2–928, 2–955 2–1215, 2–1225, 2–1238
/SMS_MANACK_REJECTED • 2–455, 2–493, /SM_PSTN_TRANSMITTED • 2–172, 2–180, 2–191,
2–1207, 2–1241 2–464, 2–476, 2–935, 2–942, 2–952, 2–1215,
/SMS_MISSING_PARAMETER • 2–296, 2–366, 2–1225
2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 /SM_PSTN_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239
/SMS_NETWORK_PROBLEM • 2–296, 2–366, /SM_RECEIVED • 2–456, 2–460, 2–481, 2–494,
2–415, 2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 2–506, 2–1207, 2–1211, 2–1230, 2–1242,
/SMS_NOTIF_ACCEPTED • 2–296, 2–366, 2–415, 2–1258
2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 /SM_RESOURCE_FAIL • 2–1230
/SMS_NOTIF_REJECTED • 2–296, 2–367, 2–416, /SM_TCP_FAILED • 2–175, 2–191, 2–468, 2–939,
2–1060, 2–1123, 2–1166 2–952, 2–1218
/SMS_PARAM_VALUE_ERR • 2–296, 2–367, 2–416, /SM_TCP_INVALID • 2–490, 2–1238
2–1061, 2–1123, 2–1166 /SM_TCP_RECEIVED • 2–468, 2–490, 2–1219,
/SMS_RADIO_PROBLEM • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416, 2–1238
2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167 /SM_TCP_REJECTED • 2–468, 2–1219
/SMS_READACK_ACCEPTED • 2–456, 2–1207 /SM_TCP_TRANSMITTED • 2–175, 2–191, 2–468,
/SMS_READACK_FAIL • 2–164, 2–929 2–939, 2–953, 2–1219
/SMS_READACK_OK • 2–165, 2–929 /SM_TCP_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239
/SMS_READACK_REJECTED • 2–456, 2–1207 /SM_TRANSMITTED • 2–165, 2–167, 2–169, 2–184,
/SMS_REQUEST_FAIL • 2–297, 2–367, 2–416, 2–186, 2–194, 2–507, 2–929, 2–931, 2–933,
2–1061, 2–1124, 2–1167 2–945, 2–948, 2–956, 2–1258
38–Index
/SM_VALID • 2–507, 2–1259 /SSRV_LOCAL_SS_FAIL • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_VP_FAILED • 2–165, 2–172, 2–180, 2–184, /SSRV_MAX_RAS_BUFS • 2–281, 2–668, 2–1049
2–191, 2–194, 2–465, 2–476, 2–929, 2–935, /SSRV_MO_THROTTLING • 2–668, 2–1047
2–942, 2–945, 2–953, 2–956, 2–1215, 2–1225 /SSRV_NETWORKS • 2–15, 2–86, 2–1048
/SM_X25_FAILED • 2–175, 2–180, 2–191, 2–468, /SSRV_NOTICE_FAILURE • 2–272, 2–1039
2–476, 2–939, 2–942, 2–953, 2–1219, 2–1225 /SSRV_NO_SPEC_USER • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_INVALID • 2–465, 2–476, 2–490, 2–1215, /SSRV_NO_USERS • 2–272, 2–1039
2–1225, 2–1238 /SSRV_NW_RCV_HOPC_VIOL • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_RECEIVED • 2–465, 2–469, 2–476, 2–490, /SSRV_NW_RCV_LOCAL_PROC • 2–272, 2–1039
2–1215, 2–1219, 2–1225, 2–1239 /SSRV_NW_RCV_MSG_TRANS • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_REJECTED • 2–469, 2–1219 /SSRV_NW_RCV_MTP_FAIL • 2–272, 2–1039
/SM_X25_TRANSMITTED • 2–175, 2–180, 2–191, /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_ADDR • 2–273, 2–1039
2–469, 2–476, 2–939, 2–942, 2–953, 2–1219, /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTRAN_NOA • 2–273, 2–1040
2–1226 /SSRV_NW_RCV_NTWK_CONG • 2–273, 2–1040
/SM_X25_TRUNCATED • 2–490, 2–1239 /SSRV_NW_RCV_REAS_UNSUP • 2–273, 2–1040
/SPARE1 • 2–1209 /SSRV_NW_RCV_SCCP_FAIL • 2–273, 2–1040
/SPBP_OPT_FIELDS_MASK • 2–399, 2–735, 2–1152 /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_FAIL • 2–273, 2–1040
/SPCIW_INFO • 2–477, 2–1226 /SSRV_NW_RCV_SEGM_UNSUP • 2–273, 2–1040
/SPEC_VMS_NOTIF_ERR • 2–433, 2–753, 2–1181 /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_CONG • 2–273, 2–1040
/SRI_TO • 2–255, 2–654, 2–1009 /SSRV_NW_RCV_SS_FAIL • 2–274, 2–1040
/SS7_ERR_DETAIL_ENABLED • 2–255, 2–655, /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNEQUIPPED • 2–274, 2–1040
2–1009 /SSRV_NW_RCV_UNQUAL • 2–274, 2–1040
SSD • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–560, 2–861, 2–1326 /SSRV_OVERLOAD_PROTECT • 2–274, 2–1041
SSD_COMMON • 1–4, 2–562, 2–862, 2–1328 /SSRV_RAS_BUF_FREE • 2–1041
/SSNM_DPC_AUDIT_TIMER • 2–280, 2–668, 2–1047 /SSRV_RAS_BUF_IN_USE • 2–1041
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_FREE • 2–1037 /SSRV_RAS_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–274, 2–1041
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1037 /SSRV_RAS_BUF_NO_MEM • 2–274, 2–1041
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270, 2–1037 /SSRV_SUBSYSTEMS • 2–16, 2–87, 2–1048
/SSNM_DPC_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1037 /SSRV_TRANS_FAILURE • 2–274, 2–1041
/SSNM_ENABLED • 2–667, 2–1046 START • 4–14
/SSNM_MAX_DPC_ENTRIES • 2–279, 2–667, /STATE • 2–901
2–1046 Statistical Counter • 1–5
/SSNM_MAX_SSN_ENTRIES • 2–280, 2–667, Statkeepdays • 3–2
2–1046 Statuscode
/SSNM_MAX_STAT_ENTRIES • 2–280, 2–668, DCLSIG • 3–15
2–1046 /STATUS_REPORT_USE_TPMR • 2–529, 2–808,
/SSNM_SSN_AUDIT_TIMER • 2–280, 2–668, 2–1047 2–1280
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_FREE • 2–1037 /STD_PLMN_TYPE • 2–851, 2–1317
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1037 STOP • 2–1362, 4–16
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270, 2–1037 STORE • 1–4, 2–569, 2–1334
/SSNM_SSN_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1037 /SUA_NO_REASSEMBLY • 2–275, 2–1041
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_FREE • 2–1038 /SUA_REASSEMBLY • 2–281, 2–668, 2–1049
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_IN_USE • 2–1038 /SUA_REASSEMBLY_TO • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1050
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_MAX_USED • 2–270, 2–1038 /SUA_SEGMENTATION • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1050
/SSNM_STAT_ENT_NO_MEM • 2–270, 2–1038 /SUA_SEGM_ABOVE_SIZE • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1050
/SSN_STATES • 2–1036 Submit date • 2–790, 2–792
/SSRV_FAILED_REASSEMBLY • 2–270, 2–1038 Submit time • 2–790, 2–792
/SSRV_FLOW_CTRL • 2–16, 2–87, 2–1047 /SUBMIT_CHECK_PSTNA • 2–406
/SSRV_INVALID_MSG • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_CHECK_TCP • 2–407
/SSRV_LOCAL_MTP_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_CHECK_X25 • 2–407
/SSRV_LOCAL_NTWK_CONG • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_PSTNA • 2–407
/SSRV_LOCAL_SCCP_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_TCP • 2–408
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_FAIL • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_DEFAULT_X25 • 2–408
/SSRV_LOCAL_SEGM_UNSUP • 2–271, 2–1038 /SUBMIT_NUM_PLAN • 2–314, 2–678, 2–1077
/SSRV_LOCAL_SS_CONG • 2–271, 2–1039 /SUBM_CM_COMPL • 2–150, 2–915
Index–39
/SUBM_CM_INCOMPL • 2–150, 2–915 /TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_SNT • 2–218, 2–242, 2–304,
/SUBM_SEGM_DISC • 2–149, 2–914 2–374, 2–423, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1066, 2–1129,
/SUBM_SEGM_OK • 2–149, 2–914 2–1172
SUBSCRIBE • 2–1364 /TCAP_ABT_SNT • 2–219, 2–242, 2–977, 2–997
Subscriber /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242, 2–299,
database • 1–4 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–1125,
/SUBSCRIBERS • 2–1112 2–1168
/SUBSCRIBER_BUSY_FOR_MT_SMS • 2–241, /TCAP_ABT_TRANP_SNT • 2–219, 2–242, 2–303,
2–996 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1066, 2–1129,
/SUBSYSTEMS • 2–1041 2–1172
/SUB_TRIGGERS • 2–395, 2–1147 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242,
/SUM_CDR_TIME • 2–148, 2–612, 2–914 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062,
/SUM_FLUSH_CDR_REQ • 2–158, 2–616, 2–923 2–1125, 2–1168
/SUM_FLUSH_LOG_REQ • 2–159, 2–617, 2–923 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECID_SNT • 2–219, 2–242, 2–304,
/SUM_FLUSH_TIME • 2–148, 2–613, 2–914 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1066, 2–1129,
/SUM_LOG_TIME • 2–149, 2–613, 2–914 2–1172
SUPPRESS • 2–133, 2–134, 2–898, 2–1371 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_RCVD • 2–219, 2–242,
SUSPEND • 2–1366 2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062,
/SWITCHED_FWAD_ENABLED • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1125, 2–1168
2–1332 /TCAP_ABT_UNRECMT_SNT • 2–219, 2–243,
Switch help • 2–74 2–303, 2–374, 2–423, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1066,
/SYNCDEL_ENABLE • 2–808, 2–1281 2–1129, 2–1172
SYNCHRONOUS • 4–15 /TCAP_ACTIVE_DIALOG • 2–219
/SYSTEM_FAILURE • 2–218, 2–241, 2–976, 2–996 /TCAP_ACTIVE_DLGS • 2–977, 2–997, 2–1067,
/SYSTEM_IDENTIFICATION • 2–360, 2–537, 2–715, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–818, 2–1117, 2–1289 /TCAP_BEGIN_RCVD • 2–219, 2–243, 2–298,
/S_DEL_RESP • 2–529, 2–808, 2–1280 2–368, 2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–1124,
/S_INQ_RESP • 2–529, 2–808, 2–1280 2–1167
/TCAP_BEGIN_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–368,
2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
T /TCAP_CONT_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–368,
2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
TAP • 1–3, 1–4
/TCAP_CONT_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–977, 2–997
TAP_COMMON • 2–57, 2–120, 2–570, 2–871,
/TCAP_END_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–368,
2–1335
2–417, 2–977, 2–997, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/TAP_COS_ID • 2–162, 2–620, 2–925
/TCAP_END_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–298, 2–368,
/TAP_MAX_PORTS • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
2–417, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/TAP_PREFIX • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338
/TCAP_ERRORS • 2–297, 2–368, 2–417, 2–1061,
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_RCVD • 2–218, 2–241,
2–1124, 2–1167
2–299, 2–370, 2–419, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1063,
/TCAP_ERROR_RCVD • 2–220, 2–243, 2–300,
2–1126, 2–1169
2–370, 2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, 2–1126,
/TCAP_ABT_ABNORM_SNT • 2–218, 2–241, 2–976,
2–1169
2–996
/TCAP_ERROR_SNT • 2–220, 2–243, 2–300, 2–371,
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_RCVD • 2–218, 2–241, 2–299,
2–420, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–369, 2–418, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1062, 2–1125,
/TCAP_FAILED_SENT • 2–220, 2–244, 2–298,
2–1168
2–369, 2–418, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–1125,
/TCAP_ABT_BFTP_SNT • 2–218, 2–241, 2–303,
2–1168
2–374, 2–423, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1066, 2–1129,
/TCAP_INITIATED_DIALOG • 2–220
2–1172
/TCAP_INITIATED_DLGS • 2–978, 2–998, 2–1067,
/TCAP_ABT_RCVD • 2–218, 2–242, 2–299, 2–369,
2–1130, 2–1173
2–418, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168
/TCAP_INVKNL_RCVD • 2–300, 2–370, 2–419,
/TCAP_ABT_RESLIMIT_RCVD • 2–218, 2–242,
2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
2–299, 2–369, 2–418, 2–976, 2–996, 2–1063,
/TCAP_INVK_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–299, 2–370,
2–1125, 2–1168
2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169
40–Index
/TCAP_INVK_SNT • 2–221, 2–244, 2–300, 2–370, /TCAP_RJCT_ERUE_SNT • 2–305, 2–376, 2–425,
2–419, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_MSG_DISC • 2–221, 2–244, 2–298, 2–369, /TCAP_RJCT_ERUNX_SNT • 2–305, 2–376, 2–425,
2–418, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1062, 2–1125, 2–1168 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_NOTICE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–306, /TCAP_RJCT_ERURE_SNT • 2–305, 2–376, 2–425,
2–376, 2–425, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1068, 2–1131, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–1174 /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_RCVD • 2–301, 2–371, 2–420,
/TCAP_PRB_INITREL_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–978, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–998 /TCAP_RJCT_ICC_SNT • 2–304, 2–375, 2–424,
/TCAP_PRB_MISTYPE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–301, 2–372, 2–421, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1064, /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_RCVD • 2–301, 2–371, 2–420,
2–1127, 2–1170 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RE_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–302, /TCAP_RJCT_ICP_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423,
2–373, 2–422, 2–978, 2–998, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–1171 /TCAP_RJCT_IVDID_SNT • 2–304, 2–375, 2–424,
/TCAP_PRB_MT_RR_RCVD • 2–221, 2–244, 2–302, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–372, 2–421, 2–979, 2–999, 2–1064, 2–1127, /TCAP_RJCT_IVIPAR_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
2–1170 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_PRB_RESLIMIT_RCVD • 2–221, 2–245, /TCAP_RJCT_IVUOC_SNT • 2–304, 2–375, 2–424,
2–303, 2–373, 2–422, 2–979, 2–999, 2–1065, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–1128, 2–1171 /TCAP_RJCT_MISTYPE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246,
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_OP_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245, 2–980, 2–1000
2–979, 2–999 /TCAP_RJCT_RCVD • 2–222, 2–979
/TCAP_PRB_UNL_RESP_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245, /TCAP_RJCT_RRIP_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
2–979, 2–999 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_PRB_UNREC_OP_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245, /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_RCVD • 2–302, 2–372, 2–421,
2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–979, 2–999, 2–1064, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–1127, 2–1170 /TCAP_RJCT_RRUCI_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
/TCAP_REJECT_RCVD • 2–245, 2–300, 2–371, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–420, 2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169 /TCAP_RJCT_RRURR_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
/TCAP_REJECT_SNT • 2–245, 2–300, 2–371, 2–420, 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169 /TCAP_RJCT_SNT • 2–222, 2–979
/TCAP_RES_LAST_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245, 2–300, /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, 2–422,
2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–999, 2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171
2–1169 /TCAP_RJCT_TP2R_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423,
/TCAP_RES_LAST_SNT • 2–222, 2–245, 2–300, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–980, 2–999, 2–1063, /TCAP_RJCT_UCID_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
2–1126, 2–1169 2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_RCVD • 2–222, 2–245, /TCAP_RJCT_UCT_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423,
2–300, 2–370, 2–419, 2–979, 2–980, 2–999, 2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172
2–1063, 2–1126, 2–1169 /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, 2–980,
/TCAP_RES_NOLAST_SNT • 2–222, 2–246, 2–979, 2–1000
2–980, 2–999 /TCAP_RJCT_UI_RR_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, 2–980,
/TCAP_RJCT_BADS_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, 2–301, 2–1000
2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000, 2–1064, /TCAP_RJCT_UNREC_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246,
2–1127, 2–1170 2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000, 2–1064,
/TCAP_RJCT_BSCP_SNT • 2–304, 2–374, 2–423, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–1066, 2–1129, 2–1172 /TCAP_RJCT_UNR_LID_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246,
/TCAP_RJCT_DUP_IID_RCVD • 2–223, 2–246, 2–301, 2–372, 2–421, 2–980, 2–1000, 2–1064,
2–301, 2–371, 2–420, 2–980, 2–1000, 2–1064, 2–1127, 2–1170
2–1127, 2–1170 /TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RE_RCVD • 2–223, 2–247,
/TCAP_RJCT_ERIP_SNT • 2–306, 2–376, 2–425, 2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–980, 2–1000, 2–1065,
2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173 2–1128, 2–1171
/TCAP_RJCT_ERUCI_SNT • 2–305, 2–375, 2–424,
2–1067, 2–1130, 2–1173
Index–41
/TCAP_RJCT_UNXP_RR_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, /TDMA_OATS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–981, 2–1000, 2–1064, /TDMA_OATS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071
2–1127, 2–1170 /TDMA_OPTS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
/TCAP_RJT_BFTP_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, 2–422, /TDMA_OPTS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071
2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TDMA_VMN_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070
/TCAP_RJT_TRANP_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, 2–422, /TDMA_VMN_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070
2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TDMA_VMN_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECID_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TDMA_VMN_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1071
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TELESERVICE_NOT_PROV • 2–248, 2–1001
/TCAP_RJT_UNRECMT_RCVD • 2–303, 2–373, /TEMPLATE • 2–206, 2–637, 2–966
2–422, 2–1065, 2–1128, 2–1171 /TEMPORARY_FALLBACK • 2–255, 2–655, 2–1009
/TCAP_SRC_AID • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 TEST EVENT • 2–1368
/TCAP_SRC_PC • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 /TESTTRACE • 2–135, 2–901, 2–1372
/TCAP_SRC_SSN • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 Text • 3–22
/TCAP_SRC_STACKTYPE • 2–552, 2–851, 2–1317 /THROUGHPUT_INTERVAL • 2–323, 2–391, 2–400,
/TCAP_TRANS_DISC • 2–224, 2–247, 2–298, 2–369, 2–684, 2–729, 2–735, 2–1086, 2–1144, 2–1152
2–418, 2–981, 2–1000, 2–1062, 2–1125, Time • 4–18
2–1168 /TIMEOUT_ERRORS • 2–175, 2–469, 2–939, 2–1219
/TCAP_UABT_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, 2–299, 2–370, TIMESTAMP • 4–17
2–419, 2–981, 2–1000, 2–1063, 2–1126, /TIMES_TOO_FEW_INPUT_BUF • 2–477, 2–1226
2–1169 /TIMES_TOO_FEW_OUTPUT_BUF • 2–477, 2–1226
/TCAP_UABT_SNT • 2–224, 2–247, 2–981, 2–1001 /TIMEZONE_OFFSET_ENABLE • 2–852, 2–1318
/TCAP_UNKN_MSG_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, 2–306, /TIME_OUTS • 2–298, 2–368, 2–417, 2–1061,
2–376, 2–425, 2–981, 2–1001, 2–1068, 2–1124, 2–1167
2–1131, 2–1174 /TIME_TO_COMPLETE • 2–1209
/TCAP_UNKN_SPRIM_RCVD • 2–275, 2–1043 /TIME_WINDOW_DB_OPER • 2–391, 2–729, 2–1144
/TCAP_USER_UNREC_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, /TLV_PROF_REJ_MSG • 2–487, 2–1235
2–302, 2–372, 2–421, 2–981, 2–1001, 2–1065, /TOT_CDR_WRITTEN • 2–152, 2–338, 2–917,
2–1128, 2–1171 2–1096
/TCAP_USER_UNXP_RCVD • 2–224, 2–247, 2–302, /TOT_LOGGED • 2–152, 2–338, 2–915, 2–1096
2–373, 2–422, 2–981, 2–1001, 2–1065, /TO_CONNECT • 2–351, 2–706, 2–1105
2–1128, 2–1171 /TO_DELIVERY • 2–198, 2–201, 2–211, 2–317,
/TCOS_DEFAULT • 2–162, 2–620, 2–926 2–354, 2–357, 2–408, 2–433, 2–537, 2–588,
/TCOS_PP_MASK • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925 2–591, 2–630, 2–633, 2–641, 2–682, 2–710,
TCP • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–122, 2–575, 2–1340 2–712, 2–742, 2–754, 2–818, 2–888, 2–891,
/TCP_IP_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1318 2–960, 2–962, 2–970, 2–1079, 2–1108, 2–1115,
/TDMA_CMT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070 2–1158, 2–1181, 2–1289, 2–1353, 2–1355
/TDMA_CMT_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070 /TO_INACTIVE • 2–351, 2–354, 2–357, 2–360,
/TDMA_CMT_MT_FAIL • 2–307, 2–1071 2–408, 2–537, 2–707, 2–710, 2–712, 2–714,
/TDMA_CMT_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1070 2–742, 2–818, 2–1105, 2–1108, 2–1115,
TDMA_COMMON • 1–4, 2–59, 2–124, 2–578, 2–878, 2–1116, 2–1158, 2–1289
2–1343 /TO_MORE_MESSAGES • 2–351, 2–355, 2–408,
/TDMA_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–619, 2–925 2–537, 2–707, 2–710, 2–742, 2–818, 2–1105,
/TDMA_CPT_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–306, 2–1070 2–1108, 2–1158, 2–1289
/TDMA_CPT_MO_REJECTED • 2–306, 2–1070 /TO_RESPONSE • 2–212, 2–633, 2–641, 2–962,
/TDMA_CPT_MT_FAIL • 2–307, 2–1070 2–970
/TDMA_CPT_MT_OK • 2–307, 2–1070 /TP_PID_ENABLED • 2–809, 2–1281
/TDMA_CSP_ENABLED • 2–579, 2–879, 2–1344 TP_PID_LIST • 2–47, 2–113
/TDMA_ENABLED • 2–851, 2–1318 TRACE • 2–1370, 4–5, 4–9
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–307, 2–1070 Tracelevel • 3–2
/TDMA_GUTS_MO_REJECTED • 2–307, 2–1070 /TRACE_BILLING_ENABLED • 2–809, 2–1281
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_FAIL • 2–308, 2–1071 TRACE_COLLECTION • 4–14, 4–16
/TDMA_GUTS_MT_OK • 2–308, 2–1071 Traffic log file conversion • 3–22
/TDMA_OATS_MO_ACCEPTED • 2–307, 2–1070 /TRANSACTION_RATE • 2–326, 2–1088
/TDMA_OATS_MO_REJECTED • 2–307, 2–1070 /TRANSL_ADDR_PID_REC • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1332
42–Index
/TRANSL_RECIP_ADDR • 2–346, 2–701, 2–1103 /UMF_RECIP_SUFFIX • 2–558, 2–859, 2–1324
/TRANSMIT_RATE • 2–1209 /UMF_SERVICE_MASK • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRANS_PER_DB_OPER • 2–391, 2–729, 2–1144 /UMF_SMTP_LA • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
TRCANL • 3–40 /UMF_SM_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRCDGT_DIGITS • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1374 /UMF_TSAR_BIN_TYPE • 2–559, 2–860, 2–1325
/TRCDPC • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNBLOCK_NOK • 2–388, 2–1141
/TRCLEVEL • 2–135, 2–901, 2–1372 /UNBLOCK_OK • 2–388, 2–1141
/TRCOGT_DIGITS • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNBLOCK_RECEIVED • 2–388, 2–1141
/TRCOPC • 2–136, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNCOND_FWD_ENABLED • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
/TRCORIGINATOR_DIGITS • 2–135, 2–902, 2–1373 /UNEXPECTED_DATA_VALUE • 2–224, 2–248,
/TRCRECIPIENT_DIGITS • 2–135, 2–902, 2–1373 2–981, 2–1001
/TRCREQ_DISCARDED • 2–136, 2–902 /UNIDENTIFIED_SUBSCRIBER • 2–248, 2–1001
TRCSRV • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–582, 2–1347 /UNKNOWN_SUBSCRIBER • 2–225, 2–248, 2–981,
TRCSRV_COMMON • 1–4, 2–584, 2–883, 2–1349 2–1001
/TRC_DISCARDED • 2–582, 2–1347 /UNTR_ADDR_ENABLED • 2–400, 2–734, 2–1151
/TRC_FILE_SIZE • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350 Update traffic log database • 3–2
/TRC_LOGGED • 2–582, 2–1347 /UPDATE_NOK • 2–326, 2–1088
/TRC_RECEIVED • 2–582, 2–1347 /UPDATE_OK • 2–326, 2–1088
/TRC_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–585, 2–884, 2–1350 /UPD_Q_MAX_MSGS • 2–567, 2–869, 2–1333
/TRUNCATE_SM • 2–574, 2–875, 2–1338 /UPD_Q_PROCESS_TIME • 2–568, 2–869, 2–1333
/TRUNK_CODE_CHECK • 2–552, 2–852, 2–1318 /USED_SERVER • 2–261, 2–661, 2–1014
/TT_CLI • 2–347, 2–701, 2–1103 /USER_DATA_ENC_SCHEME • 2–145, 2–581,
/TT_HLR_DEFAULT • 2–256, 2–655, 2–1009 2–610, 2–881, 2–912, 2–1346
/TT_MSC_DEFAULT • 2–256, 2–655, 2–1010 /USE_CACHE • 2–400, 2–735, 2–1152
/TT_SC_ADDRESS • 2–347, 2–701, 2–1103 /USE_HLR_ROUTING_DB • 2–384, 2–724, 2–1138
/T_DEL_RESP • 2–529, 2–809, 2–1281 /USE_MDN_IN_SMSDELIVER • 2–314, 2–384,
2–678, 2–724, 2–1077, 2–1138
/USE_MDN_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–314, 2–385,
U 2–678, 2–725, 2–1077, 2–1138
/USE_MIN_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–314, 2–679,
/UCP01_RESPONSE_ENABLED • 2–408, 2–743,
2–1077
2–1159
/USE_MIN_MAP • 2–315, 2–385, 2–679, 2–725,
/UCP31_ZERO_RESP • 2–409, 2–743, 2–1159
2–1078, 2–1138
/UCP_COS_ID • 2–161, 2–620, 2–925
/USE_ORG_ADDR_AS_CBN • 2–144, 2–610, 2–911
/UCP_DISCON_DELAY_TIME • 2–409, 2–742,
/USE_TSID_IN_SMSREQUEST • 2–315, 2–679,
2–1159
2–1078
/UCS2_CONV • 2–581, 2–881, 2–1345
/UD_IN_SM_FIELD • 2–538, 2–818, 2–1290
/UMF_ADDRESS_FORMAT • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1323 V
/UMF_CONTENT_LANG • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1323
/UMF_CONTENT_TYPE • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1323 /VERSION • 2–903
/UMF_DEL_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–557, 2–858, /VMN_UCP_ENABLED • 2–852, 2–1318
2–1324 /VMN_VSMPP_ENABLED • 2–853, 2–1318
/UMF_ENABLED • 2–852, 2–1318 VMS • 1–4
/UMF_GSM_UDH_BIN_TYPE • 2–557, 2–858, VMS command • 3–1
2–1324 VMS_COMMON • 2–586, 2–885, 2–1351
/UMF_HIDECLI_ADDR • 2–557, 2–858, 2–1324 /VP_CONST_NOTIF • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1281
/UMF_IMPORTANCE_HEADER • 2–558, 2–859, /VP_LRAD_DEFAULT • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1281
2–1324 /VP_NOTIF_DEFAULT • 2–530, 2–809, 2–1282
/UMF_MAN_ACK_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–558, 2–859, /VP_NOTIF_MAX • 2–530, 2–810, 2–1282
2–1324 /VP_SCHEME_NOTIF • 2–530, 2–810, 2–1282
/UMF_MSGS_FAILED • 2–507, 2–1259 /VP_SM_DEFAULT • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/UMF_MSGS_OK • 2–507, 2–1259 /VP_SM_MAX • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/UMF_NOTIF_SUBJ_TEXT • 2–558, 2–859, 2–1324 /VP_XM_DEFAULT • 2–552, 2–853, 2–1319
/UMF_RECIP_PREFIX • 2–558, 2–859, 2–1324 /VP_XM_MAX • 2–553, 2–853, 2–1319
Index–43
VSMPP • 1–4
VSMPP_COMMON • 2–590, 2–889, 2–1354
/VSMSC_ENABLED • 2–854, 2–1319
X
/VSMSC_LISTS_ENABLED • 2–854, 2–1319
/X121_CC • 2–553, 2–854, 2–1319
/X121_INT_PREFIX • 2–553, 2–854, 2–1319
W X25 • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–126, 2–593, 2–892, 2–1356
X29 • 1–4, 2–3, 2–77, 2–128, 2–596, 2–893, 2–1359
WAIT • 4–18 /XUA_MAX_SIG_NODES • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1049
/WAIT_ADDRBLOCKS • 2–1259 /XUA_MAX_SND_BUFS • 2–281, 2–669, 2–1049
/WEMT_ENABLED • 2–145, 2–610, 2–912 /XUA_RC_SMSC_ID • 2–282, 2–670, 2–1049
/WEMT_FAIL_UNSUPP_TSID • 2–165, 2–929 /XUA_SIGNAL_SSNM_MSGS • 2–282, 2–670,
/WEMT_WMT_FALLBACK • 2–145, 2–611, 2–912 2–1050
/WINDOW_SIZE • 2–317, 2–589, 2–592, 2–682, /XUA_SIG_NODES_FREE • 2–1043
2–888, 2–891, 2–1079, 2–1353, 2–1355 /XUA_SIG_NODES_IN_USE • 2–1043
/WL_SKIP_BL • 2–568, 2–869, 2–1333 /XUA_SIG_NODES_MAX_USED • 2–275, 2–1043
/WRITE_SLEEP_PERIOD • 2–159, 2–617, 2–923 /XUA_SIG_NODES_NO_MEM • 2–276, 2–1043
/XUA_SND_BUF_FREE • 2–1043
/XUA_SND_BUF_IN_USE • 2–1043
/XUA_SND_BUF_MAX_USED • 2–276, 2–1043
/XUA_SND_BUF_NO_MEM • 2–276, 2–1043
44–Index
You might also like
- IR21 - AAZ24 - Sierra Wireless Solutions and Services SA - 20210922142829No ratings yetIR21 - AAZ24 - Sierra Wireless Solutions and Services SA - 2021092214282935 pages
- IR85 - Key2roam - Hub - JORK9 - MTP - DRF - 20190319 (00000002)100% (2)IR85 - Key2roam - Hub - JORK9 - MTP - DRF - 20190319 (00000002)22 pages
- Getting Started! 3G Release 99 (Deployed Today) : ConfidentialNo ratings yetGetting Started! 3G Release 99 (Deployed Today) : Confidential48 pages
- Ir21 HKT (HKGTC HKGM3 HKGNW) 2023-08-09No ratings yetIr21 HKT (HKGTC HKGM3 HKGNW) 2023-08-0963 pages
- IR21 Philippines Digitel Mobile Sun Cellular 03JANUARY2012No ratings yetIR21 Philippines Digitel Mobile Sun Cellular 03JANUARY201210 pages
- IR21 - AAMT1 - Tampnet AS - 20201105143340No ratings yetIR21 - AAMT1 - Tampnet AS - 2020110514334020 pages
- DZAA1-2022-12 Mobilis - Algeria - Telecom - MobileNo ratings yetDZAA1-2022-12 Mobilis - Algeria - Telecom - Mobile24 pages
- Update FV-HNIB+Pi5 Tech PT. Narco IndonesiaNo ratings yetUpdate FV-HNIB+Pi5 Tech PT. Narco Indonesia18 pages
- Base Station Subsystem Network and Switching Subsystem: BSC BTS MSS MSC/VLR Gateway MSC100% (1)Base Station Subsystem Network and Switching Subsystem: BSC BTS MSS MSC/VLR Gateway MSC24 pages
- IR85 Key2roam Hub DNKK9 TT DRF TT 37 20211123No ratings yetIR85 Key2roam Hub DNKK9 TT DRF TT 37 2021112321 pages
- ERNW HITB AMS Mende Rey Attacking Mobile Telecommunication Networks GerNo ratings yetERNW HITB AMS Mende Rey Attacking Mobile Telecommunication Networks Ger70 pages
- 016-ZXUN XGW (V4.10.24) EXtendable GateWay GGSN Performance Index ReferenceNo ratings yet016-ZXUN XGW (V4.10.24) EXtendable GateWay GGSN Performance Index Reference37 pages
- SJ-20100427100033-016-ZXSDP Service Delivery Platform SMS Gateway User Guide - V1.01.01No ratings yetSJ-20100427100033-016-ZXSDP Service Delivery Platform SMS Gateway User Guide - V1.01.01167 pages
- IR.21 Document-Grameenphone (BGDGP) - 2023-03-30No ratings yetIR.21 Document-Grameenphone (BGDGP) - 2023-03-3027 pages
- S13 Key2roam Data Roaming Implementation Guideline100% (1)S13 Key2roam Data Roaming Implementation Guideline17 pages
- ZXUN-xGW GGSN GRE Configuration Guide - V1.1No ratings yetZXUN-xGW GGSN GRE Configuration Guide - V1.16 pages
- NIP Showrun Report 619646-I-BR-HZBG-ENB-0003-HZBGBHUTESR001 920 o 4.3No ratings yetNIP Showrun Report 619646-I-BR-HZBG-ENB-0003-HZBGBHUTESR001 920 o 4.323 pages
- H3I - SRAN - Sulawesi - IPPLAN - v3.2 20200515 - Validasi 15 Mei100% (1)H3I - SRAN - Sulawesi - IPPLAN - v3.2 20200515 - Validasi 15 Mei65 pages
- Exploiting Vulnerbilities in ESXi - Preauth RCE and Sandbox Escape.No ratings yetExploiting Vulnerbilities in ESXi - Preauth RCE and Sandbox Escape.68 pages
- Websms Panel 6.1 - Bulk SMS Reseller PanelNo ratings yetWebsms Panel 6.1 - Bulk SMS Reseller Panel21 pages
- Gilat White Paper Cellular Cellular Backhaul Myths and FactsNo ratings yetGilat White Paper Cellular Cellular Backhaul Myths and Facts13 pages
- LNBTS Message Sequence Charts With PM Counters0 4No ratings yetLNBTS Message Sequence Charts With PM Counters0 496 pages
- System Messages and Recovery Procedures For The Cisco MDSNo ratings yetSystem Messages and Recovery Procedures For The Cisco MDS680 pages
- Simrad Cs68 Ecdis Sensors & Safety Parameters Settings ChecklistNo ratings yetSimrad Cs68 Ecdis Sensors & Safety Parameters Settings Checklist2 pages
- Formal Specification With Z: Right ! " #No ratings yetFormal Specification With Z: Right ! " #24 pages
- Introduction To Ict Information and Communication World Wide WebNo ratings yetIntroduction To Ict Information and Communication World Wide Web7 pages
- HG 1500 V3.0 Administrator Manual DocumentationNo ratings yetHG 1500 V3.0 Administrator Manual Documentation664 pages
- Aktifasi Microsoft Office 2007 Tanpa ProductNo ratings yetAktifasi Microsoft Office 2007 Tanpa Product2 pages
- Operators, Flow Control, Arrays & StringsNo ratings yetOperators, Flow Control, Arrays & Strings17 pages
- Nys Common Core Mathematics Curriculum Lesson 20 Homework 4.3100% (1)Nys Common Core Mathematics Curriculum Lesson 20 Homework 4.36 pages
- Technical Guidance Note (Level 1, No. 32) - Floor Slab Construction - The Institution of Structural EngineersNo ratings yetTechnical Guidance Note (Level 1, No. 32) - Floor Slab Construction - The Institution of Structural Engineers4 pages
- Loadbang 2nd Edition Johannes Kreidler - The special ebook edition is available for download now100% (1)Loadbang 2nd Edition Johannes Kreidler - The special ebook edition is available for download now53 pages
